Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 9, 2026.

No. 333-294524

 

 
 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

AMENDMENT NO. 1

TO

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

AEVEX Corp.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

Delaware   3721   41-2460652

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification No.)

440 Stevens Ave #150

Solana Beach, California 92075

Telephone: (858) 704-4125

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

 

Roger Wells

Chief Executive Officer

440 Stevens Ave #150

Solana Beach, California 92075

Telephone: (858) 704-4125

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

 

Copies of all communications, including communications sent to agent for service, should be sent to:

 

Robert M. Hayward, P.C.

Michael P. Keeley, P.C.

Kevin M. Frank

Kirkland & Ellis LLP

333 West Wolf Point Plaza

Chicago, Illinois 60654

(312) 862-2000

 

Michael Benjamin

Sandy Kugbei

Latham & Watkins LLP

1271 Avenue of the Americas

New York, New York 10020

(212) 906-1200

 

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after this Registration Statement becomes effective.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box: ☐

If this Form is filed to registered additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ☐

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ☐

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer   ☐    Accelerated filer   ☐
Non-accelerated filer   ☒    Smaller reporting company   ☐
     Emerging growth company   ☒

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act. ☐

 

 

The registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until this Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine

 

 
 


Table of Contents

THE INFORMATION IN THIS PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS IS NOT COMPLETE AND MAY BE CHANGED. THESE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE SOLD UNTIL THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IS EFFECTIVE. THIS PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS IS NOT AN OFFER TO SELL NOR DOES IT SEEK AN OFFER TO BUY THESE SECURITIES IN ANY JURISDICTION WHERE THE OFFER OR SALE IS NOT PERMITTED.

 

Subject to Completion, dated April 9, 2026

16,000,000 Shares

 

LOGO

Class A Common Stock

This is the initial public offering of shares of Class A common stock of AEVEX Corp., par value $0.0001 per share. AEVEX Corp. is offering 16,000,000 shares of its Class A common stock in the offering. Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for the Class A common stock of AEVEX Corp. It is currently estimated that the initial public offering price per share will be between $18.00 and $21.00. We have applied to list our Class A common stock on The New York Stock Exchange, or NYSE, under the symbol “AVEX.” However, no assurance can be given that our listing application will be approved. If our listing application is not approved by NYSE, we will not be able to consummate this offering.

This offering is being conducted through what is commonly referred to as an “Up-C” structure, which is often used by partnerships and limited liability companies undertaking an initial public offering. The Up-C structure allows certain existing owners of Athena Technology Solutions Holdings, LLC (“Holdings LLC”) to continue to own interests in a pass-through structure and provides potential future tax benefits for both the public company and the existing owners when they ultimately exchange their pass-through interests, which is expected to result in tax basis adjustments in the assets of Holdings LLC and produce favorable tax attributes for us. In connection with this offering, we will enter into a Tax Receivable Agreement (as defined herein), which will require AEVEX Corp. to make cash payments to the TRA Rights Holders (as defined herein) in respect of certain tax benefits to which AEVEX Corp. may become entitled and confers significant economic benefits the TRA Rights Holders. We expect that the payments AEVEX Corp. will be required to make under the Tax Receivable Agreement will be substantial and could materially affect our liquidity. See “Organizational Structure,” “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Organizational Structure” and “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Tax Receivable Agreement.”

Following the completion of this offering, AEVEX Corp. will have two authorized classes of common stock: Class A and Class B (together, the “common stock”). Holders of the Class A common stock and Class B common stock will be entitled to one vote per share. All holders of Class A common stock and Class B common stock will vote together as a single class except as otherwise required by applicable law. Holders of Class B common stock will not have any right to receive dividends or distributions upon the liquidation or winding up of AEVEX Corp.

AEVEX Corp. will use the net proceeds from this offering to purchase newly-issued units (“LLC Units”) in Holdings LLC and, if the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares is exercised, to purchase LLC Units and Class B common stock from certain direct and indirect equityholders of Holdings LLC. The purchase price for the LLC Units or shares, as applicable, will be equal to the initial public offering price of the shares of Class A common stock less the underwriting discounts and commissions referred to below. Holdings LLC will use the net proceeds it receives from AEVEX Corp. in connection with this offering as described under “Use of Proceeds.” Upon completion of this offering, AEVEX Corp. will have 48,529,019 LLC Units representing a 43.4% economic interest in Holdings LLC and, although AEVEX Corp. will initially have a minority economic interest in Holdings LLC, it will be the sole managing member of Holdings LLC and will operate and control its business. The LLC Unitholders will hold the remaining 63,297,524 LLC Units representing a 56.6% economic interest in Holdings LLC. Each LLC Unit, together with one share of our Class B common stock, is, from time to time, exchangeable for one share of Class A common stock or, at our election, for cash from a substantially concurrent public offering or private sale (based on the price of our Class A common stock in such public offering or private sale). AEVEX Corp. will be a holding company, and upon consummation of this offering and the application of the net proceeds therefrom, its sole asset will be LLC Units of Holdings LLC. Immediately following this offering, the holders of Class A common stock will collectively own 100% of the economic interests in AEVEX Corp. and have 43.4% of the voting power of AEVEX Corp. The LLC Unitholders, through ownership of our Class B common stock, will have the remaining 56.6% of the voting power of AEVEX Corp.

AEVEX Corp. is an “emerging growth company” as defined under the federal securities laws, and as such, we have elected to comply with certain reduced reporting requirements for this prospectus and may elect to do so in future filings. See “Prospectus Summary—Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company.”

Immediately after this offering, assuming an offering size as set forth above, funds and investment vehicles managed or controlled by our principal stockholder, Madison Dearborn Partners, LLC (our “Principal Stockholder”), will control approximately 79.1% of the combined voting power of our outstanding shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock (or 76.7% if the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full). As a result, we expect to be a “controlled company” within the meaning of the corporate governance standards of the NYSE. See “Management—Corporate Governance—Controlled Company Status.”

Investing in our Class A common stock involves risks. See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 40 to read about factors you should consider before buying shares of our Class A common stock.

 

 

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

     Per share      Total  

Initial public offering price

   $           $       

Underwriting discounts and commissions(1)

   $        $    

Proceeds, before expenses, to AEVEX Corp.

   $        $    
 
(1)

See “Underwriters” for additional information regarding underwriting compensation.

The underwriters have the option to purchase up to an additional 1,717,847 shares of Class A common stock from us and up to an additional 682,153 shares of Class A common stock from the selling stockholder identified in this prospectus at the initial public offering price less the underwriting discounts and commissions for a period of 30 days after the date of this prospectus. We will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of shares by the selling stockholder upon the exercise of such option.

At our request, an affiliate of BofA Securities, Inc., a participating underwriter, has reserved for sale, at the initial public offering price, up to 5% of the shares offered by this prospectus for sale to some of our directors, officers, employees, distributors, dealers, business associates and related persons through a reserved share program (the “Reserved Share Program”). See “Underwriting—Reserved Share Program.”

The underwriters expect to deliver shares of Class A common stock against payment in New York, New York on or about    , 2026.

 

 

 

GOLDMAN SACHS & CO. LLC

  BOFA SECURITIES   JEFFERIES

J.P. MORGAN

  RBC CAPITAL MARKETS   BAIRD

WILLIAM BLAIR

  RAYMOND JAMES   NEEDHAM & COMPANY

ACADEMY SECURITIES

  CAPITAL ONE SECURITIES   PNC CAPITAL MARKETS LLC

Prospectus dated    , 2026.

 


Table of Contents

 

 

LOGO

 


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

     1  

RISK FACTORS

     40  

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

     91  

USE OF PROCEEDS

     93  

DIVIDEND POLICY

     94  

CAPITALIZATION

     95  

DILUTION

     97  

UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED PRO FORMA FINANCIAL INFORMATION

     99  

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

     108  

BUSINESS

     132  

ORGANIZATIONAL STRUCTURE

     158  

MANAGEMENT

     168  

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

     175  

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS AND SELLING STOCKHOLDER

     182  

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

     184  

DESCRIPTION OF CERTAIN INDEBTEDNESS

     188  

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

     193  

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

     201  

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES TO NON-U.S. HOLDERS

     204  

UNDERWRITING

     209  

LEGAL MATTERS

     216  

EXPERTS

     217  

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

     218  

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

     F-1  

 

 

Neither we, the selling stockholder nor any of the underwriters have authorized anyone to provide any information or make any representations other than those contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectus filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”). Neither we, the selling stockholder nor any of the underwriters take any responsibility for, and can provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may give you. This prospectus is not an offer to sell nor is it seeking an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted. We and the selling stockholder are offering to sell, and seeking offers to buy, shares of Class A common stock only in jurisdictions where offers and sales are permitted. The information contained in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or of any sale of the Class A common stock. Our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects may have changed since such date.

For investors outside of the United States, neither we, the selling stockholder nor any of the underwriters have done anything that would permit this offering or possession or distribution of this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required, other than in the United States. You are required to inform yourselves about, and to observe any restrictions relating to, this offering and the distribution of this prospectus outside of the United States.

Through and including  , 2026 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to a dealer’s obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to an unsold allotment or subscription.

 

i


Table of Contents

BASIS OF PRESENTATION

In connection with the consummation of this offering, we will effect certain organizational transactions. Unless otherwise stated or the context otherwise requires, all information in this prospectus reflects the consummation of the organizational transactions and this offering, which we refer to collectively as the “Organizational Transactions.” See “Organizational Structure” for a description of the Organizational Transactions and a diagram depicting our anticipated structure after giving effect to the Organizational Transactions, including this offering.

Unless we state otherwise or the context otherwise requires, the terms “we,” “us,” “our,” “our business,” “the Company,” “AEVEX” and “AEVEX Aerospace” refer to and similar references refer: (1) on or following the consummation of the Organizational Transactions, including this offering, to AEVEX Corp. and its consolidated subsidiaries, including Holdings LLC, and (2) prior to the consummation of the Organizational Transactions, including this offering, to Holdings LLC and its consolidated subsidiaries. The term “MDP” refers to Madison Dearborn Partners, LLC, our equity sponsor, and the term “Holdings LLC” refers to Athena Technology Solutions Holdings, LLC.

We will be a holding company and the sole managing member of Holdings LLC and, upon consummation of this offering and the application of net proceeds therefrom, our sole asset will be LLC Units of Holdings LLC. Holdings LLC is the predecessor of the issuer, AEVEX Corp., for financial reporting purposes. AEVEX Corp. will be the reporting entity following this offering.

Accordingly, this prospectus contains the historical financial statements of Holdings LLC and its consolidated subsidiaries. The unaudited consolidated pro forma financial data of AEVEX Corp. presented in this prospectus has been derived from the application of pro forma adjustments to the historical consolidated financial statements of Holdings LLC and its subsidiaries included elsewhere in this prospectus. These pro forma adjustments give effect to the Organizational Transactions as described in “Organizational Structure,” including the consummation of this offering and other related transactions. See “Unaudited Consolidated Pro Forma Financial Information” for a complete description of the adjustments and assumptions underlying the unaudited consolidated pro forma financial data included in this prospectus.

 

ii


Table of Contents

MARKET AND INDUSTRY DATA

Unless otherwise indicated, information in this prospectus concerning economic conditions, our industry, our markets and our competitive position is based on a variety of sources, including information from independent industry analysts and publications, as well as our own estimates and research.

Our estimates are derived from publicly available information released by third-party sources, as well as data from our internal research, and are based on such data and our knowledge of our industry, which we believe to be reasonable. We have not had this information verified by any independent sources. The independent industry publications used in this prospectus were not prepared on our behalf. While we are not aware of any misstatements regarding any information presented in this prospectus, forecasts, assumptions, expectations, beliefs, estimates and projects involve risk and uncertainties and are subject to change based on various factors, including those described under the headings “Forward-Looking Statements” and “Risk Factors.”

 

iii


Table of Contents

TRADEMARKS AND TRADENAMES

This prospectus includes our trademarks and service marks, “AEVEX” and “DroneConfigurator,” which are protected under applicable intellectual property laws and are the property of AEVEX Corp. or its subsidiaries. This prospectus also contains trademarks, service marks, trade names and copyrights of other companies which are the property of their respective owners. Solely for convenience, trademarks and trade names referred to in this prospectus may appear without the ® or ™ symbols, but such references are not intended to indicate, in any way, that we will not assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, our rights or the rights of the applicable licensor to these trademarks and trade names.

 

iv


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

The following summary contains selected information contained elsewhere in this prospectus about us and about this offering. It does not contain all of the information that is important to you and your investment decision. Before you make an investment decision, you should review this prospectus in its entirety, including matters set forth under “Risk Factors,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” and our Consolidated Financial Statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. Some of the statements in the following summary constitute forward-looking statements. See “Forward-Looking Statements.” Unless the context otherwise requires, all references in this prospectus to “AEVEX,” “AEVEX Aerospace,” the “Company,” “we,” “us,” “our,” or similar terms refer to AEVEX and its consolidated subsidiaries.

Our Company

We believe that we are a leading defense technology prime contractor and critical enabler of U.S. Unmanned Aerial Systems (“UAS”) dominance strategy missions. We are highly differentiated by our proven track record of securing and successfully executing on critical strategic programs of record (“Programs of Record”), with over 10,200 systems delivered and committed through the end of 2026 to operational environments that validate our battlefield effectiveness. Today, we are positioned as a recognized global leader in Unmanned Systems (“UxS”). Through our advanced autonomous, artificial intelligence (“AI”)-enabled, and attritable UxS, we play a central role in defining next-generation warfighting capabilities, including key areas such as precision strike launched effects, loitering munitions, and full-scope intelligence, surveillance, and reconnaissance (“ISR”).

Our solutions are primarily sold to agencies and organizations within the United States Department of War (“DoW”), Special Operations Forces (“SOF”), Intelligence Community (“IC”), and allied international partners. For more than 18 years, we have delivered mission critical capabilities for a broad spectrum of operational use cases to over 30 unique active customers and have developed and deployed 35 unique UxS platforms in the last 3 years alone. Our UxS portfolio is underpinned by our proprietary AI-based CompassX sensor-fusion engine, which delivers assured positioning, navigation, and timing (“APNT”) and advanced onboard autonomy in GPS-denied environments. Our capabilities are unified across a software and data-science framework that allows our systems to communicate and operate synchronously in GPS-denied environments. We maintain our leadership in mission capabilities by rapidly innovating through constant customer feedback and in-theater experience, enabling the warfighter with the cutting-edge technology and capability to meet the ever-changing threat environment. This trusted partnership with our customers has been critical in informing our product development pipeline and has resulted in us earning a prime contractor position on 84.0% of all programs.

We deliver technology-led products and solutions through two complementary business segments:

 

  •  

Tactical Systems: Designs and manufactures battle-tested, autonomous, modular, and attritable UxS, including UAS and Unmanned Surface Vehicles (“USV”), along with other mission critical products.

 

  •  

Global Solutions: Provides bespoke mission solutions, including AI-enabled full-spectrum airborne ISR, counter-unmanned aerial systems (“C-UAS”), additive manufacturing, and specialized mission aircraft engineering, modification, and testing.

We believe the demand for our UxS products and capabilities is present and pervasive, with the U.S. and global addressable UxS opportunity expected to reach annual levels of approximately $11.0 billion and $26.0 billion, respectively, by 2030. In response to this considerable appetite for autonomous solutions, we have invested in building world-class facilities across the U.S. to deliver for customer missions reliably and at scale. With approximately 100,000 square feet of dedicated production space, we have the capacity to produce over 1,000 UxS per month and have successfully delivered at high volumes for years. Our operating footprint enables vertically integrated engineering and testing capabilities, driving rapid innovation cycles and customer intimacy.

 

1


Table of Contents

Our innovation lab has been a cornerstone for our technological innovation, including advanced on-board autonomy and proprietary software packages delivering APNT. Additionally, ForgeX is our highly innovative, deployable, additive manufacturing solution, which enables resiliency on the frontlines of the battlefield by manufacturing mission-ready UxS at the point of need. Collectively, our world-class production facilities, innovation lab, and ForgeX solution strengthen supply chains and enable customer missions worldwide.

Software enablement is a key driver of success across our portfolio of UxS. CompassX delivers onboard autonomy, APNT, real-time situational awareness, and precision targeting, enabling our UxS to navigate complex battlespaces and accurately reach their targets, even in GPS-denied environments. Our software adheres to the Modular Open Systems Approach (“MOSA”) standards, allowing for rapid adaptation to new threats, reduced development cycles, easier and more cost-effective upgrades, and better interoperability between systems.

Today, we are an established leader in the global market for UxS and ISR solutions, backed by our track record of past performance with over 30 unique active customers. We have delivered over 6,200 UxS and have over 3,900 more systems committed through the end of 2026. We have successfully developed, produced, and deployed 35 unique UxS platforms delivering multi-mission capabilities for customers in demanding mission environments. We believe our combination of mission expertise, battle-tested family of technologies, innovative end-to-end mission autonomy, and state-of-the-art production capacity positions us as a key provider to the DoW, SOF, and IC and positions us to capture growth opportunities in our $8.1 billion identified pipeline as of December 2025.

 

 

LOGO

Our Strategy & Mission

We partner closely with our customers to develop solutions for their most challenging operational problems, delivering reliable, affordable, and operationally relevant solutions on time and at scale. We are conflict-proven and front-line-ready. We engineer based on need and deliver at speed. Our mission is to develop capabilities and solutions that allow our customers to win the fight on the battlefields of the future. We provide our customers with the capabilities needed to overcome denial and overwhelm the adversary in contested environments. Since our first contract in 2007, our veteran-founded company has focused on U.S. national security missions with a simple aim: field systems that work when and where they are needed most. Our focus is rooted in sustained mission support across global theaters and a continuous battlefield-to-production feedback loop, which guides how we design, build,

 

2


Table of Contents

and deliver reliable UxS, advanced autonomy software, and mission services for our customers. Our operational strategy and technological capabilities are engineered to deliver advanced, mission-specific autonomous systems for our customers operating in complex and time-critical security, defense, and wartime environments. Our approach relies on our deep customer collaboration, a forward-looking and customer-aligned technology roadmap, and a proven ability to execute with speed and at scale. Our business model is distinguished by our close interaction with end-users, primarily within the DoW, SOF, and IC. This “mission partner” DNA allows us to translate urgent, real-world requirements into resilient, reliable, and affordable capabilities. Our strategy combines sustained internal research and development (“IRAD”) with customer-funded initiatives to accelerate innovation. This is supported by our world class talent as well as our agile and scalable manufacturing processes, including deployable additive manufacturing, which facilitate rapid solutions on the frontlines of the conflict.

 

 

LOGO

Technology & Capabilities

Technology is the core foundation of our strategy and our mission, enabling us to deliver mission-critical, AI-enabled systems that provide a decisive advantage on the modern battlefield. Our approach is centered on rapid innovation and close customer collaboration, ensuring our solutions meet the immediate and evolving needs of our partners. Our technology portfolio delivers a differentiated value proposition across five key pillars that combine to create an autonomous engine that provides the framework to deliver modular capabilities for battlefield superiority in GPS-denied, jammed, and spoofed environments:

 

  •  

Proprietary AI-Driven Autonomy: Our Navigation and Autonomy Center (“NAC”) is the “innovation lab” that spearheads the CompassX software ecosystem to deliver mission-critical solutions. Our core sensor fusion engine provides multi-domain autonomy, collaboration, and resilience in Global Navigation Satellite System (“GNSS”)-denied and heavily contested environments.

 

3


Table of Contents
  •  

MOSA Aligned Software and Platforms: We engineer our software and platforms with a MOSA, which enables the rapid and cost-effective integration of new sensors and third-party technologies to adapt to evolving threats.

 

  •  

Rapid Innovation and Development Cycles: Informed by on-the-ground experience in active deployments, we utilize agile approaches to define, develop, and deliver specialized, mission- tailored solutions, shortening development cycles to as little as a few weeks while leveraging real-time insights.

 

  •  

Hardware Integration and Flight Engineering: Our deep expertise in aircraft structures and avionics allows for the seamless integration of complex software and modular payloads into unified unmanned systems, delivering superior performance in flight range and payload capacity.

 

  •  

Reliable, Dynamic Production at Scale and at the Edge: Our state-of-the-art, ISO 9001:2015 and AS9100D-certified facilities have the capacity to manufacture over 1,000 UxS per month, while each of our additive manufacturing ForgeX Mobile Production Units (“MPUs”) can be positioned close to the point of need and produce up to 1,080 systems per year as currently configured. Our UxS solutions are designed and developed with a focus on supply chain resilience and scalability. We excel at providing affordable solutions on time and at scale.

Our portfolio of UxS benefits from shared resources across our core technologies. By the end of 2026, 100.0% of our UxS are expected to be underpinned by our NAC ecosystem and CompassX autonomy suite. This approach to our portfolio strategy delivers a cohesive, multi-domain suite of autonomous unmanned systems while enabling rapid innovation and development cycles across systems and mission sets. Our hardware is built to modular open systems standards, leveraging proprietary intellectual property and enabling rapid payload swaps, algorithm insertion, and cross-platform reuse for time-sensitive missions. This combination of advanced software, expert engineering, and rapid manufacturing allows us to move from concept to deployment with exceptional speed, delivering a significant operational advantage to our customers.

 

 

LOGO

 

4


Table of Contents

To drive continued innovation, we prioritize investments in research and development (“R&D”). Since the beginning of 2024, we have made substantial investments in our technology, represented by a cumulative investment of approximately $104.2 million in combined internal and customer-funded R&D as of December 31, 2025. Through our IRAD program, we continuously advance technologies that are strategically relevant for next generation capabilities. We further leverage customer-funded research and development (“CRAD”) initiatives that allow us to tailor these capabilities for specific missions, ensuring direct applicability and strong customer buy-in. CRAD initiatives create a virtuous cycle of innovation, informed by active deployments and deep partnerships with the DoW, SOF, and the IC.

This investment strategy has driven highly visible growth, illustrated by 181% growth in our funded backlog from $179.2 million as of December 31, 2024, to $503.1 million as of December 31, 2025. By leveraging a disciplined investment process with a targeted IRR of over 30.0% and payback period of approximately 2 years, our approach to innovation has yielded strong returns on investments. Our discipline in our investment philosophy is complemented by a measured degree of flexibility, as we occasionally accept lower hurdle rates for core investments that we have strong conviction will yield operational, financial, and strategic value. We believe our structured, methodical framework for evaluating investments aligns our innovation with customer priorities, de-risks future development, and maximizes our probability of winning contracts within our pipeline.

 

 

LOGO

Our Competitive Strengths

 

 

LOGO

 

5


Table of Contents

We are well positioned in the market due to our integrated suite of technology-enabled autonomous UxS, long-standing relationships with hard-to-access customers, battle-proven mission heritage, and purpose-built platforms designed for multi-domain operations. Our AI-enabled autonomy solutions offer seamlessly integrated capabilities supported by a robust portfolio of intellectual property. Additionally, our Global Solutions teams, our experience operating our UxS, and the thousands of deliveries that we have completed drive product development and our deep knowledge of our customers’ operational needs. We believe our proven ability to rapidly design, develop, demonstrate, and deploy disruptive systems at an appropriate cost sets us apart from both established and emerging competitors, delivering a superior “price per effect” and a lower total lifecycle ownership cost.

Proven Battlefield Heritage with Exceptional Track Record of Performance

We are conflict-proven and front-line-ready. We have over 6,200 autonomous systems delivered and an additional 3,900 committed through the end of 2026 across 35 unique platform deployments to over 30 unique active customers, and we have demonstrated order-to-delivery timelines as short as nine days on critical programs. These results demonstrate our status as a reliable partner with embedded, long-standing relationships with key customers integral to this market. Through the landmark sole-sourced Phoenix Ghost program, we delivered over 4,400 units across seven different UxS, establishing our role as a key partner in supporting critical national security objectives. This success led to the sequential, sole-source award for the ongoing EUCOM AOR Deep Strike program, a groundbreaking initiative with over 4,800 planned deliveries across seven different UAS that drives close cooperation between U.S. and international manufacturing bases. Our continuation from Phoenix Ghost to the follow-on EUCOM AOR Deep Strike program underscores our ability to execute at scale. We believe our performance creates a self-sustaining feedback loop as we learn at a higher pace, innovate at a faster rate, and our successes for our customers snowball and compound.

Purpose-Built Portfolio Positioned to Enable Next-Generation Warfare and ISR Operations

We field a mission-tailored portfolio engineered for the next-generation of conflict across all domains. With a portfolio spanning UAS Groups I through V and a growing set of USV capabilities, our innovative battle-tested systems are well positioned to help our customers succeed in contested environments and on the modern battlefield against peer and near-peer adversaries. We harden navigation and communications across our systems with mesh radios and APNT, enabling persistent, high-quality reconnaissance aligned to evolving multi-domain strike and ISR requirements. We stand ready to support our customers across all mediums of the modern battlefield.

Differentiated Technology Stack Delivering Autonomy and Seamless Integration into Common Architectures at Scale

We anchor autonomy with our NAC and CompassX suite, fusing AI, deep neural networks, and multi-sensor inputs with multi-vehicle collaborative autonomy across our UxS portfolio. Brought together, this holistic ecosystem provides resilient and all-domain visual-based navigation capabilities by combining dual wide field-of-view (“FOV”) cameras with visual odometry to deliver GPS-independent positioning, day or night, in contested environments. As validated by our U.S. Government customers through awards and during testing, our technology stack results in faster deployment, seamless interoperability, and scalable autonomy across air, land, and sea, making us a one-stop-shop for UxS across the battlefield.

Intellectual Property-Rich Portfolio with Innovation Roadmap Aligned to Customer Priorities

We maintain a robust intellectual property base, including 9 issued patents, with expiration dates ranging from November 2038, through June 2043, 8 pending patent applications as of December 31, 2025, and extensive

 

6


Table of Contents

proprietary software, in addition to leveraging a deep set of innovative trade secrets. Our innovation engine is fueled by a combined IRAD and CRAD of approximately $68.8 million for the last twelve months ended December 31, 2025. This integrated development approach accelerates payload integration and capability expansion in areas such as visual-based navigation, resilient long-range communications, and precision navigation. Our innovation strategy extends beyond technology and includes industry leading practices and methods for advanced engineering and manufacturing. We complement this strategy with our ForgeX MPUs that enable low-cost mass production of mission-tailored UAS at the edge, significantly improving mission efficiency by reducing the overall burden, amount of logistics, and sustainment costs.

Highly Modular and Integrated Suite of Multi-Domain UxS

We focus on designing and building solutions that are relevant and tailored to the needs of our customers. We have built a diversified portfolio of systems spanning UAS Groups I through V and USVs, designed around modular open architectures to enable rapid payload integration, mission tailoring, and cross-platform autonomy and collaboration. Each is designed to integrate seamlessly and scale for the modern battlefield. Enabled by our NAC framework and CompassX suite, our platforms share common elements (e.g., software, avionics, APNT, etc.), making them easier to train, sustain, and scale. Together, we deliver an integrated family of systems capable of multi-domain ISR and mission effects across the modern battlespace, while remaining adaptable to emerging requirements.

Well-Invested Manufacturing Footprint Capable of Delivering Over 1,000 UxS per Month, with Room to Grow

We operate approximately 100,000 square feet of UxS production facilities with the capacity to deliver affordable systems at scale, supporting over 1,000 UxS per month, anchored by a state-of-the-art Florida manufacturing site. The more than 120-acre FAA-approved test range enables rapid prototyping, flight demonstration, and an iterative feedback loop with onsite engineering support capabilities. We have additional locations in the United States where our engineering teams work collaboratively with production teams to continuously refine and enhance our solutions. Proximity to key customers, including DoW, SOF, and IC stakeholders, compresses development cycles and improves mission alignment. We support surge capacity and responsiveness with our additive manufacturing ForgeX MPUs, which provide reliable production in austere environments to deliver scalable, mission-tailored output at the tactical edge.

Experienced Leadership Team with Track Record of Mission Execution and Customer Trust

We bring over 150 years of combined industry, operational, and technical experience across unmanned systems and ISR mission solutions, with leaders who have served in various branches of the military, led SOF-focused programs, and worked at major defense primes.

 

7


Table of Contents

LOGO

Growth Strategies

Our growth strategy is enabled by our current and past performance on marquee programs, delivering thousands of autonomous systems to highly demanding customers for urgent operational needs across the globe. Collectively, our Phoenix Ghost and EUCOM AOR Deep Strike programs alone represent over 9,300 systems, delivered and committed through the end of 2026, and more than $1.2 billion in total contract value (“TCV”). We believe our performance on historical and current contracts is a key differentiator and driver of our growth strategy.

 

 

 

LOGO

 

8


Table of Contents

Our strategy has driven historical growth, illustrated by 181% growth in our funded backlog from $179.2 million as of December 31, 2024, to over $503.1 million as of December 31, 2025. Additionally, our growth outlook remains robust, evidenced by an approximately 98.0% increase in our pipeline of identified growth opportunities from $4.1 billion as of December 2024 to $8.1 billion as of December 2025. We believe we are well-positioned to capture these identified growth opportunities given our established track record in winning business. From January 2025 to December 2025, our value-weighted win rate on new “full and open” competitive pursuits was approximately 28.4%, with a greater than 99.0% value-weighted win rate on options, sole-source follow-ons and recompetes with existing contracts.

 

 

LOGO

 

9


Table of Contents

Capture Share of Rapidly Expanding UxS Procurement Budgets

We are capitalizing on the significant growth in our addressable markets, which is driven by structural shifts in defense procurement and the rapid acceleration of autonomous systems adoption. The U.S. 2030 total addressable market for UASs, launched effects, loitering munitions, one-way attack systems and USVs is expected to reach approximately $11.0 billion annually, and the total global addressable market in 2030 for these systems is expected to contribute approximately $26.0 billion in total annual opportunities. This represents our core addressable market opportunity where we believe our technology and capabilities are well-positioned to continue winning new contracts. Additionally, the UAS collaborative combat aircraft (“CCA”), low-cost cruise missile, uncrewed underwater vehicle (“UUV”), defense cargo & logistics UxS, and C-UAS electronic warfare (“EW”) system adjacent market addressable opportunity is expected to reach approximately $19.0 billion annually by 2030 for the U.S. and approximately $23.0 billion annually by 2030 worldwide. Combined, the complete addressable annual opportunity for the U.S is expected to reach approximately $31.0 billion by 2030, with the global opportunity reaching approximately $49.0 billion. There is further demand growth potential from key procurement agencies, such as the U.S. Army, which has stated its intent to acquire several million drones over the next two to three years. These developments, coupled with offshoots of demand across all autonomous platform types, signal an unprecedented procurement cycle from which we are poised to benefit.

To best capture global demand tailwinds, we are executing a multi-pronged growth strategy to expand our customer base across all U.S. military branches and deepen our penetration into allied forces. We are actively converting dialogues with multiple countries into high-value foreign military sales (“FMS”) and direct commercial sales opportunities, with key pursuits underway in strategic markets like Taiwan, the United Kingdom, and Finland. We are further leveraging our core competencies to expand into adjacent markets, including larger USVs, fast-moving precision strike UAS, and advanced EW solutions, with the goal of unlocking significant new revenue streams from increasing DoW and allied budgets.

Expand Our Customer Base Across the U.S. Military and Allied Forces

Our long-standing relationships with coveted defense customers position us to expand across the broader defense, technology, and government services markets. Our decades-long partnerships with organizations like the USAF, SOCOM, and the IC serve as strategic entry points into major U.S. military branches such as the Army, Navy, and Marine Corps.

A recent notable example of our success is our contract award for the Army’s Launched Effects–Short Range (“LE-SR”) program. Our Atlas platform’s win of the LE-SR award results from our proven performance on the Phoenix Ghost and EUCOM AOR Deep Strike programs as well as our adaptability in meeting the Army’s specific mission requirements. Unlike competitors who attempted to retrofit legacy systems to new mission profiles, we delivered a new technology and configuration purpose-built for the LE-SR mission. Our alignment with the specific operational needs was a key differentiator in securing the LE-SR award and solidifies our reputation for designing systems under pressure and at scale to meet specific mission requirements.

International Expansion Across Allied Nations

We are actively converting initial engagements with allied nations into sustained, high-potential dialogues. Recent progress with 55 allied country engagements helps position us for significant international expansion. Our proven history supporting U.S. operations and select foreign defense programs serves as a powerful validator and creates a ripple effect of demand, all while reducing perceived risk for new buyers and reinforcing confidence in our ability to deliver mission-tailored, battle-tested solutions.

 

10


Table of Contents

We are actively pursuing opportunities in key regions and administrations leveraging both FMS and commercial military sales, including:

 

  •  

NATO and the EU: Member states, especially the Nordic countries, are ramping up defense spending and rearmament in response to near-peer conflicts. Several members and countries in the region are situated on coastlines, driving interest in USVs to maintain dominance in contested maritime environments.

 

  •  

APAC: Nations across the region, including Taiwan and the Philippines, are investing heavily in autonomous systems for the air, land, and sea domains to counter regional threats. Emphasis is on large quantities of cost-effective platforms that can succeed in contested environments to support asymmetric warfare and deterrence strategies.

 

  •  

MENA: Continuing unrest and instability in the region is expected to drive spending for years to come with increased use of unmanned and autonomous systems to counter threats and deter adversarial aggression.

 

  •  

South America: Expanding economies like Chile are prioritizing defense modernization and technological advancement to address both internal and external security challenges.

Drive Strategic Expansion into Adjacent Markets Leveraging Core Competencies

We are well positioned to expand into adjacent domains by leveraging our proven capabilities, trusted customer relationships, and operational familiarity. Our innovation framework naturally extends into new, lower-cost UxS variants that build on our existing platforms and technologies, ensuring continued relevance and scalability in evolving mission environments.

We see significant upside in entering the larger USV market, particularly for operations in complex sea states. Our Mako and Mako Lite platforms already contain the intellectual property needed to accelerate an expansion that aligns us to global naval modernization trends. Similarly, we intend to introduce new UAS variants that capitalize on higher operational speeds to counter a wider range of threats and C-UAS solutions that meet the growing demand for layered aerial threat protection.

We are in the early stages of expanding into the high-growth EW market as we move from engineering design and initial production phases into larger production runs in the future. While many of our current programs remain classified and in early stages, we are confident in our ability to convert emerging opportunities into meaningful revenue streams.

Accelerate Capability Growth Through Next-Generation Solutions Development

We have an extensive track record of developing mission-tailored defense technologies for marquee agencies. By leveraging our deep heritage for innovation and unique insights earned through our customer intimacy, we are well-positioned to continue deploying new technologies through our NAC and CompassX ecosystem. Today, we are focused on developing UxS solutions that prioritize alignment with the future of warfare. We are in active development of numerous UxS capabilities that prioritize multi-domain connectivity across the battlefield for tactical and C-UAS applications. Our battlefield experience, combined with an open-source architecture platform, enables rapid development and integration of customized UxS capability sets. This approach to innovation enhances our ability to maintain our tactical edge amongst competitors and positions us for future program wins.

Leverage Proven M&A Success to Drive Strategic Portfolio Expansion

Our disciplined acquisition strategy is a proven growth engine, driven by our proactive pursuit of high-impact opportunities that align with our M&A framework. We aim to acquire businesses that do one or more

 

11


Table of Contents

of: augmenting our core market position, uniquely expanding our technological competitive edge, effectively integrating into our existing technology stack, solidifying or winning key customer relationships, or helping create adjacent market opportunities. To this end, we have continued to invest in inorganic growth opportunities to evolve our offerings and expand our customer base. A few key acquisitions we have completed in recent years include Matrix in 2021, which expanded our processing, exploitation, and dissemination (“PED”) capabilities with classified IC customers; Spark and Tribe in 2022, which enabled the production of cost-effective UAS products and intellectual property; and Veth Research Associates in 2024, which enhanced our autonomous technology for UAS operating in GPS-contested environments. These investments have significantly broadened our solutions portfolio and strengthened our ability to deliver advanced mission capabilities to our customers. Our aim for M&A is to accelerate our differentiated capabilities and innovation, enhance margin, add scale, and support our long-term vision, all while being opportunistic and disciplined in our approach.

We have a successful track record of integrating companies with transformative technologies that deliver immediate operational benefits, which also better positions us for future strategic priorities.

Our Industry

We operate at the intersection of several large and rapidly growing defense markets, including autonomous UxS, EW, C-UAS and ISR capabilities and mission support, across major global geographies.

U.S. and Global National Security and Defense Markets

Global defense spending is accelerating, fueled by rising budgets, modernization initiatives, and the urgent demand for next-generation advanced systems to counter peer and near-peer adversaries. The surge is driven by active conflicts in the Middle East, Africa, and Eastern Europe along with the need to support U.S. and allied deterrence efforts in the Pacific. Recent conflicts have revealed that legacy defense systems are increasingly outmoded and insufficient to counter adversary tactics. As a result, U.S. and allied militaries are seeking to replenish munitions exhausted from prior and ongoing conflicts, rearm for emerging or potential future conflicts, and modernize systems and tactics to keep pace with the evolving needs of the modern battlefield.

Defense spending in the United States has continued to receive bipartisan support, with spending toward total national defense surging from around $740.0 billion in 2021 to over $1.0 trillion requested for 2026, an approximately 13.0% increase from the prior year’s budget. In response to rising global tensions and the evolving nature of warfare, the U.S. President has requested significant increases to the DoW budget, with multi-year commitments aimed at modernizing the U.S. military across domains. These increases reflect a growing emphasis on technological superiority, rapid deployment capabilities and resilience in contested environments. The current administration has also placed strategic emphasis on high-tech unmanned systems, particularly aerial platforms like those developed by AEVEX, signaling a shift towards more agile, scalable, cost-effective, and technologically advanced defense capabilities. Despite its technological leadership, the DoW has faced challenges in scaling the mass production of low-cost, expendable drones, creating a potential strategic vulnerability in modern warfare. In response, the DoW is actively investing in scalable unmanned systems manufacturing to meet the urgent demand for rapid, sustainable, and mission-ready drone deployment across global theaters.

The 2026 budget request and One Big Beautiful Bill (“OBBB”) allocations for loitering munitions, UAS, and USVs reflect triple-digit growth over prior year levels, underscoring the urgency to field mission-ready systems at scale. These investments mark a decisive pivot from expensive legacy systems to high-volume, low-cost solutions that can be rapidly deployed across global theaters. According to estimates from Renaissance Strategic Advisors, the 2030 annual U.S. addressable core opportunity for offensive systems (UASs, launched

 

12


Table of Contents

effects, loitering munitions, one-way attack systems and USVs) is expected to reach approximately $11.0 billion, with the 2030 annual global addressable core opportunity reaching approximately $26.0 billion. Additionally, AEVEX’s adjacent addressable market, that is related to UAS CCAs, low-cost cruise missiles, UUVs, defense cargo & logistics UxS, and C-UAS EW systems, is expected to reach approximately $19.0 billion by 2030 for the U.S. and approximately $23.0 billion by 2030 worldwide. Combined, the complete addressable annual opportunity for the U.S is expected to reach approximately $31.0 billion by 2030, with the global opportunity reaching approximately $49.0 billion.

 

 

LOGO

Meanwhile, defense spending across the North Atlantic Treaty Organization (“NATO”) member states is undergoing a significant transformation, marked by a shift from the long-standing benchmark of 2.5% of national GDP toward targets approaching 5.0% by 2035, following recent strategic agreements and increased collaboration with the United States. As European NATO members and allied nations increase defense budgets to targets of 5.0% of GDP by 2035, the potential increase in defense investment could exceed $1.0 trillion in aggregate. This budgetary expansion reflects a broader recognition of evolving security threats and the need for more agile, technology-driven defense capabilities. The reallocation of resources is not only increasing overall defense budgets, but is also specifically prioritizing investment in unmanned systems, ISR capabilities, and next-generation battlefield technologies.

 

 

LOGO

Beyond the United States and NATO, defense spending across the Asia-Pacific region is also accelerating as allied nations respond to rising tensions and the growing need for asymmetric capabilities. Taiwan has emerged

 

13


Table of Contents

as a critical market, with the country’s 2026 expected total defense spending increasing by 23.0% stemming from strategic investments in unmanned systems and loitering munitions. Broader Indo-Pacific defense modernization efforts are being shaped by increased collaboration with the United States and a shared emphasis on interoperability, rapid deployment, and cost-effective solutions. The increased focus on defense spending has resulted in worldwide military spending jumping by approximately 9.0% since 2024, the highest growth rate since the end of the Cold War. AEVEX is well-positioned to support these initiatives through its entrenched relationships with U.S. Indo-Pacific Command (INDOPACOM), and its portfolio of modular, mission-tailored platforms designed for contested environments. As APAC allies expand procurement of next-generation ISR and autonomous systems, demand is expected to grow for scalable, field-ready technologies that can be deployed across air and maritime domains.

Unmanned Systems

We have a diversified portfolio of unmanned systems across domains that deliver munitions, explosive payloads, guided strikes against targets, and ISR capabilities. The war in Ukraine has underscored the decisive role of UAS, with an estimated 4 million drones being produced in Ukraine alone in 2025. These platforms have been deployed at unprecedented scale for surveillance, strike, and interdiction missions, proving their value in contested environments. USVs have also emerged as critical tools in naval warfare, demonstrating both offensive and defensive utility. These developments signal a paradigm shift: UxS warfare is no longer a niche capability but a central pillar of modern defense strategy.

In response, the DoW is significantly increasing investment in UxS. The trillion-dollar 2026 defense budget calls for $1.4 billion of funding toward loitering munitions (up 135.0% over 2025), $4.1 billion of funding toward UAS (up 215.0% over 2025), $2.8 billion of funding toward C-UAS (up 273.0% over 2025), and $5.2 billion of funding toward USV (up 952.0% over 2025), for a total weighted-average increase of 332.0% over 2025. To acclimate, the DoW has turned its attention to programs to enhance U.S. capabilities such as the Defense-in-Depth Experiment, focused on C-UAS technologies in dense urban environments, USV naval expansion targeting medium- and large-sized USV fleet integration, and the Blue UAS program, focused on tactical ISR and National Defense Authorization Act (“NDAA”)-compliant military drones. Several major loitering munition programs of record are also emerging, focused on finding mass produced solutions with the best capabilities and performance histories. To meet the accelerating demand for autonomous systems, the defense industrial base is focused on expanding production capacity to support high-volume, low-cost manufacturing. Scalable throughput and domestic manufacturing infrastructure are increasingly viewed as critical enablers for participation in emerging drone programs of record.

Intelligence, Surveillance, Reconnaissance and Counter-UAS

The defense industry is also experiencing a surge in demand for ISR and intelligence analysis capabilities, driven by both geopolitical instability and increased defense spending. The One Big Beautiful Bill Act allocated $16.0 billion to innovation and $12.0 billion to Pacific deterrence, with additional funding directed toward enhancing military readiness, nuclear deterrence, and rapid innovation. ISR priorities include support for Combatant Commands, border monitoring, and countering transnational threats. These missions require persistent surveillance, real-time data fusion, and multi-domain coordination, capabilities that our airborne ISR platforms and CompassX-powered autonomy suite are purpose-built to deliver.

Simultaneously, the proliferation of UAS has introduced new vulnerabilities, fueling rapid growth in C-UAS technologies. The DoW is investing heavily in systems that can detect, track, and neutralize rogue drones in both combat and civilian airspaces. Our red team UAS platforms are actively used to simulate adversarial threats in training environments, supporting the development and validation of next-generation C-UAS. Our platforms are integrated into key DoW initiatives, including urban C-UAS experimentation and layered defense architectures, positioning us as a critical enabler of national and allied airspace security.

 

14


Table of Contents

Electronic Warfare

EW is rapidly emerging as a strategic priority across global defense budgets, driven by the need to counter increasingly sophisticated threats in contested environments. Governments are investing heavily in EW capabilities that enable resilient communications, signal disruption, and spectrum dominance, particularly in GPS-denied environments. Many of AEVEX’s platforms are engineered to support ISR and EW missions with AI-enabled navigation. As demand grows for scalable, forward-deployable EW solutions, AEVEX is expanding its footprint in classified and emerging programs, positioning itself as a differentiated provider of next-generation EW technologies.

Our Segments

We operate through two complementary segments that deliver autonomous mission systems and full-spectrum operational support to defense and national security customers. Our Tactical Systems segment, anchored by a battle-tested portfolio of autonomous systems, accounted for approximately 74.4% of 2025 total revenue of $432.9 million and 76.0% of 2024 total revenue of $392.2 million, while our Global Solutions segment, leveraging deep ISR expertise, engineering services and operational support to enable mission execution across domains, accounted for the remaining 25.6% in 2025 and 24.0% in 2024. Together, these segments form a tightly integrated offering that allows AEVEX to deliver end-to-end, mission-critical solutions to our customers.

Tactical Systems

Our Tactical Systems segment designs, develops, and manufactures autonomous systems and technologies for defense and national security customers. Built for multi-mission capability, integrated operations and scalability, our attritable platforms deliver a high capability-to-cost value proposition, offering advanced ISR, EW, and kinetic strike capabilities at a fraction of the cost of legacy systems. With vertically integrated engineering, rapid prototyping, and scalable production, including the deployable ForgeX MPU, we enable mission-ready solutions optimized for contested, GPS-denied, and high-threat environments. Modular payload configurations and open architecture designs allow for rapid customization across mission sets, while our proprietary CompassX powers resilient, intelligent operations across air and maritime domains through AI, visual-based navigation, and multi-vehicle autonomy. In addition to product revenues, the Tactical Systems segment includes some services revenue from Forge-X, C-UAS, and engineering, training, and support tied to product deliveries.

Our Tactical Systems customers include the DoW, the IC, the Program Executive Office for Intelligence, Surveillance, and Reconnaissance / SOF, the United States Special Operations Command, and allied foreign militaries. We are the sole provider on the EUCOM AOR Deep Strike program, an over $645.7 million contract to deliver over 4,800 UAS across seven platforms and have approximately $5.0 billion in UxS-specific pipeline as of December 2025.

 

15


Table of Contents

Tactical Systems offers a broad portfolio of unmanned platforms and supporting technologies, including:

 

 

LOGO

Navigation and Autonomy Center

Our NAC is the “innovation lab” underpinning our UxS product line. As the central hub for autonomous systems development, NAC focuses on delivering advanced capabilities for battlefield superiority in GPS-denied and spoofed environments. Our CompassX sensor fusion engine directly supports our offerings for navigation and autonomy, providing the framework that powers solutions such as optical seeker guidance, multi-vehicle collaborative autonomy, visual-based navigation, and AI-aided target recognition.

The CompassX software suite, together with its enabled hardware modules, is an ecosystem leveraging a differentiated modular architecture that provides tools for assured navigation, real-time situational awareness, and precision targeting, among other advanced solutions. It provides the building blocks used by the NAC and the autonomous backbone for our systems. Deployed across a growing number of platforms, these next-generation capabilities enable our solutions to operate autonomously and intelligently in the most demanding conditions to serve clients’ most critical needs.

All platforms are designed for rapid fielding and scalable production, supported by our over 94,000 square foot manufacturing facility in Tampa, Florida. Our additive manufacturing capabilities, including ForgeX, also enable in-theater production of up to 1,080 systems per year per factory as currently configured.

 

LOGO

  

Group I UAS

 

Compact, hand-launched or VTOL quadcopters (e.g., X-Frame, Sicario) designed for tactical ISR and precision strike missions. These systems offer low acoustic signatures, rapid deployment, and modular payloads for close-range operations in covert or urban environments.

 

16


Table of Contents
LOGO   

Group II UAS

 

Portable, modular platforms (e.g., Atlas, Dagger, Vandal) supporting ISR, launched effects, loitering munitions, and EW. Atlas is a multi-launched swing-wing UAS with Scout and Attack (“Strike”) variants. Dagger is a fully autonomous precision strike loitering munition, while Vandal is a 3D-printed, electric-powered UAS optimized for rapid deployment and mission-specific customization.

LOGO   

Group III UAS

 

Larger, high-endurance systems (e.g., Disruptor, Raker, Dominator, Onyx) engineered for deep strike, persistent ISR, and EW missions. These platforms offer modular architecture, aerodynamic designs, and scalable production. Co-manufactured systems (M, R, S1, S2) expand mission flexibility and interoperability.

LOGO   

Group IV & V UAS

 

Strategic-level Long Endurance Aircraft (e.g., Nathusius, with 90 hours of flight time) designed for persistent ISR. These platforms offer internal and external payload/sensor options, with redundant communications providing cost-effective alternatives to legacy systems like the MQ-9 Reaper and MQ-1C Gray Eagle.

LOGO   

Threat Replicators

 

High-fidelity threat replicator systems emulate adversary unmanned aircraft to support C-UAS testing and training. These turnkey solutions enable realistic red teaming and rapid response to evolving aerial threats, enhancing defense readiness across domestic and international operations.

LOGO   

ForgeX

 

The ForgeX MPU is our “drone factory of the future.” ForgeX enables forward deployed, in-theater additive manufacturing of up to 1,080 systems per year per factory as currently configured. These containerized systems support rapid, scalable production in austere environments, including aboard ships and at forward operating bases.

LOGO

  

USV

 

Modular maritime platforms (e.g., Mako, Mako Lite) equipped for ISR, mine clearance, object detection/avoidance, communications relay, EW, and kinetic strike missions. Integrated with our autonomy software and sensor fusion, these vessels operate effectively in littoral and open-water environments.

 

17


Table of Contents

LOGO

  

Electronic Warfare Solutions

 

Advanced EW Capabilities designed to provide a strategic advantage through a cutting edge, family of systems in the high order fight with peer and near-peer adversaries.

LOGO

  

AEVEX Autonomous Rapid Container (“ARC”)

 

ARC is a containerized launch system built on an ISO 20 ft platform with actuated side doors and angled racks for 40 launch positions. It integrates Ground Control Station (“GCS”) and control systems in a sealed rack, supports communication capabilities with UxS, and leverages Hydra launcher heritage for scalable design and rapid fielding.

Global Solutions

Our Global Solutions segment delivers full-spectrum mission solutions, aircraft modification, and engineering support across manned and unmanned platforms. With nearly two decades of operational experience, we provide turnkey solutions that integrate advanced ISR systems, enable rapid deployment, and support mission execution in both classified and unclassified environments. Our capabilities span the full lifecycle, from design and modification to flight operations and intelligence analysis, making us a trusted partner for the U.S. Government, allied nations, and commercial defense customers.

Our Global Solutions customers include the DoW, the IC, SOCOM, COCOMs, and multiple allied foreign governments. We also serve civil agencies such as the U.S. Forest Service and California Fire Office of Emergency Services (“CalOES”), providing ISR software, equipment, and skilled technicians for disaster response command and control, leading to more effective deployment of emergency resources.

 

 

LOGO

Operational Footprint

Our ability to rapidly scale production and drive innovation through vertically integrated capabilities is another key differentiator. Headquartered in San Diego, CA, we operate state of the art-manufacturing facilities

 

18


Table of Contents

across the continental United States, spanning from California to Florida, allowing us to produce at strategic locations near our customers. Our operating footprint delivers approximately 100,000 square feet of operating space with capacity to produce more than 1,000 UxS per month.

 

 

LOGO

With over 150 multi-disciplined engineers, we can develop, modify, and enhance any solution for our customers through a vertically integrated design and development process. Of our over 150 engineers, over 50 are design hardware, 30 are dedicated solely to software and autonomy, and over 70 are focused on advanced systems, integration and operations, illustrating commitment to continued innovation across our technology stack. Our integrated business model combines engineering expertise, methodical IRAD investments, rapid prototyping, and an on-site test range, accelerating innovation and shortening development cycles. Strategic investments in advanced manufacturing, automation, and leadership talent enable us to meet the rigorous requirements of emerging programs of record.

With additional centers of excellence in California, Virginia, Ohio, and Florida, we maintain close proximity to key customers like the USAF and SOCOM, enabling fast collaboration and solution delivery. Our operations are powered by a dedicated team of employees; approximately 650 as of December 31, 2025, all united by a shared cultural commitment of empowering people to make the world a safer place. Shaped by our values of excellence, integrity, accountability, tenacity, and teamwork, our culture cultivates a workforce that thrives on actions and results across all functions in the organization. These same core values help to drive our key strategic growth priorities by balancing operational integrity with a focus on margin expansion, outsized growth, and business optimization.

 

19


Table of Contents

As a trusted supplier to the U.S. Government, we take pride in the fact that approximately 30.0% of our team are veterans, bringing invaluable experience and mission alignment to our operations. Our culture attracts top talent, enabling us to secure key executive leadership and employees necessary to drive business operations. Our operations are strategically placed in locations with robust talent pools and allow us to hire a deep and highly capable support staff comprised of over 150 engineers, who specialize in helping us deliver leading software, products, and mission excellence for our customers. Our technical acumen is further bolstered by a well-credentialed workforce, further supporting our entrenched position as a trusted partner to the DoW, SOF, and IC.

 

LOGO

We are redefining battlefield logistics with ForgeX, our MPUs that enable on-the-ground readiness and serve as a cornerstone of our ability to deliver solutions at the speed of relevance. These forward-deployed, self-contained production sites are the size of a standard shipping container and provide a dual approach to manufacturing that offers a significant operational advantage. By enabling system production directly in the field, ForgeX supports mission-customizable designs, rapid design iterations, and expedited fielding of solutions to address immediate threats. Leveraging proprietary software, modular kits, and high-speed / high-volume 3D printers, each ForgeX MPU can produce up to 1,080 systems per year per factory with just two technicians and 16 printers, delivering scalable, affordable, and mission-tailored capabilities precisely when and where needed. This agile, autonomous manufacturing process—powered by our advanced technology stack, engineering expertise, and software ecosystem—allows us to move from concept to deployment with exceptional speed. These factories are actively supporting combat missions globally today and represent a breakthrough in defense manufacturing agility with high-impact potential to serve emerging UAS programs and FMS customers.

 

20


Table of Contents

LOGO

From high-volume production facilities and vertically integrated engineering to our forward-deployed ForgeX MPU, our operations provide a decisive strategic advantage. This integrated infrastructure gives us the differentiated ability to rapidly innovate, develop, and deploy multi-mission capabilities at scale.

Recent Developments

New Credit Facilities

We currently anticipate entering into (i) a senior secured term loan facility with an expected initial aggregate principal amount of approximately $100.0 million (the “Term Loan Facility”), (ii) a senior secured delayed draw term loan facility with an expected initial aggregate principal amount of approximately $75.0 million (the “Delayed Draw Term Loan Facility”) and (iii) a senior secured revolving credit facility with an expected aggregate principal amount of approximately $200.0 million (the “Revolving Credit Facility”; collectively with the Term Loan Facility and the Delayed Draw Term Loan Facility, the “New Credit Facilities”), which is expected to include a sublimit for the issuance of letters of credit in an amount up to $40.0 million and a sublimit for swingline loans in an amount up to $30.0 million, pursuant to a new credit agreement (the “New Credit Agreement”) shortly after the closing of this offering. The New Credit Facilities are not committed and there is no guarantee that the New Credit Facilities will be made available. The closing of the New Credit Agreement, if it occurs, is expected to be subject to the consummation of this offering, repayment of the obligations under the Credit Agreement (as defined herein) and certain other conditions set forth in the New Credit Agreement. We expect that the New Credit Agreement will contain customary covenants and conditions that will, among other things, limit our ability to incur additional indebtedness, incur liens on assets, enter into agreements related to mergers and acquisitions, dispose of assets or pay dividends and make distributions.

Borrowings under the Revolving Credit Facility and the Delayed Draw Term Loan Facility may vary significantly from time to time depending on our cash needs at any given time. The Revolving Credit Facility is expected to be undrawn at the closing of this offering. The Delayed Draw Term Loan Facility is not expected to be borrowed at the closing of this offering. The borrowing under the Term Loan Facility is expected to occur on the date on which the Term Loan Facility is established and amounts borrowed under the Term Loan Facility cannot be reborrowed. See “Description of Certain Indebtedness.”

 

21


Table of Contents

Preliminary Financial Results

We are in the process of finalizing our results for the quarter ended March 31, 2026. We have presented below ranges of certain unaudited preliminary results and estimates of selected key business metrics for the quarter ended March 31, 2026, as well as the comparative period for the quarter ended March 31, 2025. The following information reflects our preliminary estimates with respect to such data based on currently available information and does not present all necessary information for an understanding of our financial condition for the quarter ended March 31, 2026. These estimated metrics should not be viewed as a substitute for our financial statements prepared in accordance with GAAP included in this prospectus.

We have provided ranges, rather than specific amounts, for the information below, primarily because our financial closing and analysis procedures are not yet completed and, as a result, we expect that our final results upon completion of our closing procedures may vary from the preliminary estimates included herein. The preliminary financial results included in this prospectus has been prepared by, and is the responsibility of Holdings LLC’s management. PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP has not audited, reviewed, examined, compiled, nor applied agreed-upon procedures with respect to the preliminary financial results. Accordingly, PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP does not express an opinion or any other form of assurance with respect thereto. Our actual unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements for the quarters ended March 31, 2026, and March 31, 2025, are not expected to be filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) until after the completion of this offering.

While we believe that such information and estimates are based on reasonable assumptions and management’s reasonable judgment, our actual results may vary. Factors that could cause the actual results to differ include (but are not limited to) the discovery of new information that affects accounting estimates and management’s judgments, or impacts valuation methodologies underlying these estimated results and a variety of business, economic and competitive risks and uncertainties, many of which are not within our control, and we undertake no obligation to update this information, unless required by law. The information set forth below should be read together with “Risk Factors,” “Forward-Looking Statements,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” and the consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Adjusted EBITDA is a non-GAAP supplemental financial measure. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Non-GAAP Financial Measures” for additional information as to how we define Adjusted EBITDA, the reasons why we include this measure and certain limitations to its use.

Although the financial results for the quarter ended March 31, 2026 are not yet finalized, we estimate that the financial results will fall within the following ranges, as compared to the quarter ended March 31, 2025:

 

     Quarter Ended March 31,  
     2026
(Estimated)
     2025
(Actual)
 
     High      Low         

(In thousands)

        

GAAP Financial Measures:

        

Revenue

   $ 208,000      $ 200,000      $ 53,258  

Net (loss) income

   $ 22,500      $ 19,000      $ (27,322 ) 

Non-GAAP Financial Measures:

        

Adjusted EBITDA

   $ 36,380      $ 33,500      $ (13,360 ) 

 

22


Table of Contents

We estimate that revenue for the quarter ended March 31, 2026 will be between $200.0 million and $208.0 million compared to $53.3 million for the quarter ended March 31, 2025, an increase of $150.7 million, or 283.0%, calculated using the midpoint of the range. The period-over-period increase in revenue is primarily due to higher revenue in our Tactical Systems segment driven by our EUCOM AOR Deep Strike program. We estimate that net (loss) income for the quarter ended March 31, 2026 will be between $19 million and $22.5 million, compared to $(27.3) million for the quarter ended March 31, 2025, an increase of $48.1 million. The period-over-period increase in net (loss) income is primarily due to higher revenue in our Tactical Systems segment driven by our EUCOM AOR Deep Strike program, improved program gross margin, and lower research and development and selling costs. We estimate that Adjusted EBITDA for the quarter ended March 31, 2026 will be between $33.5 million and $36.4 million compared to $(13.4) million for the quarter ended March 31, 2025, an increase of $48.3 million. The period-over-period increase in Adjusted EBITDA is primarily due to the aforementioned increase in net income.

Reconciliation of net loss to Adjusted EBITDA

The following table provides a reconciliation from our preliminary estimates of net (loss) income to preliminary estimates of Adjusted EBITDA for the quarter ended March 31, 2026 (at the low end and high end of the estimated ranges set forth above) and the quarter ended March 31, 2025.

 

     Quarter Ended March 31,  
     2026
(Estimated)
     2025
(Actual)
 
     High      Low         

(In thousands)

        

Net (loss) income

   $ 22,500      $ 19,000      $ (27,322 ) 

Interest expense

     6,300        6,400        7,179  

Interest income

     (120 )       (100 )       (214 ) 

Provision for income taxes

     —         200        40  

Depreciation and amortization

     5,200        5,400        5,173  

Change in contingent consideration

     0        0        1,221  

IPO-related costs(1)

     2,500        2,600        —   

Other

     0        0        563  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

   $ 36,380      $ 33,500      $ (13,360 ) 
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 
(1)

Represents non-recurring professional service fees related to this offering and our IPO readiness.

Adjusted EBITDA should be considered in addition to, and not as a replacement for or superior to, the respective comparable GAAP measure, and may not be comparable to similarly titled measures reported by other companies. Management believes that this measure helps investors understand the Company’s financial condition and operating results and assess the Company’s future prospects. Management believes that presenting Adjusted EBITDA, in addition to the corresponding GAAP measure, is an important supplemental measure that excludes non-cash or other items that may be indicative of or are unrelated to the Company’s core operating results and the overall health of the Company. We urge you to review the reconciliation found above and elsewhere in this prospectus. For a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to other periods and more information regarding our use of this metric and its usefulness to investors, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Non-GAAP Financial Measures.”

 

23


Table of Contents

Risk Factor Summary

There are a number of risks related to our business, this offering and our Class A common stock that you should consider before you decide to participate in this offering. You should carefully consider all the information presented in the section entitled “Risk Factors” in this prospectus. Some of the principal risks related to our business include the following:

 

  •  

our reliance on a limited number of major customers, including the U.S. Government and its agencies, particularly the DoW, for a substantial portion of our revenue;

 

  •  

the potential for reductions, delays, or changes in U.S. and foreign government budgets, spending priorities, procurement processes, or military transformation initiatives;

 

  •  

our dependence on government contracts, which are subject to competitive bidding, extensive regulation, the risk of termination, modification, audit, unfavorable terms and the possibility that some contracts are classified, limiting transparency for investors;

 

  •  

the challenges of operating in evolving and highly competitive markets, including the risk that we may not be able to expand our customer base, achieve broad market acceptance, or compete effectively against larger or better-resourced competitors;

 

  •  

our markets may not grow as expected, or that our efforts to expand into new markets or introduce new offerings may not succeed;

 

  •  

our inability to manage increasing technological complexity, scale manufacturing capacity, achieve cost reductions or realize projected economies of scale;

 

  •  

our complex products and services may contain unknown defects or errors, leading to claims against us, reputational harm, or diversion of resources from other business priorities;

 

  •  

the scarcity, unavailability, or increased cost of critical components or raw materials;

 

  •  

our exposure to risks associated with international operations, including compliance with export controls, sanctions and other regulations, as well as political, economic and regulatory instability in foreign markets;

 

  •  

our dependence on senior management, key employees and our ability to recruit and retain highly skilled personnel in a competitive labor market, which is essential to our success and customer relationships;

 

  •  

the rapid pace of technological change in our markets, and the risk that we may not successfully develop, commercialize or achieve market acceptance for new products, services or enhancements, particularly those involving artificial intelligence;

 

  •  

shortfalls in available external R&D funding;

 

  •  

changes in tax laws, trade policies, tariffs, inflation, recession and other macroeconomic or market conditions;

 

  •  

we may experience difficulties in integrating the operations, technologies, products, existing contracts, accounting and personnel of the companies we acquire and realizing the anticipated synergies of the combined businesses;

 

  •  

pandemics, public health crises and other events that could disrupt our business, supply chain or customer demand;

 

  •  

we may experience technological failures, cybersecurity breaches, or unauthorized access to our, our customers’, or our suppliers’ information and systems;

 

24


Table of Contents
  •  

the failure to adequately protect our intellectual property and proprietary rights;

 

  •  

issues managing inventory, including the potential for supply imbalances, obsolescence or losses that could harm our business;

 

  •  

our operations depend on our facilities;

 

  •  

we have identified material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting;

 

  •  

we have substantial indebtedness, and we may not be able to generate sufficient cash to service all of such indebtedness;

 

  •  

we will incur increased costs and devote substantial management time as a result of operating as a public company

 

  •  

we are a “controlled company” under NYSE rules and, as a result, qualify for and intend to rely on exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements;

 

  •  

as an emerging growth company, we are able to avail ourselves of reduced disclosure requirements;

 

  •  

our sole material asset after completion of this offering will be our ownership interest in Holdings LLC, and we are accordingly reliant on distributions from Holdings LLC to pay taxes, make payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement and cover our corporate and overhead expenses;

 

  •  

we will be required to make payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement for certain tax benefits that we may claim and the amount of such payments could be substantial; and

 

  •  

provisions in our corporate governance documents, including exclusive forum provisions and renunciation of certain corporate opportunities, could limit stockholder rights or make it more difficult to replace management or pursue litigation.

These and other risks are more fully described in the section entitled “Risk Factors” in this prospectus. If any of these risks actually occurs, or if we are unable to adequately address these or other risks we face, our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and prospects could be materially and adversely affected. As a result, you could lose all or part of your investment in our Class A common stock.

Our Principal Stockholder

We have a valuable relationship with our equity sponsor, MDP. MDP manages several private equity funds that own an interest in us (the “MDP Funds”). Unless otherwise noted or the context otherwise requires, as used in this prospectus, “MDP” refers to Madison Dearborn Partners, LLC, the ultimate general partner of the MDP Funds, and its affiliated entities, including the MDP Funds. In connection with this offering, we will enter into a director designation agreement (the “Director Designation Agreement”) with MDP that provides MDP the right to designate nominees to our board of directors (the “Board”), subject to certain conditions. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Director Designation Agreement” for more details with respect to the Director Designation Agreement.

Madison Dearborn Partners, LLC is a leading private equity investment firm based in Chicago. Since MDP’s formation in 1992, the firm has raised aggregate capital of approximately $36 billion and has completed investments in more than 160 companies. MDP invests across several dedicated industry verticals, including Technology & Government; Financial Services; and Healthcare. MDP’s objective is to invest in companies in partnership with outstanding management teams to achieve significant long-term appreciation in equity value.

 

25


Table of Contents

Status as a Controlled Company

Because MDP will control approximately 79.1% of the voting power of our company following the completion of this offering (or 76.7% if the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock is exercised in full), we will be a “controlled company” as of the completion of the offering under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as amended (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”), and the rules of NYSE. As a controlled company, we will not be required to have a majority of independent directors or to form an independent compensation committee or nominating and corporate governance committee. As a controlled company, we will remain subject to the rules of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and be required to have an audit committee composed entirely of independent directors. Under these rules, we must have at least one independent director on our audit committee by the date our common stock is listed on NYSE, at least two independent directors on our audit committee within 90 days of the listing date, and at least three directors, all of whom must be independent, on our audit committee within one year of the listing date. We expect to have five independent directors upon the closing of this offering, of whom Bradley Feldmann and Matthew Klein will qualify as independent for audit committee purposes.

If at any time we cease to be a controlled company, we will take all action necessary to comply with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and the rules of NYSE, including by having a majority of independent directors and ensuring we have a compensation committee and a nominating and corporate governance committee, each composed entirely of independent directors, subject to a permitted “phase-in” period. See “Management—Corporate Governance—Controlled Company Status.”

General Corporate Information

Our principal executive offices are located at 440 Stevens Ave #150, Solana Beach, California, 92075. Our telephone number is (858) 704-4125. Our website address is www.aevex.com. The information contained on, or that can be accessed through, our website is not incorporated by reference into this prospectus, and you should not consider any information contained on, or that can be accessed through, our website as part of this prospectus or in deciding whether to purchase our Class A common stock. We are a holding company and all of our business operations are conducted through, and substantially all of our assets are held by, our subsidiaries.

Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company

We qualify as an “emerging growth company” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act (the “JOBS Act”). We will remain an emerging growth company until the earlier of (1) the last day of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the completion of this offering, (2) the last day of the fiscal year in which we have total annual gross revenue of at least $1.235 billion, (3) the date on which we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer (meaning the market value of common stock that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700.0 million as of the end of the second quarter of that fiscal year), or (4) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt securities during the prior three-year period.

An emerging growth company may take advantage of reduced reporting and certain other requirements that are otherwise applicable to public companies. These provisions include, but are not limited to:

 

  •  

not being required to comply with the independent registered public accounting firm attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act;

 

  •  

only being required to present two years of audited financial statements, plus unaudited condensed financial statements for any interim period, and related management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations;

 

26


Table of Contents
  •  

reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports, proxy statements and registration statements; and

 

  •  

exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved.

We have elected to take advantage of certain of the reduced disclosure obligations regarding financial statements and executive compensation in this prospectus and expect to elect to take advantage of other reduced burdens in future filings. As a result, the information that we provide to our stockholders may be different than you might receive from other public reporting companies in which you hold equity interests.

Under the JOBS Act, emerging growth companies can delay adopting new or revised accounting standards until such time as those standards apply to private companies. We are electing to take advantage of this extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards provided for by the JOBS Act. We will therefore comply with new or revised accounting standards when they apply to private companies. As a result, our financial statements may not be comparable with companies that comply with public company effective dates for accounting standards.

Ownership and Organizational Structure

AEVEX Corp. is a Delaware corporation formed to serve as a holding company that will hold an interest in Holdings LLC. AEVEX Corp. has not engaged in any business or other activities other than in connection with its formation and this offering. Upon consummation of this offering and the application of the proceeds therefrom, we will be a holding company, our sole asset will be an equity interest in Holdings LLC and we will operate and control all of the business and affairs and consolidate the financial results of Holdings LLC.

In connection with the Organizational Transactions:

 

  •  

We will amend and restate the existing operating agreement of Holdings LLC (the “LLC Operating Agreement”) to, among other things, (i) modify the capital structure of Holdings LLC by replacing the current membership interests with a new class of common membership interests consisting of Series A Units and Series B Units (collectively, “LLC Units”) and (ii) appoint AEVEX Corp. as the sole managing member of Holdings LLC. See “Organizational Structure—Amended and Restated Operating Agreement of Holdings LLC.”

 

  •  

Our Principal Stockholder and certain other holders of indirect interests in Holdings LLC will engage in a series of transactions, which may include one or more contributions, mergers or otherwise, that will result in (i) certain of the existing owners of Holdings LLC exchanging their membership interests in Holdings LLC for membership interests in ATS Investment Holdings, LLC (“ATS Investment Holdings”), (ii) the formation of ATS Pubco Holdings, LLC (“ATS Pubco Holdings”), (iii) a subsidiary of AEVEX Corp. merging with and into the entity through which our Principal Stockholder holds a portion of its ownership interests in Holdings LLC (the “Blocker Entity”), with the Blocker Entity remaining as the surviving corporation followed by the Blocker Entity merging with and into AEVEX Corp. (or a subsidiary of AEVEX Corp.) with AEVEX Corp. (or such subsidiary of AEVEX Corp.) surviving and all of the equity interests of the Blocker Entity being exchanged for shares of Class A common stock (the “Blocker Merger”) and then being contributed directly or indirectly to ATS Pubco Holdings in exchange for a direct or indirect interest in ATS Pubco Holdings, and (iv) certain holders of an indirect interest in Holdings LLC exchanging a portion of such interest in Holdings LLC for a direct or indirect interest in ATS Pubco Holdings, which in turn will contribute such interests in Holdings LLC into AEVEX Corp. in exchange for shares of Class A common stock.

 

27


Table of Contents
  •  

We will enter into an exchange agreement (the “Exchange Agreement”) with ATS Investment Holdings pursuant to which ATS Investment Holdings (or certain permitted transferees thereof) will be entitled to exchange Series B Units of Holdings LLC, together with an equal number of shares of Class B common stock, for shares of Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis or, at our election, for cash, from a substantially concurrent public offering or private sale (based on the price of our Class A common stock in such public offering or private sale). See “Organizational Structure—Exchange Agreement.”

 

  •  

The Series A Preferred Units will convert into Class A common stock at a conversion price based on 80% of the initial public offering price.

 

  •  

We will enter into a tax receivable agreement (the “Tax Receivable Agreement”) with certain of our existing direct and indirect owners, including ATS Investment Holdings, ATS Pubco Holdings, and certain entities controlled by our Principal Stockholder, and permitted transferees thereof (collectively, the “TRA Rights Holders”) that will require the payment by AEVEX Corp. to such persons collectively 85% of certain tax savings (calculated using certain assumptions), if any, in U.S. federal, state and local income taxes we actually realize (or, under certain circumstances are deemed to realize) as a result of (i) certain increases in the tax basis of assets of Holdings LLC and its subsidiaries resulting from purchases or exchanges of LLC Units, (ii) certain other tax attributes of Holdings LLC and its subsidiaries and the Blocker Entity that existed prior to this offering, including existing tax basis and our allocable share of existing tax basis acquired in connection with this offering and increases to such allocable share of existing tax basis and (iii) certain other tax benefits related to our entering into the Tax Receivable Agreement, including tax benefits attributable to payments that we make under the Tax Receivable Agreement. We retain the benefit of the remaining 15% of these tax savings, if any. If the Tax Receivable Agreement terminates early, we could be required to make a substantial, immediate lump-sum payment. See “Organizational Structure—Tax Receivable Agreement and “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Tax Receivable Agreement.”

We estimate that the net proceeds to us from the sale of our Class A common stock in this offering, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated expenses payable by us, will be approximately $278.3 million ($309.8 million if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full), based on an assumed initial public offering price of $19.50 per share (the midpoint of the estimated public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus). We intend to use such net proceeds to acquire 16,000,000 newly issued Series A Units of Holdings LLC at a purchase price equal to the initial offering price per share of Class A common stock in this offering, less underwriting discounts and commissions.

In turn, Holdings LLC intends to apply the balance of the net proceeds it receives from us (including any additional proceeds it may receive from us if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares), together with borrowings under the New Credit Facilities, (i) to repay in full approximately $257.8 million of outstanding borrowings under our Credit Agreement, under which we had $258.5 million outstanding under the Term Loan and $0 outstanding under the Revolving Credit Facility and which had an interest rate of 9.92% and 9.75%, respectively, as of December 31, 2025, (ii) to pay expenses incurred in connection with this offering and the Organizational Transactions and (iii) for general corporate purposes. See “Use of Proceeds.” The diagram below depicts our historical organizational structure prior to the completion of

 

28


Table of Contents

the Organizational Transactions. This diagram is provided for illustrative purposes only and does not purport to represent all legal entities owned or controlled by us, or owning a beneficial interest in us.

 

 

LOGO

The diagram below depicts our expected organizational structure immediately following completion of the Organizational Transactions. This diagram is provided for illustrative purposes only and does not purport to represent all legal entities owned or controlled by us, or owning a beneficial interest in us.

 

 

LOGO

 
(1)

Upon completion of this offering, our Principal Stockholder will control the voting power in AEVEX Corp. as follows: (i) approximately 56.6% (or approximately 54.9% if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full) through its control of ATS Investment Holdings and (ii) approximately

 

29


Table of Contents
  22.5% (or approximately 21.8% if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full) through its control of ATS Pubco Holdings, LLC.
(2)

Shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock will vote as a single class. Each outstanding share of Class A common stock and Class B Common stock will be entitled to one vote on all matters to be voted on by stockholders generally. The shares of Class B common stock will not have any right to receive dividends or distributions upon the liquidation or winding up of AEVEX Corp. In accordance with the Exchange Agreement to be entered into in connection with the Organizational Transactions, ATS Investment Holdings (and its permitted transferees) will be entitled to exchange its Series B Units of Holdings LLC, together with an equal number of shares of Class B common stock, for shares of Class A common stock determined in accordance with the Exchange Agreement or, at our election, for cash from a substantially concurrent public offering or private sale (based on the price of our Class A common stock in such public offering or private sale).

(3)

Assumes no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares. If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full, (i) the holders of Class A common stock will have 44.9% of the voting power in AEVEX Corp., with 21.8% held indirectly by our Principal Stockholder, (ii) ATS Investment Holdings, through ownership of the Class B common stock, will have 54.9% of the voting power of AEVEX Corp., with 54.9% held indirectly by our Principal Stockholder, (iii) ATS Investment Holdings will own 54.9% of the outstanding LLC Units and (iv) AEVEX Corp. will own 44.9% of the outstanding LLC Units.

Our corporate structure following the offering, as described above, is commonly referred to as an “Up-C” structure, which is commonly used by partnerships and limited liability companies when they undertake an initial public offering of their business. Our Up-C structure together with the Tax Receivable Agreement will allow certain existing direct and indirect owners of Holdings LLC to continue to realize tax benefits associated with owning interests in an entity that is treated as a partnership, or “pass-through” entity, for income tax purposes following the offering. One of these benefits is that future taxable income of Holdings LLC that is allocated to such owners will be taxed on a flow-through basis and therefore will generally not be subject to corporate U.S. federal income taxes at the entity level. Additionally, because the Series B Units of Holdings LLC that ATS Investment Holdings will continue to hold are exchangeable, the Up-C structure also provides certain existing direct and indirect owners of Holdings LLC with potential liquidity that holders of non-publicly traded limited liability companies are not typically afforded. See “Organizational Structure” and “Description of Capital Stock.”

Following this offering, ATS Investment Holdings will hold a number of shares of our Class B common stock equal to the number of Series B Units of Holdings LLC that it owns. Holders of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock will each be entitled to one vote per share on all matters on which stockholders are entitled to vote.

AEVEX Corp. will also hold LLC Units and therefore receive benefits on account of its ownership in an entity treated as a partnership, or “passthrough” entity, for income tax purposes. As AEVEX Corp. acquires Series B Units of Holdings LLC from ATS Investment Holdings (or any of its transferees) under the exchange mechanism described above, it will obtain a step-up in tax basis in its share of the assets of Holdings LLC and its flow-through subsidiaries. This step-up in tax basis will provide AEVEX Corp. with certain tax benefits, such as future depreciation and amortization deductions that can reduce the taxable income allocable to AEVEX Corp. In connection with the consummation of this offering, we will enter into a Tax Receivable Agreement with the TRA Rights Holders under which AEVEX Corp. will agree to pay the TRA Rights Holders, collectively, 85% of the value of certain tax benefits that AEVEX Corp. realized, or is deemed to realize (calculated using certain assumptions), as a result of (i) certain increases in the tax basis of assets of Holdings LLC and its subsidiaries resulting from purchases or exchanges of LLC Units, (ii) certain other tax attributes of Holdings LLC and its subsidiaries and the Blocker Entity that existed prior to this offering, including existing tax basis and our allocable share of existing tax basis acquired in connection with this offering and increases to such allocable

 

30


Table of Contents

share of existing tax basis and (iii) certain other tax benefits related to our entering into the Tax Receivable Agreement, including tax benefits attributable to payments that we make under the Tax Receivable Agreement. We retain the benefit of the remaining 15% of these cash savings, if any. If the Tax Receivable Agreement terminates early, we could be required to make a substantial, immediate lump-sum payment. We expect that the payments we may make under the Tax Receivable Agreement will be substantial. For example, if we acquire all of the Class B Units held by the TRA Rights Holders in taxable transactions as of this offering, based on an initial public offering price of $19.50 per share (which is the midpoint of the estimated public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) and on certain assumptions, including that (i) there are no material changes in relevant tax law and (ii) we earn sufficient taxable income in each year to realize on a current basis all tax benefits that are subject to the Tax Receivable Agreement, we would expect that the resulting reduction in tax payments for us, as determined for purposes of the Tax Receivable Agreement, would aggregate to approximately $432.3 million, substantially all of which would be realized over the next 15 years, and we would be required to pay to the TRA Rights Holders 85% of such amount, or $367.5 million, over the same period. These amounts have been prepared for informational purposes only. The actual increases in tax basis with respect to future exchanges or purchases of LLC Units may differ materially from the amounts set forth above because the potential future reductions in our tax payments, as determined for purposes of the Tax Receivable Agreement, and the payment we will be required to make under the Tax Receivable Agreement, will each depend on a number of factors, including the market value of our Class A common stock at the time of the exchange or purchase, the prevailing federal tax rates applicable to us over the life of the Tax Receivable Agreement (as well as the assumed combined state and local tax rate), the amount and timing of the taxable income that we generate in the future and the extent to which future exchanges or purchases of LLC Units are taxable transactions. See “Organizational Structure—Tax Receivable Agreement and “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Tax Receivable Agreement.”

As a result of the Organizational Transactions:

 

  •  

the investors in this offering will collectively own 16,000,000 shares of our Class A common stock and we will hold 48,529,019 Series A Units of Holdings LLC;

 

  •  

ATS Investment Holdings will own 63,297,524 Series B Units of Holdings LLC and 63,297,524 shares of Class B common stock;

 

  •  

ATS Pubco Holdings will own 25,135,300 shares of our Class A common stock;

 

  •  

holders of Holdings LLC Series A Preferred Units will own 7,393,719 shares of our Class A common stock;

 

  •  

our Class A common stock will collectively represent approximately 43.4% of the voting power in us, with shares of Class A common stock held by the public representing approximately 14.3% of the voting power in us; and

 

  •  

our Class B common stock will collectively represent approximately 56.6% of the voting power in us.

 

31


Table of Contents

THE OFFERING

 

Issuer

AEVEX Corp.

 

Class A common stock offered by us

16,000,000 shares.

 

Underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock from us and the selling stockholder

The underwriters have the option to purchase up to an additional 1,717,847 shares of Class A common stock from us and 682,153 shares of Class A common stock from the selling stockholder at the initial public offering price less the underwriting discounts and commissions for a period of 30 days after the date of this prospectus.

 

Class A common stock to be outstanding immediately after this offering

48,529,019 shares (or 50,246,866 shares if the underwriters’ option is exercised in full). If all outstanding LLC Units held by the LLC Unitholders were exchanged for newly-issued shares of Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis, 111,826,543 shares of Class A common stock would be outstanding.

 

Class B common stock to be outstanding immediately after this offering

63,297,524 shares (or 61,579,677 shares if the underwriters’ option is exercised in full). Immediately after this offering, the LLC Unitholders will own 100% of the outstanding shares of our Class B common stock.

 

Ratio of shares of Class A common stock to LLC Units

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and the amended and restated operating agreement of Holdings LLC will require that we and Holdings LLC at all times maintain a one-to-one ratio between the number of shares of Class A common stock issued by us and the number of LLC Units owned by us (subject to certain exceptions for treasury shares and shares underlying certain convertible or exchangeable securities).

 

Voting

Each share of our Class A common stock entitles its holder to one vote on all matters to be voted on by stockholders generally.

 

  Each share of our Class B common stock entitles its holder to one vote on all matters to be voted on by stockholders generally.

 

  After this offering, each LLC Unitholder will hold a number of shares of Class B common stock equal to the number of LLC Units it owns. See “Description of Capital Stock—Class B Common Stock.”

 

32


Table of Contents
  Holders of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock vote together as a single class on all matters presented to our stockholders for their vote or approval, except as otherwise required by applicable law.

 

Voting power held by holders of Class A common stock

43.4% (or 100% if all outstanding LLC Units were exchanged for newly-issued shares of Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis).

 

Voting power held by holders of Class B common stock

56.6% (or 0% if all outstanding LLC Units were exchanged for newly-issued shares of Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis).

 

Use of proceeds

We estimate, based upon an assumed initial public offering price of $19.50 per share (which is the midpoint of the estimated public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), we will receive net proceeds from this offering of approximately $278.3 million (or $309.8 million if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full), after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

  We intend to use the net proceeds of approximately $278.3 million to acquire 16,000,000 newly-issued Series A Units in Holdings LLC. If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full, we intend to use the additional net proceeds of approximately $31.5 million therefrom to purchase 1,717,847 Series B Units from certain direct and indirect members of ATS Investment Holdings, including entities controlled by our Principal Stockholder.

 

  In each case the LLC Units of Holdings LLC will be acquired by us at a purchase price per unit equal to the initial public offering price per share of Class A common stock in this offering, less underwriting discounts and commissions.

 

  In turn, Holdings LLC intends to use the proceeds received in respect of the newly-issued Series A Units, together with borrowings under the New Credit Facilities, to:

 

  •  

repay in full approximately $257.8 million of outstanding borrowings under our Credit Agreement; and

 

  •  

apply the balance of the net proceeds it receives from us (including any additional proceeds it may receive from us if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares) to pay expenses incurred in connection with this offering and the Organizational Transactions and for general corporate purposes.

 

 

If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full, we estimate that the net proceeds to the selling stockholder

 

33


Table of Contents
 

from this offering will be approximately $12.5 million, assuming an initial public offering price of $19.50 per share (which is the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by the selling stockholder. We will not receive any such proceeds from the sale of shares by the selling stockholder if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares. See “Use of Proceeds” and “Organizational Structure.”

 

Controlled company

After this offering, assuming an offering size as set forth in this section, MDP will control approximately 79.1% of the voting power (or 76.7% if the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full) in us. As a result, we expect to be a controlled company within the meaning of the corporate governance standards of NYSE. See “Management—Corporate Governance—Controlled Company Status.”

 

Dividend policy

We currently intend to retain any future earnings for investment in our business and do not expect to pay any dividends in the foreseeable future. The declaration and payment of all future dividends, if any, will be at the discretion of our “Board” and will depend upon our financial condition, earnings, contractual conditions or applicable laws and other factors that our Board may deem relevant. See “Dividend Policy.”

 

Exchange rights of holders of the LLC Units

Prior to this offering, we will enter into the Exchange Agreement with the LLC Unitholders, including ATS Investment Holdings, so that ATS Investment Holdings (and any permitted transferee thereof) may exchange LLC Units, together with an equal number of shares of Class B common stock, for shares of Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis or, at our election, for cash from a substantially concurrent public offering or private sale (based on the price of our Class A common stock in such public offering or private sale). Any shares of Class B common stock so delivered will be cancelled. See “Organizational Structure—Exchange Agreement.”

 

Tax Receivable Agreement

We will enter into a Tax Receivable Agreement with the TRA Rights Holders that will provide for the payment by us to such persons of 85% of the amount of certain tax savings (calculated using certain assumptions), if any, that AEVEX Corp. actually realizes (or in some circumstances is deemed to realize) as a result of (i) certain increases in the tax basis of assets of Holdings LLC and its subsidiaries resulting from purchases or exchanges of LLC Units, (ii) certain other tax attributes of Holdings LLC and its subsidiaries and the Blocker Entity that existed prior to this offering, including existing tax basis and our allocable share of existing tax basis acquired in connection with this offering and increases to such allocable share of existing tax basis, and (iii) certain other tax benefits related to our entering into the Tax Receivable Agreement, including tax benefits attributable to

 

34


Table of Contents
 

payments that we make under the Tax Receivable Agreement. See “Organizational Structure—Tax Receivable Agreement and “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Tax Receivable Agreement.”

 

Registration Rights Agreement

We intend to enter into a registration rights agreement (the “Registration Rights Agreement”) with our Principal Stockholder in connection with this offering. The Registration Rights Agreement will provide our Principal Stockholder certain registration rights whereby, following our initial public offering and the expiration of any related lock-up period, our Principal Stockholder can require us to register under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”) shares of Class A common stock, (including shares issuable to the LLC Unitholders upon exchange of their LLC Units). The Registration Rights Agreement will also provide for piggyback registration rights for our Principal Stockholder. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Registration Rights Agreement.”

 

Reserved Share Program

At our request, an affiliate of BofA Securities, Inc., a participating Underwriter, has reserved for sale, at the initial public offering price, up to 5% of the shares offered by this prospectus for sale to some of our directors, officers, employees, distributors, dealers, business associates and related persons. If these persons purchase reserved shares it will reduce the number of shares available for sale to the general public. Any reserved shares that are not so purchased will be offered by the underwriters to the general public on the same terms as the other shares offered by this prospectus. See “Underwriting—Reserved Share Program.”

 

Risk factors

Investing in our Class A common stock involves a high degree of risk. See “Risk Factors” elsewhere in this prospectus for a discussion of factors you should carefully consider before deciding to invest in our Class A common stock.

 

Symbol for trading on NYSE

“AVEX.”

Unless otherwise indicated, all information in this prospectus:

 

  •  

assumes the effectiveness of the Organizational Transactions;

 

  •  

assumes an initial public offering price of $19.50 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated public offering price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus;

 

  •  

assumes that the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock is not exercised;

 

  •  

excludes the shares of Class A common stock that may be issuable upon exercise of exchange rights held by the LLC Unitholders; and

 

  •  

excludes 11,182,654 shares of Class A common stock (based upon an assumed initial public offering price of $19.50 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) reserved for future issuance under the AEVEX Corp. 2026 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “2026 Plan”).

 

35


Table of Contents

SUMMARY HISTORICAL FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA

The following tables present, as of the dates and for the periods indicated: (1) the summary historical consolidated financial information of Holdings LLC and its subsidiaries and (2) the summary unaudited pro forma financial data for AEVEX Corp. and its consolidated subsidiaries, including Holdings LLC. Holdings LLC is the predecessor of AEVEX Corp. for financial reporting purposes.

The summary historical consolidated statements of operations data and summary historical consolidated statements of cash flow data presented below for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2025 and 2024 have been derived from, and should be read together with, our audited consolidated historical financial statements and the accompanying notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected in future periods.

The summary historical consolidated financial information of AEVEX Corp. has not been presented. AEVEX Corp. is a newly incorporated entity, has had no business transactions or activities to date and had no material assets or liabilities during the periods presented in this section.

This information is a summary only and should be read in conjunction with “Risk Factors,” “Capitalization,” “Dilution,” “Unaudited Consolidated Pro Forma Financial Information,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

The summary unaudited consolidated pro forma financial information of AEVEX Corp. presented below has been derived from the unaudited consolidated pro forma financial statements and notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. The summary unaudited consolidated pro forma financial information as of and for the year ended December 31, 2025, gives effect to the Organizational Transactions as described in “Organizational Structure,” including the consummation of this offering, the use of the net proceeds therefrom and related transactions, as described in “Use of Proceeds” and “Unaudited Consolidated Pro Forma Financial Information,” as if all such transactions had occurred on January 1, 2025, with respect to the consolidated statement of operations data, and December 31, 2025, with respect to the consolidated balance sheet data. The unaudited consolidated pro forma financial information includes various estimates that are subject to material change and may not be indicative of what our results of operations or financial position would have been had this offering and related transactions taken place on the dates indicated, or that may be expected to occur in the future. See

 

36


Table of Contents

“Unaudited Consolidated Pro Forma Financial Information” for a complete description of the adjustments and assumptions underlying the summary unaudited consolidated pro forma financial information.

 

     Historical Holdings LLC     Pro Forma
AEVEX Corp
 
     Year Ended December 31,     Year Ended
December 31,
 
($ in thousands, except units and per unit amounts)    2025     2024     2025  

Revenue:

      

Products

   $ 319,351     $ 292,429     $ 319,351  

Services

     113,582       99,763       113,582  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

     432,933       392,192       432,933  

Cost of revenue:

      

Products

     244,735       199,920       244,735  

Services

     93,895       82,000       93,895  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

     338,630       281,920       338,630  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     94,303       110,272       94,303  

Operating expenses:

      

Selling, general, and administrative

     41,626       33,780       47,932  

Research and development

     25,439       12,997       25,439  

Amortization of intangible assets

     16,606       18,119       16,606  

Change in contingent consideration

     2,435       (61,599 )      2,435  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     86,106       3,297       92,412  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from operations

     8,197       106,975       1,891  

Other income (expense), net:

      

Interest expense

     (32,346 )      (29,584 )      (11,518 ) 

Interest income

     699       1,436       699  

Other income, net

     6,841       129       6,841  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other expense, net

     (24,806 )      (28,019 )      (3,978 ) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Loss) income before income taxes

     (16,609 )      78,956       (2,087 ) 

Provision for income taxes

     171       363       57  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (loss) income

     (16,780 )      78,593       (2,144 ) 

Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest

     106       44       106  

Net loss attributable to redeemable noncontrolling interest

     —       —       (1,241 ) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (loss) income attributable to Athena Technology Solutions Holdings, LLC

     (16,886 )      78,549       (1,009 ) 

Series A preferred units deemed dividend

     —       —       28,466  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (loss) income attributable to common stockholders

   $ (16,886 )    $ 78,549     $ (29,475 ) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (loss) income per Class A unit:

      

Basic

   $ (0.20 )    $ 0.98     $ (0.61 ) 

Diluted

   $ (0.20 )    $ 0.38     $ (0.61 ) 

Weighted average Class A units outstanding

      

Basic

     88,532,824       80,432,217       48,529,019  

Diluted

     88,532,824       88,226,425       48,529,019  

 

37


Table of Contents
     Historical Holdings LLC      Pro Forma AEVEX
Corp.
 
     December 31,      December 31,  
     2025      2024      2025  

(In thousands)

        

Consolidated balance sheets data:

        

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 27,908      $ 45,603      $ 159,945  

Total assets

     626,995        556,631        804,031  

Total liabilities

     343,027        392,357        218,033  

Debt, including current portion

     258,500        260,417        98,857  

Mezzanine equity

     80,371        —         334,534  

Total members’ equity/stockholder’s equity

     199,016        159,529        246,883  

Noncontrolling interest

     4,581        4,745        4,581  

Total equity

     203,597        164,274        251,464  

 

     Historical Holdings
LLC
 
     Year Ended
December 31,
 
     2025     2024  

(In thousands)

    

Consolidated statements of cash flows data:

    

Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities

   $ (97,639 )    $ 64,912  

Net cash used in investing activities

     (10,544 )      (11,177 ) 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

     90,488       (58,934 ) 

Net decrease in cash

     (17,695 )      (5,199 ) 

Cash at beginning of period

     45,603       50,802  

Cash at end of period

     27,908       45,603  

 

     Historical Holdings LLC  
     Year Ended December 31,  
     2025     2024  

(In thousands)

    

Other Data:(1)

    

Tactical Systems Segment Adjusted EBITDA(2)

   $ 38,208     $ 84,446  

Global Solutions Segment Adjusted EBITDA(2)

     8,172       (2,703 ) 

Adjusted EBITDA(3)

     37,578       77,012  

Net income (loss) margin

     (3.9 )%      20.0 % 

Adjusted EBITDA Margin(4)

     8.7 %      19.6 % 

Free cash flow(5)

   $ (105,118 )    $ 56,434  
 
(1)

In addition to our operating results calculated in accordance with GAAP, we use, and plan to continue using certain non-GAAP financial measures when monitoring and evaluating operating performance, including all of the measures presented in this table. The non-GAAP financial measures presented in this prospectus are supplemental measures of our performance that we believe help investors understand our financial condition and operating results and assess our future prospects. We believe that presenting these non-GAAP financial measures, in addition to the corresponding GAAP financial measures, are important supplemental measures that exclude non-cash or other items that may not be indicative of or are unrelated to our core operating results and the overall health of our company. Please refer to “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of

 

38


Table of Contents
  Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Non-GAAP Financial Measures” for an explanation on why we use these non-GAAP financial measures, their definitions, their limitations and reconciliations to their nearest GAAP financial measure.
(2)

Segment Adjusted EBITDA is our segment measure of profit or loss as defined by ASC 280. We define Segment Adjusted EBITDA as net income (loss) before certain unallocated Corporate expenses, interest income and expense, income tax expense (benefit), depreciation and amortization expense, other income (expense), changes in the fair value of contingent consideration liabilities, IPO-related costs, asset impairments, business acquisition costs, and restructuring costs, as well as certain non-recurring items. For additional information regarding Segment Adjusted EBITDA, see Note 15, “Segment Information” to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

(3)

We define Adjusted EBITDA as net income (loss) before interest income and expense, income tax expense (benefit), depreciation and amortization expense, other income (expense), changes in the fair value of contingent consideration liabilities, IPO-related costs, asset impairments, business acquisition costs, and restructuring costs, as well as certain non-recurring items. We believe that Adjusted EBITDA is an important metric for management and investors as it removes the impact of items that we do not believe are indicative of our core operating results or the overall health of our company and allows for consistent comparison of our operating results over time and relative to our peers.

(4)

We define Adjusted EBITDA Margin as Adjusted EBITDA divided by total revenue. We believe that Adjusted EBITDA Margin is an important metric for management and investors as it removes the impact of items that we do not believe are indicative of our core operating results or the overall health of our company and allows for consistent comparison of our operating results over time and relative to our peers.

(5)

We define free cash flow as the sum of our net cash provided by (used in) operating activities less our capital expenditures. We consider free cash flow to be a useful, supplemental measure of our ability to generate cash on a normalized basis. We use free cash flow to supplement GAAP measures in evaluating our flexibility to allocate capital and pursue opportunities that may enhance shareholder value and the effectiveness of our strategies, to make budgeting decisions and to compare our performance against that of our peer companies, many of which present similar non-GAAP financial measures.

 

39


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

This offering and an investment in our Class A common stock involve a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the risks and uncertainties described below, together with the financial and other information contained in this prospectus, including our consolidated financial statements and the related notes thereto, before making a decision to invest in our Class A common stock. The risks and uncertainties described below are not the only ones we face. Additional risks and uncertainties that we are unaware of, or that we currently believe are not material, may also become important factors that affect us. If any of the following risks actually occur, our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and prospects could be materially and adversely affected. As a result, the trading price of our Class A common stock could decline, and you could lose all or part of your investment.

Because of the following factors, as well as other factors affecting our business, financial condition, operating results and prospectus, past financial performance should not be considered a reliable indicator of future performance, and investors should not rely on historical trends to anticipate trends or results in the future.

Risks Related to Our Business and Industry

We rely heavily on sales to certain customers, including the U.S. Government, particularly to agencies of the DoW.

Historically, we have derived a significant portion of our total sales from the U.S. Government and its agencies. Revenue from the U.S. Government and agencies of the U.S. Government, when they are direct customers of the Company, represented 78% and 81% of total revenue for the year ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively. We believe that the success and growth of our business for the foreseeable future will continue to depend to a significant degree on our ability to win government contracts, in particular from the DoW. Many of our government customers are subject to budgetary constraints and our continued performance under these contracts, or award of additional contracts from these agencies, could be jeopardized by spending reductions or budget cutbacks at these agencies. Recently, the reduction of government spending has been a primary focus of the federal government. In January 2025, President Trump announced an executive order establishing the Department of Government Efficiency (“DOGE”) to maximize government efficiency and productivity. In February 2025, President Trump stated that he has directed DOGE to review Pentagon spending for potential waste and fraud. As a result of these recent developments and other factors, the funding of U.S. Government programs is uncertain. We are dependent on continued congressional appropriations and administrative allotment of funds based on an annual budgeting process. We cannot assure you that current levels of congressional funding for our products and services will continue and that our business will not decline.

The U.S. military funds a portion of our contracts through operational needs statements, and to a lesser extent, through programs of record, which provides us with less visibility and certainty on future funding allocations for our contracts. Furthermore, all of our contracts with the U.S. Government are terminable by the U.S. Government at will, and the increasing government spending reviews may result in revocation of previously awarded contracts. A significant decline in government expenditures generally, or with respect to programs for which we provide products and/or services, could adversely affect our business and prospects. Our operating results may also be negatively impacted by other developments that affect these government programs generally, including the following:

 

  •  

changes in government programs that are related to our products and services;

 

  •  

adoption of new laws or regulations relating to government contracting or changes to existing laws or regulations;

 

  •  

changes in political or public support for security and defense programs;

 

  •  

delays or changes in the government appropriations and budget process;

 

  •  

uncertainties associated with the current global threat environment and other geo-political matters; and

 

  •  

delays in the payment of our invoices by government payment offices.

 

40


Table of Contents

These developments and other factors could cause governmental agencies to reduce their purchases under existing contracts, to exercise their rights to terminate contracts at-will or to abstain from renewing contracts or entering into new contracts, any of which would cause our revenue to decline and could otherwise harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.

A decline in the U.S. and other government budgets, changes in spending or budgetary priorities, delays in contract awards or in the release of approved funds may significantly and adversely affect our future revenue.

Because we generate a significant portion of our total sales from the U.S. Government and its agencies and from foreign governments, our results of operations could be adversely affected by government spending caps, delays in the government budget process, program starts, the award of contracts or orders under existing contracts, or delays in release of funds by the federal government. Delays in the formalization of a contract could result in delayed funding, billing and payment. Our business may be adversely impacted due to shifts in the political environment and resulting changes in the government and agency leadership positions and priorities for funding. We cannot assure you that current levels of congressional funding for our products and services will continue and that our business will not decline, or that such funding will be accessible or consistent with previously realized timelines due to federal budgetary review activities and potential freezes on or cancellation of various governmental programs from time to time. If annual budget appropriations or continuing resolutions are not enacted timely, we could face U.S. Government shutdowns, which could adversely impact our programs and contracts with the U.S. Government, our ability to receive timely payment from U.S. Government entities and our ability to timely obtain export licenses for our products and services to fulfill contracts with our international customers. A prolonged U.S. Government shutdown, or the adoption of a “continuing resolution” requiring the government to operate on funding levels equivalent to its prior fiscal year, could have an adverse impact on our results and growth plans.

Further, there is a possibility that political decisions made by the U.S. Government, such as the establishment of DOGE and the related probes into and reductions in government spending, policy changes regarding prior military commitments by the second Trump administration, including those regarding ongoing conflicts, including between Russia and Ukraine, Israel and Hamas, or an impasse on policy issues between the executive branch and Congress, could impact future spending and program authorizations, which may not increase or may decrease or shift to programs in areas in which we do not provide products or services or are less likely to be awarded contracts. Such changes in spending authorizations and budgetary priorities may occur as a result of shifts in spending priorities from defense-related and other programs due to, among other factors, competing demands for federal funds and the number and intensity of military conflicts. In addition, we may receive stop work orders and/or contract cancellations for existing U.S. Government contracts due to shifting foreign military aid priorities, and we cannot project the aggregate negative impact on our results of operations due to any future stop work orders and/or contract cancellations.

Military transformation and changes in overseas operational levels may affect future procurement priorities and existing programs, which could limit demand for our products and services and have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

While current world tensions—including the conflict between Russia and Ukraine—are driving short-term defense spending increases, we cannot predict whether and when a reduction in overseas operational levels will occur, how future procurement priorities related to defense transformation will be impacted, including by future events, or how changes in the threat environment will impact opportunities and competition for our products, for existing, additional or replacement programs. Government contracts, and associated revenue, particularly those with the DoW, can be episodic in nature and difficult to predict from period to period and any adverse change in political relations between the U.S. and other countries or regions where our overseas customers are located could negatively impact demand for our product and services. Unsatisfactory performance of our products resulting from the environments in which drones operate, including in combat or other areas where wars and hostilities may occur, may cause the demand for our products and technologies to decline or be subject to variation. For example, for the year ended December 31, 2025, our total revenue attributable to end-users in the

 

41


Table of Contents

Ukraine accounted for a substantial portion of our total revenues, although the proportion of our revenues attributable to such end-users is expected to decrease in the future. As such, any reduction to operational levels related to the conflict between Russia and Ukraine could lead to volatility in our revenues and could have an adverse impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations. While historically we have strategically diversified our portfolio in an effort to mitigate the susceptibility of our business to reductions in overseas operational levels, and we intend to continue this effort, particularly by aiming to grow our non-Ukraine-related total revenue, we cannot be certain that such actions have mitigated or will mitigate the risk of our business to such reductions.

We operate in evolving markets, which makes it difficult to evaluate our business and future prospects.

One of our key strategies is to invest in R&D to drive innovation and spur growth. Our innovative solutions are often sold in new and rapidly evolving markets. Accordingly, our business and future prospects may be difficult to evaluate. We cannot accurately predict the extent to which demand for our products and services will increase, if at all. The challenges, risks and uncertainties frequently encountered by companies in rapidly evolving markets could impact our ability to do the following:

 

  •  

generate sufficient revenue to maintain profitability;

 

  •  

acquire and maintain market share;

 

  •  

achieve or manage growth in our operations;

 

  •  

develop and renew contracts;

 

  •  

attract and retain additional engineers and other highly-qualified personnel;

 

  •  

successfully develop and commercially market new products and services;

 

  •  

adapt to new or changing policies and spending priorities of governments and government agencies; and

 

  •  

access additional capital when required and on reasonable terms, including capital to refinance our substantial indebtedness.

If we fail to address these and other challenges, risks and uncertainties successfully, our business, results of operations and financial condition would be materially harmed.

We face competition from other firms, many of which have substantially greater resources.

The defense industry is highly competitive and generally characterized by intense competition to win contracts. Additionally, our markets are facing increasing industry consolidation, resulting in larger competitors who have more market share putting more downward pressure on prices and offering a more robust portfolio of products and services.

Our competitors may be able to provide customers with different or greater capabilities or benefits than we can provide in areas such as technical qualifications, past contract performance, geographic presence, price and the availability of key professional personnel, including those with security clearances. Furthermore, many of our competitors may be able to use their substantially greater resources and economies of scale to develop competing products and technologies, manufacture in high volumes more efficiently, divert sales from us by winning broader contracts or hire away our employees by offering more lucrative compensation packages. Small business competitors may be able to offer more cost-competitive solutions, due to their lower overhead costs, and take advantage of small business incentive and set aside programs for which we are ineligible. Foreign competitors may also be able to offer more cost-competitive solutions as compared to our products and services. The markets in which our products and services are sold are expanding, and competition is intensifying as additional competitors enter such markets and current competitors expand their product lines. In order to secure contracts successfully when competing with larger, well-financed companies, we may need to agree to contractual terms that provide for lower aggregate payments to us over the life of the contract, which could adversely affect our margins. In addition, larger diversified competitors serving as prime contractors may be able to supply underlying products and services

 

42


Table of Contents

from affiliated entities, which would prevent us from competing for subcontracting opportunities on these contracts. Our failure to compete effectively with respect to any of these or other factors could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial condition or operating results.

If the markets for our products do not grow as expected, if we cannot expand our customer base or if our products and services do not achieve broad acceptance, then we may not be able to achieve our anticipated level of growth.

We cannot accurately predict the future growth rates or sizes of the markets for our products and services. Demand for our products and services may not increase, or may decrease, either generally or in specific markets, for particular types of products and services or during particular time periods. Despite expanding our customer base to include international clients and non-military domestic agencies and making initial export breakthroughs, sustained increases in sales to international customers are not guaranteed. Historically, a large portion of our revenue has been with the U.S. Government. An increase of international sales of our product and services may not occur as anticipated. The expansion of the markets for our products in general, and the market for our products and services in particular, depends on several factors, including the following:

 

  •  

customer satisfaction with these types of systems as solutions;

 

  •  

the cost, performance and reliability of our products and products offered by our competitors;

 

  •  

customer perceptions regarding the effectiveness and value of these types of systems;

 

  •  

restrictions on our ability to market our products and services internationally due to U.S. Government laws and regulations;

 

  •  

securing necessary regulatory approvals, including access to airspace and wireless spectrum for our uncrewed systems; and

 

  •  

marketing efforts and publicity regarding these types of systems and services.

If we are unable to manage the increasing technological complexity of our business, or achieve or manage our expected growth, our business could be adversely affected.

The technological complexity of our business has increased significantly over the last several years. Our growth has placed, and our expected growth will continue to place, a strain on our management and our administrative, operational and financial infrastructure. We anticipate further growth of headcount and facilities will be required to address expansion in our product and service offerings and the geographic scope of our customer base. However, if we are unsuccessful in our efforts, our business could decline. Our success will depend in part upon the ability of our senior management to manage our increased complexity and expected growth effectively. To do so, we must continue to hire, train, manage and integrate a significant number of qualified managers and engineers, as well as an adequate support structure. If our new employees perform poorly, or if we are unsuccessful in hiring, training, managing and integrating these new employees, or retaining these or our existing employees, then our business may experience declines.

To support our expected growth, we must continue to improve our operational, financial and management information systems. If we are unable to manage our growth while maintaining our quality of service, or if new systems that we implement to assist in managing our growth do not produce the expected benefits, then our business, prospects, financial condition or operating results could be adversely affected.

Any efforts to expand our offerings beyond our current markets may not succeed, which could negatively impact our operating results.

The U.S. military represents our largest source of revenue. Our efforts to expand our product and service offerings beyond our traditional markets may divert management resources from existing operations and require us to commit significant financial resources to unproven businesses that may not generate additional sales, either of which could significantly impair our operating results.

 

43


Table of Contents

The markets in which we compete are characterized by rapid technological change, requiring us to develop new products and product enhancements, and could render our existing products obsolete.

Continuing technological changes in the market for our products could make our products and services less competitive or obsolete, either generally or for particular applications. The length and severity of the cycles in the commercial and defense industries are difficult to predict. Our future success will depend upon our ability to develop and introduce a variety of new capabilities and enhancements to our existing product offerings, as well as introduce a variety of new product offerings to address the changing needs of the markets in which we offer our products. Delays in introducing new products and enhancements, the failure to choose correctly among technical alternatives or the failure to offer innovative products or enhancements at competitive prices may cause existing and potential customers to purchase our competitors’ products.

If we are unable to devote adequate resources to develop new products or cannot otherwise successfully develop new products or enhancements that meet customer requirements on a timely basis, our products could lose market share, our revenue and profits could decline, and we could experience operating losses.

We expect to incur substantial R&D costs and devote significant resources to identifying and commercializing new products and services, which could significantly reduce our profitability and may never result in revenue.

Our future growth depends on penetrating new markets, adapting existing products to new applications, and introducing new products and services that achieve market acceptance. We have incurred, and expect to continue to incur, substantial R&D costs as part of our efforts to design, develop and commercialize new products and services and enhance existing products. We incurred $25.4 million and $13.0 million of expense, or 6% and 3% of our revenue, in our years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively, on internal R&D activities. We believe that there are significant investment opportunities in a number of business areas and adjacent markets. Because we account for internal R&D as an operating expense, these expenditures will adversely affect our earnings in the future. Further, our R&D programs may not produce successful results, and our new products and services may not achieve market acceptance, create additional revenue or become profitable, which could materially harm our business, prospects, financial results and liquidity.

Our international business poses potentially greater risks than our domestic business, particularly if we continue to expand outside of the United States.

International sales, both our direct sales and indirect sales to allied nations, are subject to a number of material risks, including the following:

 

  •  

the unavailability of, or difficulties in obtaining any, necessary U.S. Governmental authorizations for the export of our products and services to certain foreign jurisdictions;

 

  •  

regulatory requirements that may adversely affect our ability to sell certain products and services or repatriate profits to the United States;

 

  •  

the complexity and necessity of using foreign third-party agents, representatives and consultants, and delays in and difficulty of conducting due diligence on and validating foreign third-party agents, representatives and consultants;

 

  •  

the complexity of shipping our products internationally through multiple jurisdictions with varying legal requirements;

 

  •  

difficulties in enforcing agreements and collecting receivables through foreign legal systems and other relevant legal issues, including fewer legal protections for intellectual property;

 

  •  

potential fluctuations in foreign economies and in the value of foreign currencies and interest rates;

 

  •  

potential preferences by prospective customers to purchase from local (non-U.S.) sources;

 

  •  

general economic and political conditions in the geographic markets in which we operate;

 

44


Table of Contents
  •  

laws or regulations relating to non-U.S. military contracts that favor purchases from non-U.S. manufacturers over U.S. manufacturers;

 

  •  

the imposition of in-country production and manufacturing requirements by international customers;

 

  •  

the imposition of tariffs, embargoes, export controls and other trade restrictions; and

 

  •  

different and changing legal and regulatory requirements, including those pertaining to anti-corruption, anti-boycott, data protection and privacy, employment law, intellectual property, contracts and tax in the jurisdictions in which we currently operate or may operate in the future.

Negative developments in any of these areas in one or more countries in which we operate could result in a reduction in demand for our products, the cancellation or delay of orders already placed, threats to our intellectual property, destabilization of performance, difficulty in collecting receivables and a higher cost of doing business, any of which could negatively impact our business, financial condition or results of operations. While we have adopted policies and procedures to facilitate compliance with laws and regulations applicable to our international operations and sales, our failure, or the failure by our employees or others working on our behalf, to comply with such laws and regulations may result in administrative, civil or criminal liabilities, including fines, suspension or debarment from government contracts or suspension of our export privileges. Moreover, our sales, including sales to customers outside the United States, substantially all are denominated in U.S. dollars, and downward fluctuations in the value of foreign currencies relative to the U.S. dollar may make our products more expensive than other products, which could harm our business.

Our products and services are complex and could have unknown defects or errors, which may give rise to claims against us, diminish our brand or divert our resources from other purposes.

Our products rely on complex engineering and the implementation of advanced technology. Despite extensive testing, our products have contained defects and errors and may in the future contain defects, errors or performance problems when first introduced, when new versions or enhancements are released, or even after these products have been used by our customers for a period of time. In addition, we often rely on subcontractors to manufacture some components that are embedded in our systems that may not operate as intended. These problems could result in expensive and time-consuming design modifications or warranty charges, delays in the introduction of new products or enhancements, significant increases in our service and maintenance costs, exposure to liability for damages, damaged customer relationships and harm to our reputation, any of which could materially harm our results of operations and our ability to achieve market acceptance. In addition, increased development and warranty costs could be substantial and could reduce our operating margins.

The existence of any defects, errors, or failures in our products or the misuse of our products could also lead to product liability claims or lawsuits against us. A defect, error or failure in one of our products could result in injury, death or property damage and significantly damage our reputation and support for our products in general.

Although we maintain insurance policies, we cannot be certain that this insurance will be adequate to protect us from all material judgments and expenses related to potential future claims or that these levels of insurance will be available in the future at economical prices or at all. A successful product liability claim could result in substantial cost to us. Even if we are fully insured as it relates to a claim, the claim could nevertheless diminish our brand and divert management’s attention and resources, which could have a negative impact on our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations.

If critical components or raw materials used to manufacture our products or used in our development programs become scarce or unavailable, then we may incur delays in manufacturing and delivery of our products and in completing our development programs, which could damage our business.

Our ability to meet customers’ demands depends, in part, on our ability to obtain timely and adequate delivery of high quality materials, components and subsystems, many of which are obtained from a select group

 

45


Table of Contents

of specialized suppliers, including some sole-source providers. We do not have long-term agreements with all suppliers that obligate them to continue to sell components, products required to build our systems or products to us. Our reliance on suppliers without long-term binding contracts involves significant risks and uncertainties, including whether our suppliers will provide an adequate supply of required components or products of sufficient quality, will increase prices for the components or products and will perform their obligations on a timely basis.

If any of our supplier’s face capacity constraints, financial instability, or an unwillingness to provide raw materials or components to us, we may need to seek alternative suppliers or revise our designs, particularly because some of our components are sourced from foreign countries. Locating alternative sources may take significant time, and even then, we may encounter significant delays in manufacturing and shipping. Additionally, credit constraints among key suppliers could impact our cash flow. We have also experienced rising costs for components, shipping, tariffs, warehousing, and inventory. Our domestic suppliers have experienced increased demand for their products due to tariffs, which could impact the availability or price of our components. The permanence of these cost increases remains uncertain, and obtaining replacement components within our required time frames may prove challenging. Shortages could lead to excess inventory and potential obsolescence risks.

In addition, certain raw materials and components used in the manufacture of our products and in our development programs are periodically subject to supply shortages, and our business is subject to the risks of price increases and periodic delays in delivery. The prices for these raw materials fluctuate depending on market conditions and global demand for these materials. For example, due to the potential volatility of supply and increase in demand, lead times and prices for certain components, such as semiconductors and memory related microprocessors, may experience supply and price uncertainty. Particularly, the market for electronic components may experience increased demand and a global shortage of semiconductors, which may create substantial uncertainty regarding our suppliers’ continued production of key components for our products, and the supply for certain subcomponents and parts is impacting our Command, Control, Computing, Communications, Cyber and ISR business. As a result, shortages in components for our products and delays in obtaining components for our products could cause customers to terminate their contracts with us, delay orders from us or cause us to delay accepting orders, negatively impact our ability to win new programs and/or contracts, negatively impact and disrupt our development programs, increase our costs and could adversely affect our business, results of operations, prospects and financial condition.

Our products include a variety of components, motors, batteries, and other advanced components, that rely on rare earth metals for their manufacturing. This may require sourcing of these components and required materials from foreign entities. Any disruption in the supply of these metals could adversely affect our ability to produce and deliver our products. Factors that might lead to such disruptions include geopolitical tensions, trade restrictions, supply chain bottlenecks, and environmental regulations affecting mining operations. A limited supply or increased cost of rare earth metals could lead to higher production costs, delays in manufacturing schedules, and potential inability to meet customer demand, thereby impacting our revenue and growth plans. Managing these risks necessitates close monitoring of supply chains, diversification of suppliers, and the pursuit of alternative materials or technologies where possible.

Escalating restrictions between the U.S. and foreign countries contribute to supply chain complexities. For instance, in January 2025, China imposed sanctions on AEVEX in response to sales of military equipment by the U.S. Government to Taiwan. These sanctions by China’s Ministry of Commerce (MOFCOM) prohibit AEVEX from engaging in import or export activities related to China. In addition, China has subjected the Company to certain export- and import-related prohibitions and new investment bans by placing the Company on the “Unreliable Entity List” maintained by China’s Ministry of Commerce. Also, our Executive Chairman, Brian Raduenz, was one of 200 U.S. Nationals personally sanctioned by the Russian Ministry of Foreign Affairs in November 2022 and placed on its permanent “stop list”; these sanctions, which now encompass a larger number of U.S. officials, include a lifetime ban which prohibits him from entering Russia. While we have not experienced, and do not expect to experience, a material negative impact on our business as a result of any such sanctions and export restrictions, we cannot be certain that a material negative effect will not occur in the future

 

46


Table of Contents

as a result of these sanctions and restrictions or future sanctions or restrictions that may be imposed on us. Some of our components sourced from foreign countries are at risk of sanctions and other trade restrictive actions, and any escalation in global trade tensions or trade restrictions may hinder our ability to obtain these components from new suppliers. Restrictions on semiconductor manufacturing equipment and raw materials could lead to higher material costs, material unavailability and transportation uncertainty.

Our earnings and profit margins may decrease based on the mix of our contracts and programs and other factors related to our contracts.

In general, we perform our work under multiple contract pricing structures including, including fixed-price type contracts and cost-plus-fee type contracts. Under fixed-price contracts, we deliver products or perform services under a contract at a stipulated price. Under cost-plus-fee contracts, which are subject to a contract ceiling amount, we are reimbursed for allowable costs and paid a fee, which may be fixed or performance based. We typically experience lower profit margins under cost-plus-fee contracts than under fixed-price contracts, though fixed-price contracts involve higher risks. In general, if the volume of services we perform under cost-plus-fee contracts increases relative to the volume of services we perform under fixed-price contracts, we expect that our operating margin will decline. In addition, our earnings and margins may decrease depending on the costs we incur in contract performance, our achievement of other contract performance objectives and the stage of our performance at which our right to receive fees, particularly under incentive and award fee contracts, is finally determined.

We must recruit and retain highly-skilled employees to succeed in our competitive business.

We depend on our ability to recruit and retain employees who have advanced engineering and technical services skills and who work well with our customers. Historically, substantial competition for skilled personnel in our industry has existed. These employees are in great demand and are likely to remain a limited resource in the foreseeable future. Our ability to recruit and retain qualified, technical personnel, such as engineers, has been adversely impacted by the labor market. Increased restrictions on the import of foreign labor may also increase demand for engineering personnel and adversely impact our ability to hire and retain qualified personnel. If we are unable to recruit, train and retain a sufficient number of these employees, then our ability to maintain our competitiveness and grow our business could be negatively affected. In addition, because of the highly technical nature of our products, the loss of any significant number of our existing engineering personnel could have an adverse effect on our business and operating results. Moreover, some of our U.S. Government contracts contain provisions requiring us to staff a program with certain personnel the customer considers key to our successful performance under the contract. In the event we are unable to provide these key personnel or acceptable substitutes, the customer may terminate the contract. Certain of our programs also require staffing by employees who hold high-level security clearances, the market for which is extremely competitive and not limited to the aerospace & defense industry. We cannot predict the extent to which these shortages will continue or the extent to which they could negatively impact our development programs and results of operations in future periods.

Our ability to stay competitive within our markets may be dependent upon increasing manufacturing capacity to support anticipated growth and achieving cost reductions and projected economies of scale from increasing manufacturing quantities of our products. Failing to adequately increase production capacity and achieve such reductions in manufacturing costs and projected economies of scale could adversely affect our business.

Our future growth depends on increasing manufacturing capacity of our products, and our failure to adequately increase such capacity could have an adverse effect on our business and financial results. We do not know whether or when we will be able to develop efficient, low-cost manufacturing capabilities and processes that will enable us to manufacture (or contract for the manufacture of) our products in commercial quantities while meeting the volume, speed, quality, price, engineering, design and production standards required to successfully market our products. Our failure to develop such manufacturing processes and capabilities in locations that can efficiently service our clients and markets could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. Our ability to remain competitive is, in part, dependent upon achieving increased savings from volume purchases of raw materials and component parts, achieving

 

47


Table of Contents

acceptable manufacturing yield and capitalizing on machinery efficiencies. Constraints in the global supply chain may impact our ability to have reliable access to supplies that we require or affect our ability to purchase such materials or components at cost effective prices. There is no assurance that we will be in a position to realize any material, labor and machinery cost reductions associated with higher purchasing power and higher production levels. Failure to achieve these cost reductions could adversely impact our business and financial results.

There are difficult issues to navigate in the development and use of AI, which may result in reputational harm or liability, and failure to introduce new and innovative products that have AI capabilities could put us at a competitive disadvantage.

We currently incorporate machine learning and AI capabilities into certain of our products and solutions and may seek to expand the use of AI in our offerings in the future. As with many innovations, AI presents risks, challenges, and unintended consequences that could affect our business. AI algorithms and training methodologies may be flawed and the outputs of AI tools may produce inaccurate results or hallucinations. The algorithms and models utilized in AI systems may have limitations, including biases, errors, or inability to handle certain data types or scenarios or to render explainable outputs. These deficiencies and other failures of AI systems could subject us to competitive harm, regulatory action, legal liability, and brand or reputational harm. Further, incorporating AI could give rise to litigation risk and risk of non-compliance and unknown cost of compliance, as AI is an emerging technology for which the legal and regulatory landscape is not fully developed (including potential liability for infringing intellectual property or violating privacy rights or laws). While new AI initiatives, laws, and regulations are emerging and evolving, what they ultimately will look like remains uncertain, and our obligation to comply with them could entail significant costs, negatively affect our business, or entirely limit our ability to incorporate certain AI capabilities into our offerings.

Additionally, leveraging AI capabilities to potentially improve internal functions and operations presents further risks and challenges. The use of AI to support business operations carries inherent risks related to data privacy and security, such as intended, unintended, or inadvertent transmission of proprietary, sensitive or export-controlled information, potential intellectual property infringement from the use of data to train AI tools or from outputs generated by AI tools, as well as challenges related to implementing and maintaining AI tools. Additionally, our competitors might move faster than us to gain efficiencies by incorporating AI into their design and development processes, and our products and/or cost structure could become less competitive as a result. The rapid evolution of AI will require the application of resources by us to develop, test and maintain our products, services and operations to help ensure that AI is implemented ethically in order to minimize unintended, harmful impact.

Furthermore, there are risks associated with the fact that the platforms providing AI models are in many cases owned and operated by emerging companies with less contractual and compliance sophistication. These factors may undermine our ability to effectively utilize AI and our competitors may be faster or more successful than we are in incorporating AI and other disruptive technology into their offerings, which would impair our ability to compete successfully.

Our leases may be terminated or we may be unable to renew our leases on acceptable terms and if we wish to relocate, we may incur additional costs if we terminate a lease.

We have made significant capital expenditures to improve several of our leased facilities in order to make them suitable for our purposes as well as to meet requirements that we are subject to as a U.S. Government contractor and to obtain facility security clearances. However, at the end of the lease term and during any renewal period for a facility, we may be unable to renew our leases without substantial additional cost, if at all. If we are unable to renew our facility leases, we may close or relocate a facility, which could subject us to construction and other costs and risks, which in turn could have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations, prospects and financial condition, including significant capital expenses that may materially impact our results of operations and our ability to meet certain contractual schedule commitments. Additionally, we may have to seek qualification of any new facilities in order to meet customer or contractual requirements. We would

 

48


Table of Contents

also have to obtain facility security clearances for the new facility in order to continue to perform on classified contracts. Further, we may not be able to secure a replacement facility in a location that is as commercially viable as that of the lease we are unable to renew, due to contracts that may require us to have facilities in certain locations. Having to close a facility, even briefly to relocate, would reduce the sales that such facility would be able to contribute to our revenues. Additionally, a relocated facility may generate less revenue and profit, if any, than the facility it was established to replace. Many of our facilities are located on leased premises subject to non-cancellable leases. Typically, our leases have initial terms ranging from two to five years, with options to renew for specified periods of time. We believe that our future leases will likely also be long-term and non-cancellable and have similar renewal options. If we close or stop fully utilizing a facility, we will most likely remain obligated to perform under the applicable lease, which would include, among other things, making the base rent payments, and paying insurance, taxes and other expenses on the leased property for the remainder of the lease term. Our inability to terminate a lease when we stop fully utilizing a facility could adversely impact our business, results of operations, prospects and financial condition.

Earnings and cash flows can be impacted by changes in tax laws.

As a U.S.-based company with foreign business interests, we are subject to income tax in the U.S. and numerous jurisdictions outside the U.S. The relevant tax rules and regulations are complex, often changing and, in some cases, are interdependent. If these or other tax rules and regulations should change, our earnings and cash flows could be negatively impacted. Our worldwide provision for income taxes is determined, in part, through the use of significant estimates and judgments. Numerous transactions arise in the ordinary course of business where the ultimate tax determination is uncertain. We undergo tax examinations by tax authorities on a regular basis. While we believe our estimates of our tax obligations are reasonable, the final outcome after the conclusion of any tax examinations and any litigation could be materially different from what has been reflected in our historical financial statements. Also, due to the U.S. Internal Revenue Service tax capitalization rules, Section 174, which requires R&D expenditures to be capitalized and amortized over a 5-year period for tax purposes, we expect an increase in cash paid for U.S. federal income taxes in future fiscal years relative to prior periods. The One Big Beautiful Bill Act features several tax reforms including suspending the capitalization and amortization of domestic R&D expenditures for amounts paid or incurred in tax years beginning after December 31, 2024, and before January 1, 2030.

Changes in trade policies, including the recently-announced tariff regime, could cause adverse impacts to our business.

In the first half of 2025, we observed a significant shift in U.S. trade policy, with increased tariffs and the imposition of significant new tariffs that could have an adverse impact our supply chain and business operation. Changes in trade policies, such as new tariffs or increases in tariffs, or reactionary measures including retaliatory tariffs, legal challenges, or currency manipulation, could have an adverse effect on our business.

Additionally, retaliatory measures, or prolonged uncertainty in trade relationships could result in supply chain disruptions, delayed shipments, or increased operational complexity, which could also adversely affect our business, results of operations and cash flows. While we intend to take steps to mitigate any impacts of tariffs or other impacts resulting from changes in trade policy, our ability to do so may be limited by operational and supply chain constraints, especially in the short term.

We use estimates in accounting for many of our programs and changes in our estimates could adversely affect our future financial results.

Contract accounting requires judgments relative to assessing risks, including risks associated with estimating contract transaction prices and costs, definitization of certain contract prices, assumptions for schedule and technical issues, customer-directed delays and reductions in scheduled deliveries, and unfavorable resolutions of claims and contractual matters. Due to the size and nature of many of our contracts, the estimation of total costs at completion is complicated and subject to many variables. For example, we must make assumptions regarding the length of time

 

49


Table of Contents

to complete the contract because costs also include expected increases in wages and prices for materials; and consider incentives or penalties related to performance on contracts and include them in the variable consideration to the extent that it is probable that a significant reversal in the amount of cumulative revenue recognized will not occur when the related uncertainty is resolved. Because of the significance of the judgments and estimation processes described above, it is likely that materially different amounts could be recorded if we used different assumptions or if the underlying circumstances were to change. Changes in underlying assumptions, circumstances or estimates may adversely affect our future results of operations and financial condition.

Cost overruns on our contracts could subject us to losses, decrease our operating margins and adversely affect our future business.

If we fail to anticipate technical problems, estimate costs accurately or control costs during our performance of fixed-price contracts, then we may incur losses on these contracts because we absorb any costs in excess of the fixed price. Under cost-plus-fee contracts, if costs exceed the contract ceiling or are not allowable under the provisions of the contract or applicable regulations, then we may not be able to obtain reimbursement for all such costs. Under time and materials contracts, we are paid for labor at negotiated hourly billing rates and for certain expenses. Because many of our contracts involve advanced designs and innovative technologies, we may experience unforeseen technological difficulties and cost overruns. Under each type of contract, if we are unable to control the costs we incur in performing under the contract, then our financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected. Cost overruns also may adversely affect our ability to sustain existing programs and obtain future contract awards.

We have undergone, and may continue to experience, changes to our executive leadership team and senior management, and if we are unable to integrate new members of our executive leadership team or senior management, or if we fail to retain members of our executive leadership team and senior management, our business and operations may be adversely affected.

Our success is substantially dependent on the continued service of certain members of our senior management, including Roger Wells, our Chief Executive Officer. Our executives have been primarily responsible for determining the strategic direction of our business and for executing our growth strategy and are integral to our brand, culture and the reputation we enjoy with suppliers, distributors and customers. The loss of the services of any of these executives could have a material adverse effect on our business and prospects, as we may not be able to find suitable individuals to replace them on a timely basis, if at all. In addition, any such departure could be viewed in a negative light by investors and analysts, which may cause the price of our common stock to decline.

From time to time, there may be changes in our executive leadership team and senior management as a result of the hiring, departure or realignment of key personnel, and such changes may impact our business. Any significant leadership change or senior management transition involves inherent risk and any failure to ensure the timely and suitable replacement and a smooth transition could hinder our strategic planning, business execution and future performance. In particular, these or any future leadership transitions may result in a loss of personnel with deep institutional or technical knowledge and changes in business strategy or objectives and have the potential to disrupt our operations and relationships with employees and customers due to added costs, operational inefficiencies, changes in strategy, decreased employee morale and productivity and increased turnover. If we are unable to successfully integrate new executive leadership team members and senior management, our operations may be adversely affected and we may not be able to achieve our operating objectives.

Our Executive Chairman, senior management and key employees are important to our customer relationships and overall business.

We believe that our success depends in part on the continued contributions of our senior management and key employees, including our founder and Executive Chairman, Mr. Raduenz, and our Chief Executive Officer, Mr. Wells. We rely on our Executive Chairman, executive officers, senior management and key employees to generate business and execute programs successfully. In addition, the relationships and reputation that members of our management team and key employees have established and maintain with government defense personnel

 

50


Table of Contents

contribute to our ability to maintain good customer relations and to identify new business opportunities. The loss of any of our continuing executive officers, Executive Chairman, members of our senior management team or key employees could significantly delay or prevent the achievement of our business objectives and could materially harm our business and customer relationships and impair our ability to identify and secure new contracts and otherwise manage our business.

We face significant risks in the management of our inventory, and failure to effectively manage our inventory levels may result in supply imbalances that could harm our business.

We maintain a variety of parts and components in inventory to allow us to produce and customize our products for specific customer requirements, which parts are potentially subject to obsolescence and expiration. Due to the long-lead time for obtaining certain product components, including in response to procurement issues caused by shortages in the supply chain for such components, and the manufacturing cycles, we need to make forecasts of demand and commit significant resources towards manufacturing our products. As such, we are subject to risks in managing the inventory needs of our business during the year, including estimating the appropriate demand for our products. Should design changes be required in our products, we may be adversely affected. Should orders and market conditions differ significantly from our estimates, our future results of operations could be adversely affected. In the future, we may be required to record write-downs of finished products and materials on-hand and/or additional charges for excess purchase commitments as a result of future changes in our sales forecasts or customer orders. We may hold material amounts of inventory at third parties which are subject to separate management processes. Additionally, our failure to manage inventory effectively, including in response to the effects of shortages of our components, could expose us to losses.

Additionally, shortages of components may result in increased inventory of unfinished products and significant quantities of other unused components remaining in inventory, which could expose us to increased risks of obsolescence and losses which may not be covered by insurance.

Shortfalls in available external R&D funding could adversely affect us.

We depend on our R&D activities to develop the core technologies used in our products and for the development of our future products. A portion of our R&D activities depends on funding the U.S. Government. U.S. Government spending levels can be impacted by a number of variables, including budgeting policies and changes in government oversight, general economic conditions and competition for U.S. Government funding with other U.S. Government-sponsored programs in the budget formulation and appropriation processes. To the extent that these external sources of funding are reduced or eliminated, company funding for R&D could be reduced. Any reductions in available R&D funding could harm our business, financial condition and operating results.

Technological failures or cybersecurity breaches or other unauthorized access to our, our customers’ and/or our suppliers’ information and systems could negatively impact our business.

We utilize and depend on (i) operational systems, including business, financial, accounting, product development, data processing or production processes, owned by us or our third-party vendors or suppliers and (ii) facility security systems, owned by us or our third-party vendors or suppliers to process, transmit and store electronic information. Our operations rely on the proper functioning of information technology systems and infrastructure, including both systems and infrastructure that we operate for ourselves and systems or infrastructure that we license, lease or purchase from third-parties, to process, transmit, store and protect electronic information, including sensitive and proprietary information. These systems could fail or be interrupted due to conditions beyond our control, including security incidents, cyber-attacks and agreement terminations with third-party service providers. A failure of or interruption to our systems could disrupt our business operations, result in loss of intellectual property, trade secrets or other proprietary or competitively sensitive information, compromise certain information of customers, employees, suppliers or others, jeopardize the security of our facilities or affect the performance of our products and services.

 

51


Table of Contents

We face various ongoing security threats to the confidentiality, integrity and availability of our information technology infrastructure and the information processed, transmitted, stored and protected thereon and thereby, including cyber security attacks on our information technology infrastructure, which may include attempts to gain access to our proprietary, financial, banking or classified information, disrupt use of our systems or otherwise compromise the integrity of our operations. Our intellectual property, trade secrets, and confidential business information are stored in electronic formats that could be leaked to competitors or the public due to cybersecurity incidents if they occur, which may result in the loss of our competitive advantages and market share. The threats we face vary from those common to most industries, such as malware (including ransomware), to attacks by more advanced and persistent, highly organized adversaries, including nation state actors, which target us for the national security information in our possession, for our role in developing advanced technological systems or with the goal of committing fraudulent activity. Third parties, including activist, criminal, nation-state or terrorist actors, may attempt to fraudulently induce us or our personnel to disclose sensitive information (including passwords) in order to gain access to data, accounts, funds or other assets, or otherwise to inflict harm. Our customers, suppliers and subcontractors are likewise targeted, while to date no incidents have had a material impact on our operations or financial results, we cannot guarantee that material incidents will not occur in the future. We expect such attacks to continue and attack methods continue to evolve. Some cyberattacks depend on human error or manipulation, including phishing attacks or schemes that use social engineering or AI to gain access to systems or carry out disbursement of funds or other frauds. Developments in AI and machine learning provide threat actors with the capability to use more sophisticated means to attack our systems and may exacerbate cybersecurity risk. Although we have implemented a variety of security measures, including multiple procedures and controls to monitor and mitigate these threats, there can be no assurance that these measures or that the measures of our third-party vendors will be sufficient or effective to prevent current or future security threats, physical or cyber access or system disruptions, including the unauthorized release of confidential technical, financial or banking information or corruption of data. For example, we may have limited insight into the data privacy or cybersecurity practices of third-party service providers and vendors. Even if our own security measures remain intact, cyber-attacks, data breaches, security incidents, malicious internet-based activities or other incidents or failures at one of our third-party service providers or our vendors could compromise our systems and data. Further, in such a circumstance, we may not receive timely notice of, or sufficient information about, the breach or other incident or failure, or be able to exert any meaningful control of or influence over how and when the breach or other incident or failure is addressed. Accordingly, any significant operational delays, or any destruction, manipulation or improper use of our data, information systems or networks could adversely affect our financial results and damage our reputation with customers, suppliers and stockholders, and the reputation of our products and services. Further, the costs of mitigating cybersecurity risks may be significant, including, but not limited to, retaining the services of cybersecurity providers; compliance costs arising out of existing and future cybersecurity, data protection and privacy laws and regulations; and costs related to maintaining redundant networks, data backups and other damage-mitigation measures. Moreover, the mere perception of a security breach involving us or any part of the broader aerospace industry, whether or not true, could also damage our business, operations or reputation.

The occurrence of some of these risks may be increased due to the increase in remote working by our employees, suppliers, contractors and other third parties. The impact of cyber-attacks cannot be predicted due to the constantly evolving nature and complexity of such incidents. If we or our partners are subject to data security breaches, whether cyber or due to a failure in physical security protocols, we may lose existing sales and new business opportunities, see increased costs arising from remediation of the breach and the restoration or implementation of additional security measures, be subject to regulatory investigations or enforcement actions and litigation (such as class actions), including fines and penalties, and face increased insurance or audit requirements in our third-party contracts, any of which could materially and adversely affect our business and financial results. Additionally, expenses resulting from cyber security attacks and other security risks may not be fully insured or otherwise mitigated, which could harm our financial results.

Threat actors, nation-states and nation-state supported actors now engage, and are expected to continue to engage, in cyber-attacks, including for geopolitical reasons and in connection with military conflicts and

 

52


Table of Contents

operations. During times of war and other major conflicts, we and our third-party vendors or suppliers may be vulnerable to heightened risk of these attacks. Our systems, networks and physical facilities could be breached, or confidential or personal information could otherwise be compromised due to employee error or malfeasance, if, for example, third parties attempt to fraudulently induce our employees or our customers to disclose information or usernames and/or passwords. Third parties may also exploit vulnerabilities in, or obtain unauthorized access to, platforms, systems, networks and/or physical facilities utilized by our third-party service providers and vendors. If a compromise of data were to occur, we may become liable under our contracts with other parties and under applicable law for damages, incur penalties and be responsible for other costs to respond to such an incident.

From time to time, we may also implement new information technology systems or replace and/or upgrade our current information technology systems. These upgrades or replacements may not improve our productivity to the levels anticipated and may subject us to inherent costs and risks associated with implementing, replacing, and updating these systems, including potential disruption of our internal control structure, substantial capital expenditures, demands on management time and other risks of delays or difficulties in transitioning to new systems or of integrating new systems into other existing systems.

Our employees or others acting on our behalf may engage in misconduct or other improper activities, which could cause us to lose contracts or cause us to incur costs.

We are exposed to the risk that employee fraud or other misconduct from our employees or others acting on our behalf could occur. Misconduct by employees or others could include intentional failures to comply with our policies or procedures or with federal, state or local government procurement regulations, regulations regarding the use and safeguarding of classified or other protected information, legislation regarding the pricing of labor and other costs in government contracts, laws and regulations relating to environmental, health or safety matters, bribery of foreign government officials, import-export control, lobbying or similar activity and any other applicable laws or regulations. Misconduct by our employees or others acting on our behalf could also involve the improper use or disclosure of sensitive or classified information, which could result in claims, remediation costs, regulatory investigations or sanctions against us, corruption of disruption of our systems or those of our customers, impairment of our ability to provide services to our customers, loss of current and future contracts, indemnity obligations, serious harm to our reputation and other potential liabilities. We may also be subject to claims of or relating to wrongful termination, violation of employment rights related to employment screening or privacy issues; misclassification of workers as employees or independent contractors; violation of wage and hour requirements and other labor laws; employment of undocumented noncitizens; criminal activity; torts; breach of contract; failure to protect confidential personal information; intentional criminal misconduct; misuse or misappropriation of client intellectual property; employee benefits; or other claims. It is not always possible to deter misconduct, and the precautions we take to prevent and detect this activity may not be effective in controlling unknown or unmanaged risks or losses, which could cause us to lose contracts or cause a reduction in revenues. In addition, alleged or actual misconduct by employees or others acting on our behalf could result in investigations or prosecutions of persons engaged in the subject activities, which could result in unanticipated consequences or expenses and management distraction for us regardless of whether we are alleged to have any responsibility.

We may in the future experience such misconduct, despite our various compliance programs. Misconduct or improper actions by our employees, agents, subcontractors, suppliers, business partners and/or joint ventures could subject us to administrative, civil or criminal investigations and enforcement actions; monetary and non-monetary penalties; liabilities; and the loss of privileges and other sanctions, including suspension and debarment, which could negatively impact our reputation and ability to conduct business and could have an adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations and/or cash flows.

Our work for the U.S. Government and international governments may expose us to increased security risks.

As a government contractor, given the enhanced sensitivity of the information to which we have access and the nature of our products and services, we are at increased risk of being targeted for cyber and other security

 

53


Table of Contents

attacks, including threats to the physical security of our facilities and employees. In addition, we work in international locations where there are high security risks, which could result in harm to our employees, contractors, and remote assets, and substantial protection or recovery costs. Some of our services are performed in or adjacent to high-risk locations where the country or location is experiencing political, social or economic issues, or war or civil unrest. In those locations where we have employees or operations, we may incur substantial costs to maintain the safety of our personnel, our remote assets and our information. As such international locations and the risks associated with them change rapidly, such precautions may be insufficient to avoid such risks including possible possession of our remote assets and related access to our intellectual property by unintended third parties and the possible loss of our personnel in these locations, which could harm our business and operating results.

Our cash may be subject to a risk of loss, and we may be exposed to fluctuations in the market values of our portfolio investments and in interest rates.

Our assets include a significant amount of cash and investments. Nearly all of our cash and bank deposits are not insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. Therefore, our cash and any bank deposits that we now hold or may acquire in the future may be subject to risks, including the risk of loss or of reduced value or liquidity.

Unstable market and economic conditions may have serious adverse consequences on our business, financial condition and stock price.

Global credit and financial markets have experienced extreme disruptions in recent years, including severely diminished liquidity and credit availability, declines in consumer confidence, declines in economic growth, increases in unemployment rates and uncertainty about economic stability and a potential recession. There can be no assurance that renewed deterioration in credit and financial markets and confidence in economic conditions will not occur. Our general business strategy may be adversely affected by any economic downturn, volatile business environment or continued unpredictable and unstable market conditions. If the current equity and credit markets deteriorate, or do not improve, it may make any necessary debt or equity financing more difficult, costlier and more dilutive. Failure to secure any necessary financing in a timely manner and on favorable terms could have an adverse effect on our growth strategy, financial performance and stock price and could require us to delay or abandon implementing business initiatives. These events and the continuing market upheavals could adversely affect our business in a number of ways, including:

Potential Deferment of Purchases and Orders by Customers: Uncertainty about current and future global economic conditions may cause governments, including the U.S. Government, which is our largest customer, other customers and businesses to modify, defer or cancel purchases in response to tighter credit, decreased cash availability and declining consumer confidence. Accordingly, future demand for our products could differ materially from our current expectations. Additionally, if customers are not successful in generating sufficient revenue or are precluded from securing financing, they may not be able to pay, or may delay payment of, accounts receivable that are owed to us. Any inability of current and/or potential customers to pay us for our products may adversely affect our earnings and cash flow.

Negative Impact from Increased Financial Pressures on Key Suppliers: Our ability to meet customers’ demands depends, in part, on our ability to obtain timely and adequate delivery of quality materials, parts and components from our suppliers. If certain key suppliers were to become capacity constrained or insolvent as a result of a market downturn or disruption, then we may have to find new suppliers, which can result in significant delays in manufacturing and shipping our products to customers and additional costs. See “—If critical components or raw materials used to manufacture our products or used in our development programs become scarce or unavailable, then we may incur delays in manufacturing and delivery of our products and in completing our development programs, which could damage our business,” for more detail on risks related to our supply chain.

 

54


Table of Contents

Customers’ Inability to Obtain Financing to Make Purchases from Us and/or Maintain Their Business: Some of our customers may require substantial financing in order to fund their operations and make purchases from us. The inability of these customers to obtain sufficient credit to finance purchases of our products or services, or otherwise meet their payment obligations to us could adversely impact our financial condition and results of operations. In addition, if a market downturn results in insolvencies for our customers, it could adversely impact our financial condition and results of operations.

Acquisitions could be difficult to integrate, divert the attention of key personnel, disrupt our business, dilute stockholder value and impair our financial results.

From time to time we make equity or asset acquisitions and investments in companies and technology ventures. Such acquisitions generally are intended to achieve various strategic initiatives including the expansion of our product or service offerings, technical capabilities or customer base. These acquisitions involve numerous risks, any of which could harm our business, including the following:

 

  •  

our pre-acquisition due diligence may fail to identify material risks or we may fail to accurately estimate the commercial and technical value of the acquired assets;

 

  •  

difficulties in integrating the operations, technologies, products, existing contracts, accounting and personnel of the companies we acquire and realizing the anticipated synergies of the combined businesses;

 

  •  

maintaining existing agreements with customers, suppliers, distributors and vendors, avoiding delays in entering into new agreements with prospective customers, suppliers, distributors and vendors, and leveraging relationships with such third parties for the benefit of the post-acquisition combined company;

 

  •  

diversion of financial and management resources from existing operations;

 

  •  

the price we pay or other resources that we devote may exceed the value we realize, or the value we could have realized if we had allocated the purchase price or other resources to another opportunity;

 

  •  

risks of entering new markets in which we have limited or no experience;

 

  •  

the technologies acquired may not prove to be leading technologies in our markets, may be less mature or less relevant than anticipated, may not have adequate intellectual property rights protection or may infringe proprietary rights of others;

 

  •  

the complexities of managing a workforce under foreign labor and employment law and related organizational requirements;

 

  •  

potential loss of key employees, customers and strategic alliances from either our current business or the acquired company’s business;

 

  •  

assumption of unanticipated problems or latent liabilities, such as problems with the quality of the acquired company’s products or its regulatory compliance, including compliance related to U.S. Government contracts; and

 

  •  

expanded regulatory compliance complexity and risk, including compliance with regulations of foreign jurisdictions.

Acquisitions also frequently result in the recording of goodwill and other intangible assets that are subject to potential impairments in the future that could harm our financial results. In addition, if we finance acquisitions by issuing equity, or securities convertible into equity, then our existing stockholders may be diluted, which could lower the market price of our common stock. Further, as lock-up and other restrictions on such consideration shares lapse, we could experience heightened trading activity that could disrupt the market price for our common stock. If we finance acquisitions through debt, then such future debt financing may contain covenants or other provisions that limit our operational or financial flexibility and represent default risk if we are unable to maintain certain financial performance metrics while the debt remains outstanding.

 

55


Table of Contents

It is possible that following an acquisition, the integration process could result in the loss of key employees, the loss of customers, the disruption of either or both of our and the acquired company’s ongoing businesses, inconsistencies in standards, controls, procedures and policies, unexpected integration issues including the integration of IT systems, higher than expected integration costs and an overall post-completion integration process that takes longer than originally anticipated. In addition, the actual integration may result in additional and unforeseen expenses. If we are not able to adequately address integration challenges, we may be unable to successfully integrate operations, and the anticipated benefits of the acquisition may not be realized.

In addition, we must achieve the anticipated growth and cost savings without adversely affecting current revenues and investments in future growth. If we are not able to successfully achieve these objectives, the anticipated synergies and other benefits of the acquisition may not be realized fully, or at all, or may take longer to realize than expected. Additionally, we may inherit from acquired companies legal, regulatory, and other risks that occurred prior to the acquisition, whether known or unknown to us, which may be material.

Actual growth, cost and capital expenditure synergies and other cost savings, if achieved, may be lower than what we expect and may take longer to achieve than anticipated. Moreover, at times the attention of the management and resources may be focused on the business integration and diverted from day-to-day business operations or other opportunities that may have been beneficial to us, which may disrupt our ongoing business.

If we fail to properly evaluate acquisitions or investments, we may not achieve the anticipated benefits of any such acquisitions, and we may incur costs in excess of what we anticipate. The failure to successfully evaluate and execute acquisitions or investments or otherwise adequately address these risks could materially harm our business and financial results.

Our financial results of operations could be affected by impairment of our goodwill or other intangible assets.

Goodwill and other intangible assets that have indefinite useful lives must be evaluated at least annually for impairment. The specific guidance for testing goodwill and other non-amortized intangible assets for impairment requires management to make certain estimates and assumptions when determining the fair value of reporting unit net assets and liabilities, including, among other things, an assessment of market conditions, projected cash flows, investment rates, cost of capital and growth rates, which could significantly impact the reported value of goodwill and other intangible assets. Changes in our estimates and assumptions could impact projected cash flows and the fair value of reporting units. Fair value is generally determined using a combination of the discounted cashflow, market multiple and market capitalization valuation approaches. Absent any impairment indicators, we generally perform our evaluations annually in the fourth quarter, using available forecast information.

Fair value determinations utilized in the quantitative goodwill impairment test require considerable judgment and are sensitive to changes in underlying assumptions, estimates, and market factors. Estimating the fair value of individual reporting units requires us to make assumptions and estimates regarding future plans, as well as industry, economic, and regulatory conditions. These assumptions and estimates include estimated future annual net cash flows, income tax rates, discount rates, growth rates, and other market factors. Estimated future annual net cash flows based in part upon our ability to obtain contracts from the DoW and foreign allied nations and negotiate the estimated pricing are considered the most significant, sensitive assumptions. Actual results can be materially different from the estimates and assumptions. If current expectations of future growth rates and margins are not met, if market factors outside of our control, such as discount rates, income tax rates, or inflation, change, or if management’s expectations or plans otherwise change, including updates to long-term operating plans, then we could recognize future impairment charges, the amount of which could be material.

 

56


Table of Contents

We have identified material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting. If we do not successfully remediate these material weaknesses, or if we identify additional material weaknesses in the future, our ability to accurately report our financial results and comply with our reporting obligations could be adversely affected, which may negatively impact investor confidence and the value of our securities.

In connection with the preparation of our consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2024, we identified material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting, which remain unremediated as of December 31, 2025. A material weakness is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of the company’s annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis.

We did not design and maintain an effective control environment as we lacked a sufficient complement of personnel with an appropriate level of internal controls and accounting knowledge, training and experience commensurate with our financial reporting requirements. The limited personnel resulted in our inability to consistently establish appropriate authorities and responsibilities to support of our financial reporting objectives, as demonstrated by, among other things, insufficient segregation of duties in our finance and accounting functions. Further, due to rapid business growth, the design and implementation of controls have not been sufficient to respond to changes to the risks of material misstatement to financial reporting. These material weaknesses contributed to the following additional material weaknesses: We did not design and maintain formal accounting policies, procedures, and controls to achieve complete, accurate, and timely financial accounting, reporting and disclosures, including controls over the preparation and review of account reconciliations and journal entries, and control activities related to all significant accounts and disclosures. These material weaknesses resulted in audit adjustments to substantially all account balances, certain of which were material.

In addition to the foregoing, we did not design and maintain effective controls over information technology (“IT”) general controls for information systems that are relevant to the preparation of our consolidated financial statements, specifically, with respect to: (i) program change management controls for financial systems to ensure that IT program and data changes affecting financial IT applications and underlying accounting records are identified, tested, authorized, and implemented appropriately; (ii) user access controls to ensure appropriate segregation of duties and that adequately restrict user and privileged access to financial applications, programs, and data to appropriate company personnel; (iii) computer operations controls to ensure that critical batch jobs are monitored and data backups are authorized and monitored; and (iv) testing and approval controls for program development to ensure that new software development is aligned with business and IT requirements. These IT deficiencies did not result in a misstatement to the financial statements; however, the deficiencies, when aggregated, could impact maintaining effective segregation of duties, as well as the effectiveness of IT-dependent controls (such as automated controls that address the risk of material misstatement to one or more assertions, along with the IT controls and underlying data that support the effectiveness of system-generated data and reports) that could result in misstatements potentially impacting all financial statement accounts and disclosures that would not be prevented or detected. Accordingly, management has determined these deficiencies in the aggregate constitute a material weakness.

Additionally, these above material weaknesses could result in misstatements of substantially all account balances and disclosures that would result in a material misstatement to our financial statements that would not be prevented or detected.

We have begun, and are continuing, to take steps intended to remediate these material weaknesses and to strengthen our internal control over financial reporting. These actions include, among other things, (i) hiring additional personnel with appropriate technical accounting, financial reporting and internal control expertise; (ii) engaging a third-party advisory firm to assist in the design and implementation of control activities across the business processes that support the Company’s significant accounts and disclosures; (iii) with the assistance of a third-party advisory firm, designing and implementing a formal financial statement risk assessment in order to identify material financial statement line items for which key controls are needed in order to ensure complete and

 

57


Table of Contents

accurate financial reporting; (iv) designing and implementing training procedures within the Company’s accounting and finance functions to enhance knowledge and understanding of internal control over financial reporting; and (v) developing a detailed remediation plan which includes activities related to creating and maintaining formal accounting policies, procedures and controls to achieve complete, accurate and timely financial accounting, reporting and disclosures; designing and implementing controls related to the preparation and review of journal entries and account reconciliations to ensure proper segregation of duties; and information technology general controls for all relevant information systems, including controls over program change management, the review, approval and update of user access rights and privileges, controls over batch jobs and data backups, and program development approvals and testing for new systems.

As a public company, the Company will be required, pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, to furnish a report by management on, among other things, the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting in our future annual reports on Form 10-K to be filed with the SEC beginning with the second annual report following our initial public offering. Failure to comply with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act could potentially subject us to sanctions or investigations by the SEC, or other regulatory authorities, which would require additional financial and management resources.

These remediation efforts are ongoing, and the actions we will continue to take may not be sufficient to remediate the material weaknesses we have identified or avoid potential future material weaknesses. If we are unable to remediate these material weaknesses in a timely manner, or if we identify additional material weaknesses, there could be a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of our annual or interim consolidated financial statements would not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. In that event, we could be required to restate our financial statements, may be unable to assert that our internal control over financial reporting is effective or to obtain, when required, an unqualified opinion from our independent registered public accounting firm regarding the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting, and could fail to meet our reporting obligations. Any of these outcomes could adversely affect investor confidence in our financial reporting, our business, financial condition and results of operations, and the market price of our securities.

We face various risks related to pandemics and similar public health crises, which may adversely impact our business.

We cannot predict the effect of future public health crises on our business and operations. The emergence of pandemics and other public health crises may require the adoption of work from home protocols, social distancing measures in the workplace, international travel restrictions, vaccine mandates and other responsive actions and other changes to our operations. Public health crises may result in travel disruptions, quarantine requirements or other similar logistics restrictions, may further reduce our and our customers’ capabilities to travel, domestically and internationally, which may impact our ability to perform certain contracts, develop and renew contracts, or market our products, or could otherwise disrupt portions of our business and have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our business and operations are subject to physical and other risks that could disrupt production.

Our operations and those of our customers and suppliers have been and may again be subject to natural disasters, climate change-related events, pandemics or other business disruptions, which could have an adverse effect on our results of operations. Some of our manufacturing facilities are located in regions that experience seismic activity and wildfires, and in other areas prone to natural disasters. In addition, due to the volatile and flammable nature of certain components of our products and equipment, fires or explosions may disrupt our business or cause significant injuries, which could adversely affect our financial results. While we maintain insurance coverage to cover certain risks of losses for damage or destruction to facilities and property and for interruption of our business, such insurance may not cover specific losses and the amount of our insurance coverage may not be adequate to cover all of our losses. A significant natural disaster, such as an earthquake, fire or other catastrophic event, could severely affect our ability to conduct normal business operations, and as a

 

58


Table of Contents

result, our future operating results could be materially and adversely affected, including if our losses are not adequately or timely covered by our insurance.

We are also vulnerable to damage from other types of disasters, including power loss, fire, explosions, floods, communications failures, terrorist attacks and similar events. From time to time, these activities may result in incidents that could cause us to temporarily shut down or otherwise disrupt some manufacturing processes, which could cause production delays, and could result in liability for workplace injuries and/or fatalities. Should insurance or other risk transfer mechanisms, such as our existing disaster recovery and business continuity plans, be insufficient to recover all costs, we could experience an adverse effect on our business, results of operations, prospects and financial condition.

We self-insure a portion of our health insurance program, which may expose us to unexpected costs and negatively affect our results of operations.

We are self-insured for the majority of our employee medical claims, subject to individual and aggregate stop loss insurance policies. We estimate liability for claims filed and incurred but not reported based upon recent claims experience and an analysis of the average period between the occurrence of a claim and the time it is reported to and paid by us. However, unanticipated changes in assumptions and management estimates underlying our recorded liabilities for medical claims could result in materially different amounts of expense than expected under our health insurance program, which could have an adverse material impact on our financial condition and results of operations.

Additionally, as we have a self-insured health plan, we are considered a “covered entity” under the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, as amended by the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act of 2009, and regulations implemented thereunder (collectively, “HIPAA”). HIPAA requires covered entities and business associates to develop and maintain policies with respect to the protection of, use and disclosure of protected health information, including the adoption of administrative, physical and technical safeguards to protect such information, and certain notification requirements in the event of a breach of unsecured protected health information. Entities that are found to be in violation of HIPAA as the result of a breach of unsecured protected health information, a complaint about privacy practices or an audit by the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services (“HHS”) may be subject to significant civil, criminal and administrative fines and penalties and/or additional reporting and oversight obligations if required to enter into a resolution agreement and corrective action plan with HHS to settle allegations of HIPAA non-compliance.

Recession, financial and credit market disruptions may adversely affect us.

If a global recession emerges, we may experience declines in revenues, profitability and cash flows from reduced orders, payment delays, collection difficulties, increased price pressures for our products, increased risk of excess and obsolete inventories or other factors caused by the economic problems of our customers. If negative conditions in the global credit markets prevent our customers from having access to credit or render them insolvent, orders for our products may decrease, which would result in lower revenue. Likewise, if our suppliers face challenges in obtaining credit, selling their products, or otherwise in operating their businesses or remaining solvent, they may become unable to offer the materials we use to manufacture our products. An economic or credit crisis could also have an impact on our ability to raise capital when needed. These events could adversely impact our ability to manufacture affected products and could also result in reductions in our revenue, increased price competition, and increased operating costs, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition, operational results, and cash flows.

 

59


Table of Contents

Risks Related to Our Government Contracts

If we fail to establish and maintain important relationships with government agencies and prime contractors, our ability to successfully maintain and develop new business may be adversely affected.

Our reputation and relationship with the U.S. Government, and in particular with the agencies of the DoW and the IC, are key factors in maintaining and developing new business opportunities. In addition, we often act as a subcontractor or in arrangements in which we and other contractors bid together on particular contracts or programs for the U.S. Government or government agencies. We expect to continue to depend on relationships with other prime contractors for a portion of our revenue for the foreseeable future. Negative press reports regarding conflicts of interest, poor contract performance, employee misconduct, information security breaches or other aspects of our business, regardless of accuracy, could harm our reputation. Additionally, as a subcontractor or team member, we often lack control over the fulfillment of a contract, and poor performance on the contract could tarnish our reputation, even when we perform as required. As a result, we may be unable to successfully maintain our relationships with government agencies or prime contractors, and any failure to do so could adversely affect our ability to maintain our existing business and compete successfully for new business.

U.S. Government contracts are generally not fully funded at inception, contain certain provisions that may be unfavorable to us and may be undefinitized at the time of the start of performance, which could prevent us from realizing our contract backlog and materially harm our business and results of operations.

U.S. Government contracts typically involve long lead times for design and development and are subject to significant changes in contract scheduling. Congress generally appropriates funds on a fiscal year basis, even though a program may continue for several years. Consequently, programs are often only partially funded initially, and additional funds are committed only as Congress makes further appropriations. The termination or reduction of funding for a government program would result in a loss of anticipated future revenue attributable to that program. In addition, the annual appropriations process may be delayed or disrupted. If Congress fails to approve an annual budget, portions of the U.S. Government can shut down or operate under a continuing resolution that maintains spending at prior-year levels, which can impact funding for our programs or the timing of new awards.

The actual receipt of revenue on awards included in backlog may never occur or may change because a program schedule could change or the program could be canceled, or a contract could be reduced, modified or terminated early.

In addition, U.S. Government contracts generally contain provisions permitting termination, in whole or in part, at the government’s convenience or for contractor default. Since a substantial majority of our revenue is dependent on the procurement, performance and payment under our U.S. Government contracts, the termination of one or more critical government contracts could have a negative impact on our results of operations and financial condition. Termination arising out of our default could result in damage to our reputation, expose us to liability and have an adverse effect on our ability to re-compete for future contracts and orders. Moreover, several of our contracts with the U.S. Government do not contain a limitation of liability provision, creating a risk of responsibility for indirect, incidental damages and consequential damages. These provisions could cause substantial liability for us, especially given the use to which our products may be put.

Furthermore, we may operate from time to time under Undefinitized Contract Actions (“UCAs”) or Uncommitted Obligations (“UCOs”), under which we may begin performance at the direction of the U.S. Government prior to completing contract negotiations regarding pricing, specifications and other terms. Under a UCA, the U.S. Government has the ability to unilaterally definitize contracts and, absent a successful appeal of such action, the unilateral definitization of the contract would obligate us to perform under terms and conditions imposed by the U.S. Government. Such unilaterally imposed contract terms could include less favorable pricing and/or terms and conditions more burdensome than those negotiated in other circumstances, which could negatively affect our expected profitability under such contract and could negatively affect our results of operations.

 

60


Table of Contents

We are subject to extensive government regulation, and our failure to comply with applicable regulations could subject us to penalties that may restrict our ability to conduct our business.

As a contractor to the U.S. Government, we are subject to and must comply with various government regulations that impact our revenue, operating costs, profit margins and the internal organization and operation of our business. The most significant regulations and regulatory authorities affecting our business include the following:

 

  •  

the Federal Acquisition Regulations and supplemental agency regulations, which comprehensively regulate the formation and administration of, and performance under, U.S. Government contracts;

 

  •  

the Truthful Cost or Pricing Data Act (formerly known as the Truth in Negotiations Act), which requires certification and disclosure of all factual cost and pricing data in connection with contract negotiations;

 

  •  

the Federal cost accounting rules including the Federal Acquisition Regulation’s Cost Principles, which impose accounting requirements that govern our right to reimburse under cost-based government contracts;

 

  •  

the False Claims Act and the False Statements Act, which impose penalties for payments made on the basis of false facts provided to the government and on the basis of false statements made to the government, respectively;

 

  •  

the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, which prohibits U.S. companies from providing anything of value to a foreign official to help obtain, retain or direct business, or obtain any unfair advantage;

 

  •  

the National Telecommunications and Information Administration and the Federal Communications Commission, which regulate the wireless spectrum allocations upon which UAS depend for operation and data transmission in the United States;

 

  •  

the Federal Aviation Administration, which regulates the use of airspace for all aircraft, including UAS operation in the United States;

 

  •  

laws and regulations related to supply chain, country of origin and domestic preference requirements, including the Trade Agreements Act, Buy American Act, Buy America Act, and the Berry Amendment, which may require us to use or avoid certain suppliers or purchase or manufacture certain products domestically;

 

  •  

controls to protect U.S. Government controlled unclassified information (“CUI”), which our suppliers have access to in order to comply with cyber security regulations;

 

  •  

the International Traffic in Arms Regulations and Export Administration Regulations, which regulate the export of sensitive technology and hardware, including controlled technical data, defense articles and defense services and restrict the countries from which we may purchase materials and services used in the production of certain of our products;

 

  •  

laws, regulations and orders related to the Defense Priorities and Allocations System, which may require us to prioritize the completion of certain government work over other contracts or orders, including commercial contracts or orders; and

 

  •  

laws, regulations and executive orders restricting the use and dissemination of information classified for national security purposes or determined to be CUI and the exportation of certain products and technical data.

Also, we need security clearances and regulatory approvals to continue working on certain of our projects with the U.S. Government. Classified programs generally require that we comply with various executive orders, federal laws and regulations and customer security requirements that may include restrictions on how we develop, store, protect and share information, and may require our employees and facilities to obtain government

 

61


Table of Contents

security clearances. We also must implement controls to protect U.S. Government CUI. Failure to implement such controls to protect CUI could jeopardize our ability to continue receiving U.S. Government contracts. Additionally, certain of our products are sold to the U.S. Government as commercial items. If the U.S. Government were to dispute the commercial designation of such items, and absent a successful appeal by us of such designation, the profitability of sales of such items could be negatively affected.

Our failure to comply with applicable regulations, rules and approvals; changes in the government’s interpretation of such regulations, rules and approvals as have been and are applied to our contracts, proposals or business; or misconduct by any of our employees could result in the imposition of fines and civil, criminal, or administrative penalties, the loss of security clearances, a decrease in profitability, the loss of our government contracts or our suspension or debarment from contracting with the U.S. Government generally. In addition, over the last several years we have acquired other businesses that also hold or previously held U.S. Government contracts, including contracts awarded on the basis of the acquired company’s small size or other preferential status. If these contracts were not properly awarded on the basis of preferential status, or if the acquired company previously failed to comply with laws, rules, and regulations applicable to government contractors, we could be subject to the liability described above.

If any of the forgoing were to occur, it could materially harm our business, financial condition and results of operations. We are also subject to certain regulations of comparable government agencies in other countries, and our failure to comply with these non-U.S. regulations could also materially harm our business, financial condition or results of operations.

Our business could be adversely affected by a negative audit or investigation by the U.S. Government.

Government contractors are highly regulated, and U.S. Government agencies, primarily the DCAA and the DCMA, routinely audit and investigate government contractors. These agencies review a contractor’s performance under its contracts, cost structure and compliance with applicable laws, regulations and standards. These agencies also may review the adequacy of, and a contractor’s compliance with, its internal control systems and policies, including the contractor’s purchasing, quality, accounting, property, estimating, compensation and management information systems.

Like most government contractors, our contracts are audited and reviewed on a continual basis by the DCMA and the DCAA. The indirect costs we incur in performing government contracts have been audited or have been subject to audit on an annual basis. As of December 31, 2025 and 2024, we had approximately $0.4 million reserved for open incurred cost claim audits. In addition, non-audit reviews or investigations by the government may still be conducted on all our government contracts.

Any costs found to be improperly allocated to a specific cost reimbursement contract will not be reimbursed, while such costs already reimbursed must be refunded. If an audit or investigation of our business were to uncover improper or illegal activities, we could be subject to civil and criminal penalties and administrative sanctions, including termination of contracts, suspension of payments, fines and suspension or debarment from doing business with the U.S. Government. We could experience serious harm to our reputation if allegations of impropriety or illegal acts were made against us, even if the allegations were inaccurate. In addition, responding to governmental audits or investigations may involve significant expense and divert management attention. In some cases, audits or investigations may result in disputes with the respective government agency that can result in arbitration, litigation, or negotiated settlements. If any of the foregoing were to occur, our financial condition and operating results could be adversely affected.

Moreover, if any of our administrative processes and business systems are found not to comply with the applicable requirements, we may be subjected to increased government scrutiny or required to obtain additional governmental approvals that could delay or otherwise adversely affect our ability to compete for or perform contracts. An unfavorable outcome to such an audit or investigation by the DCAA, U.S. Department of Justice (“DOJ”), or other government agency, could adversely affect our competitive position, affect our ability to obtain

 

62


Table of Contents

new government business, and obtain the maximum price for our products and services, and result in a substantial reduction of our revenues.

If we were suspended or debarred from contracting with the federal government generally, or any specific agency, if our reputation or relationship with government agencies were impaired, or if the government otherwise ceased doing business with us or significantly decreased the amount of business it does with us, our revenue and operating results could be materially harmed.

Some of our contracts with the U.S. Government allow it to use inventions developed under the contracts and to disclose technical data to third parties, which could harm our ability to compete.

Some of our contracts allow the U.S. Government to use, royalty-free, or have others use, inventions or intellectual property developed under those contracts on behalf of the government. Some of the contracts allow the federal government to disclose technical data or computer software developed in performance of the agreement or delivered to the government during the performance of the agreement without constraining the recipient on how that technical data or computer software is used. The ability of third parties to use patents and technical data or computer software creates the possibility that the government could attempt to establish alternative suppliers or to negotiate with us to reduce our prices. The potential that the government may release some of the technical data or computer software without constraint creates the possibility that third parties may be able to use this technical data or computer software to compete with us, which could have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations or financial condition.

U.S. Government contracts are subject to a competitive bidding process that can consume significant resources without generating any revenue.

U.S. Government contracts are frequently awarded only after formal, protracted competitive bidding processes and, in many cases, unsuccessful bidders for U.S. Government contracts are provided the opportunity to protest contract awards through various agency, administrative and judicial channels. We derive significant revenue from U.S. Government contracts that were awarded through a competitive bidding process. Much of the business that we expect to seek in the foreseeable future will likely be awarded through competitive bidding. Competitive bidding presents a number of risks, including the following:

 

  •  

the need to bid on programs in advance of the completion of their design, which may result in unforeseen technological difficulties and cost overruns;

 

  •  

the substantial cost and managerial time and effort that must be spent to prepare bids and proposals for contracts that may not be awarded to us;

 

  •  

the need to estimate accurately the resources and cost structure that will be required to service any contract we are awarded; and

 

  •  

the expense and delay that may arise if our competitors protest or challenge contract awards made to us pursuant to competitive bidding, and the risk that any such protest or challenge could result in the delay of our contract performance, the distraction of management, the resubmission of bids on modified specifications, or in termination, reduction or modification of the awarded contract.

We may not be provided the opportunity to bid on contracts that are held by other companies and are scheduled to expire if the government extends the existing contract. If we are unable to win particular contracts that are awarded through a competitive bidding process, then we may not be able to operate for a number of years in the market for goods and services that are provided under those contracts. If we are unable to win new contract awards over any extended period consistently, then our business and prospects will be adversely affected.

 

63


Table of Contents

We are subject to procurement rules and regulations, which increase our performance and compliance costs under our U.S. Government contracts.

We must comply with, and are affected by, laws and regulations relating to the formation, administration and performance of U.S. Government contracts. These laws and regulations, among other things, require certification and disclosure of all cost and pricing data in connection with contract negotiation, define allowable and unallowable costs and otherwise govern our right to reimbursement under certain cost-based U.S. Government contracts, and restrict the use and dissemination of classified information and the exportation of certain products and technical data. These requirements, although customary in U.S. Government contracts, increase our performance and compliance costs. These costs might increase in the future, reducing our margins, which could have a negative effect on our financial condition. Although we believe we have implemented procedures to comply with these regulations and requirements, the regulations and requirements are complex and change frequently. Our or our agents’ failure to comply with these regulations and requirements under certain circumstances could lead to suspension or debarment from U.S. Government contracting or subcontracting for a period of time and could have a negative effect on our reputation and ability to receive other U.S. Government contract awards in the future.

Some of our contracts with the U.S. Government are classified, which may limit investor insight into portions of our business.

We derive a portion of our revenues from programs with the U.S. Government that are subject to security restrictions (e.g., contracts involving classified information and classified programs) that preclude the dissemination of information and technology that is classified for national security purposes under applicable law and regulation. We are limited in our ability to provide details about these classified programs, their risks or any disputes or claims relating to such programs. As a result, investors and others might have less insight into our classified programs than our other businesses and, therefore, less ability to fully evaluate the risks related to our classified business.

We hold contracts with state and/or local governments, which may likewise subject us to significant regulatory and procurement regulations.

In addition to our federal U.S. Government contracts, we also hold a limited number of contracts with state and/or local governments, which may be subject to state and/or local procurement rules, regulations, and requirements, and may carry similar risks to our federal U.S. Government contracts. Our failure to comply with applicable regulations, rules and approvals; changes in the government’s interpretation of such regulations, rules and approvals as have been and are applied to our contracts, proposals or business; or misconduct by any of our employees could result in the imposition of fines and civil, criminal, or administrative penalties, a decrease in profitability, the loss of our government contracts with that state or local entity or our suspension or debarment from contracting with that entity generally.

Our performance on contracts with the DoW may result in restrictions on our ability to repurchase our common stock or may affect our eligibility for Foreign Military Sales or Government assistance with international direct commercial sales.

On January 7, 2026, the President of the United States signed an Executive Order titled “Prioritizing the Warfighter in Defense Contracting” (the “Executive Order”), which directs the Secretary of War to identify certain defense contractors providing critical weapons, supplies and equipment that have engaged in stock repurchases or dividend distributions and are underperforming on their contracts, not investing capital into necessary production capacity, not prioritizing contract performance or whose production speed is insufficient (collectively, “Underperformance”).

Defense contractors that do not address Underperformance may be subject to enforcement actions under the Defense Production Act or applicable contract law. Future defense contract awards are expected to include

 

64


Table of Contents

provisions prohibiting stock repurchases or dividend distributions and capping executive base salaries during periods of Underperformance, as determined by the Secretary of War. These contracts will also require that executive incentive compensation be linked to on-time delivery of work under defense contracts, increased production and facilitation of investments and operating improvements. The Secretary of War may also deny new advocacy cases for Foreign Military Sales or discontinue ongoing advocacy efforts for international direct commercial sales for contractors determined to be underperforming.

If we do not sufficiently perform and prioritize our U.S. Government defense contracts, invest capital into production capacity or meet required production timelines, we could be subject to restrictions, including our ability to compete for Foreign Military Sales or international direct commercial sales contracts. In addition, the U.S. Government could terminate our existing defense contracts or withhold payment for completed work due to Underperformance. The U.S. Government could also cap the base salaries of our executives based on a finding of Underperformance by the Secretary of War.

Given the recent issuance of the Executive Order, it is unclear how the U.S. Government will implement its enforcement provisions or what specific metrics or conditions the Secretary of War will use to identify Underperforming defense contractors. In the event that our performance of defense contracts resulted in the Secretary of War determining the same to the Underperformance under such future metrics or conditions, it could materially harm our business, result in reduced revenue and profitability, damage our reputation and customer relationships or adversely affect our stock price and increase its volatility.

Risks Related to Legal and Regulatory Requirements

Failure to obtain necessary regulatory approvals from the FAA or other governmental agencies, or limitations put on the use of SUAS, MUAS and C-UAS in response to public privacy concerns, may prevent us from expanding the sales of our SUAS, MUAS and C-UAS to non-military customers in the United States.

The regulation of SUAS, MUAS and C-UAS for commercial use in the United States is undergoing substantial change and the ultimate treatment is uncertain. The FAA’s COA approval process requires that the public operator certify the airworthiness of the aircraft for its intended purpose, that a collision with another aircraft or other airspace user is extremely improbable, that the small uncrewed aircraft system complies with appropriate cloud and terrain clearances and that the operator or spotter of the small uncrewed aircraft system is generally within one half mile laterally and 400 feet vertically of the small uncrewed aircraft system while in operation. Furthermore, the FAA’s clarification of existing policy stated that the rules for radio-controlled hobby aircraft do not apply to public or commercial use of SUAS and MUAS.

The FAA has also introduced proposed rules for a new policy regarding the airworthiness certification of a newly created special class of UAS, which rules are not yet in effect. It is unclear when, if ever, the FAA will create a new class of UAS and what the final rules regarding the certification of such new class of UAS will state. We cannot assure you that any final rules enacted in furtherance on the FAA’s announced proposals will result in the expanded use of our SUAS and MUAS by law enforcement or other non-military government agencies and we may not be able to expand our sales of SUAS and MUAS beyond our military customers, which could harm our business prospects.

In addition, there exists public concern regarding the privacy implications of U.S. commercial and law enforcement use of SUAS. This concern has included calls to develop explicit written policies and procedures establishing usage limitations. We cannot assure you that the response from regulatory agencies, customers and privacy advocates to these concerns will not delay or restrict the adoption of SUAS, MUAS and C-UAS by non-military customers.

The deployment of C-UAS that utilize RF and directed energy is subject to stringent regulatory scrutiny, which could limit the sales and operational deployment of these technologies. Non-compliance with these evolving regulations could lead to fines, operational restrictions, or other penalties that may adversely affect our business.

 

65


Table of Contents

We could be prohibited from shipping our products to certain countries if we are unable to obtain U.S. Government authorization regarding the export of our products and services, or if current or future economic sanctions or export control laws limit or otherwise restrict our business. In addition, failure to comply with economic sanctions or export control laws could result in fines, export restrictions and other sanctions and penalties.

We must comply with U.S. and other economic sanctions and export control laws regulating the export of our products and services, such as those administered and enforced by the U.S. Department of the Treasury’s Office of Foreign Assets Control, the U.S. Department of State, the U.S. Department of Commerce, the United Nations Security Council, and other relevant sanctions and export controls authorities.

Pursuant to these laws and regulations, we are required, among other things, to (i) maintain a registration under the International Traffic in Arms Regulations (which controls the export of defense-related items and services), (ii) determine the proper licensing jurisdiction and export classification of products, software, and technology under U.S., EU and other applicable laws, and (iii) obtain licenses or other forms of government authorization to engage in the conduct of our business, including in connection with the export of certain of our products and technical data as well as to provide technical services to foreign persons related to such products and technical data. The sanctions and export regulations and the governing policies applicable to our business are subject to change. We cannot provide assurance that such authorizations or licenses will be available for our products and services in the future. Compliance with these laws has not significantly limited our operations or our sales in the recent past but could significantly limit them in the future. We maintain a sanctions and export controls compliance program but there are risks that our compliance controls may be ineffective. We may from time to time identify inadvertent violations of sanctions or export controls laws.

Any failure to comply with the sanctions or export laws and regulations in the future can subject us to additional fines, penalties, criminal proceedings and sanctions, including suspension of export privileges, which could have an adverse impact on our business, operations and financial condition and limit or prevent us from being able to sell our products in certain international jurisdictions.

We may become subject to government investigations, which could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flow and equity.

U.S. Government contractors are subject to extensive legal and regulatory requirements, including those export controls and sanctions discussed above, as well as the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (“FCPA”) and similar applicable anti-corruption/anti-bribery laws, and from time-to-time agencies of the U.S. Government investigate whether we have been and are operating in accordance with these requirements. Under U.S. Government regulations, an indictment of the Company by a federal grand jury, or an administrative finding against us as to our present responsibility to be a U.S. Government contractor or subcontractor, could result in us being suspended for a period of time from eligibility for awards of new government contracts or task orders or in a loss of export privileges, which could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and equity. A conviction, or an administrative finding against us that satisfies the requisite level of seriousness, could result in debarment from contracting with the U.S. Government for a specific term, which could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and equity.

We could be adversely affected by violations of the FCPA and other applicable anti-bribery laws of various jurisdictions and any investigation, and the outcome of any investigation, by government agencies of possible violations by us, our employees, and our business partners of the FCPA and other applicable anti-bribery laws could have an adverse effect on our business.

We have direct and indirect interactions with officials and employees of non-U.S. Government agencies or state-owned or affiliated entities, including state-owned entity customers and non-U.S. Government contractors

 

66


Table of Contents

and are participants in a highly regulated industry. We are subject to the FCPA and other applicable anti-bribery laws, which prohibit companies and their intermediaries from corruptly providing, offering, promising, or authorizing, directly or indirectly, anything of value to non-U.S. Government officials, political parties, or political candidates for the purposes of obtaining or retaining business or securing any improper business advantage. In addition, the U.K. Bribery Act of 2010, or the Bribery Act, prohibits both domestic and international bribery, as well as bribery across both private and public sectors.

U.S. public companies are required to maintain records that accurately and fairly represent their transactions and have an adequate system of internal accounting controls. We have implemented internal controls, policies, procedures, and training designed to ensure compliance by us and our directors, officers, employees, representatives, consultants and agents with the FCPA, the Bribery Act and other applicable anti-bribery laws and regulations. We cannot assure you that our internal controls, policies, and procedures will effectively detect and prevent all violations of the applicable anti-bribery laws committed by our employees or agents, nor can we assure you that our business partners have not engaged and will not engage in conduct that could materially affect their ability to perform their contractual obligations to us or even result in our being held liable for such conduct. Violations of these laws, or allegations of such violations, could result in whistleblower complaints, adverse media coverage, investigations, loss of export privileges, severe criminal or civil sanctions and, in the case of the FCPA, suspension or debarment from U.S. Government contracts, any of which could have an adverse effect on our reputation, business, operating results, prospects and financial condition. In addition, responding to any enforcement action or internal investigation related to alleged misconduct may result in significant diversion of management’s attention and resources and significant defense costs and other professional fees.

Our business may be dependent upon our employees obtaining and maintaining required security clearances, as well as our ability to obtain security clearances for the facilities in which we perform sensitive government work.

Certain of our U.S. Government contracts require our employees to maintain various levels of security clearances, and we are required to maintain certain facility security clearances complying with DoW requirements. The DoW has strict security clearance requirements for personnel who work on classified programs. Obtaining and maintaining security clearances for employees involves a lengthy process, and it is difficult to identify, recruit and retain employees who already hold security clearances. If our employees are unable to obtain security clearances in a timely manner, or at all, or if our employees, over 87.0% of whom hold security clearances as of December 31, 2025, are unable to maintain the clearances or terminate employment with us, then a customer requiring classified work could terminate the contract or decide not to renew it upon its expiration. In addition, we expect that many of the contracts on which we will bid will require us to demonstrate our ability to obtain facility security clearances and employ personnel with specified types of security clearances. To the extent that we are not able to obtain facility security clearances or engage employees with the required security clearances for a particular contract, we may not be able to bid on or win new contracts, or effectively rebid on expiring contracts.

We may be subject to pending legal proceedings that may disrupt our business, cause us to incur substantial costs, expose us to significant legal liabilities and could have an adverse impact on our financial performance.

From time to time, we may be subject to various legal proceedings and claims, and additional lawsuits may arise in the future. Occasionally we are also involved in governmental inquiries and investigations and administrative and regulatory proceedings. Our activities relating to defending and responding to any such proceedings may result in substantial legal expenses, may disrupt our sales and marketing or other business activities, including our relationships with our customers, suppliers, employees and other third parties, and divert management’s and our employees’ attention from our day-to-day operations, which may have an adverse impact on our financial performance. The results of any such proceedings are unpredictable. We record accruals for liabilities where we believe a loss is probable and reasonably estimable, including when negotiating settlement where appropriate in response to such claims, however, our actual losses may differ significantly from our

 

67


Table of Contents

interim estimates. An adverse or unfavorable resolution of any proceedings against us could have a material impact on our financial position, cash flows and results of operations.

Our business is subject to federal, state and international Privacy Laws regarding data protection, privacy, and information security, as well as confidentiality obligations under various agreements, and our actual or perceived failure to comply with such Privacy Laws could damage our reputation, expose us to litigation risk and adversely affect our business and operating results.

In connection with our business, we currently do, and expect to continue to, receive, collect, use, disclose, process and retain certain information related to our customers, employees and others as part of our business and operations, which may include personal, confidential, proprietary, or other sensitive information. As a result, we are subject to increasingly rigorous federal, state and international laws, regulations, and industry standards in the jurisdictions in which we do business regarding data privacy, protection, cybersecurity and information security (“Privacy Laws”). Personal privacy, data protection and information security are significant issues in the United States and the other jurisdictions where we offer our products and services. The regulatory framework for privacy and security issues worldwide is rapidly evolving and is likely to remain uncertain for the foreseeable future. Our handling of data is subject to a variety of Privacy Laws, including regulation by various government agencies, including the United States Federal Trade Commission (“FTC”) and various state, local and foreign bodies and agencies. We also execute confidentiality agreements with various parties under which we are required to protect their confidential information.

The United States federal and various state and foreign governments have adopted or proposed Privacy Laws which impose obligations in relation to the collection, distribution, disclosure, use and storage of personal information of individuals, including providing end-customers and employees with certain rights to access, correct, delete, and restrict the processing of their personal information. In the United States, the FTC and many state attorneys general are applying federal and state consumer protection laws to the online collection, use and dissemination of data. The Privacy Laws imposed by non-U.S. countries and governmental bodies in the foreign jurisdictions in which we operate or conduct our business often are more restrictive than those in the United States. Such Privacy Laws may require companies to implement new privacy and security policies, inform individuals of security breaches that affect their personal information, and, in some cases, obtain individuals’ consent to use personal information for certain purposes.

We also expect that there will continue to be new proposed laws, regulations and industry standards concerning privacy, data protection and information security in the United States, the European Union and other jurisdictions in which we operate and do business, and we cannot yet determine the impact of such future laws, regulations and standards may have on our business. For example, the California Consumer Privacy Act, which became effective in 2020, provides California residents certain data privacy rights for consumers and employees (e.g., the right to access and request the deletion of their personal information and receive detailed reports of how their personal information is processed), new operational requirements for companies and a private right of action for certain data breaches. Additionally, we expect that existing laws, regulations and standards may be interpreted differently in the future. There remains significant uncertainty surrounding the regulatory framework for the future of personal data transfers from the European Union to the United States with regulations such as the General Data Protection Regulation (“GDPR”), which imposes stringent E.U. data protection requirements, provides an enforcement authority, and imposes large penalties for noncompliance, including for the transfer of personal data. Future laws, regulations, standards and other obligations, including the adoption of the GDPR, as well as changes in the interpretation of existing laws, regulations, standards and other obligations could impair our ability to collect, use or disclose information relating to individuals, which could decrease demand for our products, require us to restrict our business operations, increase our costs and impair our ability to maintain and grow our customer base and increase our revenue.

Our business operations are subject to the evolving requirements of the U.S. DoW Cybersecurity Maturity Model Certification (“CMMC”) program. CMMC mandates third-party assessments for companies working with

 

68


Table of Contents

the U.S. DoW, verifying such companies’ adherence to specific cybersecurity standards. These certifications are essential for eligibility in new contract awards. We have completed a basic assessment and have reported a score in the System Security Plan system. We expect to conduct the required third party CMMC 2.0 level 2 audit in the first quarter of 2026.

Our ongoing compliance with the CMMC framework is critical, particularly as the National Institute of Standards and Technology (“NIST”) Special Publication 800-171 requirements, designed to enhance protection for controlled unclassified information, have not yet appeared in any government Requests for Proposals we have bid but are expected. Until November 2026, the only requirement from the U.S. Government for CMMC compliance is to report a System Security Plan score in the Procurement Integrated Enterprise Environment system. We are actively preparing to meet the more stringent requirements of CMMC Level 2. There’s a potential risk of not achieving Level 2 certification before upcoming contract awards or failing to attain the level required for a specific contract. Such a scenario could restrict us from bidding on those contracts, including follow-on awards for existing DoW work. Such limitations could negatively impact our revenue, profitability, and cash flow. Furthermore, compliance with CMMC may extend to our subcontractors and certain vendors, potentially requiring their certification as well. Their non-compliance could also pose challenges for our business.

Although we endeavor to comply with those federal, state and foreign laws and regulations, industry standards, contractual obligations and other legal obligations that apply to us, such laws, regulations, standards and obligations are evolving and may be modified, interpreted and applied in an inconsistent manner from one jurisdiction to another, and may conflict with one another, other requirements or legal obligations, our practices or the features of our products. As such, we cannot assure ongoing compliance with all such laws or regulations, industry standards, contractual obligations and other legal obligations, and our efforts to do so may cause us to incur significant costs or require changes to our business practices, which could adversely affect our business and operating results. Any failure or perceived failure by us to comply with federal, state or foreign laws or regulations, industry standards, contractual obligations or other legal obligations, or any actual or suspected security incident, whether or not resulting in unauthorized access to, or acquisition, release or transfer of personal information or other data, may result in limited ability or the inability to operate our business or offer our products and services, costly governmental investigations, enforcement actions, prosecutions and other proceedings, private litigation (including class actions), fines and civil or criminal penalties or adverse publicity and could cause our customers to lose trust in us, which could result in potentially significant liability or other costs and have an adverse effect on our brand, reputation and business. Any inability to adequately address privacy and security concerns, even if unfounded, or comply with applicable laws, regulations, policies, industry standards, contractual obligations or other legal obligations could result in additional cost and liability to us, damage our reputation, inhibit sales, and adversely affect our business and operating results.

Environmental laws and regulations and unforeseen costs, including in response to climate change, could impact our future earnings.

The manufacture and sale of our products in certain states and countries may subject us to environmental and other regulations. Over time, the countries where these companies are located may adopt more stringent environmental regulations, resulting in an increase in our manufacturing costs. Given the increasing focus on environmental compliance by regulators and the general public, any incidence of non-compliance could result in damage to our reputation beyond the fines and other sanctions that could be imposed. Furthermore, certain environmental laws, including the U.S. Comprehensive, Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, impose strict, joint and several liability on current and previous owners or operators of real property for the cost of removal or remediation of hazardous substances and impose liability for damages to natural resources. These laws often impose liability even if the owner or operator did not know of, or was not responsible for, the release of such hazardous substances. These environmental laws also assess liability on persons who arrange for hazardous substances to be sent to disposal or treatment facilities when such facilities are later found to be contaminated. Such persons can be held responsible for cleanup costs even if they never owned or operated

 

69


Table of Contents

the contaminated facility. Although we have never been named a responsible party at a contaminated site, we could potentially be named a responsible party in the future.

The increasing global focus on climate change, including greenhouse gas (“GHG”) emissions, has resulted in legislative and regulatory efforts to address the causes and impacts of climate change. New and more strict laws and regulations to reduce GHG emissions and address other aspects of climate change, including carbon taxes, cap and trade programs, GHG reduction requirements, requirements for the use of green energy, and changes in procurement requirements, may result in increased operational and compliance obligations, which could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations. Such laws and regulations could result in increased energy costs and costs to upgrade our facilities or change our manufacturing processes. Additionally, our suppliers may also face similar increased costs, which could result in them increasing the costs of components for our products and development programs. Changes to government procurement laws, including changes to the Federal Acquisition Regulations, designed to require climate risk and GHG emissions to be taken into account in the procurement process could result in increased costs to change our operations and manufacturing processes to ensure we remain competitive in the bidding process. We cannot predict the materiality of any potential additional costs associated with complying with such laws and regulations or whether we could raise prices to account for any such additional costs. Any non-compliance could negatively affect our reputation, our ability to compete in competitive bidding processes, including with the U.S. Government, and our ability to sell our products and services. We cannot assure you that such existing laws or future laws addressing environmental concerns, including climate change, will not have a material effect on our future earnings or results of operations.

Compliance with the SEC’s conflict minerals regulations may increase our costs and adversely impact the supply-chain for our UAS products.

In August 2012, the SEC adopted disclosure rules regarding a company’s use of conflict minerals in its products with substantial supply chain verification requirements in the event that the conflict minerals come from, or could have come from, the Democratic Republic of the Congo or adjoining countries. These rules and verification requirements have imposed additional costs on us and on our suppliers, including costs related to determining the source of conflict minerals used in our products, which may adversely affect our results of operations. We are dependent on information supplied by our first-tier suppliers in conducting due diligence into the origins of conflict minerals in our products, which will be necessary to comply with our SEC reporting obligations. To the extent that information we receive from our suppliers is inaccurate or inadequate, we may not be able to determine whether our products are conflict mineral-free. We may face challenges in satisfying our customers who may require that our products be certified as conflict mineral-free, which could place us at a competitive disadvantage and could harm our business. These regulations could also have the effect of limiting the pool of suppliers from which we source items containing conflict minerals, and we may be unable to obtain conflict-free minerals at competitive prices, if at all, which could increase our costs and adversely affect our results of operations.

Risks Related to Our Intellectual Property

If we fail to protect, or incur significant costs in defending or enforcing our intellectual property and other proprietary rights, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially harmed.

Our success depends, in large part, on our ability to seek, obtain, maintain, protect, defend and enforce our intellectual property and other proprietary rights. We rely primarily on patent, trade secret, trademark and other intellectual property laws, as well as contractual rights, to establish, protect and enforce our intellectual property, know-how, technology and other proprietary rights.

While we have applied for patents to protect some of our technology, our patent applications may not result in issued patents, and any patents issued may not be of sufficient scope or strength to provide us with any

 

70


Table of Contents

meaningful protection or commercial advantage. We may be required to narrow our claims in our patent applications and our issued patents may be challenged, invalidated, circumvented or rendered unenforceable. If we fail to obtain issuance of patents, or our patent claims or other intellectual property rights are rendered invalid or unenforceable, or narrowed in scope, the patent protections afforded our technology could be impaired. Such impairment could negatively affect our competitive position, including by requiring us to re-design our affected products. Our software is also subject to certain protections under copyright law, though it may also be protected as a trade secret. However, a significant portion of our technology is not patented, and we may be unable or may not seek to obtain patent protection for this technology. Moreover, existing U.S. legal standards relating to the validity, enforceability and scope of protection of intellectual property rights offer only limited protection, may not provide us with any competitive advantages, and our rights may be challenged by third parties. These laws are subject to change at any time, which could restrict our ability to protect our intellectual property rights. In addition, effective patent, trademark and trade secret protection may be unavailable or limited for some of our intellectual property, including our proprietary technology and know-how. The laws of countries other than the U.S. may be even less protective of our intellectual property rights.

Although we seek to enter into agreements, including confidentiality, non-disclosure and intellectual property assignment agreements, with parties who have access to our intellectual property and proprietary technology, such as our employees, contractors, consultants, and other third parties, no assurance can be given that these agreements will be effective in controlling access to and distribution of our technology and proprietary information. In addition, such agreements may be breached, may not be self-executing, may be difficult to enforce, or we may fail to enter into such agreements with all relevant individuals and entities. Accordingly, despite our efforts, we may be unable to prevent third parties from infringing upon or misappropriating our intellectual property or otherwise gaining access to our technology. Unauthorized third parties may try to copy or reverse engineer our products or portions of our products or otherwise obtain and use our intellectual property. Despite our efforts to protect our intellectual property and proprietary technology, if one or more of these employees leaves our employment to work for one of our competitors, then they may intentionally or unintentionally disseminate this proprietary information Such dissemination may damage our competitive position, and we may become subject to claims challenging the inventorship or ownership of our intellectual property, or claims that former employees, collaborators or other third parties have an ownership interest in our intellectual property. Additionally, we may become subject to claims that current or former employees, contractors, consultants and other third parties engaged by us for development of intellectual property misappropriated intellectual property rights from their previous employers. Accordingly, we cannot guarantee that the steps we have taken to protect our intellectual property will be adequate to prevent infringement of our rights or misappropriation of our trade secrets, or that we will be able to secure appropriate permissions or protections for all of the intellectual property rights we use or claim rights to.

Further, third parties may create new products, processes or other technologies that achieve similar or better results without infringing upon patents we own, which could have an adverse effect on our sales or market position. Accordingly, even if we successfully maintain the confidentiality of our trade secrets, technology and other proprietary information, competitors may independently develop products, technologies or processes that are substantially equivalent or superior to our own. Therefore, we cannot be sure that the actions we have taken to establish and protect our trade secrets and other intellectual property rights will adequately protect us.

If we fail to protect our intellectual property and other proprietary rights, then our business, results of operations or financial condition could be materially harmed. From time to time, we may initiate lawsuits to protect our intellectual property and other proprietary technology. Pursuing these claims may be time consuming and expensive and could adversely impact our results of operations.

In addition, affirmatively defending our intellectual property rights and investigating whether any of our products or services violate the rights of others may entail significant expense. Our intellectual property rights may be challenged by others or invalidated through administrative processes or litigation. If we resort to legal proceedings to enforce our intellectual property rights or to determine the validity and scope of the intellectual

 

71


Table of Contents

property or other proprietary rights of others, then the proceedings could result in significant expense to us and divert the attention and efforts of our management and technical employees, even if we prevail.

Further, obtaining and maintaining patent, trademark, and copyright protection can be costly. We may choose not to, or may fail to, pursue or maintain such forms of protection for our technology in the United States or foreign jurisdictions, which could harm our ability to maintain our competitive advantage in such jurisdictions. It is also possible that we will fail to identify patentable aspects of our technology before it is too late to obtain patent protection, that we will be unable to devote the resources to file and prosecute all patent applications for such technology or that we will lose protection for failing to comply with all procedural, documentary, payment and other obligations during the patent prosecution process.

We license certain technology and intellectual property from third parties, and these agreements may be terminated by our licensors, which could materially harm our ability to continue offering our technologies.

We have licensed, and may license in the future, patents and other intellectual property rights from third parties, and the licenses we receive to such intellectual property rights may not provide exclusive or unrestricted rights in all fields of use and in all territories in which we may wish to develop or commercialize our products in the future, and may restrict our rights to offer certain products in certain markets or impose other obligations on us in exchange for our rights to the licensed intellectual property. If we violate the terms of any of our license agreements, a licensor may have the right to terminate our license. Even if we comply with all the terms of a license agreement, we cannot guarantee that we will be able to renew an agreement when it expires even if we desire to do so. The failure to maintain or renew our material license agreements could result in a loss of revenue and negatively impact our results of operations. We also grant licenses to third parties which allow third parties the right to use certain of our intellectual property rights. While we attempt to ensure that our intellectual property rights are protected when entering into business relationships, third parties may take actions that could materially and adversely affect our rights in or the value of our intellectual property rights.

We may be sued by third parties for alleged infringement of their proprietary rights, which could be costly, time consuming and limit our ability to use certain technologies in the future.

We may become subject to claims or legal proceedings alleging our business or intellectual property infringes, misappropriates or otherwise violates the intellectual property rights of third parties. Defending against, or otherwise addressing, any such claims, regardless of their merit, could be time-consuming and expensive, and could divert our management’s attention away from the execution of our business plan. Moreover, any settlement or adverse judgment resulting from such claims could require us to pay substantial amounts or cross-license or otherwise obtain a license to continue to use the disputed technology, or otherwise restrict or prohibit our use of the technology. We cannot assure you that we would be able to: obtain from the third party asserting the claim a license on commercially reasonable terms, if at all; modify, redesign, undertake workarounds or substantial reengineering or develop alternative technology on a timely or cost-effective basis, if at all; or obtain a license to use a suitable alternative technology to permit us to continue offering, and our customers to continue using, our affected product. These risks have been amplified by the increase in third parties whose sole or primary businesses are to assert such claims. An adverse determination could prevent us from offering our products to others. Infringement claims asserted against us may have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations or financial condition.

Our use of open-source software could compromise the proprietary nature of our software and expose us to other legal liabilities and technological risks.

Part of our proprietary software incorporates open-source software, and we expect to continue to incorporate open-source software in our business in the future. Few of the licenses applicable to open-source software have been interpreted by courts, and there is a risk that these licenses could be construed in a manner that could impose unanticipated conditions or restrictions on our ability to commercialize our products. Certain open-source

 

72


Table of Contents

licenses may give rise to requirements to disclose or license our proprietary source code or make available any derivative works or modifications of the open source software on unfavorable terms or at no cost, and we may be subject to such terms if such open source software is combined, linked, or otherwise integrated with our proprietary software in certain ways. We have implemented policies relating to our use of open-source software that are designed to mitigate the risk of subjecting our proprietary code to these restrictions. However, we cannot be certain that we use open-source software in a manner that is consistent with such policies. If we fail to comply with our policies, or if our policies are flawed, we may be subject to certain requirements, including requirements that we offer our software that incorporates or links to the open-source software at a reduced cost or for free, or that we make available the proprietary source code for such software to the general public. If a third party were to allege that we had not complied with the conditions of one or more of these licenses, we could be required to incur significant legal expenses defending against such allegations and could be subject to significant damages and required to comply with onerous conditions or restrictions on the use of our proprietary software. In any of these events, we could be required to seek licenses from third parties and pay royalties in order to continue using the open source software necessary to operate our business or we could be required to discontinue use of our services and other software in the event re-engineering cannot be accomplished on a timely basis. Any of the foregoing could require us to devote additional R&D resources to re-engineer our services, could result in customer dissatisfaction, could allow our competitors to create similar platforms with lower development effort and time and may adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

In addition, the use of open source software may entail greater risks than the use of third-party commercial software, as open source licensors generally do not provide support, warranties, controls on origin of the software, indemnification, or other contractual protections regarding infringement claims or the quality of the code. We cannot ensure that the authors of such open source software will implement or push updates to address security risks or will not abandon further development and maintenance. Many of the risks associated with usage of open-source software, such as the lack of warranties or assurance of title, cannot be eliminated and could, if not properly addressed, negatively affect our business. To the extent that our proprietary software depends upon the successful and secure operation of the open source software we use, any undetected errors or defects in this open source software could prevent the deployment or impair the functionality of our software, delay the introduction of new technological capabilities, result in a failure of our technologies, and injure our reputation. For example, undetected errors or defects in open source software could render it vulnerable to breaches or security attacks and make our systems more vulnerable to data breaches or security attacks. In addition, the public availability of such software may make it easier for others to compromise our platform. Any of the foregoing would have a negative effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Intellectual property rights do not necessarily address all potential threats.

The degree of future protection afforded by our intellectual property and other proprietary rights is uncertain because intellectual property rights have limitations and may not adequately protect our business or permit us to maintain our competitive advantage. For example:

 

  •  

we might not have been the first to invent the inventions covered by our patent portfolio;

 

  •  

we might not have been the first to file the patent applications covering our patent portfolio or future patents;

 

  •  

it is possible that any patent applications we may file in the future will not lead to issued patents;

 

  •  

others may have access to intellectual property rights which have been licensed to us on a non-exclusive basis;

 

  •  

the use of AI may result in the loss of intellectual property rights and raise complex compliance, intellectual property and other issues;

 

  •  

our competitors might conduct R&D activities in countries where we do not have patent rights, or in countries where R&D safe harbor laws exist, and then use the information learned from such activities to develop competitive products for sale in our major commercial markets;

 

73


Table of Contents
  •  

we may choose not to file a patent for certain inventions, instead choosing to rely on trade secret protection or know-how, and a third party may independently develop such invention and subsequently file a patent covering such invention; and

 

  •  

the patents of third parties or pending or future applications of third parties, if issued, may have an adverse effect on our business.

Should any of these events occur, it could significantly harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Risks Relating to Securities Markets and Investment in Our Stock

We may not be able to obtain capital when desired on favorable terms, if at all, or without dilution to our stockholders.

We operate in emerging and rapidly evolving markets, which makes our prospects difficult to evaluate. It is possible that we may not generate sufficient cash flow from operations or otherwise have the capital resources to meet our future capital needs. If this occurs, then we may need additional financing to pursue our business strategies, including to:

 

  •  

hire additional engineers and other critical personnel;

 

  •  

develop new or enhance existing products and services;

 

  •  

enhance our operating infrastructure;

 

  •  

fund working capital requirements;

 

  •  

acquire complementary businesses or technologies; or

 

  •  

otherwise respond to competitive pressures.

If we raise additional funds through the issuance of equity or convertible debt securities, the percentage ownership of our stockholders could be significantly diluted, and these newly-issued securities may have rights, preferences or privileges senior to those of existing stockholders. We have obtained capital from our Credit Facilities. We cannot assure you that additional financing will be available on terms favorable to us, or at all. Our current Credit Facilities contain, and future debt financing may contain, covenants or other provisions that limit our operational or financial flexibility. In addition, certain of our customers require that we obtain letters of credit to support our obligations under some of our contracts.

Significant inflation could adversely affect our business and financial results.

Although historically our operations have not been materially affected by inflation and we have been successful in adjusting prices to our customers to reflect changes in our material and labor costs, the rate of current inflation and resulting pressures on our costs and pricing could adversely impact our business and financial results. Inflation can adversely affect us by increasing our operating costs, including our materials, freight and labor costs, which are already under pressure due to supply chain constraints. As interest rates rise to address inflation, such increases will also impact the base rates applicable in our credit arrangements and will result in borrowed funds becoming more expensive to us over time; similar financing pressures from inflation also can have a negative impact on customers’ willingness to purchase our products in the same volumes and at the same rates as previously anticipated. In a highly inflationary environment, we may be unable to raise the sales prices of our products at or above the rate of inflation, which could reduce our profit margins having an adverse effect on our financial performance.

 

74


Table of Contents

Risks Related to Our Indebtedness

Our substantial indebtedness could adversely affect our financial condition.

We have, and after this offering we expect that we will continue to have, a significant amount of indebtedness. As of December 31, 2025, we had $258.5 million outstanding under the Term Loan and $0 outstanding under the Revolving Credit Facility. We intend to use a portion of the net proceeds received by us from this offering, together with borrowings under the New Credit Facilities, to repay in full approximately $257.8 million of outstanding borrowings under our Credit Agreement. See “Use of Proceeds.” We may also incur additional indebtedness in connection with this offering. After giving effect to this offering and the use of proceeds therefrom, on an as adjusted basis, as of December 31, 2025, our total indebtedness would have been approximately $100.0 million.

Our substantial indebtedness under the Credit Agreement, and any future indebtedness we may incur, including under the New Credit Agreement, could have important consequences to the holders of our common stock, including the following:

 

  •  

making it more difficult for us to satisfy our obligations with respect to our and our subsidiaries’ other debt;

 

  •  

limiting our and our subsidiaries’ ability to obtain additional financing to fund future working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions, or other general corporate requirements;

 

  •  

requiring us to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flows to debt service payments, thereby reducing the amount of cash flows available for working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions, and other general corporate purposes;

 

  •  

increasing our vulnerability to general adverse economic and industry conditions;

 

  •  

exposing us to the risk of increased interest rates, to the extent any of our borrowings are at variable rates of interest;

 

  •  

limiting our flexibility in planning for and reacting to changes in the industry in which we compete;

 

  •  

placing us at a disadvantage compared to other, less leveraged competitors; and

 

  •  

increasing our cost of borrowing.

In addition, the Credit Agreement contains, our New Credit Agreement is expected to contain, and agreements governing our future borrowing may contain restrictive covenants that limit our and certain of our subsidiaries’ ability to engage in activities that may be in our long-term best interest. Our failure to comply with those covenants could result in an event of default which, if not cured or waived, could result in the acceleration of substantially all our debt. See “Description of Certain Indebtedness.”

We and our subsidiaries may be able to incur significant additional indebtedness in the future. Although the Credit Agreement contains, and our New Credit Agreement is expected to contain, restrictions on the incurrence of additional indebtedness, these restrictions are, or are expected to be, subject to a number of qualifications and exceptions, and the amount of additional indebtedness incurred in compliance with these restrictions could be substantial. These restrictions also will not prevent us from incurring obligations that do not constitute “indebtedness” under the Credit Agreement or the New Credit Agreement.

We may need to refinance all or a portion of our indebtedness on or before the maturity thereof. Depending on market conditions, we may not be able to obtain such financing on commercially reasonable terms or at all. Failure to refinance our indebtedness could have an adverse effect on us.

We may not be able to generate sufficient cash to service all of our indebtedness and may be forced to take other actions to satisfy our obligations under our indebtedness, which may not be successful.

Our ability to make scheduled principal and interest payments on or refinance our debt obligations depends on our financial condition and operating performance, which are subject to prevailing economic and competitive

 

75


Table of Contents

conditions and to financial, business, legislative, regulatory, and other factors, some of which are beyond our control. We cannot be sure that our business will generate sufficient cash flows from operating activities, or that future borrowings will be available, to permit us to pay the principal and interest on our indebtedness.

If our cash flows and capital resources are insufficient to fund our debt service obligations, we could face substantial liquidity problems and could be forced to reduce or delay investments and capital expenditures or to dispose of material assets or operations, seek additional debt or equity capital or restructure or refinance our indebtedness. We may not be able to effect any such alternative measures, if necessary, on commercially reasonable terms or at all and, even if successful, those alternative actions may not allow us to meet our scheduled debt service obligations. The Credit Agreement restricts, and any agreement governing any debt we incur in the future may restrict, our ability to dispose of assets and use the proceeds from those dispositions and also limits our ability to raise debt or equity capital to be used to repay other indebtedness when it becomes due. We may not be able to consummate those dispositions or to obtain proceeds in an amount sufficient to meet any debt service obligations then due. See “Description of Certain Indebtedness.”

Additionally, if we cannot make scheduled payments on our debt, we will be in default, and the outstanding principal amount of indebtedness thereunder may be accelerated, commitments to loan money may be terminated and/or assets securing such borrowings may be foreclosed against, as applicable in the relevant debt instrument, and we could be forced into bankruptcy or liquidation. Any of these events could result in you losing all or a portion of your investment in the common stock.

Agreements governing our current and future indebtedness will contain covenants that restrict our current and future operations, including our ability to respond to changes or to take certain actions.

The Credit Agreement contains, and any future indebtedness agreements we enter into will likely contain, a number of restrictive covenants that impose significant operating and financial restrictions on us and our subsidiaries and may limit our and our subsidiaries’ abilities to engage in acts that may be in our long-term best interest. See “Description of Certain Indebtedness.” These covenants may include restrictions on our and our subsidiaries abilities to:

 

  •  

incur additional indebtedness and guarantee indebtedness;

 

  •  

pay dividends or make other distributions or repurchase or redeem our capital stock;

 

  •  

prepay, redeem, amend or repurchase junior debt;

 

  •  

issue certain preferred stock or similar equity securities;

 

  •  

make loans and investments;

 

  •  

sell assets or property, except in certain circumstances;

 

  •  

sell or license intellectual property, except in certain circumstances;

 

  •  

incur liens;

 

  •  

dispose of our assets;

 

  •  

enter into transactions with affiliates;

 

  •  

enter into agreements restricting our subsidiaries’ ability to pay dividends; and

 

  •  

make fundamental changes in our business, corporate structure, or capital structure, including, among other things, entering into mergers, acquisitions, consolidations, and other business combinations or selling all or substantially all of our assets.

As a result of these restrictions, we may be:

 

  •  

limited in how we conduct our business;

 

76


Table of Contents
  •  

unable to raise additional debt or equity financing to operate during general economic or business downturns; or

 

  •  

unable to compete effectively or to take advantage of new business opportunities.

These restrictions may affect our ability to grow in accordance with our strategy. If we incur indebtedness provided or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, we may be subject to additional restrictions on our operations, including limitations on employee headcount and compensation reductions and other cost reduction activities.

Our variable rate indebtedness subjects us to interest rate risk, which could cause our debt service obligations to increase significantly.

Borrowings under the Credit Agreement are at a variable rate of interest and expose us to interest rate risk. If interest rates were to increase, our debt service obligations on the variable rate indebtedness would increase even though the amount borrowed remained the same, and our net income and cash flows, including cash available for servicing our indebtedness, will correspondingly decrease. Based on amounts outstanding as of December 31, 2025, each 100 basis point change in interest rates would result in a $2.6 million net change in annual interest expense on our indebtedness under the credit facilities. Based on amounts outstanding as of December 31, 2024, each 100 basis point change in interest rates would result in a $2.5 million net change in annual interest expense on our indebtedness under the credit facilities. See “Description of Certain Indebtedness.”

Risks Related to Our Organizational Structure

Our principal asset is our interest in Holdings LLC, and, accordingly, we depend on distributions from Holdings LLC to pay our taxes and expenses, including payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement. Holdings LLC’s ability to make such distributions may be subject to various limitations and restrictions.

We are a holding company and have no material assets other than our ownership of equity interests in Holdings LLC. As such, we have no independent means of generating revenue or cash flow, and our ability to pay our taxes, satisfy our obligations under the Tax Receivable Agreement and pay operating expenses or declare and pay dividends, if any, in the future depends on the financial results and cash flows of Holdings LLC and its subsidiaries and distributions we receive from Holdings LLC. There can be no assurance that Holdings LLC and its subsidiaries will generate sufficient cash flow to distribute funds to us or that applicable state law and contractual restrictions, including negative covenants in debt instruments of Holdings LLC and its subsidiaries, will permit such distributions.

Holdings LLC is treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes and, as such, is not subject to any entity-level U.S. federal income tax. For U.S. federal income tax purposes, taxable income of Holdings LLC is allocated to the LLC Unitholders, including us. Accordingly, we incur income taxes on our distributive share of any net taxable income of Holdings LLC. Under the terms of the LLC Operating Agreement and subject to limited exceptions, Holdings LLC is obligated to make tax distributions to the LLC Unitholders, including us. In addition to tax and dividend payments, we also incur expenses related to our operations, including obligations to make payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement.

To the extent that Holdings LLC has available cash, we intend to cause Holdings LLC to make cash distributions to the owners of LLC Units, including us, in amounts at least sufficient to (1) fund all or part of their tax obligations and (2) cover our operating expenses, including payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement. Funds used by Holdings LLC to satisfy its tax distribution obligations will not be available for reinvestment in our business. Moreover, these tax distributions in certain periods are likely to exceed AEVEX Corp.’s tax liabilities and obligations to make payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement. Our Board will determine the appropriate uses for any excess cash so accumulated, which may include, among other uses, dividends, repurchases of our Class A common stock and the payment of other expenses. We will have no obligation to distribute such cash (or other available cash other than any declared dividend) to our stockholders. No adjustments to the redemption or exchange ratio of LLC Units for shares of Class A common stock will be

 

77


Table of Contents

made as a result of either (i) any cash distribution by us or (ii) any cash that we retain and do not distribute to stockholders. To the extent that we do not distribute such excess cash as dividends on our Class A common stock and instead, for example, hold such cash balances or lend them to Holdings LLC, holders of LLC Units would benefit from any value attributable to such cash balances as a result of their ownership of Class A common stock following an exchange of their LLC Units.

However, Holdings LLC’s ability to make such distributions may be subject to various limitations and restrictions, such as restrictions on distributions that would violate either any contract or agreement to which Holdings LLC or its subsidiaries is then a party, including debt agreements, or any applicable law, or that would have the effect of rendering Holdings LLC or its subsidiaries insolvent. In addition, pursuant to the Bipartisan Budget Act of 2015, effective for taxable years beginning after December 31, 2017, the IRS may impute liability for adjustments to a partnership’s tax return on the partnership itself in certain circumstances, absent an election to the contrary. Holdings LLC may be subject to material liabilities pursuant to this legislation and related guidance if, for example, its calculations of taxable income are incorrect. To the extent that we are unable to make payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement, such payments generally will be deferred and will accrue interest until paid.

Conflicts of interest could arise between our stockholders and the LLC Unitholders, which may impede business decisions that could benefit our stockholders.

The LLC Unitholders, who will be the only holders of LLC Units other than us upon consummation of this offering, have the right to consent to certain amendments to the LLC Operating Agreement, as well as to certain other matters. The LLC Unitholders will have significant rights and interests that may not align with those of our stockholders, including the right to receive substantial payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement, the ability to cause Holdings LLC to make tax distributions that may exceed their actual tax liabilities and the right to exchange LLC Units for Class A common stock, potentially resulting in dilution to our stockholders. In addition, the LLC Unitholders, through their ownership of Class B common stock and rights under the Director Designation Agreement, will have significant voting power and influence over our corporate governance and major transactions. The LLC Unitholders may exercise these voting rights in a manner that conflicts with the interests of our stockholders. Circumstances may arise in the future when the interests of the LLC Unitholders conflict with the interests of our stockholders. As we control Holdings LLC, we have certain obligations to the LLC Unitholders that may conflict with fiduciary duties our officers and directors owe to our stockholders. These conflicts may result in decisions that are not in the best interests of stockholders.

Our dual class structure has the effect of concentrating economic and voting power.

Immediately following this offering, we will have two classes of authorized and outstanding common stock: shares of Class A common stock, par value $0.0001 per share; and shares of Class B common stock, par value $0.0001 per share.

Shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock will vote as a single class except as otherwise required by law or our certificate of incorporation. Each outstanding share of Class A common stock and Class B common stock will be entitled to one vote on all matters to be voted on by stockholders generally. See “Description of Capital Stock.”

Upon the completion of this offering, MDP will own 79.1% of the total outstanding LLC Units of Holdings LLC, will possess voting and dispositive power over 100.0% of all shares of Class B common stock, will own 51.8% of all shares of Class A common stock and will control approximately 79.1% (or approximately 76.7% if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock in full) of the voting power in AEVEX Corp. through its ownership of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock. The remaining LLC Unitholders will collectively own the remaining 56.6% of the total outstanding LLC Units of Holdings LP (including vested and unvested Class B Units) not held directly or indirectly by Holdings LLC. This means that, based on its percentage voting power controlled after the offering, MDP will control the vote of all matters submitted to a vote of our stockholders, including the election of members to our Board. The

 

78


Table of Contents

concentration of ownership could deprive you of an opportunity to receive a premium for your shares of Class A common stock as part of a sale of us and ultimately might affect the market price of our Class A common stock. See “—Risks Related to Our Organizational Structure—MDP controls us, and its interests may conflict with ours or yours in the future.”

Further, LLC Unitholders have the right to consent to certain amendments to the LLC Operating Agreement, as well as to certain other matters. Holders of these voting rights may exercise them in a manner that conflicts with the interests of our stockholders. These conflicts may result in decisions that are not in the best interests of stockholders. See “—Conflicts of interest could arise between our stockholders and the LLC Unitholders, which may impede business decisions that could benefit our stockholders.”

The Tax Receivable Agreement requires us to make cash payments to the LLC Unitholders in respect of certain tax benefits to which we may become entitled, and we expect that the payments we will be required to make will be substantial.

Pursuant to the Tax Receivable Agreement, we will be required to make cash payments to the TRA Rights Holders equal to 85% of certain tax savings (calculated using certain assumptions), if any, that we actually realize, or, in some circumstances, are deemed to realize, as a result of (i) certain increases in the tax basis of assets of Holdings LLC and its subsidiaries resulting from purchases or exchanges of LLC Units, (ii) certain other tax attributes of Holdings LLC and its subsidiaries and the Blocker Entity that existed prior to this offering, including existing tax basis and our allocable share of existing tax basis acquired in connection with this offering and increases to such allocable share of existing tax basis, and (iii) certain other tax benefits related to our entering into the Tax Receivable Agreement, including tax benefits attributable to payments that we make under the Tax Receivable Agreement. We retain the benefit of the remaining 15% of these cash savings, if any. If the Tax Receivable Agreement terminates early, we could be required to make a substantial, immediate lump-sum payment.

We expect that the payments we may make under the Tax Receivable Agreement could be substantial. For example, if we acquire all of the Class B Units held by the TRA Rights Holders in taxable transactions as of this offering, based on an initial public offering price of $19.50 per share (which is the midpoint of the estimated public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) and on certain assumptions, including that (i) there are no material changes in relevant tax law and (ii) we earn sufficient taxable income in each year to realize on a current basis all tax benefits that are subject to the Tax Receivable Agreement, we would expect that the resulting reduction in tax payments for us, as determined for purposes of the Tax Receivable Agreement, would aggregate to approximately $432.3 million, substantially all of which would be realized over the next 15 years, and we would be required to pay to the TRA Rights Holders 85% of such amount, or $367.5 million, over the same period. These amounts have been prepared for informational purposes only. The actual amounts may differ materially from the amounts set forth above because the potential future reductions in our tax payments, as determined for purposes of the Tax Receivable Agreement, and the payment we will be required to make under the Tax Receivable Agreement, will each depend on a number of factors, including the market value of our Class A common stock at the time of the exchange or purchase, the prevailing federal tax rates applicable to us over the life of the Tax Receivable Agreement (as well as the assumed combined state and local tax rate), the amount and timing of the taxable income that we generate in the future and the extent to which future exchanges or purchases of LLC Units are taxable transactions. See “Organizational Structure—Tax Receivable Agreement and “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Tax Receivable Agreement.”

Payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement will be based on the tax reporting positions that we determine, which tax reporting positions will be based on the advice of our tax advisors. Any payments made by us to the TRA Rights Holders under the Tax Receivable Agreement will generally reduce the amount of overall cash flow that might have otherwise been available to us. To the extent that we are unable to make payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement, such payments generally will be deferred and will accrue interest until paid. Furthermore, our future obligation to make payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement could make us a less attractive target for an acquisition, particularly in the case of an acquirer that cannot use some or all of the tax benefits that may be deemed realized under the Tax Receivable Agreement. The payments under the Tax

 

79


Table of Contents

Receivable Agreement are not conditioned upon the TRA Rights Holders maintaining a continued ownership interest in Holdings LLC or us. There is no maximum term for the Tax Receivable Agreement, and the obligation to make payments to the TRA Rights Holders will terminate when all tax benefits payable to the TRA Rights Holders under the Tax Receivable Agreement have been paid in full.

In addition, the TRA Rights Holders will not reimburse us for any payments previously made if such tax basis increases or other tax benefits are subsequently disallowed by the IRS. Such amounts may reduce our future obligations, if any, under the Tax Receivable Agreement; however, a challenge to any tax benefits initially claimed by us may not arise for a number of years following the initial time of such payment or, even if challenged early, such excess cash payment may be greater than the amount of future cash payments, if any, we might otherwise be required to make under the terms of the Tax Receivable Agreement and, as a result, there might not be future cash payments from which to net against. As a result, in such circumstances we could make payments to the TRA Rights Holders under the Tax Receivable Agreement that are greater than our actual cash tax savings and may not be able to recoup those payments, which could negatively impact our liquidity.

Finally, because we are a holding company with no operations of our own, our ability to make payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement is dependent on the ability of Holdings LLC to make distributions to us. We currently anticipate that Holdings LLC will use cash flows generated from our operations to fund tax distributions to us to enable us to make any required payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement. Our obligations under the Tax Receivable Agreement will also apply with respect to any person that becomes a party to the Tax Receivable Agreement in the future.

The amounts that we may be required to pay to certain of our existing direct and indirect owners under the Tax Receivable Agreement may be accelerated in certain circumstances and may also significantly exceed the actual tax benefits that we ultimately realize.

If the Tax Receivable Agreement terminates early, we could be required to make a substantial, immediate lump-sum payment. The Tax Receivable Agreement provides that (1) in the event that we breach any of our material obligations under the Tax Receivable Agreement, (2) upon certain changes of control or (3) if, with the written approval of a majority of our independent directors, we elect an early termination of the Tax Receivable Agreement, our obligations under the Tax Receivable Agreement (whether or not all LLC Units have been exchanged or acquired before or after such transaction) would accelerate and become payable in a lump sum amount equal to the present value of the anticipated future tax benefits calculated based on certain assumptions, including that we would have sufficient taxable income to fully utilize the deductions arising from the tax attributes subject to the Tax Receivable Agreement. These provisions in the Tax Receivable Agreement may result in situations where the TRA Rights Holders have interests that differ from or are in addition to those of our other stockholders. In these situations, our obligations under the Tax Receivable Agreement could have a substantial negative impact on our liquidity and could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing certain mergers, asset sales, other forms of business combinations or other changes of control. There can be no assurance that we will be able to fund our obligations under the Tax Receivable Agreement.

We may not be able to realize all or a portion of the tax benefits that are currently expected to result from the tax attributes covered by the Tax Receivable Agreement and from payments made under the Tax Receivable Agreement.

Our ability to realize the tax benefits that we currently expect to be available as a result of the attributes covered by the Tax Receivable Agreement, the payments made pursuant to the Tax Receivable Agreement, and the interest deductions imputed under the Tax Receivable Agreement all depend on a number of assumptions, including that we earn sufficient taxable income each year during the period over which such deductions are available and that there are no adverse changes in applicable law or regulations. Additionally, if our actual taxable income were insufficient or there were additional adverse changes in applicable law or regulations, we may be unable to realize all or a portion of the expected tax benefits and our cash flows and stockholders’ equity could be negatively affected. See “Organizational Structure—Tax Receivable Agreement.”

 

80


Table of Contents

In certain circumstances, Holdings LLC will be required to make distributions to us and the LLC Unitholders and the distributions may be substantial.

Holdings LLC is treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes and, as such, is not subject to U.S. federal income tax. Instead, taxable income is allocated to its members, including us. To the extent Holdings LLC has available cash, we intend to cause Holdings LLC to make tax distributions to the LLC Unitholders (including us), generally on a pro rata basis, at certain assumed rates. Funds used by Holdings LLC to satisfy its tax distribution obligations will not be available for reinvestment in our business. Moreover, these tax distributions may be substantial, and will likely exceed (as a percentage of Holdings LLC’s income) the overall effective tax rate applicable to a similarly situated corporate taxpayer. As a result, it is possible that we will receive distributions significantly in excess of our tax liabilities and obligations to make payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement. While our Board may choose to distribute such cash balances as dividends on our Class A common stock, they will not be required to do so, and may in their sole discretion choose to use such excess cash for any purpose depending upon the facts and circumstances at the time of determination. See “Dividend Policy.”

Unanticipated changes in effective tax rates or adverse outcomes resulting from examination of our income or other tax returns could adversely affect our operating results and financial condition.

We are subject to income taxes in various jurisdictions. Our tax liabilities will be subject to the allocation of expenses in differing jurisdictions. Our future effective tax rates could be subject to volatility or adversely affected by a number of factors, including:

 

  •  

changes in the valuation of our deferred tax assets and liabilities;

 

  •  

expected timing and amount of the release of any tax valuation allowances;

 

  •  

expiration of, or detrimental changes in, R&D tax credit laws; or

 

  •  

changes in tax laws, regulations or interpretations thereof.

In addition, we may be subject to audits of our income, sales and other transaction taxes by U.S. federal, state, local and foreign authorities. Outcomes from these audits could have an adverse effect on our operating results and financial condition.

If we were deemed to be an investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”), applicable restrictions could make it impractical for us to continue our business as contemplated and could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and prospects.

Under Sections 3(a)(1)(A) and (C) of the 1940 Act, a company generally will be deemed to be an “investment company” for purposes of the 1940 Act if it (1) is, or holds itself out as being, engaged primarily, or proposes to engage primarily, in the business of investing, reinvesting or trading in securities or (2) is engaged, or proposes to engage, in the business of investing, reinvesting, owning, holding or trading in securities and it owns or proposes to acquire investment securities having a value exceeding 40% of the value of its total assets (exclusive of U.S. Government securities and cash items) on an unconsolidated basis. We do not believe that we are an “investment company,” as such term is defined in either of those sections of the 1940 Act.

As the sole managing member of Holdings LLC, we will control and manage Holdings LLC. On that basis, we believe that our interest in Holdings LLC is not an “investment security” under the 1940 Act. Therefore, we have less than 40% of the value of our total assets (exclusive of U.S. Government securities and cash items) in “investment securities.” However, if we were to lose the right to manage and control Holdings LLC, interests in Holdings LLC could be deemed to be “investment securities” under the 1940 Act.

We intend to conduct our operations so that we will not be deemed to be an investment company. However, if we were deemed to be an investment company, restrictions imposed by the 1940 Act, including limitations on

 

81


Table of Contents

our capital structure and our ability to transact with affiliates, could make it impractical for us to continue our business as contemplated and could have a material effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and prospects.

Risks Related to Our Class A Common Stock and This Offering

The requirements of being a public company may strain our resources and distract our management, which could make it difficult to manage our business, particularly after we are no longer an “emerging growth company.”

As a public company, we will incur incremental legal, governance, accounting and other expenses. We will become subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”) and the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, the listing requirements of NYSE and other applicable securities rules and regulations. Compliance with these rules and regulations will increase our legal and financial compliance costs, make some activities more difficult, time-consuming or costly and increase demand on our systems and resources, particularly after we are no longer an “emerging growth company.” The Exchange Act requires that we file annual, quarterly and current reports with respect to our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and prospects. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires, among other things, that we establish and maintain effective internal controls and procedures for financial reporting. Furthermore, the need to establish the corporate infrastructure demanded of a public company may divert our management’s attention from implementing our growth strategy, which could prevent us from improving our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and prospects. We have made, and will continue to make, changes to our internal controls and procedures for financial reporting and accounting systems to meet our reporting obligations as a public company. However, the measures we take may not be sufficient to satisfy our obligations as a public company. In addition, these rules and regulations will increase our legal and financial compliance costs and will make some activities more time-consuming and costly. For example, we expect these rules and regulations to make it more difficult and more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, and we may be required to incur substantial costs to maintain the same or similar coverage. These additional obligations could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and prospects.

In addition, changing laws, regulations and standards relating to corporate governance and public disclosure are creating uncertainty for public companies, increasing legal and financial compliance costs and making some activities more time-consuming. These laws, regulations and standards are subject to varying interpretations, in many cases due to their lack of specificity, and, as a result, their application in practice may evolve over time as new guidance is provided by regulatory and governing bodies. This could result in continuing uncertainty regarding compliance matters and higher costs necessitated by ongoing revisions to disclosure and governance practices. We intend to invest resources to comply with evolving laws, regulations and standards, and this investment may result in increased general and administrative expenses and a diversion of our management’s time and attention from revenue-generating activities to compliance activities. If our efforts to comply with new laws, regulations and standards differ from the activities intended by regulatory or governing bodies due to ambiguities related to their application and practice, regulatory authorities may initiate legal proceedings against us, which could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and prospects.

MDP controls us, and its interests may conflict with ours or yours in the future.

Immediately following this offering, investment entities affiliated with MDP will control approximately 79.1% of the voting power of our outstanding common stock, or 76.7% if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares, which means that, based on its percentage voting power controlled after the offering, MDP will control the vote of all matters submitted to a vote of our stockholders. This control will enable MDP to control the election of the members of the Board and all other corporate decisions. Even when MDP ceases to control a majority of the total voting power, for so long as MDP continues to own a significant

 

82


Table of Contents

percentage of our common stock, MDP will still be able to significantly influence the composition of our Board and the approval of actions requiring stockholder approval. Accordingly, for such period of time, MDP will have significant influence with respect to our management, business plans and policies, including the appointment and removal of our officers, decisions on whether to raise future capital and amending our charter and bylaws, which govern the rights attached to our common stock. In particular, for so long as MDP continues to own a significant percentage of our common stock, MDP will be able to cause or prevent a change of control of us or a change in the composition of our Board and could preclude any unsolicited acquisition of us. The concentration of ownership could deprive you of an opportunity to receive a premium for your shares of Class A common stock as part of a sale of us and ultimately might affect the market price of our Class A common stock.

In addition, in connection with this offering, we will enter into a Director Designation Agreement with MDP that provides MDP the right to designate to the Board a number of designees equal to at least: (i) 100% of the total number of directors comprising the Board, so long as MDP beneficially owns shares of Class A common stock representing at least 40% of the total amount of shares of Class A common stock it beneficially owns as of the date of this offering, (ii) 40% of the total number of directors, in the event that MDP beneficially owns shares of Class A common stock representing at least 30% but less than 40% of the total amount of shares of Class A common stock it owns as of the date of this offering, (iii) 30% of the total number of directors, in the event that MDP beneficially owns shares of Class A common stock representing at least 20% but less than 30% of the total amount of shares of Class A common stock it owns as of the date of this offering, (iv) 20% of the total number of directors, in the event that MDP beneficially owns shares of Class A common stock representing at least 10% but less than 20% of the total amount of shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock it owns as of the date of this offering and (v) one director, in the event that MDP beneficially owns shares of Class A common stock representing at least 5% of the total amount of shares of Class A common stock it owns as of the date of this offering. The Director Designation Agreement will also provide that MDP may assign such right to an MDP affiliate. The Director Designation Agreement will prohibit us from increasing or decreasing the size of our Board without the prior written consent of MDP. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Director Designation Agreement” for more details with respect to the Director Designation Agreement.

MDP and its affiliates engage in a broad spectrum of activities, including investments in our industry generally. In the ordinary course of their business activities, MDP and its affiliates may engage in activities where their interests conflict with our interests or those of our other stockholders, such as investing in or advising businesses that directly or indirectly compete with certain portions of our business or are suppliers or customers of ours. Our certificate of incorporation to be effective at or prior to the consummation of this offering will provide that none of MDP, any of its affiliates or any director who is not employed by us (including any non-employee director who serves as one of our officers in both his or her director and officer capacities) or its affiliates will have any duty to refrain from engaging, directly or indirectly, in the same business activities or similar business activities or lines of business in which we operate. MDP also may pursue acquisition opportunities that may be complementary to our business, and, as a result, those acquisition opportunities may not be available to us. In addition, MDP may have an interest in pursuing acquisitions, divestitures and other transactions that, in its judgment, could enhance its investment, even though such transactions might involve risks to you or may not prove beneficial.

Upon listing of our shares of Class A common stock on NYSE, we will be a “controlled company” within the meaning of the rules of NYSE and, as a result, we will qualify for, and intend to rely on, exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements. You will not have the same protections as those afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to such governance requirements.

After completion of this offering, MDP will continue to control a majority of the voting power of our outstanding common stock. As a result, we will be a “controlled company” within the meaning of the corporate governance standards of NYSE. Under these rules, a company of which more than 50% of the voting power for

 

83


Table of Contents

the election of directors is held by an individual, group or another company is a “controlled company” and may elect not to comply with certain corporate governance requirements, including:

 

  •  

the requirement that a majority of our Board consist of independent directors;

 

  •  

the requirement that we have a nominating and corporate governance committee that is composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee’s purpose and responsibilities;

 

  •  

the requirement that we have a compensation committee that is composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee’s purpose and responsibilities; and

 

  •  

the requirement for an annual performance evaluation of the nominating and corporate governance and compensation committees.

We do not intend to utilize this exemption immediately following this offering but may do so in the future. As a result, we may not have a majority of independent directors on our Board. In addition, our Compensation and Nominating Committee may not consist entirely of independent directors or be subject to annual performance evaluations. Accordingly, you may not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to all of the NYSE corporate governance requirements.

We may allocate the net proceeds from this offering in ways that you and other stockholders may not approve.

Our management will have broad discretion in the application of the net proceeds from this offering, including for any of the purposes described in the section titled “Use of Proceeds.” Because of the number and variability of factors that will determine our use of the net proceeds from this offering, their ultimate use may vary substantially from their currently intended use. Our management might not apply our net proceeds in ways that ultimately increase the value of your investment, and the failure by our management to apply these funds effectively could harm our business. Pending their use, we may invest the net proceeds from this offering in short- and intermediate-term interest-bearing obligations, investment-grade instruments, certificates of deposit or direct or guaranteed obligations of the United States government. These investments may not yield a favorable return to our stockholders. If we do not invest or apply the net proceeds from this offering in ways that enhance stockholder value, we may fail to achieve expected results, which could cause our stock price to decline.

If we fail to maintain an effective system of internal control over financial reporting in the future, we may not be able to accurately or timely report our financial condition or results of operations. If our internal control over financial reporting is not effective, it may adversely affect investor confidence in us and the price of our common stock.

As a public company, we are required to maintain internal control over financial reporting and to report any material weaknesses in such internal control. Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires that we evaluate and determine the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting and provide a management report on our internal control over financial reporting.

Additionally, the existence of any material weakness in internal control over financial reporting may require management to devote significant time and incur significant expense to remediate any such material weaknesses and management may not be able to remediate any such material weaknesses in a timely manner. The existence of any material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting could also result in errors in our financial statements that could require us to restate our financial statements and cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations, and may cause stockholders to lose confidence in our reported financial information, all of which could materially and adversely affect our business and the price of our Class A common stock. To comply with the requirements of being a public company, we may need to undertake various costly and time-consuming actions, such as implementing new internal controls and procedures and hiring accounting or internal audit staff which may adversely affect our business, financial position and results of operations.

 

84


Table of Contents

We regularly make improvements to our platform to maintain and enhance our competitive position. In the future, we may implement new offerings and engage in business transactions, such as acquisitions, reorganizations or implementation of new information systems. These factors require us to develop and maintain our internal controls, processes and reporting systems, and we expect to incur ongoing costs in this effort. We may not be successful in developing and maintaining effective internal controls, and any failure to develop or maintain effective controls, or any difficulties encountered in their implementation or improvement, could harm our operating results or cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations and may result in a restatement of our financial statements for prior periods.

We are an “emerging growth company,” and we expect to elect to comply with reduced public company reporting requirements, which could make our Class A common stock less attractive to investors.

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the JOBS Act. For as long as we continue to be an emerging growth company, we are eligible for certain exemptions from various public company reporting requirements. These exemptions include, but are not limited to, (i) not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, (ii) reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports, proxy statements and registration statements and (iii) exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. We could be an emerging growth company for up to five years after the first sale of our Class A common stock pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act. However, if certain events occur prior to the end of such five-year period, including if we become a “large accelerated filer,” our annual gross revenue exceeds $1.235 billion or we issue more than $1.0 billion of non-convertible debt in any three-year period, we would cease to be an emerging growth company prior to the end of such five-year period. We have made certain elections with regard to the reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in this prospectus and may elect to take advantage of other reduced disclosure obligations in future filings. As a result, the information that we provide to holders of our common stock may be different than you might receive from other public reporting companies in which you hold equity interests. We cannot predict if investors will find our Class A common stock less attractive as a result of reliance on these exemptions. If some investors find our Class A common stock less attractive as a result of any choice we make to reduce disclosure, there may be a less active trading market for our Class A common stock and the market price for our Class A common stock may be more volatile.

The JOBS Act also permits an emerging growth company like us to take advantage of an extended transition period to comply with new or revised accounting standards applicable to public companies. We are electing to take advantage of this extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards provided for by the JOBS Act. We will therefore comply with new or revised accounting standards when they apply to private companies. As a result, our financial statements may not be comparable with companies that comply with public company effective dates for accounting standards.

Provisions of our corporate governance documents could make an acquisition of us more difficult and may prevent attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management, even if beneficial to our stockholders.

In addition to MDP’s beneficial ownership of 79.1% of our common stock after this offering (or 76.7%, if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares), our certificate of incorporation and bylaws to be effective at or prior to the consummation of this offering and the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “DGCL”) contain provisions that could make it more difficult for a third party to acquire us, even if doing so might be beneficial to our stockholders. Among other things:

 

  •  

these provisions allow us to authorize the issuance of undesignated preferred stock, the terms of which may be established and the shares of which may be issued without stockholder approval, and which may include supermajority voting, special approval, dividend, or other rights or preferences superior to the rights of stockholders;

 

85


Table of Contents
  •  

these provisions provide for a classified board of directors with staggered three-year terms;

 

  •  

these provisions provide that, at any time when MDP controls, in the aggregate, less than 40% of the outstanding shares of our Class A common stock, directors may only be removed for cause, and only by the affirmative vote of holders of at least 66 2/3% in voting power of all the then-outstanding shares of our stock entitled to vote thereon, voting together as a single class;

 

  •  

these provisions prohibit stockholder action by written consent from and after the date on which MDP controls, in the aggregate, less than 35% in voting power of our stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors;

 

  •  

these provisions provide that for as long as MDP controls, in the aggregate, at least 40% in voting power of our stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, any amendment, alteration, rescission or repeal of our bylaws by our stockholders will require the affirmative vote of a majority in voting power of the outstanding shares of our capital stock and at any time when MDP controls, in the aggregate, less than 40% in voting power of all outstanding shares of our stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, any amendment, alteration, rescission or repeal of our bylaws by our stockholders will require the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66 2/3% in voting power of all the then-outstanding shares of our stock entitled to vote thereon, voting together as a single class; and

 

  •  

these provisions establish advance notice requirements for nominations for elections to our Board or for proposing matters that can be acted upon by stockholders at stockholder meetings; provided, however, at any time when MDP controls, in the aggregate, at least 10% in voting power of our stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, such advance notice procedure will not apply to MDP.

We will opt out of Section 203 of the DGCL (“Section 203”), which generally prohibits a Delaware corporation from engaging in any of a broad range of business combinations with any interested stockholder for a period of three years following the date on which the stockholder became an interested stockholder. However, our certificate of incorporation to be effective in connection with the closing of this offering will contain a provision that provides us with protections similar to Section 203, and will prevent us from engaging in a business combination with a person (excluding MDP and any of its direct or indirect transferees and any group as to which such persons are a party) who acquires at least 85% of our common stock for a period of three years from the date such person acquired such common stock, unless board or stockholder approval is obtained prior to the acquisition. See “Description of Capital Stock—Anti-Takeover Provisions.” These provisions could discourage, delay or prevent a transaction involving a change in control of our company. These provisions could also discourage proxy contests and make it more difficult for you and other stockholders to elect directors of your choosing and cause us to take other corporate actions you desire, including actions that you may deem advantageous, or negatively affect the trading price of our Class A common stock. In addition, because our Board is responsible for appointing the members of our management team, these provisions could in turn affect any attempt by our stockholders to replace current members of our management team.

These and other provisions in our certificate of incorporation, bylaws and Delaware law could make it more difficult for stockholders or potential acquirers to obtain control of our Board or initiate actions that are opposed by our then-current Board, including actions to delay or impede a merger, tender offer or proxy contest involving our company. The existence of these provisions could negatively affect the price of our Class A common stock and limit opportunities for you to realize value in a corporate transaction.

For information regarding these and other provisions, see “Description of Capital Stock.”

 

86


Table of Contents

Our certificate of incorporation will designate the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware as the exclusive forum for certain litigation that may be initiated by our stockholders and the federal district courts of the United States as the exclusive forum for litigation arising under the Securities Act, which could limit our stockholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us.

Pursuant to our certificate of incorporation, which we will adopt at or prior to the consummation of this offering, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware (or, if the Court of Chancery does not have jurisdiction, the state or federal court located in the State of Delaware with jurisdiction) will, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be the sole and exclusive forum for (1) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf, (2) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any of our current or former directors, officers, employees or stockholders to us or our stockholders, (3) any action asserting a claim against us arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL or as to which the DGCL confers jurisdiction on the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware, our certificate of incorporation or our bylaws or (4) any other action asserting a claim against us that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine; provided that for the avoidance of doubt, the forum selection provision that identifies the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware as the exclusive forum for certain litigation, including any “derivative action,” will not apply to suits to enforce a duty or liability created by the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or any other claim for which the federal courts have exclusive jurisdiction. Our certificate of incorporation will also provide that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the federal district courts of the United States shall be the exclusive forum for the resolution of any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act. However, Section 22 of the Securities Act creates concurrent jurisdiction for federal and state courts over all suits brought to enforce a duty or liability created by the Securities Act or the rules and regulations thereunder; accordingly, we cannot be certain that a court would enforce such provision. Our certificate of incorporation will further provide that any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of our capital stock is deemed to have notice of and consented to the provisions of our certificate of incorporation described above. However, our stockholders will not be deemed to have waived (and cannot waive) compliance with federal securities laws and the rules and regulations thereunder. See “Description of Capital Stock—Forum Selection.” The forum selection provisions in our certificate of incorporation may have the effect of discouraging lawsuits against us or our directors and officers and may limit our stockholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us. If the enforceability of our forum selection provisions were to be challenged, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving such challenge. While we currently have no basis to expect any such challenge would be successful, if a court were to find our forum selection provisions to be inapplicable or unenforceable with respect to one or more of these specified types of actions or proceedings, we may incur additional costs associated with having to litigate in other jurisdictions, which could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and prospects and result in a diversion of the time and resources of our employees, management and Board.

If you purchase shares of Class A common stock in this offering, you will suffer immediate and substantial dilution of your investment.

The initial public offering price of our Class A common stock is substantially higher than the net tangible book value per share of our Class A common stock. Therefore, if you purchase shares of our Class A common stock in this offering, you will pay a price per share that substantially exceeds our net tangible book value per share after this offering. Based on an assumed initial public offering price of $19.50 per share, the midpoint of the estimated public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, you will experience immediate dilution of $18.43 per share, representing the difference between our pro forma net tangible book value per share at December 31, 2025 after giving effect to this offering and the initial public offering price. In addition, purchasers of Class A common stock in this offering will have contributed 100% of the aggregate price paid by all purchasers of our Class A common stock but will own only approximately 14.3% of our Class A common stock outstanding after this offering. See “Dilution” for more detail.

 

87


Table of Contents

An active, liquid trading market for our Class A common stock may not develop, which may limit your ability to sell your shares.

Prior to this offering, there was no public market for our Class A common stock. Although we have applied to list our Class A common stock on NYSE under the trading symbol “AVEX,” an active trading market for our Class A common stock may never develop or, if developed, be sustained following this offering. The initial public offering price will be determined by negotiations between us and the underwriters and may not be indicative of market prices of our Class A common stock that will prevail in the open market after the offering. A public trading market having the desirable characteristics of depth, liquidity and orderliness depends upon the existence of willing buyers and sellers at any given time, such existence being dependent upon the individual decisions of buyers and sellers over which neither we nor any market maker has control. The failure of an active and liquid trading market to develop and continue would likely have an adverse effect on the value of our Class A common stock. The market price of our Class A common stock may decline below the initial public offering price, and you may not be able to sell your shares of our Class A common stock at or above the price you paid in this offering, or at all. An inactive market may also impair our ability to raise capital to continue to fund operations by issuing additional shares of our Class A common stock or other equity or equity-linked securities and may impair our ability to acquire other companies or technologies by using any such securities as consideration.

Our operating results and stock price may be volatile, and the market price of our Class A common stock after this offering may drop below the price you pay.

Our quarterly operating results are likely to fluctuate in the future. In addition, securities markets worldwide have experienced, and are likely to continue to experience, significant price and volume fluctuations. This market volatility, as well as general economic, market or political conditions, could subject the market price of our Class A common stock to wide price fluctuations regardless of our operating performance. Our operating results and the trading price of our Class A common stock may fluctuate in response to various factors, including:

 

  •  

market conditions in our industry or the broader stock market;

 

  •  

actual or anticipated fluctuations in our quarterly financial and operating results;

 

  •  

introduction of new products or services by us or our competitors;

 

  •  

issuance of new or changed securities analysts’ reports or recommendations;

 

  •  

sales, or anticipated sales, of large blocks of our stock;

 

  •  

additions or departures of key personnel;

 

  •  

regulatory or political developments;

 

  •  

litigation and governmental investigations;

 

  •  

changing economic conditions;

 

  •  

investors’ perception of us;

 

  •  

events beyond our control such as weather, war and health crises such as the COVID-19 pandemic; and

 

  •  

any default on our indebtedness.

These and other factors, many of which are beyond our control, may cause our operating results and the market price and demand for our Class A common stock to fluctuate substantially. Fluctuations in our quarterly operating results could limit or prevent investors from readily selling their shares of Class A common stock and may otherwise negatively affect the market price and liquidity of our shares of Class A common stock. In addition, in the past, when the market price of a stock has been volatile, holders of that stock have sometimes instituted securities class action litigation against the company that issued the stock. If any of our stockholders brought a lawsuit against us, we could incur substantial costs defending the lawsuit. Such a lawsuit could also divert the time and attention of our management from our business, which could significantly harm our profitability and reputation.

 

88


Table of Contents

A significant portion of our total outstanding shares of Class A common stock are restricted from immediate resale but may be sold into the market in the near future. This could cause the market price of our Class A common stock to drop significantly, even if our business is doing well.

Sales of a substantial number of shares of our Class A common stock in the public market could occur at any time. These sales, or the perception in the market that the holders of a large number of shares of Class A common stock intend to sell shares, could reduce the market price of our Class A common stock. As of the closing of this offering, we will have 48,529,019 outstanding shares of Class A common stock. This includes shares of Class A common stock that we are selling in this offering, which may be resold in the public market immediately. Following the consummation of this offering, shares that are not being sold in this offering will be subject to a 180-day lock-up period provided under lock-up agreements executed in connection with this offering described in “Underwriters” and restricted from immediate resale under the federal securities laws as described in “Shares Eligible for Future Sale.” All of these shares of Class A common stock will, however, be able to be resold after the expiration of the lock-up period, as well as pursuant to customary exceptions thereto or upon the waiver of the lock-up agreement by at least two of the three Representatives (as defined below) on behalf of the underwriters. We also intend to register shares of Class A common stock that we may issue under our equity compensation plans. Once we register these shares, they can be freely sold in the public market upon issuance, subject to the lock-up agreements. As restrictions on resale end, the market price of our stock could decline if the holders of currently restricted shares of Class A common stock sell them or are perceived by the market as intending to sell them.

Because we have no current plans to pay regular cash dividends on our Class A common stock following this offering, you may not receive any return on investment unless you sell your Class A common stock for a price greater than that which you paid for it.

We do not anticipate paying any regular cash dividends on our Class A common stock following this offering. Any decision to declare and pay dividends in the future will be made at the discretion of our Board and will depend on, among other things, our results of operations, financial condition, cash requirements, contractual restrictions and other factors that our Board may deem relevant. In addition, our ability to pay dividends is, and may be, limited by covenants of existing and any future outstanding indebtedness we or our subsidiaries incur, including under our Credit Agreement. Therefore, any return on investment in our Class A common stock is solely dependent upon the appreciation of the price of our Class A common stock on the open market, which may not occur. See “Dividend Policy” for more detail.

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or reports about our business, if they publish unfavorable research or reports, or if they adversely change their recommendations regarding our Class A common stock or if our results of operations do not meet their expectations, our stock price and trading volume could decline.

The trading market for our Class A common stock will be influenced by the research and reports that industry or securities analysts publish about us or our business. The analysis’ estimates are based upon their own opinions and are often different from our estimates or expectations. We do not have any control over these analysts. If one or more of these analysts cease coverage of us or fail to publish reports on us regularly, we could lose visibility in the financial markets, which in turn could cause our stock price or trading volume to decline. Moreover, if one or more of the analysis who cover us downgrade our stock or otherwise publish unfavorable research or reports, or if our results of operations do not meet their expectations, our stock price could decline.

We may issue shares of preferred stock in the future, which could make it difficult for another company to acquire us or could otherwise adversely affect holders of our Class A common stock, which could depress the price of our Class A common stock.

Our certificate of incorporation will authorize us to issue one or more series of preferred stock. Our Board will have the authority to determine the preferences, limitations and relative rights of the shares of preferred

 

89


Table of Contents

stock and to fix the number of shares constituting any series and the designation of such series, without any further vote or action by our stockholders. Our preferred stock could be issued with voting, liquidation, dividend and other rights superior to the rights of our Class A common stock. The potential issuance of preferred stock may delay or prevent a change in control of us, discouraging bids for our Class A common stock at a premium to the market price, and adversely affect the market price and the voting and other rights of the holders of our Class A common stock.

Our certificate of incorporation will contain a provision renouncing our interest and expectancy in certain corporate opportunities.

Under our certificate of incorporation, neither MDP nor any of its respective portfolio companies, funds or other affiliates, nor any of its officers, directors, employees, agents, stockholders, members or partners will have any duty to refrain from engaging, directly or indirectly, in the same business activities, similar business activities or lines of business in which we operate. In addition, our certificate of incorporation provides that, to the fullest extent permitted by law, no officer or director of ours who is also an officer, director, employee, agent, stockholder, member, partner or affiliate of MDP will be liable to us or our stockholders for breach of any fiduciary duty by reason of the fact that any such individual directs a corporate opportunity to MDP, instead of to us, or does not communicate information regarding a corporate opportunity to us that the officer, director, employee, agent, stockholder, member, partner or affiliate has directed to MDP. For example, a director of our Company who also serves as an officer, director, employee, agent, stockholder, member, partner or affiliate of MDP, or any of its respective portfolio companies, funds or other affiliates may pursue certain acquisitions or other opportunities that may be complementary to our business and, as a result, such acquisition or other opportunities may not be available to us. These potential conflicts of interest could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or prospects if attractive corporate opportunities are allocated by MDP to itself or its respective portfolio companies, funds or other affiliates instead of to us. A description of our obligations related to corporate opportunities under our certificate of incorporation are more fully described in “Description of Capital Stock—Corporate Opportunity Doctrine.”

 

90


Table of Contents

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus contains forward-looking statements that are subject to risks and uncertainties. All statements other than statements of historical fact included in this prospectus are forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements give our current expectations and projections relating to our financial condition, results of operations, plans, objectives, future performance and business. You can identify forward-looking statements by the fact that they do not relate strictly to historical or current facts. These statements may include words such as “anticipate,” “estimate,” “expect,” “project,” “plan,” “intend,” “believe,” “may,” “will,” “should,” “can have,” “likely” and other words and terms of similar meaning in connection with any discussion of the timing or nature of future operating or financial performance or other events. For example, all statements we make relating to our estimated and projected costs, expenditures, cash flows, growth rates and financial results, our plans and objectives for future operations, growth or initiatives or strategies are forward-looking statements. All forward-looking statements are subject to risks and uncertainties that may cause actual results to differ materially from those that we expected, including:

 

  •  

our reliance on a limited number of major customers for a substantial portion of our revenue;

 

  •  

the potential for reductions, delays, or changes in U.S. and foreign government budgets, spending priorities, procurement processes, or military transformation initiatives;

 

  •  

our dependence on government contracts;

 

  •  

increasing competitive pressures in our industry, including the risk that we are not be able to expand our customer base, achieve broad market acceptance, or compete effectively against larger or better-resourced competitors;

 

  •  

the markets into which we sell our products and services decline or do not grow as expected;

 

  •  

our efforts to expand into new markets or introduce new offerings does not succeed;

 

  •  

our inability to manage increasing technological complexity, scale manufacturing capacity, achieve cost reductions or realize projected economies of scale;

 

  •  

claims that our complex products and services may contain unknown defects or errors;

 

  •  

the scarcity, unavailability, or increased cost of critical components or raw materials;

 

  •  

violations of export controls, sanctions and other regulations;

 

  •  

political, economic and regulatory instability in foreign markets;

 

  •  

our dependence on senior management and key employees;

 

  •  

challenges in recruiting and retaining highly skilled personnel in a competitive labor market;

 

  •  

challenges developing, commercializing or achieving market acceptance for new products, services or enhancements, particularly those involving artificial intelligence;

 

  •  

changes in tax laws, trade policies, tariffs, inflation, recession and other macroeconomic or market conditions;

 

  •  

difficulties executing, integrating or realizing expected benefits from acquisitions, and exposure to unexpected liabilities from such transactions;

 

  •  

pandemics, public health crises and other events that could disrupt our business, supply chain or customer demand;

 

  •  

technological failures, cybersecurity breaches or unauthorized access to our, our customers’ or our suppliers’ information and systems;

 

  •  

failure to protect, defend or enforce our intellectual property and proprietary rights;

 

  •  

dependence on our facilities;

 

91


Table of Contents
  •  

our inability to generate sufficient cash to service all of our indebtedness; and

 

  •  

other factors set forth under “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus.

We derive many of our forward-looking statements from our operating budgets and forecasts, which are based on many detailed assumptions. While we believe that our assumptions are reasonable, we caution that it is very difficult to predict the impact of known factors, and it is impossible for us to anticipate all factors that could affect our actual results. Important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from our expectations, or cautionary statements, are disclosed under the sections entitled “Risk Factors” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” in this prospectus. All written and oral forward-looking statements attributable to us, or persons acting on our behalf, are expressly qualified in their entirety by these cautionary statements as well as other cautionary statements that are made from time to time in our other SEC filings and public communications. You should evaluate all forward-looking statements made in this prospectus in the context of these risks and uncertainties.

We caution you that the important factors referenced above may not contain all of the factors that are important to you. In addition, we cannot assure you that we will realize the results or developments we expect or anticipate or, even if substantially realized, that they will result in the consequences or affect us or our operations in the way we expect. The forward-looking statements included in this prospectus are made only as of the date hereof. We undertake no obligation to update or revise any forward-looking statement as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as otherwise required by law.

 

92


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate, based upon an assumed initial public offering price of $19.50 per share (which is the midpoint of the estimated public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), we will receive net proceeds from this offering of approximately $278.3 million (or $309.8 million if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full), after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

We intend to use such net proceeds of approximately $278.3 million to acquire 16,000,000 newly-issued Series A Units in Holdings LLC. If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full, we intend to use the additional net proceeds of approximately $31.5 million therefrom to purchase 1,717,847 Series B Units from certain direct and indirect members of ATS Investment Holdings, including entities controlled by our Principal Stockholder.

In each case the LLC Units of Holdings LLC or Class A common stock of the Company, as applicable, will be acquired by us at a purchase price per unit or share equal to the initial public offering price per share of Class A common stock in this offering, less underwriting discounts and commissions.

In turn, Holdings LLC intends to apply the balance of the proceeds it receives from us, together with borrowings under the New Credit Facilities, (i) to repay in full approximately $257.8 million of outstanding borrowings under our Credit Agreement, (ii) to pay expenses incurred in connection with this offering and the Organizational Transactions and (iii) for general corporate purposes. As of December 31, 2025, we had $258.5 million outstanding under the Term Loan and $0 outstanding under the Revolving Credit Facility. The interest rate under our Credit Agreement for the Term Loan and the Revolving Credit Facility was 9.92% and 9.75%, respectively, as of December 31, 2025. The maturity date of the Credit Agreement is March 18, 2028.

If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full, we estimate that the net proceeds to the selling stockholder from this offering will be approximately $12.5 million, assuming an initial public offering price of $19.50 per share (which is the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by the selling stockholder. We will not receive any such proceeds from the sale of shares by the selling stockholder if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares.

Pending use of the net proceeds from this offering described above, we may invest the net proceeds in short- and intermediate-term interest-bearing obligations, investment-grade instruments, certificates of deposit or direct or guaranteed obligations of the United States government.

Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $19.50 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $15 million, assuming the number of shares of Class A common stock offered, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting the underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

Each 1,000,000 increase or decrease in the number of shares of Class A common stock offered in this offering would increase or decrease the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $18.3 million, based on the assumed initial public offering price per share for the offering of $19.50, which is the midpoint of the estimated public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting the underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

93


Table of Contents

DIVIDEND POLICY

We currently intend to retain all available funds and any future earnings to fund the development and growth of our business and to repay indebtedness and, therefore, we do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Additionally, because we are a holding company, our ability to pay dividends on our Class A common stock is limited by restrictions on the ability of our subsidiaries to pay dividends or make distributions to us. Any future determination to pay dividends will be at the discretion of our Board, subject to compliance with requirements under Delaware law and covenants in current and future agreements governing our and our subsidiaries’ indebtedness, including our Credit Agreement and the New Credit Agreement, and will depend on our results of operations, financial condition, capital requirements and other factors that our Board may deem relevant. Additionally, our Credit Agreement places restrictions on the ability of our subsidiaries to pay cash dividends or make distributions to us. See “Description of Certain Indebtedness.” Because we have no current plans to pay regular cash dividends on our Class A common stock following this offering, you may not receive any return on investment unless you sell your Class A common stock for a price greater than what you paid for it.

 

94


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The following table describes our cash and cash equivalents and consolidated capitalization as of December 31, 2025:

 

  •  

of Holdings LLC and its subsidiaries on an actual historical basis;

 

  •  

of AEVEX Corp. on a pro forma basis, after giving effect to the Organizational Transactions; and

 

  •  

of AEVEX Corp. on a pro forma as adjusted basis, after giving effect to the Organizational Transactions, our sale of 16,000,000 shares of Class A common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $19.50 per share (which is the midpoint of the estimated public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us (assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares), the application of the net proceeds of the offering as set forth in “Use of Proceeds” and the financing transactions associated with the New Credit Facilities as described in “Description of Certain Indebtedness.”

The capitalization in the table below is illustrative only and will be adjusted based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing. You should read this table in conjunction with the audited consolidated financial statements and the related notes, “Use of Proceeds,” “Organizational Structure,” “Unaudited Consolidated Pro Forma Financial Information,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and “Description of Certain Indebtedness” included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

    As of December 31, 2025  
(In thousands, except unit and share amounts)   Historical
Holdings
LLC
    Pro Forma     Pro Forma
As Adjusted(2)
 

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 27,908     $ 43,250     $ 159,945  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Indebtedness (including current maturities):

     

Notes payable(1)

    258,500       258,500       98,857  

Revolving credit facility(1)

    —        —        —   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total indebtedness (including current maturities)

    258,500       258,500       98,857  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Mezzanine equity:

     

Series A preferred units, no par value, 120,000 units authorized, 100,000 units issued and outstanding, on an actual basis; no units authorized, issued or outstanding, on a pro forma and pro forma as adjusted basis

    80,371       —        —   

Redeemable noncontrolling interests

    —        207,891       334,534  

Members’ / Stockholders’ equity:

     

Class A common units, no par value, 88,532,824 units authorized and units issued and outstanding, on an actual basis; no units authorized, issued or outstanding, on a pro forma and pro forma as adjusted basis

    199,016       —        —   

Class A common stock, $0.0001 par value per share, no shares authorized, issued or outstanding, on an actual basis; 1,000,000,000 shares authorized, 32,529,019 shares issued and outstanding, on a pro forma basis; 1,000,000,000 shares authorized, 48,529,019 shares issued and outstanding on a pro forma as adjusted basis

    —        3       5  

Class B common stock, $0.0001 par value per share, no shares authorized, issued or outstanding, on an actual basis; 200,000,000 shares authorized, 63,297,524 shares issued and outstanding, on a pro forma basis; 200,000,000 shares authorized, 63,297,524 shares issued and outstanding on a pro forma as adjusted basis

    —        6       6  

Additional paid-in capital

    —        126,941       249,983  

Accumulated deficit

    —        —        (3,111 ) 
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total members’/stockholders’ equity

    199,016       126,950       246,883  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total capitalization

  $ 537,887     $ 593,341     $ 680,274  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

95


Table of Contents
 
(1)

The Credit Agreement consists of: (i) Term Loans maturing in March 2028; and (ii) the Revolving Credit Facility with commitments of $25.0 million maturing in March 2028. In connection with, and conditioned upon, the closing of this offering, we intend to repay all of our borrowings outstanding under the existing Credit Agreement and enter into the New Credit Facilities.

(2)

On a pro forma as adjusted basis, includes the Holdings LLC interests not owned by us, which represents 56.6% of Holdings LLC’s LLC Units. The LLC Unitholders will hold the non-controlling economic interest in Holdings LLC. AEVEX Corp. will hold 43.4% of the economic interest in Holdings LLC.

A $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $19.50 per share (which is the midpoint of the estimated public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) would increase or decrease each of cash and cash equivalents, additional paid-in capital, total stockholders’ equity and total capitalization on a pro forma basis by approximately $15.0 million, assuming the number of shares of Class A common stock offered, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Each 1,000,000 increase or decrease in the number of shares of Class A common stock offered in this offering would increase or decrease each of cash and cash equivalents, additional paid-in capital, total stockholders’ equity and total capitalization on a pro forma basis by approximately $18.3 million, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $19.50 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting the underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

The number of shares of Class A common stock to be outstanding after the completion of this offering excludes 63,297,524 shares of Class A common stock that may be issuable upon exercise of redemption and exchange rights held by the LLC Unitholders as of December 31, 2025 and 11,182,654 shares of Class A common stock reserved for future issuance under the 2026 Plan.

 

96


Table of Contents

DILUTION

Because the LLC Unitholders do not own any Class A common stock or other economic interests in AEVEX Corp., we have presented dilution in pro forma net tangible book value per share after this offering assuming that the LLC Unitholders had all of their LLC Units redeemed or exchanged for newly-issued shares of Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis (rather than for cash and based upon an assumed offering price of $19.50 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) and the cancellation for no consideration of all of its shares of Class B common stock (which are not entitled to receive distributions or dividends, whether cash or stock, from AEVEX Corp.) in order to more meaningfully present the dilutive impact to the investors in this offering. We refer to the assumed redemption or exchange of all LLC Units for shares of Class A common stock as described in the previous sentence as the “Assumed Redemption.”

Dilution results from the fact that the initial public offering price per share of the Class A common stock is substantially in excess of the pro forma net tangible book value per share of Class A common stock after this offering. Net tangible book value (deficit) per share represents the amount of our total tangible assets less total liabilities, divided by the number of shares of Class A common stock outstanding. If you invest in our Class A common stock, your ownership interest will be immediately diluted to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per share of our Class A common stock and the pro forma net tangible book value per share of our Class A common stock after this offering.

Pro forma net tangible book value per share is determined at any date by subtracting our total liabilities from the total book value of our tangible assets and dividing the difference by the number of shares of Class A common stock, after giving effect to the Organizational Transactions, including the sale of 16,000,000 shares of Class A common stock in this offering at the assumed initial public offering price of $19.50 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and the Assumed Redemption. Our pro forma net tangible book value after this offering as of December 31, 2025 was $120.2 million, or $1.07 per share of Class A common stock. This represents an immediate increase in our net tangible book value to the LLC Unitholders, including our Principal Stockholder, of $2.27 per share and an immediate dilution to new investors in this offering of $18.43 per share. We determine dilution by subtracting the pro forma net tangible book value per share after this offering from the amount of cash that a new investor paid for a share of Class A common stock. The following table illustrates this dilution:

 

Assumed initial public offering price per share

   $ 19.50  

Pro forma net tangible book deficit per share as of December 31, 2025 prior to this offering(1)

   $ (1.20 ) 

Increase in net tangible book value per share attributable to the investors in this offering

   $ 2.27  
  

 

 

 

Pro forma net tangible book value per share after giving effect to this offering

   $ 1.07  
  

 

 

 

Dilution in net tangible book value per share to the investors in this offering

   $ 18.43  
  

 

 

 
 
(1)

The computation of pro forma net tangible book value per share as of December 31, 2025 prior to this offering is set forth below:

 

(In thousands, except share amounts)

      

Book value of tangible assets(a)

   $ 225,344  

Less: total liabilities(a)

     (340,285 ) 

Pro forma net tangible book deficit(a)

   $ (114,941 ) 
  

 

 

 

Shares of Class A common stock outstanding(a)

     95,827  
  

 

 

 

Pro forma net tangible book deficit per share prior to this offering

   $ (1.20 ) 
  

 

 

 

 

97


Table of Contents
 
(a)

Gives pro forma effect to the Organizational Transactions (other than this offering) and the Assumed Redemption.

A $1.00 increase in the assumed initial public offering price of $19.50 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase pro forma net tangible book value by $15.0 million, or $0.13 per share, and would increase the dilution per share to the investors in this offering by $1.00 based on the assumptions set forth above. A $1.00 decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $19.50 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would decrease pro forma net tangible book value by $15.0 million, or $0.13 per share, and would decrease the dilution per share to the investors in this offering by $1.00 based on the assumptions set forth above.

The following table summarizes as of December 31, 2025, after giving effect to the Organizational Transactions (including this offering), the number of shares of Class A common stock purchased from us, the total consideration paid and the average price per share paid by the LLC Unitholders and our Principal Stockholder and by the purchasers in this offering, based upon an assumed initial public offering price of $19.50 per share (the midpoint of the estimated public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) and before deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and offering expenses, after giving effect to the Assumed Redemption:

 

(In thousands, except for share and per share amount)

   Shares of Class A Common
Stock Purchased
    Total Consideration    

 

 
     Number      Percentage     Amount      Percentage     Average Price
Per Share
 

Existing owners

     95,827        85.7 %    $ —         0.0 %    $ —   

Investors in this offering

     16,000        14.3       312,000        100.0 %      19.5  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

Total

     111,827        100.0 %    $ 312,000        100.0 %    $ 2.79  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

The discussion and tables above assume no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares. In addition, the discussion and tables above exclude shares of Class B common stock, because holders of the Class B common stock are not entitled to distributions or dividends, whether cash or stock, from AEVEX Corp. If the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full, after giving effect to the Assumed Redemption, the LLC Unitholders, including our Principal Stockholder, would own approximately 83.5% and the investors in this offering would own approximately 16.5% of the total number of shares of our Class A common stock outstanding after this offering. If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full, after giving effect to the Assumed Redemption, the pro forma net tangible book value per share after this offering would be $1.07 per share, and the dilution in the pro forma net tangible book value per share to the investors in this offering would be $18.43 per share.

The tables and calculations above are based on the number of shares of Class A common stock outstanding as of December 31, 2025 (after giving effect to the Organizational Transactions) and 11,182,654 shares of Class A common stock reserved for issuance under our 2026 Plan. To the extent that any new options or other equity incentive grants are issued in the future with an exercise price or purchase price below the initial public offering price, new investors will experience further dilution.

We may choose to raise additional capital due to market conditions or strategic considerations even if we believe we have sufficient funds for our current or future operating plans. To the extent additional capital is raised through the sale of equity or equity-linked securities, the issuance of these securities could result in further dilution to our stockholders.

 

98


Table of Contents

UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED PRO FORMA FINANCIAL INFORMATION

The unaudited pro forma consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2025 and the unaudited pro forma consolidated statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2025 present our financial position and results of operations after giving effect to the following pro forma transactions (the “Pro Forma Transactions”):

 

  (1)

The Organizational Transactions described under “Organizational Structure;”

 

  (2)

The effects of the Tax Receivable Agreement, as described under “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Tax Receivable Agreement;”

 

  (3)

A provision for corporate income taxes on the income attributable to us at a tax rate of 24.1% as of December 31, 2025, inclusive of all U.S. federal, state, local and foreign income taxes;

 

  (4)

This offering and the application of the estimated net proceeds from this offering as described under “Use of Proceeds;” and

 

  (5)

The repayment of all of our borrowings outstanding under the existing Credit Agreement and the financing transactions related to the New Credit Facilities, as described under “Description of Certain Indebtedness,” which are expected to be consummated in connection with, and conditioned upon, the closing of this offering.

The unaudited pro forma consolidated statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2025 gives effect to the Pro Forma Transactions (as defined above) as if the Pro Forma Transactions had occurred or had become effective as of January 1, 2025. The unaudited pro forma consolidated balance sheet gives effect to the Pro Forma Transactions as if the Pro Forma Transactions had occurred or had become effective as of December 31, 2025.

Our historical consolidated financial information has been derived from our consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. AEVEX Corp. was formed on October 27, 2025 and will have no material assets or results of operations until the completion of this offering. Therefore, AEVEX Corp.’s historical financial information is not included in the unaudited pro forma consolidated financial information.

The unaudited pro forma consolidated financial information has been prepared on the basis that we will be taxed as a corporation for U.S. federal and state income tax purposes and, accordingly, will become a taxpaying entity subject to U.S. federal, state and foreign income taxes. The presentation of the unaudited pro forma consolidated financial information is prepared in conformity with Article 11 of Regulation S-X and is based on currently available information and certain estimates and assumptions. See the accompanying notes to the Unaudited Consolidated Pro Forma Financial Information for a discussion of assumptions made.

The unaudited pro forma consolidated financial information is not necessarily indicative of financial results that would have been attained had the Pro Forma Transactions occurred on the dates indicated above or that could be achieved in the future. The unaudited pro forma consolidated financial information also does not give effect to the potential impact of any anticipated synergies, operating efficiencies or cost savings that may result from the Pro Forma Transactions. Future results may vary significantly from the results reflected in the unaudited pro forma consolidated statement of operations and should not be relied on as an indication of our results after the consummation of this offering and the other transactions contemplated by such unaudited pro forma consolidated financial information. However, management believes that the assumptions provide a reasonable basis for presenting the significant effects of the Pro Forma Transactions as contemplated and that the pro forma adjustments give appropriate effect to those assumptions and are properly applied in the unaudited pro forma consolidated financial information.

As a public company, we will be implementing additional procedures and processes for the purpose of addressing the standards and requirements applicable to public companies. We expect to incur additional annual

 

99


Table of Contents

expenses related to these steps and, among other things, additional directors’ and officers’ liability insurance, director fees, fees to comply with the reporting requirements of the SEC, transfer agent fees, hiring of additional accounting, legal and administrative personnel, increased auditing and legal fees and similar expenses. We have not included any pro forma adjustments relating to these costs.

For purposes of the unaudited pro forma consolidated financial information, we have assumed that we will issue 16,000,000 shares of Class A common stock at a price of $19.50 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and, as a result, immediately following the completion of this offering, the ownership percentage represented by LLC Units not held by us will be 56.6%, and the net income attributable to LLC Units not held by us will accordingly represent 56.6% of our net income or loss. Except as otherwise indicated, the unaudited pro forma consolidated financial information presented assumes no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock.

As described in greater detail under “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Tax Receivable Agreement,” in connection with the consummation of this offering, we will enter into a Tax Receivable Agreement with the TRA Rights Holders that will require us to pay such persons 85% of certain tax savings (calculated using certain assumptions), if any, in U.S. federal, state and local income taxes we actually realize (or under certain circumstances are deemed to realize) as a result of (i) certain increases in the tax basis of assets of Holdings LLC and its subsidiaries resulting from purchases or exchanges of LLC Units, (ii) certain other tax attributes of Holdings LLC and its subsidiaries and the Blocker Entity that existed prior to this offering, including existing tax basis and our allocable share of existing tax basis acquired in connection with this offering and increases to such allocable share of existing tax basis and (iii) certain other tax benefits related to our entering into the Tax Receivable Agreement, including tax benefits attributable to payments that we make under the Tax Receivable Agreement.

We retain the remaining 15% of cash savings, if any. If the Tax Receivable Agreement terminates early, we could be required to make a substantial, immediate lump-sum payment. As a result of the Organizational Transactions and this offering, we are recording a liability under the Tax Receivable Agreement of $57.4 million as described in more detail below. Due to the uncertainty in the amount and timing of future exchanges of LLC Units by the LLC Unitholders and purchases of LLC Units from the LLC Unitholders, the unaudited pro forma consolidated financial information assumes that no future exchanges or purchases of LLC Units have occurred and therefore no increases in tax basis in the Holdings LLC assets or other tax benefits that may be realized thereunder have been assumed in the unaudited pro forma consolidated financial information.

However, if all of the LLC Unitholders were to exchange or sell us all of their remaining LLC Units, we would recognize a deferred tax asset of approximately $364.8 million and a liability under the Tax Receivable Agreement of approximately $310.1 million, assuming: (i) all exchanges or purchases occurred on the same day; (ii) a price of $19.50 per share; (iii) a corporate tax rate of 24.1%; (iv) that we will have sufficient taxable income to fully utilize the tax benefits and (v) no material changes in tax law. These amounts are estimates and have been prepared for informational purposes only. The actual amount of deferred tax assets and related liabilities that we will recognize will differ based on, among other things, the timing of the exchanges, the price per share of our Class A common stock at the time of the exchange, and the tax rates then in effect.

The unaudited pro forma consolidated financial information should be read together with “Organizational Structure,” “ Use of Proceeds,” “Capitalization,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions,” “Description of Certain Indebtedness” and the audited annual consolidated financial statements of Holdings LLC and related notes thereto which are included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

100


Table of Contents

UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED PRO FORMA BALANCE SHEET

AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2025

 

(In thousands, except unit and share amounts)

  Holdings LLC
As Reported
    Organizational
Transaction
Adjustments
          Offering
Transactions
Adjustments
          AEVEX Corp.
Pro Forma
 

Assets

           

Current assets:

           

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 27,908     $ 15,342       (1)     $ 116,695       (8) (9)     $ 159,945  

Accounts receivable, net

    55,215       —          —          55,215  

Contract assets

    79,680       —          —          79,680  

Inventories

    4,134       —          —          4,134  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

    23,479       —          (3,842 )      (10)       19,637
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Total current assets

    190,416       15,342       112,853         318,611

Goodwill

    292,328       —          —          292,328  

Customer relationships, net

    110,250       —          —          110,250  

Other intangible assets, net

    1,864       —          —          1,864

Property and equipment, net

    19,586       —          —          19,586

Operating lease right-of-use assets

    7,697       —          —          7,697  

Deferred income tax assets

    —        37,370     (2)       10,391       (11)       47,761

Other assets

    478       —          1,080     (9)       1,558  

Asset held for sale

    4,376           —          4,376
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Total assets

  $ 626,995     $ 52,712       $ 124,324       $ 804,031  
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Liabilities, mezzanine equity and equity

           

Current liabilities:

           

Accounts payable

  $ 23,700     $ —        $ —        $ 23,700  

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

    21,760       —          (2,712 )      (10)       19,048  

Deferred revenue

    10,942       —          —          10,942

Current portion of long-term debt

    2,720       —          (220 )      (9)       2,500  

Operating lease liabilities

    3,426       —          —          3,426  
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

    62,548       —          (2,932 )       59,616  
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Long-term debt, net of current portion

    255,780       —          (159,423 )      (9)       96,357

Operating lease liabilities, net of current portion

    4,700       —          —          4,700  

Derivative liability

    19,999       (19,999 )      (3)       —          —   

TRA liability

    —        17,257       (2)       40,103       (11)       57,360
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Total liabilities

    343,027       (2,742 )        (122,252 )        218,033  
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Mezzanine equity:

           

Series A preferred units, no par value, 120,000 units authorized, 100,000 units issued and outstanding

    80,371       (80,371 )      (3)       —          —   

Redeemable noncontrolling interests

    —        207,891       (6)       126,643       (12)       334,534  

Members’/stockholders’ equity:

           

Class A units, no par value, 88,532,824 units authorized, issued and outstanding

    199,016       (199,016 )      (6)       —          —   

Class A common stock, $0.0001 par value per share, 1,000,000,000 shares authorized, 48,529,019 shares issued and outstanding

    —        3       (3) (4)       2       (8)       5  

Class B common stock, $0.0001 par value per share, 200,000,000 shares authorized, 63,297,524 shares issued and outstanding

    —        6       (5)       —        (8)       6  

Additional paid-in capital

    —        126,941       (6) (7)       123,042       (12) (13)       249,983

Accumulated deficit

    —        —          (3,111 )      (14)       (3,111 ) 
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Total members’/stockholders’ equity (deficit)

    199,016       (72,066 )       119,933         246,883  

Noncontrolling interest

    4,581       —          —          4,581  
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Total equity (deficit)

    203,597      
(72,066
)
      119,933         251,464  
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Total liabilities, mezzanine equity and equity

  $ 626,995     $  52,712       $ 124,324     $ 804,031  
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

 

101


Table of Contents

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED PRO FORMA BALANCE SHEET

Organizational Transaction Adjustments

 

(1)

Reflects the issuance of 15,342 Series A Preferred Units during February and March 2026 to Radz Capital by Holdings LLC in exchange for cash consideration of $15.3 million, as described in greater detail in Note 18 to the Holdings LLC consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. As part of the Organizational Transactions, all Series A Preferred Units will convert into shares of Class A common stock at a conversion price based on 80% of the initial public offering price.

 

(2)

Subsequent to the Organizational Transactions, AEVEX Corp. will have no material assets other than its interest in Holdings LLC. Holdings LLC will continue to be treated as a partnership for tax purposes and will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax, but may be subject to certain U.S. state and local taxes. AEVEX Corp. is a domestic corporation that will be subject to U.S. corporate income tax on its earnings, including its allocable share of the income from Holdings LLC.

In connection with the Organizational Transactions, AEVEX Corp. will record a deferred tax asset adjustment of $37.4 million, with a corresponding adjustment to additional paid-in capital. The deferred tax asset is measured based on the following: (i) differences between financial reporting and tax basis associated with the Company’s investment in Holdings LLC; and (ii) tax benefits from future deductions attributable to payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement as a result of the Organizational Transactions.

In connection with the Organizational Transactions, AEVEX Corp. will enter into a Tax Receivable Agreement with the TRA Rights Holders, including our Principal Stockholder. The Tax Receivable Agreement liability will be accounted for as a contingent liability, with amounts accrued when considered probable and reasonably estimable. We will record a $17.3 million liability, with a corresponding adjustment to additional paid-in capital, based on our estimate of the aggregate amount that it will pay to the LLC Unitholders under the Tax Receivable Agreement as a result of the Organizational Transactions. The TRA provides for the payment by AEVEX Corp. to such pre-IPO owners of 85% of certain tax benefits, if any, that the Company actually realizes, as a result of (i) certain increases in the tax basis of the assets of Holdings LLC and its subsidiaries resulting from purchases or exchanges of LLC Units, (ii) certain other tax attributes of Holdings LLC and its subsidiaries and the Blocker Entity that existed prior to this offering, including existing tax basis and our allocable share of existing tax basis acquired in connection with this offering and increases to such allocable share of existing tax basis, and (iii) certain other tax benefits related to our entering into the Tax Receivable Agreement, including tax benefits attributable to payments that we make under the Tax Receivable Agreement.

The Tax Receivable Agreement will be accounted for as a contingent liability, with amounts accrued when considered probable and reasonably estimable. Due to the uncertainty in the amount and timing of future exchanges of LLC Units by certain of our existing direct and indirect owners and purchases of LLC Units from such owners, the unaudited consolidated pro forma financial information assumes that no future exchanges or purchases of LLC Units have occurred. However, if the Continuing LLC Unitholders were to exchange all of the LLC Units that they will hold immediately following this offering for shares of Class A common stock immediately following the completion of this offering, we would recognize an incremental deferred tax asset of approximately $364.8 million and a noncurrent liability of approximately $310.1 million based on the Company’s estimate of the aggregate amount that it will pay under the Tax Receivable Agreement as a result of such hypothetical exchange, assuming: (i) a price of $19.50 per share of our Class A common stock; (ii) a constant corporate tax rate of 24.1%; (iii) we will have sufficient taxable income to fully utilize the tax benefits; and (iv) no material changes in tax law.

These amounts are estimates and have been prepared for informational purposes only. The actual amount of deferred tax assets and related noncurrent liabilities that we will recognize as a result of any such future exchanges will differ based on, among other things: (i) the amount and timing of future exchanges of LLC Units by LLC Unitholders, and the extent to which such exchanges are taxable; (ii) the price per share of our Class A common stock at the time of the exchanges; (iii) the amount and timing of future income against which to offset the tax benefits; and (iv) the tax rates then in effect.

 

102


Table of Contents
(3)

As part of the Organizational Transactions, all Series A Preferred Units (and the related derivative liability) will convert into 7,393,719 shares of Class A common stock at a conversion price based on 80% of the initial public offering price.

 

(4)

As part of the Organizational Transactions, i) certain holders of an indirect interest in Holdings LLC will exchange a portion of such interest in Holdings LLC for a direct or indirect interest in ATS Pubco Holdings, which in turn will contribute its interest in Holdings LLC to AEVEX Corp. in exchange for 9,502,626 shares of Class A common stock, and ii) the Blocker Entity will merge with and into AEVEX Corp. with our Principal Stockholder receiving as consideration 15,632,674 shares of Class A common stock. As a result of these Organizational Transactions, AEVEX Corp. will obtain 25,135,300 LLC Units of Holdings LLC.

 

(5)

As part of the Organizational Transactions, we will issue 63,297,524 shares of Class B common stock to ATS Investment Holdings, on a one-to-one basis with the number of LLC Units it owns, for nominal consideration.

 

(6)

As a result of the Organizational Transactions, the limited liability company agreement of Holdings LLC will be amended and restated to, among other things, designate AEVEX Corp. as the sole managing member of Holdings LLC. As sole managing member, AEVEX Corp. will exclusively operate and control the business and affairs of Holdings LLC. The LLC Units owned by the LLC Unitholders will be considered redeemable noncontrolling interests in the consolidated financial statements of AEVEX Corp. The adjustments to (i) redeemable noncontrolling interests of $207.9 million, (ii) additional paid-in capital of $126.9 million, and (iii) Holdings LLC Class A Units of ($199.0) million reflect the proportional interest in the pro forma consolidated total equity of Holdings LLC owned by the LLC Unitholders.

 

(7)

The following table is a reconciliation of the adjustments impacting additional paid-in capital (in millions):

 

Net adjustment from recognition of deferred tax assets and payable to related parties pursuant to the Tax Receivable Agreement

   $ 20.1 (2) 

Conversion of Series A Preferred Units into shares of Class A common stock — allocable to the controlling interest

     39.3 (3) 

Holdings LLC members’ equity — allocable to the controlling interest

     67.5  
  

 

 

 

Net additional paid-in capital pro forma adjustment

   $ 126.9 (6) 
  

 

 

 

Offering Transactions Adjustments

 

(8)

We estimate that the proceeds to us from this offering will be approximately $293.3 million, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $19.50 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting $18.7 million of estimated underwriting discounts and commissions. We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering to acquire 16,000,000 newly issued LLC Units from Holdings LLC for $293.3 million. In turn, Holdings LLC intends to apply the proceeds it receives from us, (i) to repay all amounts outstanding under our existing Credit Agreement (refer to note 9 for further discussion) and (ii) to pay expenses incurred in connection with this offering discussed in note (10). For more information, see “Use of Proceeds.”

 

(9)

Shortly after, and conditioned upon, the closing of this offering, we intend to refinance our existing Credit Agreement and enter into the New Credit Agreement. Holdings LLC intends to use the proceeds of $100.0 million from the New Credit Facilities, together with a portion of the net proceeds it receives from this offering, to repay all amounts outstanding under our existing Credit Agreement and to pay an estimated $2.5 million of expenses incurred in connection with this refinancing.

 

(10)

We are deferring certain costs associated with this offering. These costs primarily represent legal, accounting and other costs directly associated with this offering. As of December 31, 2025, $3.8 million of these costs were recorded to prepaid expenses and other current assets, of which $2.7 million was unpaid as

 

103


Table of Contents
  of December 31, 2025, and an additional $6.0 million of capitalizable costs were incurred subsequent to December 31, 2025. Upon completion of this offering, these deferred costs will be charged against the proceeds from this offering with a corresponding reduction to additional paid-in capital as represented in note (13). After December 31, 2025, we incurred an additional $6.3 million of costs associated with this offering that were not eligible for capitalization. These costs were expensed as incurred and were recorded to accumulated deficit.

 

(11)

Following this offering, AEVEX Corp. will record an additional deferred tax asset of $10.4 million, with a corresponding adjustment to additional paid-in capital, which is primarily attributable to the differences between financial reporting and tax basis associated with the Company’s investment in Holdings LLC.

In addition, as described in note (2) above, we will enter into a Tax Receivable Agreement with certain of our pre-IPO owners that provides for the payment by AEVEX Corp. to such pre-IPO owners of 85% of certain tax benefits, if any, that the Company actually realizes, as a result of (i) certain increases in the tax basis of the assets of Holdings LLC and its subsidiaries resulting from purchases or exchanges of LLC Units, (ii) certain other tax attributes of Holdings LLC and its subsidiaries and the Blocker Entity that existed prior to this offering, including existing tax basis and our allocable share of existing tax basis acquired in connection with this offering and increases to such allocable share of existing tax basis, and (iii) certain other tax benefits related to our entering into the Tax Receivable Agreement, including tax benefits attributable to payments that we make under the Tax Receivable Agreement. Following this offering, AEVEX Corp. will record an additional TRA liability of $40.1 million, with a corresponding adjustment to additional paid-in capital.

 

(12)

As a result of the Organizational Transactions, the limited liability company agreement of Holdings LLC will be amended and restated to, among other things, designate AEVEX Corp. as the sole managing member of Holdings LLC. As sole managing member, AEVEX Corp. will exclusively operate and control the business and affairs of Holdings LLC. The LLC Units owned by the LLC Unitholders will be considered redeemable noncontrolling interests in the consolidated financial statements of AEVEX Corp. The adjustments to (i) redeemable noncontrolling interests of $126.6 million and (ii) additional paid-in capital of $123.0 million reflect the proportional interest in the pro forma consolidated total equity of Holdings LLC owned by the LLC Unitholders.

 

(13)

The following table is a reconciliation of the adjustments impacting additional paid-in capital (in millions):

 

Net proceeds from offering of Class A common stock (less par value)

   $ 293.3 (8) 

Reclassification of deferred costs incurred in this offering to additional paid-in capital — allocable to the controlling interest

     (4.3 )(10) 

Net adjustment from recognition of deferred tax assets and payable to related parties pursuant to the Tax Receivable Agreement

     (29.7 )(11) 

Adjustment for redeemable noncontrolling interests

     (136.3 ) 
  

 

 

 

Net additional paid-in capital pro forma adjustment

   $ 123.0 (12) 
  

 

 

 

 

(14)

Represents the total pro forma adjustment to accumulated deficit (allocable to the controlling interest), which is comprised of: (i) costs associated with this offering incurred after December 31, 2025 that were not eligible for capitalization and were expensed as incurred, and (ii) the write-off of unamortized deferred financing costs related to our existing Credit Agreement as a result of our intent to refinance our existing Credit Agreement and enter into the New Credit Agreement shortly after, and conditioned upon, the closing of this offering.

 

104


Table of Contents

UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED PRO FORMA STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2025

 

(In thousands, except share amounts)

   Holdings LLC
As Reported
    Organizational
Transaction
Adjustments
           Offering
Transactions
Adjustments
           AEVEX Corp.
Pro Forma
       

Total revenue

   $ 432,933     $ —         $ —         $ 432,933    

Total cost of revenue

     338,630       —           —         338,630    
  

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

   

Gross profit

     94,303       —           —           94,303  

Operating Expenses:

                

Selling, general and administrative

     41,626       —           6,306       (2)        47,932  

Research and development

     25,439       —           —           25,439  

Amortization of intangible assets

     16,606       —           —           16,606  

Change in contingent consideration

     2,435       —           —           2,435  
  

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

   

Total operating expenses

     86,106       —           6,306          92,412  
  

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

   

Income from operations

     8,197       —           (6,306 )         1,891  

Other income (expense):

                

Interest expense

     (32,346 )      —           20,828       (1)        (11,518 )  

Interest income

     699       —           —           699  

Other income. net

     6,841       —           —           6,841  
  

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

   

Total other expense, net

     (24,806 )      —           20,828          (3,978 )  
  

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

   

(Loss) income before income taxes

     (16,609 )      —           14,522          (2,087 )  

Income tax expense (benefit)

     171       —           (114 )      (3)        57  
  

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

   

Net (loss) income

     (16,780 )      —           14,636          (2,144 )  

Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest

     106       —           —           106    

Net loss attributable to redeemable noncontrolling interest

     —        —         (1,241 )      (4)        (1,241 )   
  

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

   

Net (loss) income attributable to AEVEX Corp.

     (16,886 )      —           15,877          (1,009 )   

Series A preferred units deemed dividend

     —        28,466       (5)        —           28,466    
  

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

   

Net (loss) income attributable to AEVEX Corp. common stockholders

   $ (16,886 )    $ (28,466 )       $ 15,877        $ (29,475 )   
  

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

   

Pro Forma Loss Per Share of Class A Common Stock

                

Basic

   $ (0.20 )              $ (0.61 )      (5)  
              

 

 

   

Diluted

   $ (0.20 )              $ (0.61 )      (5)  
              

 

 

   

Pro Forma Number of Shares Used in Computing EPS

                

Basic

     88,532,824                 48,529,019       (5)  
              

 

 

   

Diluted

     88,532,824                 48,529,019       (5)  
              

 

 

   

 

105


Table of Contents

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED PRO FORMA STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS

 

(1)

Shortly after, and conditioned upon, the closing of this offering, we intend to refinance our existing Credit Agreement and enter into the New Credit Agreement and expect to incur a debt extinguishment charge related to the repayment of all amounts outstanding under our existing Credit Agreement. Our capitalized debt issuance costs were $1.5 million as of January 1, 2025, which represents the extinguishment charge had we refinanced our existing Credit Agreement on January 1, 2025. This adjustment reflects the elimination of the historical interest expense and amortization of deferred financing costs related to the existing Credit Agreement, the recognition of the debt extinguishment charge associated with the repayment of the existing Credit Agreement, and recognition of deferred financing costs and interest expense related to the New Credit Agreement using an assumed interest rate of 6.42% per annum. A 1/8 point increase or decrease in this assumed interest rate would result in a $0.1 million change in the estimated reduction in interest expense.

 

(2)

After December 31, 2025, we incurred $6.3 million of costs associated with this offering that were not eligible for capitalization. These costs were expensed as incurred.

 

(3)

Following the Offering Transactions, AEVEX Corp. will have additional income subject to U.S. federal, state and local income taxes with respect to its allocable share of taxable income generated by Holdings LLC. As a result, the unaudited pro forma consolidated statement of operations reflects an additional adjustment of ($0.1) million to record AEVEX Corp. income tax benefit attributable to its allocable share of loss, at a blended U.S. federal and state statutory tax rate of 24.1%.

 

(4)

Following the Organizational Transactions, AEVEX Corp. will become the sole managing member of Holdings LLC, and upon consummation of this offering, AEVEX Corp. will initially own approximately 43.4% of the economic interest in Holdings LLC but will have 100% of the voting power and control the management of Holdings LLC. The ownership percentage held by the noncontrolling interest, the LLC Unitholders, will be approximately 56.6%. Net loss attributable to the noncontrolling interest will represent approximately 56.6% of net loss.

 

(5)

Net loss available to AEVEX Corp. common stockholders includes a $28.5 million deemed dividend related to the assumed conversion of 115,342 Series A Preferred Units into 7,393,719 shares of Class A common stock. The deemed dividend represents the excess of the fair value of the 7,393,719 shares of Class A common stock (based on an assumed initial public offering price of $19.50 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) over the carrying value of the Series A Preferred Units and related derivative liability. The weighted average number of shares underlying the basic loss per share calculation reflects only the 48,529,019 shares of Class A common stock outstanding after the offering as they are the only outstanding shares which participate in distributions or dividends by AEVEX Corp. Pro forma diluted loss per share is computed by adjusting pro forma net loss attributable to AEVEX Corp. common stockholders and the weighted average shares of Class A common stock outstanding to give effect to potentially dilutive securities that qualify as participating securities using the treasury stock method, as applicable. Shares of Class B common stock are not participating securities and therefore are not included in the calculation of pro forma basic loss per share. LLC Units, together with an equal number of shares of Class B common stock, may be exchanged, at our option, for shares of our Class A common stock or for cash. After evaluating the potential dilutive effect under the if-converted method, the outstanding LLC Units for the assumed exchange of noncontrolling interests were determined to be antidilutive and thus were excluded from

 

106


Table of Contents
  the computation of diluted loss per share. The following table sets forth a reconciliation of the numerators and denominators used to compute pro forma basic and diluted loss per share.

 

    Twelve months
ended
December 31,
2025
 

Loss per share of Class A common stock

 

Numerator (In thousands):

 

Net loss attributable to AEVEX Corp.’s common stockholders (basic and diluted)

  $ (29,475 ) 

Denominator:

 

Weighted average of shares of common stock outstanding (basic)

    48,529,019  

Incremental common shares attributable to dilutive instruments

    —   
 

 

 

 

Weighted average of shares of common stock outstanding (diluted)

    48,529,019  
 

 

 

 

Basic loss per share

  $ (0.61 ) 
 

 

 

 

Diluted loss per share

  $ (0.61 ) 
 

 

 

 

 

107


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION

AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following is a discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations as of, and for, the periods presented. You should read the following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations together with the sections entitled “Prospectus Summary—Summary Historical Financial and Other Data,” “Risk Factors,” “Forward-Looking Statements,” and our audited consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

This discussion and analysis contains forward-looking statements, including statements regarding our expectations for the future of our business and our liquidity and capital resources as well as other non-historical statements. These statements are based upon our current plans, expectations, and beliefs, and are subject to numerous risks and uncertainties, including but not limited to the risks and uncertainties described in “Risk Factors” and “Forward-Looking Statements.” Our actual results may differ materially from those contained in or implied by these forward-looking statements.

Unless we state otherwise or the context otherwise requires, the terms “we,” “us,” “our,”“AEVEX” and the “Company” and similar references refer to: (1) on or following the consummation of the Organizational Transactions, including this offering, to AEVEX Corp. and its consolidated subsidiaries, including Holdings LLC, and (2) prior to the consummation of the Organizational Transactions, including this offering, to Holdings LLC and its consolidated subsidiaries.

Overview

We believe that we are a leading defense technology prime contractor and critical enabler of U.S. UAS dominance strategy missions. We are highly differentiated by our proven track record of securing and successfully executing on critical strategic Programs of Record, with over 10,200 systems delivered and committed through the end of 2026 to operational environments that validate our battlefield effectiveness. Today, we are positioned as a recognized global leader in UxS. Through our advanced autonomous, AI-enabled, and attritable UxS, we play a central role in defining next-generation warfighting capabilities, including key areas such as precision strike launched effects, loitering munitions, and full-scope ISR.

We deliver technology-led products and solutions through two complementary business segments:

 

  •  

Tactical Systems: Designs and manufactures battle-tested, autonomous, modular, and attritable UxS, including UAS and USV, along with other mission critical products. Tactical Systems segment revenue represented approximately 74.4% and 76.0% of our revenue for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively.

 

  •  

Global Solutions: Provides bespoke mission solutions, including AI-enabled full-spectrum airborne ISR, C-UAS, additive manufacturing, and specialized mission aircraft engineering, modification, and testing. Global Solutions segment revenue represented approximately 25.6% and 24.0% of our revenue for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively.

Key Factors Affecting Our Performance

Our results have been affected, and are expected to be affected in the future, by a variety of factors. A discussion of key factors that have had, or may have, an effect on our results is set forth below. For a further discussion of the factors affecting our results of operations, see “Risk Factors.”

U.S. and Foreign Government Expenditures

U.S. and foreign government expenditures have fueled the growth in our target markets, and we expect the continued availability of U.S. and foreign government expenditures for our customers to help fund purchases of

 

108


Table of Contents

our products and services. However, changes in the volume and relative mix of U.S. and foreign government expenditures, as well as in areas of spending growth, may impact our results of operations. In particular, our results may be affected by shifts in strategies and priorities on defense-related programs. Cost-cutting and efficiency initiatives, current and future budget restrictions, spending cuts and other efforts to reduce government expenditures, as well as shifts in overall priorities, could cause our government customers to reduce or delay funding or invest appropriated funds on a less consistent basis or not at all, and demand for our solutions or services could diminish. Furthermore, any disruption in the functioning of government agencies, including as a result of government closures and shutdowns, could have a negative impact on our operations and cause us to lose revenue or incur additional costs due to, among other things, our inability to maintain access and schedules for government testing or the deployment of our staff to customer locations or facilities as a result of such disruptions.

There is also uncertainty around the timing, extent, nature and effect of Congressional and other U.S. Government actions to address budgetary constraints and caps on the discretionary budget for defense and non-defense departments and agencies. In addition, there is uncertainty around the ability of Congress to determine how to allocate the available budget authority and pass appropriations bills to fund both U.S. Government departments and agencies that are, and those that are not, subject to the caps. Additionally, budget deficits and the growing U.S. national debt may increase pressure on the U.S. Government to reduce federal spending across all federal agencies, with uncertainty about the size and timing of those reductions. Furthermore, delays in the completion of future U.S. Government budgets could delay procurement of the federal government services that we provide.

Macroeconomic Pressures

In recent years, geopolitical instability, including wars and conflicts, as well as impacts from other global events and heightened global tensions, have resulted in opportunities for companies in the defense technology market. Global defense spending is accelerating, fueled by rising budgets, modernization initiatives, and the urgent demand for next-generation advanced systems to counter near-peer adversaries. This surge has in part been driven by active conflicts in the Middle East, Africa, and Eastern Europe, along with the anticipation of future engagements in the South Pacific. While these conditions may create growth opportunities, the unpredictable nature, duration, and geographic scope of such conflicts introduce significant uncertainty regarding the sustainability of this demand. However, certain disruptions to the global economy, including market disruptions, monetary, and fiscal policy uncertainty, supply chain challenges, high interest rates and inflationary pressures have contributed to an inflationary environment that may adversely affect the price and availability of certain products and services necessary for our operations, which in turn may adversely impact our business and operating results. In addition, the global trade environment is uncertain and rapidly evolving. Tariffs imposed by the U.S. presidential administration or retaliatory tariffs announced by other countries could result in a trade war. The impact of tariffs on our business and results of operations will depend on their timing, duration, and magnitude.

Project Revenue Mix and Impact on Margins

We may experience future variability in the profitability of our contracts, and such variability may occur at levels and frequencies different from variability we have historically experienced. Such variability in profitability may be due to strategic decisions, cost overruns, or other circumstances within or outside of our control. Accordingly, our historical experience with profitability of our contracts is not indicative or predictive of future experience.

Our financial success is based on our ability to deliver high quality products on a timely basis and at a cost-effective price for our customers. When agreeing to contractual terms, our management team makes assumptions and projections about future conditions and events. The accounting for our contracts and programs involves assumptions and estimates about these conditions and events. These projections and estimates assess:

 

  •  

the productivity and availability of labor;

 

109


Table of Contents
  •  

the allocation of indirect costs to labor and material costs incurred;

 

  •  

the complexity of the work to be performed;

 

  •  

the cost and availability of materials and components; and

 

  •  

schedule requirements.

If there is a significant change in one or more of these circumstances, estimates or assumptions, or if the risks under our contracts are not managed adequately, the profitability of contracts could be adversely affected, which could materially affect earnings and margins in any given fiscal period.

In particular, profitability can fluctuate depending on the type of contract award. Contracts with certain customers reflect firm fixed pricing structures. As a result, our gross profit is dependent on the efficient and effective execution of our contracts. Our ability to maximize gross profit may be impacted by, but not limited to, unanticipated cost overruns, disruptions in our supply chains, learning curve and non-recurring engineering costs related to our contracts with customers. If our fixed-price development efforts contribute to a larger portion of our revenue output, we may have a higher risk profile, which may result in reduced margins.

From time to time, we may strategically enter into contracts with low or negative margins relative to other contracts or that are at risk of cost overruns. This may occur due to strategic decisions built around positioning ourselves for future contracts or to enhance our product and service offerings. However, in some instances, loss contracts may occur from unforeseen cost overruns that are not recoverable from the customer. We establish loss reserves on contracts in which the cost estimate-at-completion (“EAC”) exceeds the estimated revenue. The loss reserves are recorded in the period in which a loss is determined. Our reference to adjustments to EAC in the context of describing our results of operations includes net changes during the period in our aggregate program contract values, EAC and other program estimates, and includes the impact of cost overruns and recognition of loss reserves.

Additionally, the timing of our cash flows is impacted by the timing of achievement of billable milestones on contracts. Historically, this has resulted and could continue to result in fluctuations in working capital levels and quarterly free cash flow. As a result of such quarterly fluctuations in free cash flow, we believe that quarter-to-quarter comparisons of our results of operations may not necessarily be meaningful and should not be relied upon as indicators of future performance.

Ability to Continue to Innovate and Expand our Product and Service Offerings

To continue gaining market share and attracting customers, we plan to continue making substantial investments in R&D for the continued enhancements of our product and service offerings. Our future success is dependent on our continued ability to leverage our engineering and design capabilities to meet exact customer innovation needs and to proactively innovate to help win emerging programs. If we are unable to devote adequate resources to develop new products or cannot otherwise successfully develop new products or enhancements that meet customer requirements on a timely basis, our products could lose market share, our revenue and profits could decline, and we could experience operating losses.

Public Company Expenses

We have incurred, and expect to continue to incur, certain non-recurring professional fees and other expenses as part of our transition to becoming a public company. As a public company, we will be implementing additional procedures and processes for the purpose of addressing the standards and requirements applicable to public companies. In particular, we expect our accounting, legal and personnel-related expenses and directors’ and officers’ insurance costs to increase as we establish more comprehensive compliance and governance functions, establish, maintain and review internal controls over financial reporting in accordance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and prepare and distribute periodic reports in accordance with SEC rules. Our financial

 

110


Table of Contents

statements following this offering will reflect the impact of these expenses. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Class A Common Stock and This Offering—The requirements of being a public company may strain our resources and distract our management, which could make it difficult to manage our business, particularly after we are no longer an “emerging growth company.”

Funded Backlog

Funded backlog represents our estimate of the revenue we expect to realize in future periods as a result of performing work on funded contracts that have been awarded to us (net of any revenue already recognized as of the backlog date). We include the aggregate expected revenue from awarded contracts in our funded backlog upon the execution of a legally binding agreement (e.g., written contract or purchase order), even though our contracts include certain termination rights exercisable by our customers with advance notice. We exclude from funded backlog any unfunded contract options and at-risk work. Deferred revenue recognized on our consolidated balance sheets consists of payments and billings that we have received in excess of revenue that we have recognized. Because cash receipts from these contracts have not been recognized into revenue, they are included in our backlog calculation.

We view funded growth in backlog as a key measure of our future business prospects. We monitor our funded backlog because we believe it is a forward-looking indicator of potential sales that can be helpful to investors in evaluating the performance of our business and identifying trends over time. Although funded backlog reflects business associated with contracts that are considered to be firm, terminations, amendments, or contract cancellations may occur, which could result in a reduction in our total backlog and potential future revenue that never gets recognized.

 

     As of December 31,  
(In thousands)    2025      2024  

Funded backlog

   $ 503,123      $ 179,246  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Funded backlog includes both single and multi-year awards, and fluctuations in backlog are driven primarily by the timing of large program wins. The increase of $323.9 million in funded backlog in 2025 was primarily due to the EUCOM AOR Deep Strike program. We expect to convert approximately 96.6% of the total $503.1 million of funded backlog as of December 31, 2025 into revenue in 2026.

In addition, our backlog is subject to meaningful customer concentration risk. As of December 31, 2025, approximately 84% of the total dollar value of our funded backlog related to the U.S Government. For purposes of evaluating our backlog, we consider all U.S. Government entities to be one customer. Additionally, backlog that is originally funded through U.S. Government efforts is considered to be U.S. Government backlog even if the program is directly contracted through an intermediary.

Organizational Transactions

AEVEX Corp. was incorporated in Delaware and formed for the purpose of this offering and has engaged to date only in activities in contemplation of this offering. AEVEX Corp. will be a holding company, and its sole material asset will be a controlling ownership interest in Holdings LLC. For more information regarding our reorganization and holding company structure, see “Organizational Structure—Organizational Transactions.” Upon completion of this offering, all of our business will be conducted through Holdings LLC and its consolidated subsidiaries, and the financial results of Holdings LLC and its consolidated subsidiaries will be included in the consolidated financial statements of AEVEX Corp.

 

111


Table of Contents

Holdings LLC has been treated as a pass-through entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes and accordingly has not been subject to U.S. federal income tax. Certain wholly owned subsidiaries of Holdings LLC are taxed as corporations for U.S. federal and most applicable state, local income tax and foreign tax purposes. After consummation of this offering, Holdings LLC will continue to be treated as a pass-through entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes, and certain subsidiaries will continue to be taxed as corporations for U.S. federal and most applicable state, local income tax and foreign tax purposes. As a result of its ownership of LLC Units in Holdings LLC, AEVEX Corp. will become subject to U.S. federal, state and local income taxes with respect to its allocable share of any taxable income of Holdings LLC and will be taxed at the prevailing corporate tax rates. In addition to tax expenses, we also will incur expenses related to our operations and we will be required to make payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement to the TRA Rights Holders. We expect that payments that we may make under the Tax Receivable Agreement will be substantial. For example, if we acquire all of the Class B Units held by the TRA Rights Holders in taxable transactions as of this offering, based on an initial public offering price of $19.50 per share (which is the midpoint of the estimated public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) and on certain assumptions, including that (i) there are no material changes in relevant tax law and (ii) we earn sufficient taxable income in each year to realize on a current basis all tax benefits that are subject to the Tax Receivable Agreement, we would expect that the resulting reduction in tax payments for us, as determined for purposes of the Tax Receivable Agreement, would aggregate to approximately $432.3 million, substantially all of which would be realized over the next 15 years, and we would be required to pay to the TRA Rights Holders 85% of such amount, or $367.5 million, over the same period. These amounts have been prepared for informational purposes only. The actual increases in tax basis with respect to future exchanges or purchases of LLC Units may differ materially from the amounts set forth above because the potential future reductions in our tax payments, as determined for purposes of the Tax Receivable Agreement, and the payment we will be required to make under the Tax Receivable Agreement, will each depend on a number of factors, including the market value of our Class A common stock at the time of the exchange or purchase, the prevailing federal tax rates applicable to us over the life of the Tax Receivable Agreement (as well as the assumed combined state and local tax rate), the amount and timing of the taxable income that we generate in the future and the extent to which future exchanges or purchases of LLC Units are taxable transactions. We intend to cause Holdings LLC to make distributions in an amount sufficient to allow us to pay our tax obligations and operating expenses, including distributions to fund any ordinary course payments due under the Tax Receivable Agreement. See “Organizational Structure—Amended and Restated Operating Agreement of Holdings LLC” and “Organizational Structure—Tax Receivable Agreement.”

Components of Results of Operations

Revenue – consists entirely of revenue from contracts with customers, net of sales discounts. Our revenue is derived from a combination of cost-plus contracts, fixed price contracts, and time and materials contracts for both U.S. Government and commercial and international deliverables. We account for a contract when it has approval and commitment from both parties, the rights of the parties are identified, payment terms are identified, the contract has commercial substance and collectability of consideration is probable. We recognize revenue upon satisfying the performance obligations identified in the contract, which is achieved as services are rendered, upon completion of a service, or through the transfer of control of the promised good or service to the customer either at a point in time or over time. Our contracts can range from short-term periods of less than 12 months to multi-year obligations.

We perform work under contracts that broadly consist of fixed-price, cost-reimbursable, time-and-materials arrangements, or a combination of the three. Pricing is contractually based on specific negotiations with each customer. Advanced payments and billings for milestones in excess of revenues recognized are recorded as current and non-current deferred revenue in our consolidated balance sheets and recognized into revenue as we satisfy the underlying performance obligations.

For fixed-price contracts satisfied over time, progress is measured using a cost-to-cost method, which accurately reflects the transfer of control to the customer. This method assesses the extent of progress based on the ratio of costs incurred to date against the total estimated costs to complete the performance obligation. Estimating total costs to complete requires us to make informed estimates regarding subcontractor performance, material costs and availability, labor costs and productivity, as well as overhead expenses. Frequently, the period

 

112


Table of Contents

of performance of a contract extends over a long period of time and, as such, revenue recognition and our profitability from a particular contract may be affected to the extent that estimated costs to complete are revised, delivery schedules are delayed, performance-based milestones are not achieved, or progress under a contract is otherwise impeded. Accordingly, our recorded revenues and operating profit from period to period can fluctuate significantly depending on when contractual obligations are achieved.

Should the estimated total costs to be incurred on a contract surpass the anticipated total revenue, we recognize a provision for the entire loss on the contract in the period when the loss is identified. For further discussion of the critical judgments and estimates related to our revenue recognition policies, see “Critical Accounting Estimates.”

Cost of Revenue – consists of direct costs and allocated indirect costs. Direct costs include labor, materials, subcontractor and other costs directly related to the execution of a specific contract. Indirect costs include overhead expenses, fringe benefits, depreciation and amortization.

Selling, General, and Administrative – consists primarily of personnel-related expenses for our sales, marketing, supply chain, finance, legal, human resources and administrative personnel, as well as the costs of customer service, information technology, risk management and related insurance, travel, allocated overhead and other marketing, communications and administrative expenses. We also expect to further invest in our corporate infrastructure and incur additional expenses associated with operating as a public company, including increased legal and accounting costs, investor relations and compliance costs. As a result, we expect that selling, general and administrative expenses will increase in absolute dollars in future periods but decline as a percentage of total revenue over time. In addition, upon becoming a public company, we anticipate that we may incur significant additional annual expenses including, among other things, additional directors’ and officers’ liability insurance, costs to administer a public company stock compensation plan, director fees, costs to comply with reporting requirements of the SEC, transfer agent fees, costs for additional accounting, legal and administrative personnel, increased auditing, tax and legal fees, stock exchange listing fees, additional stock-based compensation expense and similar expenses.

Research and Development – represents primarily employee and contractor compensation, supplies and materials for new product development and facility costs.

Amortization of Intangible Assets – represents customer relationships, technology and trade names acquired in business combinations that are not directly related to the delivery of our products or services and are amortized based on their pattern of economic benefit over their estimated useful lives.

Change in Contingent Consideration – As part of the acquisition of Tribe Aerospace, LLC in 2022, we agreed to pay contingent consideration to the sellers for any EBITDA (as defined in the earnout arrangement) recognized over certain thresholds during the earnout period from 2022-2024. The contingent consideration was settled using a combination of cash and Class A Units based on converting a portion of each contingent payment to units at the fixed contractual price per unit. The change in fair value of the liability during the year ended December 31, 2024 represents the decrease in the estimated 2024 earnout liability based on actual EBITDA recognized for the year ended December 31, 2024, partially offset by the change in the estimated fair value of the Class A Units to be issued upon settlement of the 2024 earnout period. The change in fair value of the liability during the year ended December 31, 2025 represents accretion of the discounted liability outstanding during the year. All earnout arrangement liabilities were settled as of December 31, 2025.

Interest Expense – consists primarily of interest expense incurred on borrowings under our Credit Agreement.

Interest Income – consists primarily of interest income earned on cash and cash equivalents.

Other Income (Expense), net – reflects miscellaneous income and expense unrelated to our core business activities.

 

113


Table of Contents

Results of Operations

Years Ended December 31, 2025 and 2024

The following table sets forth a summary of our consolidated results of operations for the years indicated, and the changes between periods.

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
    

 

    

 

 
(In thousands)    2025      2024      $ Change      % Change  

Revenue:

                   

Products

   $ 319,351      $ 292,429      $ 26,922        9.2 % 

Services

     113,582        99,763        13,819        13.9 % 
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total revenue

     432,933        392,192        40,741        10.4 % 

Cost of revenue:

           

Products

     244,735        199,920        44,815        22.4 % 

Services

     93,895        82,000        11,895        14.5 % 
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

     338,630        281,920        56,710        20.1 % 
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Gross profit

     94,303        110,272        (15,969 )       (14.5 )% 

Operating expenses:

           

Selling, general, and administrative

     41,626        33,780        7,846        23.2 % 

Research and development

     25,439        12,997        12,442        95.7 % 

Amortization of intangible assets

     16,606        18,119        (1,513 )       (8.4 )% 

Change in contingent consideration

     2,435        (61,599 )       64,034        (104.0 )% 
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     86,106        3,297        82,809        2,511.6 % 
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income from operations

     8,197        106,975        (98,778 )       (92.3 )% 

Other income (expense), net:

           

Interest expense

     (32,346 )       (29,584 )       (2,762 )       9.3 % 

Interest income

     699        1,436        (737 )       (51.3 )% 

Other income, net

     6,841        129        6,712        5,203.1 % 
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total other expense, net

     (24,806 )       (28,019 )       3,213        (11.5 )% 
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

(Loss) income before income taxes

     (16,609 )       78,956        (95,565 )       (121.0 )% 

Provision for income taxes

     171        363        (192 )       (52.9 )% 
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net (loss) income

     (16,780 )       78,593        (95,373 )       (121.4 )% 

Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest

     106        44        62        140.9 % 
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net (loss) income attributable to Athena Technology Solutions Holdings, LLC

   $ (16,886 )     $ 78,549      $ (95,435 )       (121.5 )% 
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Products Revenue

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
     Change  
(In thousands)    2025      2024      $      %  

Products revenue

   $ 319,351      $ 292,429      $ 26,922        9.2 % 

Products revenue increased to $319.4 million from $292.4 million, or by $26.9 million and 9.2%, for the year ended December 31, 2025 compared to the year ended December 31, 2024. The increase is due to $14.8 million of higher revenue in our Global Solutions segment primarily from aircraft modifications and testing products and $12.1 million of higher revenue in our Tactical Systems segment primarily from UAS products.

 

114


Table of Contents

Services Revenue

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
     Change  
(In thousands)    2025      2024      $      %  

Services revenue

   $ 113,582      $ 99,763      $ 13,819        13.9 % 

Services revenue increased to $113.6 million from $99.8 million, or by $13.8 million and 13.9%, for the year ended December 31, 2025 compared to the year ended December 31, 2024. The increase is due to $11.6 million of higher revenue in our Tactical Systems segment primarily from UAS support services and $2.2 million of higher revenue in our Global Solutions segment primarily from aircraft modification and testing services.

Cost of Products Revenue

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
     Change  
(In thousands)    2025      2024      $      %  

Cost of products revenue

   $ 244,735      $ 199,920      $ 44,815        22.4 % 

Cost of products revenue increased to $244.7 million from $199.9 million, or by $44.8 million and 22.4%, for the year ended December 31, 2025 compared to the year ended December 31, 2024. The higher cost of products revenue is primarily due to $39.4 million of higher costs, including new program start-up costs, in our Tactical Systems segment from our EUCOM AOR Deep Strike program during the year ended December 31, 2025, which is the follow-on from our Phoenix Ghost program during the year ended December 31, 2024. The $39.4 million of higher costs is comprised of an approximately $49.3 million increase in materials costs, offset by an approximately $9.9 million decrease in direct and indirect labor costs.

Cost of Services Revenue

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
     Change  
(In thousands)    2025      2024      $      %  

Cost of services revenue

   $ 93,895      $ 82,000      $ 11,895        14.5 % 

Cost of services revenue increased to $93.9 million from $82.0 million, or by $11.9 million and 14.5%, for the year ended December 31, 2025 compared to the year ended December 31, 2024. The higher cost of services revenue is primarily due to the higher revenue from UAS support services in our Tactical Systems segment and the higher revenue from aircraft modification and testing services in our Global Solutions segment, as the 17.3% gross margin for services during the year ended December 31, 2025 decreased only slightly from 17.8% during the year ended December 31, 2024.

Gross Profit

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
    Change  
(In thousands)    2025     2024     $      %  

Gross profit

   $ 94,303     $ 110,272     $ (15,969 )       (14.5 )% 

Gross profit %

     21.8 %      28.1 %      

Gross profit decreased to $94.3 million from $110.3 million, or by $16.0 million and 14.5%, for the year ended December 31, 2025 compared to the year ended December 31, 2024. The gross profit percentage decreased from 28.1% for the year ended December 31, 2024 to 21.8% for the year ended December 31, 2025.

 

115


Table of Contents

The gross margin for products decreased from 31.6% for the year ended December 31, 2024 to 23.4% for the year ended December 31, 2025, which is primarily due to the increase in cost of products revenue discussed above.

Selling, General and Administrative

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
     Change  
(In thousands)    2025      2024      $      %  

Selling, general and administrative

   $ 41,626      $ 33,780      $ 7,846        23.2 % 

Selling, general and administrative expenses increased to $41.6 million from $33.8 million, or by $7.8 million and 23.2%, for the year ended December 31, 2025 compared to the year ended December 31, 2024, primarily due to a $5.7 million increase in audit and accounting fees related to our IPO process and a $3.6 million increase in new employee-related costs.

Research and Development

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
     Change  
(In thousands)    2025      2024      $      %  

Research and development

   $ 25,439      $ 12,997      $ 12,442        95.7 % 

Research and development expenses increased to $25.4 million from $13.0 million, or by $12.4 million and 95.7%, for the year ended December 31, 2025 compared to the year ended December 31, 2024. The increase was primarily due to the $10.4 million increase in development activities for UAS products and services.

Amortization of Intangible Assets

 

(In thousands)    Year Ended
December 31,
     Change  
     2025      2024      $      %  

Amortization of intangible assets

   $ 16,606      $ 18,119      $ (1,513 )       (8.4 )% 

Amortization of intangible assets decreased to $16.6 million from $18.1 million, or by $1.5 million and 8.4%, for the year ended December 31, 2025 compared to the year ended December 31, 2024. The decrease was primarily due to a customer relationship intangible asset becoming fully amortized during the year ended December 31, 2024, resulting in no related amortization expense during the year ended December 31, 2025.

Change in Contingent Consideration

 

(In thousands)    Year Ended
December 31,
     Change  
     2025      2024      $      %  

Change in contingent consideration

   $ 2,435      $ (61,599 )     $ 64,034        (104.0 )% 

As part of the acquisition of Tribe Aerospace, LLC in 2022, we agreed to pay contingent consideration to the sellers for any EBITDA (as defined in the earnout arrangement) recognized over certain thresholds during the earnout period from 2022 to 2024. The contingent consideration was settled using a combination of cash and Class A Units based on converting a portion of each contingent payment to units at the fixed contractual price per unit. The change in fair value of the liability during the year ended December 31, 2024 represents the decrease in the estimated 2024 earnout liability based on actual EBITDA recognized for the year ended December 31, 2024, partially offset by the change in the estimated fair value of the Class A Units to be issued upon settlement of the

 

116


Table of Contents

2024 earnout period. The decrease in the estimated 2024 earnout liability during the year ended December 31, 2024 is primarily due to 2024 actual EBITDA being less than forecast. This shortfall is primarily due to the timing of customer funding and deliveries under our largest program moving from 2024 to future periods that are beyond the end of the earnout arrangement. The change in fair value of the liability during the year ended December 31, 2025 represents accretion of the discounted liability outstanding during the year. All earnout arrangement liabilities were settled as of December 31, 2025.

Interest Expense

 

(In thousands)    Year Ended December 31       Change  
     2025      2024      $      %  

Interest expense

   $ (32,346 )     $ (29,584 )     $ (2,762 )       9.3 % 

Interest expense increased to $32.3 million from $29.6 million, or by $2.8 million and 9.3% for the year ended December 31, 2025 compared to the year ended December 31, 2024. The increase was primarily due to $2.7 million of interest expense incurred related to the Tribe Aerospace, LLC earnout arrangement. On October 16, 2025, the Company and the sellers agreed that the final remaining amount due from the Company to the sellers was $41.0 million, which represented the remaining liability to be paid in cash (including accrued interest) in the following five installments: $5.0 million paid on October 16, 2025, $5.2 million (plus all accrued but unpaid interest on the outstanding balance) paid on December 15, 2025, and $10.2 million (plus all accrued but unpaid interest on the outstanding balance) to be paid on each of February 28, 2026, May 31, 2026 and August 31, 2026. On December 22, 2025, the Company paid $30.7 million, plus accrued interest, to the sellers in full settlement of all remaining amounts due under the earnout arrangement. Interest accrued at 10% per annum.

Interest Income

 

(In thousands)    Year Ended December 31,       Change  
     2025      2024      $      %  

Interest income

   $ 699      $ 1,436      $ (737 )       (51.3 )% 

Interest income decreased to $0.7 million from $1.4 million, or by $0.7 million and 51.3%, for the year ended December 31, 2025 compared to the year ended December 31, 2024. The decrease was primarily due to lower average cash balances during the year ended December 31, 2025 compared to the year ended December 31, 2024.

Other Income, Net

 

(In thousands)    Year Ended December 31,      Change  
     2025      2024      $      %  

Other income, net

   $ 6,841      $ 129      $ 6,712        5,203.1 % 

Other income , net increased to $6.8 million from $0.1 million, or by $6.7 million, for the year ended December 31, 2025 compared to the year ended December 31, 2024. The increase was primarily due to $6.8 million of other income recognized pursuant to the sale of a portfolio of Supplemental Type Certificates owned by Ikhana Group LLC, a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company, to Viking Aircraft Ltd. during the year ended December 31, 2025. Refer to Note 11, “Commitments and Contingencies,” to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for further discussion of this legal settlement.

 

117


Table of Contents

Results by Segment

Year Ended December 31, 2025 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2024

We measure the performance of our reportable segments based on total segment revenue and Segment Adjusted EBITDA. Our operating and reportable segments are Tactical Systems and Global Solutions. The following table presents total revenue by segment, Segment Adjusted EBITDA and Segment Adjusted EBITDA Margin:

 

(In thousands)    Year Ended December 31,     Change  
     2025     2024     $      %  

Tactical Systems

         

Segment Revenue

   $  321,995     $  298,189     $  23,806        8.0 % 

Segment Adjusted EBITDA

   $  38,208     $  84,446     $ (46,238 )       (54.8 )% 

Segment Adjusted EBITDA Margin

     11.9 %      28.3 %      

Global Solutions

         

Segment Revenue

   $ 110,938     $ 94,003     $ 16,935        18.0 % 

Segment Adjusted EBITDA

   $ 8,172     $ (2,703 )    $ 10,875        (402.3 )% 

Segment Adjusted EBITDA Margin

     7.4 %      (2.9 )%      

For a discussion of Segment Adjusted EBITDA, see Note 15, “Segment Information” to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Tactical Systems

Tactical Systems segment revenue increased to $322.0 million from $298.2 million, or by $23.8 million and 8.0%, for the year ended December 31, 2025, compared to the year ended December 31, 2024. The increase is primarily due to $23.7 million of higher revenue from UAS products and UAS support services.

Tactical Systems Adjusted EBITDA decreased to $38.2 million from $84.4 million, or by $46.2 million and 54.8%, for the year ended December 31, 2025, compared to the year ended December 31, 2024. The decrease is primarily due to lower gross profit as a result of the increase in cost of products revenue discussed above, the increase in research and development expense for UAS products and services discussed above, and the increase in selling, general and administrative expenses for new employee-related costs discussed above.

Global Solutions

Global Solutions segment revenue increased to $110.9 million from $94.0 million, or by $16.9 million and 18.0%, for the year ended December 31, 2025, compared to the year ended December 31, 2024. The increase is primarily due to $17.0 million of higher revenue from aircraft modifications and testing products and services.

Global Solutions Adjusted EBITDA increased to $8.2 million from $(2.7) million, or by $10.9 million, for the year ended December 31, 2025, compared to the year ended December 31, 2024. The increase is primarily due to the higher gross profit from aircraft modification and testing products and services discussed above.

Non-GAAP Financial Measures

We use certain non-GAAP key performance indicators to evaluate our business operations, including Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA Margin and free cash flow.

The non-GAAP financial measures presented in this prospectus are supplemental measures of our performance that we believe help investors understand our financial condition and operating results and assess our future prospects. We believe that presenting these non-GAAP financial measures, in addition to the corresponding GAAP financial measures, are important supplemental measures that exclude non-cash or other items that may not be indicative of or are unrelated to our core operating results and the overall health of our company. We believe that these non-GAAP financial measures provide investors with greater transparency to the

 

118


Table of Contents

information used by management for its operational decision-making. We further believe that providing this information assists our investors in understanding our operating performance and the methodology used by management to evaluate and measure such performance. When read in conjunction with our GAAP results, these non-GAAP financial measures provide a baseline for analyzing trends in our underlying businesses and can be used by management as a basis for financial, operational and planning decisions. Finally, these measures are often used by analysts and other interested parties to evaluate companies in our industry.

Management recognizes that these non-GAAP financial measures have limitations, including that they may be calculated differently by other companies or may be used under different circumstances or for different purposes, thereby affecting their comparability from company to company. In order to compensate for these and the other limitations discussed below, management does not consider these measures in isolation from or as alternatives to the comparable financial measures determined in accordance with GAAP. Readers should review the reconciliations below and should not rely on any single financial measure to evaluate our business. The reasons we use these non-GAAP financial measures and the reconciliations to their most directly comparable GAAP financial measures follow.

Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA Margin

We define Adjusted EBITDA as net income (loss) before interest income and expense, income tax expense (benefit), depreciation and amortization expense, other income (expense), changes in the fair value of contingent consideration liabilities, IPO-related costs, asset impairments, business acquisition costs, and restructuring costs, as well as certain non-recurring items. We define Adjusted EBITDA Margin as Adjusted EBITDA divided by revenue. We believe that Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA Margin are important metrics for management and investors as they remove the impact of items that we do not believe are indicative of our core operating results or the overall health of our company and allow for consistent comparison of our operating results over time and relative to our peers.

The following table presents a reconciliation of net income to Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA Margin for the periods indicated:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
(In thousands)    2025     2024  

Net (loss) income

   $ (16,780 )    $ 78,593  

Interest expense

     32,346       29,584  

Interest income

     (699 )      (1,436 ) 

Provision for income taxes

     171       363  

Depreciation and amortization

     21,369       21,342  

Other income, net(1)

     (6,841 )      (129 ) 

Change in contingent consideration

     2,435       (61,599 ) 

Restructuring—severance

     —       147  

Business acquisition costs

     —       264  

IPO-related costs(2)

     3,398       —  

Other(3)

     2,179       9,883  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

   $ 37,578     $ 77,012  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

   $ 432,933     $ 392,192  

Net (loss) income margin

     (3.9 )%      20.0 % 

Adjusted EBITDA Margin

     8.7 %      19.6 % 

 

(1)

Other income, net for the year ended December 31, 2025 includes a $6.8 million gain related to a non-recurring legal settlement. Refer to Note 11, “Commitments and Contingencies,” to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for further discussion of this legal settlement.

(2)

Represent non-recurring professional service fees related to this offering and our IPO readiness.

(3)

Other for the year ended December 31, 2025 includes $1.6 million of legal expenses related to the legal settlement discussed in (1) above and $0.6 million of marketing expenses related to the Company’s rebranding. Other for the year ended December 31, 2024 includes (i) $3.8 million of business process improvement costs and (ii) $1.3 million of legal fees and a $4.8 million of inventory obsolescence charge related to the legal settlement discussed in (1) above. These expenses are non-recurring.

 

119


Table of Contents

Unaudited Quarterly Results

The following table sets forth certain financial and operating information for each of our fiscal quarters since the first quarter of 2024. We have prepared the following unaudited quarterly financial information on the same basis as our audited consolidated financial statements and have included all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments that in our opinion are necessary to fairly state the financial information set forth in those statements. This information should be read in conjunction with the audited consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

    Three Months Ended  
($ in thousands)   December 31,
2025
    September 30,
2025
    June 30,
2025
    March 31,
2025
    December 31,
2024
    September 30,
2024
    June 30,
2024
    March 31,
2024
 

Revenue:

               

Products

  $ 129,055     $ 92,973     $ 70,836     $ 26,487     $ 25,682     $ 55,341     $ 113,166     $ 98,240  

Services

    28,251       28,262       30,298       26,771       25,674       25,320       24,604       24,165  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

    157,306       121,235       101,134       53,258       51,356       80,661       137,770       122,405  

Cost of revenue:

               

Products

    93,351       68,509       58,634       24,241       23,806       40,063       70,222       65,829  

Services

    21,412       22,404       24,124       25,955       20,538       20,971       23,328       17,163  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

    114,763       90,913       82,758       50,196       44,344       61,034       93,550       82,992  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

    42,543       30,322       18,376       3,062       7,012       19,627       44,220       39,413  

Operating expenses:

               

Selling, general, and administrative

    15,394       8,261       9,383       8,588       8,707       9,324       8,150       7,599  

Research and development

    2,404       6,351       7,194       9,490       5,963       3,770       1,965       1,299  

Amortization of intangible assets

    4,213       4,188       4,125       4,080       4,356       4,637       4,563       4,563  

Change in contingent consideration

    —        —        1,214       1,221       3,250       (73,760 )      5,400       3,511  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    22,011       18,800       21,916       23,379       22,276       (56,029 )      20,078       16,972  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from operations

    20,532       11,522       (3,540 )      (20,317 )      (15,264 )      75,656       24,142       22,441  

Other income (expense), net:

               

Interest expense

    (8,216 )      (8,573 )      (8,378 )      (7,179 )      (7,635 )      (8,176 )      (7,430 )      (6,343 ) 

Interest income

    213       142       130       214       348       276       422       390  

Other income, net

    1       6,840       —        —        19       —        —        110  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other expense, net

    (8,002 )      (1,591 )      (8,248 )      (6,965 )      (7,268 )      (7,900 )      (7,008 )      (5,843 ) 
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

    12,530       9,931       (11,788 )      (27,282 )      (22,532 )      67,756       17,134       16,598  

Provision for income taxes

    49       40       42       40       345       —        3       15  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

    12,481       9,891       (11,830 )      (27,322 )      (22,877 )      67,756       17,131       16,583  

Net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interest

    83       2       14       7       25       10       3       6  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) attributable to Athena Technology Solutions Holdings, LLC

  $ 12,398     $ 9,889     $ (11,844 )    $ (27,329 )    $ (22,902 )    $ 67,746     $ 17,128     $ 16,577  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

  $ 29,554     $ 17,757     $ 3,627     $ (13,360 )    $ (5,025 )    $ 9,564     $ 40,367     $ 32,106  

Net income (loss) margin

    7.9 %      8.2 %      (11.7 )%      (51.3 )%      (44.5 )%      84.0 %      12.4 %      13.5 % 

Adjusted EBITDA margin

    18.8 %      14.6 %      3.6 %      (25.1 )%      (9.8 )%      11.9 %      29.3 %      26.2 % 

 

120


Table of Contents

The following table presents a reconciliation of net income (loss) to Adjusted EBITDA for the periods presented:

 

    Three Months Ended  

($ in thousands)

  December 31,
2025
    September 30,
2025
    June 30,
2025
    March 31,
2025
    December 31,
2024
    September 30,
2024
    June 30,
2024
    March 31,
2024
 

Net income (loss)

  $ 12,481     $ 9,891     $ (11,830 )    $ (27,322 )    $ (22,877 )    $ 67,756     $ 17,131     $ 16,583  

Interest expense

    8,216       8,573       8,378       7,179       7,635       8,176       7,430       6,343  

Interest income

    (213 )      (142 )      (130 )      (214 )      (348 )      (276 )      (422 )      (390 ) 

Provision for income taxes

    49       40       42       40       345       —        3       15  

Depreciation and amortization

    5,341       5,358       5,497       5,173       5,349       5,516       5,242       5,235  

Other income, net (1)

    (1 )      (6,840 )      —        —        (19 )      —        —        (110 ) 

Change in contingent consideration

    —        —        1,214       1,221       3,250       (73,760 )      5,400       3,511  

Restructuring — severance

    —        —        —        —        25       122       —        —   

Business acquisition costs

    —        —        —        —        264       —        —        —   

IPO-related costs

    3,398       —        —        —        —        —        —        —   

Other (2)

    283       877       456       563       1,351       2,030       5,583       919  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

  $ 29,554     $ 17,757     $ 3,627     $ (13,360 )    $ (5,025 )    $ 9,564     $ 40,367     $ 32,106  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

  $ 157,306     $ 121,235     $ 101,134     $ 53,258     $ 51,356     $ 80,661     $ 137,770     $ 122,405  

Net income (loss) margin

    7.9 %      8.2 %      (11.7 )%      (51.3 )%      (44.5 )%      84.0 %      12.4 %      13.5 % 

Adjusted EBITDA Margin

    18.8 %      14.6 %      3.6 %      (25.1 )%      (9.8 )%      11.9 %      29.3 %      26.2 % 

 

(1)

During the three months ended September 30, 2025, other income, net includes a gain related to a non-recurring legal settlement. Refer to Note 11, “Commitments and Contingencies,” to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for further discussion of this legal settlement.

(2)

Other represents other non-recurring costs including (i) marketing expenses related to Company’s rebranding, (ii) business process improvement costs, and (iii) legal fees and an inventory obsolescence charge related to a non-recurring legal settlement discussed in (1) above.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

We measure liquidity in terms of our ability to fund the cash requirements of our business operations, including working capital needs, capital expenditures, contractual obligations, debt service, acquisitions, and other commitments. Our principal sources of liquidity to date have included cash provided by operating activities, amounts raised through issuances of equity capital, and borrowings under our Credit Agreement. We currently expect that our principal future sources of funding will include our current cash balance, cash provided by operating activities, our Credit Agreement, proceeds from this offering, and other forms of debt financing and equity offerings. We expect to use the net proceeds from this offering, together with borrowings under the New Credit Facilities, to repay in full approximately $258 million of outstanding borrowings under our Credit Agreement. See “Use of Proceeds.”

After the consummation of this offering, AEVEX Corp. will be a holding company and will have no material assets other than its ownership of equity interests in Holdings LLC. AEVEX Corp. will have no independent means of generating revenue or cash flow. Under the terms of the LLC Operating Agreement and the Tax Receivable Agreement that will be in effect at the time of the consummation of this offering, Holdings LLC is obligated to make tax distributions to the LLC Unitholders, including us. To the extent that Holdings LLC has available cash, we intend to cause Holdings LLC to make cash distributions to the owners of LLC

 

121


Table of Contents

Units, including us, in amounts sufficient to (1) fund all or part of their tax obligations in respect of taxable income allocated to them and (2) cover our operating expenses, including payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement.

The actual amount and timing of any payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement will vary depending upon a number of factors, including the timing of exchanges by the LLC Unitholders, the amount of gain recognized by the LLC Unitholders, the amount and timing of the taxable income we generate in the future and the federal tax rates then applicable. However, we expect that the payments AEVEX Corp. will be required to make under the Tax Receivable Agreement will be substantial and could materially affect our liquidity. Assuming there are no material changes in the relevant tax laws and that we earn sufficient taxable income to realize all tax benefits that are subject to the Tax Receivable Agreement, and assuming all exchanges or redemptions would occur immediately after the initial public offering, we would be required to pay approximately $367.5 million over the 15 year period from the date of this offering. There can be no assurance that Holdings LLC and its subsidiaries will generate sufficient cash flow to distribute funds to us or that applicable state law and contractual restrictions, including negative covenants in debt instruments of Holdings LLC and its subsidiaries, will permit such distributions.

Any payments made by us under the Tax Receivable Agreement will generally reduce the amount of overall cash flow that might have otherwise been available to use and, to the extent that we are unable to make payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement for any reason, the unpaid amounts generally will be deferred and will accrue interest until paid by us. If AEVEX Corp. does not have sufficient funds to pay taxes, payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement or other liabilities or to fund its operations, it may have to borrow funds, which could materially adversely affect its liquidity and financial condition and subject it to various restrictions imposed by any such lenders.

In addition to payments required by the Tax Receivable Agreement, our expected primary uses of cash on a short and long-term basis are for working capital requirements, capital expenditures, R&D, debt service requirements, potential acquisitions, and other general corporate purposes. Our primary working capital requirements are for project execution activities including purchases of materials, subcontracted services and payroll, which fluctuate during the year, driven primarily by the timing and extent of activities required on new and existing projects.

Our ability to generate sufficient liquidity from our ongoing operations and capital markets transactions in order to meet our obligations and operating needs will enable us to continue our business operations. If we require additional capital and are unsuccessful in raising that capital, we may not be able to continue our business operations and/or may be unable to advance growth initiatives, either of which could adversely impact our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

We believe that our cash and cash equivalents and amounts available under our Credit Agreement will be adequate to meet our liquidity requirements for at least the 12 months following the date of this prospectus. Our future long-term capital requirements will depend on several factors, including our ability to raise additional capital and, over time, our ability to generate positive cash flows from operations. Accordingly, we may try to raise additional capital, whether in the public or private markets. To the extent existing cash and cash equivalents are not sufficient to fund future activities, we may borrow under our Credit Agreement or seek to raise additional funds through equity, equity-linked or debt financings. We may enter into agreements or letters of intent with respect to potential investments in, or acquisitions of, complementary businesses, services or technologies, which could also require us to seek additional equity financing, incur indebtedness or use cash resources.

 

122


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes select financial data relevant to our liquidity and capital resources as of December 31, 2025 and 2024:

 

     As of December 31,  
(In thousands)    2025      2024  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 27,908      $ 45,603  

Total debt (including current portion)

     258,500        260,417  

Debt

On March 18, 2020 we entered into a Credit Agreement (as amended by Amendment No. 1 to Credit Agreement, dated as of October 28, 2020, Amendment No. 2 to Credit Agreement, dated as of May 7, 2021, Amendment No. 3 to Credit Agreement, dated as of May 15, 2023, Amendment No. 4 to Credit Agreement, dated as of April 30, 2024 and Amendment No. 5 to Credit Agreement, dated as of September 15, 2025, the “Credit Agreement”) with a syndicate of lenders, Ankura Trust Company, LLC, as administrative agent and PNC Bank, National Association as revolving agent and collateral agent.

The Credit Agreement provides for a senior secured term loan facility (the “Term Loan”) in an original aggregate principal amount of $325 million. The Credit Agreement also provides for a super priority senior secured revolving credit facility in an aggregate principal amount of $25 million (the “Revolving Credit Facility” and, together with the Term Loan, the “Credit Facilities”). The Revolving Credit Facility includes a $5 million sublimit for the issuance of letters of credit. As of December 31, 2025, we had $259 million outstanding under the Term Loan and $0 outstanding under the Revolving Credit Facility. The Term Loan matures on March 18, 2028. Borrowings, if any, under the Revolving Credit Facility mature on March 18, 2028.

The Term Loans bear interest at a rate equal to (i) 5.00% plus the base rate equal to the highest of (w) the prime rate, (x) the Federal funds open rate plus 0.50% per annum and (y) a daily Term SOFR rate based on an interest period of one month plus 1.00% per annum or (ii) Term SOFR plus 6.00% per annum subject to a 1.00% Term SOFR floor. The Revolving Credit Facility bears interest at a rate as set forth in the grid below that corresponds to the most recent first lien net leverage ratio calculation.

 

First Lien Net
Leverage Ratio

   Term SOFR
Rate Loans
    Base Rate
Loans
 

>3.50x

     4.00 %      3.00 % 

<3.50x

     3.75 %      2.75 % 

In addition to paying interest on loans outstanding under the Term Loan and the Revolving Credit Facility, we are required to pay a commitment fee of 0.50% per annum of unused commitments under the Revolving Credit Facility. We are required to pay customary fronting, issuance, and administrative fees for the issuance of letters of credit.

The borrowings are guaranteed and secured by substantially all our assets and our subsidiaries. As of December 31, 2025 and 2024, we were in compliance with the covenants in the Credit Agreement.

On October 9, 2025, a wholly owned subsidiary of ours entered into a Loan Authorization Agreement with the Bank of Montreal from which we may from time to time request loans and letters of credit in an aggregate principal amount of $60 million. The loans are payable on demand and we have 15 days to honor any demand for payment. Further, the availability of loans and letters of credit will automatically terminate on demand. We may make principal payments on the loans at any time and in any amount without premium or penalty. Interest on the loans is computed at a variable rate, which may change daily, and is payable quarterly. The loans are guaranteed by funds affiliated with our Principal Stockholder. During November and December 2025, we borrowed $20 million under the Loan Authorization Agreement. Subsequently, during December 2025, we repaid the $20 million we previously borrowed under the Loan Authorization Agreement. We intend to terminate the Loan Authorization Agreement prior to the closing of this offering.

 

123


Table of Contents

New Credit Facilities

We currently anticipate entering into (i) a senior secured term loan facility with an expected initial aggregate principal amount of approximately $100.0 million, (ii) a senior secured delayed draw term loan facility with an expected initial aggregate principal amount of approximately $75.0 million and (iii) a senior secured revolving credit facility in an aggregate principal amount of $200.0 million, which is expected to include a sublimit for the issuance of letters of credit in an amount up to $40.0 million and a sublimit for swingline loans in an amount up to $30.0 million, pursuant to a new credit agreement shortly after the closing of this offering. The New Credit Facilities are not committed and there is no guarantee that the New Credit Facilities will be made available. The closing of the New Credit Agreement, if it occurs, is expected to be subject to the consummation of this offering, repayment of the obligations under the Credit Agreement and certain other conditions set forth in the New Credit Agreement. We expect that the New Credit Agreement will contain customary covenants and conditions that will, among other things, limit our ability to incur additional indebtedness, incur liens on assets, enter into agreements related to mergers and acquisitions, dispose of assets or pay dividends and make distributions.

Borrowings under the Revolving Credit Facility and the Delayed Draw Term Loan Facility may vary significantly from time to time depending on our cash needs at any given time. The Revolving Credit Facility is expected to be undrawn at the closing of this offering. The Delayed Draw Term Loan Facility is not expected to be borrowed at the closing of this offering. The borrowing under the Term Loan Facility is expected to occur on the date on which the Term Loan Facility is established and amounts borrowed under the Term Loan Facility cannot be reborrowed. See “Description of Certain Indebtedness.”

Series A Preferred Units

In December 2025, the Company entered into a Unit Purchase Agreement with two investors pursuant to which the Company issued 100,000 Series A Preferred Units for aggregate cash proceeds of $100.0 million. The transaction closed in December 2025, at which time (a) the Company amended and restated its limited liability company agreement (the “LLC Agreement”) to confer the agreed upon rights and obligations to the holders of the Series A Preferred Units and (b) the investors executed a joinder to the LLC Agreement and became members of the Company. Thereafter, in February and March of 2026, Radz Capital AEVEX Holdings Inc. invested $14.1 million and $1.3 million, respectively, in Series A Preferred Units and executed a joinder to the LLC Agreement.

Under the LLC Agreement, the Series A Preferred Units initially accrue a preferred return at a rate of 5.0% per annum through June 4, 2027, compounding annually. The preferred return is added to each holder’s unreturned Series A preferred capital balance. If a qualified public offering has not occurred prior to June 4, 2027, then the preferred return rate increases to 8% for the next 12-month period, with additional 1% increases in the preferred return rate on each of June 4, 2028 and June 4, 2029. Holders of Series A Preferred Units have a liquidation and dividend preference over all other unitholders, until they have received all accrued returns and return of the initial capital.

The Series A Preferred Units also provide holders with certain conversion rights.

 

  •  

Upon the occurrence of a sale or liquidation of the Company, the Series A preferred investors may elect to convert all outstanding Series A Preferred Units into Class A units at a 20% discount to the fair market value of a Class A Unit at such time.

 

  •  

In a qualified public offering, the Series A Preferred Units automatically convert into common stock of the public company at a 20% discount to the IPO price.

 

  •  

In any such conversion, the value of any unreturned preferred yield is disregarded in determining the value of the securities such Series A Preferred Units are converted into.

 

  •  

The right to convert upon various liquidity events, including a qualified public offering, represents an embedded derivative required to be accounted for separately from the Series A Preferred Units and

 

124


Table of Contents
 

remeasured at fair value at each reporting date, with the changes in fair value recorded through earnings.

Beginning on the fifth anniversary of issuance, a majority of the Series A Preferred Unit holders may elect to require the Company to redeem all outstanding Series A Preferred Units for cash at their liquidation value, subject to applicable legal and contractual restrictions. The Company also has the right, beginning December 4, 2027 (but subject to a blackout window), to redeem all or a portion of the Series A Preferred Units at contractually specified call prices. If any required redemption is delayed beyond 180 days due to applicable restrictions, the Series A preferred yield increases as provided in the LLC Agreement. Following a public offering, holders are entitled to short-form demand registration rights.

Except as specifically provided in the LLC Agreement, the Series A Preferred Units do not confer general voting rights. Series A Preferred Unit holders are entitled to certain customary rights and subject to certain customary obligations as a member of the Company as set forth in the LLC Agreement.

The Series A Preferred Units are classified as mezzanine equity in the consolidated balance sheet because they are redeemable at the option of the holders. The $100.0 million fair value at issuance (net of $0.1 million of issuance costs) was allocated between the Series A Preferred Units and the embedded derivative, with the net proceeds first allocated to the derivative at its estimated fair value of $20.0 million and the remainder of $79.9 million allocated to the Series A Preferred Units. As of December 31, 2025, the Company increased the carrying value of the Series A Preferred Units to $80.4 million, which represents their maximum redemption value ($1,000 per unit, plus the preferred return of $0.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2025), less the estimated fair value of the embedded derivative. This resulted in the $0.5 million increase in the carrying value of the Series A Preferred Units since issuance, with a corresponding decrease in members’ equity.

Cash Flows

The following table summarizes our cash flows for the periods indicated:

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
 
(In thousands)    2025      2024  

Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities

   $ (97,639 )     $ 64,912  

Net cash used in investing activities

     (10,544 )       (11,177 ) 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

     90,488        (58,934 ) 

Operating Activities

Net cash used in operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2025 was $97.6 million, compared to net cash provided by operating activities of $64.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2024. The $162.5 million unfavorable change in cash flow from operations is primarily due to: (i) the $36.4 million decrease in net income, net of non-cash items, (ii) the $71.9 million net increase in operating assets and liabilities in 2025 versus the $44.4 million net decrease in operating assets and liabilities in 2024, and (iii) a $9.8 million increase in contingent consideration payments classified as operating activities. The $71.9 million net increase in operating assets and liabilities during the year ended December 31, 2025 is primarily due to the timing of our cash payments to fulfill the EUCOM AOR Deep Strike program versus the timing of cash receipts from the customer, combined with an overall increase in revenue in the fourth quarter of 2025 versus the fourth quarter of 2024. The $44.4 million net decrease in operating assets and liabilities during the year ended December 31, 2024 was primarily due to our Phoenix Ghost program being substantially completed as of December 31, 2024.

Investing Activities

Net cash used in investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2025 decreased by $0.7 million to $10.5 million, compared to $11.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2024. The decrease in net cash used in

 

125


Table of Contents

investing activities was primarily due to a $1.0 million decrease in purchases of property and equipment during the year ended December 31, 2025.

Financing Activities

Net cash provided by financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2025 was $90.5 million, as compared to net cash used in financing activities of $58.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2024. The $149.4 million change in financing cash flows was primarily due to: (i) the $99.9 million of cash proceeds from the issuance of Series A Preferred units during the year ended December 31, 2025, net of issuance costs, versus $54.5 million of cash proceeds from the issuance of notes payable during the year ended December 31, 2024, net of issuance costs, (ii) the $85.9 million decrease in distributions to members during the year ended December 31, 2025, and (iii) the $19.6 million decrease in contingent consideration payments classified as financing activities during the year ended December 31, 2025.

Free Cash Flow

We consider free cash flow to be a useful, supplemental measure of our ability to generate cash on a normalized basis. We use free cash flow to supplement GAAP measures in evaluating our flexibility to allocate capital and pursue opportunities that may enhance shareholder value and the effectiveness of our strategies, to make budgeting decisions and to compare our performance against that of our peer companies, many of which present similar non-GAAP financial measures.

While expenditures and dispositions of property and equipment will fluctuate on a period-to-period basis, we seek to ensure that we have adequate capital on hand to maintain ongoing operations and enable growth of the business. Additionally, free cash flow is of limited usefulness in that it does not represent residual cash flows available for discretionary expenditures due to the fact the measures do not deduct the payments required for debt service and other contractual obligations or payments.

We define free cash flow as the sum of our net cash provided by (used in) operating activities less our capital expenditures. Our calculation of free cash flow may not be comparable to the calculation of similarly titled measures reported by other companies. The reconciliation between free cash flow and net cash provided by (used in) operating activities (the most comparable GAAP measure) for the periods presented is shown below:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
(In thousands)    2025      2024  

Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities

   $ (97,639 )     $ 64,912  

Purchases of property and equipment

     (7,479 )       (8,478 ) 
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Free cash flow

   $ (105,118 )     $ 56,434  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

During the year ended December 31, 2025, the $97.6 million of net cash used by operating activities included $38.9 million of contingent consideration payments and a $71.9 million net increase in operating assets and liabilities (excluding contingent consideration payments).

There can be no assurance that we will not modify the presentation of the previously presented non-GAAP financial measures in the future, and any such modification may be material. Non-GAAP financial measures have important limitations as analytical tools and you should not consider non-GAAP financial measures in isolation or as a substitute for analyses of our operating results or cash flows as reported under U.S. GAAP. Non-GAAP financial measures may be defined differently by other companies in our industry and may not be comparable to similarly titled measures of other companies, thereby diminishing their utility.

Contractual Obligations and Commitments

We enter into contractual obligations in the normal course of business.

 

126


Table of Contents

Lease Commitments

We lease buildings, warehouses, and office facilities. The lease terms are generally between 1 to 5 years. These leases are classified as operating leases. Our total remaining undiscounted future minimum lease payments as of December 31, 2025 were $8.9 million, with $3.9 million due in less than one year. See Note 10, “Leases,” to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for more information regarding our lease commitments.

Tribe Aerospace

As part of the acquisition of Tribe Aerospace, LLC in 2022, we agreed to pay contingent consideration to the sellers for any EBITDA (as defined in the earnout arrangement) recognized over certain thresholds during the earnout period from 2022-2024. During 2025, $61.7 million of the $98.2 million liability outstanding at December 31, 2024 was settled via the issuance of 7,786,951 Class A Units.

On October 16, 2025, we and the sellers agreed that the final remaining amount due from us to the sellers is $41.0 million (which represents the remaining liability to be paid in cash, plus accrued interest) and shall be paid in the following five installments: $5 million which was paid on October 16, 2025, $5.2 million (plus all accrued but unpaid interest on the outstanding balance) which was paid on December 15, 2025, and $10.2 million (plus all accrued but unpaid interest on the outstanding balance) to be paid on each of February 28, 2026, May 31, 2026 and August 31, 2026. On December 22, 2025, we paid $30.7 million to the sellers in full settlement of all remaining amounts due under the earnout arrangement. Interest accrued at 10% per annum.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

As of December 31, 2025 and 2024, we had no material off-balance sheet arrangements that have or are reasonably likely to have a current or future material effect on our financial condition, changes in financial condition, revenues or expenses, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditures or capital resources.

Critical Accounting Estimates

Our consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP. Preparation of the financial statements requires our management to make judgments, estimates, and assumptions that impact the reported amount of revenue and expenses, assets and liabilities, and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. We consider an accounting judgment, estimate, or assumption to be critical when the estimate or assumption is complex in nature or requires a high degree of judgment and the use of different judgments, estimates, and assumptions could have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements. We periodically review our estimates and make adjustments when facts and circumstances dictate. To the extent that there are material differences between these estimates and actual results, our financial condition or results of operations will be affected.

Revenue Recognition

We account for a contract when it has approval and commitment from both parties, the rights of the parties are identified, payment terms are identified, the contract has commercial substance and collectability of consideration is probable. We recognize revenue upon satisfying the performance obligations identified in the contract, which is achieved as services are rendered, upon completion of a service, or through the transfer of control of the promised good or service to the customer either at a point in time or over time.

Revenue from sale of products contracts, except for U.S. Government contracts, is generally recognized at a point-in-time when control is transferred to the customer. Revenue from service contracts is generally recognized over time as the work performed by the Company typically involves a continuous transfer of control to the

 

127


Table of Contents

customer. For most U.S. Government contracts, this continuous transfer of control to the customer is supported by clauses in the contract that allow the customer to unilaterally terminate the contract for convenience, pay for costs incurred plus a reasonable profit, and take control of any work in process. The Company’s contracts with international governments and commercial customers contain similar termination for convenience clauses whereby the Company has a legally enforceable right to receive payment for costs incurred and a reasonable profit for products or services that do not have alternative uses to the Company. For revenue recognized under the right-to-invoice practical expedient, the Company has an unconditional right to invoice the customer at an amount that corresponds directly with the value of the Company’s performance completed to date. The Company typically invoices its customers monthly with payment terms not to exceed 30 to 45 days. Revenues are recognized over time as control is continuously transferred to the customer during the contract.

Once we identify the performance obligations, we determine the transaction price, which includes estimating the amount of variable consideration to be included in the transaction price, if any. Our contracts generally do not contain penalties, credits, price concessions, or other types of potential variable consideration. Prices are fixed at contract inception and are not contingent on performance or any other criteria.

Control is transferred over time for: (a) certain contracts under which we produce products with no alternative use and for which it has an enforceable right to recover costs incurred plus a reasonable profit margin for work completed to date; and (b) certain other contracts under which we create or enhance a customer-owned asset while performing design and development services. Under the cost-to-cost method, revenue is recognized for these contracts based on our efforts toward satisfying a performance obligation relative to the total expected efforts, which is measured using the estimated progress towards completion (i.e., proportion of costs incurred to date to the total EAC of the performance obligation).

These projections require us to make numerous assumptions and estimates when determining the total estimated costs of completion, the nature and complexity of the work to be performed, subcontractor performance and the risk and impact of delayed performance. We review our cost estimates on a periodic basis, or when circumstances change and warrant a modification to a previous estimate. Cost estimates are largely based on negotiated or estimated purchase contract terms, historical performance trends, and other economic projections. For the year ended December 31, 2025, changes in the estimated progress towards completion due to aggregate unfavorable EAC adjustments across programs resulted in a $2.4 million decrease in revenue included within the results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2025. For the year ended December 31, 2024, changes in the estimated progress towards completion due to aggregate favorable EAC adjustments across programs resulted in a $5.5 million increase in revenue included within the results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2024.

When changes in estimated total costs at completion or in estimated total transaction price are determined, the related impact on operating income is recognized on a cumulative basis. Cumulative EAC adjustments represent the cumulative effect of the changes on current and prior periods; revenue and operating margins in future periods are recognized as if the revised estimates had been used since contract inception. Any anticipated losses on these contracts are fully recognized in the period in which the losses become evident. As of December 31, 2025 and 2024, the loss contract reserve balance was $0.1 million and $0.6 million, respectively, which is included in accrued expenses and other current liabilities in the consolidated balance sheet.

We recognize revenue from certain contracts which may include multiple performance obligations. For these contracts, we allocate the transaction price to each performance obligation based on the relative standalone selling price of the product or service underlying each performance obligation. The standalone selling price represents the amount for which we would sell the product or service to a customer on a standalone basis (i.e., not sold as a bundled sale with any other products or services). The allocation of transaction price among separate performance obligations may impact the timing of revenue recognition but will not change the total revenue recognized on the contract.

 

128


Table of Contents

A substantial majority of our revenue is derived from contracts with the U.S. Government, including FMS contracts. These contracts are subject to the Federal Acquisition Regulation (“FAR”) and the prices of our contract deliverables are typically based on our estimated or actual costs plus margin. As a result, the standalone selling prices of the products and services in these contracts are typically equal to the selling prices stated in the contract, thereby eliminating the need to allocate (or reallocate) the transaction price to the multiple performance obligations. In our non-U.S. Government contracts, when standalone selling prices are not directly observable, we also generally use the expected cost plus margin approach to determine standalone selling price. In determining the appropriate margin under the cost plus margin approach, we consider historical margins on similar products sold to similar customers or within similar geographies where objective evidence is available. We may also consider our cost structure, the nature of the proposal, the effects of customization of pricing, our practices used to establish pricing of bundled products, the expected technological life of the product, margins earned on similar contracts with different customers and other factors to determine the appropriate margin.

Goodwill and Intangible Assets

Goodwill represents the excess of the cost of an acquired entity over the fair value of the acquired net assets. We test goodwill for impairment annually during the fourth quarter of our fiscal year or when events or circumstances change in a manner that indicates goodwill might be impaired.

For the impairment test, we first assess qualitative factors, macroeconomic conditions, industry and market considerations, triggering events, cost factors, and overall financial performance, to determine whether it is necessary to perform a quantitative goodwill impairment test. Alternatively, we may bypass the qualitative assessment for some or all of its reporting units and apply the quantitative impairment test. If determined to be necessary, the quantitative impairment test shall be used to identify goodwill impairment and measure the amount of a goodwill impairment loss to be recognized (if any). For the quantitative impairment test we estimate the fair value by weighting the results from the income approach and the market approach. These valuation approaches consider a number of factors that include, but are not limited to, prospective financial information, growth rates, terminal value, discount rates, and comparable multiples from publicly traded companies in our industry and require us to make certain assumptions and estimates regarding industry economic factors and future profitability of its business. Based upon the annual qualitative goodwill impairment testing performed during the fourth quarter of 2025 and 2024, we determined that there was no impairment of our goodwill during the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024.

Acquired intangible assets include customer relationships, technology and trade names. Finite-lived intangible assets are amortized over their estimated useful lives using the straight-line method which approximates the pattern in which the economic benefits of such assets are consumed. We assess amortized intangible assets for impairment when events or circumstances suggest that the carrying values may not be recoverable. This assessment involves comparing the carrying value of the assets or asset groups to their undiscounted expected future cash flows. If the total undiscounted future cash flows are less than the carrying amount, we recognize an impairment loss equal to the difference between the carrying amount and the fair value of the assets or asset groups. Determining fair value requires management to make estimates and judgments based on various factors, including projected revenues and associated earnings. We did not recognize any intangible assets impairment losses in the year ended December 31, 2025 or 2024.

Class A Unit Valuations

As part of the acquisition of Tribe Aerospace, LLC in 2022, we agreed to pay contingent consideration to the sellers for any EBITDA recognized over certain thresholds during the earnout period from 2022-2024. As a portion of the payment is in our Class A Units, their estimated fair value was a significant input to the measurement of our contingent consideration liability as of and for the year ended December 31, 2024. Such fair value has been determined by management with the assistance of third-party valuations. Given the absence of a public trading market for our Class A Units and in accordance with the American Institute of Certified Public

 

129


Table of Contents

Accountants Practice Aid, Valuation of Privately Held Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation, we exercised reasonable judgment and considered numerous objective and subjective factors to determine the best estimate of the fair value of our Class A Units at each measurement date. These factors included:

 

  •  

our current business conditions and projections;

 

  •  

our actual operating and financial results;

 

  •  

the likelihood of various potential liquidity events, such as an initial public offering or sale of the Company, given prevailing market conditions;

 

  •  

the lack of marketability of our Class A Units;

 

  •  

average historical stock price volatility of comparable publicly traded companies in its industry peer group; and

 

  •  

the U.S. and global economic and capital market conditions and outlook.

In determining the estimated fair value of our Class A Units, the enterprise value of the Company was estimated using primarily the income approach. The income approach estimates value based on the expectation of future cash flows that a company will generate. These cash flows are discounted to the present using a rate of return that incorporates the risk-free rate for the use of funds, the expected rate of inflation, and risks associated with the particular investment. The estimated enterprise value is then allocated to the Class A Units using the Option Pricing Method.

The contingent consideration liability balance of $98.2 million as of December 31, 2024 represented the amount to be paid for the 2024 earnout period, which is the final period of the earnout arrangement and is based on 2024 actual EBITDA. During 2025, $61.7 million of the $98.2 million liability outstanding at December 31, 2024 was settled via the issuance of 7,786,951 Class A Units. The remainder of the liability was settled in cash during the year ended December 31, 2025.

Inventories

Inventories are recorded at the lower of cost and net realizable value with cost being determined on a first-in first-out basis. Costs include materials, direct labor and an allocation of overhead in the case of work in process. We write down our inventory for estimated obsolescence or unmarketable inventory on a part-by-part basis using aging profiles. Aging profiles are determined based upon inventory age, historical obsolescence trends and assumptions about future demand and market conditions. If actual future demand or market conditions are less favorable than those projected, inventory adjustments may be required. Should future demand or market conditions prove to be different than the estimates, our cost of revenue may increase.

Derivative Liability Fair Value Measurements

In connection with the issuance of the Series A Preferred Units in December 2025, we evaluated the instrument for any features that must be bifurcated and separately accounted for as embedded derivatives. We determined that the conversion features met the requirements to be bifurcated and separately accounted for as a compound embedded derivative. The embedded derivative was measured at estimated fair value at issuance and is remeasured at estimated fair value at each reporting date with changes in fair value recorded in earnings. We utilized a third-party valuation specialist to estimate the fair value of the derivative liability using a probability-weighted expected return method (“PWERM”) using the “With and Without” approach (a form of an income approach). Under this approach management considered the various conversion scenarios that constitute the embedded derivative. The estimated fair value of the derivative liability was measured using Level 3 inputs which included: the estimated future cash flows of the Company, estimated WACC, estimated scenario probability and timing, expected stock price volatility, and risk-free interest rate.

 

130


Table of Contents

Recently Issued and Adopted Accounting Standards

Recently issued and adopted accounting standards are described in Note 2, “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies,” to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Emerging Growth Company Accounting Election

Section 102(b)(1) of the JOBS Act exempts emerging growth companies from being required to comply with new or revised financial accounting standards until private companies are required to comply with the new or revised financial accounting standards. The JOBS Act provides that a company can choose not to take advantage of the extended transition period and comply with the requirements that apply to non-emerging growth companies, and any such election to not take advantage of the extended transition period is irrevocable. We are an “emerging growth company” as defined in Section 2(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and have elected to take advantage of the benefits of this extended transition period, which means that when a standard is issued or revised and has different application dates for public or private companies, we, as an emerging growth company, may adopt the new or revised standard at the time private companies are required to adopt the new or revised standard. This may make it difficult or impossible to compare our financial results with the financial results of another public company that is either not an emerging growth company or is an emerging growth company that has chosen not to take advantage of the extended transition period exemptions for emerging growth companies because of the potential differences in accounting standards used.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

We have operations within the United States and as such we are exposed to market risks in the ordinary course of our business, including the effects of interest rate changes and credit risk. Information related to quantitative and qualitative disclosure about this market risk is set forth below.

Interest Rate Risk

We are exposed to market risk for changes in interest rates applicable to our cash and cash equivalents and debt. We had cash and cash equivalents totaling $27.9 million and $45.6 million as of December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively. Our cash and cash equivalents were primarily invested in interest bearing demand deposit accounts. Our primary exposure to interest rate risk results from outstanding borrowings under the Credit Agreement. We estimate that a 100-basis point increase in interest rates for the year ended December 31, 2025 would have resulted in approximately a $2.6 million increase in interest expense. We estimate that a 100-basis point increase in interest rates for the year ended December 31, 2024 would have resulted in approximately a $2.5 million increase in interest expense.

Inflation Risk

We have generally experienced increases in our costs of labor, materials and services consistent with overall rates of inflation, but we do not believe that inflation has had a material effect on our business, results of operations, or financial condition. We expect the impact of such increases will be mitigated by efforts to lower costs through manufacturing efficiencies, seek alternative sourcing and reevaluate pricing, as we did in the prior periods. However, any continued cost inflation and supply chain disruptions may require similar efforts to mitigate the impact of continued cost inflation and supply chain disruptions on our results of operations. Our inability or failure to offset cost increases could adversely affect our business, results of operations, or financial condition.

 

131


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

Our Company

We believe that we are a leading defense technology prime contractor and critical enabler of U.S. UAS dominance strategy missions. We are highly differentiated by our proven track record of securing and successfully executing on critical strategic Programs of Record, with over 10,200 systems delivered and committed through the end of 2026 to operational environments that validate our battlefield effectiveness. Today, we are positioned as a recognized global leader in UxS. Through our advanced autonomous, AI-enabled, and attritable UxS, we play a central role in defining next-generation warfighting capabilities, including key areas such as precision strike launched effects, loitering munitions, and full-scope ISR.

Our solutions are primarily sold to agencies and organizations within the DoW, SOF, IC, and allied international partners. For more than 18 years, we have delivered mission critical capabilities for a broad spectrum of operational use cases to over 30 unique active customers and have developed and deployed 35 unique UxS platforms in the last 3 years alone. Our UxS portfolio is underpinned by our proprietary AI-based CompassX sensor-fusion engine, which delivers APNT and advanced onboard autonomy in GPS-denied environments. Our capabilities are unified across a software and data-science framework that allows our systems to communicate and operate synchronously in GPS-denied environments. We maintain our leadership in mission capabilities by rapidly innovating through constant customer feedback and in-theater experience, enabling the warfighter with the cutting-edge technology and capability to meet the ever-changing threat environment. This trusted partnership with our customers has been critical in informing our product development pipeline and has resulted in us earning a prime contractor position on 84.0% of all programs.

We deliver technology-led products and solutions through two complementary business segments:

 

  •  

Tactical Systems: Designs and manufactures battle-tested, autonomous, modular, and attritable UxS, including UAS and USV, along with other mission critical products.

 

  •  

Global Solutions: Provides bespoke mission solutions, including AI-enabled full-spectrum airborne ISR, C-UAS, additive manufacturing, and specialized mission aircraft engineering, modification, and testing.

We believe the demand for our UxS products and capabilities is present and pervasive, with the U.S. and global addressable UxS opportunity expected to reach annual levels of approximately $11.0 billion and $26.0 billion, respectively, by 2030. In response to this considerable appetite for autonomous solutions, we have invested in building world-class facilities across the U.S. to deliver for customer missions reliably and at scale. With approximately 100,000 square feet of dedicated production space, we have the capacity to produce over 1,000 UxS per month and have successfully delivered at high volumes for years. Our operating footprint enables vertically integrated engineering and testing capabilities, driving rapid innovation cycles and customer intimacy. Our innovation lab has been a cornerstone for our technological innovation, including advanced on-board autonomy and proprietary software packages delivering APNT. Additionally, ForgeX is our highly innovative, deployable, additive manufacturing solution, which enables resiliency on the frontlines of the battlefield by manufacturing mission-ready UxS at the point of need. Collectively, our world-class production facilities, innovation lab, and ForgeX solution strengthen supply chains and enable customer missions worldwide.

Software enablement is a key driver of success across our portfolio of UxS. CompassX delivers onboard autonomy, APNT, real-time situational awareness, and precision targeting, enabling our UxS to navigate complex battlespaces and accurately reach their targets, even in GPS-denied environments. Our software adheres to the MOSA standards, allowing for rapid adaptation to new threats, reduced development cycles, easier and more cost-effective upgrades, and better interoperability between systems.

Today, we are an established leader in the global market for UxS and ISR solutions, backed by our track record of past performance with over 30 unique active customers. We have delivered over 6,200 UxS and have

 

132


Table of Contents

over 3,900 more systems committed through the end of 2026. We have successfully developed, produced, and deployed 35 unique UxS platforms delivering multi-mission capabilities for customers in demanding mission environments. We believe our combination of mission expertise, battle-tested family of technologies, innovative end-to-end mission autonomy, and state-of-the-art production capacity positions us as a key provider to the DoW, SOF, and IC and positions us to capture growth opportunities in our $8.1 billion identified pipeline as of December 2025.

 

LOGO

Our Strategy & Mission

We partner closely with our customers to develop solutions for their most challenging operational problems, delivering reliable, affordable, and operationally relevant solutions on time and at scale. We are conflict-proven and front-line-ready. We engineer based on need and deliver at speed. Our mission is to develop capabilities and solutions that allow our customers to win the fight on the battlefields of the future. We provide our customers with the capabilities needed to overcome denial and overwhelm the adversary in contested environments.

Since our first contract in 2007, our veteran-founded company has focused on U.S. national security missions with a simple aim: field systems that work when and where they are needed most. Our focus is rooted in sustained mission support across global theaters and a continuous battlefield-to-production feedback loop, which guides how we design, build, and deliver reliable UxS, advanced autonomy software, and mission services for our customers. Our operational strategy and technological capabilities are engineered to deliver advanced, mission-specific autonomous systems for our customers operating in complex and time-critical security, defense, and wartime environments. Our approach relies on our deep customer collaboration, a forward-looking and customer-aligned technology roadmap, and a proven ability to execute with speed and at scale. Our business model is distinguished by our close interaction with end-users, primarily within the DoW, SOF, and IC. This “mission partner” DNA allows us to translate urgent, real-world requirements into resilient, reliable, and affordable capabilities. Our strategy combines sustained IRAD with customer-funded initiatives to accelerate innovation. This is supported by our world class talent as well as our agile and scalable manufacturing processes, including deployable additive manufacturing, which facilitate rapid solutions on the frontlines of the conflict.

 

133


Table of Contents

 

LOGO

Technology & Capabilities

Technology is the core foundation of our strategy and our mission, enabling us to deliver mission-critical, AI-enabled systems that provide a decisive advantage on the modern battlefield. Our approach is centered on rapid innovation and close customer collaboration, ensuring our solutions meet the immediate and evolving needs of our partners. Our technology portfolio delivers a differentiated value proposition across five key pillars that combine to create an autonomous engine that provides the framework to deliver modular capabilities for battlefield superiority in GPS-denied, jammed, and spoofed environments:

 

  •  

Proprietary AI-Driven Autonomy: Our NAC is the “innovation lab” that spearheads the CompassX software ecosystem to deliver mission-critical solutions. Our core sensor fusion engine provides multi-domain autonomy, collaboration, and resilience in GNSS-denied and heavily contested environments.

 

  •  

MOSA Aligned Software and Platforms: We engineer our software and platforms with a MOSA, which enables the rapid and cost-effective integration of new sensors and third-party technologies to adapt to evolving threats.

 

  •  

Rapid Innovation and Development Cycles: Informed by on-the-ground experience in active deployments, we utilize agile approaches to define, develop, and deliver specialized, mission-tailored solutions, shortening development cycles to as little as a few weeks while leveraging real-time insights.

 

  •  

Hardware Integration and Flight Engineering: Our deep expertise in aircraft structures and avionics allows for the seamless integration of complex software and modular payloads into unified unmanned systems, delivering superior performance in flight range and payload capacity.

 

  •  

Reliable, Dynamic Production at Scale and at the Edge: Our state-of-the-art, ISO 9001:2015 and AS9100D-certified facilities have the capacity to manufacture over 1,000 UxS per month, while each of our additive manufacturing ForgeX MPUs can be positioned close to the point of need and produce

 

134


Table of Contents
 

up to 1,080 systems per year as currently configured. Our UxS solutions are designed and developed with a focus on supply chain resilience and scalability. We excel at providing affordable solutions on time and at scale.

Our portfolio of UxS benefits from shared resources across our core technologies. By the end of 2026, 100.0% of our UxS are expected to be underpinned by our NAC ecosystem and CompassX autonomy suite. This approach to our portfolio strategy delivers a cohesive, multi-domain suite of autonomous unmanned systems while enabling rapid innovation and development cycles across systems and mission sets. Our hardware is built to modular open systems standards, leveraging proprietary intellectual property and enabling rapid payload swaps, algorithm insertion, and cross-platform reuse for time-sensitive missions. This combination of advanced software, expert engineering, and rapid manufacturing allows us to move from concept to deployment with exceptional speed, delivering a significant operational advantage to our customers.

 

 

LOGO

To drive continued innovation, we prioritize investments in R&D. Since the beginning of 2024, we have made substantial investments in our technology, represented by a cumulative investment of approximately $104.2 million in combined internal and customer-funded R&D as of December 31, 2025. Through our IRAD program, we continuously advance technologies that are strategically relevant for next generation capabilities. We further leverage CRAD initiatives that allow us to tailor these capabilities for specific missions, ensuring direct applicability and strong customer buy-in. CRAD initiatives create a virtuous cycle of innovation, informed by active deployments and deep partnerships with the DoW, SOF, and the IC.

This investment strategy has driven highly visible growth, illustrated by 181% growth in our funded backlog from $179.2 million as of December 31, 2024, to $503.1 million as of December 31, 2025. By leveraging a disciplined investment process with a targeted IRR of over 30.0% and payback period of approximately 2 years, our approach to innovation has yielded strong returns on investments. Our discipline in our investment philosophy is complemented by a measured degree of flexibility, as we occasionally accept lower hurdle rates for core investments that we have strong conviction will yield operational, financial, and strategic value. We believe

 

135


Table of Contents

our structured, methodical framework for evaluating investments aligns our innovation with customer priorities, de-risks future development, and maximizes our probability of winning contracts within our pipeline.

 

 

LOGO

Our Competitive Strengths

 

 

LOGO

We are well positioned in the market due to our integrated suite of technology-enabled autonomous UxS, long-standing relationships with hard-to-access customers, battle-proven mission heritage, and purpose-built platforms designed for multi-domain operations. Our AI-enabled autonomy solutions offer seamlessly integrated capabilities supported by a robust portfolio of intellectual property. Additionally, our Global Solutions teams, our experience operating our UxS, and the thousands of deliveries that we have completed drive product development and our deep knowledge of our customers’ operational needs. We believe our proven ability to rapidly design, develop, demonstrate, and deploy disruptive systems at an appropriate cost sets us apart from both established and emerging competitors, delivering a superior “price per effect” and a lower total lifecycle ownership cost.

Proven Battlefield Heritage with Exceptional Track Record of Performance

We are conflict-proven and front-line-ready. We have over 6,200 autonomous systems delivered and an additional 3,900 committed through the end of 2026 across 35 unique platform deployments to over 30 unique

 

136


Table of Contents

active customers, and we have demonstrated order-to-delivery timelines as short as nine days on critical programs. These results demonstrate our status as a reliable partner with embedded, long-standing relationships with key customers integral to this market. Through the landmark sole-sourced Phoenix Ghost program, we delivered over 4,400 units across seven different UxS, establishing our role as a key partner in supporting critical national security objectives. This success led to the sequential, sole-source award for the ongoing EUCOM AOR Deep Strike program, a groundbreaking initiative with over 4,800 planned deliveries across seven different UAS that drives close cooperation between U.S. and international manufacturing bases. Our continuation from Phoenix Ghost to the follow-on EUCOM AOR Deep Strike program underscores our ability to execute at scale. We believe our performance creates a self-sustaining feedback loop as we learn at a higher pace, innovate at a faster rate, and our successes for our customers snowball and compound.

Purpose-Built Portfolio Positioned to Enable Next-Generation Warfare and ISR Operations

We field a mission-tailored portfolio engineered for the next-generation of conflict across all domains. With a portfolio spanning UAS Groups I through V and a growing set of USV capabilities, our innovative battle-tested systems are well positioned to help our customers succeed in contested environments and on the modern battlefield against peer and near-peer adversaries. We harden navigation and communications across our systems with mesh radios and APNT, enabling persistent, high-quality reconnaissance aligned to evolving multi-domain strike and ISR requirements. We stand ready to support our customers across all mediums of the modern battlefield.

Differentiated Technology Stack Delivering Autonomy and Seamless Integration into Common Architectures at Scale

We anchor autonomy with our NAC and CompassX suite, fusing AI, deep neural networks, and multi-sensor inputs with multi-vehicle collaborative autonomy across our UxS portfolio. Brought together, this holistic ecosystem provides resilient and all-domain visual-based navigation capabilities by combining dual wide-FOV cameras with visual odometry to deliver GPS-independent positioning, day or night, in contested environments. As validated by our U.S. Government customers through awards and during testing, our technology stack results in faster deployment, seamless interoperability, and scalable autonomy across air, land, and sea, making us a one-stop-shop for UxS across the battlefield.

Intellectual Property-Rich Portfolio with Innovation Roadmap Aligned to Customer Priorities

We maintain a robust intellectual property base, including 9 issued patents, with expiration dates ranging from November 2038, through June 2043, 8 pending patent applications as of December 31, 2025 and extensive proprietary software, in addition to leveraging a deep set of innovative trade secrets. Our innovation engine is fueled by a combined IRAD and CRAD of approximately $68.8 million for the last twelve months ended December 31, 2025. This integrated development approach accelerates payload integration and capability expansion in areas such as visual-based navigation, resilient long-range communications, and precision navigation. Our innovation strategy extends beyond technology and includes industry leading practices and methods for advanced engineering and manufacturing. We complement this strategy with our ForgeX MPUs that enable low-cost mass production of mission-tailored UAS at the edge, significantly improving mission efficiency by reducing the overall burden, amount of logistics, and sustainment costs.

Highly Modular and Integrated Suite of Multi-Domain UxS

We focus on designing and building solutions that are relevant and tailored to the needs of our customers. We have built a diversified portfolio of systems spanning UAS Groups I through V and USVs, designed around modular open architectures to enable rapid payload integration, mission tailoring, and cross-platform autonomy and collaboration. Each is designed to integrate seamlessly and scale for the modern battlefield. Enabled by our NAC framework and CompassX suite, our platforms share common elements (e.g., software, avionics, APNT,

 

137


Table of Contents

etc.), making them easier to train, sustain, and scale. Together, we deliver an integrated family of systems capable of multi-domain ISR and mission effects across the modern battlespace, while remaining adaptable to emerging requirements.

Well-Invested Manufacturing Footprint Capable of Delivering Over 1,000 UxS per Month, with Room to Grow

We operate approximately 100,000 square feet of UxS production facilities with the capacity to deliver affordable systems at scale, supporting over 1,000 UxS per month, anchored by a state-of-the-art Florida manufacturing site. The more than 120-acre FAA-approved test range enables rapid prototyping, flight demonstration, and an iterative feedback loop with onsite engineering support capabilities. We have additional locations in the United States where our engineering teams work collaboratively with production teams to continuously refine and enhance our solutions. Proximity to key customers, including DoW, SOF, and IC stakeholders, compresses development cycles and improves mission alignment. We support surge capacity and responsiveness with our additive manufacturing ForgeX MPUs, which provide reliable production in austere environments to deliver scalable, mission-tailored output at the tactical edge.

Experienced Leadership Team with Track Record of Mission Execution and Customer Trust

We bring over 150 years of combined industry, operational, and technical experience across unmanned systems and ISR mission solutions, with leaders who have served in various branches of the military, led SOF-focused programs, and worked at major defense primes.

 

 

LOGO

Growth Strategies

Our growth strategy is enabled by our current and past performance on marquee programs, delivering thousands of autonomous systems to highly demanding customers for urgent operational needs across the globe.

 

138


Table of Contents

Collectively, our Phoenix Ghost and EUCOM AOR Deep Strike programs alone represent over 9,300 systems, delivered and committed through the end of 2026, and more than $1.2 billion in TCV. We believe our performance on historical and current contracts is a key differentiator and driver of our growth strategy.

 

 

LOGO

Our strategy has driven historical growth, illustrated by 181% growth in our funded backlog from $179.2 million as of December 31, 2024, to over $503.1 million as of December 31, 2025. Additionally, our growth outlook remains robust, evidenced by an approximately 98.0% increase in our pipeline of identified growth opportunities from $4.1 billion as of December 2024 to $8.1 billion as of December 2025. We believe we are well-positioned to capture these identified growth opportunities given our established track record in winning business. From January 2025 to December 2025, our value-weighted win rate on new “full and open” competitive pursuits was approximately 28.4%, with a greater than 99.0% value-weighted win rate on options, sole-source follow-ons and recompetes with existing contracts.

 

139


Table of Contents

 

LOGO

Capture Share of Rapidly Expanding UxS Procurement Budgets

We are capitalizing on the significant growth in our addressable markets, which is driven by structural shifts in defense procurement and the rapid acceleration of autonomous systems adoption. The U.S. 2030 total addressable market for UASs, launched effects, loitering munitions, one-way attack systems and USVs is expected to reach approximately $11.0 billion annually, and the total global addressable market in 2030 for these systems is expected to contribute approximately $26.0 billion in total annual opportunities. This represents our core addressable market opportunity where we believe our technology and capabilities are well-positioned to continue winning new contracts. Additionally, the UAS CCA, low-cost cruise missile, UUV, defense cargo & logistics UxS, and C-UAS EW system adjacent market addressable opportunity is expected to reach approximately $19.0 billion annually by 2030 for the U.S. and approximately $23.0 billion annually by 2030 worldwide. Combined, the complete addressable annual opportunity for the U.S is expected to reach

 

140


Table of Contents

approximately $31.0 billion by 2030, with the global opportunity reaching approximately $49.0 billion. There is further demand growth potential from key procurement agencies, such as the U.S. Army, which has stated its intent to acquire several million drones over the next two to three years. These developments, coupled with offshoots of demand across all autonomous platform types, signal an unprecedented procurement cycle from which we are poised to benefit.

To best capture global demand tailwinds, we are executing a multi-pronged growth strategy to expand our customer base across all U.S. military branches and deepen our penetration into allied forces. We are actively converting dialogues with multiple countries into high-value FMS and direct commercial sales opportunities, with key pursuits underway in strategic markets like Taiwan, the United Kingdom, and Finland. We are further leveraging our core competencies to expand into adjacent markets, including larger USVs, fast-moving precision strike UAS, and advanced EW solutions, with the goal of unlocking significant new revenue streams from increasing DoW and allied budgets.

Expand Our Customer Base Across the U.S. Military and Allied Forces

Our long-standing relationships with coveted defense customers position us to expand across the broader defense, technology, and government services markets. Our decades-long partnerships with organizations like the USAF, SOCOM, and the IC serve as strategic entry points into major U.S. military branches such as the Army, Navy, and Marine Corps.

A recent notable example of our success is our contract award for the Army’s LE-SR program. Our Atlas platform’s win of the LE-SR award results from our proven performance on the Phoenix Ghost and EUCOM AOR Deep Strike programs as well as our adaptability in meeting the Army’s specific mission requirements. Unlike competitors who attempted to retrofit legacy systems to new mission profiles, we delivered a new technology and configuration purpose-built for the LE-SR mission. Our alignment with the specific operational needs was a key differentiator in securing the LE-SR award and solidifies our reputation for designing systems under pressure and at scale to meet specific mission requirements.

International Expansion Across Allied Nations

We are actively converting initial engagements with allied nations into sustained, high-potential dialogues. Recent progress with 55 allied country engagements helps position us for significant international expansion. Our proven history supporting U.S. operations and select foreign defense programs serves as a powerful validator and creates a ripple effect of demand, all while reducing perceived risk for new buyers and reinforcing confidence in our ability to deliver mission-tailored, battle-tested solutions.

We are actively pursuing opportunities in key regions and administrations leveraging both FMS and commercial military sales, including:

 

  •  

NATO and the EU: Member states, especially the Nordic countries, are ramping up defense spending and rearmament in response to near-peer conflicts. Several members and countries in the region are situated on coastlines, driving interest in USVs to maintain dominance in contested maritime environments.

 

  •  

APAC: Nations across the region, including Taiwan and the Philippines, are investing heavily in autonomous systems for the air, land, and sea domains to counter regional threats. Emphasis is on large quantities of cost-effective platforms that can succeed in contested environments to support asymmetric warfare and deterrence strategies.

 

  •  

MENA: Continuing unrest and instability in the region is expected to drive spending for years to come with increased use of unmanned and autonomous systems to counter threats and deter adversarial aggression.

 

141


Table of Contents
  •  

South America: Expanding economies like Chile are prioritizing defense modernization and technological advancement to address both internal and external security challenges.

Drive Strategic Expansion into Adjacent Markets Leveraging Core Competencies

We are well positioned to expand into adjacent domains by leveraging our proven capabilities, trusted customer relationships, and operational familiarity. Our innovation framework naturally extends into new, lower-cost UxS variants that build on our existing platforms and technologies, ensuring continued relevance and scalability in evolving mission environments.

We see significant upside in entering the larger USV market, particularly for operations in complex sea states. Our Mako and Mako Lite platforms already contain the intellectual property needed to accelerate an expansion that aligns us to global naval modernization trends. Similarly, we intend to introduce new UAS variants that capitalize on higher operational speeds to counter a wider range of threats and C-UAS solutions that meet the growing demand for layered aerial threat protection.

We are in the early stages of expanding into the high-growth EW market as we move from engineering design and initial production phases into larger production runs in the future. While many of our current programs remain classified and in early stages, we are confident in our ability to convert emerging opportunities into meaningful revenue streams.

Accelerate Capability Growth Through Next-Generation Solutions Development

We have an extensive track record of developing mission-tailored defense technologies for marquee agencies. By leveraging our deep heritage for innovation and unique insights earned through our customer intimacy, we are well-positioned to continue deploying new technologies through our NAC and CompassX ecosystem. Today, we are focused on developing UxS solutions that prioritize alignment with the future of warfare. We are in active development of numerous UxS capabilities that prioritize multi-domain connectivity across the battlefield for tactical and C-UAS applications. Our battlefield experience, combined with an open-source architecture platform, enables rapid development and integration of customized UxS capability sets. This approach to innovation enhances our ability to maintain our tactical edge amongst competitors and positions us for future program wins.

Leverage Proven M&A Success to Drive Strategic Portfolio Expansion

Our disciplined acquisition strategy is a proven growth engine, driven by our proactive pursuit of high-impact opportunities that align with our M&A framework. We aim to acquire businesses that do one or more of: augmenting our core market position, uniquely expanding our technological competitive edge, effectively integrating into our existing technology stack, solidifying or winning key customer relationships, or helping create adjacent market opportunities. To this end, we have continued to invest in inorganic growth opportunities to evolve our offerings and expand our customer base. A few key acquisitions we have completed in recent years include Matrix in 2021, which expanded our processing, exploitation, and dissemination (“PED”) capabilities with classified IC customers; Spark and Tribe in 2022, which enabled the production of cost-effective UAS products and intellectual property; and Veth Research Associates in 2024, which enhanced our autonomous technology for UAS operating in GPS-contested environments. These investments have significantly broadened our solutions portfolio and strengthened our ability to deliver advanced mission capabilities to our customers. Our aim for M&A is to accelerate our differentiated capabilities and innovation, enhance margin, add scale, and support our long-term vision, all while being opportunistic and disciplined in our approach.

We have a successful track record of integrating companies with transformative technologies that deliver immediate operational benefits, which also better positions us for future strategic priorities.

 

142


Table of Contents

Our Industry

We operate at the intersection of several large and rapidly growing defense markets, including autonomous UxS, EW, C-UAS and ISR capabilities and mission support, across major global geographies.

U.S. and Global National Security and Defense Markets

Global defense spending is accelerating, fueled by rising budgets, modernization initiatives, and the urgent demand for next-generation advanced systems to counter peer and near-peer adversaries. The surge is driven by active conflicts in the Middle East, Africa, and Eastern Europe along with the need to support U.S. and allied deterrence efforts in the Pacific. Recent conflicts have revealed that legacy defense systems are increasingly outmoded and insufficient to counter adversary tactics. As a result, U.S. and allied militaries are seeking to replenish munitions exhausted from prior and ongoing conflicts, rearm for emerging or potential future conflicts, and modernize systems and tactics to keep pace with the evolving needs of the modern battlefield.

Defense spending in the United States has continued to receive bipartisan support, with spending toward total national defense surging from around $740.0 billion in 2021 to over $1.0 trillion requested for 2026, an approximately 13.0% increase from the prior year’s budget. In response to rising global tensions and the evolving nature of warfare, the U.S. President has requested significant increases to the DoW budget, with multi-year commitments aimed at modernizing the U.S. military across domains. These increases reflect a growing emphasis on technological superiority, rapid deployment capabilities and resilience in contested environments. The current administration has also placed strategic emphasis on high-tech unmanned systems, particularly aerial platforms like those developed by AEVEX, signaling a shift towards more agile, scalable, cost-effective, and technologically advanced defense capabilities. Despite its technological leadership, the DoW has faced challenges in scaling the mass production of low-cost, expendable drones, creating a potential strategic vulnerability in modern warfare. In response, the DoW is actively investing in scalable unmanned systems manufacturing to meet the urgent demand for rapid, sustainable, and mission-ready drone deployment across global theaters.

The 2026 budget request and OBBB allocations for loitering munitions, UAS, and USVs reflect triple-digit growth over prior year levels, underscoring the urgency to field mission-ready systems at scale. These investments mark a decisive pivot from expensive legacy systems to high-volume, low-cost solutions that can be rapidly deployed across global theaters. According to estimates from Renaissance Strategic Advisors, the 2030 annual U.S. addressable core opportunity for offensive systems (UASs, launched effects, loitering munitions, one-way attack systems and USVs) is expected to reach approximately $11.0 billion, with the 2030 annual global addressable core opportunity reaching approximately $26.0 billion. Additionally, AEVEX’s adjacent addressable market, that is related to UAS CCAs, low-cost cruise missiles, UUVs, defense cargo & logistics UxS, and C-UAS EW systems, is expected to reach approximately $19.0 billion by 2030 for the U.S. and approximately $23.0 billion by 2030 worldwide. Combined, the complete addressable annual opportunity for the U.S is expected to reach approximately $31.0 billion by 2030, with the global opportunity reaching approximately $49.0 billion.

 

143


Table of Contents

 

LOGO

Meanwhile, defense spending across the NATO member states is undergoing a significant transformation, marked by a shift from the long-standing benchmark of 2.5% of national GDP toward targets approaching 5.0% by 2035, following recent strategic agreements and increased collaboration with the United States. As European NATO members and allied nations increase defense budgets to targets of 5.0% of GDP by 2035, the potential increase in defense investment could exceed $1.0 trillion in aggregate. This budgetary expansion reflects a broader recognition of evolving security threats and the need for more agile, technology-driven defense capabilities. The reallocation of resources is not only increasing overall defense budgets, but is also specifically prioritizing investment in unmanned systems, ISR capabilities, and next-generation battlefield technologies.

 

 

LOGO

Beyond the United States and NATO, defense spending across the Asia-Pacific region is also accelerating as allied nations respond to rising tensions and the growing need for asymmetric capabilities. Taiwan has emerged as a critical market, with the country’s 2026 expected total defense spending increasing by 23.0% stemming from strategic investments in unmanned systems and loitering munitions. Broader Indo-Pacific defense modernization efforts are being shaped by increased collaboration with the United States and a shared emphasis on interoperability, rapid deployment, and cost-effective solutions. The increased focus on defense spending has resulted in worldwide military spending jumping by approximately 9.0% since 2024, the highest growth rate since the end of the Cold War. AEVEX is well-positioned to support these initiatives through its entrenched relationships with U.S. Indo-Pacific Command (INDOPACOM), and its portfolio of modular, mission-tailored platforms designed for contested environments. As APAC allies expand procurement of next-generation ISR and autonomous systems, demand is expected to grow for scalable, field-ready technologies that can be deployed across air and maritime domains.

 

144


Table of Contents

Unmanned Systems

We have a diversified portfolio of unmanned systems across domains that deliver munitions, explosive payloads, guided strikes against targets, and ISR capabilities. The war in Ukraine has underscored the decisive role of UAS, with an estimated 4 million drones being produced in Ukraine alone in 2025. These platforms have been deployed at unprecedented scale for surveillance, strike, and interdiction missions, proving their value in contested environments. USVs have also emerged as critical tools in naval warfare, demonstrating both offensive and defensive utility. These developments signal a paradigm shift: UxS warfare is no longer a niche capability but a central pillar of modern defense strategy.

In response, the DoW is significantly increasing investment in UxS. The trillion-dollar 2026 defense budget calls for $1.4 billion of funding toward loitering munitions (up 135.0% over 2025), $4.1 billion of funding toward UAS (up 215.0% over 2025), $2.8 billion of funding toward C-UAS (up 273.0% over 2025), and $5.2 billion of funding toward USV (up 952.0% over 2025), for a total weighted-average increase of 332.0% over 2025. To acclimate, the DoW has turned its attention to programs to enhance U.S. capabilities such as the Defense-in-Depth Experiment, focused on C-UAS technologies in dense urban environments, USV naval expansion targeting medium- and large-sized USV fleet integration, and the Blue UAS program, focused on tactical ISR and NDAA-compliant military drones. Several major loitering munition programs of record are also emerging, focused on finding mass produced solutions with the best capabilities and performance histories. To meet the accelerating demand for autonomous systems, the defense industrial base is focused on expanding production capacity to support high-volume, low-cost manufacturing. Scalable throughput and domestic manufacturing infrastructure are increasingly viewed as critical enablers for participation in emerging drone programs of record.

Intelligence, Surveillance, Reconnaissance and Counter-UAS

The defense industry is also experiencing a surge in demand for ISR and intelligence analysis capabilities, driven by both geopolitical instability and increased defense spending. The One Big Beautiful Bill Act allocated $16.0 billion to innovation and $12.0 billion to Pacific deterrence, with additional funding directed toward enhancing military readiness, nuclear deterrence, and rapid innovation. ISR priorities include support for Combatant Commands, border monitoring, and countering transnational threats. These missions require persistent surveillance, real-time data fusion, and multi-domain coordination, capabilities that our airborne ISR platforms and CompassX-powered autonomy suite are purpose-built to deliver.

Simultaneously, the proliferation of UAS has introduced new vulnerabilities, fueling rapid growth in C-UAS technologies. The DoW is investing heavily in systems that can detect, track, and neutralize rogue drones in both combat and civilian airspaces. Our red team UAS platforms are actively used to simulate adversarial threats in training environments, supporting the development and validation of next-generation C-UAS. Our platforms are integrated into key DoW initiatives, including urban C-UAS experimentation and layered defense architectures, positioning us as a critical enabler of national and allied airspace security.

Electronic Warfare

EW is rapidly emerging as a strategic priority across global defense budgets, driven by the need to counter increasingly sophisticated threats in contested environments. Governments are investing heavily in EW capabilities that enable resilient communications, signal disruption, and spectrum dominance, particularly in GPS-denied environments. Many of AEVEX’s platforms are engineered to support ISR and EW missions with AI-enabled navigation. As demand grows for scalable, forward-deployable EW solutions, AEVEX is expanding its footprint in classified and emerging programs, positioning itself as a differentiated provider of next-generation EW technologies.

 

145


Table of Contents

Our Segments

We operate through two complementary segments that deliver autonomous mission systems and full-spectrum operational support to defense and national security customers. Our Tactical Systems segment, anchored by a battle-tested portfolio of autonomous systems, accounted for approximately 74.4% of 2025 total revenue of $432.9 million and 76.0% of 2024 total revenue of $392.2 million, while our Global Solutions segment, leveraging deep ISR expertise, engineering services and operational support to enable mission execution across domains, accounted for the remaining 25.6% in 2025 and 24.0% in 2024. Together, these segments form a tightly integrated offering that allows AEVEX to deliver end-to-end, mission-critical solutions to our customers.

Tactical Systems

Our Tactical Systems segment designs, develops, and manufactures autonomous systems and technologies for defense and national security customers. Built for multi-mission capability, integrated operations and scalability, our attritable platforms deliver a high capability-to-cost value proposition, offering advanced ISR, EW, and kinetic strike capabilities at a fraction of the cost of legacy systems. With vertically integrated engineering, rapid prototyping, and scalable production, including the deployable ForgeX MPU, we enable mission-ready solutions optimized for contested, GPS-denied, and high-threat environments. Modular payload configurations and open architecture designs allow for rapid customization across mission sets, while our proprietary CompassX powers resilient, intelligent operations across air and maritime domains through AI, visual-based navigation, and multi-vehicle autonomy. In addition to product revenues, the Tactical Systems segment includes some services revenue from Forge-X, C-UAS, and engineering, training, and support tied to product deliveries.

Our Tactical Systems customers include the DoW, the IC, the Program Executive Office for Intelligence, Surveillance, and Reconnaissance / SOF, the United States Special Operations Command, and allied foreign militaries. We are the sole provider on the EUCOM AOR Deep Strike program, an over $645.7 million contract to deliver over 4,800 UAS across seven platforms and have approximately $5.0 billion in UxS-specific pipeline as of December 2025.

Tactical Systems offers a broad portfolio of unmanned platforms and supporting technologies, including:

 

 

LOGO

Navigation and Autonomy Center

Our NAC is the “innovation lab” underpinning our UxS product line. As the central hub for autonomous systems development, NAC focuses on delivering advanced capabilities for battlefield superiority in GPS-denied

 

146


Table of Contents

and spoofed environments. Our CompassX sensor fusion engine directly supports our offerings for navigation and autonomy, providing the framework that powers solutions such as optical seeker guidance, multi-vehicle collaborative autonomy, visual-based navigation, and AI-aided target recognition.

The CompassX software suite, together with its enabled hardware modules, is an ecosystem leveraging a differentiated modular architecture that provides tools for assured navigation, real-time situational awareness, and precision targeting, among other advanced solutions. It provides the building blocks used by the NAC and the autonomous backbone for our systems. Deployed across a growing number of platforms, these next-generation capabilities enable our solutions to operate autonomously and intelligently in the most demanding conditions to serve clients’ most critical needs.

All platforms are designed for rapid fielding and scalable production, supported by our over 94,000 square foot manufacturing facility in Tampa, Florida. Our additive manufacturing capabilities, including ForgeX, also enable in-theater production of up to 1,080 systems per year per factory as currently configured.

 

LOGO   

Group I UAS

 

Compact, hand-launched or VTOL quadcopters (e.g., X-Frame, Sicario) designed for tactical ISR and precision strike missions. These systems offer low acoustic signatures, rapid deployment, and modular payloads for close-range operations in covert or urban environments.

LOGO   

Group II UAS

 

Portable, modular platforms (e.g., Atlas, Dagger, Vandal) supporting ISR, launched effects, loitering munitions, and EW. Atlas is a multi-launched swing-wing UAS with Scout and Strike variants. Dagger is a fully autonomous precision strike loitering munition, while Vandal is a 3D-printed, electric-powered UAS optimized for rapid deployment and mission-specific customization.

LOGO   

Group III UAS

 

Larger, high-endurance systems (e.g., Disruptor, Raker, Dominator, Onyx) engineered for deep strike, persistent ISR, and EW missions. These platforms offer modular architecture, aerodynamic designs, and scalable production. Co-manufactured systems (M, R, S1, S2) expand mission flexibility and interoperability.

LOGO   

Group IV & V UAS

 

Strategic-level Long Endurance Aircraft (e.g., Nathusius, with 90 hours of flight time) designed for persistent ISR. These platforms offer internal and external payload/sensor options, with redundant communications providing cost-effective alternatives to legacy systems like the MQ-9 Reaper and MQ-1C Gray Eagle.

 

147


Table of Contents
LOGO   

Threat Replicators

 

High-fidelity threat replicator systems emulate adversary unmanned aircraft to support C-UAS testing and training. These turnkey solutions enable realistic red teaming and rapid response to evolving aerial threats, enhancing defense readiness across domestic and international operations.

LOGO   

ForgeX

 

The ForgeX MPU is our “drone factory of the future.” ForgeX enables forward deployed, in-theater additive manufacturing of up to 1,080 systems per year per factory as currently configured. These containerized systems support rapid, scalable production in austere environments, including aboard ships and at forward operating bases.

LOGO   

USV

 

Modular maritime platforms (e.g., Mako, Mako Lite) equipped for ISR, mine clearance, object detection/avoidance, communications relay, EW, and kinetic strike missions. Integrated with our autonomy software and sensor fusion, these vessels operate effectively in littoral and open-water environments.

LOGO   

Electronic Warfare Solutions

 

Advanced EW Capabilities designed to provide a strategic advantage through a cutting edge, family of systems in the high order fight with peer and near-peer adversaries.

LOGO   

AEVEX Autonomous Rapid Container

 

ARC is a containerized launch system built on an ISO 20 ft platform with actuated side doors and angled racks for 40 launch positions. It integrates GCS and control systems in a sealed rack, supports communication capabilities with UxS, and leverages Hydra launcher heritage for scalable design and rapid fielding.

Global Solutions

Our Global Solutions segment delivers full-spectrum mission solutions, aircraft modification, and engineering support across manned and unmanned platforms. With nearly two decades of operational experience, we provide turnkey solutions that integrate advanced ISR systems, enable rapid deployment, and support mission execution in both classified and unclassified environments. Our capabilities span the full lifecycle, from design and modification to flight operations and intelligence analysis, making us a trusted partner for the U.S. Government, allied nations, and commercial defense customers.

Our Global Solutions customers include the DoW, the IC, SOCOM, COCOMs, and multiple allied foreign governments. We also serve civil agencies such as the U.S. Forest Service and CalOES, providing ISR software, equipment, and skilled technicians for disaster response command and control, leading to more effective deployment of emergency resources.

 

148


Table of Contents

 

LOGO

Operational Footprint

Our ability to rapidly scale production and drive innovation through vertically integrated capabilities is another key differentiator. Headquartered in San Diego, CA, we operate state of the art-manufacturing facilities across the continental United States, spanning from California to Florida, allowing us to produce at strategic locations near our customers. Our operating footprint delivers approximately 100,000 square feet of operating space with capacity to produce more than 1,000 UxS per month.

 

 

LOGO

With over 150 multi-disciplined engineers, we can develop, modify, and enhance any solution for our customers through a vertically integrated design and development process. Of our over 150 engineers, over 50 are design hardware, 30 are dedicated solely to software and autonomy, and over 70 are focused on advanced systems, integration and operations, illustrating commitment to continued innovation across our technology stack. Our integrated business model combines engineering expertise, methodical IRAD investments, rapid prototyping, and an on-site test range, accelerating innovation and shortening development cycles. Strategic investments in advanced manufacturing, automation, and leadership talent enable us to meet the rigorous requirements of emerging programs of record.

 

149


Table of Contents

With additional centers of excellence in California, Virginia, Ohio, and Florida, we maintain close proximity to key customers like the USAF and SOCOM, enabling fast collaboration and solution delivery. Our operations are powered by a dedicated team of employees; approximately 650 as of December 31, 2025, all united by a shared cultural commitment of empowering people to make the world a safer place. Shaped by our values of excellence, integrity, accountability, tenacity, and teamwork, our culture cultivates a workforce that thrives on actions and results across all functions in the organization. These same core values help to drive our key strategic growth priorities by balancing operational integrity with a focus on margin expansion, outsized growth, and business optimization.

As a trusted supplier to the U.S. Government, we take pride in the fact that approximately 30.0% of our team are veterans, bringing invaluable experience and mission alignment to our operations. Our culture attracts top talent, enabling us to secure key executive leadership and employees necessary to drive business operations. Our operations are strategically placed in locations with robust talent pools and allow us to hire a deep and highly capable support staff comprised of over 150 engineers, who specialize in helping us deliver leading software, products, and mission excellence for our customers. Our technical acumen is further bolstered by a well-credentialed workforce, further supporting our entrenched position as a trusted partner to the DoW, SOF, and IC.

 

 

LOGO

We are redefining battlefield logistics with ForgeX, our MPUs that enable on-the-ground readiness and serve as a cornerstone of our ability to deliver solutions at the speed of relevance. These forward-deployed, self-contained production sites are the size of a standard shipping container and provide a dual approach to manufacturing that offers a significant operational advantage. By enabling system production directly in the field, ForgeX supports mission-customizable designs, rapid design iterations, and expedited fielding of solutions to address immediate threats. Leveraging proprietary software, modular kits, and high-speed / high-volume 3D printers, each ForgeX MPU can produce up to 1,080 systems per year per factory with just two technicians and 16 printers, delivering scalable, affordable, and mission-tailored capabilities precisely when and where needed. This agile, autonomous manufacturing process—powered by our advanced technology stack, engineering expertise, and software ecosystem—allows us to move from concept to deployment with exceptional speed.

 

150


Table of Contents

These factories are actively supporting combat missions globally today and represent a breakthrough in defense manufacturing agility with high-impact potential to serve emerging UAS programs and FMS customers.

 

 

LOGO

From high-volume production facilities and vertically integrated engineering to our forward-deployed ForgeX MPU, our operations provide a decisive strategic advantage. This integrated infrastructure gives us the differentiated ability to rapidly innovate, develop, and deploy multi-mission capabilities at scale.

Operations / Manufacturing and Engineering

Overview

AEVEX Aerospace designs, manufactures, and supports autonomous airborne systems and effects platforms built to operate in contested environments. Our operations have evolved from limited-rate ISR integration to scalable, repeatable production of loitering munitions and tactical UAS, supported by additive manufacturing, mobile production, and autonomy technologies.

We combine vertically integrated design, rapid prototyping, and mission-ready manufacturing across our facilities, enabling us to move from prototype to fielded system in weeks instead of months. Central to this capability are our Factory of the Future production architecture and the NAC, which together enable production at scale and autonomous operation in GPS-denied or degraded electromagnetic environments.

Facilities and Footprint

AEVEX’s headquarters is in Solana Beach, California, with manufacturing and engineering facilities in Florida, Ohio, and Virginia. We operate 13 leased facilities across the United States.

These sites host system integration, composite fabrication, avionics assembly, and environmental testing. We have recently expanded production infrastructure to include mobile and modular manufacturing systems—containerized, deployable production units that can fabricate and assemble small unmanned systems and subcomponents at or near the tactical edge.

Manufacturing and Production Capabilities

We maintain the flexibility to produce both high-rate standardized units and mission-specific configurations. Additive manufacturing enables rapid design iteration, weight reduction, and reduced part count. Combined with our modular production systems, we can scale output across multiple facilities or deploy fabrication capability closer to the point of use.

 

151


Table of Contents

We have demonstrated multi-thousand-unit production throughput under U.S. Government programs, supported by AS9100-certified quality processes and validated acceptance testing. Our hybrid insource/outsource model leverages a network of qualified defense suppliers while maintaining in-house control over critical subassemblies, autonomy modules, and flight-critical software.

Navigation & Autonomy Center

AEVEX’s NAC develops and integrates resilient navigation, sensor fusion, and autonomous flight technologies that enable our systems to operate independently of GPS.

The Center’s work focuses on:

 

  •  

Vision-based and hybrid inertial navigation systems capable of maintaining positional accuracy under GPS denial;

 

  •  

Autonomous guidance and perception algorithms for loitering and terminal engagement;

 

  •  

Sensor fusion architectures combining optical, inertial, terrain, and magnetic data; and

 

  •  

Embedded autonomy software designed for efficient onboard computing and low-latency decision loops.

The Center works in close coordination with our production organization to ensure autonomy modules and navigation subsystems are manufacturable at scale and readily fielded across our product lines.

This engineering competency underpins our role as a provider of resilient, autonomous loitering and ISR systems.

Engineering and Design

Our engineering organization executes full lifecycle development—from concept to flight qualification—with an emphasis on rapid iteration, design for manufacture (DFMA), and autonomy integration.

Capabilities include:

 

  •  

Airframe and mission-system design, including composite structures and payload integration;

 

  •  

Embedded electronics and autonomy hardware;

 

  •  

Hardware-in-the-loop (HIL) and simulation environments for real-time autonomy testing; and

 

  •  

Flight test and certification support for both ISR and tactical effects systems.

Through additive and modular design techniques, AEVEX engineers can transition a prototype into rate production while maintaining configuration control and quality conformance.

Summary

AEVEX’s operational foundation now combines:

 

  •  

High-rate manufacturing of loitering munitions and ISR aircraft;

 

  •  

Additive and mobile production systems enabling forward-deployed fabrication and sustainment; and

 

  •  

Resilient autonomy and navigation technologies that ensure performance in GPS-denied environments.

These integrated capabilities position AEVEX as a modern, vertically integrated defense manufacturer—agile, scalable and purpose-built for near-peer conflict environments where autonomy, speed, and adaptability define mission success.

 

152


Table of Contents

Facilities

AEVEX maintains a geographically distributed footprint designed to support engineering, manufacturing, testing, and logistics across our portfolio of programs. We operate 13 leased facilities across the United States.

Our facilities are strategically located near key defense, flight-test, and engineering corridors, providing proximity to major U.S. Department of Defense customers, and integration partners.

Our facility portfolio provides the scale and flexibility required to support both low-rate integration and high-rate production with the ability to adjust capacity quickly in response to program demand.

Competition

The defense market for unmanned aerial systems (UAS) continues to evolve with emerging technologies, dynamic operational requirements, and increased customer expectations. Additionally, the consistent introduction of new platforms and capabilities continues to shape the landscape. We execute in a highly competitive environment alongside a range of industry participants, including AeroVironment, Edge Autonomy, Anduril Industries Inc, Shield AI, Griffon Aerospace Inc., RTX, and UVision Technologies.

The defense, technology, and autonomy markets for air and seaborne Uncrewed Systems and One-Way Attack solutions are also highly competitive and continually evolving, driven by rapid technological innovation and changing customer requirements. We compete in this market alongside a diverse range of established U.S. and international firms as well as emerging startups. Key industry participants include RTX, Black Sea Technologies, Sea Machines, Anduril Industries Inc., UVision Technologies, Elbit Systems, Lockheed Martin Corporation, and others.

Manned aviation modification and integration is another extremely competitive environment. Integration, Certification, Engineering, Contract Manufacturing and specialty Maintenance, Repair and Overhaul expertise are key distinguishing factors. Ever-changing customer demands dive innovation, rapid reaction, and agile execution. We have a multitude of competition in this environment that have strong ability to compete such as L3 Comm, Sierra Nevada Corporation, MAG Aero, Metrea, Safran Group, Northrop Grumman and others.

There are a multitude of opportunities to compete for work in Services, Intelligence, Engineering, Operations, Maintenance, Field Service Work, deployed operations, and civil sector operations. Competitors in this space include companies like SMX, CACI, MTSI, Riverside Research, Booz Allen Hamilton, Science Applications International Corporation, Amentum Services Inc. and others.

Our proven ability to rapidly design, develop and deploy disruptive systems at scale enables us to respond to urgent operational needs with unmatched speed and flexibility. We maintain close relationships with end-users, leveraging real-time feedback from the field to drive continuous innovation and ensure our solutions remain operationally relevant and reliable in the most demanding environments. Our vertically integrated engineering and manufacturing footprint, combined with our proprietary technology stack and extensive in-theater experience, allows us to deliver tailored, mission-ready capabilities at scale and at a lower total lifecycle cost. Our trusted partnership approach, together with our track record of successful execution on highly strategic programs, positions us as a critical enabler for our customers and a preferred partner in the evolving defense technology market. This combination of technical expertise, customer trust and operational agility distinguishes us from both established and emerging competitors in the market.

Human Capital

Overview

We pride ourselves on a culture that attracts and retains talent. As of December 31, 2025, we had approximately 650 employees spanning across the U.S. and deploying to five continents. We are centered around

 

153


Table of Contents

a philosophy of “Empowering People,” and strive to maintain a culture and workforce that is committed to continuous growth and improvement and develops diverse talent into high-performing teams that deliver advanced technology and solutions for our customers.

Our emphasis on culture is further defined by our core values of Excellence, Integrity, Accountability, Tenacity, and Teamwork. These values define our expectations for our people and partners and shape our emphasis in employee engagement and retention programs as outlined below:

Total Rewards Program

We seek to provide compensation and benefits that are competitive in the marketplace and that are motivational, fair, equitable, and in compliance with all applicable legal requirements. To help ensure the overall health and wellbeing of our employees and their families, we offer a variety of perks and benefits. These include competitive health benefits, voluntary benefits, 401k employer contributions, access to an employee assistance program, and paid family leave. Additionally, we have a wellness program that includes a fitness stipend, fitness challenges, and wellness-related education and training.

Continuous Learning and Development

Central to our philosophy of empowering people is a commitment to providing employees with the tools and resources needed for success. This includes ongoing access to growth and learning opportunities. All employees receive an annual professional development stipend for their use towards training, classes, and professional certifications that further their career growth. Additionally, we utilize an online training platform that gives employees access to a robust training library that aligns with our company jobs and career paths. We also run an annual emerging leaders’ group and provide customized training to support managers in their roles both as operational and people leaders.

Awards and Recognition

To keep our employees motivated and working together to achieve exceptional results, we maintain an employee awards program. Our program consists of two awards. Our Props Award is a peer-nominated award that can be given to anyone at any time for demonstrating one of our company’s core values. Our Empowerment Award is supervisor-nominated and includes a monetary reward for identified recipients.

Intellectual Property

We rely on a combination of patents, trade secrets, proprietary information, and technical know-how—both internally developed and acquired—to establish and maintain a competitive advantage. Our products are manufactured, marketed, and sold under a portfolio of intellectual property rights, including patents and trademarks, some of which extend into future periods. We continually seek to develop and acquire new intellectual property to support innovation, protect our technologies, and strengthen our market position.

As of December 31, 2025, our intellectual property portfolio included 9 issued patents, with expiration dates ranging from November 2038, through June 2043, and 8 pending patent applications. We have also registered trademarks and domain names used in our business operations but do not currently hold any registered copyrights.

We believe that, due to the diversified nature of our product portfolio, the expiration or loss of any single patent, trademark, or other intellectual property right would not have a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial statements or overall operations. In addition to the protection provided by our intellectual property rights, we also enter into, and rely on, confidentiality and intellectual property assignment agreements

 

154


Table of Contents

with our employees and contractors to protect our trade secrets, proprietary technology and other confidential information.

We also maintain internal programs designed to encourage employee innovation and invention, with the objective of continually expanding our intellectual property portfolio and enhancing long-term technological competitiveness.

Government Contracts and Regulations

We are subject to various government regulations, including various U.S. Government regulations as a contractor and subcontractor to the agencies of the U.S. Government. Among the most significant U.S. Government regulations affecting our business are:

 

  •  

The Federal Acquisition Regulations and supplemental agency regulations, which comprehensively regulate the formation, administration, and performance under government contracts;

 

  •  

The Truthful Cost or Pricing Data Statute (formerly the Truth in Negotiations Act), which requires certification and disclosure of all cost and pricing data in connection with contract negotiations;

 

  •  

The Cost Accounting Standards, which impose accounting requirements that govern our right to reimbursement under cost-based government contracts;

 

  •  

the Industrial Security Manual, which establishes the security guidelines for classified programs and facilities as well as individual security clearances;

 

  •  

The Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, which prohibits U.S. companies from providing anything of value to a foreign official to help obtain, retain or direct business, or obtain any unfair advantages;

 

  •  

The False Claims Act and the False Statements Act, which, respectively, impose penalties for payments made on the basis of false facts provided to the government and impose penalties on the basis of false statements, even if they do not result in a payment; and

 

  •  

Laws, regulations and executive orders restricting the use and dissemination of information classified for National Security purposes and the exportation of certain products and technical data.

A significant portion of our total sales is derived from contracts with the U.S. Government and its agencies, particularly the DOW, SOF and the IC. Contracts with the U.S. Government are subject to U.S. Government contracting rules and regulations and therefore are subject to the business risks specific to the defense industry, including the ability of the U.S. Government to unilaterally: (1) suspend us from receiving new contracts; (2) terminate existing contracts at its convenience and without significant notice; (3) reduce the value of existing contracts; (4) audit our payments issued; and (5) revoke required security clearances. Violations of government procurement laws could result in civil or criminal penalties. Procurement contracts with federal agencies may be terminated in whole or in part for convenience by the federal government at any time provided such termination is in good faith. However, once awarded, the federal agencies do not typically attempt to renegotiate profit margins on existing contracts.

We also need special security clearances to continue working on and advancing certain of our programs and contracts with the U.S. Government. Classified programs generally will require that we comply with various Executive Orders, federal laws and regulations and customer security requirements that may include restrictions on how we develop, store, protect and share information, and may require our employees to obtain government clearances.

In addition, we are subject to industry-specific regulations due to the nature of the products and services we provide. For example, certain aspects of our business are subject to further regulation by additional U.S. Government authorities, including (i) the Federal Aviation Administration, which regulates airspace for all air

 

155


Table of Contents

vehicles in the U.S. National Airspace System, (ii) the National Telecommunications and Information Administration and the Federal Communications Commission, which regulate the wireless communications upon which our UAS business depend in the United States and (iii) the Defense Trade Controls of the U.S. Department of State that administers the International Traffic in Arms Regulations, which regulate the export of controlled technical data, defense articles and defense services.

The nature of the work we do for the federal government may also limit the parties who may invest in or acquire us. Export laws may keep us from providing potential foreign acquirers with a review of the technical data they would be acquiring. In addition, there are special requirements for foreign parties who wish to buy or acquire control or influence over companies that control technology or produce goods in the security interests of the U.S.

There may need to be a review under the Exon-Florio provisions of the Defense Production Act. including review by the Committee on Foreign Investment in the United States (CFIUS) under the Foreign Investment Risk Review Modernization Act of 2018 (FIRRMA). Finally, the government may require a prospective foreign owner to establish intermediaries to actually run that part of the Company that does classified work, and establishing a subsidiary and its separate operation may make such an acquisition less appealing to such potential acquirers.

In addition, the export from the U.S. of certain of our products may require the issuance of a license by the U.S. Department of Commerce under the Export Administration Act, and its implementing regulations as kept in force by the International Emergency Economic Powers Act of 1977. Some of our products may require the issuance of a license by the U.S. Department of State under the Arms Export Control Act and its implementing regulations, which licenses are generally harder to obtain and take longer to obtain than do Export Administration Act licenses.

Our business may require compliance with state or local laws designed to limit the uses of personal user information gathered online or require online services to establish privacy policies.

Material Availability

We procure critical material, components, products and subsystems from domestic and global supply partners. These supply sources may be single sources for certain components and the material provided may have extended lead times. To support our continuing customer needs, we have taken steps to mitigate sourcing risks. This includes working closely with our suppliers to ensure future material and subsystem availability to support our manufacturing plans. In some cases, we have elected to stock reserve material to ensure future availability.

We use certain raw materials and components used in the manufacture of our products and in our development programs. These materials and components are periodically subject to supply shortages, and our business is subject to the risk of price increases and periodic delays in delivery. The prices for these raw materials fluctuate depending on market conditions and global demand for these materials. Particularly, the market for electronic components may experience increased demand and a global shortage of semiconductors, which may create substantial uncertainty regarding our suppliers’ continued production of key components for our products. The supply for certain subcomponents and parts is impacting our Command, Control, Computing, Communications, Cyber and ISR business. The shortage of qualified vendors which supply certain ancillary parts for our aerial targets has resulted in cost increases.

Additionally, our products include a variety of motors, batteries and other advanced components that rely on rare earth metals for their manufacturing such as Neodymium, Praseodymium and Lanthanum. This may require sourcing of these components and required materials from foreign entities. Any disruption in the supply of these metals could adversely affect our ability to produce and deliver our products. We obtain our components and required materials from a limited group of suppliers. We believe that we have adequate supplies or sources of

 

156


Table of Contents

availability of the raw materials necessary to meet our manufacturing and supply requirements. See “Risk Factors—If critical components or raw materials used to manufacture our products or used in our development programs become scarce or unavailable, then we may incur delays in manufacturing and delivery of our products and in completing our development programs, which could damage our business” for further discussion regarding risks related to raw materials.

Some of our components sourced from foreign countries are at risk of further sanctions and other trade restrictive actions, and any escalation in global trade tensions or trade restrictions may hinder our ability to obtain these components from new suppliers. Restrictions on semiconductor manufacturing equipment and raw materials could lead to higher material costs, material unavailability and transportation uncertainty.

Environmental

Our manufacturing operations are subject to many requirements under environmental laws and regulations. In the U.S., the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency and similar state agencies administer laws that restrict the emission of pollutants into the air, discharges of pollutants into bodies of water and disposal of pollutants in the ground. Violations of these laws can result in significant civil and criminal penalties and incarceration. The failure to obtain a permit for certain activities may be a violation of environmental law and subject the owner and operator to civil and criminal sanctions. Most environmental agencies also have the power to shut down an operation if it is operating in violation of environmental law. U.S. laws also allow citizens to bring private enforcement actions in some situations. Outside the U.S., the environmental laws and their enforcement vary and may be more burdensome.

Other environmental laws, primarily in the U.S., address the contamination of land and groundwater and require the clean-up of such contamination. These laws may apply not only to the owner or operator of an on-going business, but also to the owner of land contaminated by a prior owner or operator. In addition, if a parcel is contaminated by the release of a hazardous substance, such as through its historic use as a disposal site, any person or company that has contributed to that contamination, whether or not it has a legal interest in the land, may be subject to a requirement to clean up the parcel.

We have management programs and processes in place that are intended to achieve compliance with, and minimize the potential for violations of, applicable environmental laws and regulations.

Legal Matters

We are, on occasion, subject to claims, lawsuits, and other legal and administrative proceeding arising in the ordinary course of business. However, we do not consider any such claims, lawsuits, or proceedings that are currently pending, individually or in the aggregate, to be material to our business or likely to result in a material adverse effect on our future operating results, financial condition, or cash flows. See Note 11, “Commitments and Contingencies” to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

157


Table of Contents

ORGANIZATIONAL STRUCTURE

Overview

AEVEX Corp. is a Delaware corporation formed to serve as a holding company that will hold an interest in Holdings LLC. AEVEX Corp. has not engaged in any business or other activities other than in connection with its formation and this offering. Upon consummation of this offering and the application of the net proceeds therefrom, we will be a holding company, our sole asset will be an equity interest in Holdings LLC and we will operate and control all of the business and affairs and consolidate the financial results of Holdings LLC. Prior to the closing of this offering, the operating agreement of Holdings LLC will be amended and restated to, among other things, modify its capital structure by replacing the membership interests currently held by Holdings LLC’s existing owners with a new class of common ownership interests consisting of Series A Units and Series B Units (collectively, “LLC Units”).

We and ATS Investment Holdings, as the initial holder of all of the outstanding Series B Units of Holdings, will also enter into an Exchange Agreement under which ATS Investment Holdings (and certain permitted transferees thereof) may (subject to the terms of the Exchange Agreement) exchange Series B Units of Holdings LLC for shares of our Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis, or, at our election, for cash, from a substantially concurrent public offering or private sale (based on the price of our Class A common stock in such public offering or private sale). A holder of Series B Units of Holdings LLC will also be required to deliver to us an equivalent number of shares of Class B common stock to effectuate an exchange. Any shares of Class B common stock so delivered will be cancelled. As holders of Series B Units of Holdings LLC exchange those Series B Units, our interest in Holdings LLC will be correspondingly increased.

Upon completion of this offering, our Principal Stockholder will control the voting power in AEVEX Corp. as follows: (i) approximately 56.6% (or approximately 54.9% if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full) through its control of ATS Investment Holdings and (ii) approximately 22.5% (or approximately 21.8% if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full) through its control of ATS Pubco Holdings. See “Principal Stockholders and Selling Stockholder” for additional information about our Principal Stockholder.

Incorporation of AEVEX Corp.

AEVEX Corp. was incorporated in Delaware on October 27, 2025, and has not engaged in any business or other activities except in connection with its formation and the offering. Our certificate of incorporation will be amended and restated at or prior to the consummation of this offering. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will authorize two classes of common stock, Class A common stock and Class B common stock, each having the terms described in “Description of Capital Stock.” In addition, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will authorize shares of undesignated preferred stock, the rights, preferences and privileges of which may be designated from time to time by our Board.

Shares of our Class B common stock, which provide no economic rights, will be issued to ATS Investment Holdings in connection with this offering. Each share of our Class B common stock entitles its holder to one vote on all matters to be voted on by stockholders generally. See “Description of Capital Stock—Class B Common Stock.” Holders of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock vote together as a single class on all matters presented to our stockholders for their vote or approval, except as otherwise required by applicable law.

Organizational Transactions

The following transactions, referred to collectively herein as the “Organizational Transactions,” will each be completed prior to or in connection with the completion of this offering.

Immediately prior to the effectiveness of this Registration Statement, we will take the following actions:

 

  •  

We will amend and restate the existing operating agreement of Holdings LLC (the “LLC Operating Agreement”) to, among other things, (i) modify the capital structure of Holdings LLC by replacing the

 

158


Table of Contents
 

current membership interests with a new class of common membership interests consisting of Series A Units and Series B Units (collectively, “LLC Units”) and (ii) appoint AEVEX Corp. as the sole managing member of Holdings LLC. See “Organizational Structure—Amended and Restated Operating Agreement of Holdings LLC.”

 

  •  

Our Principal Stockholder and certain other holders of indirect interests in Holdings LLC will engage in a series of transactions, which may include one or more contributions, mergers or otherwise, that will result in (i) certain of the existing owners of Holdings LLC exchanging their membership interests in Holdings LLC for membership interests in ATS Investment Holdings, (ii) the formation of ATS Pubco Holdings, (iii) the Blocker Entity merging with and into AEVEX Corp., with AEVEX Corp. remaining as the surviving corporation and all of the equity interests of the Blocker Entity being exchanged for shares of Class A common stock and then being contributed directly or indirectly to ATS Pubco Holdings in exchange for a direct or indirect interest in ATS Pubco Holdings, and (iv) certain holders of an indirect interest in Holdings LLC exchanging a portion of such interest in Holdings LLC for a direct or indirect interest in ATS Pubco Holdings, which in turn will contribute interest in Holdings LLC to AEVEX Corp. in exchange for shares of Class A common stock.

 

  •  

If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock, ATS Investment Holdings will distribute a portion of its Series B Units of Holdings LLC to certain of its members immediately prior to the purchase of such units by us as described below and in “Use of Proceeds.”

 

  •  

We will amend and restate the certificate of incorporation of AEVEX Corp. to, among other things, provide for Class A common stock and Class B common stock. See “Description of Capital Stock.”

 

  •  

We will issue shares of Class B common stock to ATS Investment Holdings, on a one-to-one basis with the number of LLC Units it owns, for nominal consideration.

 

  •  

We will enter into the Exchange Agreement pursuant to which ATS Investment Holdings (and certain permitted transferees thereof) will be entitled to exchange Series B Units of Holdings LLC, together with an equal number of shares of Class B common stock, for shares of Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis or, at our election, for cash, from a substantially concurrent public offering or private sale (based on the price of our Class A common stock in such public offering or private sale). See “—Exchange Agreement.”

 

  •  

The Series A Preferred Units will convert into Class A common stock at a conversion price based on 80% of the initial public offering price.

 

  •  

We will enter into a Tax Receivable Agreement with the TRA Rights Holders, that will require the payment by AEVEX Corp. to such persons collectively of 85% of certain tax savings (calculated using certain assumptions), if any, in U.S. federal, state and local income taxes we actually realize (or, under certain circumstances are deemed to realize) as a result of (i) certain increases in the tax basis of assets of Holdings LLC and its subsidiaries resulting from purchases or exchanges of LLC Units, (ii) certain other tax attributes of Holdings LLC and its subsidiaries and the Blocker Entity that existed prior to this offering, including existing tax basis and our allocable share of existing tax basis acquired in connection with this offering and increases to such allocable share of existing tax basis and (iii) certain other tax benefits related to our entering into the Tax Receivable Agreement, including tax benefits attributable to payments that we make under the Tax Receivable Agreement. See “—Tax Receivable Agreement.”

In connection with the completion of this offering, we will issue 16,000,000 shares of our Class A common stock to the investors in this offering (or 17,717,847 shares if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full) in exchange for net proceeds of approximately $278.3 million (or approximately $309.8 million if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full), after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions but before estimated offering expense payable by us.

 

159


Table of Contents

Immediately following the completion of this offering, we will take the following actions:

 

  •  

We will use approximately $278.3 million of the net proceeds of this offering to acquire 16,000,000 newly-issued Series A Units of Holdings LLC at a purchase price per LLC Unit equal to the initial offering price per share of Class A common stock in this offering, less underwriting discounts and commissions.

 

  •  

Holdings LLC will apply the proceeds it receives from us (including any additional proceeds it may receive from us if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares) (i) to repay in full approximately $257.8 million of outstanding borrowings under our Credit Agreement, under which $258.5 million was outstanding under the Term Loan and $0 was outstanding under the Revolving Credit Facility and which had interest rates of 9.92% and 9.75%, respectively, as of December 31, 2025, (ii) to pay expenses incurred in connection with this offering and the Organizational Transactions and (iii) for general corporate purposes. See “Use of Proceeds.”

As a result of the Organizational Transactions:

 

  •  

the investors in this offering will collectively own 16,000,000 shares of our Class A common stock and we will hold 48,529,019 Series A Units of Holdings LLC;

 

  •  

ATS Investment Holdings will own 63,297,524 Series B Units of Holdings LLC and 63,297,524 shares of Class B common stock;

 

  •  

ATS Pubco Holdings will own 25,135,300 shares of our Class A common stock;

 

  •  

holders of Holdings LLC Series A Preferred Units will own 7,393,719 shares of our Class A common stock;

 

  •  

our Class A common stock will collectively represent approximately 43.4% of the voting power in us; and

 

  •  

our Class B common stock will collectively represent approximately 56.6% of the voting power in us.

The diagram below depicts our historical organizational structure prior to the completion of the Organizational Transactions. This diagram is provided for illustrative purposes only and does not purport to represent all legal entities owned or controlled by us, or owning a beneficial interest in us.

 

 

LOGO

 

160


Table of Contents

The diagram below depicts our expected organizational structure immediately following completion of the Organizational Transactions. This diagram is provided for illustrative purposes only and does not purport to represent all legal entities owned or controlled by us, or owning a beneficial interest in us.

 

 

LOGO

 
(1)

Upon completion of this offering, our Principal Stockholder will control the voting power in AEVEX Corp. as follows: (i) approximately 56.6% (or approximately 54.9% if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full) through its control of ATS Investment Holdings and (ii) approximately 22.5% (or approximately 21.8% if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full) through its control of ATS Pubco Holdings.

(2)

Shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock will vote as a single class. Each outstanding share of Class A common stock and Class B Common stock will be entitled to one vote on all matters to be voted on by stockholders generally. The shares of Class B common stock will not have any right to receive dividends or distributions upon the liquidation or winding up of AEVEX Corp. In accordance with the Exchange Agreement to be entered into in connection with the Organizational Transactions, ATS Investment Holdings (and its permitted transferees) will be entitled to exchange its Series B Units of Holdings LLC, together with an equal number of shares of Class B common stock, for shares of Class A common stock determined in accordance with the Exchange Agreement or, at our election, for cash from a substantially concurrent public offering or private sale (based on the price of our Class A common stock in such public offering or private sale).

(3)

Assumes no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares. If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full, (i) the holders of Class A common stock will have 44.9% of the voting power in AEVEX Corp., with 21.8% held indirectly by our Principal Stockholder, (ii) ATS Investment Holdings, through ownership of the Class B common stock, will have 54.9% of the voting power of AEVEX Corp., with 54.9% held indirectly by our Principal Stockholder, (iii) ATS Investment Holdings will own 54.9% of the outstanding LLC Units and (iv) AEVEX Corp. will own 44.9% of the outstanding LLC Units.

Following the consummation of the Organizational Transactions, AEVEX Corp. will be a holding company and its sole assets will be its direct equity interest in Holdings LLC and equity in certain corporations acquired prior to the IPO, each of which own an interest in Holdings LLC. As the sole managing member of Holdings LLC, AEVEX Corp. will operate and control all of the business and affairs of Holdings LLC and its subsidiaries. Accordingly, although AEVEX Corp. will initially own a minority economic interest in Holdings LLC following

 

161


Table of Contents

the consummation of this offering, AEVEX Corp. will have 100% of the voting power and will control management of Holdings LLC, subject to certain exceptions. The financial results of Holdings LLC and its consolidated subsidiaries will be consolidated in our financial statements.

Our post-offering organizational structure will allow each owner of Holdings LLC, initially AEVEX Corp. and ATS Investment Holdings (the “LLC Unitholders”), to retain its equity ownership in Holdings LLC, an entity that is classified as a partnership for United States federal income tax purposes, in the form of LLC Units. Investors in this offering will, by contrast, hold their equity ownership in AEVEX Corp., a Delaware corporation that is a domestic corporation for United States federal income tax purposes, in the form of shares of Class A common stock. We believe that the LLC Unitholders generally will find it advantageous to hold its equity interests in an entity that is not taxable as a corporation for United States federal income tax purposes. The LLC Unitholders, like AEVEX Corp., will be allocated their proportionate share of any taxable income of Holdings LLC.

The LLC Unitholders will also hold shares of our Class B common stock. Although these shares of Class B common stock have only voting and no economic rights, they will allow the LLC Unitholders to exercise voting power over AEVEX Corp., the sole managing member of Holdings LLC, at a level that is greater than their overall equity ownership of our business. Class B common stock is entitled to one vote per share. When the LLC Unitholders exchange Series B Units of Holdings LLC for shares of our Class A common stock or, at our election, for cash from a substantially concurrent public offering or private sale (based on the price of our Class A common stock in such public offering or private sale), pursuant to the Exchange Agreement described below, they will also be required to deliver an equivalent number of shares of Class B common stock. Any shares of Class B common stock so delivered will be cancelled.

Amended and Restated Operating Agreement of Holdings LLC

In connection with the completion of this offering, we will amend and restate Holdings LLC’s existing operating agreement, which we refer to as the “LLC Operating Agreement.” The operations of Holdings LLC, and the rights and obligations of the LLC Unitholders, will be set forth in the LLC Operating Agreement. The LLC Operating Agreement will be filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

Sole Managing Member

In connection with this offering, we will become a member and the sole managing member of Holdings LLC. As the sole managing member, we will be able to control all of the day-to-day business affairs and decision-making of Holdings LLC without the approval of any other member, unless otherwise stated in the LLC Operating Agreement. As such, through our officers and directors, we will be responsible for all operational and administrative decisions of Holdings LLC and the day-to-day management of Holdings LLC’s business. Pursuant to the LLC Operating Agreement, we cannot be removed, under any circumstances, as the sole managing member of Holdings LLC except by our election.

Compensation

We will not be entitled to compensation for our services as managing member. We will be entitled to reimbursement by Holdings LLC for fees and expenses incurred on behalf of Holdings LLC, including all expenses associated with this offering and maintaining our corporate existence.

Capitalization of Holdings LLC Upon Completion of this Offering

The LLC Operating Agreement will authorize the issuance of an unlimited number of Series A Units and Series B Units. In connection with the completion of this offering, the LLC Operating Agreement will be amended and restated to recapitalize the interests currently held by the existing owners of Holdings LLC into

 

162


Table of Contents

new classes of common membership units, which are comprised of Series A Units and Series B Units and we refer to collectively as the “LLC Units.” The Series A Units and Series B Units each represent a substantially identical interest in Holdings LLC except that Series A Units will only be held by AEVEX Corp. and Series B Units will be held by other members of Holdings LLC who will also hold a corresponding number of shares of Class B Common Stock. Each LLC Unit will entitle the holder to a pro rata share of the net profits and net losses and distributions of Holdings LLC. Holders of LLC Units will have no voting rights, except as expressly provided in the LLC Operating Agreement. Series B Units will not be entitled to any voting rights as the holders of such units will be entitled to exercise voting rights through their corresponding shares of Class B Common Stock.

The currently outstanding Series A Preferred Units of Holdings LLC are expected to convert into Class A Common Stock in connection with the Organizational Transactions and the terms of such securities as specified in the existing LLC Operating Agreement. See “Organizational Structure—Organizational Transactions” and Note 18, “Subsequent Events—Series A Preferred Units” to the audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

The LLC Operating Agreement will also reflect a split of LLC Units such that one LLC Unit can be acquired with the net proceeds received in the initial offering from the sale of one share of our Class A common stock.

In addition, the LLC Operating Agreement will authorize the issuance to us of an unlimited number of convertible preferred units and non-convertible preferred units (collectively, the “Holdings Preferred Units”). There will be no Holdings Preferred Units outstanding upon completion of this offering, however Holdings LLC may issue Holdings Preferred Units to us in connection with the future issuance by the Company of preferred stock or certain debt securities. See “Description of Capital Stock—Preferred Stock.”

Distributions

The LLC Operating Agreement will generally require quarterly “tax distributions” to be made by Holdings LLC to its members. Tax distributions generally will be made to each member of Holdings LLC, including us, on a pro rata basis among the LLC Unitholders at a tax rate that will be determined by us. The tax rate used to determine tax distributions will apply regardless of the actual final tax liability of any such member. We expect Holdings LLC may make distributions out of distributable cash periodically to the extent permitted by agreements governing indebtedness of Holdings LLC and necessary to enable Holdings LLC to cover its operating expenses and other obligations, including our tax liability and obligations under the Tax Receivable Agreement. Our Board will determine the appropriate uses for any excess cash so accumulated, which may include, among other uses, dividends, repurchases of our Class A common stock and the payment of other expenses. We will have no obligation to distribute such cash (or other available cash other than any declared dividend) to our stockholders. No adjustments to the redemption or exchange ratio of LLC Units for shares of Class A common stock will be made as a result of either (i) any cash distribution by us or (ii) any cash that we retain and do not distribute to stockholders. To the extent that we do not distribute such excess cash as dividends on our Class A common stock and instead, for example, hold such cash balances or lend them to Holdings LLC, holders of LLC Units would benefit from any value attributable to such cash balances as a result of their ownership of Class A common stock following an exchange of their LLC Units.

Exchange Rights

The LLC Operating Agreement provides that ATS Investment Holdings (and certain permitted transferees thereof) may, pursuant to the terms of the Exchange Agreement described below, exchange its Series B Units of Holdings LLC for shares of our Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis, or, at our election, for cash, from a substantially concurrent public offering or private sale (based on the price of our Class A common stock in such public offering or private sale). A holder of Series B Units of Holdings LLC will also be required to deliver

 

163


Table of Contents

to us an equivalent number of shares of Class B common stock to effectuate an exchange. As a holder surrenders or exchanges its Series B Units of Holdings LLC, our interest in Holdings LLC will be correspondingly increased. See “—Exchange Agreement.”

Issuance of LLC Units Upon Exercise of Options or Issuance of Other Equity Compensation

Upon the exercise of options issued by us, or the issuance of other types of equity compensation by us (such as the issuance of restricted or non-restricted stock, payment of bonuses in stock or settlement of stock appreciation rights in stock), we will be required to acquire from Holdings LLC a number of Series A Units of Holdings LLC equal to the number of shares of Class A common stock being issued in connection with the exercise of such options or issuance of other types of equity compensation. When we issue shares of Class A common stock in settlement of stock options granted to persons that are not officers or employees of Holdings LLC or its subsidiaries, we will make, or be deemed to make, a capital contribution to Holdings LLC equal to the aggregate value of such shares of Class A common stock, and Holdings LLC will issue to us a number of Series A Units of Holdings LLC equal to the number of shares of Class A common stock we issued. When we issue shares of Class A common stock in settlement of stock options granted to persons that are officers or employees of Holdings LLC or its subsidiaries, we will be deemed to have sold directly to the person exercising such award a portion of the value of each share of Class A common stock equal to the exercise price per share, and we will be deemed to have sold directly to Holdings LLC (or the applicable subsidiary of Holdings LLC) the difference between the exercise price and market price per share for each such share of Class A common stock. In cases where we grant other types of equity compensation to employees of Holdings LLC or its subsidiaries, on each applicable vesting date we will be deemed to have sold to Holdings LLC (or such subsidiary) the number of vested shares of Class A common stock at a price equal to the market price per share, Holdings LLC (or such subsidiary) will deliver the shares to the applicable person, and we will be deemed to have made a capital contribution in Holdings LLC equal to the purchase price for such shares in exchange for an equal number of Series A Units of Holdings LLC.

Maintenance of One-to-One Ratio of Shares of Class A Common Stock and LLC Units Owned by AEVEX Corp.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and the LLC Operating Agreement will require that (1) we at all times maintain a ratio of one Series A Unit of Holdings LLC owned by us for each share of Class A common stock issued by us (subject to certain exceptions for treasury shares and shares underlying certain convertible or exchangeable securities), and (2) Holdings LLC at all times maintains (i) a one-to-one ratio between the number of shares of Class A common stock issued by us and the number of Holdings LLC Interests owned by us and (ii) a one-to-one ratio between the number of shares of Class B common stock issued and outstanding and the number of LLC Units owned by LLC Unitholders (other than us) and their permitted transferees, collectively.

Transfer Restrictions

The LLC Operating Agreement generally does not permit transfers of LLC Units by members, subject to limited exceptions. Any transferee of LLC Units must assume, by operation of law or written agreement, all of the obligations of a transferring member with respect to the transferred units, even if the transferee is not admitted as a member of Holdings LLC.

Dissolution

The LLC Operating Agreement will provide that the unanimous consent of all members holding voting units will be required to voluntarily dissolve Holdings LLC. In addition to a voluntary dissolution, Holdings LLC will be dissolved upon a change of control transaction under certain circumstances, as well as upon the entry of a decree of judicial dissolution or other circumstances in accordance with Delaware law. Upon a dissolution event,

 

164


Table of Contents

the proceeds of a liquidation will be distributed in the following order: (1) first, to pay the expenses of winding up Holdings LLC; (2) second, to pay debts and liabilities owed to creditors of Holdings LLC, other than members; (3) third, to pay debts and liabilities owed to members; and (4) fourth, to the members pro rata in accordance with their respective percentage ownership interests in Holdings LLC (as determined based on the number of LLC Units held by a member relative to the aggregate number of all outstanding LLC Units).

Confidentiality

Each member will agree to maintain the confidentiality of Holdings LLC’s confidential information. This obligation excludes information independently obtained or developed by the members, information that is in the public domain or otherwise disclosed to a member, in either such case not in violation of a confidentiality obligation or disclosures required by law or judicial process or approved by our chief executive officer.

Indemnification and Exculpation

The LLC Operating Agreement provides for indemnification of the manager, members and officers of Holdings LLC and their respective subsidiaries or affiliates. To the extent permitted by applicable law, Holdings LLC will indemnify us, as its managing member, its authorized officers, its other employees and agents from and against any losses, liabilities, damages, costs, expenses, fees or penalties incurred by any acts or omissions of these persons, provided that the acts or omissions of these indemnified persons are not the result of fraud, intentional misconduct or a violation of the implied contractual duty of good faith and fair dealing, or any lesser standard of conduct permitted under applicable law.

We, as the managing member, and the authorized officers and other employees and agents of Holdings LLC will not be liable to Holdings LLC, its members or their affiliates for damages incurred by any acts or omissions of these persons, provided that the acts or omissions of these exculpated persons are not the result of fraud, or intentional misconduct.

Amendments

The LLC Operating Agreement may be amended with the consent of the holders of a majority in voting power of the outstanding LLC Units. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no amendment to any of the provisions that expressly requires the approval or action of certain members may be made without the consent of such members and no amendment to the provisions governing the authority and actions of the managing member or the dissolution of Holdings LLC may be amended without the consent of the managing member.

Tax Receivable Agreement

We intend to enter into a Tax Receivable Agreement with the TRA Rights Holders. The Tax Receivable Agreement will, among other things, provide for the payment by us to such persons of 85% of the amount of certain tax savings (calculated using certain assumptions), if any, that we actually realize as a result of (i) certain increases in the tax basis of assets of Holdings LLC and its subsidiaries resulting from purchases or exchanges of LLC Units, (ii) certain other tax attributes of Holdings LLC and its subsidiaries and the Blocker Entity that existed prior to this offering, including existing tax basis and our allocable share of existing tax basis acquired in connection with this offering and increases to such allocable share of existing tax basis, and (iii) certain other tax benefits related to our entering into the Tax Receivable Agreement, including tax benefits attributable to payments that we make under the Tax Receivable Agreement. We retain the benefit of the remaining 15% of these, if any. If the Tax Receivable Agreement terminates early, we could be required to make a substantial, immediate lump-sum payment.

We expect that payments that we may make under the Tax Receivable Agreement will be substantial. For example, if we acquire all of the Class B Units held by the TRA Rights Holders in taxable transactions as of this

 

165


Table of Contents

offering, based on an initial public offering price of $19.50 per share (which is the midpoint of the estimated public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) and on certain assumptions, including that (i) there are no material changes in relevant tax law and (ii) we earn sufficient taxable income in each year to realize on a current basis all tax benefits that are subject to the Tax Receivable Agreement, we would expect that the resulting reduction in tax payments for us, as determined for purposes of the Tax Receivable Agreement, would aggregate to approximately $432.3 million, substantially all of which would be realized over the next 15 years, and we would be required to pay to the TRA Rights Holders 85% of such amount, or $367.5 million, over the same period. These amounts have been prepared for informational purposes only. The actual increases in tax basis with respect to future exchanges or purchases of LLC Units may differ materially from the amounts set forth above because the potential future reductions in our tax payments, as determined for purposes of the Tax Receivable Agreement, and the payment we will be required to make under the Tax Receivable Agreement, will each depend on a number of factors, including the market value of our Class A common stock at the time of the exchange or purchase, the prevailing federal tax rates applicable to us over the life of the Tax Receivable Agreement (as well as the assumed combined state and local tax rate), the amount and timing of the taxable income that we generate in the future and the extent to which future exchanges or purchases of LLC Units are taxable transactions. Payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement are not conditioned on the TRA Rights Holders’ continued ownership of an interest in Holdings LLC or us. There is no maximum term for the Tax Receivable Agreement, and the obligation to make payments to the TRA Rights Holders will terminate when all tax benefits payable to the TRA Rights Holders under the Tax Receivable Agreement have been paid in full. There may be a material negative effect on our liquidity if, as described below, the payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement exceed the actual benefits we receive in respect of the tax attributes subject to the Tax Receivable Agreement and/or distributions to us by Holdings LLC are not sufficient to permit us to make payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement. There can be no assurance that we will be able to finance our obligations under the Tax Receivable Agreement. This summary does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by the provisions of the form of Tax Receivable Agreement, a copy of which will be filed as an exhibit in a future filing.

In addition, the TRA Rights Holders will not reimburse us for any payments previously made if such tax basis increases or other tax benefits are subsequently disallowed by the IRS. Such amounts may reduce our future obligations, if any, under the Tax Receivable Agreement; however, a challenge to any tax benefits initially claimed by us may not arise for a number of years following the initial time of such payment or, even if challenged early, such excess cash payment may be greater than the amount of future cash payments, if any, we might otherwise be required to make under the terms of the Tax Receivable Agreement and, as a result, there might not be future cash payments from which to net against. As a result, in such circumstances we could make payments to the TRA Rights Holders under the Tax Receivable Agreement that are greater than our actual cash tax savings and may not be able to recoup those payments, which could negatively impact our liquidity.

Payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement will be based on the tax reporting positions that we determine, which tax reporting positions will be based on the advice of our tax advisors. Any payments made by us to the TRA Rights Holders under the Tax Receivable Agreement will generally reduce the amount of overall cash flow that might have otherwise been available to us. To the extent that we are unable to make payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement, such payments generally will be deferred and will accrue interest until paid. Furthermore, our future obligation to make payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement could make us a less attractive target for an acquisition, particularly in the case of an acquirer that cannot use some or all of the tax benefits that may be deemed realized under the Tax Receivable Agreement.

In addition, the Tax Receivable Agreement provides that (1) in the event that we breach any of our material obligations under the Tax Receivable Agreement, (2) upon certain changes of control or (3) if, with the written approval of a majority of our independent directors, we elect an early termination of the Tax Receivable Agreement, our obligations under the Tax Receivable Agreement (with respect to all LLC Units, whether or not LLC Units have been exchanged or acquired before or after such transaction) would accelerate and become payable in a lump sum amount equal to the present value of the anticipated future tax benefits calculated based on certain assumptions, including that we would have sufficient taxable income to fully utilize the deductions

 

166


Table of Contents

arising from the tax deductions, tax basis and other tax attributes subject to the Tax Receivable Agreement. These provisions in the Tax Receivable Agreement may result in situations where the TRA Rights Holders have interests that differ from or are in addition to those of our other stockholders. In these situations, our obligations under the Tax Receivable Agreement could have a substantial negative impact on our liquidity and could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing certain mergers, asset sales, other forms of business combinations or other changes of control. There can be no assurance that we will be able to fund our obligations under the Tax Receivable Agreement.

Finally, because we are a holding company with no operations of our own, our ability to make payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement is dependent on the ability of Holdings LLC to make distributions to us. To the extent that we are unable to make payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement for any reason, such payments will be deferred and will accrue interest until paid.

Exchange Agreement

We will enter into the Exchange Agreement with ATS Investment Holdings. Under the Exchange Agreement, ATS Investment Holdings (and certain permitted transferees thereof) may (subject to the terms of the Exchange Agreement) surrender its Series B Units of Holdings LLC to Holdings LLC or, at our election, exchange its Series B Units of Holdings LLC for shares of our Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis, or, at our election, for cash from a substantially concurrent public offering or private sale (based on the price of our Class A common stock in such public offering or private sale). The holders of Series B Units of Holdings LLC will also be required to deliver to us an equivalent number of shares of Class B common stock to effectuate an exchange. Any shares of Class B common stock so delivered will be cancelled. As a holder surrenders or exchanges its Series B Units of Holdings LLC, our interest in Holdings LLC will be correspondingly increased.

Registration Rights Agreement

We intend to enter into the Registration Rights Agreement with our Principal Stockholder, in connection with this offering. The Registration Rights Agreement will provide our Principal Stockholder certain registration rights whereby, following our initial public offering and the expiration of any related lock-up period, our Principal Stockholder can require us to register under the Securities Act shares of Class A common stock directly or indirectly owned by it or issuable to it upon exchange of LLC Units. The Registration Rights Agreement will also provide for piggyback registration rights for our Principal Stockholder. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Registration Rights Agreement.”

 

167


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

The following table sets forth certain information with respect to our directors, director nominees and executive officers as of the date of this prospectus:

 

Name

   Age     

Position

Brian Raduenz

     60      Executive Chairman

Roger Wells

     53      Chief Executive Officer and Director

Todd Booth

     55      Chief Financial Officer

Christi Morrison

     51      Chief Legal Officer

Brett Hush

     62      Senior Vice President, Tactical Systems

Michael Jackson

     53      Senior Vice President, Global Solutions

Bradley Feldmann

     64      Director Nominee

Matthew Klein

     55      Director Nominee

Brandon Levitan

     37      Director Nominee

Matthew Norton

     47      Director Nominee

Benjamin Spacapan

     36      Director Nominee

Brian Raduenz has served as our Executive Chairman since October 2025. Prior to his role as Executive Chairman, he served as our Chief Executive Officer since 2017. Prior to the formation of AEVEX, he served as CEO of Merlin Global Services, a leading provider of flight operations, aircraft maintenance, and aviation training support to the DoD intelligence community. During the past ten years, Mr. Raduenz led the company through significant organic growth and infrastructure development. Before joining Merlin, he served 20 years in the U.S. Air Force as a commander, flight test engineer, and program manager for a variety of manned and unmanned Intelligence, Surveillance and Reconnaissance (ISR) acquisition programs. During his first of two tours in Washington D.C., he was responsible for Pentagon post- 9/11 oversight of Remotely Piloted Aircraft (RPA) budgets. He later served as the Director of White House Presidential Contingency Programs under President George W. Bush. Mr. Raduenz’s final decade in the Air Force focused on leading government oversight of MQ-1 Predator and MQ-9 Reaper production, development, and sustainment. Since February 2025, Mr. Raduenz serves as a director on the Audit Committee and the Compensation Committee for Karman Holdings. Mr. Raduenz received his Air Force Commission and a B.S. in Electrical Engineering from the U.S. Air Force Academy. He also holds an M.S. in Electrical Engineering from the Air Force Institute of Technology, and an M.S. in Military Studies from Air University. We believe Mr. Raduenz is qualified to serve on our Board given his deep industry experience and his insight into our business as our Chief Executive Officer from 2017 to 2025.

Roger Wells has served as our Chief Executive Officer since October 2025. Mr. Wells previously served as our President since April 2025. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Wells was Chief Operating Officer, Executive Vice President and President at Mercury Systems from 2021 to 2025, a leading provider of advanced defense electronics. Before his tenure at Mercury Systems, Mr. Wells held senior leadership positions at FLIR Systems, ICX Technologies and Northrop Grumman. At FLIR Systems, he served as Vice President and General Manager of Unmanned Systems and Integrated Solutions, where he led the development and deployment of cutting-edge unmanned technologies. His earlier roles at Northrop Grumman included serving as a Director, where he managed complex defense programs and initiatives. Mr. Wells received a B.S. in Electrical Engineering from the University of Tennessee, Knoxville and an M.S. in Systems Engineering from George Mason University. We believe Mr. Wells is qualified to serve on our Board given his deep industry experience and his insight into our business as our Chief Executive Officer.

Todd Booth has served as our Chief Financial Officer since September 2025. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Booth held the position of Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer at Teledyne FLIR, a global leader in sensing solutions for defense, industrial, and commercial applications, from 2021 to 2025. Mr. Booth previously served as the Chief Financial Officer, Aerospace and Defense Electronics & Chief Operating Officer Aerospace and Defense Electronics UK for Teledyne from 2020 to 2021. Mr. Booth also served as Executive

 

168


Table of Contents

Vice President and Chief Financial Officers of 3D Systems Corporation from 2019 to 2020. Earlier in his career, he also held leadership roles at Ernst & Young and KPMG, both international professional services firms, where he developed a strong foundation in audit, risk management, and financial strategy across a range of industries including aerospace, defense, automotive, energy, and industrial automation. Mr. Booth received a B.A. in Accounting from Michigan State University.

Christi Morrison has served as our Chief Legal Officer since February 2026. Prior to joining the Company, Ms. Morrison held the position of Vice President, Deputy General Counsel and Corporate Secretary at Weatherford (NASDAQ: WFRD), a leading global energy services company, from 2022 to 2025. Prior to becoming Deputy General Counsel, Ms. Morrison held various Counsel roles since beginning at Weatherford in 2014 as Senior Corporate Counsel. Ms. Morrison also served as Vice President, General Counsel of Spark Energy in 2012 and, prior to that, Vice President - Assistant General Counsel from 2010 to 2012. Ms. Morrison received a B.A. in Psychology from Texas A&M University and a J.D. from University of Houston Law Center.

Brett Hush has served as our Senior Vice President of Tactical Systems since September 2025. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Hush served as Executive Vice President and General Manager of Loitering Munition Systems at AeroVironment, Inc. (NASADQ: AVAV) from 2010 to 2025. He also held the role of Vice President of the Controls Division at Teledyne Technologies, a diversified industrial conglomerate specializing in instrumentation, digital imaging, aerospace, and defense electronics, from 2006 to 2010. Mr. Hush earned a B.S. in Electrical Engineering from Clarkson University and an M.S. in Electrical Engineering from Syracuse University.

Michael Jackson has served as our Senior Vice President of Global Solutions since February 2025. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Jackson held the position of Vice President, Strategy & Growth at Parry Labs from 2022 to 2025. Mr. Jackson previously worked for Volansi, Inc. a developer of autonomous aerial delivery drones, as Director of Flight Operations from 2019 to 2020, Vice President of Operations from 2020 to 2022 and Senior Vice President of Programs and Operations in 2022. Earlier in his career, Mr. Jackson held multiple command positions within Air Force Special Operations Command, a major command of the United States Air Force specializing in the delivery of specialized airpower and global special operations, where he served as Commander of the 27th Special Operations Group and Commander of the Joint Special Operations Air Component–Central. Mr. Jackson earned a B.S. in Political Science from the United States Air Force Academy, an M.S. in Aeronautical Sciences from Embry-Riddle Aeronautical University and an M.S. in Joint Campaign Planning and Strategy, Military Joint Operations Planning and Strategy from National Defense University.

Bradley Feldmann will begin serving on our Board upon completion of this offering. Mr. Feldmann has served as the Chairman and CEO of Neology, Inc., a global transportation technology company, since February 2022. Prior to joining Neology, he served as President of Cubic Corporation from 2013 to 2021, where he also served as CEO from 2014 to 2021 and Chairman of the Board from 2018 to 2021. Mr. Feldmann previously served as President of Cubic Defense Systems, Inc. from 2008 to 2013. Mr. Feldmann also previously served as Chief Operating Officer for OMNIPLEX World Services Corporation from 2007 to 2008 and President and CEO of UsProtect Corp. from 2005 to 2006. Mr. Feldmann is on the Special Security Agreement board of directors for QinetiQ, a defense technology company. Mr. Feldmann has held various executive positions at both publicly and privately owned companies and has three decades of executive leadership experience across technology, defense, transportation, security, government services and payments industries. Mr. Feldmann is a certified director by the National Association of Corporate Directors. Mr. Feldmann received a B.S. in Electrical Engineering from the U.S. Air Force Academy and an MBA from San Diego State University. We believe Mr. Feldmann is qualified to serve on our Board given his extensive leadership and industry experience in private and public institutions.

Matthew Klein will begin serving on our Board upon completion of this offering. Mr. Klein has served as the Executive Vice President and CFO of KEEL, a comprehensive, large scale steel fabricator, since October 2024. Prior to joining KEEL, Mr. Klein was Executive Vice President and CFO at LinQuest from 2019 to 2024, Senior Vice President and CFO of Vectrus from 2014 to 2019, Division CFO at Exelis Systems Corporation from

 

169


Table of Contents

2011 to 2014 and Assistant Controller at ITT Electronic Systems from 2007 to 2011. Mr. Klein received a B.S. in Accounting from Indiana University. We believe Mr. Klein is qualified to serve as a director given his extensive industry experience and financial acumen.

Brandon Levitan will begin serving on our Board upon completion of this offering. Mr. Levitan has been part of the MDP team since 2013, where he currently serves as a Managing Director with MDP’s Technology and Government team. He is a current board member of Axonis, Harmonia Holdings Group, Omni Federal, T2S Solutions and Unison. In addition, Mr. Levitan was formerly on the board of directors of LinQuest. Prior to joining MDP, Mr. Levitan co-founded Walaris, which develops software-defined, hardware-enabled autonomous situational awareness systems for counter-UAS, perimeter surveillance and critical infrastructure protection. Prior to that, Mr. Levitan worked as an analyst for Citi’s M&A group. Mr. Levitan received a B.S. in Applied Economics and Management from Cornell University and an MBA from Stanford University. We believe Mr. Levitan is qualified to serve on our Board given his technical expertise and his experience serving on the boards of technology and government services companies.

Matthew Norton will begin serving on our Board upon completion of this offering. Mr. Norton has been part of the MDP team since 2004, where he currently serves as a Partner and Head of MDP’s Technology & Government team. Mr. Norton is also a board member of Axonis, Harmonia Holdings Group, National Security Space Association (NSSA), Omni Federal, T2S Solutions, SpiderOak, Unison, Carnegie Learning, Illinois Venture Capital Association (IVCA) and Lightspeed Systems. In addition, Mr. Norton was formerly on the Boards of Directors of two public companies, Boise Cascade Company and Boise Inc., and several private companies such as Aderant, BlueCat Networks, Fieldglass, Fleet Complete, Kaufman Hall, LinQuest, LGS Innovations and NFP. Prior to joining MDP, Mr. Norton worked as an investment banking analyst at Merrill Lynch. Mr. Norton received a B.S. and an MBA from the Wharton School at the University of Pennsylvania. We believe Mr. Norton is qualified to serve on our Board given his extensive experience in technology and government investment and his service on the boards of multiple technology and defense-focused companies.

Benjamin Spacapan will begin serving on our Board upon completion of this offering. Mr. Spacapan has been part of the MDP team since 2021, where he currently serves as a Director with MDP’s Technology & Government team. Mr. Spacapan is also a board member of Axonis, Harmonia Holdings Group, Omni Federal and T2S Solutions. Prior to joining MDP, Mr. Spacapan worked as an Analyst at UBS Investment Bank and later went on to work as an Associate and Vice President on the Middle Market Private Equity team of H.I.G. Capital. Mr. Spacapan received an A.B. in Near Eastern History from Princeton University and both a J.D. and MBA from Harvard University. We believe Mr. Spacapan is qualified to serve on our Board given his investment expertise and his board service in defense and government technology.

Family Relationships

There are no family relationships between any of our executive officers, directors or director nominees.

Corporate Governance

Board Composition and Director Independence

Our business and affairs are managed under the direction of our Board. Following completion of this offering, our Board will be composed of seven directors. Our certificate of incorporation will provide that the authorized number of directors may be changed only by resolution of our Board. In addition, the Director Designation Agreement will prohibit us from increasing or decreasing the size of our Board without the prior written consent of MDP. Our certificate of incorporation will also provide that our Board will be divided into three classes of directors, with the classes as nearly equal in number as possible. Subject to any earlier resignation or removal in accordance with the terms of our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, our Class I directors will be Bradley Feldmann and Benjamin Spacapan and will serve until the first annual meeting of stockholders following the completion of this offering, our Class II directors will be Matthew Klein and Brandon Levitan and will serve until the second annual meeting of stockholders following the completion of this offering

 

170


Table of Contents

and our Class III directors will be Matthew Norton, Brian Raduenz and Roger Wells and will serve until the third annual meeting of stockholders following the completion of this offering. Upon completion of this offering, we expect that each of our directors will serve in the classes as indicated above. This classification of our Board could have the effect of increasing the length of time necessary to change the composition of a majority of the Board. In general, at least two annual meetings of stockholders will be necessary for stockholders to effect a change in a majority of members of the Board. In addition, our certificate of incorporation will provide that our directors may be removed with or without cause by the affirmative vote of at least a majority of the voting power of our outstanding shares of stock entitled to vote thereon, voting together as a single class for so long as MDP beneficially owns 40% or more, in the aggregate, of the total number of shares of our common stock then outstanding. If MDP’s aggregate beneficial ownership falls below 40% of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding, then our directors may be removed only for cause upon the affirmative vote of at least 66 2/3% of the voting power of our outstanding shares of stock entitled to vote thereon.

In addition, at any time when MDP has the right to designate at least one nominee for election to our Board, MDP will also have the right to have one of its nominated directors hold one seat on each Board committee, subject to satisfying any applicable stock exchange rules or regulations regarding the independence of Board committee members. The listing standards of NYSE require that, subject to specified exceptions, each member of a listed company’s audit, compensation and nominating and corporate governance committees be independent and that audit committee members also satisfy independence criteria set forth in Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act.

Our Board has determined that, with the exception of Brian Raduenz and Roger Wells, all other members of the Board meet the requirements to be independent directors. In making this determination, our Board considered the relationships that each such non-employee director has with AEVEX and all other facts and circumstances that our Board deemed relevant in determining their independence, including beneficial ownership of our common stock.

See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Director Designation Agreement” for more information.

Controlled Company Status

After completion of this offering, MDP will continue to control a majority of the voting power in us. As a result, we will be a “controlled company.” Under NYSE rules, a company of which more than 50% of the voting power for the election of directors is held by an individual, group or another company is a “controlled company” and may elect not to comply with certain corporate governance requirements, including the requirements that, within one year of the date of the listing of its common stock:

 

  •  

it has a board of directors that is composed of a majority of “independent directors,” as defined under the rules of such exchange;

 

  •  

it has a compensation committee that is composed entirely of independent directors; and

 

  •  

it has a nominating and corporate governance committee that is composed entirely of independent directors.

We do not intend to rely on this exemption immediately following this offering but may do so in the future. As a result, we may not have a majority of independent directors on our Board. In addition, our Compensation and Nominating Committee may not consist entirely of independent directors or be subject to annual performance evaluations. Accordingly, you may not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to all of the NYSE corporate governance requirements.

Board Committees

Upon completion of this offering, our Board will have an audit committee (our “Audit Committee”) and a compensation and nominating committee (our “Compensation and Nominating Committee”). The composition,

 

171


Table of Contents

duties and responsibilities of these committees will be as set forth below. In the future, our Board may establish other committees, as it deems appropriate, to assist it with its responsibilities.

 

Board Member

  

Audit Committee

  

Compensation and Nominating
Committee

Brian Raduenz

     

Roger Wells

     

Bradley Feldmann*

   X    X

Matthew Klein*

   X   

Brandon Levitan*

      X

Matthew Norton*

      X

Benjamin Spacapan*

   X   
 
*

Denotes director nominee

Audit Committee

Following this offering, our Audit Committee will be composed of Bradley Feldmann, Matthew Klein and Benjamin Spacapan, with Matthew Klein serving as chair of the committee. We intend to comply with the audit committee requirements of the SEC and NYSE, which require that the Audit Committee be composed of at least one independent director at the closing of this offering, a majority of independent directors within 90 days following this offering and all independent directors within one year following this offering. We anticipate that, prior to the completion of this offering, our Board will determine that Bradley Feldmann and Matthew Klein meet the independence requirements of Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act and the applicable listing standards of NYSE. We anticipate that, prior to our completion of this offering, our Board will determine that Bradley Feldmann and Matthew Klein are “audit committee financial experts” within the meaning of SEC regulations and applicable listing standards of NYSE. The Audit Committee’s responsibilities upon completion of this offering will include:

 

  •  

appointing, approving the compensation of, and assessing the qualifications, performance and independence of our independent registered public accounting firm;

 

  •  

pre-approving audit and permissible non-audit services, and the terms of such services, to be provided by our independent registered public accounting firm;

 

  •  

discussing on a periodic basis, or as appropriate, with management, the risks we face and our policies, programs and controls with respect to risk assessment and risk management, including our major financial risk exposures and cybersecurity risks;

 

  •  

reviewing and discussing with management and the independent registered public accounting firm our annual and quarterly financial statements and related disclosures as well as critical accounting policies and practices used by us;

 

  •  

reviewing our management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations to be included in our annual and quarterly reports to be filed with the SEC;

 

  •  

monitoring the rotation of partners of the independent registered public accounting firm on our engagement team in accordance with requirements established by the SEC;

 

  •  

reviewing management’s report on its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting and any changes thereto;

 

  •  

reviewing the adequacy of our internal control over financial reporting;

 

  •  

establishing policies and procedures for the receipt, retention, follow-up and resolution of accounting-related complaints and concerns;

 

172


Table of Contents
  •  

recommending, based upon the Audit Committee’s review and discussions with management and the independent registered public accounting firm, whether our audited financial statements shall be included in our Annual Report on Form 10-K;

 

  •  

monitoring our compliance with legal and regulatory requirements as they relate to our financial statements and accounting matters;

 

  •  

preparing the Audit Committee report required by the rules of the SEC to be included in our annual proxy statement;

 

  •  

investigating any matters received, and reports to the Board periodically, with respect to ethics issues, complaints and associated investigations;

 

  •  

reviewing the audit committee charter and the committee’s performance at least annually;

 

  •  

reviewing all related party transactions for potential conflict of interest situations and approving all such transactions; and

 

  •  

reviewing and discussing with management and our independent registered public accounting firm our earnings releases and scripts.

Compensation and Nominating Committee

Following this offering, our Compensation and Nominating Committee will be composed of Bradley Feldmann, Brandon Levitan and Matthew Norton, with Matthew Norton serving as chair of the committee. The Compensation and Nominating Committee’s responsibilities upon completion of this offering will include:

 

  •  

annually reviewing and approving corporate goals and objectives relevant to the compensation of our chief executive officer;

 

  •  

evaluating the performance of our chief executive officer in light of such corporate goals and objectives and determining and approving the compensation of our chief executive officer;

 

  •  

reviewing and approving the compensation of our other executive officers;

 

  •  

appointing, compensating and overseeing the work of any compensation consultant, legal counsel or other advisor retained by the compensation committee;

 

  •  

conducting the independence assessment outlined in NYSE rules with respect to any compensation consultant, legal counsel or other advisor retained by the compensation committee;

 

  •  

annually reviewing and reassessing the adequacy of the committee charter in its compliance with the listing requirements of NYSE;

 

  •  

reviewing and establishing our overall management compensation, philosophy and policy;

 

  •  

overseeing and administering our compensation and similar plans;

 

  •  

reviewing and making recommendations to our Board with respect to director compensation;

 

  •  

reviewing and discussing with management the compensation discussion and analysis to be included in our annual proxy statement or Annual Report on Form 10-K;

 

  •  

developing and recommending to our Board criteria for board and committee membership;

 

  •  

subject to the rights of MDP under the Director Designation Agreement as described in “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Director Designation Agreement,” identifying and recommending to our Board the persons to be nominated for election as directors and to each of our Board’s committees;

 

173


Table of Contents
  •  

developing and recommending to our Board best practices and corporate governance principles;

 

  •  

developing and recommending to our Board a set of corporate governance guidelines; and

 

  •  

reviewing and recommending to our Board the functions, duties and compositions of the committees of our Board.

Risk Oversight

Our Board will oversee the risk management activities designed and implemented by our management. Our Board will execute its oversight responsibility for risk management both directly and through its committees. The full Board will also consider specific risk topics, including risks associated with our strategic plan, business operations and capital structure. In addition, our Board will receive detailed regular reports from members of our senior management and other personnel that include assessments and potential mitigation of the risks and exposures involved with their respective areas of responsibility.

Our Board will delegate to the Audit Committee oversight of our risk management process. The other committees of our Board will also consider and address risk as they perform their respective committee responsibilities. All committees will report to the full Board as appropriate, including when a matter rises to the level of a material or enterprise level risk.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

None of our executive officers currently serves, or in the past fiscal year has served, as a member of the Board or compensation committee of any entity that has one or more executive officers serving on our Board or Compensation and Nominating Committee.

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

Prior to completion of this offering, we intend to adopt a code of business conduct and ethics that applies to all of our employees, officers and directors, including those officers responsible for financial reporting. Upon the closing of this offering, our code of business conduct and ethics will be available on our website. We intend to disclose any amendments to the code, or any waivers of its requirements, on our website.

 

174


Table of Contents

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the JOBS Act, for purposes of the SEC’s executive compensation disclosure rules. In accordance with such rules, we are required to provide a Summary Compensation Table and an Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year End Table, as well as limited narrative disclosures regarding executive compensation for our last completed fiscal year. Further, our reporting obligations extend only to our “named executive officers,” who are the individuals who served as our principal executive officer for any portion of fiscal year 2025 and our next two other most highly compensated officers at the end of fiscal year 2025. Accordingly, our “Named Executive Officers” or “NEOs” are:

 

Name

  

Principal Position

Roger Wells(1)    Chief Executive Officer
Brian Raduenz(2)    Executive Chairman of the Board and Former Chief Executive Officer
Jeremy Watrous    Chief Operating Officer
Michael Jackson(3)    SVP, Global Solutions
 
(1)

Mr. Wells was appointed as our Chief Executive Officer, effective as of October 31, 2025.

(2)

Mr. Raduenz stepped down as our Chief Executive Officer, effective as of October 31, 2025, and was succeeded by Mr. Wells. Since such date, Mr. Raduenz transitioned to the role of Executive Chairman of the Board.

(3)

Mr. Jackson commenced employment as our SVP, Global Solutions, effective as of February 18, 2025.

Our compensation objectives have been to recruit and retain a talented team of employees to grow and develop our business, and to reward those employees for accomplishments related to our growth and development. Historically, the Board determined the compensation for (i) our Chief Executive Officer based on such factors as it deemed relevant under the circumstances and (ii) the rest of our management team based on the recommendations of our Chief Executive Officer. In setting compensation, our Chief Executive Officer and the Board did not seek to allocate long-term and current compensation, or cash and noncash compensation, in any particular percentage. Instead, they reviewed each element of compensation independently and determined the appropriate amount for each element, as discussed below. We believe that our historical compensation-setting processes have been effective for a privately held company, but we expect the Board to reevaluate our compensation-setting processes following this offering.

Summary Compensation Table

The following table summarizes the compensation awarded to, earned by or paid to our NEOs for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2025.

 

Name and Principal Position    Fiscal Year      Salary
($)(1)
     Bonus
($)(2)
     Non-Equity
Incentive  Plan
Compensation
($)(3)
     All Other
Compensation
($)(4)
     Total
($)
 

Roger Wells

     2025        337,981        237,500        —         —         575,481  

Chief Executive Officer

                 

Brian Raduenz

     2025        595,835        150,000        —         —         745,835  

Executive Chairman

     2024        550,020        —         —         —         550,020  

Jeremy Watrous

     2025        351,923        —         40,000        13,533        405,456  

Chief Operating Officer

     2024        301,539        —         50,000        11,123        362,662  

Michael Jackson

     2025        249,616        50,000        73,750        9,077        382,443  

SVP, Global Solutions

                 
 
(1)

Amounts included in this column reflect the NEO’s service fees (for Mr. Raduenz) or annual base salary earned during the fiscal year.

(2)

Amounts in this column represent (i) for Mr. Wells, the guaranteed bonus for 2025 pursuant to his offer letter, (ii) for Mr. Raduenz, incentive fees paid at the discretion of our Board pursuant to his consulting agreement and (iii) for Mr. Jackson, the one-time bonus pursuant to his offer letter.

 

175


Table of Contents
(3)

Amounts in this column represent annual performance-based cash bonuses earned by our NEOs under the AEVEX Aerospace Incentive Compensation Plan (the “ICP”) in fiscal year 2025 and paid in the subsequent fiscal year, based on current performance levels.

(4)

Amounts in this column represent matching contributions under our 401(k) plan.

Narrative Disclosure to Summary Compensation Table

Letter Agreements with Messrs. Wells, Watrous and Jackson

Mr. Wells is party to an offer letter with us entered into on March 7, 2025, Mr. Watrous is party to a promotion letter with us entered into on July 1, 2023, which amended the terms of his original offer letter dated August 26, 2021, and Mr. Jackson is party to an offer letter with us entered into on January 21, 2025. These letter agreements with us provide for basic terms of employment, including base salary (for 2025, $475,000, $353,800 and $295,000 for Messrs. Wells, Watrous and Jackson, respectively).

Mr. Wells’ offer letter provides for a guaranteed bonus for calendar year 2025 in the amount of $237,500, $100,000 of which is payable within 30 days of his first day of employment and the remainder of which is payable no later than the end of the first quarter of 2026, in accordance with the Company’s regular annual bonus payment process. In addition, Mr. Wells’ offer letter provides that, starting in fiscal year 2026, he is eligible for cash bonus in the amount of 50% to 100% of his annual base salary based on his achievement of targets set annually in coordination with MDP. Mr. Jackson’s offer letter provides for a sign-on bonus in the amount of $50,000, payable upon his first paycheck after his start date.

Each of Messrs. Wells, Watrous and Jackson is subject to a restrictive covenants agreement. Mr. Watrous’ restrictive covenants agreement contains a non-solicitation (and, for Messrs. Wells and Jackson, non-competition) restriction during the employment term and for two years thereafter, as well as a perpetual confidentiality covenant (and, for Messrs. Wells and Jackson, perpetual non-disparagement covenant).

Consulting Agreement with Mr. Raduenz

Pursuant to a consulting agreement by and among TCFI AEVEX LLC, Radz Group II LLC and Mr. Raduenz, dated as of January 1, 2025 (the “Raduenz Consulting Agreement”), Mr. Raduenz was entitled to the following in exchange for services he provided in 2025: (i) consulting fees at a rate of $50,000 per month, and (ii) eligibility to earn an annual incentive fee as determined by the board of directors of Holdings LLC based on performance metrics specified by such board. Prior to 2025, Mr. Raduenz provided service to the Company pursuant to a consulting agreement by and among TCFI AEVEX LLC, Radz Group LLC and Mr. Raduenz, dated as of February 1, 2023, which contained substantially similar terms and conditions and provided for consulting fees at a rate of $45,835 per month. With respect to 2025, Mr. Raduenz received $150,000 in incentive fees paid at the discretion of our Board under the Raduenz Consulting Agreement. In addition, the Raduenz Consulting Agreement contains a perpetual confidentiality covenant, as well as non-solicitation and non-disparagement covenants during the consulting term and for one year thereafter.

Incentive Unit Awards

We believe that long-term equity-based compensation is an important component of our executive compensation program and that providing a significant portion of our executive officers’ total compensation package in equity-based compensation aligns the incentives of our executives with the interests of our investors and with our long-term corporate success. In furtherance of this philosophy, we established a profits interests program in 2020 under which each of our NEOs has been granted profits interests (“Incentive Units”). The Incentive Units are intended to qualify as “profits interests” under U.S. federal income tax law and have economic characteristics similar to stock options (e.g., representing the right to share in any increase in the fair market value of Holdings LLC after their respective dates of grant). In connection with his appointment as the Chief Executive Officer, Mr. Wells received an award of 1,000,000 Incentive Units in April 2025, which award consists of 250,000 Incentive

 

176


Table of Contents

Units subject to performance-vesting and 750,000 Incentive Units subject to time-vesting. In connection with his commencement of employment as SVP, Global Solutions, Mr. Jackson received an award of 50,000 Incentive Units in April 2025, all of which are subject to time-vesting. Our other NEOs did not receive any award of Incentive Units in fiscal year 2025. Additional details regarding grants of Incentive Units made to each of our NEOs is included in the “Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year End Table” below.

Cash Incentive Bonuses under the ICP

Mr. Wells is eligible to receive a target cash bonus equal to 50% to 100% of his base salary, starting in fiscal year 2026. Mr. Raduenz was not eligible to participate in the ICP, but was instead eligible to receive an annual incentive fee at the discretion of the board of directors of Holdings LLC pursuant to the Raduenz Consulting Agreement. Mr. Raduenz did not receive an incentive fee with respect to fiscal year 2025. For fiscal year 2025, each of Messrs. Watrous and Jackson was eligible to receive a target cash bonus equal to 40% and 30%, respectively, of his base salary pursuant to the ICP (for Mr. Jackson, pro-rated for partial year of service). The performance metric for each of their bonus for fiscal year 2025 consisted solely of company performance. For purposes of the ICP for fiscal year 2025, company performance was determined by calculating the percentage of achieved profitability, as measured by Adjusted EBITDA. Actual bonus amounts received by Messrs. Watrous and Jackson in respect of fiscal year 2025 are reported in the Summary Compensation Table.

Other Benefits

We currently maintain a tax-qualified retirement savings plan intended to provide benefits under Section 401(k) of the Code. Each of Messrs. Watrous and Jackson are eligible to participate in our 401(k) plan, and receive matching contributions from us equal to a maximum of 4% of base salary.

We do not maintain a defined benefit pension plan or nonqualified deferred compensation plan.

Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year End Table

The following table shows, for each of the NEOs, all Incentive Unit awards that were outstanding as of December 31, 2025.

 

            Option Awards  

Name

   Grant Date      Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)
Exercisable(2)
     Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)
Unexercisable(3)
     Equity
Incentive Plan
Awards:
Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Unearned
Options (#)(4)
     Option
Exercise
Price
($)(5)
     Option
Expiration
Date
 

Roger Wells

     4/7/2025        0        750,000        250,000        N/A        N/A  

Brian Raduenz

     12/30/2020        500,000        0           N/A        N/A  

Jeremy Watrous

     12/30/2020        150,000        0           N/A        N/A  
     06/14/2022        70,000        30,000           N/A        N/A  
     05/30/2023        51,667        48,333           N/A        N/A  
     11/29/2023        62,500        87,500           N/A        N/A  

Michael Jackson

     4/1/2025        0        50,000           N/A        N/A  
 
(1)

This table reflects information regarding time-vesting Incentive Units granted to our NEOs and performance-vesting Incentive Units granted to Mr. Wells that were outstanding as of December 31, 2025. The Incentive Units are intended to constitute profits interests for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Despite the fact that the Incentive Units do not require the payment of an exercise price or have an expiration date but rather participate in distributions attributable to the appreciation in the fair market value of Holdings LLC, or profits of Holdings LLC, after their respective dates of grant (i.e., in excess of the respective participation threshold for such grant), they are most similar economically to stock options. Accordingly,

 

177


Table of Contents
  they are classified as “options” under the definition provided in Item 402(a)(6)(i) of Regulation S-K as an instrument with an “option-like feature.” The Incentive Units are within the scope of ASC Topic 710.
(2)

Awards in this column represent time-vesting Incentive Units that have vested in accordance with their terms.

(3)

Awards in this column represent time-vesting Incentive Units that are unvested as of December 31, 2025. The Incentive Units granted to Mr. Wells on April 7, 2025, Mr. Watrous on June 14, 2022, May 30, 2023 and November 29, 2023 and Mr. Jackson on April 1, 2025 vest as to (i) 40% on the second anniversary of the applicable grant date and (ii) the remaining 60% in 36 equal monthly installments thereafter. The Incentive Units granted to Messrs. Raduenz and Watrous on December 30, 2020 vest as to (i) 40% on March 18, 2022 and (ii) the remaining 60% in 36 equal monthly installments thereafter, in each case, subject to each of the NEOs’ continued employment or service, as applicable, with us.

(4)

Awards in this column represent performance-vesting Incentive Units granted to Mr. Wells that are unvested as of December 31, 2025. Such performance-vesting Incentive Units will vest in full upon the date the Company has made aggregate distributions under the Holdings LLC Agreement equal to or greater than the threshold of $1,454,130,942.00 (subject to certain automatic increases), subject to Mr. Wells’ continued employment with us.

(5)

The participation threshold value for the Incentive Units equals $328,185,000, except for the Incentive Units granted to Mr. Watrous on May 30, 2023 and November 29, 2023, which have a participation threshold of $668,706,742 and $755,127,825, respectively, and the Incentive Units granted to Mr. Wells on April 7, 2025 and Mr. Jackson on April 1, 2025, which have a participation threshold of $1,116,455,583.56. The Incentive Units are not traditional options, and therefore, there is no exercise price or expiration date, but rather any vested Incentive Units participate in distributions attributable to the appreciation in the fair market value of Holdings LLC, or profits of Holdings LLC, after their respective dates of grant (i.e., in excess of the respective participation threshold for such grant).

Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control

We entered into a severance agreement with each of Messrs. Wells and Watrous, dated as of March 9, 2025 and March 25, 2025, respectively (the “Wells Severance Agreement” and the “Watrous Severance Agreement,” as applicable).

The Wells Severance Agreement provides that, upon termination of Mr. Wells’ employment by us for any reason other than for “cause,” or by Mr. Wells for “good reason,” each as defined therein, subject to Mr. Wells’ execution and non-revocation of a general release of all claims in favor of us and compliance with cooperation duties, Mr. Wells will be entitled to severance consisting of (in addition to accrued benefits) (i) 12 months of continued base salary payments, (ii) a pro-rated annual bonus for the year termination occurs (if, based on actual performance as of the end of the month immediately preceding the termination date, the Company’s performance is tracking to achieve full year performance) and (iii) reimbursement of COBRA premiums for up to 12 months following such termination. The Watrous Severance Agreement provides that, upon termination of Mr. Watrous’ employment by us for any reason other than for “cause,” or by Mr. Watrous for “good reason,” each as defined therein, subject to Mr. Watrous’ execution and non-revocation of a general release of all claims in favor of us and compliance with cooperation duties, Mr. Watrous will be entitled to severance consisting of (in addition to accrued benefits) 12 months of continued base salary payments.

Each of the Wells Severance Agreement and Watrous Severance Agreement also provides that upon a termination of employment due to death or disability, each of Messrs. Wells and Watrous will be entitled to severance consisting of accrued benefits. None of our NEOs are party to any arrangements which provide for any potential payments or benefits upon a change in control, other than as described below with respect to the Incentive Units.

The incentive equity agreements pursuant to which each of the NEOs was granted Incentive Units also contain a confidentiality covenant applicable during the term of employment or engagement, as applicable, non-solicitation (and non-competition, for Messrs. Wells and Jackson) restrictions applicable during the term of employment or engagement, as applicable, and for one year thereafter, as well as perpetual non-disparagement provisions.

 

178


Table of Contents

In addition, the time-vesting Incentive Units granted to each of the NEOs will vest in full upon the consummation of a Sale of Holdings LLC (as defined in that certain amended and restated limited liability company agreement of Holdings LLC, dated as of March 18, 2020), subject to his continued engagement or employment, as applicable, by us or any subsidiaries through such date. If the NEO’s service is terminated by us without “cause” or by such the NEO for “good reason,” each as defined therein, within 90 days before a Sale of Holdings LLC, then we will pay such NEO the following: (i) if (and only if) the NEO’s vested Incentive Units were repurchased in accordance with the terms of his incentive equity agreement prior to such Sale of Holdings LLC, an amount equal to the excess of the consideration that would have been received in respect of the vested Incentive Units held by him immediately prior to termination in such Sale of Holdings LLC if such Incentive Units were not repurchased hereunder over the consideration paid to such NEO hereunder for the repurchase of such Incentive Units and (ii) the amount the NEO would have received in respect of the unvested Incentive Units had such NEO held such unvested Incentive Units through the consummation of the Sale of Holdings LLC, in each case, with such payment being made in the same form as would have been paid in such Sale of Holdings LLC.

The consummation of this offering will not constitute a change in control for purposes of the Incentive Units.

Actions Taken in Connection with this Offering

2026 Omnibus Incentive Plan

In order to incentivize our employees and other service providers following the completion of this offering, we anticipate that our Board will adopt the 2026 Plan for eligible employees, consultants, and directors prior to the completion of this offering. Our NEOs will be eligible to participate in the 2026 Plan, which we expect will become effective upon the consummation of this offering. We anticipate that the 2026 Plan will provide for the grant of options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units, stock awards, dividend equivalents, other stock-based awards, cash awards, and substitute awards intended to align the interests of service providers, including our NEOs, with those of our stockholders.

Securities to be Offered

Subject to adjustment in the event of certain transactions or changes of capitalization in accordance with the 2026 Plan, a number of shares of common stock equal to 10% of the number of shares of common stock outstanding at the closing of this offering (on a fully diluted basis) (the “Share Reserve”) will be reserved for issuance pursuant to awards under the 2026 Plan. The total number of shares reserved for issuance under the 2026 Plan will be increased annually on January 1 of each calendar year beginning in 2027 and ending and including January 1, 2036, by the lesser of (i) 3% of the aggregate number of shares of common stock, outstanding on December 31 of the immediately preceding calendar year and (ii) the number of shares of common stock as is determined by our Board. Shares of common stock subject to an award that expires or is canceled, forfeited, exchanged, settled in cash or otherwise terminated without delivery of shares and shares withheld to pay the exercise price of, or to satisfy the withholding obligations with respect to, an award will again be available for delivery pursuant to other awards under the 2026 Plan.

Administration

The 2026 Plan will be administered by a committee of our Board (the “Committee”), except to the extent our Board does not duly authorize such Committee to administer the 2026 Plan and in which case our Board will serve as the administrator. The Committee has broad discretion to administer the 2026 Plan, including the power to determine the eligible individuals to whom awards will be granted, the number and type of awards to be granted and the terms and conditions of awards. The Committee may also accelerate the vesting or exercise of any award and make all other determinations and to take all other actions necessary or advisable for the administration of the 2026 Plan. To the extent the 2026 Plan administrator is not the Committee, our Board will retain the authority to take all actions permitted by the administrator under the 2026 Plan. Additionally, our Board retains the right to exercise the authority of the Committee to the extent consistent with applicable law.

 

179


Table of Contents

Eligibility

Our employees, consultants and non-employee directors, and employees and consultants of our affiliates, will be eligible to receive awards under the 2026 Plan.

Non-Employee Director Compensation Limits

Under the 2026 Plan, in a single calendar year, a non-employee director may not be granted awards for such individual’s service on our Board having a value, taken together with any cash fees paid to such non-employee director, in excess of $750,000 (except that for any year in which a non-employee director (i) first commences service on our Board, (ii) serves on a special committee of our Board or (iii) serves as lead director or non-executive chair of our Board, such limit will be increased to $1,000,000). Such limits will not be applied to awards or other compensation, if any, provided to a non-employee director during any period in which such individual was an employee of us or any Affiliate or was otherwise providing services to the Company or to any Affiliate other than in the capacity as a non-employee director.

Types of Awards

Stock Options. We may grant stock options to eligible persons, except that incentive stock options may only be granted to persons who are our employees or employees of one of our subsidiaries, in accordance with Section 422 of the Code. The exercise price of a stock option generally cannot be less than 100% of the fair market value of a share of common stock on the date on which the stock option is granted and the stock option must not be exercisable for longer than 10 years following the date of grant. In the case of an incentive stock option granted to an individual who owns (or is deemed to own) at least 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of our equity securities, the exercise price of the option must be at least 110% of the fair market value of a share of common stock on the date of grant and the option must not be exercisable more than five years from the date of grant.

Stock Appreciation Rights. A stock appreciation right (“SAR”) is the right to receive an amount equal to the excess of the fair market value of one share of common stock on the date of exercise over the grant price of the SAR. The grant price of a SAR generally cannot be less than 100% of the fair market value of a share of common stock on the date on which the SAR is granted. The term of a SAR may not exceed 10 years. SARs may be granted in connection with, or independent of, other awards. The Committee has the discretion to determine other terms and conditions of a SAR award.

Restricted Stock Awards. A restricted stock award is a grant of shares of common stock subject to the restrictions on transferability and risk of forfeiture imposed by the Committee. Unless otherwise determined by the Committee and specified in the applicable award agreement, the holder of a restricted stock award has rights as a stockholder, including the right to vote the shares of common stock subject to the restricted stock award or to receive dividends on the shares of common stock subject to the restricted stock award during the restriction period. In the discretion of the Committee or as set forth in the applicable award agreement, dividends distributed prior to vesting may be subject to the same restrictions and risk of forfeiture as the restricted stock with respect to which the distribution was made.

Restricted Stock Units. A restricted stock unit is a right to receive cash, shares of common stock or a combination of cash and shares of common stock at the end of a specified period equal to the fair market value of one share of common stock on the date of vesting. Restricted stock units may be subject to the restrictions, including on transferability and forfeitability, imposed by the Committee. If the Committee so provides, a grant of restricted stock units may provide a participant with the right to receive dividend equivalents.

Performance Awards. A performance award is an award that vests and/or becomes exercisable or distributable subject to the achievement of certain performance goals during a specified performance period, as established by the Committee. Performance awards (which include performance stock units) may be granted

 

180


Table of Contents

alone or in addition to other awards under the 2026 Plan, and may be paid in cash, shares of common stock, other property or any combination thereof, in the sole discretion of the Committee.

Stock Awards. A stock award is a transfer of unrestricted shares of common stock on terms and conditions, if any, determined by the Committee.

Dividend Equivalents. Dividend equivalents entitle a participant to receive cash, shares of common stock, other awards or other property equal in value to dividends or other distributions paid with respect to a specified number of shares of common stock. Dividend equivalents may be granted on a free-standing basis or in connection with another award (other than stock options, SARs, restricted stock or stock awards).

Other Stock-Based Awards. Other stock-based awards are awards denominated or payable in, valued in whole or in part by reference to, or otherwise based on or related to, the value of our shares of common stock. Cash Awards. Cash awards may be granted on terms and conditions, including vesting conditions, and for consideration, including no consideration or minimum consideration as required by applicable law, as the Committee determines in its sole discretion.

Substitute Awards. In connection with an entity’s merger or consolidation with us or our acquisition of an entity’s property or stock, awards may be granted in substitution for any other award granted before the merger or consolidation by such entity or its affiliates.

Certain Transactions

If any change is made to our capitalization, such as a share split, share combination, share dividend, exchange of shares or other recapitalization, merger or otherwise, that results in an increase or decrease in the number of outstanding shares of common stock, appropriate adjustments will be made by the Committee in the shares subject to an award under the 2026 Plan. The Committee will also have the discretion to make certain adjustments to awards in the event of a change in control, such as accelerating the vesting or exercisability of awards, requiring the surrender of an award, with or without consideration, or making any other adjustment or modification to the award that the Committee determines is appropriate in light of such transaction.

Clawback

All awards granted under the 2026 Plan will be subject to clawback, cancellation, recoupment, rescission, payback, reduction, or other similar action in accordance with any Company clawback or similar policy or any applicable law related to such actions.

Plan Amendment and Termination

Our Board or the Committee may amend or terminate any award, award agreement or the 2026 Plan at any time; however, stockholder approval will be required for any amendment to the extent necessary to comply with applicable law. Stockholder approval will be required to make amendments that (i) increase the aggregate number of shares that may be issued under the 2026 Plan or (ii) change the classification of individuals eligible to receive awards under the 2026 Plan. The 2026 Plan will remain in effect for a period of 10 years (unless earlier terminated by our Board).

Director Compensation

Prior to this offering, none of AEVEX Corp.’s directors have received any compensation for their services as a member of the Board. AEVEX Corp. does not currently have a formal policy with respect to compensation of non-employee directors for service as directors. Following the completion of this offering, AEVEX Corp. will implement a formal policy pursuant to which its non-employee directors will be eligible to receive compensation for service on the Board and committees of the Board.

 

181


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS AND SELLING STOCKHOLDER

The following table sets forth information about the beneficial ownership of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock as of April 9, 2026, after giving effect to the Organizational Transactions:

 

  •  

each person or group known to us who beneficially owns more than 5% of our Class A common stock or Class B common stock immediately prior to this offering;

 

  •  

the selling stockholder;

 

  •  

each of our directors and director nominees;

 

  •  

each of our Named Executive Officers; and

 

  •  

all of our directors, director nominees and executive officers as a group.

The numbers of shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock (together with the same amount of LLC Units) beneficially owned and percentages of beneficial ownership before this offering that are set forth below are based on the number of shares and LLC Units to be issued and outstanding prior to this offering after giving effect to the Organizational Transactions. See “Organizational Structure.” The numbers of shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock (together with the same amount of LLC Units) beneficially owned and percentages of beneficial ownership after the offering that are set forth below are based on 48,529,019 shares of Class A common stock to be issued and outstanding immediately after the offering, assuming no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase additional shares. This number excludes 63,297,524 shares of Class A common stock issuable in exchange for LLC Units and upon conversion of shares of our Class B common stock, each as described under “Organizational Structure” and “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Amended and Restated Operating Agreement.” If all outstanding LLC Units were exchanged and all outstanding shares of Class B common stock were converted, we would have 111,826,543 shares of Class A common stock outstanding immediately after this offering.

Concurrently with this offering, we will issue to the LLC Unitholders 63,297,524 shares of Class B common stock. The number of shares of Class B common stock will depend in part on the price at which shares of Class A common stock are sold in this offering after the offering. For purposes of the presentation of the total number of shares of Class B common stock beneficially owned, we have assumed that the shares of Class A common stock will be sold at $19.50 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus.

For information regarding material transactions between us and the selling stockholder, see “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.”

Unless otherwise noted below, the address for each beneficial owner listed on the table is 440 Stevens Ave #150 Solana Beach, California, 92075. We have determined beneficial ownership in accordance with the rules of the SEC. Except as indicated by the footnotes below, we believe, based on the information furnished to us, that the persons and entities named in the tables below have sole voting and investment power with respect to all Class A common stock that they beneficially own, subject to applicable community property laws. Beneficial ownership representing less than 1% is denoted with an asterisk (*).

 

182


Table of Contents
    Shares of Common Stock Beneficially
Owned Prior to this Offering
    Shares of Common Stock Beneficially
Owned After this Offering Assuming no
Exercise of Underwriters’ Option
    Shares of Common Stock Beneficially
Owned After this Offering Assuming

the Underwriters’ Option is Exercised
in Full
 

Name of Beneficial Owner

  Shares of
Class A
Common
Stock
    Shares of
Class B
Common
Stock
    % of
Combined
Voting
Power(1)
    Shares of
Class A
Common
Stock
    Shares of
Class B
Common
Stock
    % of
Combined
Voting
Power (1)
    Shares of
Class A
Common
Stock
    Shares of
Class B
Common
Stock
    % of
Combined
Voting
Power(1)
 
                 %                  %                  %  
5% Stockholders:                                                      

MDP Funds(2)

    25,135,300       63,297,524       100 %      25,135,300       63,297,524       79.1 %      24,447,269       61,565,269       76.9 % 

FNF Holdco Corp.(3)

    —        —        —        6,089,744       —        5.4 %      6,089,744       —        5.4 % 

Named Executive Officers, Directors and Director Nominees:

                 

Brian Raduenz(4)

    —        —        —        983,462       —        0.9 %      983,462       —        0.9 % 

Roger Wells

    —        —        —        —        —        —       
— 
 
    —       
— 
 

Jeremy Watrous

    —        —        —        —        —        —        —        —        —   

Michael Jackson

    —        —        —        —        —        —        —        —        —   

Bradley Feldmann

    —        —        —        —        —        —        —        —        —   

Matthew Klein

    —        —        —        —        —        —        —        —        —   

Brandon Levitan

    —        —        —        —        —        —        —        —        —   

Matthew Norton

    —        —        —        —        —        —        —        —        —   

Benjamin Spacapan

    —        —        —        —        —        —        —        —        —   

All executive officers, directors and director nominees as a group (11 individuals)

    —        —        —        983,462       —        0.9 %      983,462       —        0.9 % 
 
(1)

Each share of Class A common stock and Class B common stock entitles the registered holder thereof to one vote and each share on all matters presented to stockholders for a vote generally, including the election of directors. The Class A common stock and Class B common stock will vote as a single class on all matters except as required by law or the certificate of incorporation.

(2)

Shares of common stock beneficially owned prior to this offering and after this offering (assuming no exercise of underwriters’ option) consist of 25,135,300 shares of Class A common stock held directly by ATS Pubco Holdings, and 63,297,524 shares of Class B common stock held directly by ATS Investment Holdings. Shares of common stock beneficially owned after this offering assuming the underwriters’ option is exercised in full consists of 24,371,419 shares of Class A common stock held directly by ATS Pubco Holdings, 75,850 shares of Class A common stock held by ATS Management Holdings, 61,379,373 shares of Class B common stock held by ATS Investment Holdings and 185,896 shares of Class B common stock held by ATS Management Holdings. If the underwriters’ option is exercised in full, (i) ATS PubCo Seller Holdings, LLC (the “Selling Stockholder”) will receive 682,153 shares of Class A common stock from ATS Pubco Holdings for sale in this offering and (ii) ATS Investment Holdings will distribute an aggregate of 1,717,847 shares of Class B common stock (together with Series B LLC Units) to certain of its direct and indirect equityholders, which securities will be acquired by the Company using the net proceeds from the exercise of the underwriters’ option. Each share of Class B common stock corresponds to an LLC Unit and is exchangeable for one share of Class A common stock. Madison Dearborn Partners, LLC (“MDP LLC”) is the sole general partner of Madison Dearborn Partners VII-B, L.P. (the “Fund VII-B GP”) and MDP VII-A&C, L.P. (the “Fund VII-A&C GP”). Fund VII-B GP is the sole general partner of Madison Dearborn Capital Partners VII-B, L.P. (“Fund VII-B”) and Madison Dearborn Capital Partners VII Executive-B, L.P. (“Fund VII Executive-B”). The sole general partner of Madison Dearborn Capital Partners VII-C, LP (“Fund VII-C”) is Fund VII-A&C GP. ATS Investment Holdings, LLC, the Selling Stockholder, ATS Management Holdings and ATS Pubco Holdings are controlled by Fund VII-B, Fund VII Executive-B and Fund VII-C. The principal place of business of each of MDP LLC, Fund VII-B GP, Fund VII-A&C GP, Fund VII-B, Fund VII-C and Fund VII Executive-B is 70 West Madison Street, Suite 4600, Chicago, IL 60602.

(3)

Includes 6,089,744 shares of Class A common stock held by FNF Holdco Corp. (“FNF Holdco”), a wholly-owned subsidiary of Fidelity National Financial, Inc. (“FNF”). FNF Holdco and FNF have shared voting and dispositive power over the securities, and FNF may be deemed to share beneficial ownership of the securities held by FNF Holdco. The address for FNF and the FNF Holdco Corp. is 1701 Village Center Circle, Las Vegas, NV 89134.

(4)

Includes 983,462 shares of Class A common stock issuable upon conversion of Holdings LLC Series A Preferred Units.

 

183


Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Policies for Approval of Related Party Transactions

Prior to completion of this offering, we intend to adopt a written policy with respect to the review, approval and ratification of related party transactions. Under the policy, our Audit Committee is responsible for reviewing and approving related party transactions. In the course of its review and approval of related party transactions, our Audit Committee will consider the relevant facts and circumstances to decide whether to approve such transactions. In particular, our policy requires our Audit Committee to consider, among other factors it deems appropriate:

 

  •  

the related person’s relationship to us and interest in the transaction;

 

  •  

the material facts of the proposed transaction, including the proposed aggregate value of the transaction;

 

  •  

the impact on a director or a director nominee’s independence in the event the related person is a director or an immediate family member of the director or director nominee;

 

  •  

the benefits to us of the proposed transaction;

 

  •  

if applicable, the availability of other sources of comparable products or services; and

 

  •  

an assessment of whether the proposed transaction is on terms that are comparable to the terms available to an unrelated third party or to employees generally.

The Audit Committee may only approve those transactions that are in, or are not inconsistent with, our best interests and those of our stockholders, as the Audit Committee determines in good faith.

In addition, under our code of business conduct and ethics, which will be adopted prior to the consummation of this offering, our employees and directors will have an affirmative responsibility to disclose any transaction or relationship that reasonably could be expected to be considered a related party transaction or to give rise to a conflict of interest.

All of the transactions described below were entered into prior to the adoption of our written related party transactions policy (which policy will be adopted prior to the consummation of this offering), but all were approved by our Board considering similar factors to those described above.

Amended and Restated Operating Agreement

In connection with the completion of this offering, we will amend and restate Holdings LLC’s existing operating agreement, which we refer to as the “LLC Operating Agreement.” The operations of Holdings LLC and the rights and obligations of the LLC Unitholders will be set forth in the LLC Operating Agreement. See “Organizational Structure—Amended and Restated Operating Agreement of Holdings LLC.”

Related Party Transactions

Other than compensation and consulting arrangements for our directors and Named Executive Officers, which are described in the section entitled “Executive Compensation,” below we describe transactions since January 1, 2023 to which we were a participant or will be a participant, in which:

 

  •  

the amounts involved exceeded or will exceed $120,000; and

 

  •  

any of our directors, executive officers or holders of more than 5% of our capital stock, or any member of the immediate family of, or person sharing the household with, the foregoing persons, had or will have a direct or indirect material interest.

 

184


Table of Contents

Registration Rights Agreement

In connection with this offering, we intend to enter into a registration rights agreement with our Principal Stockholder. Our Principal Stockholder will be entitled to request that we register their shares of capital stock on a long-form or short-form registration statement on one or more occasions in the future, which registrations may be “shelf registrations.” Our Principal Stockholder will be entitled to participate in certain of our registered offerings, subject to the restrictions in the Registration Rights Agreement. We will pay expenses in connection with the exercise of these rights. The registration rights described in this paragraph apply to (1) shares of our Class A common stock held indirectly by our Principal Stockholder and its affiliates, and (2) any of our capital stock (or that of our subsidiaries) issued or issuable with respect to the Class A common stock described in clause (1) with respect to any dividend, distribution, recapitalization, reorganization, or certain other corporate transactions (“Registrable Securities”). These registration rights are also for the benefit of any subsequent holder of Registrable Securities; provided that any particular securities will cease to be Registrable Securities when they have been sold in a registered public offering, sold in compliance with Rule 144 of the Securities Act or repurchased by us or our subsidiaries. In addition, with the consent of the Company and holders of a majority of Registrable Securities, certain Registrable Securities will cease to be Registrable Securities if they can be sold without limitation under Rule 144 of the Securities Act.

Tax Receivable Agreement

We intend to enter into a Tax Receivable Agreement with the TRA Rights Holders, that will require us to pay such persons 85% of the amount of certain tax savings (calculated using certain assumptions), if any, that we realize (or, under certain circumstances, are deemed to realize) as a result of (i) certain increases in the tax basis of assets of Holdings LLC and its subsidiaries resulting from purchases or exchanges of LLC Units, (ii) certain other tax attributes of Holdings LLC and its subsidiaries and the Blocker Entity that existed prior to this offering, including existing tax basis and our allocable share of existing tax basis acquired in connection with this offering and increases to such allocable share of existing tax basis, and (iii) certain other tax benefits related to our entering into the Tax Receivable Agreement, including tax benefits attributable to payments that we make under the Tax Receivable Agreement. We retain the benefit of the remaining 15% of these, if any. If the Tax Receivable Agreement terminates early, we could be required to make a substantial, immediate lump-sum payment. These payment obligations are obligations of AEVEX Corp. and not of Holdings LLC. See “Organizational Structure—Tax Receivable Agreement.”

Director Designation Agreement

In connection with this offering, we will enter into a Director Designation Agreement with MDP. The Director Designation Agreement will provide MDP the right to designate to the Board a number of designees equal to at least: (i) 100% of the total number of directors comprising the Board, so long as MDP beneficially owns shares of Class A common stock representing at least 40% of the total amount of shares of Class A common stock it owns as of the date of this offering, (ii) 40% of the total number of directors, in the event that MDP beneficially owns shares of Class A common stock representing at least 30% but less than 40% of the total amount of shares of Class A common stock it owns as of the date of this offering, (iii) 30% of the total number of directors, in the event that MDP beneficially owns shares of Class A common stock representing at least 20% but less than 30% of the total amount of shares of Class A common stock it owns as of the date of this offering, (iv) 20% of the total number of directors, in the event that MDP beneficially owns shares of Class A common stock representing at least 10% but less than 20% of the total amount of shares of Class A common stock it owns as of the date of this offering and (v) one director, in the event that MDP beneficially owns shares of Class A common stock representing at least 5% of the total amount of shares of Class A common stock it owns as of the date of this offering. In each case, MDP’s nominees must comply with applicable law and stock exchange rules. In addition, MDP shall be entitled to designate the replacement for any of its Board designees whose Board service terminates prior to the end of the director’s term, regardless of MDP’s beneficial ownership at that time. MDP shall also have the right to have its designees participate on committees of our Board proportionate to its

 

185


Table of Contents

voting power, subject to compliance with applicable law and stock exchange rules. The Director Designation Agreement will also prohibit us from increasing or decreasing the size of our Board without the prior written consent of MDP. This agreement will terminate at such time as MDP beneficially owns less than 5% of the shares of Class A common stock it beneficially owns as of the date of this offering.

Indemnification of Officers and Directors

Upon completion of this offering, we intend to enter into indemnification agreements with each of our executive officers, directors and director nominees (collectively, the “Indemnification Agreements”). The Indemnification Agreements will provide our executive officers and directors with contractual rights to indemnification, expense advancement and reimbursement, to the fullest extent permitted under the DGCL. Additionally, we may enter into Indemnification Agreements with any new directors or officers that may be broader in scope than the specific indemnification provisions contained in Delaware law. Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to our officers and directors pursuant to the foregoing agreements, we have been advised that, in the opinion of the SEC, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act, and is therefore unenforceable.

Reserved Share Program

At our request, an affiliate of BofA Securities, Inc., a participating Underwriter, has reserved for sale, at the initial public offering price, up to 5% of the shares offered by this prospectus for sale to some of our directors, officers, employees, distributors, dealers, business associates and related persons. See “Underwriting—Reserved Share Program.”

Lease Arrangements

In March 2023, we entered into a lease whereby we rent two hangars in French Valley, California from an entity owned by members of our management team, including Brian Raduenz. The lease rates for these facilities were determined to be at fair market value based on market intelligence reviewed in advance of signing the leases. Total payments under the lease totaled $0.2 million, $0.3 million, and $0.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2024 and 2025, respectively. In February 2025, the buildings leased from the aforementioned entity were sold to a non-related third party and are no longer owned by related parties.

We have also entered into a contractual arrangement with an entity owned by members of our management team, including Brian Raduenz and Jeremy Watrous, to lease an aircraft in support of an internal company R&D project. Payments under this arrangement for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2024 and 2025 totaled $0.1 million, $0.3 million and $0.3 million respectively. The original lease term was 1-year with automatic 6-month renewal options thereafter. Subsequent to December 31, 2025, we and the entity agreed that the lease term will expire on March 31, 2026 but shall automatically renew for successive 6-month terms, unless either party provides written termination notice.

Loan Authorization Agreement

On October 9, 2025, a wholly owned subsidiary of ours entered into a Loan Authorization Agreement with the Bank of Montreal from which we may from time to time request loans and letters of credit in an aggregate principal amount of $60 million. The loans are payable on demand and we have 15 days to honor any demand for payment. Further, the availability of loans and letters of credit will automatically terminate on demand. We may make principal payments on the loans at any time and in any amount without premium or penalty. Interest on the loans is computed at a variable rate, which may change daily, and is payable quarterly. The loans are guaranteed by funds affiliated with our Principal Stockholder. During November and December 2025, we borrowed $20 million under the Loan Authorization Agreement. Subsequently, during December 2025, the Company repaid the $20 million previously borrowed under the Loan Authorization Agreement. We intend to terminate the Loan Authorization Agreement prior to the closing of this offering.

 

186


Table of Contents

Unit Purchase Agreement

On February 9, 2026, Holdings LLC entered into a Unit Purchase Agreement with Radz Capital AEVEX Holdings Inc., pursuant to which Holdings LLC issued 14,067 Series A Preferred Units under the Limited Liability Company Agreement of Holdings LLC for aggregate cash proceeds of approximately $14.1 million. The transaction closed during February 2026. On March 12, 2026, Holdings LLC entered into a Unit Purchase Agreement with Radz Capital AEVEX Holdings Inc., pursuant to which Holdings LLC issued 1,275 Series A Preferred Units under the Limited Liability Company Agreement of Holdings LLC for aggregate cash proceeds of approximately $1.3 million. The transaction closed during March 2026. Brian Raduenz, our Executive Chairman, is the President of Radz Capital AEVEX Holdings, Inc. See Note 18, “Subsequent Events—Series A Preferred Units” to the audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

187


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF CERTAIN INDEBTEDNESS

The following is a summary of the material provisions relating to our material indebtedness. The following summary does not purport to be complete and is subject to, and qualified in its entirety by reference to, the provisions of the corresponding agreement or instrument, including the definitions of certain terms therein that are not otherwise defined in this prospectus. You should refer to the relevant agreement or instrument for additional information, copies of which are filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

Credit Facilities

On March 18, 2020 (which, for purposes of this section, will be referred to as the “Closing Date”), AEVEX Holdings, LLC, one of our operating subsidiaries (the “Borrower”), entered into the Credit Agreement. The Credit Agreement provides for (i) a senior secured initial term loan facility in an original aggregate principal amount of $145 million, (ii) a senior secured incremental term loan facility in an original aggregate principal amount of $55 million, (iii) a senior secured initial delayed draw term loan facility with commitments in an original aggregate principal amount of $30 million, (iv) a senior secured 2020 incremental delayed draw term loan facility with commitments in an original aggregate principal amount of $45 million, and (v) a senior secured 2021 incremental delayed draw term loan facility with commitments in an original aggregate principal amount of $50 million (collectively, the “Existing Term Loan Facility”). The Credit Agreement also provides for a super priority senior secured revolving credit facility in an aggregate principal amount of $25 million (the “Existing Revolving Credit Facility” and, together with the Existing Term Loan Facility, the “Existing Credit Facilities”). The Existing Revolving Credit Facility includes a $5 million sublimit for the issuance of letters of credit. As of December 31, 2025, we had $259 million outstanding under the Existing Term Loan Facility and $0 outstanding under the Existing Revolving Credit Facility. The Existing Term Loan Facility matures on March 18, 2028. Borrowings, if any, under the Existing Revolving Credit Facility mature on March 18, 2028.

The Existing Term Loan Facility bear interest at a rate equal to (i) 5.00% plus the Base Rate equal to the highest of (w) the prime rate, (x) the Federal funds open rate plus 0.50% per annum and (y) a daily Term SOFR rate based on an interest period of one month plus 1.00% per annum or (ii) Term SOFR plus 6.00% per annum subject to a 1.00% Term SOFR floor. The Existing Revolving Credit Facility bears interest at a rate as set forth in the grid below that corresponds to the most recent first lien net leverage ratio calculation.

 

First Lien Net
Leverage Ratio

 

Term SOFR Rate Loans

 

Base Rate Loans

≥3.50x

  4.00%   3.00%

<3.50x

  3.75%   2.75%

In addition to paying interest on loans outstanding under the Existing Term Loan Facility and the Existing Revolving Credit Facility, we are required to pay a commitment fee of 0.50% per annum of unused commitments under the Existing Revolving Credit Facility. We are required to pay customary fronting, issuance, and administrative fees for the issuance of letters of credit.

Voluntary Prepayments

We may voluntarily prepay without premium or penalty, in whole or in part, subject to minimum amounts and certain notice requirements, the Existing Credit Facilities.

 

188


Table of Contents

Mandatory Prepayments

The Credit Agreement requires us to prepay, subject to certain exceptions, the Term Loan (i) with a portion of our excess cash flow in an amount ranging from 0% to 50% of excess cash flow depending on our first lien net leverage ratio, (ii) with 100% of the net cash proceeds of certain asset sales and dispositions, subject to certain reinvestment rights, and (iii) with 100% of the proceeds from certain debt issuances, in each case, subject to certain exceptions.

Final Maturity and Amortization

The Existing Term Loan Facility and the Existing Revolving Credit Facility will each mature on March 18, 2028. The Existing Term Loan Facility requires quarterly amortization payments equal to approximately 0.25% of the original principal amount of the Existing Term Loan Facility. The Existing Revolving Credit Facility does not amortize.

Guarantors

All obligations under the Credit Agreement are required to be guaranteed by certain of our existing and future direct and indirect material wholly owned domestic restricted subsidiaries, other than certain excluded subsidiaries.

Security

All obligations under the Credit Agreement are secured, subject to permitted liens and other customary exceptions set forth in the Credit Agreement and relevant security documents, by a first priority perfected security interest in substantially all of our and the guarantors’ personal property.

Certain Covenants, Representations and Warranties

The Credit Agreement contains customary representations and warranties, affirmative covenants, reporting obligations, and negative covenants. The negative covenants restrict our ability, among other things, to (subject to certain exceptions set forth in the Credit Agreement):

 

  •  

incur additional indebtedness or other contingent obligations;

 

  •  

create liens;

 

  •  

make investments, acquisitions, loans, and advances;

 

  •  

consolidate, merge, liquidate, or dissolve;

 

  •  

sell, transfer, or otherwise dispose of its assets, including capital stock of any subsidiaries;

 

  •  

pay dividends on its equity interests or make other payments in respect of capital stock;

 

  •  

engage in transactions with its affiliates;

 

  •  

make prepayments in respect of certain debt;

 

  •  

modify organizational documents in a manner that is materially adverse to the lenders under the Credit Agreement;

 

  •  

with respect to Athena Technology Solutions Purchaser, LLC, modify its holding company status; and

 

  •  

enter into burdensome agreements with negative pledge clauses or restrictions on subsidiary distributions.

 

189


Table of Contents

Financial Covenants

The Credit Agreement requires the Borrower to maintain a first lien net leverage ratio, determined in accordance with the terms of the Credit Agreement, of no greater than 9.00:1.00. As of September 30, 2025, the Borrower was in compliance with the financial covenant in the Credit Agreement.

Events of Default

The lenders under the Credit Agreement are permitted to accelerate the loans and terminate commitments thereunder or exercise other remedies upon the occurrence of certain customary events of default, subject to certain grace periods and exceptions. These events of default include, among others, payment defaults, cross- defaults to certain material indebtedness, covenant defaults, material inaccuracy of representations and warranties, certain events of bankruptcy, material judgments, material defects with respect to lenders’ perfection on the collateral and changes of control, none of which are expected to be triggered by this offering.

In connection with the completion of this offering and the New Credit Facilities, we intend to repay all of our outstanding borrowings under the Credit Agreement. See “Use of Proceeds.”

New Credit Facilities

We currently anticipate entering into (i) a senior secured term loan facility with an expected initial aggregate principal amount of approximately $100 million, (ii) a senior secured delayed draw term loan facility with an expected initial aggregate principal amount of approximately $75 million and (iii) a senior secured revolving credit facility with an expected aggregate principal amount of approximately $200 million, which is expected to include a sublimit for the issuance of letters of credit in an amount up to $40 million and a sublimit for swingline loans in an amount up to $30 million, pursuant to a new credit agreement shortly after the closing of this offering. The New Credit Facilities are not committed and there is no guarantee that the New Credit Facilities will be made available. The closing of the New Credit Agreement, if it occurs, is expected to be subject to the consummation of this offering, repayment of the obligations under the Credit Agreement and certain other conditions set forth in the New Credit Agreement. We expect that the New Credit Agreement will contain customary covenants and conditions that will, among other things, limit our ability to incur additional indebtedness, incur liens on assets, enter into agreements related to mergers and acquisitions, dispose of assets or pay dividends and make distributions.

Borrowings under the Revolving Credit Facility and the Delayed Draw Term Loan Facility may vary significantly from time to time depending on our cash needs at any given time. The Revolving Credit Facility is expected to be undrawn at the closing of this offering. The Delayed Draw Term Loan Facility is not expected to be borrowed at the closing of this offering. The borrowing under the Term Loan Facility is expected to occur on the date on which the Term Loan Facility is established and amounts borrowed under the Term Loan Facility cannot be reborrowed.

Interest Rates and Fees

Each of the Term Loan Facility, Revolving Credit Facility and Delayed Draw Term Loan Facility is expected to bear interest at a rate equal to SOFR + 2.75% for Term SOFR Loans and 1.75% for Base Rate Loans until delivery of a compliance certificate with respect to the first full fiscal quarter ending after the effective date of the New Credit Agreement, and thereafter, as set forth in the grid below that corresponds to the most recent secured net leverage ratio calculation:

 

Secured Net Leverage Ratio

   Term SOFR    Base Rate

≥2.50:1.00

   3.00%    2.00%

< 2.50:1.00 and ≥ 2.00:1.00

   2.75%    1.75%

< 2.00:1.00 and ≥ 1.50:1.00

   2.50%    1.50%

< 1.50: 1.00

   2.25%    1.25%

 

190


Table of Contents

A commitment fee equal to 0.50% until delivery of a compliance certificate with respect to the first full fiscal quarter ending after the effective date of the New Credit Agreement, and thereafter, as set forth in the grid below that corresponds to the most recent secured net leverage ratio calculation shall apply on the unused commitments under the Revolving Credit Facility:

 

Secured Net Leverage Ratio

  Commitment
Fee Rate

> 1.50:1.00

  0.50%

≤ 1.50 and > 1.00:1.00

  0.375%

≤ 1.00:1.00

  0.25%

Voluntary Prepayments

We may voluntarily prepay without premium or penalty, in whole or in part, subject to minimum amounts and certain notice requirements, the New Credit Facilities.

Mandatory Prepayments

The New Credit Agreement requires us to prepay, subject to certain exceptions, the Term Loan Facility and the Delayed Draw Term Loan Facility (to the extent funded), (i) with 100% of the net cash proceeds of certain asset sales and dispositions, subject to certain reinvestment rights, and (ii) with 100% of the proceeds from certain debt issuances, in each case, subject to certain exceptions.

Final Maturity and Amortization

The New Credit Facilities are expected to mature five years following the effective date of the New Credit Agreement. The Term Loan Facility and the Delayed Draw Term Loan Facility (to the extent funded) are expected to amortize in equal quarterly installments, commencing with the last day of the first full fiscal quarter ending after the effective date of the New Credit Agreement, in aggregate annual amounts according to the following amortization schedule:

 

Payment Dates

  Annual Amortization Amount (percent of principal)

Year 1

  2.50%

Year 2

  2.50%

Year 3

  7.50%

Year 4

  7.50%

Year 5

  10.00%

The New Revolving Credit Facility is not expected to amortize.

Guaranty and Security

All obligations under the New Credit Agreement are expected to be required to be (i) guaranteed by certain of our existing and future direct and indirect material wholly owned domestic restricted subsidiaries, other than certain excluded subsidiaries and (ii) secured, subject to permitted liens and other customary exceptions set forth in the New Credit Agreement and relevant security documents, by a first priority perfected security interest in substantially all of our and the guarantors’ personal property.

 

191


Table of Contents

Certain Covenants, Representations and Warranties

The New Credit Facilities are expected to contain customary representations and warranties, affirmative covenants, reporting obligations, and negative covenants. The covenants are expected to restrict our ability, among other things, to (subject to certain exceptions set forth in the Credit Agreement):

 

  •  

incur additional indebtedness or other contingent obligations;

 

  •  

create liens;

 

  •  

make investments, acquisitions, loans, and advances;

 

  •  

consolidate, merge, liquidate, or dissolve;

 

  •  

sell, transfer, or otherwise dispose of assets, including capital stock of any subsidiaries;

 

  •  

pay dividends on its equity interests or make other payments in respect of capital stock;

 

  •  

engage in transactions with affiliates;

 

  •  

make voluntary prepayments in respect of certain debt;

 

  •  

with respect to Athena Technology Solutions Purchaser, LLC, modify its holding company status; and

 

  •  

enter into burdensome agreements with negative pledge clauses or restrictions on subsidiary distributions.

Financial Covenants

In addition, the New Credit Facilities are expected to require us to comply with the following financial covenants (subject to certain equity cure rights):

 

  •  

Maintenance of a maximum interest coverage ratio not to exceed 3.00:1.00 tested as of the last day of each fiscal quarter (which is expected to commence with the first full fiscal quarter ending after the effective date of the New Credit Agreement)

 

  •  

Maintenance of a maximum total net leverage ratio not to exceed 3.50:1.00 tested as of the last day of each fiscal quarter (which is expected to commence with the first full fiscal quarter ending after the effective date of the New Credit Agreement ), which is expected to (x) step down to 3.00:1.00 after the twelfth full fiscal quarter ending after the effective date of the New Credit Agreement or (y) step up temporarily to 4.00:1.00 during the four fiscal quarters following the consummation of a material acquisition, which will be defined in the New Credit Agreement (and the New Credit Agreement is expected to limit such temporary step up to no more than two times during the life of the New Credit Agreement).

Events of Default

The New Credit Facilities are also expected to contain customary events of default, including, among others: (i) failure to pay principal, interest, fees or other amounts under the New Credit Facilities when due, taking into account any applicable grace period; (ii) any representation or warranty proving to have been incorrect in any material respect when made; (iii) failure to perform or observe covenants or other terms of the New Credit Facilities subject to certain grace periods; (iv) a cross default with respect to other material indebtedness; (v) bankruptcy and insolvency events; (vi) a “change of control” and (vii) the invalidity or impairment of any loan document or any security interest.

 

192


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

The following is a description of the material terms of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws, as each will be in effect at or prior to the consummation of this offering. The following description may not contain all of the information that is important to you. To understand the material terms of our Class A common stock, you should read our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws that will be in effect at the closing of this offering, copies of which are or will be filed with the SEC as exhibits to the registration statement, of which this prospectus is a part.

General

At or prior to the consummation of this offering, we will file our amended and restated certificate of incorporation (our “certificate”), and we will adopt our amended and restated by-laws (our “bylaws”). Our certificate will authorize capital stock consisting of:

 

  •  

1,000,000,000 shares of Class A common stock, par value $0.0001 per share;

 

  •  

200,000,000 shares of Class B common stock, par value $0.0001 per share; and

 

  •  

50,000,000 shares of preferred stock, with a par value per share that may be established by the Board in the applicable certificate of designations.

We are selling 16,000,000 shares of Class A common stock in this offering (17,717,847 shares if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares). All shares of our Class A common stock outstanding upon consummation of this offering will be fully paid and non-assessable. We are issuing 63,297,524 shares of Class B common stock to the LLC Unitholders simultaneously with this offering. Upon completion of this offering, we expect to have 48,529,019 shares of Class A common stock outstanding (or 50,246,866 shares if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares) and 63,297,524 shares of Class B common stock outstanding (or 61,579,677 shares if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares).

The following summary describes the material provisions of our capital stock and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the certificate and our bylaws and to the applicable provisions of the DGCL. We urge you to read our certificate and our bylaws, which are included as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

Certain provisions of our certificate and our bylaws summarized below may be deemed to have an anti-takeover effect and may delay or prevent a tender offer or takeover attempt that a stockholder might consider in its best interest, including those attempts that might result in a premium over the market price for the shares of common stock.

Class A Common Stock

Holders of shares of our Class A common stock are entitled to one vote for each share held of record on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders. The holders of our Class A common stock do not have cumulative voting rights in the election of directors.

Holders of shares of our Class A common stock will vote together with holders of our Class B common stock as a single class on all matters presented to our stockholders for their vote or approval, except for certain amendments to our certificate of incorporation described below or as otherwise required by applicable law or the certificate.

 

193


Table of Contents

Holders of shares of our Class A common stock are entitled to receive dividends when and if declared by our Board out of funds legally available therefor, subject to any statutory or contractual restrictions on the payment of dividends and to any restrictions on the payment of dividends imposed by the terms of any outstanding preferred stock.

Upon our dissolution or liquidation or the sale of all or substantially all of our assets, after payment in full of all amounts required to be paid to creditors and to the holders of preferred stock having liquidation preferences, if any, the holders of shares of our Class A common stock will be entitled to receive pro rata our remaining assets available for distribution.

Holders of shares of our Class A common stock do not have preemptive, subscription, redemption or conversion rights. There will be no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to the Class A common stock.

Class B Common Stock

Holders of shares of our Class B common stock are entitled to one vote for each share held of record on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders. The holders of our Class B common stock do not have cumulative voting rights in the election of directors.

Holders of shares of our Class B common stock will vote together with holders of our Class A common stock as a single class on all matters presented to our stockholders for their vote or approval, except for certain amendments to our certificate of incorporation described below or as otherwise required by applicable law or the certificate.

Holders of our Class B common stock do not have any right to receive dividends or to receive a distribution upon dissolution or liquidation or the sale of all or substantially all of our assets. Additionally, holders of shares of our Class B common stock do not have preemptive, subscription, redemption or conversion rights. There will be no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to the Class B common stock. Any amendment of our certificate of incorporation that gives holders of our Class B common stock (1) any rights to receive dividends or any other kind of distribution, (2) any right to convert into or be exchanged for Class A common stock or (3) any other economic rights will require, in addition to stockholder approval, the affirmative vote of holders of our Class A common stock voting separately as a class.

Upon the consummation of this offering, the LLC Unitholders will own 100% of our outstanding Class B common stock.

Preferred Stock

Upon the consummation of this offering, we will have no shares of preferred stock outstanding.

Under the terms of our certificate that will become effective at or prior to the consummation of this offering, our Board is authorized to direct us to issue shares of preferred stock in one or more series without stockholder approval. Our Board has the discretion to determine the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions, including voting rights, dividend rights, conversion rights, redemption privileges and liquidation preferences, of each series of preferred stock.

The purpose of authorizing our Board to issue preferred stock and determine its rights and preferences is to eliminate delays associated with a stockholder vote on specific issuances. The issuance of preferred stock, while providing flexibility in connection with possible acquisitions, future financings and other corporate purposes, could have the effect of making it more difficult for a third party to acquire, or could discourage a third party from seeking to acquire, a majority of our outstanding voting stock. Additionally, the issuance of preferred stock

 

194


Table of Contents

may adversely affect the holders of our Class A common stock by restricting dividends on the Class A common stock, diluting the voting power of the Class A common stock or subordinating the liquidation rights of the Class A common stock. As a result of these or other factors, the issuance of preferred stock could have an adverse impact on the market price of our Class A common stock.

Forum Selection

Our certificate of incorporation will provide that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware (or, if the Court of Chancery does not have jurisdiction, the state or federal court located in the State of Delaware with jurisdiction) will, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be the sole and exclusive forum for any state court action for (1) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf, (2) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any of our current or former directors, officers, employees or stockholders to us or our stockholders, (3) any action asserting a claim against the Company or any director or officer of the Company arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL or as to which the DGCL confers jurisdiction on the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware, our certificate of incorporation or our bylaws or (4) any other action asserting a claim against the Company or any director or officer of the Company that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine; provided that for the avoidance of doubt, the forum selection provision that identifies the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware as the exclusive forum for certain litigation, including any “derivative action,” will not apply to suits to enforce a duty or liability created by the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or any other claim for which the federal courts have exclusive jurisdiction. Unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the federal district courts of the United States shall be the exclusive forum for the resolution of any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of our capital stock will be deemed to have notice of and to have consented to the provisions of our certificate of incorporation described above; provided, however, that stockholders will not be deemed to have waived our compliance with the federal securities laws and the rules and regulations thereunder. Although we believe these provisions benefit us by providing increased consistency in the application of Delaware law for the specified types of actions and proceedings, the provisions may have the effect of discouraging lawsuits against us or our directors and officers. Additionally, the forum selection clause in our certificate of incorporation may limit our stockholders’ ability to bring a claim in a forum that they find favorable for disputes with us or our directors, officers, employees or agents, which may discourage such lawsuits against us and our directors, officers, employees and agents even though an action, if successful, might benefit our stockholders. The Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware may also reach different judgments or results than would other courts, including courts where a stockholder considering an action may be located or would otherwise choose to bring the action, and such judgments may be more or less favorable to us than our stockholders.

Moreover, Section 22 of the Securities Act creates concurrent jurisdiction for federal and state courts over all claims brought to enforce any duty or liability created by the Securities Act or the rules and regulations thereunder and our amended and restated bylaws will provide that the federal district courts of the United States of America will, unless consented to in writing and to the fullest extent permitted by law, be the sole and exclusive forum for resolving any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act.

See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Class A Common Stock and This Offering—Our certificate of incorporation will designate the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware as the exclusive forum for certain litigation that may be initiated by our stockholders and the federal district courts of the United States as the exclusive forum for litigation arising under the Securities Act, which could limit our stockholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us.”

Anti-Takeover Provisions

Our certificate, bylaws and the DGCL contain provisions, which are summarized in the following paragraphs, that are intended to enhance the likelihood of continuity and stability in the composition of our

 

195


Table of Contents

Board. These provisions are intended to avoid costly takeover battles, reduce our vulnerability to a hostile change of control and enhance the ability of our Board to maximize stockholder value in connection with any unsolicited offer to acquire us. In certain instances outlined below, these provisions do not take effect until MDP’s beneficial ownership of our Class A common stock drops below a certain percentage. As a result, the anti-takeover effect of these provisions is expected to increase over time as MDP’s beneficial ownership decreases. In each instance, these changes will occur automatically pursuant to the terms of our certificate and bylaws and without further action by our Board or stockholders upon MDP’s ownership crossing the applicable thresholds. However, these provisions may have an anti-takeover effect and may delay, deter or prevent a merger or acquisition of us by means of a tender offer, a proxy contest or other takeover attempt that a stockholder might consider in its best interest, including those attempts that might result in a premium over the prevailing market price for the shares of Class A common stock held by stockholders.

These provisions include:

Classified Board. Our certificate will provide that our Board will be divided into three classes of directors, with the classes as nearly equal in number as possible, and with the directors serving three-year terms. As a result, approximately one-third of our Board will be elected each year. The classification of the directors will have the effect of making it more difficult for stockholders to change the composition of our Board. Our certificate will also provide that, subject to any rights of holders of preferred stock to elect additional directors under specified circumstances, the number of directors will be fixed exclusively pursuant to a resolution adopted by our Board. Upon completion of this offering, we expect that our Board will have seven members.

Stockholder Action by Written Consent. Our certificate will preclude stockholder action by written consent at any time when MDP controls, in the aggregate, less than 35% in voting power of our outstanding common stock.

Special Meetings of Stockholders. Our certificate and bylaws will provide that, except as required by law, special meetings of our stockholders may be called at any time only by or at the direction of our Board or the chair of our Board; provided, however, at any time when MDP controls, in the aggregate, at least 35% in voting power of the stock of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, special meetings of our stockholders shall also be called by our Board or the chair of our Board at the request of MDP. Our bylaws will prohibit the conduct of any business at a special meeting other than as specified in the notice for such meeting. These provisions may have the effect of deferring, delaying or discouraging hostile takeovers, or changes in control or management of us.

Advance Notice Procedures. Our bylaws will establish advance notice procedures for stockholder proposals to be brought before an annual meeting of our stockholders, including proposed nominations of persons for election to our Board or a committee of our Board, and provided, however, that at any time when MDP controls, in the aggregate, at least 10% of the voting power of the stock of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, such advance notice procedure will not apply to MDP. Stockholders at an annual meeting will only be able to consider proposals or nominations specified in the notice of meeting or brought before the meeting by or at the direction of our Board or by a stockholder who was a stockholder of record on the record date for the meeting, who is entitled to vote at the meeting and who has given our Secretary timely written notice, in proper form, of the stockholder’s intention to bring that business before the meeting. Although the bylaws will not give our Board the power to approve or disapprove stockholder nominations of candidates or proposals regarding other business to be conducted at a special or annual meeting, the bylaws may have the effect of precluding the conduct of certain business at a meeting if the proper procedures are not followed or may discourage or deter a potential acquirer from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect its own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to obtain control of us. These provisions do not apply to nominations by MDP pursuant to the Director Designation Agreement. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Director Designation Agreement” for more details with respect to the Director Designation Agreement.

 

196


Table of Contents

Removal of Directors; Vacancies. Our certificate will provide that directors may be removed with or without cause upon the affirmative vote of a majority in voting power of all outstanding shares of stock entitled to vote thereon, voting together as a single class; provided, however, at any time when MDP controls less than 40% in voting power of the stock of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, directors may only be removed for cause, and only by the affirmative vote of holders of at least 66 2/3% in voting power of all the then-outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company entitled to vote thereon, voting together as a single class. In addition, our certificate will provide that, subject to the rights granted to one or more series of preferred stock then outstanding, any newly created directorship on our Board that results from an increase in the number of directors and any vacancies on our Board will be filled only by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining directors, even if less than a quorum, by a sole remaining director or by the stockholders; provided, however, at any time when MDP beneficially owns, in the aggregate, less than 40% in voting power of the stock of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, any newly created directorship on our Board that results from an increase in the number of directors and any vacancy occurring on our Board may only be filled by a majority of the directors then in office, even if less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director (and not by the stockholders).

Supermajority Approval Requirements. Our certificate and bylaws will provide that our Board is expressly authorized to make, alter, amend, change, add to, rescind or repeal, in whole or in part, our bylaws without a stockholder vote in any matter not inconsistent with the laws of the State of Delaware and our certificate. For as long as MDP controls, in the aggregate, at least 40% in voting power of the stock of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, any amendment, alteration, rescission or repeal of our bylaws by our stockholders will require the affirmative vote of a majority in voting power of the outstanding shares of our stock entitled to vote on such amendment, alteration, change, addition, rescission or repeal. At any time when MDP controls, in the aggregate, less than 40% in voting power of our outstanding shares of the stock of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, any amendment, alteration, rescission or repeal of our bylaws by our stockholders will require the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66 2/3% in voting power of all the then-outstanding shares of stock of the Company entitled to vote thereon, voting together as a single class.

The DGCL provides generally that the affirmative vote of a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote thereon, voting together as a single class, is required to amend a corporation’s certificate of incorporation, unless the certificate requires a greater percentage.

Our certificate will provide that at any time when MDP beneficially owns, in the aggregate, less than 40% in voting power of the stock of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, the following provisions in our certificate may be amended, altered, repealed or rescinded only by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66 2/3% (as opposed to a majority threshold that would apply if MDP beneficially owns, in the aggregate, 40% or more) in voting power of all the then-outstanding shares of stock of the Company entitled to vote thereon, voting together as a single class:

 

  •  

the provision requiring a 66 2/3% supermajority vote for stockholders to amend our bylaws;

 

  •  

the provisions providing for a classified board of directors (the election and term of our directors);

 

  •  

the provisions regarding resignation and removal of directors;

 

  •  

the provisions regarding entering into business combinations with interested stockholders;

 

  •  

the provisions regarding stockholder action by written consent;

 

  •  

the provisions regarding calling special meetings of stockholders;

 

  •  

the provisions regarding filling vacancies on our Board and newly created directorships;

 

  •  

the provision establishing the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware as the exclusive forum for certain litigation;

 

  •  

the provision establishing the federal district courts of the United States as the exclusive forum for litigation arising under the Securities Act;

 

197


Table of Contents
  •  

the provisions eliminating monetary damages for breaches of fiduciary duty by a director; and

 

  •  

the amendment provision requiring that the above provisions be amended only with a 66 2/3% supermajority vote.

The combination of the classification of our Board, the lack of cumulative voting and the supermajority voting requirements will make it more difficult for our existing stockholders to replace our Board as well as for another party to obtain control of us by replacing our Board. Because our Board has the power to retain and discharge our officers, these provisions could also make it more difficult for existing stockholders or another party to effect a change in management.

Authorized but Unissued Shares. Our authorized but unissued shares of common stock and preferred stock will be available for future issuance without stockholder approval, subject to stock exchange rules. These additional shares of capital stock may be utilized for a variety of corporate purposes, including future public offerings to raise additional capital, corporate acquisitions and employee benefit plans. One of the effects of the existence of authorized but unissued common stock or preferred stock may be to enable our Board to issue shares of capital stock to persons friendly to current management, which issuance could render more difficult or discourage an attempt to obtain control of the Company by means of a merger, tender offer, proxy contest or otherwise, and thereby protect the continuity of our management and possibly deprive our stockholders of opportunities to sell their shares of common stock at prices higher than prevailing market prices.

Business Combinations. Upon completion of this offering, we will not be subject to the provisions of Section 203 of the DGCL. In general, Section 203 prohibits a publicly held Delaware corporation from engaging in a “business combination” with an “interested stockholder” for a three-year period following the time that the person becomes an interested stockholder, unless the business combination is approved in a prescribed manner. A “business combination” includes, among other things, a merger, asset or stock sale or other transaction resulting in a financial benefit to the interested stockholder. An “interested stockholder” is a person who, together with affiliates and associates, owns, or did own within three years prior to the determination of interested stockholder status, 15% or more of the corporation’s voting stock.

Under Section 203, a business combination between a corporation and an interested stockholder is prohibited unless it satisfies one of the following conditions: (1) before the stockholder became an interested stockholder, the board of directors approved either the business combination or the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder; (2) upon consummation of the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, excluding for purposes of determining the voting stock outstanding, shares owned by persons who are directors and also officers, and employee stock plans, in some instances; or (3) at or after the time the stockholder became an interested stockholder, the business combination was approved by the board of directors and authorized at an annual or special meeting of the stockholders by the affirmative vote of at least 66 2/3% of the outstanding voting stock which is not owned by the interested stockholder.

A Delaware corporation may “opt out” of these provisions with an express provision in its original certificate of incorporation or an express provision in its certificate of incorporation or bylaws resulting from a stockholders’ amendment approved by at least a majority of the outstanding voting shares.

We will opt out of Section 203; however, our certificate of incorporation will contain similar provisions providing that we may not engage in certain “business combinations” with any “interested stockholder” for a three-year period following the time that the stockholder became an interested stockholder, unless:

 

  •  

prior to such time, our Board approved either the business combination or the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder;

 

198


Table of Contents
  •  

upon consummation of the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of our voting stock outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, excluding certain shares; or

 

  •  

at or subsequent to that time, the business combination is approved by our Board and by the affirmative vote of holders of at least 66 2/3% of our outstanding voting stock that is not owned by the interested stockholder.

Under certain circumstances, this provision will make it more difficult for a person who would be an “interested stockholder” to effect various business combinations with us for a three-year period. This provision may encourage companies interested in acquiring the Company to negotiate in advance with our Board because the stockholder approval requirement would be avoided if our Board approves either the business combination or the transaction which results in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder. These provisions also may have the effect of preventing changes in our Board and may make it more difficult to accomplish transactions which stockholders may otherwise deem to be in their best interests.

Our certificate of incorporation will provide that MDP, and any of its direct or indirect transferees and any group as to which such persons are a party, do not constitute “interested stockholders” for purposes of this provision.

Limitations on Liability and Indemnification of Officers and Directors

The DGCL authorizes corporations to limit or eliminate the personal liability of directors to corporations and their stockholders for monetary damages for breaches of directors’ fiduciary duties, subject to certain exceptions. Our certificate of incorporation will include a provision that eliminates the personal liability of directors for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duty as a director or officer, except to the extent such exemption from liability or limitation thereof is not permitted under the DGCL. The effect of these provisions will be to eliminate the rights of us and our stockholders, through stockholders’ derivative suits on our behalf, to recover monetary damages from a director or officer for breach of fiduciary duty as a director or officer, including breaches resulting from grossly negligent behavior. However, exculpation will not apply to any director if the director has acted in bad faith, knowingly or intentionally violated the law, authorized illegal dividends or redemptions or derived an improper benefit from his or her actions as a director.

Our bylaws will provide that we must indemnify and advance expenses to our directors and officers to the fullest extent authorized by the DGCL. We also will be expressly authorized to carry director and officer liability insurance providing indemnification for our directors, officers and certain employees for some liabilities. We believe that these indemnification and advancement provisions and insurance will be useful to attract and retain qualified directors and officers.

The limitation of liability, indemnification and advancement provisions that will be included in our certificate of incorporation and bylaws may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against directors for breaches of their fiduciary duty. These provisions also may have the effect of reducing the likelihood of derivative litigation against directors and officers, even though such an action, if successful, might otherwise benefit us and our stockholders. In addition, your investment may be adversely affected to the extent we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and officers pursuant to these indemnification provisions.

There is currently no pending material litigation or proceeding involving any of our directors, officers or employees for which indemnification is sought.

Corporate Opportunity Doctrine

Delaware law permits corporations to adopt provisions renouncing any interest or expectancy in certain opportunities that are presented to the corporation or its officers, directors or stockholders. Our certificate will, to

 

199


Table of Contents

the maximum extent permitted from time to time by Delaware law, renounce any interest or expectancy that we have in, or right to be offered an opportunity to participate in, specified business opportunities that are from time to time presented to certain of our officers, directors or stockholders or their respective affiliates, other than those officers, directors, stockholders or affiliates who are our or our subsidiaries’ employees. Our certificate will provide that, to the fullest extent permitted by law, none of MDP or any director who is not employed by us (including any non-employee director who serves as one of our officers in both his or her director and officer capacities) or its, his or her affiliates will have any duty to refrain from (1) engaging in a corporate opportunity in the same or similar lines of business in which we or our affiliates now engage or propose to engage or (2) otherwise competing with us or our affiliates. In addition, to the fullest extent permitted by law, in the event that MDP or any non-employee director acquires knowledge of a potential transaction or other business opportunity which may be a corporate opportunity for itself, himself or herself or its, his or her affiliates or for us or our affiliates, such person will have no duty to communicate or offer such transaction or business opportunity to us or any of our affiliates and they may take any such opportunity for themselves or offer it to another person or entity. Our certificate will not renounce our interest in any business opportunity that is expressly offered to a non-employee director solely in his or her capacity as a director or officer of AEVEX Corp. To the fullest extent permitted by law, no business opportunity will be deemed to be a potential corporate opportunity for us unless we would be permitted to undertake the opportunity under our certificate, we have sufficient financial resources to undertake the opportunity and the opportunity would be in line with our business.

Dissenters’ Rights of Appraisal and Payment

Under the DGCL, with certain exceptions, our stockholders will have appraisal rights in connection with a merger or consolidation of AEVEX Corp. Pursuant to the DGCL, stockholders who properly request and perfect appraisal rights in connection with such merger or consolidation will have the right to receive payment of the fair value of their shares of capital stock as determined by the Delaware Court of Chancery.

Stockholders’ Derivative Actions

Under the DGCL, any of our stockholders may bring an action in our name to procure a judgment in our favor, also known as a derivative action, provided that the stockholder bringing the action is a holder of our shares of capital stock at the time of the transaction to which the action relates or such stockholder’s stock thereafter devolved by operation of law.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

The transfer agent and registrar for our Class A common stock will be Equiniti Trust Company, LLC. The transfer agent’s address is 6201 15th Avenue, Brooklyn, NY 11219 and its phone number is 651-328-4405.

Listing

We have applied to list our Class A common stock on NYSE under the trading symbol “AVEX.”

 

200


Table of Contents

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our Class A common stock. Future sales of substantial amounts of our Class A common stock in the public market (including shares of our Class A common stock issuable upon redemption or exchange of LLC Units), or the perception that such sales may occur, could adversely affect the prevailing market price of our Class A common stock. No prediction can be made as to the effect, if any, future sales of shares, or the availability of shares for future sales, will have on the prevailing market price of our Class A common stock from time to time. The number of shares available for future sale in the public market is subject to legal and contractual restrictions, some of which are described below. The expiration of these restrictions will permit sales of substantial amounts of our Class A common stock in the public market, or could create the perception that these sales may occur, which could adversely affect the prevailing market price of our Class A common stock. These factors could also make it more difficult for us to raise funds through future offerings of Class A common stock or other equity or equity-linked securities.

Sale of Restricted Shares

Upon completion of this offering and after giving effect to the Organizational Transactions, we will have 48,529,019 pro forma shares of Class A common stock outstanding as of December 31, 2025 (or 50,246,866 pro forma shares as of December 31, 2025 if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares). Of these shares of Class A common stock, the 16,000,000 shares of Class A common stock being sold in this offering, plus any shares sold upon exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares, will be freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act, except for any such shares which may be held or acquired by an “affiliate” of ours, as that term is defined in Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act (“Rule 144”), which shares will be subject to the volume limitations and other restrictions of Rule 144 described below. The remaining 32,529,019 shares of Class A common stock (or 95,826,543 shares of Class A common stock, including shares of Class A common stock issuable upon redemption or exchange of the LLC Units, as described below) will be “restricted securities,” as that phrase is defined in Rule 144, and may be resold only after registration under the Securities Act or pursuant to an exemption from such registration, including, among others, the exemptions provided by Rule 144 and 701 under the Securities Act, which rules are summarized below. These remaining shares of Class A common stock that will be outstanding upon completion of this offering will be available for sale in the public market after the expiration of market stand-off agreements with us and the lock-up agreements described in “Underwriters,” taking into account the provisions of Rules 144 and 701 under the Securities Act.

In addition, pursuant to the Exchange Agreement, the LLC Unitholders, including our Principal Stockholder, may from time to time after the consummation of this offering, exchange their LLC Units for shares of Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis, or, at our election, for cash, from a substantially concurrent public offering or private sale (based on the price of our Class A common stock in such public offering or private sale). The LLC Unitholders will also be required to deliver to us a number of shares of Class B common stock equivalent to the number of shares of Class A common stock being exchanged to effectuate an exchange. Any shares of Class B common stock so delivered will be cancelled. Upon consummation of this offering, the LLC Unitholders will hold 63,297,524 LLC Units, all of which will be exchangeable for shares of our Class A common stock or, at our election, for cash from a substantially concurrent public offering or private sale (based on the price of our Class A common stock in such public offering or private sale). The shares of Class A common stock we issue upon such exchanges would be “restricted securities” as defined in Rule 144 unless we register such issuances. However, we intend to enter into a Registration Rights Agreement with our Principal Stockholder that will require us to register these shares of Class A common stock, subject to certain conditions. See “—Registration Rights” and “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Registration Rights Agreement.”

Under the terms of the LLC Operating Agreement, except pursuant to a valid exchange under the terms of the Exchange Agreement, all of the LLC Units received by the LLC Unitholders in the Organizational Transactions will be subject to restrictions on disposition.

 

201


Table of Contents

Rule 144

Persons who became the beneficial owner of shares of our Class A common stock prior to the completion of this offering may not sell their shares until the earlier of (1) the expiration of a six-month holding period, if we have been subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act and have filed all required reports for at least 90 days prior to the date of the sale, or (2) a one-year holding period.

At the expiration of the six-month holding period, a person who was not one of our affiliates at any time during the three months preceding a sale would be entitled to sell an unlimited number of shares of our Class A common stock provided current public information about us is available, and a person who was one of our affiliates at any time during the three months preceding a sale would be entitled to sell within any three-month period only a number of shares of Class A common stock that does not exceed the greater of either of the following:

 

  •  

1% of the number of shares of our Class A common stock then outstanding, which will equal approximately 485,290 shares immediately after this offering, based on the number of shares of our Class A common stock outstanding after completion of this offering; or

 

  •  

the average weekly trading volume of our Class A common stock during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to the sale.

At the expiration of the one-year holding period, a person who was not one of our affiliates at any time during the three months preceding a sale would be entitled to sell an unlimited number of shares of our Class A common stock without restriction. A person who was one of our affiliates at any time during the three months preceding a sale would remain subject to the volume restrictions described above.

Sales under Rule 144 by our affiliates are also subject to manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us. The sale of these shares, or the perception that sales will be made, could adversely affect the price of our Class A common stock after this offering.

Rule 701

In general, under Rule 701, any of our employees, directors or officers who acquired shares from us in connection with a compensatory stock or option plan or other compensatory written agreement before the effective date of this offering are, subject to applicable lock-up restrictions, eligible to resell such shares in reliance upon Rule 144 beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus. If such person is not an affiliate and was not our affiliate at any time during the preceding three months, the sale may be made subject only to the manner-of-sale restrictions of Rule 144. If such a person is an affiliate, the sale may be made under Rule 144 without compliance with the holding period requirements under Rule 144, but subject to the other Rule 144 restrictions described above.

Stock Plans

We intend to file one or more registration statements on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register shares of our Class A common stock issued or reserved for issuance under the 2026 Plan. The first such registration statement is expected to be filed soon after the date of this prospectus and will automatically become effective upon filing with the SEC. Accordingly, shares of Class A common stock registered under such registration statement will be available for sale in the open market following the effective date, unless such shares are subject to vesting restrictions with us, Rule 144 restrictions applicable to our affiliates or the lock-up restrictions described below.

Lock-Up Agreements

We, each of our officers and directors, the selling stockholder and other stockholders and optionholders owning substantially all of our Class A common stock and options or other securities to acquire Class A common stock have agreed that, without the prior written consent of the Representatives on behalf of the underwriters, we

 

202


Table of Contents

and they will not, subject to limited exceptions, directly or indirectly sell or dispose of any of the shares of Class A common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for, or that represent the right to receive, shares of common stock, including LLC Units, during the period from the date of the first public filing of the registration statement on Form S-1 filed in connection with this offering continuing through the date that is 180 days after the date of this prospectus. The lock-up restrictions and specified exceptions are described in more detail under “Underwriters.” Any two of the three Representatives may, in their discretion, release all or any portion of the securities subject to these lock-up agreements. See “Underwriters.”

Prior to the consummation of the offering, certain of our employees, including our executive officers, and/or directors may enter into written trading plans that are intended to comply with Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act. Sales under these trading plans would not be permitted until the expiration of the lock-up agreements relating to the offering described above.

Following the lock-up periods set forth in the agreements described above, and assuming that at least two of the three Representatives do not release any parties from these agreements, all of the shares of our Class A common stock that are restricted securities or are held by our affiliates as of the date of this prospectus will be eligible for sale in the public market in compliance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act.

Registration Rights Agreement

We intend to enter into a Registration Rights Agreement with our Principal Stockholder in connection with this offering. The Registration Rights Agreement will provide our Principal Stockholder certain registration rights whereby, following our initial public offering and the expiration of any related lock-up period, our Principal Stockholder can require us to register under the Securities Act shares of Class A common stock (including shares issuable to it upon exchange of its LLC Units). The Registration Rights Agreement will also provide for piggyback registration rights for our Principal Stockholder. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Registration Rights Agreement.”

 

203


Table of Contents

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES TO NON-U.S. HOLDERS

The following discussion is a summary of certain material U.S. federal income tax consequences to Non-U.S. Holders (as defined below) of the purchase, ownership and disposition of our Class A common stock issued pursuant to this offering, but does not purport to be a complete analysis of all potential tax consequences relating thereto. The effects of other U.S. federal tax laws, such as estate and gift tax laws, and any applicable state, local or non-U.S. tax laws are not discussed. This discussion is based on the Code, Treasury regulations promulgated or proposed thereunder (the “Treasury Regulations”), judicial decisions and published rulings, and administrative pronouncements of the U.S. Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”), in each case as in effect as of the date hereof. These authorities may change or be subject to differing interpretations. Any such change or differing interpretation may be applied retroactively in a manner that could adversely affect a Non-U.S. Holder of our Class A common stock. We have not sought and will not seek any rulings from the IRS regarding the matters discussed below. There can be no assurance the IRS or a court will not take a contrary position to those discussed below regarding the tax consequences of the purchase, ownership and disposition of our Class A common stock.

This discussion is limited to Non-U.S. Holders who purchase our Class A common stock pursuant to this offering and who hold our Class A common stock as a “capital asset” within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code (generally, property held for investment). This discussion does not address all U.S. federal income tax consequences relevant to a Non-U.S. Holder’s particular circumstances. In addition, it does not address consequences relevant to Non-U.S. Holders subject to special rules, including, without limitation:

 

  •  

U.S. expatriates and former citizens or long-term residents of the United States;

 

  •  

persons subject to the alternative minimum tax;

 

  •  

persons holding our Class A common stock as part of a hedge, straddle or other risk reduction strategy or as part of a conversion transaction or other integrated investment;

 

  •  

banks, insurance companies and other financial institutions (except to the extent specifically set forth below);

 

  •  

real estate investment trusts or regulated investment companies;

 

  •  

brokers, dealers or traders in securities, commodities or currencies;

 

  •  

persons that elect to use a mark-to-market method of accounting for their holdings in our Class A common stock;

 

  •  

“controlled foreign corporations,” “passive foreign investment companies,” and corporations that accumulate earnings to avoid U.S. federal income tax;

 

  •  

pass-through entities other than partnerships (and investors therein);

 

  •  

tax-exempt organizations or governmental organizations;

 

  •  

persons deemed to sell our Class A common stock under the constructive sale provisions of the Code;

 

  •  

persons who hold or receive our Class A common stock pursuant to the exercise of any employee stock option or otherwise as compensation;

 

  •  

persons that own or have owned (actually or constructively) more than five percent of our capital stock (except to the extent specifically set forth below);

 

  •  

persons subject to special tax accounting rules as a result of any item of gross income with respect to our Class A common stock being taken in account in an “applicable financial statement” (as defined in Section 451(b)(3) of the Code);

 

  •  

“qualified foreign pension funds” (within the meaning of Section 897(l)(2) of the Code) and entities, all of the interests of which are held by qualified foreign pension funds; and

 

  •  

tax-qualified retirement plans.

 

204


Table of Contents

In addition, this discussion does not address the tax treatment of partnerships (or other entities or arrangements that are treated as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes) or persons that hold our Class A common stock through such partnerships. If any entity or arrangement classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes holds our Class A common stock, the U.S. federal income tax treatment of a partner in the partnership will depend on the status of the partner, the activities of the partnership and certain determinations made at the partner level. Accordingly, partnerships holding our Class A common stock and partners in such partnerships should consult their tax advisors regarding the U.S. federal income tax consequences to them of the purchase, ownership, and disposition of our Class A common stock.

THIS DISCUSSION IS FOR INFORMATIONAL PURPOSES ONLY AND IS NOT TAX ADVICE. INVESTORS SHOULD CONSULT THEIR TAX ADVISORS WITH RESPECT TO THE APPLICATION OF THE U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX LAWS TO THEIR PARTICULAR SITUATIONS AS WELL AS ANY TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE PURCHASE, OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF OUR CLASS A COMMON STOCK ARISING UNDER THE U.S. FEDERAL ESTATE OR GIFT TAX LAWS OR UNDER THE LAWS OF ANY STATE, LOCAL OR NON-U.S. TAXING JURISDICTION OR UNDER ANY APPLICABLE INCOME TAX TREATY.

Definition of a Non-U.S. Holder

For purposes of this discussion, a “Non-U.S. Holder” is any beneficial owner of our Class A common stock that is neither a “United States person” (as defined below) nor an entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes. For purposes of this discussion, a “United States person” is any person that, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, is or is treated as any of the following:

 

  •  

an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States;

 

  •  

a corporation, or other entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, created or organized under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, or the District of Columbia;

 

  •  

an estate the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income tax regardless of its source; or

 

  •  

a trust that (1) is subject to the primary supervision of a U.S. court and all substantial decisions of which are under the control of one or more “United States persons” (within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code), or (2) has a valid election in effect to be treated as a United States person for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

Distributions

As described in the section entitled “Dividend Policy,” we do not anticipate declaring or paying dividends to holders of our Class A common stock in the foreseeable future. However, if we do make distributions of cash or property on our Class A common stock, such distributions generally will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. Amounts not treated as dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes generally will constitute a non-taxable return of capital and first be applied against and reduce a Non-U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in its Class A common stock, but not below zero. Any excess amounts generally will be treated as capital gains from the sale or exchange of such shares and will be treated as described below under “Sale or Other Taxable Disposition.”

Subject to the discussion below on effectively connected income, backup withholding, and Sections 1471 to 1474 of the Code (such Sections commonly referred to as the Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act (“FATCA”)), dividends paid to a Non-U.S. Holder of our Class A common stock will generally be subject to U.S. federal withholding tax at a rate of 30% of the gross amount of the dividends (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty, provided that the Non-U.S. Holder furnishes to the applicable withholding agent prior to the payment of the dividends a valid IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E (or other applicable

 

205


Table of Contents

documentation or successor form) certifying qualification for the lower treaty rate). Such Non-U.S. Holder will be required to update such forms and certifications, as applicable, from time to time as required by law. A Non-U.S. Holder that does not timely furnish the required documentation, but that qualifies for a reduced treaty rate, may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS. Non-U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors regarding their entitlement to benefits under any applicable income tax treaty.

If dividends paid to a Non-U.S. Holder are effectively connected with such Non-U.S. Holder’s conduct of a trade or business within the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, such Non-U.S. Holder maintains a permanent establishment or fixed base in the United States to which such dividends are attributable), such Non-U.S. Holder will be exempt from the U.S. federal withholding tax described above if such Non-U.S. Holder satisfies applicable certification and disclosure requirements. To claim the exemption, such Non-U.S. Holder must furnish to the applicable withholding agent a valid IRS Form W-8ECI (or a successor form), certifying that the dividends are effectively connected with the Non-U.S. Holder’s conduct of a trade or business within the United States. Such Non-U.S. Holder will be required to update such forms and certifications, as applicable, from time to time as required by law. Non-U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors regarding any applicable tax treaties that may provide for different treatment.

Any such effectively connected dividends will generally be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net-income basis at the regular graduated rates generally applicable to “United States persons” (as defined in the Code). A Non-U.S. Holder that is a corporation also may be subject to an additional branch profits tax at a rate of 30% (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty) on its effectively connected earnings and profits (as adjusted for certain items), which will include such effectively connected dividends. Non-U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors regarding any applicable tax treaties that may provide for different treatments.

Sale or Other Taxable Disposition

Subject to the discussion below on backup withholding and FATCA, a Non-U.S. Holder generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on any gain realized upon the sale or other taxable disposition of our Class A common stock unless:

 

  •  

the gain is effectively connected with the Non-U.S. Holder’s conduct of a trade or business within the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, the Non-U.S. Holder maintains a permanent establishment or fixed base in the United States to which such gain is attributable);

 

  •  

the Non-U.S. Holder is a nonresident alien individual present in the United States for 183 days or more during the taxable year of the disposition and certain other requirements are met; or

 

  •  

our Class A common stock constitutes a U.S. real property interest (a “USRPI”), by reason of our status as a U.S. real property holding corporation (a “USRPHC”) for U.S. federal income tax purposes at any time within the shorter of (1) the five-year period preceding the Non-U.S. Holder’s disposition of our Class A common stock and (2) the Non-U.S. Holder’s holding period for our Class A common stock. Generally, a domestic corporation is a USRPHC if, on any applicable determination date, the fair market value of its USRPIs equals or exceeds 50% of the sum of the fair market value of its worldwide real property interests plus certain other business assets.

Gain described in the first bullet point above generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis at the regular graduated rates generally applicable to a United States person. A Non-U.S. Holder that is a corporation also may be subject to an additional branch profits tax at a rate of 30% (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty) on its effectively connected earnings and profits (as adjusted for certain items), which will include such effectively connected gain.

A Non-U.S. Holder described in the second bullet point above will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at a rate of 30% (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty) on any gain realized from the sale

 

206


Table of Contents

or other taxable disposition of our Class A common stock, which may generally be offset by U.S. source capital losses of the Non-U.S. Holder for the applicable taxable year (even though the individual is not considered a resident of the United States), provided the Non-U.S. Holder has timely filed U.S. federal income tax returns with respect to such losses.

With respect to the third bullet point above, we believe we currently are not, and do not anticipate becoming, a USRPHC. Because the determination of whether we are a USRPHC depends, however, on the fair market value of our USRPIs relative to the fair market value of our non-U.S. real property interests and our other business assets, there can be no assurance that we currently are not a USRPHC or will not become one in the future. Even if we are or were to become a USRPHC, gain arising from the sale or other taxable disposition by a Non-U.S. Holder of our Class A common stock will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax if our Class A common stock is “regularly traded on an established securities market,” as defined by applicable Treasury Regulations, during the calendar year in which the taxable disposition occurs, and such Non-U.S. Holder owned, actually and constructively, five percent or less of our Class A common stock throughout the shorter of (1) the five-year period ending on the date of the sale or other taxable disposition or (2) the Non-U.S. Holder’s holding period. No assurance can be provided that our Class A common stock will be considered regularly traded on an established securities market at all times for purposes of the rules described above. If we are or were to become a USRPHC and our Class A common stock were not considered to be “regularly traded” on an established securities market during the calendar year in which the relevant disposition by a Non-U.S. Holder occurs, then the foregoing exception would not apply and such Non-U.S. Holder (regardless of the percentage of stock owned) would be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a sale or other taxable disposition of our Class A common stock and a 15% U.S. federal withholding tax would apply to the gross proceeds from such disposition.

The determination of whether a Non-U.S. Holder owns (actually and constructively) 5% or less of our Class A common stock and the potential application of the “regularly traded” exception is complex and subject to uncertainty. Non-U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors regarding such determination, the consequences of these rules on their investment, and potentially applicable income tax treaties that may provide for different treatment.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

Payments of distributions on our Class A common stock to a Non-U.S. Holder generally will not be subject to backup withholding, provided the applicable withholding agent does not have actual knowledge or reason to know the Non-U.S. Holder is a United States person and the Non-U.S. Holder either certifies its non-U.S. status, such as by furnishing a valid IRS Form W-8BEN, W-8BEN-E or W-8ECI (or other applicable or successor form), or otherwise establishes an exemption. However, information returns are required to be filed with the IRS in connection with any distributions on our Class A common stock paid to the Non-U.S. Holder, regardless of whether any tax was actually withheld. In addition, proceeds of the sale or other taxable disposition of our Class A common stock within the United States or conducted through certain U.S.-related brokers by a Non-U.S. Holder generally will not be subject to backup withholding or information reporting if the applicable withholding agent receives the certification described above and does not have actual knowledge or reason to know that such Non-U.S. Holder is a United States person, or the Non-U.S. Holder otherwise establishes an exemption. If a Non-U.S. Holder does not provide the certification described above or the applicable withholding agent has actual knowledge or reason to know that such Non-U.S. Holder is a United States person, payments of dividends or of proceeds of the sale or other taxable disposition of our Class A common stock may be subject to backup withholding at a rate currently equal to 24.1% of the gross proceeds of such distribution, sale, or taxable disposition. Proceeds of a sale or other taxable disposition of our Class A common stock conducted through a non-U.S. office of a non-U.S. broker generally will not be subject to backup withholding or information reporting.

Copies of information returns that are filed with the IRS may also be made available under the provisions of an applicable treaty or agreement to the tax authorities of the country in which the Non-U.S. Holder resides or is established.

 

207


Table of Contents

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules may be claimed as a refund or a credit against a Non-U.S. Holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability, provided the required information is timely furnished to the IRS.

Non-U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors regarding information reporting and backup withholding.

Additional Withholding Tax on Payments Made to Foreign Accounts

Withholding taxes may be imposed under FATCA and other administrative guidance issued thereunder, on certain types of payments made to non-U.S. financial institutions and certain other non-U.S. entities. Specifically, a 30% withholding tax may be imposed on dividends on, or (subject to the discussion of certain proposed Treasury Regulations below) gross proceeds from the sale or other disposition of, our Class A common stock paid to a “foreign financial institution” or a “non-financial foreign entity” (each as defined in the Code) (including, in some cases, when such foreign financial institution or non-financial foreign entity is acting as an intermediary), unless (1) the foreign financial institution undertakes certain diligence and reporting obligations, (2) if the foreign entity is not a “foreign financial entity,” the non-financial foreign entity either certifies it does not have any “substantial United States owners” (as defined in the Code) or furnishes identifying information regarding each direct and indirect substantial United States owner, or (3) the foreign financial institution or non-financial foreign entity otherwise establishes that it qualifies for an exemption from these rules. If the payee is a foreign financial institution and is subject to the diligence and reporting requirements in (1) above, it must enter into an agreement with the U.S. Department of the Treasury requiring, among other things, that it undertake to identify accounts held by certain “specified United States persons” or “United States-owned foreign entities” (each as defined in the Code), annually report certain information about such accounts, and withhold 30% on certain payments to noncompliant foreign financial institutions and certain other account holders. Foreign financial institutions located in jurisdictions that have an intergovernmental agreement with the United States governing FATCA may be subject to different rules.

Under the Code, applicable Treasury Regulations, and administrative guidance, withholding under FATCA generally applies to payments of dividends on our Class A common stock. While withholding under FATCA would have applied also to payments of gross proceeds from a sale or other disposition of our Class A common stock, the U.S. Department of the Treasury has released proposed regulations (which may be relied upon by taxpayers until final regulations are issued) that eliminate FATCA withholding on gross proceeds. We will not pay additional amounts or “gross up” payments to Non-U.S. Holders as a result of any withholding or deduction for taxes imposed under FATCA. Under certain circumstances, certain Non-U.S. Holders might be eligible for refunds or credits of such taxes. Prospective investors should consult their tax advisors regarding the potential application of withholding under FATCA to their investment in our Class A common stock.

 

208


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING

We, the selling stockholder and the underwriters named below have entered into an underwriting agreement with respect to the shares of Class A common stock being offered by us. Subject to certain conditions, each underwriter has severally agreed to purchase the number of shares of Class A common stock indicated in the following table. Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC, BofA Securities, Inc. and Jefferies LLC are the representatives of the underwriters (the “Representatives”).

 

Underwriting

   Number of Shares of Class
A Common Stock
 

Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC

  

BofA Securities, Inc.

  

Jefferies LLC

  

J.P. Morgan Securities LLC

  

RBC Capital Markets, LLC

  

Robert W. Baird & Co. Incorporated

  

William Blair & Company, L.L.C.

  

Raymond James & Associates, Inc.

  

Needham & Company, LLC

  

Academy Securities, Inc.

  

Capital One Securities, Inc.

  

PNC Capital Markets LLC

  
  

 

 

 

Total

     16,000,000  
  

 

 

 

The underwriters are committed to take and pay for all of the shares of Class A common stock being offered, if any are taken, other than the shares of Class A common stock covered by the option described below unless and until this option is exercised.

The underwriters have an option to buy up to an additional 1,717,847 shares of Class A common stock from us and 682,153 shares of Class A common stock from the selling stockholder to cover sales by the underwriters of a greater number of shares of Class A common stock than the total number set forth in the table above. They may exercise that option for 30 days. If any shares of Class A common stock are purchased pursuant to this option, the underwriters will severally purchase shares of Class A common stock in approximately the same proportion as set forth in the table above.

The following table shows the per share and total underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid to the underwriters by us and the selling stockholder. Such amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase 1,717,847 additional shares of Class A common stock from us and up to an additional 682,153 shares of Class A common stock from the selling stockholder.

Paid by Us

 

     No Exercise      Full Exercise  

Per Share

   $            $        

Total

   $        $    

Paid by the Selling Stockholder

 

     No Exercise      Full Exercise  

Per Share

   $            $        

Total

   $        $    

 

209


Table of Contents

Shares of Class A common stock sold by the underwriters to the public will initially be offered at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. Any shares of Class A common stock sold by the underwriters to securities dealers may be sold at a discount of up to $     per share from the initial public offering price. After the initial offering of the shares of Class A common stock, the Representatives may change the offering price and the other selling terms. The offering of the shares of Class A common stock by the underwriters is subject to their receipt and acceptance of the shares of Class A common stock being offered and subject to the underwriters’ right to reject any order in whole or in part.

We and our officers, directors, and substantially all of our stockholders, including the selling stockholder, have agreed with the underwriters, subject to certain exceptions, not to dispose of or hedge any of our and their Class A common stock or LLC Units or securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of Class A common stock or LLC Units during the period from the date of this prospectus continuing through the date 180 days after the date of this prospectus, except with the prior written consent of at least two of the three Representatives. This agreement does not apply to any existing employee benefit plans. See “Shares Available for Future Sale” for a discussion of certain transfer restrictions.

Prior to the offering, there has been no public market for shares of our Class A common stock. The initial public offering price has been negotiated between us and the Representatives. Among the factors to be considered in determining the initial public offering price of the shares of Class A common stock, in addition to prevailing market conditions, will be our historical performance, estimates of our business potential and earnings prospects, an assessment of our management and the consideration of the above factors in relation to market valuation of companies in related businesses.

We have applied to list our Class A common stock on NYSE under the symbol “AVEX.”

In connection with the offering, the underwriters may purchase and sell shares of Class A common stock in the open market. These transactions may include short sales, stabilizing transactions and purchases to cover positions created by short sales. Short sales involve the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares than they are required to purchase in the offering, and a short position represents the amount of such sales that have not been covered by subsequent purchases. A “covered short position” is a short position that is not greater than the amount of additional shares for which the underwriters’ option described above may be exercised. The underwriters may cover any covered short position by either exercising their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock from us or purchasing shares of Class A common stock in the open market. In determining the source of shares to cover the covered short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase additional shares pursuant to the option described above. “Naked” short sales are any short sales that create a short position greater than the amount of additional shares for which the option described above may be exercised. The underwriters must cover any such naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the Class A common stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase shares of Class A common stock in the offering. Stabilizing transactions consist of various bids for or purchases of Class A common stock made by the underwriters in the open market prior to the completion of the offering.

The underwriters may also impose a penalty bid. This occurs when a particular underwriter repays to the underwriters a portion of the underwriting discount received by it because the Representatives have repurchased shares of Class A common stock sold by or for the account of such underwriter in stabilizing or short covering transactions.

Purchases to cover a short position and stabilizing transactions, as well as other purchases by the underwriters for their own accounts, may have the effect of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of our Class A common stock, and together with the imposition of the penalty bid, may stabilize, maintain or

 

210


Table of Contents

otherwise affect the market price of the Class A common stock. As a result, the price of the Class A common stock may be higher than the price that otherwise might exist in the open market. The underwriters are not required to engage in these activities and may end any of these activities at any time. These transactions may be effected on NYSE, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.

We have retained Solebury Capital LLC (“Solebury”), an affiliate of PNC Capital Markets LLC, to act as a financial adviser in connection with our preparation for this offering. We have agreed to pay a fee to Solebury in an amount of up to 4.5% of the underwriting discounts and commissions received by the underwriters for their service in connection with this offering.

We and the selling stockholder estimate that the total expenses of this offering, excluding underwriting discounts and commissions, will be approximately $15.0 million. We and the selling stockholder have also agreed to reimburse the underwriters for certain of their expenses in an amount up to $45,000. In addition, the underwriters have agreed to reimburse us for approximately $     of certain of our expenses that we have incurred in connection with this offering, including fees payable to Solebury in connection with their services related to this offering.

We and the selling stockholder have agreed to indemnify the several underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933.

Reserved Share Program

At our request, an affiliate of BofA Securities, Inc., a participating Underwriter, has reserved for sale, at the initial public offering price, up to 5% of the shares offered by this prospectus for sale to some of our directors, officers, employees, distributors, dealers, business associates and related persons. If these persons purchase reserved shares it will reduce the number of shares available for sale to the general public. Any reserved shares that are not so purchased will be offered by the underwriters to the general public on the same terms as the other shares offered by this prospectus.

Other Relationships

The underwriters and their respective affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include sales and trading, commercial and investment banking, advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, market making, brokerage and other financial and non-financial activities and services. Certain of the underwriters and their respective affiliates have provided, and may in the future provide, a variety of these services to us and to persons and entities with relationships with us, for which they received or will receive customary fees and expenses. In particular, PNC Bank, National Association, an affiliate of PNC Capital Markets LLC, an underwriter in this offering, is agent and a lender under the Existing Revolving Credit Facility. In addition, certain of the underwriters in this offering or their affiliates may be lenders under the New Credit Facilities upon consummation thereof.

In the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and their respective affiliates, officers, directors and employees may purchase, sell or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade securities, derivatives, loans, commodities, currencies, credit default swaps and other financial instruments for their own account and for the accounts of their customers, and such investment and trading activities may involve or relate to assets, securities and/or instruments of ours (directly, as collateral securing other obligations or otherwise) and/or persons and entities with relationships with us. The underwriters and their respective affiliates may also communicate independent investment recommendations, market color or trading ideas and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such assets, securities or instruments and may at any time hold, or recommend to clients that they should acquire, long and/or short positions in such assets, securities and instruments.

 

211


Table of Contents

Selling Restrictions

European Economic Area

In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area (each, a “Relevant State”), no shares of Class A common stock have been offered or will be offered pursuant to the offering to the public in that Relevant State prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to the shares of Class A common stock which have been approved by the competent authority in that Relevant State or, where appropriate, approved in another Relevant State and notified to the competent authority in that Relevant State, all in accordance with the Prospectus Regulation, except that the shares of Class A common stock may be offered to the public in that Relevant State at any time:

 

  (i)

to any legal entity which is a “qualified investor” as defined under Article 2 of the Prospectus Regulation;

 

  (ii)

to fewer than 150 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined under Article 2 of the Prospectus Regulation), subject to obtaining the prior consent of Representatives for any such offer; or

 

  (iii)

in any other circumstances falling within Article 1(4) of the Prospectus Regulation,

provided that no such offer of the shares of Class A common stock shall require us or any of the Representatives to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Regulation or supplement a prospectus pursuant to Article 23 of the Prospectus Regulation.

For the purposes of this provision, the expression “offer to the public” in relation to the shares of Class A common stock in any Relevant State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and any shares of Class A common stock to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe for any shares of Class A common stock, and the expression “Prospectus Regulation” means Regulation (EU) 2017/1129.

United Kingdom

No shares of Class A common stock have been offered or will be offered pursuant to the offering to the public in the United Kingdom prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to the shares of Class A common stock which has been approved by the Financial Conduct Authority, except that the shares of Class A common stock may be offered to the public in the United Kingdom at any time:

 

  (iv)

to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined under Article 2 of the UK Prospectus Regulation;

 

  (v)

to fewer than 150 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined under Article 2 of the UK Prospectus Regulation), subject to obtaining the prior consent of the Representatives for any such offer; or

 

  (vi)

in any other circumstances falling within Section 86 of the FSMA,

provided that no such offer of the shares of Class A common stock shall require the issuer or any underwriter to publish a prospectus pursuant to Section 85 of the FSMA or supplement a prospectus pursuant to Article 23 of the UK Prospectus Regulation. For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer to the public” in relation to the shares of Class A common stock in the United Kingdom means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and any shares of Class A common stock to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe for any shares of Class A common stock and the expression “UK Prospectus Regulation” means Regulation (EU) 2017/1129 as it forms part of domestic law by virtue of the European Union (Withdrawal) Act 2018.

This prospectus has not been approved by an authorised person in the U.K. This prospectus is for distribution only to persons who: (i) have professional experience in matters relating to investments falling within Article 19(5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005, as

 

212


Table of Contents

amended (the “Financial Promotion Order”); (ii) are persons falling within Article 49(2)(a) to (d) (high net worth companies, unincorporated associations, etc.) of the Financial Promotion Order; (iii) are outside the United Kingdom, or (iv) are persons to whom an invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of section 21 of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000) in connection with the issue or sale of any securities that may otherwise lawfully be communicated or caused to be communicated (all such persons together being referred to as “relevant persons”). This prospectus is directed only at relevant persons and must not be acted on or relied on by persons who are not relevant persons. Any investment or investment activity to which this prospectus relates is available only to relevant persons and will be engaged in only with relevant persons.

Canada

The shares of Class A common stock may be sold only to purchasers purchasing, or deemed to be purchasing, as principal that are accredited investors, as defined in National Instrument 45-106 Prospectus Exemptions, and are permitted clients, as defined in National Instrument 31-103 Registration Requirements, Exemptions and Ongoing Registrant Obligations. Any resale of the shares of Class A common stock must be made in accordance with an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the prospectus requirements of applicable securities laws.

Securities legislation in certain provinces or territories of Canada may provide a purchaser with remedies for rescission or damages if this prospectus (including any amendment thereto) contains a misrepresentation, provided that the remedies for rescission or damages are exercised by the purchaser within the time limit prescribed by the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory. The purchaser should refer to any applicable provisions of the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory for particulars of these rights or consult with a legal advisor.

Pursuant to section 3A.3 (or, in the case of securities issued or guaranteed by the government of a non-Canadian jurisdiction, section 3A.4) of National Instrument 33-105 Underwriting Conflicts (NI 33-105), the underwriters are not required to comply with the disclosure requirements of NI 33-105 regarding underwriter conflicts of interest in connection with this offering.

Hong Kong

No securities have been offered or sold, and no securities may be offered or sold, in Hong Kong, by means of any document, other than to persons whose ordinary business is to buy or sell shares or debentures, whether as principal or agent; or to “professional investors” as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571) of Hong Kong (“SFO”) and any rules made under that Ordinance; or in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” as defined in the Companies Ordinance (Cap. 32) of Hong Kong (“CO”) or which do not constitute an offer or invitation to the public for the purpose of the CO or the SFO. No document, invitation or advertisement relating to the securities has been issued or may be issued or may be in the possession of any person for the purpose of issue (in each case whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere), which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public of Hong Kong (except if permitted under the securities laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to securities which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” as defined in the SFO and any rules made under that Ordinance.

This prospectus has not been registered with the Registrar of Companies in Hong Kong. Accordingly, this prospectus may not be issued, circulated or distributed in Hong Kong, and the securities may not be offered for subscription to members of the public in Hong Kong. Each person acquiring the securities will be required, and is deemed by the acquisition of the securities, to confirm that he is aware of the restriction on offers of the securities described in this prospectus and the relevant offering documents and that he is not acquiring, and has not been offered any securities in circumstances that contravene any such restrictions.

 

213


Table of Contents

Japan

The offering has not been and will not be registered under the Financial Instruments and Exchange Act of Japan (Act No. 25 of 1948 of Japan, as amended, the “FIEA”), and the Initial Purchaser will not offer or sell any securities, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to, or for the benefit of, any resident of Japan (which term as used herein means any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan), or to others for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to, or for the benefit of, any resident of Japan, except pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of, and otherwise in compliance with, the FIFA and any other applicable laws, regulations and ministerial guidelines of Japan.

Brazil

THE OFFER AND SALE OF THE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN AND WILL NOT BE REGISTERED WITH THE BRAZILIAN SECURITIES COMMISSION (COMISSÃO DE VALORES MOBILIÁRIOS, OR “CVM”) AND, THEREFORE, WILL NOT BE CARRIED OUT BY ANY MEANS THAT WOULD CONSTITUTE A PUBLIC OFFERING IN BRAZIL UNDER CVM RESOLUTION NO 160, DATED 13 JULY 2022, AS AMENDED (“CVM RESOLUTION 160”) OR UNAUTHORIZED DISTRIBUTION UNDER BRAZILIAN LAWS AND REGULATIONS. THE SECURITIES MAY ONLY BE OFFERED TO BRAZILIAN PROFESSIONAL INVESTORS (AS DEFINED BY APPLICABLE CVM REGULATION), WHO MAY ONLY ACQUIRE THE SECURITIES THROUGH A NON-BRAZILIAN ACCOUNT, WITH SETTLEMENT OUTSIDE BRAZIL IN NON-BRAZILIAN CURRENCY. THE TRADING OF THESE SECURITIES ON REGULATED SECURITIES MARKETS IN BRAZIL IS PROHIBITED.

Singapore

This prospectus has not been and will not be lodged or registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the shares may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the shares be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to any person in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor (as defined in Section 4A of the Securities and Futures Act 2001 of Singapore, as modified or amended from time to time (the “SFA”)) pursuant to Section 274 of the SFA or (ii) to an accredited investor (as defined in Section 4A of the SFA) pursuant to and in accordance with the conditions specified in Section 275 of the SFA.

The shares of Class A common stock are prescribed capital markets products (as defined in the Securities and Futures (Capital Markets Products) Regulations 2018) and Excluded Investment Products (as defined in MAS Notice SFA 04-N12: Notice on the Sale of Investment Products and MAS Notice FAA-N16: Notice on Recommendations on Investment Products).

Switzerland

The shares of Class A common stock may not be publicly offered in Switzerland and will not be listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange (“SIX”) or on any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. This prospectus has been prepared without regard to the disclosure standards for issuance prospectuses under art. 652a or art. 1156 of the Swiss Code of Obligations or the disclosure standards for listing prospectuses under art. 27 ff. of the SIX Listing Rules or the listing rules of any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. Neither this prospectus nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the shares or the offering may be publicly distributed or otherwise made publicly available in Switzerland.

Neither this prospectus nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the offering, the Company, the shares have been or will be filed with or approved by any Swiss regulatory authority. In particular, this document will not be filed with, and the offer of shares will not be supervised by, the Swiss Financial Market

 

214


Table of Contents

Supervisory Authority FINMA (FINMA), and the offer of shares has not been and will not be authorized under the Swiss Federal Act on Collective Investment Schemes (“CISA”). The investor protection afforded to acquirers of interests in collective investment schemes under the CISA does not extend to acquirers of shares.

Dubai International Financial Center

This prospectus relates to an Exempt Offer in accordance with the Offered Securities Rules of the Dubai Financial Services Authority (“DFSA”). This prospectus is intended for distribution only to persons of a type specified in the Offered Securities Rules of the DFSA. It must not be delivered to, or relied on by, any other person. The DFSA has no responsibility for reviewing or verifying any documents in connection with Exempt Offers. The DFSA has not approved this prospectus nor taken steps to verify the information set forth herein and has no responsibility for the prospectus. The shares of Class A common stock to which this prospectus relates may be illiquid and/or subject to restrictions on their resale. Prospective purchasers of the shares offered should conduct their own due diligence on the shares. If you do not understand the contents of this prospectus you should consult an authorized financial advisor.

Australia

No placement document, prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document has been lodged with the Australian Securities and Investments Commission (“ASIC”), in relation to the offering. This prospectus does not constitute a prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document under the Corporations Act 2001 (the “Corporations Act”), and does not purport to include the information required for a prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document under the Corporations Act.

Any offer in Australia of the shares may only be made to persons (the “Exempt Investors”) who are “sophisticated investors” (within the meaning of section 708(8) of the Corporations Act), “professional investors” (within the meaning of section 708(11) of the Corporations Act) or otherwise pursuant to one or more exemptions contained in section 708 of the Corporations Act so that it is lawful to offer the shares without disclosure to investors under Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act.

The shares of Class A common stock applied for by Exempt Investors in Australia must not be offered for sale in Australia in the period of 12 months after the date of allotment under the offering, except in circumstances where disclosure to investors under Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act would not be required pursuant to an exemption under section 708 of the Corporations Act or otherwise or where the offer is pursuant to a disclosure document which complies with Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act. Any person acquiring shares must observe such Australian on-sale restrictions.

This prospectus contains general information only and does not take account of the investment objectives, financial situation or particular needs of any particular person. It does not contain any securities recommendations or financial product advice. Before making an investment decision, investors need to consider whether the information in this prospectus is appropriate to their needs, objectives and circumstances, and, if necessary, seek expert advice on those matters.

 

215


Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS

The validity of the issuance of our Class A common stock offered in this prospectus will be passed upon for us by Kirkland & Ellis LLP, Chicago, Illinois. Certain partners of Kirkland & Ellis LLP are members of a limited partnership that is an investor in one or more investment funds affiliated with MDP. Kirkland & Ellis LLP represents entities affiliated with MDP in connection with legal matters. Certain legal matters will be passed upon for the underwriters by Latham & Watkins LLP, New York, New York.

 

216


Table of Contents

EXPERTS

The financial statement of AEVEX Corp. as of December 31, 2025 included in this Prospectus has been so included in reliance on the report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.

The consolidated financial statements of Athena Technology Solutions Holdings, LLC as of December 31, 2025 and 2024 and for the years then ended included in this Prospectus have been so included in reliance on the report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.

 

217


Table of Contents

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act to register our Class A common stock being offered in this prospectus. This prospectus, which forms part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information included in the registration statement and the attached exhibits. You will find additional information about us and our Class A common stock in the registration statement. References in this prospectus to any of our contracts, agreements or other documents are not necessarily complete, and you should refer to the exhibits attached to the registration statement for copies of the actual contracts, agreements or documents. The SEC maintains an Internet website that contains reports and other information about issuers, like us, that file electronically with the SEC. The address of that website is www.sec.gov.

Upon the completion of this offering, we will be subject to the information reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, and we will file reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. These reports, proxy statements, and other information will be available for inspection and copying at the website of the SEC referred to above.

We also maintain a website at www.aevex.com, at which you may access these materials free of charge as soon as reasonably practicable after they are electronically filed with or furnished to the SEC. The information contained on, or that can be accessed through, our website is not incorporated by reference into this prospectus, and you should not consider any information contained on, or that can be accessed through, our website as part of this prospectus or in deciding whether to purchase our Class A common stock.

 

218


Table of Contents

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

AEVEX CORP.

 

     Page  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-2  

Balance Sheet

     F-3  

Notes to Financial Statement

     F-4  

ATHENA TECHNOLOGY SOLUTIONS HOLDINGS, LLC

 

     Page  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-5  

Consolidated Balance Sheets

     F-6  

Consolidated Statements of Operations

     F-7  

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Equity

     F-8  

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

     F-9  

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-11  

 

F-1


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of AEVEX Corp.

Opinion on the Financial Statement - Balance Sheet

We have audited the accompanying balance sheet of AEVEX Corp. (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2025, including the related notes (collectively referred to as the “financial statement”). In our opinion, the financial statement presents fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2025 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Basis for Opinion

The financial statement is the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statement based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audit of this financial statement in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statement is free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud.

Our audit included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statement, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statement. Our audit also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statement. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

San Diego, California

March 23, 2026

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2025.

 

F-2


Table of Contents

AEVEX Corp.

Balance Sheet

December 31, 2025

 

Assets

  
  

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ —   
  

 

 

 

Liabilities and Stockholder’s Equity

  

Total liabilities

   $ —   

Stockholder’s Equity:

  

Receivable from Holdings LLC

     (10 ) 

Common stock, $0.01 par value per share, 1,000 shares authorized, issued and outstanding

        10  
  

 

 

 

Total stockholder’s equity

     —   
  

 

 

 

Total liabilities and stockholder’s equity

   $ —   
  

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to the financial statements.

 

F-3


Table of Contents
1.

Organization

AEVEX Corp. (the “Company”) was formed as a Delaware corporation on October 27, 2025. The Company was formed for the purpose of completing a public offering and related transactions in order to carry on the business of Athena Technology Solutions Holdings, LLC and its subsidiaries (“Holdings LLC”). As the manager of Holdings LLC, the Company is expected to operate and control all of the business and affairs of Holdings LLC and, through Holdings LLC, continue to conduct the business now conducted by these subsidiaries.

 

2.

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of Presentation

The accompanying financial statement is presented in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”) and pursuant to the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”). Separate statements of operations and comprehensive income, changes in stockholders’ equity, and cash flows have not been presented because there have been no activities in this entity as of December 31, 2025. The functional currency of the Company is the U.S. dollar.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in our financial statement and the accompanying notes. Actual results could materially differ from these estimates.

 

3.

Receivable from Holding LLC

In connection with the issuance of common stock to Holdings LLC, the Company recognized a receivable balance of $10. Receivables arising from the issuance of capital stock are recorded as subscriptions receivable and presented as a deduction from stockholder’s equity until the receivable is settled in cash.

 

4.

Common Stock

As of December 31, 2025, the Company was authorized to issue 1,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, and had issued 1,000 shares of common stock to Holdings, LLC.

 

5.

Subsequent Events

The Company has evaluated subsequent events through March 23, 2026, which is the date that this financial statement was available to be issued.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors and Members of Athena Technology Solutions Holdings, LLC

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Athena Technology Solutions Holdings, LLC and its subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2025 and 2024, and the related consolidated statements of operations, of changes in equity and of cash flows for the years then ended, including the related notes (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2025 and 2024, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the years then ended in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Basis for Opinion

These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits of these consolidated financial statements in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud.

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

San Diego, California

March 23, 2026

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2024.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

Athena Technology Solutions Holdings, LLC

Consolidated Balance Sheets

December 31, 2025 and 2024

(In thousands, except unit amounts)

 

     December 31,  
     2025      2024  

Assets

 

Current Assets:

     

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 27,908      $ 45,603  

Accounts receivable, net

     55,215        24,026  

Contract assets

     79,680        17,842  

Inventories

     4,134        9,015  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     23,479        3,890  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current assets

     190,416        100,376  

Goodwill

     292,328        292,328  

Customer relationships, net

     110,250        126,552  

Other intangible assets, net

     1,864        1,316  

Property and equipment, net

     19,586        21,125  

Operating lease right-of-use assets

     7,697        9,871  

Other assets

     478        489  

Asset held for sale

     4,376        4,574  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 626,995      $ 556,631  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities, Mezzanine Equity and Equity

     

Current Liabilities:

     

Accounts payable

   $ 23,700      $ 7,562  

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

     21,760        12,757  

Deferred revenue

     10,942        3,162  

Contingent consideration

     —         10,243  

Current portion of long-term debt

     2,720        2,720  

Operating lease liabilities

     3,426        3,120  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     62,548        39,564  

Contingent consideration, net of current portion

     —         87,907  

Long-term debt, net of current portion

     255,780        257,697  

Operating lease liabilities, net of current portion

     4,700        7,189  

Series A preferred units derivative liability

     19,999        —   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     343,027        392,357  

Commitments and contingencies (Note 11)

     

Mezzanine Equity:

     

Series A preferred units, no par value, 120,000 and 0 units authorized, 100,000 and 0 units issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively

     80,371        —   

Equity:

     

Class A units, no par value, 88,532,824 and 80,745,873 units authorized, issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively

     199,016        159,529  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total members’ equity

     199,016        159,529  

Noncontrolling interest

     4,581        4,745  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total equity

     203,597        164,274  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities, mezzanine equity, and equity

   $ 626,995      $ 556,631  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

Athena Technology Solutions Holdings, LLC

Consolidated Statements of Operations

Years Ended December 31, 2025 and 2024

(In thousands, except unit amounts)

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2025     2024  

Revenue:

    

Products

   $ 319,351     $ 292,429  

Services

     113,582       99,763  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

     432,933       392,192  

Cost of revenue:

    

Products

     244,735       199,920  

Services

     93,895       82,000  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

     338,630       281,920  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     94,303       110,272  

Operating expenses:

    

Selling, general, and administrative

     41,626       33,780  

Research and development

     25,439       12,997  

Amortization of intangible assets

     16,606       18,119  

Change in contingent consideration

     2,435       (61,599 ) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     86,106       3,297  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from operations

     8,197       106,975  

Other income (expense), net:

    

Interest expense

     (32,346 )      (29,584 ) 

Interest income

     699       1,436  

Other income, net

     6,841       129  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other expense, net

     (24,806 )      (28,019 ) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Loss) income before income taxes

     (16,609 )      78,956  

Provision for income taxes

     171       363  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (loss) income

     (16,780 )      78,593  

Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest

     106       44  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (loss) income attributable to Athena Technology Solutions Holdings, LLC

   $ (16,886 )    $ 78,549  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (loss) income per Class A unit:

    

Basic

   $ (0.20 )    $ 0.98  

Diluted

   $ (0.20 )    $ 0.38  

Weighted average Class A units outstanding:

    

Basic

     88,532,824       80,432,217  

Diluted

     88,532,824       88,219,168  

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

 

F-7


Table of Contents

Athena Technology Solutions Holdings, LLC

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Equity

Years Ended December 31, 2025 and 2024

(In thousands, except unit amounts)

 

     Class A Units     Noncontrolling
Interest
    Total
Equity
 
     Units      Amount  

Balance at December 31, 2023

     70,566,335      $ 91,313     $ 5,096     $ 96,409  

Equity issued in business combination

     448,430        3,547       —        3,547  

Distributions to members

     —         (90,853 )      —        (90,853 ) 

Distributions to noncontrolling interest

     —         —        (395 )      (395 ) 

Issuance of equity in settlement of contingent consideration liability

     9,731,108        76,973       —        76,973  

Net income

     –        78,549       44       78,593  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2024

     80,745,873        159,529       4,745       164,274  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Distributions to members

     —         (5,000 )      —        (5,000 ) 

Distributions to noncontrolling interest

     —         –       (270 )      (270 ) 

Stock compensation expense

     —         173       —        173  

Issuance of equity in settlement of contingent consideration liability

     7,786,951        61,650       —        61,650  

Accretion of Series A preferred units

     —         (450 )      —        (450 ) 

Net (loss) income

     —         (16,886 )      106       (16,780 ) 
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2025

     88,532,824      $ 199,016     $ 4,581     $ 203,597  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

 

F-8


Table of Contents

Athena Technology Solutions Holdings, LLC

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows

Years Ended December 31, 2025 and 2024

(In thousands)

 

    

Year Ended
December 31,

 
     2025     2024  

Operating activities

    

Net (loss) income

   $ (16,780 )    $ 78,593  

Adjustments to reconcile net (loss) income to net cash (used in) provided by operating activities:

    

Depreciation and amortization

     21,369       21,342  

Amortization of debt issuance costs

     983       1,088  

Stock compensation expense

     173       -  

Change in contingent consideration

     2,435       (61,599 ) 

Deferred income taxes

     144       260  

Noncash operating lease expense

     3,089       2,885  

Credit loss expense

     —        114  

Provision for inventory obsolescence

     1,822       7,030  

Gain on sale of equipment

     —        (110 ) 

Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of acquisition:

    

Accounts receivable

     (31,189 )      46,290  

Contract assets

     (61,838 )      35,641  

Inventories

     7,693       (4,868 ) 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     (15,747 )      (25 ) 

Other assets

     —        (54 ) 

Accounts payable

     16,105       (19,380 ) 

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

     8,355       (7,603 ) 

Deferred revenue

     7,780       (2,883 ) 

Contingent consideration

     (38,935 )      (29,103 ) 

Operating lease liabilities

     (3,098 )      (2,706 ) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities

     (97,639 )      64,912  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Investing activities

    

Acquisition of long-lived assets

     (988 )      —   

Acquisition, net of cash acquired

     (2,077 )      (3,017 ) 

Proceeds from sale of property and equipment

     -       318  

Purchases of property and equipment

     (7,479 )      (8,478 ) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (10,544 )      (11,177 ) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Financing activities

    

Proceeds from notes payable, net of issuance costs

     —        54,450  

Proceeds from Series A preferred units, net of issuance costs

     99,920       —   

Distributions to members

     (5,000 )      (90,853 ) 

Distributions to noncontrolling interest

     (270 )      (395 ) 

Payments of contingent consideration

     —        (19,553 ) 

Repayment of notes payable

     (2,720 )      (2,583 ) 

Proceeds from Loan Authorization Agreement

     20,000       —   

Repayment of Loan Authorization Agreement

     (20,000 )      —   

Payments of debt issuance costs

     (311 )      —   

Payments of deferred offering costs

     (1,131 )      —   

Proceeds from revolving credit facility

     20,000       15,000  

Repayment of revolving credit facility

     (20,000 )      (15,000 ) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

     90,488       (58,934 ) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents

     (17,695 )      (5,199 ) 

Cash and cash equivalents:

    

Beginning of period

     45,603       50,802  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

End of period

   $ 27,908     $ 45,603  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-9


Table of Contents
    

Year Ended
December 31,

 
     2025      2024  

Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:

     

Cash paid for interest

   $  30,998      $ 28,207  

Supplemental disclosures of noncash financing and investing activities

     

Purchase of property and equipment in accounts payable and accrued expenses

   $ 253      $ 209  

Series A preferred units accretion

     450        -  

Equity issued in business combination

     —         3,547  

VRA final net working capital adjustment and holdbacks

     —         2,577  

Deferred offering costs in accrued expenses

     2,711        —   

Transfer of fixed assets to inventory

     4,878        —   

Transfer of inventory to fixed assets

     243        2,037  

Equity issued in settlement of contingent consideration

     61,650        76,973  

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

 

F-10


Table of Contents
1.

The Company

Business Activity

Athena Technology Solutions Holdings, LLC (the “Company” or “ATSH”) was formed as a Delaware limited liability company on February 13, 2020. The Company, through its operating subsidiaries, which include AEVEX Holdings, LLC, is a leading provider of full-spectrum airborne intelligence solutions for the global intelligence community.

Presentation and Consolidation

The accompanying consolidated financial statements present the financial position, results of operations, and cash flows of the Company and its subsidiaries, including a variable interest entity ("VIE") for which the Company is the primary beneficiary. All intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. The functional currency of the Company and its subsidiaries is the U.S. dollar. All dollar amounts disclosed in these notes to the consolidated financial statements are expressed in thousands.

Limited Liability Companies

The Company and most of its subsidiaries are limited liability companies formed under their respective states’ Limited Liability Company Acts (the “Acts”). The parties to the Limited Liability Company Agreements are designated as members. Under the Acts, members are not liable for liabilities of limited liability companies.

 

2.

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

This summary of significant accounting policies of the Company is presented to assist in understanding the consolidated financial statements. The consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes are representations of the Company’s management. These accounting policies conform to accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”) and have been consistently applied in the presentation of the consolidated financial statements.

Segment Information

The Company determined its operating segments after considering the Company’s organizational structure and the information regularly reviewed by the chief operating decision maker (“CODM”) to evaluate financial performance and allocate resources. The Company’s chief executive officer, who is the CODM, reviews financial information on an operating segment basis for purposes of evaluating financial performance and allocating resources. Based on these factors, the Company determined that it operates and manages its business as two operating segments: i) Tactical Systems and ii) Global Solutions and, accordingly, has two reportable segments for financial reporting purposes. The Tactical Systems segment designs, develops, and manufactures autonomous systems and technologies for defense and national security customers. The Global Solutions segment delivers full-spectrum mission services, aircraft modification, and engineering support across manned and unmanned platforms.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of consolidated assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of consolidated revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Some of these judgments can be subjective and complex, and, consequently, actual results could materially differ from those estimates. On an on-going basis, management evaluates its significant estimates, including those related to slow-moving or obsolete inventory, estimated useful lives of long-lived assets, the valuation of acquired intangible assets, goodwill impairment testing, the recognition of revenue over time for certain customer contracts, the valuation of the Series A preferred units embedded derivative liability, and the valuation of the Company’s contingent consideration liability.

 

F-11


Table of Contents

Concentrations

Financial instruments which potentially subject the Company to a concentration of credit risk consist principally of cash, accounts receivable and contract assets. Cash balances are exposed to credit risk since the Company periodically maintains balances in excess of federally insured limits. The Company does not believe it is exposed to any significant credit risk on these deposits. The Company provides a range of technologically advanced services and solutions to government organizations, primarily approved agencies and subcontractors of the U.S. Government, and is subject to certain business risks specific to that industry. Sales to government organizations may be affected by changes in procurement policies, budget considerations, changing concepts of national defense, political developments, and other factors. The Company generally does not require collateral or other security for its accounts receivable. Substantially all accounts receivable as of December 31, 2025 are expected to be collected in 2026. The Company does not believe it has significant exposure to credit risk, as accounts receivable and contract assets are primarily from contracts where the U.S. Government is the primary customer.

Significant customers are those which represent more than 10 percent of the Company’s total revenue or gross accounts receivable balance. Revenue from the U.S. Government and agencies of the U.S. Government, when they are direct customers of the Company, represented 78% and 81% of total revenue for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively. Revenue from the U.S. Government and agencies of the U.S. Government is included in the Company’s Tactical Systems segment and the Global Solutions segment. Accounts receivable from customer A represented 67% of consolidated accounts receivable as of December 31, 2025. Accounts receivable from customer A and customer B represented 42% and 15%, respectively, of consolidated accounts receivable as of December 31, 2024.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company considers all highly liquid investments with an original maturity of three months or less from the date of purchase to be cash equivalents. The Company did not have any restricted cash as of December 31, 2025 or 2024.

Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Expected Credit Losses

Accounts receivable represent billed and unbilled accounts receivable that are stated net of the allowance for expected credit losses. Accounts receivable are recorded when invoices are issued based on the amounts expected to be collected.

An allowance for credit losses is recorded based on a review of outstanding receivables and the consideration of the age of the receivable balance, historical losses, customer credit quality, current economic conditions, and other factors that may affect the customers’ ability to pay. Accounts receivable are typically due within 30 to 45 days after the date of the invoice and balances more than 90 days old are considered past due. Accounts receivable are written off when they are determined to be uncollectible. The Company does not accrue interest on past due receivables. The allowance for credit losses was $0 as of December 31, 2025 and 2024. During the year ended December 31, 2025, the Company recognized $0 of credit loss expense and $0 of receivables were written off. During the year ended December 31, 2024, the Company recognized $114 of credit loss expense and $114 of receivables were written off.

Accounts receivable consisted of the following as of December 31, 2025 and 2024:

 

     December 31,  
(In thousands)    2025      2024  

Billed accounts receivable

   $ 17,911      $ 12,845  

Unbilled accounts receivable

     37,304        11,181  

Less: Allowance for credit losses

     —         —   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total accounts receivable

   $ 55,215      $ 24,026  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-12


Table of Contents

Inventories

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost (first-in, first-out method) and net realizable value. Cost includes materials, labor, and manufacturing overhead related to the purchase and production of inventories. The Company evaluates inventories for obsolescence and slow-moving items on an ongoing basis for possible write-downs to net realizable value. Write-downs to net realizable value establish a new cost basis and are not subsequently reversed based on changes in underlying facts and circumstances.

Business Combinations

Business combinations are accounted for in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 805, Business Combinations, which requires that the identifiable assets acquired and the liabilities assumed be recognized and measured, with limited exceptions, at their acquisition-date fair value. The determination of estimated fair values requires judgment and involves the use of significant estimates and assumptions, including assumptions with respect to future cash inflows and outflows, discount rates, and asset lives, among other items. The recorded fair values are subject to adjustments during a measurement period of up to one year from the acquisition date. The measurement period provides the Company with the ability to adjust the fair values of acquired assets and assumed liabilities for new information that is obtained about circumstances that existed as of the acquisition date.

For contingent consideration arrangements, a liability is recognized at estimated fair value as of the acquisition date, with subsequent fair value adjustments recognized in operations on the consolidated statements of operations. Acquisition-related costs, including advisory, legal, accounting, valuation, and other costs, are expensed as incurred and included in selling, general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of operations.

Asset acquisitions are accounted for using a cost accumulation model, with the cost of the acquisition allocated to the acquired assets based on their relative fair values. Assets acquired and liabilities assumed are recognized at cost, which is the consideration the acquirer transfers to the seller, including direct transaction costs, on the acquisition date. Goodwill is not recognized in an asset acquisition.

Goodwill

Goodwill is recognized for the excess of the acquisition-date fair value of the consideration transferred over the acquisition-date fair value of the identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed in business combinations. Goodwill is not amortized, but is subject to impairment testing. Impairment testing is performed annually in the fourth quarter or when there is indication that a triggering event has occurred, such as a significant adverse change in the Company’s business. Impairment testing for goodwill is performed at the reporting unit level. For goodwill impairment testing, the Company has the option to first perform a qualitative assessment to determine whether the existence of events or circumstances leads to a determination that it is more likely than not that the fair value of the reporting unit is less than its carrying value, including goodwill. If the Company determines that it is not more likely than not, no additional test is required. However, if the Company concludes otherwise or elects not to perform the qualitative assessment, then a quantitative impairment test is performed by comparing the fair value of the reporting unit with its carrying value.

The quantitative testing of goodwill for impairment requires the Company to make several estimates related to projected future cash flows to determine the fair value of the reporting units to which goodwill has been assigned. The Company determines whether each reporting unit’s fair value exceeds its carrying amount, including goodwill, based upon projections of future revenues, expenses, and cash flows discounted to their present value, as well as the application of a market approach. Internal operational budgets and long-range strategic plans are used as a basis for the cash flow analysis. The Company also utilizes assumptions related to working capital, capital expenditures, and terminal growth rates. The discount rate applied to the cash flow

 

F-13


Table of Contents

analysis is based on the weighted average cost of capital (“WACC”) for each reporting unit. These valuation approaches require the application of Level 3 valuation inputs. If the Company determines that the carrying value of a reporting unit exceeds its estimated fair value, an impairment to goodwill is recognized equal to the excess, and limited to the total amount of goodwill allocated to the reporting unit, as a charge in the consolidated statements of operations.

The Company completed its annual qualitative goodwill impairment test during the fourth quarter of the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024 and determined that no impairment had occurred.

Intangible Assets

Finite-lived intangible assets consist of customer relationships, technology and trade names that are amortized based on their pattern of economic benefit over their estimated useful lives.

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are stated at cost, net of accumulated depreciation. Maintenance and repairs are charged to expense as incurred. Development costs for internal-use software are capitalized during the application development stage. When property and equipment is sold or otherwise disposed of, the asset’s cost and accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts and the gain or loss is included in operations.

Depreciation expense is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets and their estimated residual values. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the remaining term of the lease (including any renewal periods that are deemed to be reasonably certain) or the estimated useful lives of the improvement, whichever is shorter. Amortization of internal-use software commences when it is ready for its intended use. Costs to acquire and deliver aircraft leased by the Company to third-party customers, net of the estimated residual value of the aircraft, are depreciated over the expected term of the lease.

The estimated useful lives for consolidated financial statement reporting of depreciation expense are:

 

Aircraft

     5 to 20 years  

Furniture and equipment

     5 to 7 years  

Computers and software

     3 years  

Leasehold improvements

     lesser of 5 years or life of lease  

Vehicles

     5 years  

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

The Company reviews the carrying value of long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the assets may not be recoverable. Recoverability of long-lived assets is measured by comparing the carrying amount of the assets or asset group to the undiscounted cash flows that the assets or asset group are expected to generate. If the undiscounted cash flows of such assets are less than the carrying amount, the impairment to be recognized is measured by the amount by which the carrying amount of such assets exceeds their fair value. There were no impairment losses recognized for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024.

Revenue Recognition

The Company derives revenue primarily from contracts with U.S. Government agencies and prime contractors doing business with U.S. Government agencies, under time and materials contracts, cost-plus-fixed-fee contracts, and fixed-price contracts. The Company considers all such contracts to be within the scope of ASC 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, (“ASC 606”). The Company recognizes revenue based on a five-step process,

 

F-14


Table of Contents

which includes: (i) identifying the contract with a customer; (ii) identifying the performance obligations in the contract; (iii) determining the transaction price; (iv) allocating the transaction price; and (v) recognizing revenue when or as the Company satisfies a performance obligation. The Company accounts for a contract when it has approval and commitment from both parties, the rights of the parties are identified, payment terms are identified, the contract has commercial substance and collectability of consideration is probable.

At the inception of each contract, the Company evaluates the promised products and services and applies judgment to determine whether the contract should be accounted for as having one or more performance obligations. A performance obligation is a promise to transfer a distinct product or service to a customer and represents the unit of account for revenue recognition. The Company’s contracts generally provide for a set of integrated or highly interrelated tasks or services and are therefore accounted for as a single performance obligation. However, in cases where the Company provides more than one distinct good or service within a customer contract, the contract is separated into individual performance obligations which are accounted for discretely.

Once the Company identifies the performance obligations, the Company determines the transaction price. The transaction price is determined based on the consideration to which the Company will be entitled in exchange for transferring services or goods to the customer for the Company’s contracts and consists of milestone-based fees. To the extent the transaction price includes variable consideration, the Company estimates the amount of variable consideration that should be included in the transaction price utilizing either the expected value method or the most likely amount method depending on the nature of the variable consideration. Variable consideration is included in the transaction price if, in the Company’s judgment, it is probable that a significant future reversal of cumulative revenue under the contract will not occur. The Company may constrain a portion of the transaction price based upon its anticipated ability to meet certain contractual requirements. The Company’s contracts generally do not contain penalties, credits, price concessions, or other types of potential variable consideration. Unexercised contract options and indefinite delivery and indefinite quantity (“IDIQ”) contracts are not included in contract values until they are exercised. When an option or IDIQ task order is exercised or awarded, the Company assesses whether it represents a new contract or a modification to an existing contract, and further assesses the service deliverables included therein to determine what performance obligations exist. Warranties are provided on certain contracts, but do not typically provide for services beyond standard assurances and are therefore not considered to be a separate performance obligation.

A substantial amount of the Company’s revenue is derived from contracts with the U.S. Government. These contracts are subject to the Federal Acquisition Regulation (“FAR”) and the prices of contract deliverables are typically based on estimated or actual costs plus margin. As a result, the standalone selling prices of the products and services in these contracts are typically equal to the selling prices stated in the contract, thereby eliminating the need to allocate (or reallocate) the transaction price to the multiple performance obligations, if determined. In the Company’s non-U.S. Government contracts, when standalone selling prices are not directly observable, the Company also generally uses the expected cost-plus margin approach to determine standalone selling price. In determining the appropriate margin under the cost-plus margin approach, the Company considers historical margins on similar products sold to similar customers or within similar geographies where objective evidence is available. The Company may also consider its cost structure, the nature of the proposal, the effects of customization of pricing, its practices used to establish pricing of bundled products, the expected technological life of the product, margins earned on similar contracts with different customers and other factors to determine the appropriate margin.

The Company has elected the following practical expedients: (1) the Company does not account for significant financing components if the period between revenue recognition and when the customer pays for the product or service will be one year or less, (2) the Company recognizes revenue equal to the amount it has a right to invoice when the amount corresponds directly with the value to the customer of the Company’s performance to date (right-to-invoice), and (3) the Company does not account for shipping and handling activities as a separate performance obligation, but rather as an activity performed to transfer the promised good or service.

 

F-15


Table of Contents

The Company recognizes revenue for each performance obligation identified when, or as, the performance obligation is satisfied by transferring the promised goods or services to the customer. Revenue from sale of products contracts, except for U.S. Government contracts, is generally recognized at a point-in-time when control is transferred to the customer. Revenue from service contracts is generally recognized over time as the work performed by the Company typically involves a continuous transfer of control to the customer. For most U.S. Government contracts, this continuous transfer of control to the customer is supported by clauses in the contract that allow the customer to unilaterally terminate the contract for convenience, pay for costs incurred plus a reasonable profit, and take control of any work in process. The Company’s contracts with international governments and commercial customers contain similar termination for convenience clauses whereby the Company has a legally enforceable right to receive payment for costs incurred and a reasonable profit for products or services that do not have alternative uses to the Company. For revenue recognized under the right-to-invoice practical expedient, the Company has an unconditional right to invoice the customer at an amount that corresponds directly with the value of the Company’s performance completed to date. The Company typically invoices its customers monthly with payment terms not to exceed 30 to 45 days. Revenues are recognized over time as control is continuously transferred to the customer during the contract.

For performance obligations satisfied over time and not using the right-to-invoice practical expedient, revenue is generally recognized using costs incurred to date relative to total estimated costs at completion to measure progress. Incurred costs represent work performed, which correspond with, and thereby best depict, transfer of control to the customer. Contract costs include labor, materials, subcontractors’ costs, other direct costs, and indirect costs applicable on government and commercial contracts.

Due to the nature of the work required to be performed on many performance obligations, the estimation of total cost at completion is complex, subject to many variables and requires significant judgment. Factors that require judgment and must be considered in estimating the cost of the work to be completed include the nature and complexity of the work to be performed, subcontractor performance and the risk and impact of delayed performance. Factors that must be considered in estimating the total transaction price include contractual cost or performance incentives (such as incentive fees, award fees and penalties, if applicable) and other forms of variable consideration, as well as the Company’s historical experience and expectation for performance on the contract.

On a quarterly basis, the Company conducts its contract cost Estimate at Completion (“EAC”) process by reviewing the progress and execution of outstanding performance obligations within its contracts. As part of this process, management reviews information including, but not limited to, any outstanding key contract matters, progress towards completion and the related program schedule, identified risks and opportunities, and the related changes in estimates of revenues and costs.

The below table summarizes the favorable (unfavorable) impact of changes in the estimated progress towards completion across programs for the following periods:

 

(In thousands, except unit amounts)    Year Ended December 31,  
      2025        2024   

Revenue

   $ (2,433 )     $ 5,464  

Basic net (loss) income per Class A unit

   $ (0.03 )     $ 0.07  

Diluted net (loss) income per Class A unit

   $ (0.03 )     $ 0.06  

When estimates of total costs to be incurred on a contract exceed total estimates of the transaction price, a provision for the entire loss is determined at the contract level and is recorded in the period in which the loss is evident, which the Company refers to as a loss contract reserve. As of December 31, 2025 and 2024, the loss contract reserve balance was $51 and $572, respectively, which are included in accrued expenses and other current liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets.

 

F-16


Table of Contents

Customer contracts may be modified to change the scope, price, specifications, or other terms within the existing arrangement. Contract modifications are evaluated by management to determine whether the modification should be accounted for as part of the original performance obligation(s) or as a separate contract. If the modification adds distinct goods or services and increases the contract value proportionate to the stand-alone selling price of the additional goods or services, it will be accounted for as a separate contract. Generally, the Company’s contract modifications do not include goods or services which are distinct and, therefore, are accounted for as part of the original performance obligation(s).

Costs to fulfill a contract generally include costs such as labor, materials, subcontractor costs, and identifiable indirect costs associated with or allocable to a specific contract. Costs are expensed to cost of revenue as incurred unless they qualify for capitalization and deferral. The Company does not incur significant incremental costs to obtain contracts and does not typically pay commissions for sales. The costs incurred to obtain a contract would have been incurred regardless of whether the contract was obtained and, therefore, these costs are expensed when incurred. As of December 31, 2025 and 2024, the Company has not capitalized or deferred any contract-related costs.

Contract Assets and Liabilities

For each of the Company’s contracts, the timing of revenue recognition, customer billings and cash collections results in a net contract asset or liability. Fixed-price contracts are typically billed to the customer either using progress payments, whereby amounts are billed monthly as costs are incurred or work is completed, or performance-based payments, which are based upon the achievement of specific, measurable events or accomplishments defined and valued at contract inception. Cost-type contracts are billed to the customer on a monthly or semi-monthly basis.

Contract assets and unbilled accounts receivable reflect revenue recognized in advance of customer billing. Contract assets represent conditional rights to consideration for satisfied performance obligations that become a receivable when the conditions are satisfied. Unbilled accounts receivable represent rights to consideration that are unconditional. Such rights are considered unconditional if only the passage of time is required before payment of that consideration is due. Contract payment retentions included in contract assets are not considered a significant financing component of the Company’s contracts as the payment terms are intended to protect the customer in the event the Company does not perform on its obligations under the contract.

Contract liabilities reflect payments made in advance of the satisfaction of performance under contracts. Payments received in advance from customers are included in contract liabilities until such obligations are satisfied either over time as costs are incurred, or at a point in time when control is transferred. Contract liabilities are not a significant financing component as they are generally utilized to pay for contract costs within a one-year period or are used to ensure the customer meets contractual requirements. Contract liabilities are recorded in deferred revenue in the consolidated balance sheets.

Contract assets as of December 31, 2025 and 2024:

 

(In thousands)    December 31,  
     2025      2024  

Balance at beginning of year

   $ 17,842      $ 53,483  

Net change

     61,838        (35,641 ) 
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at end of year

   $ 79,680      $ 17,842  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-17


Table of Contents

Contract liabilities as of December 31, 2025 and 2024:

 

(In thousands)    December 31,  
     2025      2024  

Balance at beginning of year

   $ 3,162      $ 6,045  

New additions to contract liabilities

     10,264        2,535  

Revenue recognized that was included in deferred revenue at the beginning of the period

     (2,484 )       (5,418 ) 
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at end of year

   $ 10,942      $ 3,162  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Changes in contract assets and contract liabilities are primarily due to the timing of payments from customers and the Company satisfying performance obligations during the normal course of business.

Disaggregation of Revenue

The following table presents the disaggregation of revenue from contracts with customers by customer location for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024. In addition, refer to the consolidated statements of operations for the disaggregation of revenue by products versus services and to Note 15 for disaggregation of revenue by reportable segment.

 

(In thousands)    Year Ended December 31,  
     2025      2024  

United States

   $ 424,026      $ 383,992  

Other foreign countries

     8,907        8,200  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total revenue

   $ 432,933      $ 392,192  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Performance Obligations

As of December 31, 2025, the Company had $503,123 of remaining performance obligations. The Company expects to recognize approximately 96.6% of the remaining performance obligations as revenue in 2026 and 3.4% in 2027.

Advertising Costs

Advertising costs are expensed as incurred and included in selling, general and administrative expenses on the consolidated statement of operations. The Company recorded advertising costs of $545 and $175 for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024 respectively.

Research and Development

R&D costs include employee and contractor compensation, supplies and materials for new product development, and facility costs. R&D costs are expensed as incurred.

Incentive Units

In 2020, the Company implemented an Incentive Equity Agreement, which is designed to attract and retain talent. Eligible participants include employees, managers of the board and consultants. Incentive Units generally vest based on continued service over a five-year vesting period (“time vesting units”). Upon a change in control or the sale of all, or substantially all, of the Company’s assets, the time vesting units vest in full if the holder has been continuously employed by the Company or any of its subsidiaries from the issue date through the date on

 

F-18


Table of Contents

which the transaction is consummated. In addition, certain other Incentive Units (“performance vesting units”) vest only if the holder has been continuously employed by the Company or any of its subsidiaries through the date on which aggregate cash distributions by the Company to certain Class A unitholders exceed the specified threshold. Vesting of Incentive Units (defined as both “time-vesting units” and “performance vesting units”) does not accelerate upon consummation of an initial public offering.

Employee unvested Incentive Units are automatically forfeited for no consideration upon holder’s termination, and employee vested Incentive Units are automatically forfeited for no consideration upon termination by the Company for cause or termination by the holder without good reason. Further, upon the employee’s termination by the Company without cause or a termination by holder for good reason, the Company and certain members have the right for 12 months from the date of termination (but not the obligation) to purchase all or any portion of the Incentive Units that are then vested at a purchase price equal to fair market value as of the termination date.

The Incentive Units are issued as profits interests in the LLC for U.S. federal income tax purposes and do not require the payment of an exercise price but rather entitle the holder to participate in the future appreciation of the Class A units from and after the date of issue. Each Incentive Unit is issued with a Participation Threshold. The Participation Threshold represents the cumulative distributions that are required to have been made by the Company to holders of Class A units pursuant to its LLC agreement before a holder of an Incentive Unit is entitled to receive any distributions or payments in respect of such holder’s Incentive Units. After the Participation Threshold has been met, the holders of vested Incentive Units are entitled to receive distributions, if and when paid, in the same amount per unit as distributions paid to Class A unit holders.

The board may (but shall not be obligated to) make distributions at any time or from time to time, and the board may elect to make such distributions in cash, property and/or securities of the Company or any of its subsidiaries. The Company performed an analysis of the key features of the Incentive Units to determine whether the nature of the Incentive Units are (a) an equity award which should be accounted for under ASC 718, Compensation – Stock Compensation or (b) a bonus arrangement which should be accounted for under ASC 710, Compensation – General (“ASC 710”). Based on the features of the Incentive Units, the awards do not meet the criteria to be considered stock compensation and should be accounted for as compensation contracts under ASC 710 because the employee is generally required to provide service and maintain current employment to be eligible to receive a distribution. Accordingly, compensation expense for the employee Incentive Units will be recognized only when the Company concludes it is probable that the holder will receive a distribution.

Deferred Financing Costs

Financing costs incurred in obtaining or refinancing a revolving credit facility are recorded as prepaid expenses and other assets. Financing costs incurred in obtaining or refinancing debt that is not a revolving credit facility are recorded as a direct reduction to the carrying amount of the related debt. Deferred financing costs are amortized to interest expense over the term of the underlying debt arrangement. Amortization of deferred financing costs, which is included in interest expense, was $983 and $1,088 for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively.

Deferred Offering Costs

Deferred offering costs, which consist of direct incremental legal, consulting, accounting, and other fees relating to the Company’s anticipated initial public offering (“IPO”), are capitalized and will be recorded as a reduction of proceeds from the IPO upon the consummation of the IPO. There were $3,842 of deferred offering costs included in prepaid expenses and other current assets on the consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2025. Of the costs included in the consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2025, $1,131 and $2,711 were paid and unpaid, respectively.

 

F-19


Table of Contents

Income Taxes

A provision for income taxes is not recorded for limited liability companies which have elected to be treated as partnerships for income tax purposes because income taxes resulting from their operations are the responsibility of their members. Certain of the Company’s operating subsidiaries are taxed as C corporations for which a provision for income taxes was recorded for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024 in accordance with ASC 740, Income Taxes. The Company recognizes for these operating subsidiaries deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been included in their tax returns or the consolidated financial statements. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the difference between the financial statement carrying amount and the tax basis of assets and liabilities, along with net operating loss carryforwards using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse. Valuation allowances are provided if, based upon the weight of available evidence, it is more likely than not that some or all the deferred tax assets will not be realized. See Note 13 for additional information.

The Company evaluates its tax positions for any uncertainties based on the technical merits of the positions taken. The Company recognizes the tax benefit from an uncertain tax position only if it is more-likely-than-not that the tax position will be upheld on examination by taxing authorities. The Company has analyzed the tax positions taken and has concluded that, as of December 31, 2025 and 2024, there were no uncertain tax positions taken, or expected to be taken, that would require recognition of a liability or disclosure in the consolidated financial statements. Management is required to analyze all open tax years, as defined by the statute of limitations, for all major jurisdictions, which includes federal and certain state jurisdictions.

Leases

The Company determines if an arrangement is or contains a lease at inception or modification of the arrangement. An arrangement is or contains a lease if there are identified assets and the right to control the use of an identified asset is conveyed for a period in exchange for consideration. Control over the use of the identified assets means the lessee has both the right to obtain substantially all the economic benefits from the use of the asset and the right to direct the use of the asset. Leases are classified at lease commencement as either operating or finance leases. During the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, all of the Company’s leases were classified as operating leases.

Right-of-use (“ROU”) assets represent the Company’s right to use an underlying asset for the lease term. Lease liabilities represent the Company’s obligation to make lease payments arising from the lease. ROU assets and lease liabilities are recognized at the commencement date of a lease and are measured based on the present value of fixed lease payments over the lease term and ROU assets are adjusted for any prepaid or accrued lease payments and unamortized lease incentives or initial direct costs. The Company’s lease arrangements typically do not have a readily determinable implicit interest rate. In such situations, in determining the present value of fixed lease payments, the Company uses its secured incremental borrowing rate (“IBR”) based on the information available at the lease commencement date, including the lease term. ROU assets are assessed for impairment consistent with the Company’s long-lived assets impairment accounting policy.

Lease expense for operating leases is recognized on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease beginning on the lease commencement date.

The Company recognizes ROU assets and lease liabilities for all leases other than those with a term of 12 months or less. In the event that any of the leases contain non-lease components, the Company has elected the practical expedient to account for each separate lease component and the associated non-lease component(s) as a single lease component.

The Company is a lessor in one aircraft lease arrangement. The Company accounts for each lease component and any non-lease components associated with its lessor lease separately with amounts allocated to the lease

 

F-20


Table of Contents

and non-lease components based on stand-alone prices. Lease components and non-lease components are separated if (a) the lessee can benefit from the right of use either on its own or together with other resources that are readily available to the lessee, and (b) the right of use is neither highly dependent on nor highly interrelated with other rights to use underlying assets in the contract. Rental revenue associated with the lessor operating lease is recognized on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease. Periods covered by an option to extend the lease are included in the lease term if the lessee/customer is reasonably certain to exercise that option.

Some leasing arrangements, both lessee and lessor, require variable payments that are dependent on usage, output, or may vary for other reasons, such as insurance and tax payments. These variable lease payments are recognized as incurred over the lease term. The Company’s lease agreements do not contain any material residual value guarantees or any material restrictions or covenants.

Fair Value Measurements

ASC 820, Fair Value Measurements, requires entities to disclose the fair value of financial instruments, both assets and liabilities recognized and not recognized on the balance sheet, for which it is practicable to estimate fair value. Fair value is defined as the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. The framework for measuring fair value provides a fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs to valuation techniques used to measure fair value. The hierarchy gives the highest priority to unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1 measurements) and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs (Level 3 measurements).

Level 1: Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities which are easily traded;

Level 2: Observable inputs other than Level 1 prices, such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities; quoted prices in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities; and

Level 3: Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no active market quotes and that are significant to the fair value of the assets or liabilities.

The fair value measurement of an asset or liability within the fair value hierarchy is based on the lowest level of any input that is significant to the fair value measurement. Valuation techniques used maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs.

The Company’s consolidated financial instruments include cash, accounts receivable, accounts payable, and certain accrued expenses and other current liabilities. The fair value of accounts receivable, accounts payable, and accrued expenses and other current liabilities approximate their carrying value because of their short-term nature. The estimated fair value of the Term Loans (discussed in Note 9) is classified in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy and approximates their carrying value as interest incurred is variable based on market rates.

As described in Note 17, during December 2025 the Company issued Series A preferred units with conversion features that represent an embedded derivative that is accounted for separately from the Series A preferred units and remeasured at fair value at each reporting date, with the changes in fair value recorded through earnings. The derivative liability was recorded at its estimated fair value at issuance and as of December 31, 2025 using a third-party valuation specialist and a probability weighted expected return method (“PWERM”) using the “With and Without” approach (a form of an income approach). Under this approach management considered the various conversion scenarios that constitute the embedded derivative. The estimated fair value of the derivative liability was measured using Level 3 inputs which, as presented in the table below, resulted in the liability being considered a Level 3 financial instrument. The significant unobservable inputs included: the estimated future cash flows of the Company, estimated WACC, estimated scenario probability and timing, expected stock price

 

F-21


Table of Contents

volatility, and risk-free interest rate. The following table presents the liability balance as of December 31, 2025 (in thousands):

 

Description

   Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  

Liabilities:

           

Derivative liability

     —         —       $ 19,999      $ 19,999  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     —         —       $ 19,999      $ 19,999  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

As described in Note 3, the Company is party to an earnout agreement that was settled using a combination of cash and Class A units. The liability for this obligation was recorded at its estimated fair value as of December 31, 2024 using third-party valuations. In determining the portion of the liability to be settled in cash, the excess of the actual EBITDA recognized over the contractual threshold was discounted using an appropriate discount rate. In determining the estimated fair value of the liability to be settled in Class A units, the estimated enterprise value of the Company was measured using primarily the income approach, which is based on the estimated future cash flows of the Company that were discounted using an appropriate discount rate. The estimated enterprise value was then allocated to the Class A units using the Option Pricing Method. The estimated fair value of the contingent consideration liability was measured using Level 3 inputs which, as presented in the table below, resulted in the contingent consideration liability being considered a Level 3 financial instrument. The significant unobservable inputs included: the estimated future cash flows of the Company, estimated WACC, expected volatility, estimated timing of a liquidity event, risk-free interest rate, the terms of the earnout arrangement and the actual EBITDA recognized. The liability was $0 as of December 31, 2025 because it was settled during the year then ended. The following table presents the liability balance as of December 31, 2024 (in thousands):.

 

Description

   Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  

Liabilities:

           

Contingent consideration

     —         —       $ 98,150      $ 98,150  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     —         —       $ 98,150      $ 98,150  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Members’ Equity

As of December 31, 2025 and 2024, the Company’s ownership was comprised of 88,532,824 and 80,745,873 Class A (common) units issued and outstanding, respectively. As of December 31, 2025, the Company was authorized to issue 88,532,824 Class A units and 7,479,111 Incentive Units. As of December 31, 2024, the Company was authorized to issue 80,745,873 Class A units and 7,204,111 Incentive Units. Each member holding Class A units is entitled to one vote per Class A unit held by such member on all matters to be voted on by the members. The members holding Incentive Units are not entitled to vote with respect to such Incentive Units on any matter to be voted on by the members. All members entitled to vote shall vote together as a single class. Refer to Note 14 for further information regarding the Incentive Units.

Variable Interest Entities

The determination of whether an entity in which the Company holds a direct or indirect variable interest in a VIE is based on several factors, including whether the entity’s total equity investment at risk at the time of investment is sufficient to finance the entity’s activities without additional subordinated financial support or whether the holders of the equity investment at risk have the power through voting rights to direct the activities that most significantly impact the entity’s performance. This determination is made at the inception of the variable interest and upon the occurrence of a reconsideration event. The Company makes judgments regarding the identification of a VIE first on a qualitative analysis, and then a quantitative analysis, if necessary.

 

F-22


Table of Contents

In evaluating whether the Company is the primary beneficiary of a VIE, it considers both its direct and indirect economic interests in the entity. Determining which reporting entity, if any, is the primary beneficiary of a VIE is primarily a qualitative approach focused on identifying which reporting entity has both (1) the power to direct the activities of a VIE that most significantly impact such entity’s economic performance and (2) the obligation to absorb losses or the right to receive benefits from such entity that could potentially be significant to such entity. This analysis requires the exercise of judgment. The Company considers a variety of factors in identifying the entity that holds the power to direct matters that most significantly impact a VIE’s economic performance including, but not limited to, the ability to direct a VIE’s operating decisions and activities.

Held for Sale

The Company classifies assets and liabilities to be sold (“disposal group”) as held for sale in the period when all of the applicable criteria are met, including: (i) management, having the authority to approve the action, commits to a plan to sell, (ii) the disposal group is available to sell in its present condition, (iii) there is an active program to locate a buyer, (iv) the disposal group is being actively marketed at a reasonable price in relation to its fair value, (v) significant changes to the plan to sell are unlikely, and (vi) the sale of the disposal group is generally probable of being completed within one year. Management performs an assessment at least quarterly, or when events or changes in business circumstances indicate that a change in classification may be necessary. Assets and liabilities identified as held for sale are presented separately within the consolidated balance sheets, with adjustments made, if necessary, to measure the disposal group at the lower of its carrying value or fair value less costs to sell. Any loss resulting from this measurement is recognized in the period in which the held for sale criteria are met. Gains on the sale of a disposal group are not recognized until the date of sale. Depreciation of property, plant and equipment and amortization of intangible and right-of-use assets are not recorded while these assets are classified as held for sale. For each period that a disposal group remains classified as held for sale, its recoverability is reassessed and any necessary adjustments are made to its carrying value. Gains or losses recognized upon the sale of a disposal group that does not qualify as a discontinued operation are included in loss from operations in the consolidated statements of operations. Refer to Note 16 for further discussion.

Earnings Per Class A Unit

Basic earnings (loss) per unit attributable to ATSH is calculated by dividing the net income (loss) attributable to ATSH by the weighted average number of Class A units that were outstanding during the period without consideration of potentially dilutive units. Diluted earnings (loss) per share attributable to ATSH reflects the potential dilution that could occur if securities or other contracts to issue units were exercised or converted into units or resulted in the issuance of units that then shared in the earnings of the Company unless inclusion of such shares would be anti-dilutive. The Series A preferred units have been excluded from the calculation of earnings (loss) per share because no Class A units would be issuable if December 31, 2025 was the end of the contingency period. Refer to Note 17 for discussion of the terms and conditions of the Series A preferred units. The following table presents earnings (loss) per Class A unit for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024:

 

 

F-23


Table of Contents
(In thousands, except unit amounts)    Year Ended December 31,  
     2025      2024  

Numerator

     

Net (loss) income attributable to ATSH

   $ (16,886 )     $ 78,549  

Series A preferred units accretion

     (450 )       —   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net (loss) income attributable to Class A unitholders – basic

     (17,336 )       78,549  

Less: Change in fair value of contingent consideration related to Class A units

     —         (44,775 ) 
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net (loss) income attributable to Class A unitholders – diluted

   $ (17,336 )     $ 33,774  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Denominator:

     

Weighted-average units outstanding - basic

     88,532,824        80,432,217  

Dilutive effect of contingent consideration Class A units earned as of December 31, 2024

     —         7,786,951  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Weighted-average units outstanding - diluted

     88,532,824        88,219,168  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Basic net (loss) income per unit

   $ (0.20 )     $ 0.98  

Diluted net (loss) income per unit

   $ (0.20 )     $ 0.38  

JOBS Act Accounting Election

The Company is an emerging growth company, as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups (“JOBS”) Act of 2012. The JOBS Act provides that an emerging growth company can take advantage of an extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards. This provision allows an emerging growth company to delay the adoption of some accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. The Company has elected to use the extended transition period under the JOBS Act for the adoption of certain accounting standards until the earlier of the date the Company (i) is no longer an emerging growth company or (ii) affirmatively and irrevocably opts out of the extended transition period provided in the JOBS Act. As a result, the consolidated financial statements of the Company may not be comparable to companies that comply with new or revised accounting pronouncements as of public company effective dates.

New Accounting Pronouncements – Adopted

In November 2023, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2023-07 Segment Reporting (Topic 280): Improvements to Reportable Segment Disclosures. Among other new disclosure requirements, the ASU requires companies to disclose significant segment expenses that are regularly provided to the chief operating decision maker. The Company adopted this standard for the year ended December 31, 2024 on a retrospective basis and the segment disclosures in Note 15 comply with the new requirements. The adoption of the standard did not have an impact on the Company’s consolidated financial position, results of operations, or liquidity.

In March 2024, the FASB issued ASU 2024-01, Compensation - Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Scope Application of Profits Interest and Similar Awards (“ASU 2024-01”). This guidance is intended to improve U.S. GAAP by adding an illustrative example to demonstrate how an entity should apply the scope guidance in paragraph 718-10-15-3 to determine whether profits interest and similar awards (“profits interest awards”) should be accounted for in accordance with Topic 718. The amendments in ASU 2024-01 are effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2025, and interim periods within those annual periods. The amendments in ASU 2024-01 should be applied either (1) retrospectively to all prior periods presented in the financial statements or (2) prospectively to profits interest and similar awards granted or modified on or after the date at which the entity first applies the amendments. The Company’s early adoption of ASU 2024-01, effective January 1, 2024, did not have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.

 

F-24


Table of Contents

In December 2023, the FASB issued ASU 2023-09, Income Taxes (Topic 740): Improvements to Income Tax Disclosures (“ASU 2023-09”) to enhance transparency and decision usefulness of income tax disclosures. ASU 2023-09 requires greater standardization and disaggregation of categories within an entity’s tax rate reconciliation disclosure, as well as disclosure of income taxes paid by jurisdiction, among other requirements. The Company adopted this ASU prospectively as of January 1, 2025, and its adoption only impacted the Company’s disclosures and did not have a material effect on its consolidated financial statements or results of operations. See Note 13 for additional information.

New Accounting Pronouncements – Not Yet Adopted

In November 2024, the FASB issued ASU 2024-03, Income Statement (Topic 220): Disaggregation of Income Statement Expenses, which requires additional disclosures of certain amounts included in the expense captions presented on the consolidated statement of operations as well as disclosures about selling expenses. The ASU is effective on a prospective basis, with the option for retrospective application, for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2026, and interim reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2027, and early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impacts of adopting this guidance on its consolidated financial statement disclosures.

In September 2025, the FASB issued ASU 2025-06—Intangibles—Goodwill and Other—Internal-Use Software (Subtopic 350-40): Targeted Improvements to the Accounting for Internal-Use Software (“ASU 2025-06”). ASU 2025-06 simplifies capitalization guidance by removing all references to software development project stages so that the guidance is neutral to different software development methods. The amendment requires entities to start capitalizing software costs when both of the following occur: 1) management has authorized and committed to funding the software project and 2) it is probable that the project will be completed and the software will be used to perform the function intended. This guidance is effective for all entities for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2027, and for interim periods within those fiscal years. Companies are permitted to apply the amendments using a prospective, retrospective, or modified transition approach. Early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently evaluating this guidance and the impact on its consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.

 

3.

Acquisitions

RapidFlight Holdings

On August 25, 2025, the Company acquired select assets and intellectual property from RapidFlight Holdings, LLC for $1,500 of cash and $202 of transaction costs. This transaction has been accounted for as an asset acquisition. Accordingly, the total acquisition cost of $1,702 was allocated on a relative fair value basis to the assets acquired, of which $852 was recognized as developed technology intangible assets, $137 was recognized as fixed assets and $713 was recognized as inventory. The developed technology is being amortized over an estimated useful life of 5 years.

Veth Research Associates

Business combinations are accounted for using the acquisition method as required by ASC Topic 805, Business Combinations. Goodwill is measured as the excess of the acquisition-date fair value of consideration transferred over the fair value of the identifiable assets acquired and the liabilities assumed. Goodwill is attributed to management’s assessment of projected increases in overall revenues derived from the synergy of the combined service offerings, increased market penetration from the acquired customer base, and certain economies of scale. The consolidated financial statements include the results of operations and cash flows of companies acquired in business combinations from the acquisition date.

 

F-25


Table of Contents

On September 12, 2024, the Company acquired 100% of the equity interests of Veth Research Associates, LLC (“VRA”). VRA is a highly specialized firm operating in the U.S defense industry, known for its cutting-edge advancements in navigation and autonomous systems. The VRA acquisition was accounted for as a business combination in accordance with ASC Topic 805.

The fair value of consideration transferred to the seller for the VRA acquisition includes $6,510 of cash and 448,430 Class A units with an estimated fair value of $3,547. $3,933 of cash was paid at closing, $2,077 of cash was paid in January 2025 and $500 of cash was paid in January 2026. Therefore, the business combination related payable balance in accrued expenses and other current liabilities on the consolidated balance sheet at December 31, 2025 and 2024 was $500 and $2,577, respectively.

The following table summarizes the estimated fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed as of the date of the acquisition.

 

(In thousands)    Veth Research
Associates, LLC
 

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 916  

Accounts receivable

     236  

Other identifiable assets

     16  

Intangible assets, trade name

     158  

Intangible assets, developed technology

     1,232  

Intangible assets, customer relationships

     2,000  
  

 

 

 

Total identifiable assets

     4,558  

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

     (79 ) 
  

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     (79 ) 
  

 

 

 

Total identifiable net assets

     4,479  

Goodwill

     5,578  
  

 

 

 

Total fair value of consideration transferred

   $ 10,057  
  

 

 

 

Assets acquired and liabilities assumed were recognized at their estimated fair values as of September 12, 2024. The estimated fair value of the identified intangible assets was determined by the Company as of the closing date. The trade name and developed technology were valued using the relief-from-royalty method under the income approach. Under this method, the value that the owner of the asset receives from not having to pay a royalty fee is estimated, as the owner is relieved from paying such fees since it owns the intangible asset. Significant assumptions included estimated future revenues, royalty rates, tax rates, discount rates, and economic useful lives. The fair value of customer relationships was estimated using the multi-period excess earnings method, an income approach, which converts projected revenues and costs into cash flows. Significant assumptions used in the discounted cash flow analysis for customer relationships were the revenue growth rate, customer attrition rate, earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, and amortization (“EBITDA”), contributory asset charge, and the discount rate. The fair value of the trade name, developed technology and customer relationships intangible assets were determined to be $158, $1,232 and $2,000, respectively, and are being amortized over estimated useful lives of 4 years, 6 years and 8 years, respectively.

The goodwill recognized in the VRA acquisition was primarily attributable to the assembled workforce of VRA, synergies associated with the Company acquiring key intellectual property used in their unmanned aerial vehicle (“UAV”) products, and the potential for future technological development. Goodwill recognized is deductible for income tax purposes.

Acquisition costs incurred in business combinations were $264 for the year ended December 31, 2024. Acquisition costs were expensed as incurred and are included in selling, general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statement of operations.

 

F-26


Table of Contents

The results of operations of VRA have been included in the consolidated financial statements of the Company from September 12, 2024, the closing date of the acquisition. For the year ended December 31, 2024, the Company’s consolidated results of operations included $873 of VRA revenue. VRA is reported within the Company’s Tactical Systems segment.

Unaudited Pro Forma Financial Information

The following unaudited pro forma financial information summarizes the combined results of the Company and VRA as if the acquisition had occurred on January 1, 2024. The pro forma results have been prepared for comparative purposes only, and do not necessarily represent what the results of operations would have been had the acquisition been completed on January 1, 2024. In addition, these pro forma results are not intended to be a projection of future operating results and do not reflect synergies that might be achieved. The unaudited pro forma financial information includes adjustments for the pro forma impact of the allocation of the purchase price recognized in connection with the acquisition of VRA (as summarized above). These adjustments primarily relate to the impact of incremental amortization expense attributable to the acquired intangible assets.

 

(In thousands)    Year Ended
December 31, 2024
 

Pro forma total revenue

   $ 395,460  

Pro forma net income

   $ 80,851  

Tribe Aerospace

As part of the acquisition of Tribe Aerospace, LLC in 2022, the Company agreed to pay contingent consideration to the sellers for any EBITDA (as defined in the earnout arrangement) recognized over certain thresholds during the earnout period from 2022 through 2024.

The contingent consideration was settled using a combination of cash and Class A units based on converting a portion of each contingent payment to units at the fixed contractual price per unit.

During the year ended December 31, 2025, $61,650 of the $98,150 liability outstanding at December 31, 2024 was settled via the issuance of 7,786,951 Class A Units. On October 16, 2025, the Company and the sellers agreed that the final remaining amount due from the Company to the sellers is $40,972, which represented the remaining liability to be paid in cash (including accrued interest) in the following five installments: $5,000 that was paid on October 16, 2025, $5,243 (plus all additional accrued but unpaid interest on the outstanding balance) that was paid on December 15, 2025, and $10,243 (plus all additional accrued but unpaid interest on the outstanding balance) that were scheduled to be paid on each of February 28, 2026, May 31, 2026 and August 31, 2026. On December 22, 2025, the Company paid $30,729, plus additional accrued interest, to the sellers in full settlement of all remaining amounts due under the earnout arrangement. Interest accrued at 10% per annum.

During the year ended December 31, 2025, the contingent consideration liability was adjusted as follows:

 

(In thousands)    Balances at
December 31,
2024
     Change in
Fair Value
     Cash
Payments
    Fair Value of
Equity

Issued
    Balances at
December 31,
2025
 

Contingent consideration, current portion

   $ 10,243      $ —       $ (10,243 )    $ —      $ —   

Contingent consideration, net of current portion

     87,907        2,435        (28,692 )      (61,650 )      —   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liability

   $ 98,150      $ 2,435      $ (38,935 )    $ (61,650 )    $ —   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-27


Table of Contents

The change in fair value of the liability represents accretion of the discounted liability outstanding during the year ended December 31, 2025.

During the year ended December 31, 2024, the contingent consideration liability was adjusted as follows:

 

(In thousands)    Balances at
December 31,
2023
     Change in Fair
Value
    Cash
Payments
    Fair Value of
Equity
Issued
    Balances at
December 31,
2024
 

Contingent consideration, current portion

   $ 45,914      $ 12,985     $ (48,656 )    $ —      $ 10,243  

Contingent consideration, net of current portion

     239,464        (74,584 )      —        (76,973 )      87,907  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liability

   $ 285,378      $ (61,599 )    $ (48,656 )    $ (76,973 )    $ 98,150  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The change in fair value represents the decrease in the estimated 2024 earnout liability based on actual EBITDA recognized for the year ended December 31, 2024, partially offset by the change in the estimated fair value of the Class A units to be issued upon settlement of the 2024 earnout period. The decrease in the estimated 2024 earnout liability during the year ended December 31, 2024 was primarily due to 2024 actual EBITDA being less than forecast. This shortfall was primarily due to the timing of customer funding and deliveries under the Company’s largest program moving from 2024 to future periods that are beyond the end of the earnout arrangement.

 

4.

Inventories

Inventories consisted of the following as of December 31, 2025 and 2024:

 

(In thousands)    December 31,  
     2025      2024  

Parts and raw materials

   $ 2,224      $ 3,076  

Work in progress

     1,910        5,939  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total inventories, net

   $ 4,134      $ 9,015  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Work in progress contains $0 and $3,410 of aircraft being modified for future sale or lease as of December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively. Inventory balances are net of the reserves for slow moving, excess or obsolete inventories of $1,822 and $2,270 at December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively.

5. Prepaid Expenses and Other Current Assets

Prepaid expenses and other current assets consisted of the following as of December 31, 2025 and 2024:

 

(In thousands)    December 31,  
     2025      2024  

Vendor prepayments

   $ 15,361      $ —   

Deferred offering costs

     3,842        —   

Other

     4,276        3,890  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total prepaid expenses and other current assets

   $ 23,479      $ 3,890  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-28


Table of Contents
6.

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment consisted of the following as of December 31, 2025 and 2024:

 

(In thousands)    December 31,  
     2025      2024  

Aircraft held for lease

   $ 8,594      $ 9,610  

Furniture and equipment

     15,052        13,919  

Leasehold improvements

     4,986        3,218  

Assets not yet placed in service

     578        1,091  

Computers and software

     6,091        4,475  

Vehicles

     961        918  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total property and equipment

     36,262        33,231  

Less: accumulated depreciation

     (16,676 )       (12,106 ) 
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total property and equipment, net

   $ 19,586      $ 21,125  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Depreciation expense was $4,564 and $2,958 for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively. Accumulated depreciation for aircraft held for lease was $1,178 and $1,120 as of December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively. Depreciation expense recorded for aircraft held for lease in the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024 was $58 and $0, respectively, as the aircraft were not in service during 2024 while undergoing improvements to further extend their useful lives.

 

7.

Intangible Assets and Goodwill

Intangible assets consisted of the following as of December 31, 2025 and 2024:

 

     December 31, 2025  
(In thousands)    Weighted
Average
Useful Life
     Gross
Carrying
Amount
     Accumulated
Amortization
     Net Carrying
Amount
 

Customer relationships

     12.7 years      $ 202,100      $ (91,850 )     $ 110,250  

Technology

     5.6 years        2,084        (327 )       1,757  

Trade names

     4.0 years        158        (51 )       107  
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total intangible assets

      $ 204,342      $ (92,228 )     $ 112,114  
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     December 31, 2024  
(In thousands)    Weighted
Average
Useful Life
     Gross
Carrying
Amount
     Accumulated
Amortization
     Net Carrying
Amount
 

Customer relationships

     12.7 years      $ 202,100      $ (75,548 )     $ 126,552  

Technology

     6.0 years        1,232        (62 )       1,170  

Trade names

     4.0 years        158        (12 )       146  
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total intangible assets

      $ 203,490      $ (75,622 )     $ 127,868  
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Amortization expense related to finite-lived intangible assets was $16,606 and $18,119 for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively. Future amortization expense is estimated to be $16,717 in 2026, $16,717 in 2027, $15,670 in 2028, $15,249 in 2029, $15,126 in 2030, and $32,635 thereafter.

 

F-29


Table of Contents

The following table presents changes in the carrying amount of goodwill by reportable segment for the year ended December 31, 2024. There were no changes in the carrying amount of goodwill by reportable segment for the year ended December 31, 2025.

 

(In thousands)    Tactical
Systems
     Global
Solutions
     Total  

Balance at January 1, 2024

   $ 286,750      $ —       $ 286,750  

VRA Acquisition

     5,578        —         5,578  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2024

   $ 292,328      $ —       $ 292,328  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The carrying amounts of goodwill at December 31, 2025 and 2024 were net of accumulated impairment losses of $5,371 and $52,906 for the Tactical Systems and Global Solutions reportable segments, respectively.

 

8.

Accrued Expenses and Other Current Liabilities

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities consisted of the following as of December 31, 2025 and 2024:

 

(In thousands)

   December 31,  
     2025      2024  

Payroll and related expenses

   $ 9,089      $ 6,490  

Contract costs

     7,299        1,030  

Professional services

     3,435        722  

Business combination related payable

     500        2,577  

Other

     1,437        1,938  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total accrued expenses and other current liabilities

   $ 21,760      $ 12,757  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

9.

Debt

The Company had the following debt outstanding as of December 31, 2025 and 2024:

 

(In thousands)    December 31,  
     2025      2024  

Term Loans

   $ 259,135      $ 261,855  

Revolving Credit Facility

     —         —   

Less: unamortized debt issuance costs

     (635 )       (1,438 ) 
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total debt

   $ 258,500      $ 260,417  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Credit Agreement

On March 18, 2020 the Company entered into a Credit Agreement (as amended by Amendment No. 1 to Credit Agreement, dated as of October 28, 2020, Amendment No. 2 to Credit Agreement, dated as of May 7, 2021, Amendment No. 3 to Credit Agreement, dated as of May 15, 2023, Amendment No. 4 to Credit Agreement, dated as of April 30, 2024 and Amendment No. 5 to Credit Agreement, dated as of September 15, 2025, the “Credit Agreement”) with a syndicate of lenders, Ankura Trust Company, LLC, as administrative agent and PNC Bank, National Association as revolving agent and collateral agent.

The Credit Agreement provides for a senior secured term loan facility (the “Term Loan”) in an original aggregate principal amount of $325,000. The Credit Agreement also provides for a super priority senior secured revolving credit facility in an aggregate principal amount of $25,000 (the “Revolving Credit Facility” and, together with the Term Loan, the “Credit Facilities”). The Revolving Credit Facility includes a $5,000 sublimit for the issuance of letters of credit. As of December 31, 2025, $24,515 is available to be borrowed under the Revolving Credit Facility and the unused letters of credit are $4,515.

 

F-30


Table of Contents

The Term Loans bear interest at a rate equal to (i) 5.00% plus the base rate equal to the highest of (w) the prime rate, (x) the Federal funds open rate plus 0.50% per annum and (y) a daily Term SOFR rate based on an interest period of one month plus 1.00% per annum or (ii) Term SOFR plus 6.00% per annum subject to a 1.00% Term SOFR floor. The Revolving Credit Facility bears interest at a rate that corresponds to the most recent first lien net leverage ratio calculation. As of December 31, 2025, the interest rate was 9.92% for the Term Loans and 9.75% for the Revolving Credit Facility. As of December 31, 2024, the interest rate was 10.57% for the Term Loans and 10.25% for the Revolving Credit Facility.

In addition to paying interest on loans outstanding under the Term Loan and the Revolving Credit Facility, the Company is required to pay a commitment fee of 0.50% per annum of unused commitments under the Revolving Credit Facility. The Company is also required to pay customary fronting, issuance, and administrative fees for the issuance of letters of credit.

The borrowings are guaranteed and secured by substantially all assets of the Company and its subsidiaries. The Company is required to comply with a maximum consolidated first lien net leverage ratio. As of December 31, 2025 and 2024, the Company was in compliance with the covenants in the Credit Agreement.

Term Loan principal payments of $680 (0.25% of the aggregate amount borrowed) are due on the last business day of each quarter. A mandatory prepayment of principal may be due after the end of each fiscal year if the Company has Excess Cash Flow, as defined in the Credit Agreement. A mandatory prepayment of principal may be due upon the receipt of net proceeds from a casualty event or from certain nonordinary course dispositions in excess of $2,500 individually or $5,000 in the aggregate in any one fiscal year.

On September 15, 2025, the Company amended the Credit Agreement to (a) extend the maturity date of the Term Loans and the Revolving Credit Facility from March 18, 2026, to March 18, 2028 and (b) modify the financial covenant to a consolidated first lien net leverage ratio of 9.00x tested quarterly starting with the quarter ended September 30, 2025.

Future principal maturities of debt are due as follows:

 

(In thousands)       

Year ending December 31, 2026

   $ 2,720  

Year ending December 31, 2027

     2,720  

March 18, 2028

     253,695  
  

 

 

 

Total debt maturities

   $ 259,135  
  

 

 

 

Loan Authorization Agreement

On October 9, 2025, a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company entered into a Loan Authorization Agreement with the Bank of Montreal from which the Company may from time to time request loans and letters of credit in an aggregate principal amount of $60,000. The loans bear interest at a rate equal to the greater of (i) the prime rate minus 0.25% per annum and (ii) Term SOFR plus a credit spread adjustment of 0.15% and margin of 2.75% per annum, subject to a floor of 0.00%. The loans are payable on demand and the Company has 15 days to honor any demand for payment. Further, the availability of loans and letters of credit will automatically terminate on demand. The Company may make principal payments on the loans at any time and in any amount without premium or penalty. Interest on the loans is computed at a variable rate, which may change daily, and is payable quarterly. The loans are guaranteed by funds affiliated with Madison Dearborn Partners, LLC, the Company’s equity sponsor. During November and December 2025, the Company borrowed $20,000 under the Loan Authorization Agreement. Subsequently, during December 2025, the Company repaid the $20,000 previously borrowed under the Loan Authorization Agreement. As of December 31, 2025, $60,000 is available to be borrowed under the Loan Authorization Agreement.

 

F-31


Table of Contents
10.

Leases

Leases as Lessee

The Company leases buildings, warehouses, and office facilities. The lease terms are generally between 1 to 5 years. The Company has the option to extend the term of its leases for certain warehouses; however, these extension options have not been included in determining the Company’s operating lease liabilities and related ROU assets as the Company is not reasonably certain to exercise these options.

The following table presents components of lease expense recognized during the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024:

 

(In thousands)    Year Ended
December 31,
 
     2025      2024  

Operating lease cost

   $ 3,810      $ 3,715  

Short-term lease cost

     316        170  

Variable lease cost

     196        277  

Sub-lessor lease income

     (38 )       (154 ) 
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total lease cost

   $ 4,284      $ 4,008  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Supplemental cash flow information for the year ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, was as follows:

 

(In thousands)    Year Ended
December 31,
 
     2025      2024  

Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of lease liabilities:

     

Operating cash flows from operating leases

   $ 3,819      $ 3,537  

ROU assets obtained in exchange for new lease liabilities:

     

Operating leases

   $ 915      $ 305  

The weighted-average remaining lease term and weighted-average discount rate as of December 31, 2025 and 2024, were as follows:

 

     December 31,  
     2025     2024  

Weighted-average remaining lease term (years):

    

Operating leases

     2.5       3.1  

Weighted-average discount rate:

    

Operating leases

     7.1 %      7.3 % 

 

F-32


Table of Contents

The table below reconciles the undiscounted future minimum lease payments under non-cancelable operating leases with terms of more than one year to the total operating liabilities recognized on the consolidated balance sheet at December 31, 2025:

 

(In thousands)       

2026

   $ 3,871  

2027

     2,959  

2028

     1,551  

2029

     373  

2030

     125  
  

 

 

 

Total future minimum lease payments

     8,879  

Imputed interest

     (753 ) 
  

 

 

 

Present value of operating lease liabilities

   $ 8,126  
  

 

 

 

Related Parties

The Company has certain leases whereby it rents warehouse and hangar space with entities owned by management or members of the Company. These leases range in terms from month-to-month agreements, to having expiration dates through March 2028. Total payments made to these related parties were approximately $1,629 and $2,066 during the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively. Total lease cost related to these leases was $1,627 and $2,100 during the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively. The following table presents the ROU assets and lease liabilities recognized as of December 31, 2025 and 2024 related to these leases with related parties:

 

(In thousands)    December 31,  
     2025      2024  

Operating lease ROU assets

   $ 2,188      $ 3,940  

Operating lease liabilities

     1,070        1,237  

Operating lease liabilities, net of current portion

     1,228        2,854  

In addition to the related party leases discussed above, refer to Note 16 for discussion of a related party lease with a consolidated VIE.

Leases as Lessor

The Company leases one aircraft in property and equipment to a third-party lessee under two sequential operating lease agreements. The term of the first lease is two years. The term of the second lease is seven years, which begins after the conclusion of the first lease and after the Company has completed a structural overhaul of the aircraft. The leases are combined into a single contract for accounting purposes because (1) they were negotiated at the same time and (2) they share a commercial objective. The individual leases within the combined contract are treated as individual lease components. Nonlease components within the combined contract are composed of maintenance costs for periodic engine and propeller replacements. The nonlease components are accounted for under ASC 606 and are recognized as revenue at the point in time that control of the replacement engines and propellers is transferred to the customer.

The rental revenue for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024 was $58 and $299, respectively, of which $26 and $183 was from variable consideration. The receivable balance due as of December 31, 2025 and 2024 was $62 and $0, respectively.

 

F-33


Table of Contents

Maturity Analysis of Lease Payments to be Received as Lessor

As of December 31, 2025, the undiscounted cash flows to be received from lease payments of the aircraft operating lease on an annual basis for the next five years and thereafter are as follows:

 

(In thousands)       

2026

   $ 566  

2027

     559  

2028

     480  

2029

     481  

2030

     486  

Thereafter

     938  
  

 

 

 

Total undiscounted cash flows

   $ 3,510  
  

 

 

 

 

11.

Commitments and Contingencies

Government Regulation

The Company is subject to various state and federal laws and regulations, which, among other things, impose limits on interest rate charges and insurance premiums and require licensing and other qualifications.

Litigation

Viking

Ikhana Group LLC (Ikhana), a wholly owned subsidiary acquired by the Company in 2020, previously entered into a Data License Agreement (“DLA”) with Viking Aircraft Ltd. (“Viking”), which authorized Ikhana to access, use, copy and create derivatives of defined Viking data for Ikhana’s development of specific aircraft modifications. On June 23, 2023, Viking informed Ikhana and the Company that it intended to terminate the DLA based on Ikhana and the Company’s alleged misuse of certain Viking data. On July 17, 2023, Ikhana filed a complaint in the United States District Court for the Southern District of California against Viking. Ikhana complaint asserted three causes of action related to Viking’s purported termination of the DLA. On August 25, 2023, Viking filed its answer to the complaint and asserted seven of its own counterclaims against Ikhana and the Company, including for alleged breaches of DLA and misuse of Viking’s trade secrets and trademarks. On the same day, Viking filed a motion for preliminary injunction against Ikhana and the Company. That motion sought, among other things, to have Ikhana withdraw a pending application with the Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) to amend one of its supplemental aircraft type certificates. On September 15, 2023, Ikhana amended its complaint to assert against Viking an antitrust claim under Section 2 of the Sherman Act. On November 7, 2023, following briefing on the matter, the court partially granted Viking motion for preliminary injunction. Following extended negotiations, the parties entered into a confidential settlement agreement resolving the litigation. The Court dismissed the litigation on June 18, 2024. As a result of the confidential settlement agreement, after a specified transition period the Company can no longer use the defined Viking data or perform specific aircraft modifications. Accordingly, the Company wrote off $4,760 of inventory used to perform aircraft modifications with the recognition of an inventory obsolescence charge during the year ended December 31, 2024.

In connection with the resolution of the litigation in the Southern District of California, Viking agreed to acquire a portfolio of Supplemental Type Certificates owned by Ikhana or its affiliated entities (the “STC Portfolio”). The parties were unable to reach an agreement on the price of the STC Portfolio through direct negotiations and instead elected to submit the matter to binding arbitration. On December 17, 2024, the parties submitted an official Notice of Intent to Arbitrate.

In June 2025, the arbitrator determined the purchase price of the STC Portfolio to be $7,605. Pursuant to the STC Transfer Agreement, Viking paid Ikhana $6,844 at closing with the balance of $761 to be held in escrow for one year from closing

 

F-34


Table of Contents

for certain liabilities, obligations and claims. As a result, during the year ended December 31, 2025, the Company recognized as other income a gain on sale of the STC Portfolio of $6,844, which represents the portion of the purchase price that has been realized as of December 31, 2025.

Other

The Company may be subject to various claims and legal proceedings that arise in the ordinary course of its business activities. Management believes that any liability that may ultimately result from the resolution of these matters will not have a material effect on the financial condition or results of operations of the Company.

Costs associated with the Company’s involvement in legal proceedings are expensed as incurred.

Government Rate Filings

At the beginning of each year, the Company files its provisional billing rates with the U.S. Government. The Company uses these rates for billing purposes throughout the fiscal year. Within six months of its fiscal year-end, the Company files an Incurred Cost Proposal with the U.S. Government which details its actual costs and actual rates incurred for that year. The Company will then be notified by the government at some time in the future, which may be up to six years later, that the indirect rates have either been accepted by the government or that the government intends to conduct an incurred cost audit. Both options will eventually result in a final indirect rate letter that the Company must approve and sign off on with the government. Once that process has been completed, the Company will apply those approved rates to contracts that require being closed out (i.e., issuance of a final invoice) which may result in an amount owed to or due from the government. The Company has recorded an estimated rate impact in the accompanying consolidated financial statements. As of December 31, 2025 and 2024, the estimated rate reserve was $142 and $384, respectively, which is recorded in deferred revenue in the consolidated balance sheets.

 

12.

Retirement Plans

The Company maintains a qualified 401(k) deferred compensation plan (the “Plan”). All employees are eligible to participate in the Plan. The Plan provides for discretionary Company matching contributions. The Company’s contributions to the Plan were $2,761 and $2,458 for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively.

 

13.

Income Taxes

The Company is structured as a partnership and therefore is generally not subject to income taxes. Income taxes resulting from its operations are the responsibility of its members. The Company has wholly owned operating subsidiaries which are regarded corporations, subject to U.S. federal, state, and foreign taxes for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024.

(Loss) income before income taxes for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024 consisted of the following:

 

(In thousands)    Year Ended December 31,  
     2025      2024  

United States

   $ (16,609 )     $ 78,930  

Foreign

     —         26  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

(Loss) income before income taxes

   $ (16,609 )     $ 78,956  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The provision for income taxes for operating subsidiaries taxed as C corporations was $171 and $363 during the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively.

 

F-35


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes the differences between the reported provision for income taxes and income tax expense at the United States statutory rate of 21% as of December 31, 2025:

 

(In thousands)    Year Ended December 31, 2025  
      Amount        Rate   

Income tax expense at federal statutory rate

   $ (3,488 )       21.0 % 

State and local income taxes, net of federal tax benefit *

     41        (0.2 )% 

Change in valuation allowance

     392        (2.4 )% 

Effect of flow-through entity

     3,148        (19.0 )% 

Other

     78        (0.5 )% 
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income tax expense

   $ 171        (1.1 )% 
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

*

State taxes in Virginia made up the majority (greater than 50%) of the tax effect in this category

The following table summarizes the differences between the reported provision for income taxes and income tax expense at the United States statutory rate of 21% as of December 31, 2024:

 

(In thousands)    Year Ended
December 31, 2024
 

Income tax expense at federal statutory rate

   $ 16,580  

State and local income taxes, net of federal tax benefit

     (108 ) 

Effect of flow-through entity

     (17,170 ) 

Foreign tax effects

     1  

Change in valuation allowance

     800  

Other, net

     260  
  

 

 

 

Income tax expense

   $ 363  
  

 

 

 

The provision for income taxes for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024 consisted of the following:

 

(In thousands)    Year Ended December 31,  
      2025        2024   

Current

     

U.S. federal

   $ 70      $ 139  

State

     (43 )       (45 ) 

Foreign

     —         9  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current

     27        103  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Deferred

     

U.S. federal

     95        178  

State

     49        82  

Foreign

     —         —   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total deferred

     144        260  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Provision for income taxes

   $ 171      $ 363  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-36


Table of Contents

Significant components of the deferred income tax assets and liabilities at December 31, 2025 and 2024 were as follows:

 

(In thousands)    December 31,  
     2025      2024  

Deferred income tax assets:

     

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

   $ 227      $ 244  

R&D costs

     —         860  

Intangible assets

     110        —   

Lease liabilities

     134        143  

NOL and tax credit carryforwards

     1,436        783  

Interest deduction carryforwards

     1,053        781  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total deferred income tax assets

     2,960        2,811  

Less: valuation allowance

     (2,907 )       (2,431 ) 
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total deferred income tax assets, net

   $ 53      $ 380  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Deferred income tax liabilities:

     

Intangible assets

   $ —       $ (140 ) 

ROU assets

     (127 )       (135 ) 

Property and equipment

     (16 )       (51 ) 
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total deferred income tax liabilities

     (143 )       (326 ) 
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net deferred income tax (liabilities) assets

   $ (90 )     $ 54  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total income taxes paid (refunded) were $(83) and $67 during the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively. These represent state income tax payments, as no U.S. federal or foreign payments were made.

Income taxes paid during the year ended December 31, 2025 that exceeded 5 percent of total income taxes paid (net of refunds received) in the following jurisdictions were as follows:

 

(In thousands)

   Year Ended
December 31, 2025
 

California

   $ 29  

Texas

     24  

Virginia

     (137 ) 

Other

     1  
  

 

 

 

Total income taxes paid (refunded)

   $ (83 ) 
  

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2025, the Company has $406 of state net operating loss (“NOL”) carryforwards that expire between 2041 – 2044 and $158 of non-US NOL carryforwards that will expire between 2032 – 2044. As of December 31, 2025, the Company also has $5,365 of U.S. federal and $3,545 of state NOL carryforwards that do not expire. As of December 31, 2025, the Company has $90 of state credit carryforwards that do not expire.

Management assessed the available positive and negative evidence to estimate whether sufficient future taxable income will be generated by the regarded corporations to permit use of the existing deferred tax assets. A significant piece of objective negative evidence evaluated was the cumulative loss incurred at the regarded corporations over the three-year period ended December 31, 2025. Such objective evidence limits the ability to consider other subjective evidence, such as the Company’s projections for future profitability. On the basis of this evaluation, as of December 31, 2025 and 2024, a valuation allowance of $2,907 and $2,431, respectively, has been recorded to recognize only the portion of the deferred tax assets that is more likely than not to be realized. The valuation allowance recorded is primarily related to U.S. federal deferred tax assets that are not expected to

 

F-37


Table of Contents

be realized. The amount of the deferred tax assets considered realizable, however, could be adjusted if additional objectively verifiable positive evidence materializes in future reporting periods, such as a demonstrated operating profitability. The following table presents the change in the valuation allowance for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024:

 

(In thousands)

   December 31,  
     2025      2024  

Beginning balance

   $ 2,431      $ 1,631  

Change in valuation allowance in tax expense

     476        800  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Ending balance

   $ 2,907      $ 2,431  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Company accounts for uncertainty in income taxes in accordance with ASC Subtopic 740-10. The Company recognizes the tax benefit from an uncertain tax position only if it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained upon examination by taxing authorities, based on the technical merits of the position. The tax benefits recognized in the consolidated financial statements are measured based on the largest benefit that has a greater than fifty percent likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement. The Company did not have unrecognized tax benefits as of December 31, 2025 or 2024.

The Company files tax returns in the U.S. federal and state jurisdictions. The Company is no longer subject to U.S. federal examinations by the Internal Revenue Service for years before 2022 and is no longer subject to examinations by state authorities before 2021.

 

14.

Incentive Units

The following table summarizes Incentive Units activity during the year ended December 31, 2025:

 

     Incentive
Units
 

Outstanding – December 31, 2024

     5,725,164  

Granted

     2,100,000  

Forfeited

     (441,168 ) 

Repurchased

     (253,498 ) 
  

 

 

 

Outstanding – December 31, 2025

     7,130,498  
  

 

 

 

Vested – December 31, 2025

     3,666,580  

Authorized – December 31, 2025

     7,479,111  

The compensation expense related to the Incentive Units recognized during the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024 was $1,377 and $152, respectively.

 

15.

Segment Information

The Company’s chief operating decision making officer (“CODM”) is the Company’s Chief Executive Officer. Effective October 2025, the Company’s CODM reevaluated how the Company measures performance and allocates resources, and modified the Company’s internal reporting, budgeting and forecasting and the responsibilities of his direct reports. As a result, the Company’s Aircraft Modification & Integration business was combined with the Company’s Global Solutions business and they now constitute a single Global Solutions operating and reportable segment. The Company’s Tactical Systems segment remains unchanged. Consistent with how the Company evaluates its performance and the way the Company is now organized internally, the Company reports its activities in two segments: i) Tactical Systems, and ii) Global Solutions. The segment information presented below conforms with these two reportable segments, which are organized based on the nature of the Company’s products and services offered.

 

F-38


Table of Contents

The CODM uses revenue and Segment Adjusted EBITDA to assess segment performance, to make decisions regarding the allocation of capital and other investments, and to monitor budget versus actual results. The CODM considers budget-to-actual variances on a quarterly basis for both revenue and Segment Adjusted EBITDA when making decisions about allocating capital and personnel to the segments and when assessing performance of the segments. Total segment expenses in the aggregate are regularly reported to the CODM and are comprised of cost of revenue, selling, general and administrative expenses, and R&D expenses, excluding depreciation expense. The CODM does not regularly review assets by segment. Therefore, the Company does not disclose assets by segment.

The Company defines Segment Adjusted EBITDA as net income (loss) before certain unallocated Corporate expenses, interest income and expense, income tax expense (benefit), depreciation and amortization expense, other income (expense), changes in the fair value of contingent consideration liabilities, IPO-related costs, asset impairments, business acquisition costs, and restructuring costs, as well as certain non-recurring items.

Financial information for each reportable segment is as follows for the year ended December 31, 2025:

 

(In thousands)    Tactical
Systems
     Global
Solutions
     Total
Segments
 

Total segment revenue

   $ 321,995      $ 110,938      $ 432,933  

Total segment expenses

     283,787        102,766        386,553  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Segment Adjusted EBITDA

   $ 38,208      $ 8,172        46,380  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Less unallocated amounts:

        

Corporate(1)

           (8,802 ) 

Interest expense

           (32,346 ) 

Interest income

           699  

Change in contingent consideration

           (2,435 ) 

Depreciation and amortization

           (21,369 ) 

Other income, net{2)

           6,841  

IPO-related costs

           (3,398 ) 

Other{3)

           (2,179 ) 
        

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes

         $ (16,609 ) 
        

 

 

 

 

(1)

Corporate primarily consists of costs related to executive and staff functions, including the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Operating Officer, Information Technology, Human Resources, Legal, Finance, Business Development, Corporate Development, and Administration, which benefit the enterprise as a whole.

(2)

Other income, net includes a $6,844 gain related to a non-recurring legal settlement. Refer to Note 11 for further discussion.

(3)

Other includes $1,593 of legal expenses related to the legal settlement discussed in (2) above and $586 of marketing expenses related to the rebranding of the Company.

 

F-39


Table of Contents

Financial information for each reportable segment is as follows for the year ended December 31, 2024:

 

(In thousands)    Tactical Systems      Global Solutions      Total Segments  

Total segment revenue

   $ 298,189      $ 94,003      $ 392,192  

Total segment expenses

     213,743        96,706        310,449  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Segment Adjusted EBITDA

   $ 84,446      $ (2,703 )       81,743  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Less unallocated amounts:

        

Corporate(1)

           (4,731 ) 

Interest expense

           (29,584 ) 

Interest income

           1,436  

Change in contingent consideration

           61,599  

Depreciation and amortization

           (21,342 ) 

Other income, net

           129  

Business acquisition costs

           (264 ) 

Restructuring – severance

           (147 ) 

Other{2)

           (9,883 ) 
        

 

 

 

Income before income taxes

         $ 78,956  
        

 

 

 

 

(1)

Corporate primarily consists of costs related to executive and staff functions, including the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Operating Officer, Information Technology, Human Resources, Legal, Finance, Business Development, Corporate Development, and Administration, which benefit the enterprise as a whole.

(2)

Other includes (i) $3,796 of business process improvement costs, and (ii) $1,327 of legal fees and a $4,760 inventory obsolescence charge related to a non-recurring legal settlement. Refer to Note 11 for further discussion.

Substantially all of the Company’s long-lived tangible assets were in the United States as of December 31, 2025 and 2024.

 

16.

Variable Interest Entity

In 2022 the Company entered into an arrangement with a related party to lease an aircraft, for the purpose of performing specified R&D activities. The VIE is a related party because it is owned by management or members of the Company. The Company concluded that it held an implicit variable interest in the entity through the rental agreement and that it met the requirements for consolidation pursuant to the VIE sub-sections of ASC 810. The Company consolidated the VIE because it is the primary beneficiary, having the power to direct the activities that most significantly affect the VIE’s economic performance. Additionally, the Company has the obligation to absorb losses that could be significant to the VIE through implied obligations resulting from the lease arrangement, specifically the indeterminate nature of the lease term, and the nature of the related party relationship. The VIE’s principal asset, the aircraft, can only be used to settle the obligations of the VIE.

The original lease term was 1-year with automatic 6-month renewal options thereafter. During 2025, the Company and the VIE agreed that the lease term will expire on March 31, 2026 but shall automatically renew for successive 6-month terms, unless either party provides written termination notice. The lease may be terminated by either party at any time, for any reason. The lease does not contain a residual value guarantee and the Company is not obligated to provide any financial support to the VIE other than the lease payments. The Company does not have an equity interest in the VIE. As a result, the non-controlling interest reported in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets represents the net assets of the VIE, and the net income of the VIE is reported in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations as being attributable to the non-controlling interest. Total payments made to the VIE were approximately $300 during each of the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024. Total costs related to the lease, which were eliminated in consolidation, were $300 during each of the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024. The Company did not make any payments to the VIE that were not a result of the lease arrangement. The VIE made distributions totaling $270 and $395 to its members during the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively.

 

F-40


Table of Contents

As a result of the aircraft becoming available to sell in its present condition in October 2025 and all of the other held for sale criteria having been met, the aircraft was determined to be held for sale for accounting purposes. Accordingly, during October 2025 the Company reclassified the aircraft from property and equipment to asset held for sale in the Company’s consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2025 (and as of December 31, 2024 for comparability purposes) and ceased depreciation. No loss was recognized to measure the aircraft at the lower of its carrying value or fair value less costs to sell. The Company’s consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2025 and 2024 include the following assets of the VIE. The VIE did not have any outstanding obligations as of December 31, 2025 or 2024:

 

(In thousands)    December 31,  
     2025      2024  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 205      $ 171  

Aircraft held for sale, net (net of accumulated depreciation of $928 and $729)

     4,376        4,574  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 4,581      $ 4,745  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Depreciation expense related to the aircraft held for sale was $199 and $265 for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively.

17. Series A Preferred Units

In December 2025, the Company entered into a Unit Purchase Agreement with two investors pursuant to which the Company issued 100,000 Series A preferred units for aggregate cash proceeds of $100,000. The transaction closed in December 2025, at which time the investors executed a joinder to the Limited Liability Company Agreement (the “LLC Agreement”) and became members of the Company. Contemporaneously with the closing of the Unit Purchase Agreement, the Company amended and restated its LLC Agreement to confer the agreed upon rights and obligations to the holders of the Series A preferred units.

Under the LLC Agreement, the Series A preferred units accrue a preferred return at a rate of 5.0% per annum through June 4, 2027, compounding annually. The preferred return is added to each holder’s Series A preferred capital and included in the unreturned Series A preferred capital balance. If a qualified public offering has not occurred prior to June 4, 2027 then the preferred return rate increases to 8% for the next 12-month period, with an additional 1% increase in the preferred return rate on June 4, 2028 and June 4, 2029. Holders of Series A preferred units have a liquidation and dividend preference over all other unitholders, until they have received all accrued returns and return of the initial capital.

The Series A preferred units also provide holders with certain conversion rights. Upon the occurrence of a liquidity event, the Series A preferred investors may elect to convert all outstanding Series A preferred units into Class A units at a conversion price determined by reference to 80% of the fair market value of a Class A unit. In a liquidity event, which would include a qualified public offering, the Series A preferred unitholders are not eligible to receive the preferred return and the conversion shares are calculated by dividing any unreturned capital contributions by 80% of the initial public offering price. The right to convert upon various liquidity events, including a qualified public offering, represents an embedded derivative required to be accounted for separately from the Series A preferred units and remeasured at fair value at each reporting date, with the changes in fair value recorded through earnings.

Beginning on the fifth anniversary of issuance, the Series A preferred investors may require the Company to redeem all outstanding Series A preferred units for cash at their liquidation value, subject to applicable legal and contractual restrictions (the “Investor Put Right”).

The Company also has the right, at its discretion, to redeem all or a portion of the outstanding Series A preferred units: (i) at any time between December 4, 2027 and June 1, 2030, or (ii) at any time on or after June 1, 2031.

 

F-41


Table of Contents

The redemption price per Series A preferred unit is determined formulaically based on the liquidation value at the time and the date of redemption, as follows:

 

  •  

on or before December 4, 2028, the redemption price is 102% of the liquidation value of each Series A preferred unit being redeemed.

 

  •  

after December 4, 2028 but on or before December 4, 2029, the redemption price is 101% of the liquidation value of each Series A preferred unit being redeemed.

 

  •  

on or after December 4, 2029, the redemption price is equal to the liquidation value of each Series A preferred unit being redeemed.

If any required redemption is delayed beyond 180 days due to applicable restrictions, the Series A preferred rate increases to 15% per annum. Following a public offering, holders are entitled to short-form demand registration rights.

Except as specifically provided in the LLC Agreement, the Series A preferred units do not confer general voting rights.

The Series A preferred units are classified as mezzanine equity in the consolidated balance sheet because they are redeemable at the option of the holders, pursuant to the Investor Put Right. The $100,000 fair value at issuance (net of $80 of issuance costs) was allocated between the Series A preferred units and the embedded derivative, with the net proceeds first allocated to the derivative at its estimated fair value of $19,999 and the remainder of $79,921 allocated to the Series A preferred units. As of December 31, 2025, the Company increased the carrying value of the Series A preferred units to $80,371, which represents their maximum redemption value ($1 per unit, plus the preferred return of $370 for the year ended December 31, 2025), less the estimated fair value of the embedded derivative. This resulted in the $450 increase in the carrying value of the Series A preferred units since issuance, with a corresponding decrease in members’ equity.

18. Subsequent Events

The Company has evaluated subsequent events through March 23, 2026, which is the date that these consolidated financial statements were available to be issued.

Series A Preferred Units

On February 9, 2026, the Company entered into a Unit Purchase Agreement with Radz Capital AEVEX Holdings Inc., pursuant to which the Company issued 14,067 Series A Preferred units under the LLC Agreement for aggregate cash proceeds of $14,067. The transaction closed during February 2026. On March 12, 2026, the Company entered into a Unit Purchase Agreement with Radz Capital AEVEX Holdings Inc., pursuant to which the Company issued 1,275 Series A Preferred units under the LLC Agreement for aggregate cash proceeds of $1,275. The transaction closed during March 2026. Mr. Raduenz, Executive Chairman of the Company, is the President of Radz Capital AEVEX Holdings Inc.

Class A Units and Incentive Units

During February 2026, the Company reached an agreement with a former employee to: i) pay $1,086 for the repurchase of vested Incentive Units pursuant to the terms of the Incentive Equity Agreement which permits the Company to repurchase such shares within 12 months of an employee’s termination date, and ii) pay $1,048 for the employee’s Class A units. The $1,048 was paid in February 2026 and the $1,086 is due to be paid by October 31, 2026.

 

F-42


Table of Contents
 
 

16,000,000 Shares

AEVEX Corp.

Class A Common Stock

 

LOGO

Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC

BofA Securities

Jefferies

J.P. Morgan

RBC Capital Markets

Baird

William Blair

Raymond James

Needham & Company

Academy Securities

Capital One Securities

PNC Capital Markets LLC

 

 

Through and including    , 2026 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to a dealer’s obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to an unsold allotment or subscription.

 

 

 
 


Table of Contents

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution

The following table sets forth all costs and expenses, other than the underwriting discounts and commissions payable by us, in connection with the offer and sale of the securities being registered. All amounts shown are estimates except for the Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, registration fee and the FINRA filing fee.

 

     Amount to be Paid  

SEC registration fee

   $ 53,362  

FINRA filing fee

     58,460  

NYSE listing fee

     325,000  

Printing expenses

     400,000  

Legal fees and expenses

     5,500,000  

Accounting fees and expenses

     6,700,000  

Transfer agent fees and registrar fees

     5,000  

Miscellaneous expenses

     1,958,178  
  

 

 

 

Total expenses

   $ 15,000,000  
  

 

 

 

Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers

Section 102(b)(7) of the DGCL allows a corporation to provide in its certificate of incorporation that a director of the corporation will not be personally liable to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director or officer, except where the director or officer breached the duty of loyalty, failed to act in good faith, engaged in intentional misconduct, knowingly violated a law, authorized the payment of a dividend or approved a stock repurchase in violation of Delaware corporate law or obtained an improper personal benefit. Our certificate of incorporation will provide for this limitation of liability.

Section 145 of the DGCL (“Section 145”) provides that a Delaware corporation may indemnify any person who was, is or is threatened to be made party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of such corporation), by reason of the fact that such person is or was an officer, director, employee or agent of such corporation or is or was serving at the request of such corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or enterprise. The indemnity may include expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding, provided such person acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the corporation’s best interests and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was illegal. A Delaware corporation may indemnify any persons who were or are a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the corporation by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or enterprise. The indemnity may include expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit, provided such person acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the corporation’s best interests, provided that no indemnification is permitted without judicial approval if the officer, director, employee or agent is adjudged to be liable to the corporation. Where an officer or director is successful on the merits or otherwise in the defense of any action referred to above, the corporation must indemnify him against the expenses which such officer or director has actually and reasonably incurred.

Section 145 further authorizes a corporation to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or enterprise, against any liability

 

II-1


Table of Contents

asserted against him and incurred by him in any such capacity, or arising out of his or status as such, whether or not the corporation would otherwise have the power to indemnify him under Section 145.

Our bylaws will provide that we will indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent authorized by the DGCL and must also pay expenses incurred in defending any such proceeding in advance of its final disposition upon delivery of an undertaking by or on behalf of an indemnified person to repay all amounts so advanced if it should be determined ultimately that such person is not entitled to be indemnified under this section or otherwise.

Upon completion of this offering, we intend to enter into Indemnification Agreements with each of our executive officers and directors. The Indemnification Agreements will provide the executive officers and directors with contractual rights to indemnification, expense advancement and reimbursement, to the fullest extent permitted under the DGCL.

The indemnification rights set forth above shall not be exclusive of any other right which an indemnified person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, provision of our certificate of incorporation or bylaws, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise.

We will maintain standard policies of insurance that provide coverage (1) to our directors and officers against loss arising from claims made by reason of breach of duty or other wrongful act and (2) to us with respect to indemnification payments that we may make to such directors and officers. The proposed form of Underwriting Agreement to be filed as Exhibit 1.1 to this Registration Statement provides for indemnification of our directors and officers by the underwriters party thereto against certain liabilities arising under the Securities Act or otherwise.

Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

Set forth below is information regarding securities sold by us within the past three years that were not registered under the Securities Act. Also included is the consideration, if any, received by us for such securities and information relating to the section of the Securities Act, or rule of the SEC, under which exemption from registration was claimed.

Since January 1, 2023, we have made sales of the following unregistered securities:

On October 27, 2025, AEVEX Corp. issued 1,000 shares of its common stock to Holdings LLC for $10.00. The issuance of such shares of common stock was not registered under the Securities Act because the shares were offered and sold in a transaction exempt from registration under Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act.

Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

(i) Exhibits

 

Exhibit

Number

  

Description

  1.1    Form of Underwriting Agreement
  3.1*    Certificate of Incorporation of AEVEX Corp., as currently in effect
  3.2    Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of AEVEX Corp., to be in effect prior to the consummation of this offering
  3.3*    Bylaws of AEVEX Corp., as currently in effect
  3.4*    Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of AEVEX Corp., to be in effect prior to the closing of this offering
  4.1*    Form of Registration Rights Agreement
  5.1    Opinion of Kirkland & Ellis LLP

 

II-2


Table of Contents

Exhibit

Number

  

Description

 10.1§*    Credit Agreement, dated as of March  18, 2020, by and among Athena Technology Solutions Purchaser, LLC, AEVEX Holdings, LLC (f/k/a TCFI AEVEX LLC), the other borrowers and guarantors party thereto from time to time, the lenders party thereto from time to time, Ankura Trust Company, LLC, as administrative agent, and PNC Bank, National Association, as revolving agent and collateral agent
 10.2§*    Amendment No.1 to the Credit Agreement, dated as of October 28, 2020, by and among AEVEX Holdings, LLC (f/k/a TCFI AEXEX LLC), Athena Technology Solutions Purchaser, LLC, the other guarantors party thereto, the lenders party thereto, Ankura Trust Company, LLC, as administrative agent, and PNC Bank, National Association, as revolving agent and collateral agent
 10.3§*    Amendment No.2 to the Credit Agreement, dated as of May 7, 2021, by and among AEVEX Holdings, LLC (f/k/a/ TCFI AEXEX LLC), Athena Technology Solutions Purchaser, LLC, the other guarantors party thereto, the lenders party thereto, Ankura Trust Company, LLC, as administrative agent, and PNC Bank, National Association, as revolving agent and collateral agent
 10.4§*    Amendment No. 3 to the Credit Agreement, dated as of May  15, 2023, by and among AEVEX Holdings, LLC, Athena Technology Solutions Purchaser, LLC, the other guarantors party thereto, the lenders party thereto, Ankura Trust Company, LLC, as administrative agent, and PNC Bank, National Association, as revolving agent and collateral agent
 10.5§*    Amendment No. 4 to the Credit Agreement, dated as of April 30, 2024, by and among AEXEX Holdings, LLC, Athena Technology Solutions Purchaser, LLC, the other guarantors party thereto, the lenders party thereto, Ankura Trust Company, LLC, as administrative agent, and PNC Bank, National Association, as revolving agent and collateral agent
 10.6§*    Amendment No. 5 to the Credit Agreement, dated as of September 15, 2025, by and among AEVEX Holdings, LLC, Athena Technology Solutions Purchaser, LLC, the other guarantors party thereto, the lenders party thereto, Ankura Trust Company, LLC, as administrative agent, and PNC Bank, National Association, as revolving agent and collateral agent
 10.7+*    Consulting Agreement, dated as of January 1, 2025, by and among TCFI AEVEX LLC, Radz Group II LLC and Brian Raduenz
 10.8+*    Offer Letter, dated as of March 7, 2025, by and between AEVEX Aerospace, LLC and Roger Wells
 10.9+*    Promotion Letter, dated as of July 1, 2023, by and between AEVEX Aerospace, LLC and Jeremy Watrous
 10.10+*    Offer Letter, dated as of January 21, 2025, by and between AEVEX Aerospace, LLC and Michael Jackson
 10.11+*    Severance Agreement, dated as of March 25, 2025, by and between AEVEX Aerospace, LLC and Jeremy Watrous
 10.12+*    Severance Agreement, dated as of March 9, 2025, by and between AEVEX Aerospace, LLC and Roger Wells
 10.13+*    Form of AEVEX Corp. 2026 Omnibus Incentive Plan
 10.14+*    Form of Indemnification Agreement
 10.15*    Form of Director Designation Agreement
 10.16    Form of Tax Receivable Agreement
 10.17    Form of Exchange Agreement
 10.18    Form of Amended and Restated Limited Liability Agreement of Athena Technology Solutions Holdings, LLC
 21.1*    List of subsidiaries of AEVEX Corp.
 23.1    Consent of Kirkland & Ellis LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1)

 

II-3


Table of Contents

Exhibit

Number

  

Description

 23.2    Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm, as to AEVEX Corp.
 23.3    Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm, as to Athena Technology Solutions Holdings, LLC
 24.1    Powers of attorney (included on signature page)
 99.1*    Consent of Bradley Feldmann
 99.2*    Consent of Matthew Klein
 99.3*    Consent of Brandon Levitan
 99.4*    Consent of Matthew Norton
 99.5*    Consent of Benjamin Spacapan
107    Filing Fee Table
 
*

Indicates previously filed.

+

Indicates a management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.

§

Exhibits and schedules have been omitted pursuant to Item 601(a)(5) of Regulation S-K and will be provided on a supplemental basis to the Securities and Exchange Commission upon request.

(ii) Financial statement schedules

No financial statement schedules are provided because the information called for is not applicable or is shown in the financial statements or notes.

Item 17. Undertakings

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriter at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriter to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the provisions referenced in Item 14 of this Registration Statement, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered hereunder, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

 

  (1)

For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this Registration Statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in the form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this Registration Statement as of the time it was declared effective; and

 

  (2)

For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at the time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

II-4


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized in the City of Solana Beach, State of California, on April 9, 2026.

 

AEVEX Corp.
By:  

/s/ Roger Wells

Name:   Roger Wells
Title:   Chief Executive Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

  

Date

/s/ Roger Wells    Chief Executive Officer and Director    April 9, 2026
 

Roger Wells

   (Principal Executive Officer)   

/s/ Todd Booth

   Chief Financial Officer    April 9, 2026
Todd Booth    (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)   
/s/ Brian Raduenz    Executive Chairman    April 9, 2026
 

Brian Raduenz

     

 

II-5

Exhibit 1.1

AEVEX Corp.

Class A Common Stock

Underwriting Agreement

[ • ], 2026

Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC

BofA Securities, Inc.

Jefferies LLC

As representatives (“you” or the “Representatives”) of

the several Underwriters named in Schedule I hereto

c/o Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC

200 West Street

New York, New York 10282

c/o BofA Securities, Inc.

One Bryant Park

New York, New York 10036

c/o Jefferies LLC

520 Madison Ave

New York, New York 10022

Ladies and Gentlemen:

AEVEX Corp., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), proposes, subject to the terms and conditions stated in this agreement (this “Agreement”), to issue and sell to the Underwriters named in Schedule I hereto (the “Underwriters”) an aggregate of 16,000,000 shares and, at the election of the Underwriters, up to 1,717,847 additional shares of Class A common stock, $0.0001 par value per share (“Class A Common Stock”), of the Company, and the stockholder of the Company named in Schedule II hereto (the “Selling Stockholder”) proposes, subject to the terms and conditions stated in this Agreement, to sell to the Underwriters, at the election of the Underwriters, up to 682,153 shares of Class A common stock. The aggregate of 16,000,000 shares to be sold by the Company is herein called the “Firm Shares” and the aggregate of 2,400,000 additional shares to be sold by the Company and the Selling Stockholder at the election of the Underwriters pursuant to Section 2 hereof are herein called the “Optional Shares.” The Firm Shares and the Optional Shares are herein collectively called the “Shares.”

On the date hereof, the business of the Company is conducted through Athena Technology Solutions Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Holdings LLC”), and its subsidiaries. In connection with the offering contemplated by this Agreement and the transactions described under, or contemplated in, the section titled “Organizational Transactions” in the Registration Statement and the Pricing Disclosure Package (each as defined below) (the “Transactions”), the Transactions will occur prior to the date of the First Time of Delivery (as defined in Section 4 hereof), pursuant to which the Company will become the sole managing member of Holdings LLC. As the sole managing member of Holdings LLC, the Company will operate and control all of the business and affairs of Holdings LLC and, through Holdings LLC and its subsidiaries, conduct its business. The documents set forth on Schedule V hereto, which have been, or will be, amended and restated or entered into, as applicable, pursuant to the Transactions, are referred to as the “Transaction Documents.” The Company and Holdings LLC are each referred to herein as an “AEVEX Party” and collectively referred to herein as the “AEVEX Parties.”


The Company and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, (an affiliate of BofA Securities, Inc., a participating Underwriter, hereafter referred to as “Merrill Lynch”) agree that up to 5% of the Firm Shares to be purchased by the Underwriters (the “Reserved Securities”) shall be reserved for sale by Merrill Lynch to certain persons designated by the Company (the “Invitees”), as part of the distribution of the Shares by the Underwriters, subject to the terms of this Agreement, the applicable rules, regulations and interpretations of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”) and all other applicable laws, rules and regulations. The Company has solely determined, without any direct or indirect participation by the underwriters or Merrill Lynch, the Invitees who will purchase Reserved Securities (including the amount to be purchased by such persons) sold by Merrill Lynch. To the extent that such Reserved Securities are not orally confirmed for purchase by Invitees by 11:59 PM. (New York City time) on the date of this Agreement, such Reserved Securities may be offered to the public as part of the public offering contemplated hereby.

1a. Each of the AEVEX Parties, jointly and severally, represents and warrants to, and agrees with, each of the Underwriters that:

(a) A registration statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-294524) (the “Initial Registration Statement”) in respect of the Shares has been filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”); the Initial Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto, each in the form heretofore delivered to you, have been declared effective by the Commission in such form; other than a registration statement, if any, increasing the size of the offering (a “Rule 462(b) Registration Statement”), filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Act”), which became effective upon filing, no other document with respect to the Initial Registration Statement has been filed with the Commission; and no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Initial Registration Statement, any post-effective amendment thereto or the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement, if any, has been issued and no proceeding for that purpose or pursuant to Section 8A of the Act has been initiated or, to the AEVEX Parties’ knowledge, threatened by the Commission (any preliminary prospectus included in the Initial Registration Statement or filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(a) under the Act is hereinafter called a “Preliminary Prospectus;” the various parts of the Initial Registration Statement and the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement, if any, including all exhibits thereto and including the information contained in the form of final prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) under the Act in accordance with Section 5(a) hereof and deemed by virtue of Rule 430A under the Act to be part of the Initial Registration Statement at the time it was declared effective, each as amended at the time such part of the Initial Registration Statement became effective or such part of the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement, if any, became or hereafter becomes effective, are hereinafter collectively called the “Registration Statement;” the Preliminary Prospectus relating to the Shares that was included in the Registration Statement immediately prior to the Applicable Time (as defined in Section 1(c) hereof) is hereinafter called the “Pricing Prospectus;” and such final prospectus, in the form first filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) under the Act, is hereinafter called the “Prospectus;” any oral or written communication with potential investors undertaken in reliance on Section 5(d) of the Act or Rule 163B under the Act is hereinafter called a “Testing-the-Waters Communication;” and any Testing-the-Waters Communication that is a written communication within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Act is hereinafter called a “Written Testing-the-Waters Communication;” and any “issuer free writing prospectus” as defined in Rule 433 under the Act relating to the Shares is hereinafter called an “Issuer Free Writing Prospectus”);

 

2


(b) (A) No order preventing or suspending the use of any Preliminary Prospectus or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus has been issued by the Commission, and (B) each Preliminary Prospectus, at the time of filing thereof, conformed in all material respects to the requirements of the Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder, and did not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided, however, that this representation and warranty shall not apply to any statements or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with the Underwriter Information (as defined in Section 9(b) of this Agreement);

(c) For the purposes of this Agreement, the “Applicable Time” is [ • ]:[ • ] [a.m./p.m.] New York City time on the date of this Agreement. The Pricing Prospectus, as supplemented by the information listed on Schedule III(c) hereto, taken together (collectively, the “Pricing Disclosure Package”), as of the Applicable Time, did not, and as of each Time of Delivery (as defined in Section 4(a) of this Agreement) will not, include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; and each Issuer Free Writing Prospectus and each Written Testing-the-Waters Communication does not conflict with the information contained in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus and each Issuer Free Writing Prospectus and each Written Testing-the-Waters Communication, as supplemented by and taken together with the Pricing Disclosure Package, as of the Applicable Time, did not, and as of each Time of Delivery will not, include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided, however, that this representation and warranty shall not apply to statements or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with the Underwriter Information;

(d) No documents were filed with the Commission since the Commission’s close of business on the business day immediately prior to the date of this Agreement and prior to the execution of this Agreement, except as set forth on Schedule III(b) hereto;

(e) The Registration Statement conforms, and the Prospectus and any further amendments or supplements to the Registration Statement and the Prospectus will conform, in all material respects to the requirements of the Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder and do not and will not, as of the applicable effective date as to each part of the Registration Statement, as of the applicable filing date as to the Prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto, and as of each Time of Delivery, contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading; provided, however, that this representation and warranty shall not apply to any statements or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with the Underwriter Information;

(f) None of the AEVEX Parties nor any of their respective subsidiaries has, since the date of the latest audited financial statements included in the Pricing Prospectus, (i) sustained any material loss or material interference with its business from fire, explosion, flood or other calamity, whether or not covered by insurance, or from any labor dispute or court, governmental or regulatory action, order or decree or (ii) entered into any transaction or agreement (whether or not in the ordinary course of business) that is material to the AEVEX Parties and their respective subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or incurred any liability or obligation, direct or contingent, that is material to the AEVEX Parties and their respective subsidiaries, taken as a whole, in each case other than as set forth or contemplated in the Pricing Prospectus; and, since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Registration Statement and the Pricing Prospectus, there has not been (x) any change in the capital stock or membership interests (other than as a result of (i) the exercise, vesting or settlement (including any “net” or “cashless” exercises or settlements), if any, of stock options, incentive units or other equity awards or the award, if any, of stock options, stock appreciation rights, incentive units, restricted stock or restricted stock units in the ordinary course of business pursuant to the equity plans that are described in the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus or (ii) the issuance, if any, of stock upon the exercise or conversion or exchange of securities as described in the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus) or, except as disclosed in or

 

3


contemplated by the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus, long-term debt of any of the AEVEX Parties or any of their respective subsidiaries or (y) any Material Adverse Effect (as defined below); as used in this Agreement, “Material Adverse Effect” shall mean any material adverse change or effect, or any development involving a prospective material adverse change or effect, in or affecting (i) the business, properties, general affairs, management, financial position, members’ or stockholders’ equity or results of operations of the AEVEX Parties and their respective subsidiaries, taken as a whole, except as set forth or contemplated in the Pricing Prospectus, or (ii) the ability of any AEVEX Party to perform its obligations under this Agreement, including the issuance and sale of the Shares, or to consummate the transactions contemplated in the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus;

(g) Each of the AEVEX Parties and their respective subsidiaries has good and marketable title in fee simple to all real property and good and marketable title to all personal property owned by them, in each case free and clear of all liens, encumbrances and defects except such as do not materially affect the value of such property and do not materially interfere with the use made and proposed to be made of such property by the AEVEX Parties and their respective subsidiaries; and any real property and buildings held under lease by the AEVEX Parties and their respective subsidiaries are held by them under valid, subsisting and enforceable leases with such exceptions as are not material and do not materially interfere with the use made and proposed to be made of such property and buildings by the AEVEX Parties and their respective subsidiaries;

(h) Each of the AEVEX Parties and their respective “significant subsidiaries” as defined in Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X (the “Significant Subsidiaries”) has been (i) duly organized and is validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of organization, with power and authority (corporate and other) to own its properties and conduct its business as described in the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus, and (ii) duly qualified as a foreign corporation or other business entity for the transaction of business and is in good standing (or foreign equivalent) under the laws of each other jurisdiction in which it owns or leases properties or conducts any business so as to require such qualification, except, in the case of this clause (ii), where the failure to be so qualified or in good standing (or foreign equivalent) would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, and each Significant Subsidiary is set forth in Exhibit 21.1 of the Registration Statement;

(i) (i) The AEVEX Parties have an authorized capitalization as set forth in the Pricing Prospectus; (ii) all of the issued shares of capital stock of the Company, including the Shares to be sold by the Selling Stockholder, have been duly and validly authorized and (x) in the case of the Shares, when issued and delivered against payment therefor as provided herein and (y) in the case of the Class A Common Stock and shares of Class B common stock, $[ • ] par value per share (the “Class B Common Stock” and, together with the Class A Common Stock, the “Common Stock”), to be issued pursuant to the Transactions, upon the consummation of the Transactions, will be validly issued and are fully paid and non-assessable and conform in all material respects to the “Description of Capital Stock” contained in the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus; (iii) all of the issued equity interests in each of the other AEVEX Parties has been duly and validly authorized and issued; (iv) all of the newly issued equity interests of the Holdings LLC (the “LLC Units”) have been duly and validly authorized and, upon the consummation of the Transactions, will be duly and validly issued; and (v) the issuance of the Shares is not subject to any preemptive or similar rights;

(j) Except as described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus, all of the issued shares of capital stock or membership or other equity interest of each subsidiary of the AEVEX Parties have been duly and validly authorized and issued, are fully paid and non-assessable and (except, in the case of any foreign subsidiary, for directors’ qualifying shares) are owned directly or indirectly by the AEVEX Parties, free and clear of all liens, encumbrances, equities or claims;

 

4


(k) With respect to the compensatory equity-based awards (the “Equity Awards”) granted pursuant to the stock-based compensation plans of the AEVEX Parties and their respective affiliates (the “Company Stock Plans”) in each case, in all material respects, (i) each grant of an Equity Award was duly authorized no later than the date on which the grant of such Equity Award was by its terms to be effective by all necessary corporate action, including, as applicable, approval by the board of directors of the Company (or a duly constituted and authorized committee thereof) and any required stockholder approval by the necessary number of votes or written consents, and the award agreement governing such grant (if any) was duly executed and delivered by each party thereto, (ii) each such grant was made in accordance with the terms of the Company Stock Plans, the Exchange Act and all other applicable laws and regulatory rules or requirements, including the rules of the Nasdaq Global Select Market and any other exchange on which Company securities are traded, and (iii) each such grant was properly accounted for in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) in the financial statements (including the related notes) of the Company;

(l) The issue and sale by the Company of the Shares, the compliance by the AEVEX Parties with this Agreement and, to the extent applicable, the Transaction Documents, and the consummation of the transactions contemplated in this Agreement, the Transaction Documents, the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus, including, without limitation, the consummation of the Transactions and the application of the proceeds from the sale by the Company of the Shares as described under the caption “Use of Proceeds” in the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus, will not conflict with or result in a breach or violation of any of the terms or provisions of, or constitute a default under, (A) any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement or other agreement or instrument to which any of the AEVEX Parties or any of their respective subsidiaries is a party or by which any of the AEVEX Parties or any of their respective subsidiaries is bound or to which any of the property or assets of any of the AEVEX Parties or any of their respective subsidiaries is subject, (B) the certificate of incorporation or by-laws (or other applicable organizational document) of any of the AEVEX Parties or any of their respective subsidiaries, (C) any statute or any judgment, order, rule or regulation of any court or regulatory or governmental agency, authority or body having jurisdiction over any of the AEVEX Parties or any of their respective subsidiaries or any of their properties, except, in the case of clauses (A) and (C) for such defaults, breaches, or violations that would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect; and no consent, approval, authorization, order, registration or qualification of or with any such court or regulatory or governmental agency, authority or body is required for the issue and sale of the Shares by the Company or the consummation by the AEVEX Parties of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, the Transaction Documents, the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus (including, without limitation, the Transactions), except such as have been obtained under the Act, the approval by FINRA of the underwriting terms and arrangements and such consents, approvals, authorizations, orders, registrations or qualifications as may be required under state securities or Blue Sky laws in connection with the purchase and distribution of the Shares by the Underwriters and such as have been obtained under the laws and regulations of jurisdictions outside the United States in which the Reserved Securities were offered;

(m) None of the AEVEX Parties nor any of their respective subsidiaries is (i) in violation of its certificate of incorporation or by-laws (or other applicable organizational document), (ii) in violation of any statute or any judgment, order, rule or regulation of any court or regulatory or governmental agency, authority or body having jurisdiction over any of the AEVEX Parties or any of their respective subsidiaries or any of their properties, or (iii) in default in the performance or observance of any obligation, agreement, covenant or condition contained in any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement, lease or other agreement or instrument to which it is a party or by which it or any of its properties may be bound, except, in the case of the foregoing clauses (ii) and (iii), for such violations or defaults as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

 

5


(n) The statements set forth in the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus under the caption “Description of Capital Stock,” insofar as they purport to constitute a summary of the terms of the Common Stock, and under the caption “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences to Non-U.S. Holders” and under the caption “Underwriting,” insofar as they purport to describe the provisions of the laws and documents referred to therein, are accurate, complete and fair in all material respects;

(o) Other than as set forth in the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus, there are no legal, governmental or regulatory investigations, actions, demands, claims, suits, arbitrations, inquiries or proceedings (“Actions”) pending to which any of the AEVEX Parties or any of their respective subsidiaries or, to the AEVEX Parties’ knowledge, any officer or director of any of the AEVEX Parties, is a party or of which any property or assets of any of the AEVEX Parties or any of their respective subsidiaries or, to the AEVEX Parties’ knowledge, any officer or director of any of the AEVEX Parties, is the subject which, if determined adversely to any of the AEVEX Parties or any of their respective subsidiaries (or such officer or director), would individually or in the aggregate (i) reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect or (ii) impair the ability of the applicable AEVEX Parties to perform their obligations under this Agreement, including the issuance and sale of the Shares, or to consummate the transactions contemplated in the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus; and, to the AEVEX Parties’ knowledge, no such proceedings are threatened or contemplated by governmental or regulatory authorities or others; there are no current or pending Actions that are required under the Act to be described in the Registration Statement or the Pricing Prospectus that are not so described therein; and there are no statutes, regulations or contracts or other documents that are required under the Act to be filed as exhibits to the Registration Statement or described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus that are not so filed as exhibits to the Registration Statement or described in the Registration Statement and the Pricing Prospectus;

(p) The Company is not and, after giving effect to the offering and sale of the Shares and the application of the proceeds thereof, will not be an “investment company,” as such term is defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “Investment Company Act”);

(q) At the time of filing the Initial Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto, at the earliest time thereafter that the Company or any offering participant made a bona fide offer (within the meaning of Rule 164(h)(2) under the Act) of the Shares, and at the date hereof, the Company was not and is not an “ineligible issuer,” as defined under Rule 405 under the Act;

(r) PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, who has certified certain financial statements of the AEVEX Parties and its subsidiaries is an independent public accountant as required by the Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder and the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board;

(s) Each of the AEVEX Parties maintains a system of internal control over financial reporting (as such term is defined in Rule 13a-15(f) under the Exchange Act) that (i) has been designed to comply with the requirements of the Exchange Act applicable to the Company, (ii) has been designed by each of the AEVEX Parties’ respective principal executive officer and principal financial officer, or under their supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and (iii) is designed to provide reasonable assurance that (A) transactions are executed in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization, (B) transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles and to maintain accountability for assets, (C) access to assets is permitted only in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization and (D) the recorded accountability for assets is compared with the existing assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with respect to any differences; and except as disclosed in the Pricing Prospectus and Prospectus, each of the AEVEX Parties’ internal control over financial reporting is effective and none of the AEVEX Parties are aware of any material weaknesses in its internal control over financial reporting;

 

6


(t) Except as disclosed in the Pricing Prospectus, since the date of the latest audited financial statements included in the Pricing Prospectus, there has been no change in any of the AEVEX Parties’ internal control over financial reporting that has materially and adversely affected, or is reasonably likely to materially and adversely affect, any of the AEVEX Parties’ internal control over financial reporting;

(u) The Company maintains disclosure controls and procedures (as such term is defined in Rule 13a-15(e) under the Exchange Act) that have been designed to comply with the requirements of the Exchange Act, as applicable to the Company; such disclosure controls and procedures have been designed to ensure that material information relating to the Company and its subsidiaries is made known to the Company’s principal executive officer and principal financial officer by others within those entities; and such disclosure controls and procedures are effective;

(v) This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by each AEVEX Party, and each of the Transaction Documents to be entered into on or prior to the First Time of Delivery has been duly authorized by each AEVEX Party thereto and, when duly executed and delivered in accordance with its respective terms by each of the parties thereto, will constitute a valid and legally binding agreement of each such AEVEX Party enforceable against such AEVEX Party in accordance with its terms, except as enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally or by equitable principles relating to enforceability; and each such Transaction Document conforms in all material respects to the description thereof contained in the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus;

(w) The AEVEX Parties, their respective subsidiaries, and each director, officer, employee, and, to the knowledge of the AEVEX Parties, each controlled Affiliate or agent of the AEVEX Parties or any of their respective subsidiaries, in each case in their capacity as such, is, and for the past five (5) years has been, in compliance with the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended, or the rules and regulations thereunder, the Bribery Act 2010 of the United Kingdom or any other applicable anti-corruption, anti-bribery or related law, statute or regulation (collectively, “Anti-Corruption Laws”), which prohibit without limitation (i) making, offering, promising, or authorizing any unlawful contribution, gift, entertainment or other unlawful expense (or taken any act in furtherance thereof); and (ii) making, offering, promising, or authorizing any direct or indirect corrupt payment; each of the AEVEX Parties and their respective subsidiaries has instituted and maintains and will continue to maintain policies and procedures reasonably designed to promote and achieve compliance with such laws and with the representations and warranties contained herein; none of the AEVEX Parties or any of their subsidiaries will use, directly or knowingly indirectly, the proceeds of the offering in furtherance of an offer, payment, promise to pay, or authorization of the payment or giving of money, or anything else of value, in violation of Anti-Corruption Laws;

(x) The operations of the AEVEX Parties and their respective subsidiaries are and have for the past five (5) years been conducted in compliance with the requirements of applicable anti-money laundering laws of the various jurisdictions in which the AEVEX Parties and their respective subsidiaries conduct business, the rules and regulations thereunder and any related or similar rules, regulation or guidelines issued, administered or enforced by any governmental agency (collectively, the “Money Laundering Laws”) and no action, suit or proceeding by or before any court or governmental agency, authority or body or any arbitrator involving any of the AEVEX Parties or their respective subsidiaries with respect to the Money Laundering Laws is pending or, to the knowledge of the AEVEX Parties, threatened;

(y) Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries is a “covered foreign person,” as that term is defined in 31 C.F.R. § 850.209. Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries currently engages, or has plans to engage, directly or indirectly, in a “covered activity,” as that term is defined in 31 C.F.R. § 850.208 (“Covered Activity”). The Company does not have any joint ventures that engage in or plans to engage in any Covered Activity;

 

7


(z) None of the AEVEX Parties nor any of their respective subsidiaries, nor any director, officer, or employee of the AEVEX Parties or any of their respective subsidiaries nor, to the knowledge of the AEVEX Parties, any agent, controlled Affiliate or other person acting on behalf of any AEVEX Party or any of their respective subsidiaries is an individual or entity (“Person”) that is, or is controlled by or 50% or more owned by one or more persons that are: (i) the subject or the target of any economic or financial sanctions administered or enforced by the U.S. Government, including the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Department of the Treasury (“OFAC”) or the U.S. Department of State, the European Union and its member states, the United Kingdom, or the United Nations Security Council, (collectively, “Sanctions”); (ii) operating from, located, organized, or resident in a country or territory that is the subject or target of Sanctions (as of the date of this Agreement, Cuba, Iran, North Korea, the Crimea region of Ukraine, the so-called Donetsk People’s Republic, and the so-called Luhansk People’s Republic, each a “Sanctioned Jurisdiction”), or (iii) the government of a Sanctioned Jurisdiction or the Government of Venezuela. The AEVEX Parties will not directly or knowingly indirectly use the proceeds of the offering of the Shares hereunder, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds to any subsidiary, joint venture partner or other Person (i) to fund or facilitate any activities of or business in any Sanctioned Jurisdiction or with any Person that, at the time of such funding, is the subject or the target of Sanctions, (ii) in any other manner that will result in a violation by any Person (including any Person participating in the transaction, whether as underwriter, advisor, investor or otherwise) of Sanctions. Each of the AEVEX Parties and their respective subsidiaries is and since April 24, 2019 has been in compliance with Sanctions. The AEVEX Parties and their respective subsidiaries have instituted and maintain policies and procedures designed to promote and achieve continued compliance with Sanctions;

(aa) The financial statements included in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus, together with the related schedules and notes, present fairly in all material respects the financial position of the AEVEX Parties and their respective subsidiaries at the dates indicated and the statement of operations, stockholders’ and members’ equity and cash flows for the periods specified; said financial statements have been prepared in conformity with GAAP applied on a consistent basis throughout the periods involved. The supporting schedules, if any, included in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus, present fairly in all material respects in accordance with GAAP the information required to be stated therein. The selected financial data and the summary financial information included in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus present fairly in all material respects the information shown therein and have been compiled on a basis consistent with that of the audited financial statements included therein. The pro forma financial statements and the related notes thereto included in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus present fairly in all material respects the information shown therein, have been prepared in accordance with the Commission’s rules and guidelines with respect to pro forma financial statements and have been properly compiled on the bases described therein, and the assumptions used in the preparation thereof are reasonable and the adjustments used therein are appropriate to give effect to the transactions and circumstances referred to therein. Except as included therein, no historical or pro forma financial statements or supporting schedules are required to be included in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus under the Act or the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder; and all other financial information included in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus has been derived from the accounting records of the Company and its subsidiaries and presents fairly in all material respects the information shown thereby. All disclosures contained in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus regarding “non-GAAP financial measures” (as such term is defined by the rules and regulations of the Commission) comply with Regulation G of the Exchange Act and Item 10 of Regulation S-K of the Act, to the extent applicable;

 

8


(bb) No material labor dispute with the employees of any of the AEVEX Parties or any of their respective subsidiaries exists or, to the knowledge of the AEVEX Parties, is imminent, and the AEVEX Parties are not aware of any existing or imminent material labor disturbance by the employees of any of its or any subsidiary’s principal suppliers, manufacturers, customers or contractors;

(cc) Except as would not have a Material Adverse Effect: (i) Each employee benefit plan, within the meaning of Section 3(3) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”), for which each of the AEVEX Parties or, solely with respect to employee benefit plans subject to Title IV of ERISA or Section 412 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), any member of its “Controlled Group” (defined as any entity, whether or not incorporated, that is under common control with the Company within the meaning of Section 4001(a)(14) of ERISA or any entity that would be regarded as a single employer with the Company under Section 414(b) or (c), or, solely for purposes of Section 412 of the Code, (m) or (o) of the Code would have any liability (each, a “Plan”) has been maintained in compliance with its terms and the requirements of any applicable statutes, orders, rules and regulations, including, but not limited to, ERISA and the Code; (ii) no prohibited transaction, within the meaning of Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code, has occurred with respect to any Plan, excluding transactions effected pursuant to a statutory or administrative exemption; (iii) no Plan is subject to Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 or Title IV of ERISA; (iv) none of the AEVEX Parties or any member of the “Controlled Group” has incurred, nor reasonably expects to incur, any material liability under Title IV of ERISA; (v) no “reportable event” (within the meaning of Section 4043(c) of ERISA, other than those events as to which notice is waived) has occurred or is reasonably expected to occur with respect to any Plan; (vi) each Plan that is intended to be qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code has received a favorable determination, advisor or opinion letter (or utilizes a prototype or preapproved plan document that has received such a letter and on which the Plan is entitled to rely) and nothing has occurred, whether by action or by failure to act, which could reasonably be expected to adversely impact such qualification; (vii) there is no pending audit or investigation by the U.S. Internal Revenue Service, the U.S. Department of Labor, the PBGC or any other applicable Governmental Entity or any non-U.S. regulatory agency with respect to any Plan; (viii) there has not occurred nor is there reasonably likely to occur a material increase in the aggregate amount of contributions required to be made to all Plans by the Company or any of its subsidiaries in the current fiscal year of the Company and such subsidiaries compared to the amount of such contributions made in the Company’s and such subsidiaries’ most recently completed fiscal year; and (ix) none of the AEVEX Parties or any of their respective subsidiaries have or have had any “accumulated post-retirement benefit obligations” (within the meaning of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards 106) with respect to any Plan or otherwise;

(dd) Except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, the AEVEX Parties and their respective subsidiaries (i) own or otherwise possess adequate rights to use all patents, patent applications, trademarks, service marks, trade names, domain names, copyrights and copyrightable works, know-how, trade secrets, software, processes, formulas, methods, designs, inventions, systems, technology, proprietary or confidential information and other intellectual property (collectively, “Intellectual Property”) necessary for the conduct of their respective businesses as currently conducted, (ii) do not, through the conduct of their respective businesses, infringe, violate or otherwise conflict with any Intellectual Property of any third party, and (iii) have not received any written notice of any claim alleging that the conduct of their respective businesses infringes, violates or otherwise conflicts with any Intellectual Property of any third party. To the knowledge of the AEVEX Parties, no third party is infringing, violating or otherwise conflicting with the Intellectual Property of the AEVEX Parties or any of their respective subsidiaries except as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

 

9


(ee) Except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, the AEVEX Parties and their respective subsidiaries’ information technology assets and equipment, computers, systems, networks, hardware, software, websites, applications, and databases (collectively, “IT Systems”) (i) are adequate for, and operate and perform in all material respects as required in connection with, the operation of the business of the AEVEX Parties and their respective subsidiaries as currently conducted, (ii) are free and clear of all material bugs, errors, defects, Trojan horses, time bombs, malware and other corruptants, and (iii) since January 1, 2023, have not experienced any malfunctions or outages that caused a material disruption to the conduct of the respective businesses of the AEVEX Parties or any of their respective subsidiaries that have not been remediated in all material respects. Except as would not reasonably be expected to be material to the AEVEX Parties, the AEVEX Parties and their respective subsidiaries have implemented and maintain reasonable controls, policies, procedures, and safeguards to maintain and protect their confidential information and the integrity, continuous operation, redundancy and security of all IT Systems and data (including all personal, personally identifiable, sensitive, confidential or regulated data (“Personal Data”)) used in connection with their businesses, and there have been no breaches or unauthorized uses of, or disclosures, or accesses to their IT Systems and Personal Data, except for those that have been remedied without material cost or liability or the duty to notify any other person. Except as would not reasonably be expected to be material to the AEVEX Parties, the AEVEX Parties and their subsidiaries are presently and, since January 1, 2023, have been in compliance with all applicable laws or statutes and all judgments, orders, rules and regulations of any court or arbitrator or governmental or regulatory authority, policies and contractual obligations relating to the privacy and security of IT Systems and Personal Data and to the protection of such IT Systems and Personal Data from unauthorized use, access, misappropriation or modification;

(ff) No forward-looking statement (within the meaning of Section 27A of the Act and Section 21E of the Exchange Act) included or incorporated by reference in any of the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus has been made or reaffirmed without a reasonable basis or has been disclosed other than in good faith;

(gg) Nothing has come to the attention of any of the AEVEX Parties that has caused such AEVEX Party to believe that the statistical and market-related data included in each of the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus is not based on or derived from sources that are reliable and accurate in all material respects;

(hh) There is and has been no failure on the part of the AEVEX Parties or any of the AEVEX Parties’ directors or officers, in their capacities as such, to comply with any provision of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as amended and the rules and regulations promulgated in connection therewith, including Section 402 related to loans and Sections 302 and 906 related to certifications;

(ii) None of the AEVEX Parties nor any of their respective controlled affiliates has taken or will take, directly or indirectly, any action designed to or that could reasonably be expected to cause or result in the stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security of any of the AEVEX Parties or any of their respective subsidiaries in connection with the offering of the Shares;

(jj) Each of the AEVEX Parties and their respective subsidiaries has such permits, licenses, approvals, consents, franchises, certificates of need and other approvals or authorizations of governmental or regulatory authorities (“Permits”) as are necessary under applicable law to own their respective properties and conduct their respective businesses in the manner described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus, except for any of the foregoing that would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. None of the AEVEX Parties nor any of their respective subsidiaries has received written notice of any proceedings related to the revocation or modification of any such Permits that, individually or in the aggregate, if the subject of an unfavorable decision, ruling or finding, would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

 

10


(kk) The Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, are insured against such losses and risks and in such amounts as are prudent and customary in the businesses in which they are engaged and as required by law;

(ll) (i) Each of the AEVEX Parties and their respective subsidiaries has complied in all material respects with all terms and conditions of each contract with the United States Government or where the United States Government is the end customer (each a “Government Contract”), including all applicable clauses, provisions and requirements incorporated expressly by reference or by operation of law therein; (ii) each of the AEVEX Parties and their respective subsidiaries has complied in all material respects with all laws, regulations and requirements applicable to each Government Contract; (iii) all representations and certifications executed, acknowledged or set forth in a Government Contract or pertaining to each proposal, bid, or quote for a Government Contract were complete and correct as of their effective date, and each applicable AEVEX Party and its applicable subsidiary has complied with all such representations and certifications, in each case in all material respects; (iv) neither the United States Government nor any prime contractor, subcontractor or other person has notified any of the AEVEX Parties or their respective subsidiaries in writing that any of the AEVEX Parties or their respective subsidiaries has materially breached or violated any law, regulation, certification, representation, clause, provision or requirement pertaining to any Government Contract; (v) none of the AEVEX Parties or any of its subsidiaries nor, to the AEVEX Parties’ knowledge, any of each AEVEX Party’s directors, officers, or employees is (or during the last five (5) years has been) under administrative, civil or criminal investigation, or indictment with respect to any alleged irregularity, misstatement or omission arising under or relating to any Government Contract; (vi) none of the AEVEX Parties or any of their respective subsidiaries nor, to the knowledge of the AEVEX Parties, any of their respective Principals (as defined in 48 CFR § 2.101) is suspended or debarred, or has been proposed for suspension or debarment, from doing business with the United States Government; (vii) none of the AEVEX Parties or any of their respective subsidiaries has received written notice indicating the termination for default, or intent to terminate for default, any Government Contract, or notice of termination or intent to terminate any material Government Contract for convenience; (viii) during the last five (5) years, neither AEVEX Party has conducted or initiated any internal investigation or made any voluntary or mandatory disclosure to any governmental or quasi-governmental entity with respect to any alleged material irregularity, misstatement, omission, noncompliance, civil violation, or criminal violation arising under or relating to any Government Contract; (ix) during the last five (5) years, there have not been any claims or requests for equitable adjustment by the AEVEX Parties or any of their respective subsidiaries relating to any Government Contract in excess of $1,000,000; and (x) there are no outstanding claims, lawsuits or other legal actions against the AEVEX Parties or any of their respective subsidiaries arising under or relating to any Government Contract;

(mm) The AEVEX Parties and their respective subsidiaries maintain and possess all required facility clearances granted pursuant to the National Industrial Security Program Operating Manual (32 CFR Part 117) by either the Department of Defense or such other U.S. government agencies to perform certain Government Contracts and as otherwise reasonably necessary for the continued conduct of the AEVEX Parties’ business, in substantially the same manner as conducted as of the date hereof. As required, the AEVEX Parties and their respective subsidiaries employ sufficient employees with personal security clearances to perform its Government Contracts and as otherwise reasonably necessary for the continued conduct of the Company’s business, in substantially the same manner as conducted as of the date hereof and as described in the Pricing Prospectus. None of the AEVEX Parties, any of their respective subsidiaries or, to the knowledge of the AEVEX Parties, any employees holding personal security clearances have violated in any material respect any applicable law or regulation governing the safeguarding of classified information;

 

11


(nn) From the time of initial confidential submission of a registration statement relating to the Shares with the Commission through the date hereof, the Company has been and is an “emerging growth company” as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the Act (an “Emerging Growth Company”);

(oo) There are no debt securities or preferred stock issued or guaranteed by any of the AEVEX Parties or any of their respective subsidiaries that are rated by a “nationally recognized statistical rating organization,” as such term is defined under Section 3(a)(62) under the Exchange Act; and

(pp) The AEVEX Parties and their respective subsidiaries have paid all federal, state, local and foreign taxes (other than taxes that are currently being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which adequate reserves required by GAAP have been created in the financial statements of the Company) and filed all tax returns required to be paid or filed through the date hereof (or have requested extensions thereof), except where the failure to file would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and, except as described in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, there is no tax deficiency that has been, or could reasonably be expected to be, asserted against any AEVEX Party or any of their respective subsidiaries or any of their respective properties or assets which, individually or in the aggregate, would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

In connection with any offer and sale of Reserved Securities outside the United States, each Preliminary Prospectus, the Prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto, complied and will comply in all material respects with any applicable laws or regulations of foreign jurisdictions in which the same is distributed. The Company has not offered, or caused Merrill Lynch to offer, Reserved Securities to any person with the specific intent to unlawfully influence (i) a customer or supplier of the Company or any of its affiliates to alter the customer’s or supplier’s level or type of business with any such entity or (ii) a trade journalist or publication to write or publish favorable information about the Company or any of its affiliates, or their respective businesses or products;

1b. The Selling Stockholder represents and warrants to, and agrees with, each of the Underwriters and the Company that:

(a) All consents, approvals, authorizations and orders necessary for the execution and delivery by such Selling Stockholder of this Agreement and the Power of Attorney and the Custody Agreement referred to below, and for the sale and delivery of the Shares to be sold by such Selling Stockholder hereunder, have been obtained, except for such consents, approvals, authorizations and orders as may be required under state or non-U.S. securities or Blue Sky laws, or the rules and regulations of FINRA or the approval for listing on the Exchange or such other approvals as have been or will be made or obtained on or prior to the First Time of Delivery; and such Selling Stockholder has full right, power and authority to enter into this Agreement, the Power of Attorney and the Custody Agreement and to sell, assign, transfer and deliver the Shares to be sold by such Selling Stockholder hereunder;

(b) The sale of the Shares to be sold by such Selling Stockholder hereunder and the compliance by such Selling Stockholder with this Agreement, the Power of Attorney and the Custody Agreement and the consummation of the transactions herein and therein contemplated will not conflict with or result in a breach or violation of (A) any of the terms or provisions of, or constitute a default under, any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement, lease or other agreement or instrument to which such Selling Stockholder is a party or by which such Selling Stockholder is bound or to which any of the property or assets of such Selling Stockholder is subject, nor will such action result in any violation of (B) the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation or By-laws of such Selling Stockholder if such Selling Stockholder is a corporation, and the Partnership Agreement of such Selling Stockholder if such Selling Stockholder is a partnership (or similar applicable organizational document) or (C) any statute or any judgment, order, rule or regulation of any court or governmental agency or body having jurisdiction over such Selling Stockholder or any of its subsidiaries or any property or assets of such Selling Stockholder, except, in the case of (A) and (C), for any such conflict, breach, violation or default that would not,

 

12


individually or in the aggregate, affect the validity of the Shares to be sold by such Selling Stockholder to the Underwriters hereunder or reasonably be expected to materially impair the ability of such Selling Stockholder to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement; and no consent, approval, authorization, order, registration or qualification of or with any such court or governmental body or agency is required for the performance by such Selling Stockholder of its obligations under this Agreement, the Power of Attorney and the Custody Agreement and the consummation by such Selling Stockholder of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, the Power of Attorney and the Custody Agreement in connection with the Shares to be sold by such Selling Stockholder hereunder, except the registration under the Act of the Shares, the approval by FINRA of the underwriting terms and arrangements and such consents, approvals, authorizations, orders, registrations or qualifications (x) as may be required under state securities or Blue Sky laws or non-US laws, or the listing on the Exchange in connection with the purchase and distribution of the Shares by the Underwriters, (y) that have already been obtained or (z) such that, if not obtained, would not, individually or in the aggregate, affect the validity of the Shares to be sold by the Selling Stockholder to the Underwriters hereunder or reasonably be expected to materially impair the ability of the Selling Stockholder to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement;

(c) Such Selling Stockholder has, and immediately prior to each Time of Delivery (as defined in Section 4 hereof) such Selling Stockholder will have, good and valid title to, or a valid “security entitlement” within the meaning of Section 8-501 of the New York Uniform Commercial Code in respect of, the Shares to be sold by such Selling Stockholder hereunder at such Time of Delivery, free and clear of all liens, encumbrances, equities or claims; and, upon delivery of such Shares and payment therefor pursuant hereto, good and valid title to such Shares, free and clear of all liens, encumbrances, equities or claims, will pass to the several Underwriters;

(d) On or prior to the date of the Pricing Prospectus, such Selling Stockholder has executed and delivered to the Underwriters an agreement substantially in the form of Annex II hereto;

(e) Such Selling Stockholder has not taken and will not take, directly or indirectly, any action that is designed to or that has constituted or might reasonably be expected to cause or result in stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security of the Company to facilitate the sale or resale of the Shares;

(f) To the extent that any statements or omissions made in the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto are made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by such Selling Stockholder pursuant to Items 7 and 11(m) of Form S–1 expressly for use therein, such Registration Statement and Preliminary Prospectus did, and the Prospectus and any further amendments or supplements to the Registration Statement and the Prospectus will, when they become effective or are filed with the Commission, as the case may be, not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading; provided that such representations and warranties set forth in this clause (f) apply, with respect to a Selling Stockholder, only to statements or omissions made in the Registration Statement, the Preliminary Prospectus, the Prospectus and any further amendments or supplements to the Registration Statement, the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus that are made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by such Selling Stockholder expressly for use therein; provided, further, that it is agreed that such information furnished by such Selling Stockholder to the Company consists only of (A) the legal name, address and the number of Shares owned by such Selling Stockholder before and after the offering, (B) any biographical information provided by such Selling Stockholder with regard to representatives of such Selling Stockholder that are members of the board of directors of the Company and (C) the other information with respect to such Selling Stockholder (excluding percentages) which appear in the table (and corresponding footnotes) under the caption “Principal Stockholders and Selling Stockholder” in the Registration Statement, Preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus (such information in the foregoing clauses (A), (B) and (C) with respect to such Selling Stockholder, collectively, the “Selling Stockholder Information”);

 

13


(g) In order to document the Underwriters’ compliance with the reporting and withholding provisions of the Tax Equity and Fiscal Responsibility Act of 1982 with respect to the transactions herein contemplated, such Selling Stockholder will deliver to you prior to or at the First Time of Delivery a properly completed and executed United States Treasury Department Form W-9 (or other applicable form or statement specified by Treasury Department regulations in lieu thereof);

(h) Certificates in negotiable form or book-entry securities entitlements representing all of the Shares to be sold by such Selling Stockholder hereunder have been placed in custody under a Custody Agreement, in the form heretofore furnished to you (the “Custody Agreement”), duly executed and delivered by or on behalf of such Selling Stockholder to Equiniti Trust Company, LLC, as custodian (the “Custodian”), and such Selling Stockholder has duly executed and delivered a Power of Attorney, in the form heretofore furnished to you (the “Power of Attorney”), appointing the persons indicated in Schedule II hereto, and each of them, as such Selling Stockholder’s attorneys in fact (the “Attorneys in Fact”) with authority to execute and deliver this Agreement on behalf of such Selling Stockholder, to determine the purchase price to be paid by the Underwriters to the Selling Stockholder as provided in Section 2 hereof, to authorize the delivery of the Shares to be sold by such Selling Stockholder hereunder and otherwise to act on behalf of such Selling Stockholder in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Custody Agreement;

(i) The Shares held in custody for such Selling Stockholder under the Custody Agreement are subject to the interests of the Underwriters hereunder; the arrangements made by such Selling Stockholder for such custody, and the appointment by such Selling Stockholder of the Attorneys in Fact by the Power of Attorney, are to that extent irrevocable; the obligations of the Selling Stockholder hereunder shall not be terminated by operation of law, whether by the death or incapacity of any individual Selling Stockholder or, in the case of an estate or trust, by the death or incapacity of any executor or trustee or the termination of such estate or trust, or in the case of a partnership or corporation, by the dissolution of such partnership, limited liability company or corporation, or by the occurrence of any other event; if any individual Selling Stockholder or any such executor or trustee should die or become incapacitated, or if any such estate or trust should be terminated, or if any such partnership, limited liability company or corporation should be dissolved, or if any other such event should occur, before the delivery of the Shares to be sold by such Selling Stockholder hereunder, certificates representing the Shares to be sold by such Selling Stockholder hereunder shall be delivered by or on behalf of the Selling Stockholder in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement and of the Custody Agreements; and actions taken by the Attorneys in Fact pursuant to the Powers of Attorney shall be as valid as if such death, incapacity, termination, dissolution or other event had not occurred, regardless of whether or not the Custodian, the Attorneys in Fact, or any of them, shall have received notice of such death, incapacity, termination, dissolution or other event; and

(j) Such Selling Stockholder will not directly or indirectly use the proceeds of the offering of the Shares hereunder, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds to any subsidiary, joint venture partner or other person or entity, (i) to fund or facilitate any activities of or business with any person, or in any country or territory, that, at the time of such funding, is the subject or the target of Sanctions, or in any other manner that will result in a violation by any person (including any person participating in the transaction, whether as underwriter, advisor, investor or otherwise) of Sanctions, or (ii) in furtherance of an offer, payment, promise to pay, or authorization of the payment or giving of money, or anything else of value, to any person in violation of any Money Laundering Laws or any Anti-Corruption Laws.

 

14


2. Subject to the terms and conditions herein set forth, (a) the Company agrees to issue and sell to each of the Underwriters, and each of the Underwriters agrees, severally and not jointly, to purchase from the Company, at a purchase price per share of $[ • ], the number of Firm Shares as set forth opposite the name of such Underwriter in Schedule I hereto and (b) in the event and to the extent that the Underwriters shall exercise the election to purchase Optional Shares as provided below, the Company and the Selling Stockholder, as and to the extent indicated in Schedule II hereto, severally and not jointly, agree to sell to each of the Underwriters, and each of the Underwriters agrees, severally and not jointly, to purchase from the Company and the Selling Stockholder, at the purchase price per share set forth in clause (a) of this Section 2 (provided that the purchase price per Optional Share shall be reduced by an amount per share equal to any dividends or distributions declared by the Company and payable on the Firm Shares but not payable on the Optional Shares), that portion of the number of Optional Shares as to which such election shall have been exercised (to be adjusted by you so as to eliminate fractional shares) determined by multiplying such number of Optional Shares by a fraction, the numerator of which is the maximum number of Optional Shares which such Underwriter is entitled to purchase as set forth opposite the name of such Underwriter in Schedule I hereto and the denominator of which is the maximum number of Optional Shares that all of the Underwriters are entitled to purchase hereunder.

The Company and the Selling Stockholders, as and to the extent indicated in Schedule II hereto, hereby grant, severally and not jointly, to the Underwriters the right to purchase at their election up to 2,400,000 Optional Shares, at the purchase price per share set forth in the paragraph above, provided that the purchase price per Optional Share shall be reduced by an amount per share equal to any dividends or distributions declared by the Company and payable on the Firm Shares but not payable on the Optional Shares. Any such election to purchase Optional Shares may be exercised only by written notice from you to the Company and the Attorneys-in-Fact, given within a period of 30 calendar days after the date of this Agreement and setting forth the aggregate number of Optional Shares to be purchased and the date on which such Optional Shares are to be delivered, as determined by you but in no event earlier than the First Time of Delivery (as defined in Section 4 hereof) or, unless you and the Company and the Attorneys-in-Fact otherwise agree in writing, earlier than one or later than ten business days after the date of such notice.

3. Upon the authorization by you of the release of the Shares, the several Underwriters propose to offer the Shares for sale upon the terms and conditions set forth in the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.

4. (a) The Shares to be purchased by each Underwriter hereunder, in definitive or book-entry form and in such authorized denominations and registered in such names as the Representatives may request upon at least twenty-four hours’ prior notice to the Company and the Selling Stockholder shall be delivered by or on behalf of the Company and the Selling Stockholder to the Representatives, through the facilities of The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”), for the account of such Underwriter, against payment by or on behalf of such Underwriter of the purchase price therefor by wire transfer of Federal (same-day) funds to the account specified by the Company and the Custodian to the Representatives at least twenty-four hours in advance. The Company and the Selling Stockholder will cause the certificates, if any, representing the Shares to be made available for checking and packaging at least twenty-four hours prior to the Time of Delivery (as defined below) with respect thereto at the office of DTC or its designated custodian (the “Designated Office”). The time and date of such delivery and payment shall be, with respect to the Firm Shares, 9:30 a.m., New York City time, on [ • ], 2026 or such other time and date as the Representatives, the Company and the Attorneys-in-Fact may agree upon in writing, and, with respect to the Optional Shares, 9:30 a.m., New York time, on the date specified by the Representatives in the written notice given by the Representatives of the Underwriters’ election to purchase such Optional Shares, or such other time and date as the Representatives, the Company and the Attorneys-in-Fact may agree upon in writing. Such time and date for delivery of the Firm Shares is herein called the “First Time of Delivery,” such time and date for delivery of the Optional Shares, if not the First Time of Delivery, is herein called the “Second Time of Delivery,” and each such time and date for delivery is herein called a “Time of Delivery;” and

 

15


(b) The documents to be delivered at each Time of Delivery by or on behalf of the parties hereto pursuant to Section 8 hereof, including the cross receipt for the Shares and any additional documents requested by the Underwriters pursuant to Section 8(j) hereof, will be delivered at the offices of Latham & Watkins LLP, 1271 Avenue of the Americas, New York, NY 10020 or such other location as agreed upon by the Company and the Representatives (the “Closing Location”), and the Shares will be delivered at the Designated Office, all at such Time of Delivery. A meeting will be held at the Closing Location at 3:00 p.m., New York City time, on the New York Business Day next preceding such Time of Delivery, at which meeting the final drafts of the documents to be delivered pursuant to the preceding sentence will be available for review by the parties hereto. For the purposes of this Section 4, “New York Business Day” shall mean each Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday and Friday which is not a day on which banking institutions in New York City are generally authorized or obligated by law or executive order to close.

5. Each of the Company and, for purposes of Sections 5(e) and 5(l) only, Holdings LLC severally and jointly, agrees with each of the Underwriters:

(a) To prepare the Prospectus in a form approved by you and to file such Prospectus pursuant to Rule 424(b) under the Act prior to the earlier of (i) the First Time of Delivery and (ii) the Commission’s close of business on the second business day following the execution and delivery of this Agreement, or, if applicable, such earlier time as may be required by Rule 430A(a)(3) under the Act; to make no further amendment or any supplement to the Registration Statement or the Prospectus prior to the last Time of Delivery which shall be disapproved by you promptly after reasonable notice thereof; to advise you, promptly after it receives notice thereof, of the time when any amendment to the Registration Statement has been filed or becomes effective or any amendment or supplement to the Prospectus has been filed and to furnish you with copies thereof; to file promptly all material required to be filed by the Company with the Commission pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Act; to advise you, promptly after it receives notice thereof, of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order or of any order preventing or suspending the use of any Preliminary Prospectus or other prospectus in respect of the Shares, of the suspension of the qualification of the Shares for offering or sale in any jurisdiction, of the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for any such purpose, or of any request by the Commission for the amending or supplementing of the Registration Statement or the Prospectus or for additional information; and, in the event of the issuance of any stop order or of any order preventing or suspending the use of any Preliminary Prospectus or other prospectus or suspending any such qualification, to promptly use its best efforts to obtain the withdrawal of such order;

(b) Promptly from time to time to take such action as you may reasonably request to qualify the Shares for offering and sale under the securities laws of such jurisdictions as you may reasonably request and to comply with such laws so as to permit the continuance of sales and dealings therein in such jurisdictions for as long as may be necessary to complete the distribution of the Shares; provided that in connection therewith the Company shall not be required to qualify as a foreign corporation (where not otherwise required) or to file a general consent to service of process in any jurisdiction (where not otherwise required);

(c) Prior to 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on the New York Business Day next succeeding the date of this Agreement (or such other time as may be agreed by you and the Company) and from time to time, to furnish the Underwriters with written and electronic copies of the Prospectus in New York City in such quantities as you may reasonably request, and, if the delivery of a prospectus (or in lieu thereof, the notice referred to in Rule 173(a) under the Act) is required at any time prior to the expiration of nine months after the time of issue of the Prospectus in connection with the offering or sale

 

16


of the Shares and if at such time any event shall have occurred as a result of which the Prospectus as then amended or supplemented would include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made when such Prospectus (or in lieu thereof, the notice referred to in Rule 173(a) under the Act) is delivered, not misleading, or, if for any other reason it shall be necessary during such same period to amend or supplement the Prospectus in order to comply with the Act, to notify you and upon your request to prepare and furnish without charge to each Underwriter and to any dealer in securities (whose name and address the Underwriters shall furnish to the Company) as many written and electronic copies as you may from time to time reasonably request of an amended Prospectus or a supplement to the Prospectus which will correct such statement or omission or effect such compliance; and in case any Underwriter is required to deliver a prospectus (or in lieu thereof, the notice referred to in Rule 173(a) under the Act) in connection with sales of any of the Shares at any time nine months or more after the time of issue of the Prospectus, upon your request but at the expense of such Underwriter, to prepare and deliver to such Underwriter as many written and electronic copies as you may reasonably request of an amended or supplemented Prospectus complying with Section 10(a)(3) of the Act;

(d) To make generally available to the Company’s securityholders as soon as practicable (which may be satisfied by filing with the Commission’s Electronic Data Gathering Analysis and Retrieval System (“EDGAR”)), but in any event not later than sixteen months after the effective date of the Registration Statement (as defined in Rule 158(c) under the Act), an earnings statement of the Company and its subsidiaries (which need not be audited) complying with Section 11(a) of the Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder (including, at the option of the Company, Rule 158);

(e)(1) During the period beginning from the date hereof and continuing to and including the date 180 days after the date of the Prospectus (the “Company Lock-Up Period”), not to, directly or indirectly, (i) offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge, grant any option to purchase, make any short sale or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, or file with or confidentially submit to the Commission a registration statement under the Act relating to, any securities of the Company that are substantially similar to the Shares, including but not limited to any options or warrants to purchase shares of Common Stock or any securities that are convertible into or exchangeable for, or that represent the right to receive, Common Stock or any such substantially similar securities, or publicly disclose the intention to make any offer, sale, pledge, disposition or filing, provided that confidential or non-public submissions to the Commission of any registration statements under the Act may be made if and only if (1) no public announcement of such confidential or non-public submission shall be made, (2) to the extent any demand was made for, or any right exercised with respect to, such registration of shares of Common Stock or securities convertible, exercisable or exchangeable into Common Stock, no public announcement of such demand or exercise of rights shall be made, (3) the Company shall have provided written notice at least five business days prior to such confidential or non-public submission to the Representatives and (4) no such confidential or non-public submission shall become a publicly filed registration statement during the Company Lock-Up Period, or (ii) enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the Common Stock or any such other securities, whether any such transaction described in clause (i) or (ii) above is to be settled by delivery of Common Stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise without the prior written consent of at least two of the three Representatives; provided, however that the restrictions described above shall not apply to (A) the Shares to be sold hereunder, (B) the Shares issued pursuant to employee stock option plans existing on, or upon the conversion or exchange of convertible or exchangeable securities outstanding as of, the date of this Agreement, or issuable upon the consummation of the Transactions as described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus, (C) grants of stock options, restricted stock, restricted stock units or other equity awards and the issuance of shares of Stock or securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock (whether upon the exercise of stock options or

 

17


otherwise) to the Company’s employees, officers, directors, advisors or consultants pursuant to the terms of an equity compensation plan in effect on the date of the First Time of Delivery and described in the Pricing Prospectus and Prospectus, (D) the issuance, offer or entry into an agreement providing for the issuance of up to 10% of the total number of shares of Stock outstanding immediately following the offering of the Shares contemplated by this Agreement in acquisitions or other strategic transactions, provided that such recipients enter into a lock-up agreement with the Underwriters substantially to the effect set forth in Annex II hereto; (E) the filing of any registration statement on Form S-8 relating to securities granted or to be granted pursuant to any plan in effect on the date of the First Time of Delivery and described in the Prospectus or any assumed benefit plan pursuant to an acquisition or similar strategic transaction contemplated by clause (D); or (F) the submission of a confidential registration statement in connection with the exercise of any registration rights described in the Prospectus and any preparations related thereto, provided that such submission or preparations do not require or result in the public filing of a registration statement with the Commission or any other public announcement of such proposed registration by the Company or any third party during the Company Lock-Up Period (and no such filing, public announcement or activity shall be voluntarily made or taken by the Company or any third party during the Company Lock-Up Period), and provided further that the Company shall notify the Representatives prior to making any such submission; and provided, further, that in the case of clauses (B) and (C), the Company shall (x) cause each recipient of such securities to execute and deliver to the Representatives, prior to or substantially concurrently with the issuance of such securities, a lock-up agreement substantially to the effect set forth in Annex II hereto (which, for the avoidance of doubt, shall not extend the lock-up period beyond 180 days after the date of the Prospectus) to the extent not already executed and delivered by such recipients as of the date hereof and (y) enter stop transfer instructions with the Company’s transfer agent and registrar on such securities with respect to all recipients of such securities, which the Company agrees it will not waive or amend without the prior written consent of at least two of the three Representatives;

(2) If the Representatives agree to release or waive the restrictions set forth in a lock-up agreement described in Section 8(i) hereof for an officer or director of the Company and provide the Company with notice of the impending release or waiver at least three business days before the effective date of the release or waiver, the Company agrees to announce the impending release or waiver by a press release substantially in the form of Annex I hereto through a major news service at least two business days before the effective date of the release or waiver;

(f) During a period of three years from the effective date of the Registration Statement, to furnish to its stockholders as soon as practicable after the end of each fiscal year an annual report (including a balance sheet and statements of income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries certified by an independent public accounting firm) and, as soon as practicable after the end of each of the first three quarters of each fiscal year (beginning with the fiscal quarter ending after the effective date of the Registration Statement), to make available to its stockholders consolidated summary financial information of the Company and its subsidiaries for such quarter in reasonable detail; provided, however, that the Company may satisfy the requirements of this Section 5(f) by filing such information through EDGAR;

(g) During a period of three years from the effective date of the Registration Statement, or so long as the Company is subject to the reporting requirements of either Section 13 or Section 15(d) under the Exchange Act, to furnish to you copies of all reports or other communications (financial or other) furnished to stockholders, and to deliver to you (i) as soon as they are available, copies of any reports and financial statements furnished to or filed with the Commission or any national securities exchange on which any class of securities of the Company is listed; and (ii) such additional information concerning the business and financial condition of the Company as you may from time to time reasonably request (such financial statements to be on a consolidated basis to the extent the accounts of the Company and its subsidiaries are consolidated in reports furnished to its stockholders generally or to the Commission); provided, however, that the Company may satisfy the requirements of this Section 5(g) by filing such information through EDGAR;

 

18


(h) To use the net proceeds received by it from the sale of the Shares pursuant to this Agreement in the manner specified in the Pricing Prospectus under the caption “Use of Proceeds;”

(i) To use its best efforts to list for trading, subject to notice of issuance, the Shares on the Exchange;

(j) To file with the Commission such information on Form 10-Q or Form 10-K as may be required by Rule 463 under the Act;

(k) If the Company elects to rely upon Rule 462(b), the Company shall file a Rule 462(b) Registration Statement with the Commission in compliance with Rule 462(b) by 10:00 P.M., Washington, D.C. time, on the date of this Agreement, and the Company shall at the time of filing either pay to the Commission the filing fee for the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement or give irrevocable instructions for the payment of such fee pursuant to Rule 3a(c) of the Commission’s Informal and Other Procedures (16 CFR 202.3a);

(l) Upon reasonable request of any Underwriter, to furnish, or cause to be furnished, to such Underwriter an electronic version of the Company’s trademarks, service marks and corporate logo (the “Offering Logo”) for use on the website, if any, operated by such Underwriter solely for the purpose of facilitating the on-line offering of the Shares (the “License”); provided, however, that the License shall be used solely for the purpose described above and that the License is granted without any fee and may not be assigned, sublicensed or transferred by the Underwriter; and

(m) To promptly notify the Representatives if the Company ceases to be an Emerging Growth Company at any time prior to the later of (i) completion of the distribution of the Shares within the meaning of the Act and (ii) the last Time of Delivery.

(n) The Company hereby agrees that it will ensure that the Reserved Securities will be restricted as required by FINRA or the FINRA rules from sale, transfer, assignment, pledge or hypothecation for a period of three months following the date of this Agreement. Merrill Lynch will notify the Company as to which persons will need to be so restricted. At the request of the Underwriters, the Company will direct the transfer agent to place a stop transfer restriction upon such securities for such period of time. Should the Company release, or seek to release, from such restrictions any of the Reserved Securities, the Company agrees to reimburse Merrill Lynch for any reasonable expenses (including, without limitation, legal expenses) they incur in connection with such release.

6. (a) Each of the AEVEX Parties represents and agrees that, without the prior consent of the Representatives, it has not made and will not make any offer relating to the Shares that would constitute a “free writing prospectus” as defined in Rule 405 under the Act; each Selling Stockholder represents and agrees that, without the prior consent of the Company and the Representatives, it has not made and will not make any offer relating to the Shares that would constitute a free writing prospectus; and each Underwriter represents and agrees that, without the prior consent of the Company and the Representatives, it has not made and will not make any offer relating to the Shares that would constitute a free writing prospectus required to be filed with the Commission; any such free writing prospectus the use of which has been consented to by the Company and the Representatives is listed on Schedule III(a) hereto;

(b) The Company has complied and will comply with the requirements of Rule 433 under the Act applicable to any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, including timely filing with the Commission or retention where required and legending; and the Company represents that it has satisfied and agrees that it will satisfy the conditions under Rule 433 under the Act to avoid a requirement to file with the Commission any electronic roadshow (as defined below);

 

19


(c) The Company agrees that if at any time following issuance of an Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or Written Testing-the-Waters Communication any event occurred or occurs as a result of which such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or Written Testing-the-Waters Communication would conflict with the information in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus or would include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances then prevailing, not misleading, the Company will give prompt notice thereof to the Representatives and, if requested by the Representatives, will prepare and furnish without charge to each Underwriter an Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, Written Testing-the-Waters Communication or other document which will correct such conflict, statement or omission;

(d) Each of the AEVEX Parties represents and agrees that (i) it has not engaged in, or authorized any other person to engage in, any Testing-the-Waters Communications, other than Testing-the-Waters Communications with the prior consent of the Representatives with entities that the Company reasonably believes are qualified institutional buyers as defined in Rule 144A under the Act or institutions that are accredited investors as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (a)(2), (a)(3), (a)(7) or (a)(8) under the Act; and (ii) it has not distributed, or authorized any other person to distribute, any Written Testing-the-Waters Communications, other than those distributed with the prior consent of the Representatives that are listed on Schedule III hereto; and the Company reconfirms that the Underwriters have been authorized to act on its behalf in engaging in Testing-the-Waters Communications; and

(e) Each Underwriter represents and agrees that any Testing-the-Waters Communications undertaken by it were with entities that such Underwriter reasonably believes are qualified institutional buyers as defined in Rule 144A under the Act or institutions that are accredited investors as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (a)(2), (a)(3), (a)(7) or (a)(8) under the Act.

7. Each of the AEVEX Parties, jointly and severally, covenants and agrees with the several Underwriters that the AEVEX Parties, jointly and severally, will pay or cause to be paid the following: (i) the reasonable and documented fees, disbursements and expenses of the AEVEX Parties’ counsel and accountants in connection with the registration of the Shares under the Act and all other expenses in connection with the preparation, printing, reproduction and filing of the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus and the Prospectus and amendments and supplements thereto and the mailing and delivering of copies thereof to the Underwriters and dealers; (ii) the cost of printing or producing any Agreement among Underwriters, this Agreement, the Transaction Documents, the Blue Sky Memorandum, closing documents (including any compilations thereof) and any other documents in connection with the offering, purchase, sale and delivery of the Shares; (iii) reasonable and documented expenses incurred in connection with the qualification of the Shares for offering and sale under state securities laws as provided in Section 5(b) hereof, including the reasonable and documented fees and disbursements of counsel for the Underwriters in connection with such qualification and in connection with the Blue Sky survey (not to exceed $15,000); (iv) reasonable and documented fees and expenses in connection with listing the Shares on the Exchange; (v) the filing fees incident to, and the reasonable and documented fees and disbursements of counsel for the Underwriters in connection with, any required review by the FINRA of the terms of the sale of the Shares (provided that the aggregate fees and disbursements of counsel for the Underwriters pursuant to clause (iii) and this clause (v) of this Section 7 shall not exceed $45,000 in the aggregate); (vi) the cost of preparing stock certificates, to the extent applicable; (vii) the cost and charges of any transfer agent or registrar; (viii) the costs and expenses of the Company relating to investor presentations on any “roadshow” undertaken in connection with the marketing of the offering of the Shares, including, without limitation, expenses associated with the preparation or dissemination of any electronic roadshow, expenses associated with the production of road show slides and graphics, fees and expenses of any consultants engaged in connection with the roadshow presentations with the prior approval of the Company, travel and lodging expenses of the officers of the Company and any such

 

20


consultants, and the cost of any chartered aircraft or other means of transportation chartered in connection with the road show, provided that the lesser of (a) $[●] and (b) fifty percent (50%) of the cost of such aircraft in connection with the road show will be paid by the Underwriters), (ix) all costs and expenses of Merrill Lynch, including the fees and disbursements of counsel for Merrill Lynch, in connection with matters related to the Reserved Securities which are designated by the Company for sale to Invitees; (x) all other costs and expenses incident to the performance of its obligations hereunder which are not otherwise specifically provided for in this Section 7; and (xi) such Selling Stockholder will pay or cause to be paid all costs and expenses incident to the performance of such Selling Stockholder’s obligations hereunder with respect to (a) any fees and expenses of counsel for such Selling Stockholder, (b) such Selling Stockholder’s pro rata share of the fees and expenses of the Attorneys-in-Fact and the Custodian, and (c) all expenses and taxes incident to the sale and delivery of the Shares to be sold by such Selling Stockholder to the Underwriters hereunder. In addition, the Company shall pay or cause to be paid all fees and disbursements of counsel for the Underwriters in connection with the Reserved Securities and stamp duties, similar taxes or duties or other taxes, if any, incurred by the Underwriters in connection with the offer and sale of the Reserved Securities. In connection with clause (xi)(c) of the preceding sentence, the Representatives agree to pay New York State stock transfer tax, and the Selling Stockholder agrees to reimburse the Representatives for associated carrying costs if such tax payment is not rebated on the day of payment and for any portion of such tax payment not rebated, It is understood, however, that the Company shall bear, and the Selling Stockholder shall not be required to pay or to reimburse the Company for, the cost of any other matters not directly relating to the sale and purchase of the Shares pursuant to this Agreement. It is understood, however, that, except as provided in this Section 7, and Sections 9 and 12 hereof, the Underwriters will pay all of their own costs and expenses, including the fees of their counsel, stock transfer taxes on resale of any of the Shares by them, and any advertising expenses connected with any offers they may make.

8. The obligations of the Underwriters hereunder, as to the Shares to be delivered at each Time of Delivery, shall be subject, in their discretion, to the condition that all representations and warranties and other statements of the Company and the Selling Stockholder herein are, at and as of the Applicable Time and such Time of Delivery, true and correct, the condition that the Company and the Selling Stockholder shall have performed all of its and their obligations hereunder theretofore to be performed, and the following additional conditions:

(a) The Prospectus shall have been filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) under the Act within the applicable time period prescribed for such filing by the rules and regulations under the Act and in accordance with Section 5(a) hereof; all material required to be filed by the Company pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Act shall have been filed with the Commission within the applicable time period prescribed for such filing by Rule 433; if the Company has elected to rely upon Rule 462(b) under the Act, the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement shall have become effective by 10:00 P.M., Washington, D.C. time, on the date of this Agreement; no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or any part thereof shall have been issued and no proceeding for that purpose or pursuant to Section 8A of the Act shall have been initiated or, to the AEVEX Parties’ knowledge, threatened by the Commission; no stop order suspending or preventing the use of the Pricing Prospectus, Prospectus or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus shall have been initiated or, to the AEVEX Parties’ knowledge, threatened by the Commission; and all requests for additional information on the part of the Commission shall have been complied with to your reasonable satisfaction;

(b) Latham & Watkins LLP, counsel for the Underwriters, shall have furnished to you such written opinion or opinions and negative assurance letter, each dated such Time of Delivery, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to you, and such counsel shall have received such papers and information as they may reasonably request to enable them to pass upon such matters;

 

21


(c) Kirkland & Ellis LLP, counsel for the AEVEX Parties, shall have furnished to you their written opinion or opinions and negative assurance letter, each dated such Time of Delivery, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to you;

(d) Kirkland & Ellis LLP, counsel for the Selling Stockholders as indicated in Schedule II hereto, shall have furnished to you their written opinion with respect to the Selling Stockholder for whom they are acting as counsel, dated the First Time of Delivery, in form and substance satisfactory to you;

(e) On the date of the Prospectus at a time prior to the execution of this Agreement, at 9:30 a.m., New York City time, on the effective date of any post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement filed subsequent to the date of this Agreement and also at each Time of Delivery, PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP shall have furnished to you a letter or letters, dated the respective dates of delivery thereof, in form and substance satisfactory to you;

(f) The Company shall have furnished or caused to be furnished to you, at each of the Applicable Time and at such Time of Delivery, a certificate of the Chief Financial Officer of the Company, in a form reasonably satisfactory to you;

(g) (i) None of the AEVEX Parties nor any of their respective subsidiaries shall have sustained since the date of the latest audited financial statements included in the Pricing Prospectus any loss or interference with its business from fire, explosion, flood, or other calamity, whether or not covered by insurance, or from any labor dispute or court or governmental action, order or decree, otherwise than as set forth or contemplated in the Pricing Prospectus, and (ii) since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Pricing Prospectus there shall not have been (A) any change in the capital stock or membership interests (other than as a result of (x) the exercise, vesting or settlement (including any “net” or “cashless” exercises or settlements), if any, of stock options or the award, if any, of stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock or restricted stock units in the ordinary course of business pursuant to the equity plans that are described in the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus or (y) the issuance, if any, of stock upon conversion or exchange of securities as described in the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus) or, except as disclosed in or contemplated by the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus, long term debt of any of the AEVEX Parties or their respective subsidiaries or (B) any change or effect, or any development involving a prospective change or effect, in or affecting (x) the business, properties, general affairs, management, financial position, stockholders’ or members’ equity or results of operations of the AEVEX Parties and their respective subsidiaries, taken as a whole, except as set forth or contemplated in the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus, or (y) the ability of any of the AEVEX Parties to perform its obligations under this Agreement, including the issuance and sale of the Shares, or to consummate the transactions contemplated in the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus, the effect of which, in any such case described in clause (i) or (ii), is in your judgment so material and adverse as to make it impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with the public offering or the delivery of the Shares being delivered at such Time of Delivery on the terms and in the manner contemplated in the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus;

(h) On or after the Applicable Time there shall not have occurred any of the following: (i) a suspension or material limitation in trading in securities generally on the Exchange or on NASDAQ; (ii) a suspension or material limitation in trading in the Company’s securities on the Exchange; (iii) a general moratorium on commercial banking activities declared by either Federal or New York State authorities or a material disruption in commercial banking or securities settlement or clearance services in the United States; (iv) the outbreak or escalation of hostilities involving the United States or the declaration by the United States of a national emergency or war or (v) the occurrence of any other calamity or crisis or any change in financial, political or

 

22


economic conditions in the United States or elsewhere, if the effect of any such event specified in clause (iv) or (v) in your judgment makes it impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with the public offering or the delivery of the Shares being delivered at such Time of Delivery on the terms and in the manner contemplated in the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus;

(i) The Shares to be sold at such Time of Delivery shall have been duly listed subject to official notice of issuance, on the Exchange;

(j) The Company shall have obtained and delivered to the Underwriters executed copies of an agreement from each officer, director, and holders of substantially all of the Common Stock, substantially to the effect set forth in Annex II hereto in form and substance satisfactory to you;

(k) The Company shall have complied with the provisions of Section 5(c) hereof with respect to the furnishing of prospectuses on the New York Business Day next succeeding the date of this Agreement;

(l) The Company and the Selling Stockholder shall have furnished or caused to be furnished to you at such Time of Delivery certificates of officers of the Company and the Selling Stockholder, respectively, satisfactory to you as to the accuracy of the representations and warranties of the Company and the Selling Stockholder, respectively, herein at and as of such Time of Delivery, as to the performance by the Company and the Selling Stockholder of all of their respective obligations hereunder to be performed at or prior to such Time of Delivery, as to such other matters as you may reasonably request, and the Company shall have furnished or caused to be furnished certificates as to the matters set forth in subsections (a) and (g) of this Section 8 and as to such other matters as you may reasonably request; and

(m) Prior to or substantially concurrent with the issuance of the Firm Shares and payment therefor in accordance with this Agreement, the Transactions shall have been consummated in a manner consistent in all material respects with the descriptions thereof in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus.

9. (a) Each of the AEVEX Parties, jointly and severally, will indemnify and hold harmless each Underwriter against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or several, to which such Underwriter may become subject, under the Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, any “roadshow” as defined in Rule 433(h) under the Act (a “roadshow”), any “issuer information” filed or required to be filed pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Act or any Testing-the-Waters Communication, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in the case of the Registration Statement (and any amendments or supplements thereto) only, not misleading, and, in the case of such other documents, not misleading in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, and will reimburse each Underwriter for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such Underwriter in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim as such expenses are incurred; provided, however, that the AEVEX Parties shall not be liable in any such case to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage or liability arises out of or is based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or any Testing-the-Waters Communication, in reliance upon and in conformity with the Underwriter Information (as defined below);

 

23


(b) The Selling Stockholder will indemnify and hold harmless each Underwriter and the Company against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or several, to which such Underwriter or the Company may become subject, under the Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, any roadshow or any Testing-the-Waters Communication, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in the case of the Registration Statement (and any amendments or supplements thereto) only, not misleading, and, in the case of such other documents, not misleading in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, in each case to the extent, but only to the extent, that such untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission was made in the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, or any roadshow or any Testing-the-Waters Communication, in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by such Selling Stockholder expressly for use therein; and will reimburse each Underwriter and the Company for any reasonable out-of-pocket legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such Underwriter or the Company in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim as such expenses are incurred; provided, however, that such Selling Stockholder shall not be liable in any such case to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage or liability arises out of or is based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus in reliance upon and in conformity with the Underwriter Information; provided, further, that the liability of such Selling Stockholder pursuant to this subsection (b) shall not exceed the net proceeds after underwriting commissions and discounts but before deducting expenses from the sale of Shares sold by the Selling Stockholder hereunder (the “Selling Stockholder Proceeds”) less any amounts such Selling Stockholder is obligated to contribute pursuant to Sections 9(f) and 9(g) below;

(c) In connection with the offer and sale of the Reserved Securities, the Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless Merrill Lynch, its Affiliates and selling agents and each person, if any, who controls Merrill Lynch within the meaning of either Section 15 of the Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act, from and against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage and expense (including, without limitation, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with defending, investigating or settling any such action or claim), as incurred, (i) arising out of the violation of any applicable laws or regulations of foreign jurisdictions where Reserved Securities have been offered, (ii) arising out of any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any material prepared by or with the consent of the Company for distribution to Invitees in connection with the offering of the Reserved Securities or caused by any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, (iii) caused by the failure of any Invitee to pay for and accept delivery of Reserved Securities which have been orally confirmed for purchase by any Invitee by 11:59 P.M. (New York City time) on the date of this Agreement or (iv) related to, or arising out of or in connection with, the offering of the Reserved Securities, other than losses, claims, damages or liabilities that are finally judicially determined to have resulted from the bad faith or gross negligence of Merrill Lynch;

(d) Each Underwriter, severally and not jointly, will indemnify and hold harmless each AEVEX Party and each Selling Stockholder against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities to which such AEVEX Party or such Selling Stockholder may become subject, under the Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement

 

24


thereto, or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, or any roadshow or any Testing-the-Waters Communication, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in the case of the Registration Statement (and any amendments or supplements thereto) only, not misleading, and, in the case of such other documents, not misleading in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, in each case to the extent, but only to the extent, that such untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission was made in the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, or any roadshow or any Testing-the-Waters Communication, in reliance upon and in conformity with the Underwriter Information; and will reimburse each AEVEX Party and each Selling Stockholder for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such AEVEX Party or such Selling Stockholder in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim as such expenses are incurred. As used in this Agreement with respect to an Underwriter and an applicable document, “Underwriter Information” shall mean the written information furnished to the Company by such Underwriter through the Representatives expressly for use therein; it being understood and agreed upon that the only such information furnished by any Underwriter consists of the following information in the Prospectus furnished on behalf of each Underwriter: the concession and reallowance figures appearing in the fourth and fifth paragraphs under the caption “Underwriting,” and the information contained in the twelfth paragraph under the caption “Underwriting;”

(e) Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under subsection (a), (b) or (d) of this Section 9 of notice of the commencement of any action, such indemnified party shall, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against the indemnifying party under such subsection, notify the indemnifying party in writing of the commencement thereof; provided that the failure to notify the indemnifying party shall not relieve it from any liability that it may have under the preceding paragraphs of this Section 9 except to the extent that it has been materially prejudiced (through the forfeiture of substantive rights or defenses) by such failure; provided, further, that the failure to notify the indemnifying party shall not relieve it from any liability that it may have to an indemnified party otherwise than under the preceding paragraphs of this Section 9. In case any such action shall be brought against any indemnified party and it shall notify the indemnifying party of the commencement thereof, the indemnifying party shall be entitled to participate therein and, to the extent that it shall wish, jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly notified, to assume the defense thereof, with counsel reasonably satisfactory to such indemnified party (who shall not, except with the consent of the indemnified party, be counsel to the indemnifying party), and, after notice from the indemnifying party to such indemnified party of its election so to assume the defense thereof, the indemnifying party shall not be liable to such indemnified party under such subsection for any legal expenses of other counsel or any other expenses, in each case subsequently incurred and documented by such indemnified party, in connection with the defense thereof other than reasonable costs of investigation. No indemnifying party shall, without the written consent of the indemnified party, effect the settlement or compromise of, or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to, any pending or threatened action or claim in respect of which indemnification or contribution may be sought hereunder (whether or not the indemnified party is an actual or potential party to such action or claim) unless such settlement, compromise or judgment (i) includes an unconditional release of the indemnified party from all liability arising out of such action or claim and (ii) does not include a statement as to or an admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act, by or on behalf of any indemnified party;

(f) If the indemnification provided for in this Section 9 is unavailable to or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party under subsection (a), (b) or (d) above in respect of any losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) referred to therein, then each indemnifying party shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the AEVEX Parties and the Selling Stockholder on the one hand and the

 

25


Underwriters on the other from the offering of the Shares. If, however, the allocation provided by the immediately preceding sentence is not permitted by applicable law, then each indemnifying party shall contribute to such amount paid or payable by such indemnified party in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only such relative benefits but also the relative fault of the AEVEX Parties and the Selling Stockholder on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other in connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof), as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative benefits received by the AEVEX Parties and the Selling Stockholder on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other shall be deemed to be in the same proportion as the total net proceeds from the offering (before deducting expenses) received by the Company and the Selling Stockholder bear to the total underwriting discounts and commissions received by the Underwriters, in each case as set forth in the table on the cover page of the Prospectus. The relative fault shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the AEVEX Parties or the Selling Stockholder on the one hand or the Underwriters on the other and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. The AEVEX Parties, the Selling Stockholder and the Underwriters agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this subsection (f) were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Underwriters were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to above in this subsection (f). The amount paid or payable by an indemnified party as a result of the losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) referred to above in this subsection (f) shall be deemed to include any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim. Notwithstanding the provisions of this subsection (f), no Underwriter shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the total price at which the Shares underwritten by it and distributed to the public were offered to the public exceeds the amount of any damages which such Underwriter has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission. No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. The Underwriters’ obligations in this subsection (f) to contribute are several in proportion to their respective underwriting obligations and not joint. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 9, the liability of the Selling Stockholder under this Section 9(f) shall in no event exceed its Selling Stockholder Proceeds; provided, however, in no event shall the Selling Stockholder be required to contribute pursuant to this subsection (f) any amount in excess of the amount by which the Selling Stockholder Proceeds received by the Selling Stockholder from the sale of the Shares exceeds the damages that the Selling Stockholder has otherwise been required to pay under subsection (b) above by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in reliance upon and in conformity with the Selling Stockholder Information; and

(g) The obligations of each of the AEVEX Parties and the Selling Stockholder under this Section 9 shall be in addition to any liability which the AEVEX Parties and the Selling Stockholder may otherwise have and shall extend, upon the same terms and conditions, to each employee, officer and director of each Underwriter and each person, if any, who controls any Underwriter within the meaning of the Act and each broker-dealer or other affiliate of any Underwriter; and the obligations of the Underwriters under this Section 9 shall be in addition to any liability which the respective Underwriters may otherwise have and shall extend, upon the same terms and conditions, to each officer and director of the Company (including any person who, with his or her consent, is named in the Registration Statement as about to become a director of the Company) and to each person, if any, who controls the Company or any Selling Stockholder within the meaning of the Act.

 

26


10. (a) If any Underwriter shall default in its obligation to purchase the Shares which it has agreed to purchase hereunder at a Time of Delivery, you may in your discretion arrange for you or another party or other parties reasonably satisfactory to the Company and the Selling Stockholder to purchase such Shares on the terms contained herein. If within thirty-six hours after such default by any Underwriter you do not arrange for the purchase of such Shares, then the Company and the Selling Stockholder shall be entitled to a further period of thirty-six hours within which to procure another party or other parties satisfactory to you to purchase such Shares on such terms. In the event that, within the respective prescribed periods, you notify the Company and the Selling Stockholder that you have so arranged for the purchase of such Shares, or the Company or a Selling Stockholder notifies you that it has so arranged for the purchase of such Shares, you or the Company or the Selling Stockholder shall have the right to postpone such Time of Delivery for a period of not more than seven days, in order to effect whatever changes may thereby be made necessary in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus, or in any other documents or arrangements, and the Company agrees to file promptly any amendments or supplements to the Registration Statement or the Prospectus which in your opinion may thereby be made necessary. The term “Underwriter” as used in this Agreement shall include any person substituted under this Section 10 with like effect as if such person had originally been a party to this Agreement with respect to such Shares;

(b) If, after giving effect to any arrangements for the purchase of the Shares of a defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters by you, the Company and the Selling Stockholder as provided in subsection (a) above, the aggregate number of such Shares which remains unpurchased does not exceed one-eleventh of the aggregate number of all the Shares to be purchased at such Time of Delivery, then the Company and the Selling Stockholder shall have the right to require each non-defaulting Underwriter to purchase the number of Shares which such Underwriter agreed to purchase hereunder at such Time of Delivery and, in addition, to require each non-defaulting Underwriter to purchase its pro rata share (based on the number of Shares which such Underwriter agreed to purchase hereunder) of the Shares of such defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters for which such arrangements have not been made; but nothing herein shall relieve a defaulting Underwriter from liability for its default; and

(c) If, after giving effect to any arrangements for the purchase of the Shares of a defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters by you and the Company and the Selling Stockholder as provided in subsection (a) above, the aggregate number of such Shares which remains unpurchased exceeds one-eleventh of the aggregate number of all the Shares to be purchased at such Time of Delivery, or if the Company and the Selling Stockholder shall not exercise the right described in subsection (b) above to require non-defaulting Underwriters to purchase Shares of a defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters, then this Agreement (or, with respect to the Second Time of Delivery, the obligations of the Underwriters to purchase and of the Company to sell the Optional Shares) shall thereupon terminate, without liability on the part of any non-defaulting Underwriter, the Company or the Selling Stockholder, except for the expenses to be borne by the Company, the Selling Stockholder and the Underwriters as provided in Section 7 hereof and the indemnity and contribution agreements in Section 9 hereof; but nothing herein shall relieve a defaulting Underwriter from liability for its default.

11. The respective indemnities, rights of contribution, agreements, representations, warranties and other statements of the AEVEX Parties, the Selling Stockholder and the several Underwriters, as set forth in this Agreement or made by or on behalf of them, respectively, pursuant to this Agreement, shall remain in full force and effect, regardless of any investigation (or any statement as to the results thereof) made by or on behalf of any Underwriter or any director, officer, employee, affiliate or controlling person of any Underwriter, or the AEVEX Parties, or the Selling Stockholder, or any officer or director or controlling person of any of the AEVEX Parties, or any controlling person of any Selling Stockholder, and shall survive delivery of and payment for the Shares.

12. If this Agreement shall be terminated pursuant to Section 10 hereof, none of the AEVEX Parties or the Selling Stockholder shall then be under any liability to any Underwriter except as provided in Sections 7 and 9 hereof; but, if for any other reason (other than those set forth in clauses (i), (iii), (iv) or (v) of Section 8(h)), any Shares are not delivered by or on behalf of the Company and the Selling

 

27


Stockholder as provided herein or the Underwriters decline to purchase the Shares for any reason permitted under this Agreement (other than those set forth in clauses (i), (iii), (iv) or (v) of Section 8(h)), the AEVEX Parties shall, jointly and severally, reimburse the Underwriters through you for all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses approved in writing by you, including fees and disbursements of counsel, reasonably incurred and documented by the Underwriters in making preparations for the purchase, sale and delivery of the Shares not so delivered, but the AEVEX Parties and the Selling Stockholder shall then be under no further liability to any Underwriter in respect of the Shares not so delivered except as provided in Sections 7 and 9 hereof.

13. In all dealings hereunder, the Representatives shall act on behalf of each of the Underwriters, and the parties hereto shall be entitled to act and rely upon any statement, request, notice or agreement on behalf of any Underwriter made or given by the Representatives; and in all dealings with any Selling Stockholder hereunder, you and the Company shall be entitled to act and rely upon any statement, request, notice or agreement on behalf of such Selling Stockholder made or given by any or all of the Attorneys-in-Fact for such Selling Stockholder

All statements, requests, notices and agreements hereunder shall be in writing, and if to the Underwriters shall be delivered or sent by mail, telex or facsimile transmission to you as the representatives in care of Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC, 200 West Street, New York, New York 10282-2198, Attention: Registration Department; BofA Securities, Inc., One Bryant Park, New York, New York 10036, Attention: Syndicate Department, with a copy to ECM Legal; and Jefferies LLC, 520 Madison Avenue, New York, New York 10022, Attention: General Counsel; if to any Selling Stockholder shall be delivered or sent by mail, telex or facsimile transmission to counsel for such Selling Stockholder at its address set forth in Schedule II hereto; and if to the AEVEX Parties shall be delivered or sent by mail, telex or facsimile transmission to the address of the Company set forth in the Registration Statement, Attention: Secretary; provided, however, that any notice to an Underwriter pursuant to Section 9(e) hereof shall be delivered or sent by mail, telex or facsimile transmission to such Underwriter at its address set forth in its Underwriters’ Questionnaire, or telex constituting such Questionnaire, which address will be supplied to the Company or the Selling Stockholder by you upon request. Any such statements, requests, notices or agreements shall take effect upon receipt thereof.

In accordance with the requirements of the USA Patriot Act (Title III of Pub. L. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001)), the Underwriters are required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies their respective clients, including the AEVEX Parties and the Selling Stockholder, which information may include the name and address of their respective clients, as well as other information that will allow the Underwriters to properly identify their respective clients.

14. This Agreement shall be binding upon, and inure solely to the benefit of, the Underwriters, the AEVEX Parties and the Selling Stockholder and, to the extent provided in Sections 9 and 11 hereof, the officers and directors of the AEVEX Parties and each person who controls the AEVEX Parties, the Selling Stockholder or any Underwriter, or any director, officer, employee, or affiliate of any Underwriter, and their respective heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, and no other person shall acquire or have any right under or by virtue of this Agreement. No purchaser of any of the Shares from any Underwriter shall be deemed a successor or assign by reason merely of such purchase.

15. Time shall be of the essence of this Agreement. As used herein, the term “business day” shall mean any day when the Commission’s office in Washington, D.C. is open for business.

16. Each of the AEVEX Parties and the Selling Stockholder acknowledges and agrees that (i) the purchase and sale of the Shares pursuant to this Agreement is an arm’s-length commercial transaction between the AEVEX Parties and the Selling Stockholder, on the one hand, and the several Underwriters, on the other, (ii) in connection therewith and with the process leading to such transaction each Underwriter is acting solely as a principal and not the agent or fiduciary of the AEVEX Parties or any Selling Stockholder, (iii) no Underwriter has assumed an advisory or fiduciary responsibility in favor of

 

28


the AEVEX Parties or any Selling Stockholder with respect to the offering contemplated hereby or the process leading thereto (irrespective of whether such Underwriter has advised or is currently advising the AEVEX Parties or any Selling Stockholder on other matters) or any other obligation to the AEVEX Parties or any Selling Stockholder except the obligations expressly set forth in this Agreement, (iv) each AEVEX Party and each Selling Stockholder has consulted its own legal and financial advisors to the extent it deemed appropriate, and (v) none of the activities of the Underwriters in connection with the transactions contemplated herein constitutes a recommendation, investment advice, or solicitation of any action by the Underwriters with respect to any entity or natural person. Each of the AEVEX Parties agrees and each Selling Stockholder agrees that it will not claim that the Underwriters, or any of them, has rendered advisory services of any nature or respect, or owes a fiduciary or similar duty to such AEVEX Party or any Selling Stockholder, in connection with such transaction or the process leading thereto.

17. This Agreement supersedes all prior agreements and understandings (whether written or oral) between the AEVEX Parties, the Selling Stockholder and the Underwriters, or any of them, with respect to the subject matter hereof.

18. This Agreement and any transaction contemplated by this Agreement and any claim, controversy or dispute arising under or related thereto shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York without regard to principles of conflict of laws that would result in the application of any other law than the laws of the State of New York. Each of the AEVEX Parties and the Selling Stockholder agrees that any suit or proceeding arising in respect of this Agreement or any transaction contemplated by this Agreement will be tried exclusively in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York or, if that court does not have subject matter jurisdiction, in any state court located in The City and County of New York and each of the AEVEX Parties and the Selling Stockholder agrees to submit to the jurisdiction of, and to venue in, such courts.

19. Each of the AEVEX Parties, the Selling Stockholder and each of the Underwriters hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any and all right to trial by jury in any legal proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby.

20. This Agreement may be executed by any one or more of the parties hereto in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all such counterparts shall together constitute one and the same instrument. Counterparts may be delivered via facsimile, electronic mail (including any electronic signature covered by the U.S. federal ESIGN Act of 2000, Uniform Electronic Transactions Act, the Electronic Signatures and Records Act or other applicable law, e.g., www.docusign.com) or other transmission method and any counterpart so delivered shall be deemed to have been duly and validly delivered and be valid and effective for all purposes.

21. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the AEVEX Parties and the Selling Stockholder are authorized to disclose to any persons the U.S. federal and state income tax treatment and tax structure of the potential transaction and all materials of any kind (including tax opinions and other tax analyses) provided to the AEVEX Parties and the Selling Stockholder relating to that treatment and structure, without the Underwriters imposing any limitation of any kind. However, any information relating to the tax treatment and tax structure shall remain confidential (and the foregoing sentence shall not apply) to the extent necessary to enable any person to comply with securities laws. For this purpose, “tax structure” is limited to any facts that may be relevant to that treatment.

 

29


22. Recognition of the U.S. Special Resolution Regimes.

(a) In the event that any Underwriter that is a Covered Entity becomes subject to a proceeding under a U.S. Special Resolution Regime, the transfer from such Underwriter of this Agreement, and any interest and obligation in or under this Agreement, will be effective to the same extent as the transfer would be effective under the U.S. Special Resolution Regime if this Agreement, and any such interest and obligation, were governed by the laws of the United States or a state of the United States.

(b) In the event that any Underwriter that is a Covered Entity or a BHC Act Affiliate of such Underwriter becomes subject to a proceeding under a U.S. Special Resolution Regime, Default Rights under this Agreement that may be exercised against such Underwriter are permitted to be exercised to no greater extent than such Default Rights could be exercised under the U.S. Special Resolution Regime if this Agreement were governed by the laws of the United States or a state of the United States.

(c) As used in this Section 22:

“BHC Act Affiliate” has the meaning assigned to the term “affiliate” in, and shall be interpreted in accordance with, 12 U.S.C. § 1841(k).

“Covered Entity” means any of the following:

(i) a “covered entity” as that term is defined in, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. § 252.82(b);

(ii) a “covered bank” as that term is defined in, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. § 47.3(b); or

(iii) a “covered FSI” as that term is defined in, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. § 382.2(b).

“Default Right” has the meaning assigned to that term in, and shall be interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. §§ 252.81, 47.2 or 382.1, as applicable.

“U.S. Special Resolution Regime” means each of (i) the Federal Deposit Insurance Act and the regulations promulgated thereunder and (ii) Title II of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]

 

30


If the foregoing is in accordance with your understanding, please sign and return to us counterparts hereof, and upon the acceptance hereof by you, on behalf of each of the Underwriters, this Agreement and such acceptance hereof shall constitute a binding agreement between each of the Underwriters, the AEVEX Parties and the Selling Stockholder. It is understood that your acceptance of this Agreement on behalf of each of the Underwriters is pursuant to the authority set forth in a form of Agreement among Underwriters, the form of which shall be submitted to the AEVEX Parties and the Selling Stockholder for examination upon request, but without warranty on your part as to the authority of the signers thereof.

Any person executing and delivering this Agreement as Attorney-in-Fact for a Selling Stockholder represents by so doing that he has been duly appointed as Attorney-in-Fact by such Selling Stockholder pursuant to a validly existing and binding Power-of-Attorney that authorizes such Attorney-in-Fact to take such action.

 

Very truly yours,
AEVEX Corp.
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
Athena Technology Solutions Holdings, LLC
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
ATS Pubco Seller Holdings, LLC
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
 

As Attorney-in-Fact acting on behalf of the Selling Stockholder named in Schedule II to this Agreement.

 

31


Accepted as of the date hereof:
Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
BofA Securities, Inc.
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
Jefferies LLC
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
  On behalf of each of the Underwriters

 

32


SCHEDULE I

 

Underwriter

   Total Number of
Firm Shares
to be Purchased
     Number of
Optional
Shares to be
Purchased if
Maximum Option
Exercised
 

Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC

     

BofA Securities, Inc.

     

Jefferies LLC

     

J.P. Morgan Securities LLC

     

RBC Capital Markets, LLC

     

Robert W. Baird & Co. Incorporated

     

William Blair & Company, L.L.C.

     

Raymond James & Associates, Inc.

     

Needham & Company, LLC

     

Academy Securities, Inc.

     

Capital One Securities, Inc

     

PNC Capital Markets LLC.

     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     16,000,000        2,400,000  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

33


SCHEDULE II

 

     Number of
Optional
Shares to be
Purchased if
Maximum Option
Exercised
 

The Company

     1,717,847  

The Selling Stockholder:

  

ATS Pubco Seller Holdings, LLC(a)

     682,153  
  

 

 

 

Total

     2,400,000  
  

 

 

 

 

(a)

This Selling Stockholder is represented by Kirkland & Ellis LLP and has appointed [ • ] and [ • ], and each of them, as the Attorneys-in-Fact for the Selling Stockholder.

 

34


SCHEDULE III

(a) Issuer Free Writing Prospectuses not included in the Pricing Disclosure Package:

[Electronic roadshow dated [ • ], 2026.]

(b) Additional documents incorporated by reference:

None.

(c) Information other than the Pricing Prospectus that comprise the Pricing Disclosure Package:

The initial public offering price per share for the Shares is $ [ • ].

The number of Shares purchased by the Underwriters is [ • ] (comprised of [ • ] Firm Shares and [ • ] Optional Shares, assuming the maximum option is exercised).

(d) Written Testing-the-Waters Communications:

Testing-the-Waters Presentations dated December 15, 2025 and [ • ], 2026.

 

35


SCHEDULE IV

Lock-up Signatories

[ • ]

 

36


SCHEDULE V

Transaction Documents

 

1.

Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company

 

2.

Amended and Restated Operating Agreement of Holdings LLC

 

3.

Exchange Agreement between the Company and ATS Investment Holdings

 

4.

Tax Receivable Agreements among the Company, Holdings LLC, ATS Investment Holdings, ATS Pubco Holdings, L.P. and Madison Dearborn Capital Partners VII-C, L.P.

 

37


ANNEX I

Form of Press Release

AEVEX Corp.

[Date]

AEVEX Corp. (the “Company”) announced today that [Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC] [and] [BofA Securities, Inc.] [and] [Jefferies LLC], representatives in the Company’s recent public sale of [ • ] shares of its Class A common stock (the “Class A Common Stock”), are [waiving] [releasing] a lock-up restriction with respect to [ • ] shares of the Class A Common Stock held by [certain officers or directors] [an officer or director] of the Company. The [waiver] [release] will take effect on [Month/Day], 20[ • ], and the shares may be sold on or after such date.

This press release is not an offer for sale of the securities in the United States or in any other jurisdiction where such offer is prohibited, and such securities may not be offered or sold in the United States absent registration or an exemption from registration under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended.


Agreed Form

ANNEX II

AEVEX Corp.

Lock-Up Agreement

[ • ], 2026

Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC

Jefferies LLC

BofA Securities, Inc.

As representatives (the “Representatives”) of the several Underwriters

named in Schedule I to the Underwriting Agreement

c/o Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC

200 West Street

New York, NY 10282-2198

c/o Jefferies LLC

520 Madison Ave

New York, NY 10022

c/o BofA Securities, Inc.

One Bryant Park

New York, NY 10036

 

  Re:

AEVEX Corp. - Lock-Up Agreement

Ladies and Gentlemen:

The undersigned understands that you, as Representatives, propose to enter into an underwriting agreement (the “Underwriting Agreement”) on behalf of the several underwriters named in Schedule I to such agreement (collectively, the “Underwriters”), with AEVEX Corp., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), which has been formed to hold a portion of the outstanding limited liability company units (“LLC Units”) of Athena Technologies Solutions Holdings, LLC (“Holdings”), providing for a public offering (the “Public Offering”) of shares (the “Shares”) of the Class A common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, of the Company (together with the Class B common stock, par value $0.0001 per share of the Company, the “Common Stock”) pursuant to a Registration Statement on Form S-1 (as may be amended from time to time, the “Registration Statement”) to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”).


In consideration of the agreement by the Underwriters to offer and sell the Shares, and of other good and valuable consideration the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the undersigned agrees that during the period beginning from the date of this lock-up agreement (the “Lock-Up Agreement”) and continuing to and including the date 180 days after the date of the final prospectus relating to the Public Offering (the “Prospectus”) (such period, the “Lock-Up Period”), the undersigned shall not, and shall not cause or direct any of his, her or its affiliates to, (i) offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, lend or otherwise transfer or dispose of any shares of Common Stock, or any options or warrants to purchase any shares of Common Stock, or any securities convertible into, exchangeable for or that represent the right to receive shares of Common Stock and/or LLC Units (such shares of Common Stock, LLC Units, options, rights, warrants or other securities, collectively, the “Lock-Up Securities”), including without limitation any such Lock-Up Securities now owned or hereafter acquired by the undersigned, (ii) engage in any hedging or other transaction or arrangement (including, without limitation, any short sale or the purchase or sale of, or entry into, any put or call option, or combination thereof, forward, swap or any other derivative transaction or instrument, however described or defined) which is designed to or which reasonably could be expected to lead to or result in a sale, loan, pledge or other disposition (whether by the undersigned or someone other than the undersigned), or transfer of any of the economic consequences of ownership, in whole or in part, directly or indirectly, of any Lock-Up Securities, whether any such transaction or arrangement (or instrument provided for thereunder) would be settled by delivery of Common Stock or any other Lock-Up Securities, in cash or otherwise (any such sale, loan, pledge or other disposition, or transfer of economic consequences, a “Transfer”), (iii) make any demand for or exercise any right with respect to the registration of any Lock-Up Securities or (iv) otherwise publicly announce any intention to engage in or cause any action, activity, transaction or arrangement described in clause (i), (ii) or (iii) above. Except for the transactions on the terms described under “Organizational Structure” in the Prospectus (the “Transactions”), the undersigned represents and warrants that the undersigned is not, and has not caused or directed any of his, her or its affiliates to be or become, currently a party to any agreement or arrangement that provides for, is designed to or reasonably could be expected to lead to or result in any Transfer during the Lock-Up Period, except as provided for herein.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the undersigned may:

(a) Transfer the undersigned’s Lock-Up Securities:

(i) as one or more bona fide gifts or charitable contributions, or for bona fide estate planning purposes;

(ii) upon death by will, testamentary document or intestate succession;

(iii) if the undersigned is a natural person, to any member of the undersigned’s immediate family (for purposes of this Lock-Up Agreement, “immediate family” shall mean any relationship by blood, current or former marriage, domestic partnership or adoption, not more remote than first cousin) or to any trust for the direct or indirect benefit of the undersigned or the immediate family of the undersigned or, if the undersigned is a trust, to a trustor or beneficiary of the trust or the estate of a beneficiary of such trust;


(iv) to a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity of which the undersigned and the immediate family of the undersigned are the legal and beneficial owner of all of the outstanding equity securities or similar interests;

(v) to a nominee or custodian of a person or entity to whom a disposition or transfer would be permissible under clauses (a)(i) through (iv) above;

(vi) if the undersigned is a corporation, partnership, limited liability company, trust or other business entity, (A) to another corporation, partnership, limited liability company, trust or other business entity that is a subsidiary, an affiliate (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended) or the immediate family of the natural person that beneficially owns the securities of the undersigned, or to any investment fund or other entity which fund or entity directly or indirectly is controlling, controlled by, managing or managed by or under common control with the undersigned or affiliates of the undersigned (including, for the avoidance of doubt, where the undersigned is a partnership, to its general partner or a successor partnership or fund, or any other funds managed by such partnership), or (B) as part of a disposition, transfer or distribution by the undersigned to its stockholders, current or former partners (general or limited), members or other equityholders or to the estate of any such stockholders, partners, members or other equityholders;

(vii) by operation of law, such as pursuant to a merger, acquisition, reorganization, qualified domestic order, divorce settlement, divorce decree or separation agreement or other order of a court or regulatory authority;

(viii) to the Company from a current or former employee or other service provider of the Company upon death, disability or termination of services, in each case, of such employee or other service provider or to the Company pursuant to any contractual or other arrangements that provide the Company with an option, a right of first refusal or other right to purchase Lock-Up Securities;

(ix) if the undersigned is not an officer or director of the Company, in connection with a sale, transfer or disposal of, or entry into other transactions (including, without limitation, any swap, hedge or similar agreement or arrangement) relating to, the undersigned’s shares of Common Stock acquired (A) from the Underwriters in the Public Offering or (B) in open market transactions after the closing date of the Public Offering;

(x) to the Company in connection with the vesting, settlement or exercise of restricted stock units, options, warrants or other rights to purchase shares of Common Stock (including, in each case, by way of “net” or “cashless” exercise) that are scheduled to expire or automatically vest during the Lock-Up Period, including any transfer to the Company for the payment of exercise price, tax withholdings or remittance payments due as a result of the vesting, settlement or exercise of such restricted stock units, options, warrants or other rights, or in connection with the conversion of convertible securities, in all such cases pursuant to equity awards granted under a stock incentive plan or other equity award plan, or pursuant to the terms of convertible securities, each as described in the Registration Statement, the preliminary prospectus relating to the Shares included in the Registration Statement immediately prior to the time the Underwriting Agreement is executed and the Prospectus, provided that any securities received upon such vesting, settlement, exercise or conversion shall be subject to the terms of this Lock-Up Agreement;


(xii) in connection with the conversion, exchange or reclassification of any outstanding securities of the Company into shares of Common Stock, or any conversion, exchange or reclassification of the Common Stock, provided that any such shares of Common Stock received upon such conversion, exchange or reclassification shall be subject to the terms of this Lock-Up Agreement;

[(xiii) as any pledge, charge, hypothecation or other granting of a security interest in the Common Stock or as any security convertible into Common Stock to one or more banks, financial or other lending institutions (“Lenders”) as collateral or security for or in connection with any margin loan or other loans, advances or extensions of credit entered into by the undersigned or, if the undersigned is a corporation, partnership, limited liability company, trust or other business entity, any of its direct or indirect subsidiaries and any transfers of such Common Stock or such other securities to the applicable Lender(s) or other third parties upon or following foreclosure upon or enforcement of such Common Stock or such securities in accordance with the terms of the documentation governing any margin loan or other loan, advance or extension of credit (including, without limitation, pursuant to any agreement or arrangement existing as of the date hereof); provided that with respect to any pledge, charge, hypothecation or other granting of a security interest set forth above after the execution of this Letter Agreement, the applicable Lender(s) shall be informed of the existence and contents of this Lock-Up Agreement before entering into any margin loan or other loans, advances or extensions of credit and further, provided that any purchaser or transferee of such Common Stock or such other securities shall, upon foreclosure on the pledged securities, sign and deliver a lock-up agreement substantially in the form of this Lock-Up Agreement; or]1

(xiv) with the prior written consent of at least two of the three Representatives on behalf of the Underwriters; [or]

(xv) in connection with the Transactions.

provided that (A) in the case of clauses (a)(i), (ii), (iii), (iv), (v) and (vi) above, such transfer or distribution shall not involve a disposition for value, (B) in the case of clauses (a)(i), (ii), (iii), (iv), (v), (vi) and (vii) above, it shall be a condition to the transfer or distribution that the donee, devisee, transferee or distributee, as the case may be, shall sign and deliver a lock-up agreement in the form of this Lock-Up Agreement, (C) in the case of clauses (a)(ii), (iii), (iv), (v) and (vi) above, no filing by any party (including, without limitation, any donor, donee, devisee, transferor, transferee, distributor or distributee) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), or other public filing, report or announcement reporting a reduction in beneficial ownership of Lock-Up Securities shall be required or shall be voluntarily made in connection with such transfer or distribution, and (D) in the case of clauses (a)(i), (vii), (viii), (ix) and (x) above,

 
1 

Note to Draft: To include for certain investors of Holdings’ Series A Peferred Units only.


no filing under the Exchange Act or other public filing, report or announcement shall be voluntarily made, and if any such filing, report or announcement shall be legally required during the Lock-Up Period, such filing, report or announcement shall clearly indicate in the footnotes thereto (A) the circumstances of such transfer or distribution and (B) in the case of a transfer or distribution pursuant to clauses (a)(i) or (vii) above, that the donee, devisee, transferee or distributee has agreed to be bound by a lock-up agreement in the form of this Lock-Up Agreement;

(b) enter into a written plan meeting the requirements of Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act relating to the transfer, sale or other disposition of the undersigned’s Lock-Up Securities, if then permitted by the Company, provided that none of the securities subject to such plan may be transferred, sold or otherwise disposed of until after the expiration of the Lock-Up Period, other than as permitted by this Lock-Up Agreement and no public announcement, report or filing under the Exchange Act, or any other public filing, report or announcement, shall be voluntarily made (whether by or on behalf of the undersigned, the Company or any other party) regarding, or that otherwise discloses, the establishment of such plan during the Lock-Up Period, and if any such filing, report or announcement shall be legally required during the Lock-Up Period, such filing, report or announcement shall clearly indicate therein that none of the securities subject to such plan may be transferred, sold or otherwise disposed of pursuant to such plan until after the expiration of the Lock-Up Period;

(c) (i) transfer the undersigned’s Lock-Up Securities pursuant to a bona fide third-party tender offer, merger, consolidation or other similar transaction that is approved by the Board of Directors of the Company (or duly authorized committee thereof) and made to all holders of the Company’s capital stock involving a Change of Control of the Company (for purposes hereof, “Change of Control” shall mean the transfer (whether by tender offer, merger, consolidation or other similar transaction), in one transaction or a series of related transactions, to a person or group of affiliated persons, of shares of capital stock if, after such transfer, such person or group of affiliated persons would hold at least a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Company (or the surviving entity)) and (ii) enter into any lock-up, voting or similar agreement pursuant to which the undersigned may agree to transfer, sell, tender or otherwise dispose or Lock-Up Securities in connection with a transaction described in clause (i) above; provided that in the event that such tender offer, merger, consolidation or other similar transaction is not completed, the undersigned’s Lock-Up Securities shall remain subject to the provisions of this Lock-Up Agreement; and

(d) to the extent the undersigned has demand and/or piggyback registration rights under any registration rights agreement described in the Prospectus, the undersigned may notify the Company privately that the undersigned is or will be exercising his, her or its demand and/or piggyback registration rights under any such registration rights agreement following the expiration of the Lock-Up Period and undertake preparations related thereto; provided that the foregoing notification and/or preparations do not request, require or result in the public filing of a registration statement with the Securities and Exchange Commission or any other public announcement of such proposed registration by the undersigned, the Company or any third party during the Lock-Up Period (and no such filing, public announcement or activity shall be voluntarily made or taken by the undersigned, the Company or any third party during the Lock-Up Period).


The restrictions described in this Lock-Up Agreement shall not apply to (i) any exchange, transfer or sale in connection with, and as contemplated by, the Transactions; or (ii) any conversion or exchange of Class B common stock and the corresponding LLC Units for shares of Class A common stock pursuant to the exchange agreement described in the Prospectus, provided that, in the case of this clause (ii) such shares of Class A Common Stock shall be subject to the provisions of this Lock-Up Agreement.

If the undersigned is an officer or director of the Company, the undersigned further agrees that the foregoing provisions shall be equally applicable to any issuer-directed or other Shares the undersigned may purchase in the Public Offering.

If the undersigned is not a natural person, the undersigned represents and warrants that no single natural person, entity or “group” (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act), other than a natural person, entity or “group” (as described above) that has executed a lock-up agreement in substantially the same form as this Lock-Up Agreement, beneficially owns, directly or indirectly, 50% or more of the common equity interests, or 50% or more of the voting power, in the undersigned.

If the undersigned is an officer or director of the Company, (i) the Representatives agree that, at least three business days before the effective date of any release or waiver of the foregoing restrictions in connection with a Transfer of Lock-Up Securities, the applicable Representatives will notify the Company of the impending release or waiver, and (ii) the Company has agreed in the Underwriting Agreement to announce the impending release or waiver by press release through a major news service (or such other method approved by the applicable Representatives that satisfies the requirements of FINRA Rule 5131(d)(2)) at least two business days before the effective date of the release or waiver. Any release or waiver granted by the applicable Representatives hereunder to any such officer or director shall only be effective two business days after the publication date of such press release. The provisions of this paragraph will not apply if (i) the release or waiver is effected solely to permit a Transfer not for consideration or that is to an immediate family member as defined in FINRA Rule 5130(i)(5) and (ii) the transferee has agreed in writing to be bound by the same terms described in this Lock-Up Agreement to the extent and for the duration that such terms remain in effect at the time of the Transfer.

The undersigned now has, and, except as contemplated by clauses (a) and (c) of the third paragraph of this Lock-Up Agreement, for the duration of this Lock-Up Agreement will have, good and marketable title to the undersigned’s Lock-Up Securities, free and clear of all liens, encumbrances and claims whatsoever. The undersigned also agrees and consents to the entry of stop transfer instructions with the Company’s transfer agent and registrar against the transfer of the undersigned’s Lock-Up Securities except in compliance with the foregoing restrictions.


The undersigned acknowledges and agrees that none of the Underwriters has made any recommendation or provided any investment or other advice to the undersigned with respect to this Lock-Up Agreement or the subject matter hereof, and the undersigned has consulted his, her or its own legal, accounting, financial, regulatory, tax and other advisors with respect to this Lock-Up Agreement and the subject matter hereof to the extent the undersigned has deemed appropriate. The undersigned further acknowledges and agrees that, although the Underwriters may have provided or hereafter provide to the undersigned in connection with the Public Offering a Form CRS and/or certain other disclosures as contemplated by Regulation Best Interest, the Underwriters have not made and are not making a recommendation to the undersigned to enter into this Lock-Up Agreement or to transfer, sell or dispose of, or to refrain from transferring, selling or disposing of, any shares of Common Stock, and nothing set forth in such disclosures or herein is intended to suggest that any Underwriter is making such a recommendation.

This Lock-Up Agreement shall automatically terminate and the undersigned shall be released from all of his, her or its obligations hereunder upon the earlier of (i) the date on which the Registration Statement filed with the SEC with respect to the Public Offering is withdrawn, (ii) the date on which for any reason the Underwriting Agreement is terminated (other than the provisions thereof that survive termination) prior to payment for and delivery of the Shares to be sold thereunder (other than pursuant to the Underwriters’ option thereunder to purchase additional Shares), (iii) the date on which the Company notifies the Representatives, in writing and prior to the execution of the Underwriting Agreement, that it does not intend to proceed with the Public Offering, (iv) the date that the Representatives advise the Company, in writing and prior to the execution of the Underwriting Agreement, that they have determined not to proceed with the Public Offering and (v) June 30, 2026, in the event that the Underwriting Agreement has not been executed by such date (provided, however, that the Company may, by written notice to the undersigned prior to such date, extend such date by a period of up to an additional 90 days).

The undersigned understands that the Company and the Underwriters are relying upon this Lock-Up Agreement in proceeding toward consummation of the Public Offering. The undersigned further understands that this Lock-Up Agreement is irrevocable and shall be binding upon the undersigned’s heirs, legal representatives, successors and assigns. The undersigned hereby represents and warrants that the undersigned has full power and authority to enter into this Lock-Up Agreement. This Lock-Up Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York, without regard to principles of conflict of laws that would result in the application of any law other than the laws of the State of New York. This Lock-Up Agreement may be delivered via facsimile, electronic mail (including pdf or any electronic signature complying with the U.S. federal ESIGN Act of 2000, e.g., www.docusign.com or www.echosign.com) or other transmission method, and any counterpart so delivered shall be deemed to have been duly and validly delivered and be valid and effective for all purposes.

[Signature Page Follows]


Very truly yours,

 

IF AN INDIVIDUAL:     IF AN ENTITY:
By:            
  (duly authorized signature)       (please print complete name of entity)
Name:  

 

    By:  

 

  (please print full name)       (duly authorized signature)
      Name:  

 

        (please print full name)
      Title:  

 

        (please print full title)

[Signature Page to Lock-Up Agreement]

Exhibit 3.2

Form of

AMENDED AND RESTATED

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

AEVEX Corp.

* * * * *

AEVEX Corp., a corporation duly organized and existing under and by virtue of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “Corporation”), DOES HEREBY CERTIFY as follows:

FIRST: The present name of the Corporation is AEVEX Corp. The Corporation was incorporated under the name AEVEX Corp. by the filing of its original Certificate of Incorporation with the Delaware Secretary of State on October 27, 2025 (the “Certificate of Incorporation”).

SECOND: The Board of Directors of the Corporation, pursuant to a unanimous written consent, adopted resolutions authorizing the Corporation to amend, integrate and restate the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation in its entirety to read as set forth in Exhibit A attached hereto and made a part hereof (the “Restated Certificate”).

THIRD: The Restated Certificate restates and integrates and further amends the Certificate of Incorporation of this Corporation.

FOURTH: That the stockholders of the Corporation approved and adopted the Restated Certificate by written consent in accordance with Section 228 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

FIFTH: The Restated Certificate has been duly adopted in accordance with Sections 228, 242 and 245 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

* * * * *


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, AEVEX Corp. has caused this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be executed by its duly authorized officer on this day of , 2026.

 

AEVEX CORP.
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  


Exhibit A

AMENDED AND RESTATED

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

AEVEX CORP.

ARTICLE ONE

The name of the corporation is AEVEX Corp. (the “Corporation”).

ARTICLE TWO

The address of the Corporation’s registered office in the State of Delaware is located at 1209 Orange Street, in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, Delaware 19801. The name of its registered agent at such address is National Registered Agents, Inc.

ARTICLE THREE

The nature and purpose of the business of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may now or hereafter be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (“DGCL”).

ARTICLE FOUR

Section 1. Authorized Shares. The total number of shares of all classes of capital stock which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is 1,250,000,000 shares, consisting of three classes as follows:

a. 50,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock, par value $0.0001 per share (the “Preferred Stock”); and

b. 1,000,000,000 shares of Class A Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share (the “Class A Common Stock”); and

c. 200,000,000 shares of Class B Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share (the “Class B Common Stock” and, together with the Class A Common Stock, the “Common Stock”).

The Preferred Stock and the Common Stock shall have the designations, rights, powers, and preferences and the qualifications, restrictions, and limitations thereof, if any, set forth below.

Section 2. Preferred Stock. The Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “Board”) is authorized, subject to limitations prescribed by law, to provide, by resolution or resolutions for the issuance of shares of Preferred Stock in one or more series, and with respect to each series, to establish the number of shares to be included in each such series, and to fix the voting powers (if any), designations, powers, preferences, and relative, participating, optional, or other special rights, if any, of the shares of each such series, and any qualifications, limitations, or restrictions thereof, including dividend rights, conversion rights, voting rights, terms of redemption, and


liquidation preferences, any or all of which may be greater than the rights of the Common Stock. The powers (including voting powers), preferences, and relative, participating, optional, and other special rights of each series of Preferred Stock and the qualifications, limitations, or restrictions thereof, if any, may differ from those of any and all other series at any time outstanding. Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock, the number of authorized shares of Preferred Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then-outstanding) without the separate vote of the holders of the Preferred Stock as a class, irrespective of the provisions of Section 242(b)(2) of the DGCL. For the avoidance of doubt, and notwithstanding the foregoing, the Corporation shall be governed by Section 242(d) of the DGCL.

Section 3. Common Stock.

(a) Voting Rights. Except as otherwise required by the DGCL or as provided by or pursuant to the provisions of this Certificate of Incorporation (as it may be amended from time to time, including pursuant to any certificate of designation relating to any series of Preferred Stock, the “Certificate”):

(i) Each holder of Class A Common Stock shall be entitled to one (1) vote for each share of Class A Common Stock held of record by such holder on all matters to be voted upon by stockholders of the Corporation.

(ii) Each holder of Class B Common Stock shall be entitled to one (1) vote for each share of Class B Common Stock held of record by such holder on all matters to be voted upon by stockholders of the Corporation.

(iii) Except as otherwise required in this Certificate or by applicable law, the holders of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock shall vote together as a single class on all matters on which stockholders are generally entitled to vote (and, if any holders of Preferred Stock are entitled to vote together with the holders of Common Stock, as a single class with such holders of Preferred Stock); provided, however, that, except as otherwise required by law or this Certificate, the holders of Common Stock, as such, shall not be entitled to vote on any amendment to this Certificate (including any certificate of designation relating to any series of Preferred Stock) that relates solely to the terms of one or more outstanding series of Preferred Stock if the holders of such affected series are entitled, either separately or together with the holders of one or more other such series, to vote thereon pursuant to this Certificate (including any certificate of designation relating to any series of Preferred Stock) or pursuant to the DGCL. Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock, the number of authorized shares of Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then-outstanding) without the separate vote of the holders of the Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock, as applicable, irrespective of the provisions of Section 242(b)(2) of the DGCL. For the avoidance of doubt, the Corporation does not intend by the foregoing sentence to opt out of the provisions of Section 242(d) of the DGCL, and intends that Section 242(d) be applicable to the Corporation.

 

2


(iv) The holders of shares of Common Stock shall not have cumulative voting rights.

(b) Dividends. Subject to applicable law and the rights, if any, of the holders of any outstanding series of Preferred Stock or any class or series of stock having a preference over or the right to participate with the Class A Common Stock with respect to the payment of dividends in cash, stock or property of the Corporation, such dividends may be declared and paid on the Class A Common Stock out of the assets of the Corporation that are by law available therefor at such times and in such amounts as the Board in its discretion shall determine. Dividends shall not be declared or paid on the Class B Common Stock.

(c) Liquidation, Dissolution, etc. In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation, after payment or provision for payment of the debts and other liabilities of the Corporation as required by law and of the preferential and other amounts, if any, to which the holders of Preferred Stock shall be entitled, the holders of all outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock shall be entitled to participate in the distribution of the remaining assets of the Corporation available for distribution to holders of Class A Common Stock ratably in proportion to the number of shares held by each such stockholder. The holders of shares of Class B Common Stock, as such, shall not be entitled to receive any assets of the Corporation in the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation.

(d) Reclassification. Neither the Class A Common Stock nor the Class B Common Stock may be subdivided, split, combined, consolidated, reclassified, or otherwise changed unless contemporaneously therewith the other class of Common Stock and the common units of Athena Technology Solutions Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “LLC Units”), are subdivided, consolidated, reclassified, or otherwise changed in the same proportion and in the same manner.

(e) Exchange. The holders of Class B Common Stock other than the Corporation shall, to the extent provided in the Exchange Agreement and the LLC Agreement (each, defined below) and in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Exchange Agreement and the LLC Agreement, as applicable, have the right to exchange the Class B Common Stock and the LLC Units held by them, for the number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of Class A Common Stock determined in accordance with the terms of the Exchange Agreement. Upon the exchange of an LLC Unit for one share of Class A Common Stock in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Exchange Agreement and the LLC Agreement, as applicable, one share of Class B Common Stock held by the exchanging holder shall automatically and without further action on the part of the Corporation be transferred to the Corporation for no consideration, and shall be automatically retired and cancelled and shall no longer be issued or outstanding and may not be reissued and shall return to the status of authorized but unissued shares of Class B Common Stock. The Corporation shall at all times when any shares of Class B Common Stock and LLC Units shall be outstanding, reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued Class A Common Stock such number of shares of Class A Common Stock as shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the exchange of all outstanding shares of

 

3


Class B Common Stock and LLC Units into shares of Class A Common Stock in accordance with the terms of the Exchange Agreement and the LLC Agreement. If at any time the number of authorized but unissued shares of Class A Common Stock shall not be sufficient to effect the exchange of all outstanding LLC Units, the Corporation will take such corporate actions within its power as may, in the opinion of its counsel, be necessary to cause this Certificate to be amended so as to increase the number of authorized shares of Class A Common Stock to such number as shall be sufficient for such purpose. “Exchange Agreement” means that certain Exchange Agreement, dated on or about the date hereof, among the Corporation, Athena Technology Solutions Holdings, LLC, ATS Investment Holdings, LLC and holders of LLC Units party thereto, as it may be amended and/or restated from time to time, a copy of which is available from the Corporation upon request and without cost. “LLC Agreement” means that certain Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of Athena Technology Solutions Holdings, LLC, dated on or about the date hereof, as it may be amended and/or restated from time to time, a copy of which is available from the Corporation upon request and without cost.

(f) Automatic Transfer. No share of Class B Common Stock may be sold, exchanged or otherwise transferred, other than in connection with (i) the original issuance of the shares of Class B Common Stock to ATS Investment Holdings, LLC pursuant to the Exchange Agreement, (ii) the exchange of an LLC Unit as set forth in Section 3(e) of this ARTICLE FOUR and in the Exchange Agreement and the LLC Agreement, and (iii) the transfer of an LLC Unit by a holder of LLC Units to a “Permitted Transferee” of such holder as defined in the LLC Agreement. In the event that any outstanding shares of Class B Common Stock are sold, exchanged or otherwise transferred other than as provided in the foregoing clauses (i), (ii) and (iii), or such outstanding shares of Class B Common Stock shall otherwise cease to be held by a holder of a corresponding number, based on the exchange rate then in effect, of LLC Units (including a transferee of a LLC Unit) for any reason, such shares of Class B Common Stock shall upon such sale, exchange or other transfer, or upon ceasing to be held by such holder, automatically and without further action on the part of the Corporation or any holder of Class B Common Stock be transferred to the Corporation for no consideration and thereupon shall be automatically retired and cancelled and shall no longer be issued or outstanding and may not be reissued and shall return to the status of authorized but unissued shares of Class B Common Stock. Certificates representing outstanding shares of Class B Common Stock shall contain a legend referencing the restrictions of transfers set forth herein.

ARTICLE FIVE

Section 1. Board of Directors. Except as otherwise provided in this Certificate or the DGCL, the business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board.

 

4


Section 2. Number of Directors. Subject to any rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock then-outstanding to elect additional directors under specified circumstances or otherwise, the number of directors which shall constitute the Board shall be seven and, thereafter, shall be fixed from time to time exclusively by resolution of the Board; provided that, before the Trigger Date (as defined hereinafter), the size of the Board of Directors may also be fixed by the holders of a majority of the voting power present or represented by proxy at a duly convened meeting of stockholders or by a consent of stockholders in lieu of a meeting in accordance with Section 228 of the DGCL.

Section 3. Classes of Directors. The directors of the Corporation, other than those who may be elected by the holders of any series of Preferred Stock, shall be divided into three classes, hereby designated Class I, Class II, and Class III.

Section 4. Election and Term of Office. Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock then-outstanding, the directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes cast. The term of office of the initial Class I directors shall expire at the first annual meeting of stockholders following the date the Class A Common Stock is first publicly traded (the “IPO Date”), the term of office of the initial Class II directors shall expire at the second annual meeting of stockholders after the IPO Date, and the term of office of the initial Class III directors shall expire at the third annual meeting of the stockholders after the IPO Date. The Board may assign directors already in office to Class I, Class II and Class III. At each annual meeting of stockholders after the IPO Date, directors elected to replace those of a class whose terms expire at such annual meeting shall be elected to hold office until the third succeeding annual meeting after their election and until their respective successors shall have been duly elected and qualified. Each such director shall hold office until the annual meeting of stockholders for the year in which such director’s term expires and a successor is duly elected and qualified or until his or her earlier death, resignation, or removal. Nothing in this Certificate shall preclude a director from serving consecutive terms. Elections of directors need not be by written ballot unless the Bylaws of the Corporation (as amended and/or restated, the “Bylaws”) shall so provide.

Section 5. Newly-Created Directorships and Vacancies. Subject to any rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock then-outstanding, newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors or any vacancies in the Board resulting from death, resignation, disqualification, removal from office, or any other cause may be filled only by resolution of a majority of the directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director, and may not be filled in any other manner; provided that, before the Trigger Date, vacant and newly created directorships may also be filled by a plurality vote of the stockholders entitled to vote thereon at a duly convened meeting of stockholders or by a consent of a majority in voting power of the stock entitled to vote thereon in accordance with Section 228 of the DGCL; and further provided that any vacancy or newly created directorship relating to a director entitled to be nominated by MDP pursuant to the Director Designation Agreement dated on or about the IPO Date, as it may be amended or supplemented, a copy of which is available from the Corporation upon request and without cost, may only be filled with the person nominated by MDP. A director elected or appointed to fill a vacancy shall serve for the unexpired term of his or her predecessor in office and until his or her successor is elected and qualified or until his or her earlier death, resignation, or removal. A director elected or appointed to fill a position resulting from an increase in the number of directors shall hold office until the next election of the class for which such director shall have been elected or appointed and until his or her successor is elected and qualified, or until his or her earlier death, resignation, or removal. No decrease in the authorized number of directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.

 

5


Section 6. Removal and Resignation of Directors. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Certificate, (i) prior to the Trigger Date, directors may be removed with or without cause upon the affirmative vote of stockholders representing at least a majority of the voting power of the then-outstanding shares of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon, voting together as a single class, and (ii) on and after the Trigger Date, directors may only be removed for cause and only upon the affirmative vote of stockholders representing at least 66 2/3% of the voting power of the then-outstanding shares of Voting Stock (as defined hereinafter). Any director may resign at any time upon notice in writing or by electronic transmission to the Corporation.

Section 7. Rights of Holders of Preferred Stock. Notwithstanding the provisions of this ARTICLE FIVE, whenever the holders of one or more series of Preferred Stock shall have the right, voting separately or together by series, to elect directors at an annual or special meeting of stockholders, the election, term of office, filling of vacancies, and other features of such directorship shall be subject to the rights of such series of Preferred Stock. During any period when the holders of any series of Preferred Stock, voting separately as a series or together with one or more series, have the right to elect additional directors, then upon commencement and for the duration of the period during which such right continues (i) the then otherwise total authorized number of directors of the Corporation shall automatically be increased by such specified number of directors, and the holders of such Preferred Stock shall be entitled to elect the additional directors so provided for or fixed pursuant to said provisions, and (ii) each such additional director shall serve until such director’s successor shall have been duly elected and qualified, or until such director’s right to hold such office terminates pursuant to said provisions, whichever occurs earlier, subject to his or her earlier death, resignation, disqualification, or removal. Except as otherwise provided by the Board in the resolution or resolutions establishing such series, whenever the holders of any series of Preferred Stock having such right to elect additional directors are divested of such right pursuant to the provisions of such stock, the terms of office of all such additional directors elected by the holders of such stock, or elected to fill any vacancies resulting from the death, resignation, disqualification, or removal of such additional directors, shall forthwith terminate (in which case each such director thereupon shall cease to be qualified as, and shall cease to be, a director), and the total authorized number of directors of the Corporation shall automatically be reduced accordingly.

Section 8. Advance Notice. Advance notice of stockholder nominations for the election of directors and of business to be brought by stockholders before any meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation shall be given in the manner provided in the Bylaws.

Section 9. Definitions. For purposes of this Certificate:

(a) “Affiliated Companies” shall mean (A) in respect of MDP, any entity that controls, is controlled by, or under common control with MDP (other than the Corporation and any company that is controlled by the Corporation) and any investment funds managed or advised by MDP, and (B) in respect of the Corporation, any entity controlled by the Corporation.

(b) “MDP” means Madison Dearborn Partners, LLC.

 

6


(c) “Trigger Date” means the first date on which MDP and its Affiliated Companies cease to beneficially own in the aggregate (directly or indirectly) at least 40% or more of the voting power of the then outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock (determined assuming that each LLC Unit owned by holders other than the Corporation were exchanged for Class A Common Stock in accordance with the terms and conditions of either the Exchange Agreement or LLC Agreement).

(d) “Voting Stock” means the capital stock of the Corporation then entitled to vote generally in the election of directors.

ARTICLE SIX

Section 1. Limitation of Liability.

(a) To the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL as it now exists or may hereafter be amended (but, in the case of any such amendment, only to the extent such amendment permits the Corporation to provide broader exculpation than permitted prior thereto), no director or officer of the Corporation shall be liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages arising from a breach of fiduciary duty as a director or officer.

(b) Any amendment, repeal, or modification of the foregoing paragraph shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director or officer of the Corporation existing at the time of such amendment, repeal, or modification with respect to any act, omission, or other matter occurring prior to such amendment, repeal, or modification. Solely for purposes of Section 1(a) and 1(b) of this ARTICLE SIX, “officer” has the meaning provided in Section 102(b)(7) of the DGCL.

ARTICLE SEVEN

Section 1. Action by Written Consent. Prior to the first date (the “Stockholder Consent Trigger Date”) on which MDP and its Affiliated Companies cease to beneficially own in the aggregate (directly or indirectly) at least 35% of the voting power of the then-outstanding Voting Stock, any action which is required or permitted to be taken by the Corporation’s stockholders may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice, and without a vote if a consent or consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken, is signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares of the Corporation’s stock entitled to vote thereon were present and voted. On and after the Stockholder Consent Trigger Date, any action required or permitted to be taken by the Corporation’s stockholders may be taken only at a duly called annual or special meeting of the Corporation’s stockholders and the power of stockholders to act by consent in writing without a meeting is specifically denied; provided, however, that any action required or permitted to be taken by the holders of Preferred Stock, voting separately as a series or separately as a class with one or more other such series, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice, and without a vote, to the extent expressly so provided in the resolutions creating such series of Preferred Stock.

 

7


Section 2. Special Meetings of Stockholders. Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock then-outstanding and to the requirements of applicable law, special meetings of stockholders of the Corporation may be called only (i) by or at the direction of the Board or the Chair of the Board pursuant to a written resolution adopted by the affirmative vote of the majority of the total number of directors that the Corporation would have if there were no vacancies, and (ii) prior to the Stockholder Consent Trigger Date, by the Chair of the Board at the request of MDP in the manner provided for in the Bylaws. Any business transacted at any special meeting of stockholders shall be limited to the purpose or purposes stated in the notice of the meeting.

ARTICLE EIGHT

Section 1. Certain Acknowledgments. It is hereby acknowledged that:

(a) (i) certain of the directors, partners, principals, officers, members, managers, employees, operating partners, and/or contractors of MDP or its Affiliated Companies may serve as directors or officers of the Corporation, (ii) MDP and its Affiliated Companies engage and may continue to engage in the same or similar activities or related lines of business as those in which the Corporation, directly or indirectly, may engage and/or other business activities that overlap with or compete with those in which the Corporation, directly or indirectly, may engage, and (iii) the Corporation and its Affiliated Companies may engage in material business transactions with MDP and its Affiliated Companies, and the Corporation is expected to benefit therefrom,

(b) the provisions of this ARTICLE EIGHT are set forth to regulate to the fullest extent permitted by law certain affairs of the Corporation as they may involve MDP and/or its Affiliated Companies and/or their respective directors, partners, principals, officers, members, managers, employees, operating partners, and/or contractors, including any of the foregoing who serve as officers or directors of the Corporation (MDP and/or its Affiliated Companies and all such other persons each an “Exempted Person” and collectively, the “Exempted Persons”); and

(c) this ARTICLE EIGHT constitutes the renunciation of corporate opportunities pursuant to Section 122(17) of the DGCL, which authorizes a corporation to renounce specified classes and categories of business opportunities.

Section 2. Renunciation of Corporate Opportunities. To the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, but subject to Section 3 of this ARTICLE EIGHT, the Corporation hereby renounces any interest or expectancy in, or being offered an opportunity to participate in, any and all business opportunities: (a) originated or acquired by an Exempt Person; (b) in which the Exempt Person has an interest; or (c) that is received from any person or entity by an Exempt Person. The business opportunities renounced under this paragraph include any actual or potential investment or business opportunity or prospective economic advantage in which the Corporation could, but for this paragraph, have an interest or expectancy (including, without limitation, acquisitions, dispositions, business combinations, financings or investment opportunities), whether or not such opportunities are in the same or similar lines of business in which the Corporation is engaged or intends to engage.

 

8


Section 3. Excluded Opportunities. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this ARTICLE EIGHT, but subject to Section 4 of this ARTICLE EIGHT, the Corporation does not renounce any interest or expectancy it may have in any business opportunity that is (a) expressly offered to a person solely in his or her capacity as a director or officer of the Corporation, and not in any other capacity; (b) offered to, or acquired by, a person while he or she is a full-time employee of the Corporation; or (c) that has been developed using the confidential information of the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries.

Section 4. Certain Matters Deemed Not Corporate Opportunities. In addition to and notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this ARTICLE EIGHT, a corporate opportunity shall not be deemed to belong to the Corporation if it is a business opportunity the Corporation is not financially able or contractually permitted or legally able to undertake, or that is, from its nature, not in the line of the Corporation’s business or is of no practical advantage to it, or that is one in which the Corporation has no interest or reasonable expectancy.

Section 5. Amendment of this Article. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary elsewhere contained in this Certificate, subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock then-outstanding, and in addition to any vote required by applicable law, the affirmative vote of MDP, so long as MDP and/or its Affiliated Companies continues to beneficially own any outstanding shares of Voting Stock, shall be required to alter, amend, or repeal, or to adopt any provision inconsistent with, this ARTICLE EIGHT; provided, however, that, to the fullest extent permitted by law, neither the alteration, amendment, or repeal of this ARTICLE EIGHT nor the adoption of any provision of this Certificate inconsistent with this ARTICLE EIGHT shall apply to or have any effect on the liability or alleged liability of any Exempted Person for or with respect to any activities or opportunities which such Exempted Person becomes aware of prior to such alteration, amendment, repeal, or adoption.

Section 6. Deemed Notice. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring or holding any interest in any shares of the Corporation shall be deemed to have notice of and to have consented to the provisions of this ARTICLE EIGHT.

ARTICLE NINE

Section 1. Section 203 of the DGCL. The Corporation expressly elects not to be subject to the provisions of Section 203 of the DGCL.

Section 2. Business Combinations with Interested Stockholders. Notwithstanding any other provision in this Certificate to the contrary, the Corporation shall not engage in any Business Combination (as defined hereinafter), at any point in time at which the Common Stock is registered under Section 12(b) or 12(g) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), with any Interested Stockholder (as defined hereinafter) for a period of three years following the time that such stockholder became an Interested Stockholder, unless:

(a) prior to such time the Board approved either the Business Combination or the transaction which resulted in such stockholder becoming an Interested Stockholder;

 

9


(b) upon consummation of the transaction which resulted in such stockholder becoming an Interested Stockholder, such stockholder owned at least 85% of the Voting Stock of the Corporation outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, excluding for purposes of determining the Voting Stock outstanding (but not the outstanding Voting Stock owned by such Interested Stockholder) those shares owned (i) by Persons (as defined hereinafter) who are directors and also officers of the Corporation, and (ii) employee stock plans of the Corporation in which employee participants do not have the right to determine confidentially whether shares held subject to the plan will be tendered in a tender or exchange offer; or

(c) at or subsequent to such time, the Business Combination is approved by the Board and authorized at an annual or special meeting of stockholders, and not by written consent, by the affirmative vote of at least 66 2/3% of the outstanding Voting Stock which is not owned by such Interested Stockholder.

Section 3. Exceptions to Prohibition on Interested Stockholder Transactions. The restrictions contained in this ARTICLE NINE shall not apply if:

(a) a stockholder becomes an Interested Stockholder inadvertently and (i) as soon as practicable divests itself of ownership of sufficient shares so that the stockholder ceases to be an Interested Stockholder, and (ii) would not, at any time within the three-year period immediately prior to a Business Combination between the Corporation and such stockholder, have been an Interested Stockholder but for the inadvertent acquisition of ownership; or

(b) the Business Combination is proposed prior to the consummation or abandonment of and subsequent to the earlier of the public announcement or the notice required hereunder of a proposed transaction which (i) constitutes one of the transactions described in the second sentence of this Section 3(b) of ARTICLE NINE, (ii) is with or by a Person who either was not an Interested Stockholder during the previous three years or who became an Interested Stockholder with the approval of the Board, and (iii) is approved or not opposed by a majority of the directors then in office (but not less than one) who were directors prior to any Person becoming an Interested Stockholder during the previous three years or were recommended for election or elected to succeed such directors by a majority of such directors. The proposed transactions referred to in the preceding sentence are limited to: (x) a merger or consolidation of the Corporation (except for a merger in respect of which, pursuant to Section 251(f) of the DGCL, no vote of the stockholders of the Corporation is required); (y) a sale, lease, exchange, mortgage, pledge, transfer, or other disposition (in one transaction or a series of transactions), whether as part of a dissolution or otherwise, of assets of the Corporation or of any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of the Corporation (other than to any direct or indirect wholly-owned subsidiary or to the Corporation) having an aggregate market value equal to 50% or more of either that aggregate market value of all of the assets of the Corporation determined on a consolidated basis or the aggregate market value of all the outstanding Stock (as defined hereinafter) of the Corporation; or (z) a proposed tender or exchange offer for 50% or more of the outstanding Voting Stock of the Corporation. The Corporation shall give not less than 20 days’ notice to all Interested Stockholders prior to the consummation of any of the transactions described in clause (x) or (y) of the second sentence of this Section 3(b) of ARTICLE NINE.

 

10


Section 4. Definitions. As used in this ARTICLE NINE only, and unless otherwise provided by the express terms of this ARTICLE NINE, the following terms shall have the meanings ascribed to them as set forth in this Section 4 and, to the extent such terms are defined elsewhere in this Certificate, such definitions shall not apply to this ARTICLE NINE:

(a) “Affiliate” means a Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, another Person;

(b) “Associate,” when used to indicate a relationship with any Person, means (i) any corporation, partnership, unincorporated association, or other entity of which such Person is a director, officer, or general partner or is, directly or indirectly, the owner of 20% or more of any class of Voting Stock, (ii) any trust or other estate in which such Person has at least a 20% beneficial interest or as to which such Person serves as trustee or in a similar fiduciary capacity, and (iii) any relative or spouse of such Person, or any relative of such spouse, who has the same residence as such Person;

(c) “Business Combination” means:

(i) any merger or consolidation of the Corporation (other than a merger effected pursuant to Sections 253 or 267 of the DGCL) or any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of the Corporation with (A) the Interested Stockholder, or (B) any other corporation, partnership, unincorporated association, or entity if the merger or consolidation is caused by the Interested Stockholder and as a result of such merger or consolidation Section 2 of this ARTICLE NINE is not applicable to the surviving entity;

(ii) any sale, lease, exchange, mortgage, pledge, transfer, or other disposition (in one transaction or a series of transactions), except proportionately as a stockholder of the Corporation, to or with the Interested Stockholder, whether as part of a dissolution or otherwise, of assets of the Corporation or of any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of the Corporation which assets have an aggregate market value equal to 10% or more of either the aggregate market value of all the assets of the Corporation determined on a consolidated basis or the aggregate market value of all the outstanding Stock of the Corporation;

(iii) any transaction which results in the issuance or transfer by the Corporation or by any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of the Corporation of any Stock of the Corporation or of such subsidiary to the Interested Stockholder, except (A) pursuant to the exercise, exchange, or conversion of securities exercisable for, exchangeable for, or convertible into Stock of the Corporation or any such subsidiary which securities were outstanding prior to the time that the Interested Stockholder became such, (B) pursuant to an exchange of LLC Units into Class A Common Stock, to the extent provided in the Exchange Agreement and the LLC Agreement, (C) pursuant to a merger under Sections 251(g), 253 or 267 of the DGCL, (D) pursuant to a dividend or distribution paid or made, or the exercise, exchange, or conversion of securities exercisable for,

 

11


exchangeable for, or convertible into Stock of the Corporation or any such subsidiary which security is distributed, pro rata to all holders of a class or series of Stock of the Corporation subsequent to the time the Interested Stockholder became such, (E) pursuant to an exchange offer by the Corporation to purchase Stock made on the same terms to all holders of such Stock, or (F) any issuance or transfer of Stock by the Corporation; provided, however, that in no case under items (D)-(F) of this Section 4(c)(iii) of ARTICLE NINE shall there be an increase in the Interested Stockholder’s proportionate share of the Stock of any class or series of the Corporation or of the Voting Stock of the Corporation;

(iv) any transaction involving the Corporation or any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of the Corporation which has the effect, directly or indirectly, of increasing the proportionate share of the Stock of any class or series, or securities convertible into the Stock of any class or series, of the Corporation or of any such subsidiary which is owned by the Interested Stockholder, except as a result of immaterial changes due to fractional share adjustments or as a result of any purchase or redemption of any shares of Stock not caused, directly or indirectly, by the Interested Stockholder; or

(v) any receipt by the Interested Stockholder of the benefit, directly or indirectly (except proportionately as a stockholder of the Corporation), of any loans, advances, guarantees, pledges, or other financial benefits (other than those expressly permitted in Sections 4(c)(i)-(iv) of ARTICLE NINE) provided by or through the Corporation or any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of the Corporation;

(d) “control,” including the terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with,” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of Voting Stock, by contract or otherwise. A Person who is the owner of 20% or more of the outstanding Voting Stock of any corporation, partnership, unincorporated association, or other entity shall be presumed to have control of such entity, in the absence of proof by a preponderance of the evidence to the contrary; notwithstanding the foregoing, a presumption of control shall not apply where such Person holds Voting Stock, in good faith and not for the purpose of circumventing this ARTICLE NINE, as an agent, bank, broker, nominee, custodian, or trustee for one or more owners who do not individually or as a group (as such term is used in Rule 13d-5 under the Exchange Act (“Rule 13d-5”), as such Rule 13d-5 is in effect as of the date of this Certificate) have control of such entity;

(e) “Interested Stockholder” means any Person (other than the Corporation and any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of the Corporation) that (i) is the owner of 15% or more of the outstanding Voting Stock of the Corporation, or (ii) is an Affiliate or Associate of the Corporation and was the owner of 15% or more of the outstanding Voting Stock of the Corporation at any time within the three-year period immediately prior to the date on which it is sought to be determined whether such Person is an Interested Stockholder, and the affiliates and associates of such Person. Notwithstanding anything in this ARTICLE NINE to the contrary, the term “Interested Stockholder” shall not include:

 

12


(x) MDP or any of its Affiliated Companies, or any other Person with whom any of the foregoing are acting as a group or in concert for the purpose of acquiring, holding, voting, or disposing of shares of Stock of the Corporation; (y) any Person who would otherwise be an Interested Stockholder either in connection with or because of a transfer, sale, assignment, conveyance, hypothecation, encumbrance, or other disposition of 5% or more of the outstanding Voting Stock of the Corporation (in one transaction or a series of transactions) by MDP or any of its affiliates or associates to such Person; provided, however, that such Person was not an Interested Stockholder prior to such transfer, sale, assignment, conveyance, hypothecation, encumbrance, or other disposition; or (z) any Person whose ownership of shares in excess of the 15% limitation set forth herein is the result of action taken solely by the Corporation, provided that, for purposes of this clause (z) only, such Person shall be an Interested Stockholder if thereafter such Person acquires additional shares of Voting Stock of the Corporation, except as a result of further action by the Corporation not caused, directly or indirectly, by such Person; provided, that, for the purpose of determining whether a Person is an Interested Stockholder, the Voting Stock of the Corporation deemed to be outstanding shall include Stock deemed to be owned by the Person through application of this definition of “owned” but shall not include any other unissued Stock of the Corporation which may be issuable pursuant to any agreement, arrangement, or understanding, or upon exercise of conversion rights, warrants, or options, or otherwise;

(f) “owner,” including the terms “own” and “owned,” when used with respect to any Stock, means a Person that individually or with or through any of its Affiliates or Associates beneficially owns such Stock, directly or indirectly; or has (A) the right to acquire such Stock (whether such right is exercisable immediately or only after the passage of time) pursuant to any agreement, arrangement, or understanding, or upon the exercise of conversion rights, exchange rights, warrants, or options, or otherwise; provided, however, that a Person shall not be deemed the owner of Stock tendered pursuant to a tender or exchange offer made by such Person or any of such Person’s Affiliates or Associates until such tendered Stock is accepted for purchase or exchange, (B) the right to vote such Stock pursuant to any agreement, arrangement, or understanding; provided, however, that a Person shall not be deemed the owner of any Stock because of such Person’s right to vote such Stock if the agreement, arrangement, or understanding to vote such Stock arises solely from a revocable proxy or consent given in response to a proxy or consent solicitation made to 10 or more Persons, or (C) has any agreement, arrangement, or understanding for the purpose of acquiring, holding, voting (except voting pursuant to a revocable proxy or consent as described in (B) of this Section 4(f) of ARTICLE NINE), or disposing of such Stock with any other Person that beneficially owns, or whose affiliates or associates beneficially own, directly or indirectly, such Stock;

(g) “Person” means any individual, corporation, partnership, unincorporated association, or other entity;

(h) “Stock” means, with respect to any corporation, any capital stock of such corporation and, with respect to any other entity, any equity interest of such entity; and

 

13


(i) “Voting Stock” means, with respect to any corporation, the capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, and, with respect to any entity that is not a corporation, any equity interest entitled to vote generally in the election of the governing body of such entity. Every reference to a percentage of Voting Stock shall refer to such percentage of the votes of such Voting Stock.

ARTICLE TEN

Section 1. Amendments to the Bylaws. Subject to the rights of holders of any series of Preferred Stock then-outstanding, in furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by law, prior to the Trigger Date, the Bylaws may be amended, altered, or repealed and new bylaws made by (i) the Board, or (ii) in addition to any vote of the holders of any class or series of capital stock of the Corporation required herein (including any certificate of designation relating to any series of Preferred Stock) and any other vote otherwise required by applicable law or the Bylaws, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the voting power of all of the then-outstanding shares of Voting Stock, voting together as a single class. On and after the Trigger Date, the Bylaws may be amended, altered, or repealed and new bylaws made by (i) the Board, or (ii) in addition to any vote of the holders of any class or series of capital stock of the Corporation required herein (including any certificate of designation relating to any series of Preferred Stock), and any other vote otherwise required by applicable law the Bylaws, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66 2/3% of the voting power of the then-outstanding Voting Stock, voting together as a single class.

Section 2. Amendments to this Certificate. Subject to the rights of holders of any series of Preferred Stock then-outstanding, and in addition to any other vote required by law or this Certificate, no provision of ARTICLE FIVE, ARTICLE SIX, ARTICLE SEVEN, ARTICLE NINE, ARTICLE TEN, or ARTICLE ELEVEN of this Certificate may be altered, amended, or repealed in any respect, nor may any provision of this Certificate or the Bylaws inconsistent therewith be adopted, unless (i) prior to the Trigger Date, such alteration, amendment, repeal, or adoption is approved by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of all outstanding shares of Voting Stock, voting together as a single class, and (ii) on and after the Trigger Date, such alteration, amendment, repeal, or adoption is approved by the affirmative vote of holders of at least 66 2/3% of the voting power of all outstanding shares of Voting Stock, voting together as a single class.

ARTICLE ELEVEN

Section 1. Exclusive Forum. Unless this Corporation consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware (or, if the Court of Chancery does not have jurisdiction, the state or federal court located in the State of Delaware with jurisdiction) shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be the sole and exclusive forum for (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the Corporation, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any current or former director, officer, employee, or stockholder of the Corporation to the Corporation or the Corporation’s stockholders, (iii) any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL or as to which the DGCL confers jurisdiction on the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware, the Certificate or the Bylaws, or (iv) any action asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine; provided

 

14


that, for the avoidance of doubt, this provision, including for any “derivative action,” will not apply to suits to enforce a duty or liability created by the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), the Exchange Act, or any other claim for which the federal courts have exclusive jurisdiction. Unless this Corporation consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the federal district courts of the United States shall be the exclusive forum for resolutions of any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act.

Section 2. Notice. Any Person purchasing or otherwise acquiring or holding any interest in shares of capital stock of the Corporation (including, without limitation, shares of Common Stock) shall be deemed to have notice of and to have consented to the provisions of this ARTICLE ELEVEN.

ARTICLE TWELVE

If any provision or provisions of this Certificate shall be held to be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable as applied to any circumstance for any reason whatsoever, the validity, legality, and enforceability of such provisions in any other circumstance and of the remaining provisions of this Certificate (including, without limitation, each portion of any paragraph of this Certificate containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable that is not itself held to be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable) shall not, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

 

15

Exhibit 5.1

 

LOGO

 

 

333 West Wolf Point Plaza

Chicago, IL 60654

United States

 

+1 312 862 2000

 

www.kirkland.com

   Facsimile:
+1 312 862 2200

April 9, 2026

AEVEX Corp.

440 Stevens Ave #150

Solana Beach, California 92075

 

Re:

Registration Statement on Form S-1

Ladies and Gentlemen:

We are issuing this opinion as special counsel to AEVEX Corp., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), in connection with the proposed registration by the Company of up to 17,717,847 shares of its Class A common stock, par value $0.0001 per share (the “Class A Common Stock”), to be newly issued and sold by the Company (the “Company Shares”), including up to 1,717,847 shares of Class A Common Stock purchasable by the underwriters upon their exercise of an over-allotment option granted to the underwriters by the Company, and up to 682,153 shares of Class A Common Stock (the “Selling Stockholder Shares,” and together with the Company Shares, the “Shares”) purchasable by the underwriters upon their exercise of an over-allotment option granted to the underwriters, pursuant to a Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. 333-294524), initially publicly filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) on March 23, 2026, under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Act”) (such Registration Statement, as amended or supplemented, is hereinafter referred to as the “Registration Statement”).

In connection therewith, we have examined originals, or copies certified or otherwise identified to our satisfaction, of such documents, corporate records and other instruments as we have deemed necessary for the purposes of this opinion, including (i) the corporate and organizational documents of the Company, including the form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company to be filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware, which will become effective prior to the sale of the Shares, (ii) minutes and records of the proceedings of the Company with respect to the issuance and sale of the Shares, (iii) the form of Underwriting Agreement in the form filed as Exhibit 1.1 to the Registration Statement (the “Underwriting Agreement”), filed with the Commission on April 9, 2026 and (iv) the Registration Statement.


LOGO

AEVEX Corp.

April 9, 2026

Page 2

 

For purposes of this opinion, we have assumed the authenticity of all documents submitted to us as originals, the conformity to the originals of all documents submitted to us as copies and the authenticity of the originals of all documents submitted to us as copies. We have also assumed the legal capacity of all natural persons, the genuineness of the signatures of persons signing all documents in connection with which this opinion is rendered, the authority of such persons signing on behalf of the parties thereto, other than the Company, and the due authorization, execution and delivery of all documents by the parties thereto, other than the Company. We have not independently established or verified any facts relevant to the opinions expressed herein, but have relied upon statements and representations of officers and other representatives of the Company and others.

Based upon and subject to the foregoing qualifications, assumptions and limitations and the further limitations set forth below, we are of the opinion that as of the date hereof, upon effectiveness of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company, in the form most recently filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement, with the Secretary of Delaware, (1) the Company Shares are duly authorized, and, when the Registration Statement becomes effective under the Act, the final Underwriting Agreement is duly executed and delivered by the parties thereto and the Company Shares are registered by the Company’s transfer agent and delivered against payment of the agreed consideration therefor, all in accordance with the final Underwriting Agreement, the Company Shares will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable, and (2) the Selling Stockholder Shares are duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable.

Our opinion expressed above is subject to the qualification that we express no opinion as to the applicability of, compliance with, or effect of any laws except the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (including the statutory provisions, all applicable provisions of the Delaware constitution and reported judicial decisions interpreting the foregoing).

We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion with the Commission as Exhibit 5.1 to the Registration Statement. We also consent to the reference to our firm under the heading “Legal Matters” in the Registration Statement. In giving this consent, we do not thereby admit that we are in the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Act or the rules and regulations of the Commission. This opinion and consent may be incorporated by reference in a subsequent registration statement on Form S-1 filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Act with respect to the registration of additional securities for sale in the offering contemplated by the Registration Statement and shall cover such additional securities, if any, registered on such subsequent registration statement.


LOGO

AEVEX Corp.

April 9, 2026

Page 3

 

We do not find it necessary for the purposes of this opinion, and accordingly we do not purport to cover herein, the application of the securities or “Blue Sky” laws of the various states to the issuance and sale of the Shares.

This opinion is limited to the specific issues addressed herein, and no opinion may be inferred or implied beyond that expressly stated herein. This opinion speaks only as of the date that the Registration Statement becomes effective under the Act, and we assume no obligation to revise or supplement this opinion after the date of effectiveness should the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware be changed by legislative action, judicial decision or otherwise after the date hereof.

 

Sincerely,
/s/ Kirkland & Ellis LLP
KIRKLAND & ELLIS LLP

Exhibit 10.16

FORM OF TAX RECEIVABLE AGREEMENT

by and among

AEVEX CORP.,

ATHENA TECHNOLOGY SOLUTIONS HOLDINGS, LLC

and

THE OTHER PERSONS NAMED HEREIN

Dated as of     , 2026


FORM OF TAX RECEIVABLE AGREEMENT

This TAX RECEIVABLE AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”), dated as of , 2026, is hereby entered into by and among AEVEX Corp., a Delaware corporation (“PubCo”), Athena Technology Solutions Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“OpCo”), and each of the undersigned parties and the other persons who agree to become party to this Agreement and who shall thereafter be listed on Schedule A attached hereto from time to time (each a “Rights Holder” and collectively, the “Rights Holders”).

RECITALS

WHEREAS, the Rights Holders directly or indirectly hold equity interests in OpCo (the “Units”) and/or PubCo;

WHEREAS, OpCo is treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes and PubCo is treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes;

WHEREAS, after the IPO, PubCo will be the manager of OpCo and will hold, directly and/or indirectly, Units;

WHEREAS, in connection with the IPO, ATS PubCo Holdings, L.P. (“PubCo Holdings”) contributed Units in OpCo to PubCo in exchange for Class A Shares (the “Unit Contribution”);

WHEREAS, as a result of the Unit Contribution, the Corporate Taxpayer (as defined below) will be entitled to obtain the benefit of the Unit Transferred Basis (as defined below);

WHEREAS, in connection with the IPO, a subsidiary of PubCo shall merge with and into the Blocker (as defined below), whereby the Blocker Shareholder (as defined below) will receive Class A Shares, and thereafter the Blocker shall merge with and into PubCo (the “Blocker Merger”);

WHEREAS, as a result of the Blocker Merger, the Corporate Taxpayer will (i) be entitled to utilize Blocker Attributes (as defined below) and (ii) obtain the benefit of the Blocker Transferred Basis (as defined below);

WHEREAS, in connection with the IPO, PubCo will acquire (directly or indirectly) IPO Units (as defined below) for a contribution of cash to OpCo not treated as part of a disguised sale under Section 707(a) of the Code (the “IPO Exchange”);

WHEREAS, as a result of the IPO Exchange (as defined below) and the merger of certain other Opco Unit holders with and into subsidiaries of PubCo, the Corporate Taxpayer will be entitled to obtain the benefit of the IPO Basis (as defined below);

WHEREAS, the Units held by the Rights Holders subsequently may be exchanged for Class A Shares and/or cash or other property, in accordance with and subject to the provisions of the Exchange Agreement (as defined below);

WHEREAS, as a result of an Exchange (as defined below), the Corporate Taxpayer will (i) be entitled to use the Basis Adjustments (as defined below) relating to such Units exchanged in the Exchange and (ii) obtain the benefit of the Exchange Transferred Basis (as defined below);

 

- 2 -


WHEREAS, OpCo and each of its direct and indirect subsidiaries, if any, treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes will have in effect an election under Section 754 of the Code (i) for each Taxable Year that includes the IPO and (ii) for each Taxable Year in which a taxable acquisition (including a deemed taxable acquisition under Section 707(a) of the Code) or non-taxable acquisition of Units by the Corporate Taxpayer from any of the Rights Holders for stock of the Corporate Taxpayer and/or cash or redemption by OpCo, in each case of this clause (ii), occurs in connection with the IPO or after the IPO (and such acquisition from, including any deemed taxable acquisition under Section 707(a) of the Code, or redemption, an “Exchange”);

WHEREAS, the income, gain, loss, expense and other Tax items of the Corporate Taxpayer may be affected by the (i) Unit Transferred Basis, (ii) Blocker Attributes, (iii) Blocker Transferred Basis, (iv) IPO Basis, (v) Exchange Transferred Basis, (vi) Basis Adjustments and (vii) Imputed Interest (as defined below) (collectively, the “Tax Attributes”); and

WHEREAS, the parties to this Agreement desire to provide for certain payments and to make certain arrangements with respect to the effect of the Tax Attributes on the liability for taxes of the Corporate Taxpayer.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the respective covenants and agreements set forth in this Agreement, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the parties hereto agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

Section 1.1 Definitions.

As used in this Agreement, the terms set forth in this Article I shall have the following meanings.

“Accrued Amount” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1(a)(iii).

“Accrued Payment” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.6.

“Actual Tax Liability” means, with respect to any Taxable Year, the sum of (a) the actual liability of the Corporate Taxpayer for U.S. federal income Taxes (if applicable, determined in accordance with a Determination or Amended Schedule and by assuming any state and local income taxes relevant to calculating such U.S. federal income taxes are determined in accordance with the following clause (c)), plus (b) without duplication, the portion of any liability for U.S. federal income Taxes imposed directly on OpCo (or OpCo’s applicable Subsidiaries or other Persons in which OpCo owns a direct or indirect equity interest) under Section 6225 or any similar provision of the Code and any state and local Taxes imposed directly on OpCo (or OpCo’s applicable Subsidiaries or other Persons in which OpCo owns a direct or indirect equity interest), in each case, that is allocable to the Corporate Taxpayer under Section 704 of the Code or otherwise attributable to the Corporate Taxpayer in accordance with the OpCo Agreement, plus (c) the product of (i) the amount of the U.S. federal taxable income (not below zero) for such Taxable Year (if applicable, determined in accordance with a Determination or Amended Schedule) reported on the Corporate Taxpayer’s IRS Form 1120 (or any successor form) and (ii) the Blended S/L Rate.

“Affiliate” of any particular Person means any other Person controlling, controlled by or under common control with such Person, where for purposes of this definition, “control” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct the management and policies of a Person whether through the ownership of voting securities, its capacity as a sole or managing member or otherwise. For purposes of this Agreement, no Rights Holder shall be considered to be an Affiliate of the Corporate Taxpayer, OpCo, or any Subsidiaries thereof.

 

- 3 -


“Agreed Rate” means a per annum rate of SOFR plus 100 basis points.

“Agreement” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

“Amended Schedule” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.4(b).

“Attributable” means the portion of any Tax Attribute of the Corporate Taxpayer that is “Attributable” to any present or former Rights Holder, as the case may be, determined under the following principles:

(i) any Unit Transferred Basis (and any Basis Adjustments in respect thereof) shall be determined separately with respect to each Rights Holder and is Attributable to each Rights Holder in an amount equal to the total Unit Transferred Basis relating to such Units delivered to the Corporate Taxpayer by such Rights Holder in the Unit Contribution;

(ii) any Blocker Attributes (and any Basis Adjustments in respect thereof) shall be Attributable to the Blocker Shareholder;

(iii) any Blocker Transferred Basis (and any Basis Adjustments in respect thereof) shall be Attributable to the Blocker Shareholder;

(iv) any IPO Basis (and any Basis Adjustments in respect thereof) shall be determined separately with respect to each Rights Holder, as applicable, in an amount equal to the product of (A) the total IPO Basis and (B) the IPO Basis Percentage of the Units previously held by such Rights Holder and transferred (whether pursuant to the Unit Contribution, the Blocker Merger or an Exchange) to PubCo, as applicable;

(v) any Exchange Transferred Basis (and any Basis Adjustments in respect thereof) shall be determined separately with respect to each Exchanging Holder and is Attributable to each Exchanging Holder in an amount equal to the total Exchange Transferred Basis relating to such Units delivered to the Corporate Taxpayer by such Exchanging Holder in the Exchange;

(vi) any Basis Adjustments shall be determined separately with respect to each Exchanging Holder, the Unit Transferred Basis Holder, and the Blocker Shareholder and are Attributable to each Exchanging Holder in an amount equal to the total Basis Adjustments relating to such Units delivered to the Corporate Taxpayer by such Exchanging Holder in the Exchange, the Unit Contribution, or the Blocker Merger; and

(vii) any deduction to the Corporate Taxpayer with respect to a Taxable Year in respect of Imputed Interest is Attributable to the Person that is required to include the Imputed Interest in income (without regard to whether such person is actually subject to Tax thereon).

“Basis Adjustment” means the adjustment to the Tax basis of a Reference Asset under Sections 732, 734(b), 707(a), 737 and/or 1012 of the Code and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder (in situations where, as a result of one or more Exchanges, OpCo becomes an entity that is disregarded as separate from its owner for U.S. federal income tax purposes) or under Sections 734(b), 743(b) and 755 of the Code and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder (in situations where, following an Exchange, OpCo remains in existence as an entity classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) and, in each case, comparable sections of state and local tax laws, as a result of (i) an Exchange, (ii) the payments made pursuant to this Agreement in respect of such Exchange and (iii) the payments made pursuant to this Agreement in respect of the Unit Contribution and the Blocker Merger. For the avoidance of doubt, the amount of any Basis Adjustment resulting from an Exchange shall be determined without regard to any Pre-Exchange Transfer and as if any such Pre-Exchange Transfer had not occurred. The amount of any Basis Adjustment shall be determined using the Market Value of the Units that are the subject of the Exchange at the time of the Exchange.

 

- 4 -


“Basis Schedule” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.2.

“Blended S/L Rate” means, with respect to any Taxable Year, the sum of the apportionment-weighted effective rates of tax imposed on the aggregate net income of the Corporate Taxpayer in each U.S. state and local jurisdiction in which the Corporate Taxpayer files Tax Returns for such Taxable Year, with the maximum effective rate in any state or local jurisdiction being equal to the product of (i) the apportionment factor on the income or franchise Tax Return in such jurisdiction for such Taxable Year and (ii) the maximum applicable corporate income tax rate in effect in such jurisdiction in such Taxable Year. As an illustration of the calculation of Blended S/L Rate for a Taxable Year, if the Corporate Taxpayer solely files Tax Returns in State 1 and State 2 in a Taxable Year, the maximum applicable corporate income tax rates in effect in such states in such Taxable Year are 6.5% and 5.5%, respectively, and the apportionment factors for such states in such Taxable Year are 60% and 40%, respectively, then the Blended S/L Rate for such Taxable Year is equal to 6.10% (i.e., the sum of (a) 6.5% multiplied by 60%, plus (b) 5.5% multiplied by 40%).

“Blocker” means MDCP VII-C ATS Blocker, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.

“Blocker 743(b) Adjustment” means the adjustments, existing as of the close of the IPO Date (as determined based on the interim closing of the books of OpCo as of the close of the IPO Date), to the Tax basis of the Reference Assets under Section 743(b) of the Code that are attributable to the Units held by the Blocker.

“Blocker Attributes” means, without duplication, the net operating losses, capital losses, research and development credits, foreign tax credits, excess Section 163(j) limitation carryforwards, charitable deductions and any Tax attributes (other than capitalized debt issuance costs) that the Corporate Taxpayer is entitled to utilize as a result of the Blocker Merger that relate to periods (or portions thereof) prior to the Blocker Merger; provided however, that in order to determine whether any such Tax attribute is a Blocker Attribute, the Taxable Year of the Corporate Taxpayer that includes the effective date of the Blocker Merger shall be deemed to end as of the close of such effective date.

“Blocker Shareholder” means Madison Dearborn Capital Partners VII-C, L.P. and any successors or assigns thereof.

“Blocker Transferred Basis” means the Tax basis (including any Blocker 743(b) Adjustments) of any Reference Asset that is (i) amortizable under Section 197 of the Code, (ii) depreciable under Section 168 of the Code for U.S. federal income Tax purposes or (iii) otherwise reportable as amortizable or depreciable on IRS Form 4562 for U.S. federal income Tax purposes relating to the Units transferred from the Blocker to the Corporate Taxpayer and determined as of the time of the Blocker Merger; provided that, any Tax basis included in the IPO Basis and Attributable to the Blocker Shareholders (with respect to Units acquired in the Blocker Merger) shall be excluded from the determination of the Blocker Transferred Basis to the extent necessary to avoid double counting.

“Board” means the Board of Directors of the Corporate Taxpayer.

“Business Day” means any day except a Saturday, a Sunday and any other day on which commercial banks are required or authorized to close in the State of New York.

 

- 5 -


“Change of Control” means the occurrence of any one of the following events:

(i) a merger, reorganization, consolidation or similar form of business transaction (or series of related transactions) directly involving the Corporate Taxpayer or indirectly involving the Corporate Taxpayer through one or more intermediaries unless, immediately following such transaction (or series of related transactions), more than 50% of the voting power of the then outstanding voting stock or other equity securities of the Corporate Taxpayer resulting from the consummation of such transaction (including any parent or ultimate parent corporation of such Person that as a result of such transaction owns directly or indirectly the Corporate Taxpayer and all or substantially all of the Corporate Taxpayer’s assets) is held by the then-existing equityholders of the Corporate Taxpayer (determined immediately prior to such transaction and related transactions);

(ii) a transaction (or series of related transactions) in which the Corporate Taxpayer, directly or indirectly, sells, assigns, conveys, transfers, leases or otherwise disposes of all or substantially all of its direct or indirect assets to another Person other than an Affiliate;

(iii) a transaction (or series of related transactions) in which there is an acquisition of control of the Corporate Taxpayer by a Person or group of Persons (excluding (x) any “person” or “group” who, on IPO Date, is the beneficial owner of securities of the Corporate Taxpayer representing more than 50% of the combined voting power of the Corporate Taxpayer’s then outstanding voting securities or (y) any “group” formed after the IPO that includes members who collectively, as of the IPO Date, are the beneficial owners of securities of the Corporate Taxpayer representing more than 50% of the combined voting power of the Corporate Taxpayer’s then outstanding voting securities). For purposes of this definition, the term “control” shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to either (A) vote more than 50% of the securities having ordinary voting power for the election of directors (or comparable positions in the case of partnerships and limited liability companies), or (B) direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person, whether by contract or otherwise (for the avoidance of doubt, consent rights do not constitute “control” for the purpose of this definition); or

(iv) the liquidation or dissolution of the Corporate Taxpayer.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, a “Change of Control” shall be deemed not to have occurred (a) by virtue of the consummation of any transaction or series of integrated transactions immediately following which the record holders of the shares of the Corporate Taxpayer immediately prior to such transaction or series of transactions continue to have substantially the same proportionate ownership in, and voting control over, and own substantially all of the shares of, an entity which owns, directly or indirectly, all or substantially all of the assets of the Corporate Taxpayer immediately following such transaction or series of transactions; or (b) if the Rights Holder Representative agrees in writing to elect for a “Change of Control” to not have occurred upon the occurrence of any transaction, series of related transactions or any other occurrence that may otherwise qualify as a “Change of Control”.

“Class A Shares” means shares of Class A Common Stock of PubCo, par value $0.01 per share.

“Class B Shares” means shares of Class B Common Stock of PubCo, par value $0.01 per share.

“Code” means the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

“Common Stock” means Class A Shares and Class B Shares.

“Corporate Taxpayer” means PubCo and any company that is a member of any consolidated Tax Return of which PubCo (or any of its successors) is a member, where appropriate.

 

- 6 -


“Cumulative Net Realized Tax Benefit” for a Taxable Year means the cumulative amount of Realized Tax Benefits for all Taxable Years of the Corporate Taxpayer, up to and including such Taxable Year, reduced, but not below zero, by the cumulative amount of Realized Tax Detriment for the same period. The Realized Tax Benefit and Realized Tax Detriment for each Taxable Year shall be determined based on the most recent Tax Benefit Schedules or Amended Schedules, if any, in existence at the time of such determination; provided, that, for the avoidance of doubt, the computation of the Cumulative Net Realized Tax Benefit shall be adjusted to reflect any applicable Determination with respect to any Realized Tax Benefits and/or Realized Tax Detriments.

“Default Rate” means a per annum rate of SOFR plus 500 basis points.

“Determination” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Code Section 1313(a) or a similar applicable provision of state, or local income tax law or any other event (including the execution of IRS Form 870-AD) that finally and conclusively establishes the amount of any liability for tax.

“Early Termination Date” means the date of an Early Termination Notice for purposes of determining the Early Termination Payment.

“Early Termination Event” means any event or circumstance (or group of events or circumstances) giving rise to an Early Termination Payment pursuant to Section 4.1(b), (c) or (d).

“Early Termination Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.1(b).

“Early Termination Payment” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.2(b).

“Early Termination Rate” means the lesser of (i) 6.5% per annum, compounded annually, and (ii) a per annum rate of SOFR plus 100 basis points.

“Early Termination Schedule” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.1(b).

“Exchange” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals of this Agreement.

“Exchange Agreement” means that certain Exchange Agreement, dated the date hereof, by and among the Corporate Taxpayer, Opco and ATS.

“Exchange Transferred Basis” means the Tax basis of any Reference Asset that is (i) amortizable under Section 197 of the Code, (ii) depreciable under Section 168 of the Code or (iii) otherwise reportable as amortizable or depreciable on IRS Form 4562 for U.S. federal income Tax purposes relating to the Units transferred upon an Exchange and determined as of the time of such Exchange; provided that, any Tax basis included in the IPO Basis and Attributable to Exchanging Holders (with respect to the Units subject to the Exchange Agreement) shall be excluded from the determination of the Exchange Transferred Basis to the extent necessary to avoid double counting.

“Exchange Date” means the date of any Exchange.

“Exchanging Holder” means (i), initially, ATS, with respect to the Units that it holds and/or has held that are subject to the terms of the Exchange Agreement, and (ii) any successor to or assignee of ATS that holds and/or has held Units that are subject to the terms of the Exchange Agreement.

“Expert” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.10.

 

- 7 -


“Hypothetical Tax Liability” means, with respect to any Taxable Year, the hypothetical liability, without duplication, the sum of (A) (i) of the Corporate Taxpayer for U.S. federal income Taxes and (ii) the portion of any liability for U.S. federal income Taxes imposed directly on OpCo (or OpCo’s Subsidiaries or other Persons in which OpCo owns a direct or indirect equity interest) under Section 6225 or any similar provision of the Code and any state and local Taxes imposed directly on OpCo (or OpCo’s applicable Subsidiaries or other Persons in which OpCo owns a direct or indirect equity interest), and (B) the product of (i) the U.S. federal income for such Taxable Year reported on the Corporate Taxpayer’s IRS Form 1120 (or any successor form) and (ii) the Blended S/L Rate, in each case, that is allocable to the Corporate Taxpayer under Section 704 of the Code or otherwise attributable to the Corporate Taxpayer in accordance with the OpCo Agreement, in each case, calculated in accordance with the definition of Actual Tax Liability using the same methods, elections, conventions, and similar practices used on the relevant Tax Return, but (a) using the Non-Unit Transferred Basis as reflected on the Basis Schedule including amendments thereto for the Taxable Year, (b) without taking into account Blocker Attributes, if any, (c) using the Non-Blocker Transferred Basis as reflected on the Basis Schedule, including amendments thereto for the Taxable Year, (d) using the Non-IPO Basis as reflected on the Basis Schedule including amendments thereto for the Taxable Year, (e) using the Non-Exchange Transferred Basis as reflected on the Basis Schedule including amendments thereto for the Taxable Year, (f) using the Non-Stepped Up Tax Basis as reflected on the Basis Schedule including amendments thereto for the Taxable Year and (g) excluding any deduction attributable to Imputed Interest attributable to any payment made under this Agreement for the Taxable Year. For the avoidance of doubt, Hypothetical Tax Liability shall be determined without taking into account the carryover or carryback of any Tax item (or portions thereof) that is attributable to a Tax Attribute as applicable. For the avoidance of doubt, the basis of the Reference Assets in the aggregate for purposes of determining the Hypothetical Tax Liability can never be less than zero.

“Imputed Interest” means any interest imputed under Sections 1272, 1274, or 483 or other provision of the Code and any similar provision of state and local Tax law with respect to the Corporate Taxpayer’s payment obligations in respect of the Corporate Taxpayer under this Agreement.

“Independent Directors” means the members of the Board of Directors of the Corporate Taxpayer who are “independent” under the standards of the principal U.S. securities exchange on which the Common Stock is traded or quoted.

“Intended Tax Treatment” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.7.

“IPO” means the initial public offering of Common Stock pursuant to the registration statement on Form S-1 of PubCo.

“IPO Basis” means the Tax basis of any Reference Asset at the time of the IPO that is (i) amortizable under Section 197 of the Code, (ii) depreciable under Section 168 of the Code or (iii) otherwise reported as amortizable or depreciable on IRS Form 4562 for U.S. federal income Tax purposes, in each case of clauses (i) through (iii), to the extent allocable to the Corporate Taxpayer (for the avoidance of doubt, including as a result of Section 704(c) of the Code) as a result of its acquisition of IPO Units.

“IPO Basis Payment” means a Tax Benefit Payment attributable to IPO Basis.

“IPO Basis Percentage” means, in respect of a Rights Holder, the percentage, the numerator of which is the number of Units (assuming that the OpCo has recapitalized into common units immediately prior to the Unit Contribution) which (x) existed as of immediately prior to the Unit Contribution and (y) are transferred (either pursuant to the Unit Contribution, the Blocker Merger, or an Exchange) by such Rights Holder to PubCo and the denominator of which is the total Units held by Rights Holders that would have been outstanding (assuming that the OpCo has recapitalized into common units immediately prior to the Unit Contribution) immediately prior to the Unit Contribution.

“IPO Date” means the closing date of the IPO.

 

- 8 -


“IPO Exchange” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals of this Agreement.

“IPO Units” means the Units acquired by PubCo with the net proceeds from the IPO (excluding any Units acquired in an Exchange).

“IRS” means the U.S. Internal Revenue Service.

“Market Value” means the closing price of the Common Stock on the applicable Exchange Date on the national securities exchange or interdealer quotation system on which such Common Stock is then traded or listed, as reported by the Wall Street Journal; provided, that if the closing price is not reported by the Wall Street Journal for the applicable Exchange Date, then the Market Value shall mean the closing price of the Common Stock on the Business Day immediately preceding such Exchange Date on the national securities exchange or interdealer quotation system on which such Common Stock is then traded or listed, as reported by the Wall Street Journal; provided, further, that if the Common Stock is not then listed on a national securities exchange or interdealer quotation system, the Market Value shall mean the cash consideration paid for Common Stock, or the fair market value of the other property delivered for Common Stock, as determined by the Board in good faith.

“Net Tax Benefit” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1(a)(ii).

“Non-Blocker Transferred Basis” means, with respect to any Reference Asset at the time of the Blocker Merger that is (i) amortizable under Section 197 of the Code, (ii) depreciable under Section 168 of the Code, (iii) otherwise reported as amortizable or depreciable on IRS Form 4562 for U.S. federal income Tax purposes, the Tax basis (including any Blocker 743(b) Adjustments) that such Reference Asset would have had if the Blocker Transferred Basis at the time of the Blocker Merger was equal to zero.

“Non-Exchange Transferred Basis” means with respect to any Reference Asset at the time of an Exchange that is (i) amortizable under Section 197 of the Code, (ii) depreciable under Section 168 of the Code or (iii) otherwise reported as amortizable or depreciable on IRS Form 4562 for U.S. federal income Tax purposes, the Tax basis that such Reference Asset would have had if the Exchange Transferred Basis at the time of the IPO or Exchange (as applicable) was equal to zero.

“Non-IPO Basis” means, with respect to any Reference Asset at the time of the IPO Exchange that is (i) amortizable under Section 197 of the Code or (ii) depreciable under Section 168 of the Code or (iii) otherwise reported as amortizable or depreciable on IRS Form 4562 for U.S. federal income Tax purposes, the Tax basis that such Reference Asset would have had if the IPO Basis of such Reference Asset at the time of the IPO was equal to zero.

“Non-Stepped Up Tax Basis” means, with respect to any Reference Asset at any time, the Tax basis that such asset would have had at such time if no Basis Adjustments had been made.

“Non-Unit Transferred Basis” means, with respect to any Reference Asset at the time of the Unit Contribution that is (i) amortizable under Section 197 of the Code, (ii) depreciable under Section 168 of the Code or (iii) otherwise reported as amortizable or depreciable on IRS Form 4562 for U.S. federal income Tax purposes, the Tax basis that such Reference Asset would have had if the Unit Transferred Basis at the time of the Unit Contribution was equal to zero.

“Objection Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.4(a).

“OpCo” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

 

- 9 -


“OpCo Agreement” means, with respect to OpCo, the Third Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of OpCo, dated as of the date hereof, as such agreement may be further amended, restated, supplemented and/or otherwise modified from time to time.

“Payment Date” means any date on which a payment is required to be made pursuant to this Agreement.

“Permitted Assignment” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.6(a).

“Person” means any natural person, sole proprietorship, partnership, trust, unincorporated association, corporation, limited liability company, entity or governmental entity.

“Pre-Exchange Transfer” means any transfer (including upon the death of a prior holder) of, or distribution in respect of, one or more Units (or interests in any applicable Subsidiaries of OpCo or other Persons in which OpCo owns a direct or indirect equity interest) (i) that occurs prior to an Exchange of such Units and (ii) to which Section 734(b) or 743(b) of the Code applies.

“Realized Tax Benefit” means, for a Taxable Year, the excess, if any, of the Hypothetical Tax Liability over the Actual Tax Liability. If all or a portion of the Actual Tax Liability for the Taxable Year arises as a result of an audit or similar proceeding by a Taxing Authority of any Taxable Year, such liability shall not be included in determining the Realized Tax Benefit unless and until there has been a Determination.

“Realized Tax Detriment” means, for a Taxable Year, the excess, if any, of the Actual Tax Liability over the Hypothetical Tax Liability. If all or a portion of the Actual Tax Liability for the Taxable Year arises as a result of an audit or similar proceeding by a Taxing Authority of any Taxable Year, such liability shall not be included in determining the Realized Tax Benefit unless and until there has been a Determination.

“Reconciliation Dispute” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.10.

“Reconciliation Procedures” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.4(a).

“Reference Asset” means an asset that is held by OpCo, or by any of its direct or indirect Subsidiaries treated as a partnership or disregarded entity (but only if such indirect Subsidiaries are held only through Subsidiaries treated as partnerships or disregarded entities) for purposes of the applicable Tax, at the time of the IPO, or an Exchange, as relevant. A Reference Asset also includes any asset that is “substituted basis property” under Section 7701(a)(42) of the Code with respect to a Reference Asset.

“Rights Holder(s)” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

“Rights Holder Representative” means, initially, ATS Investment Holdings, LLC (“ATS”) or its designated Affiliate unless ATS or such designated Affiliate resigns as the Rights Holder Representative by delivering written notice to the Corporate Taxpayer, in which case the Rights Holder Representative shall be the Person appointed from time to time by a majority of the Rights Holders in accordance with their right to receive Early Termination Payments hereunder.

“Schedule” means any of the following: (i) a Blocker Attribute Schedule, (ii) a Basis Schedule, (iii) a Tax Benefit Schedule and (iv) an Early Termination Schedule, and, in each case, any amendments thereto.

 

- 10 -


“Section 734(b) Exchange” means any Exchange that results in a Basis Adjustment under Section 734(b) of the Code.

“SOFR” means for each month (or portion thereof), the forward looking term rate based on the secured overnight financing rate administered by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York (or a successor administrator of the secured overnight financing rate) for a one-month period, on the date two days prior to the first day of such month, as published on an information service as selected by the Rights Holder Representative from time to time in its reasonable discretion, provided that if (i) adequate and reasonable means do not exist for ascertaining SOFR and such circumstances are unlikely to be temporary or (ii) the supervisor for the administrator of SOFR or a governmental authority having jurisdiction over the Rights Holder Representative or any member of the Corporate Taxpayer has made a public statement identifying a specific date after which SOFR shall no longer be used for determining interest rates for loans, then the Corporate Taxpayer or the Rights Holder Representative shall endeavor to establish an alternate rate of interest to SOFR that gives due consideration to the then prevailing market convention for determining a comparable rate of interest in the United States at such time, and shall enter into an amendment to this Agreement to reflect such alternate rate of interest and such other related changes to this Agreement as may be applicable, provided further that the alternate rate of interest shall be no less than the interest rate equal to SOFR of the prior month.

“Subsidiaries” means, of any Person, any corporation, association, partnership, limited liability company or other business entity of which more than fifty percent (50%) of the voting power or equity is owned or controlled directly or indirectly by such Person, or one (1) or more of the Subsidiaries of such Person, or a combination thereof.

“Tax Attributes” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals of this Agreement.

“Tax Benefit Payment” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1(a)(i).

“Tax Benefit Schedule” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.2.

“Tax Claim” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.1(b).

“Tax Return” means any return, declaration, report, information returns, claims for refund, disclosures or similar statement filed or required to be filed with respect to or in connection with taxes (including any related or supporting schedules, attachments, statements or information filed or required to be filed with respect thereto), including any amendments thereof and declarations of estimated tax.

“Taxable Year” means a taxable year of the Corporate Taxpayer as defined in Section 441(b) of the Code or comparable section of U.S. state, or local income tax law (and which may include a period of more or less than twelve (12) months for which a Tax Return is made), in each case, that ends on or after the IPO Date.

“Taxes” means any and all U.S. federal, state, local and foreign taxes, assessments or similar charges that are based on or measured with respect to net income or profits, and any interest related to such Tax.

“Taxing Authority” means any domestic, federal, national, state, county or municipal or other local government, any subdivision, agency, commission or authority thereof, or any quasi-governmental body, in each case, exercising any taxing authority or any other authority or jurisdiction of any kind in relation to tax matters.

“Unit Contribution” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

 

- 11 -


“Unit Transferred Basis” means the Tax basis of any Reference Asset that is (i) amortizable under Section 197 of the Code, (ii) depreciable under Section 168 of the Code or (iii) otherwise reportable as amortizable or depreciable on IRS Form 4562 for U.S. federal income Tax purposes relating to the Units transferred in the Unit Contribution determined as of the time of the Unit Contribution; provided that, any Tax basis included in the IPO Basis and Attributable to Unit Transferred Basis Rights Holders (with respect to the Units acquired in the Unit Contribution) shall be excluded from the determination of the Unit Transferred Basis to the extent necessary to avoid double counting.

“Unit Transferred Basis Rights Holder” means (i) PubCo Holdings and (ii) any successor to or assignee of PubCo Holdings, in each case, in respect of the Units contributed in the Unit Contribution.

“Valuation Assumptions” means, as of an Early Termination Date, the assumptions that in each Taxable Year ending on or after such Early Termination Date:

(i) the Corporate Taxpayer will have taxable income sufficient to fully utilize the Tax items arising from the Tax Attributes (other than any items addressed in clause (ii) below) during such Taxable Year or future Taxable Years (including, for the avoidance of doubt, Basis Adjustments and Imputed Interest that would result from future payments made under this Agreement that would be paid in accordance with the Valuation Assumptions) in which such deductions would become available;

(ii) any Blocker Attributes or loss carryovers generated by deductions arising from any Tax Attributes that are available as of the date of the Early Termination Date will be used by the Corporate Taxpayer on a pro rata basis from the date of such Early Termination Date through the earlier of (x) the scheduled expiration date under applicable Tax law of such Blocker Attributes or loss carryovers or (y) the fifth (5th) anniversary of the Early Termination Date;

(iii) the U.S. federal, state and local income Tax rates that will be in effect for each such Taxable Year will be those specified for each such Taxable Year by the Code and other law as in effect on the Early Termination Date (except to the extent any change to such Tax rates for such Taxable Year have already been enacted into law) and the Blended S/L Rate will be calculated based on such rates and the apportionment factor applicable in the prior Taxable Year;

(iv) any non-amortizable assets (other than equity interest in any Subsidiary that is treated as an association taxable as a corporation for U.S. federal income Tax purposes) will be disposed of on the fifteenth (15th) anniversary of the applicable Exchange or deemed exchange pursuant to clause (v) (in the case of Basis Adjustments) and any cash equivalents will be disposed of twelve (12) months following the Early Termination Date; provided, that in the event of a Change of Control, such non-amortizable assets shall be deemed disposed of at the time of sale (if applicable) of the relevant asset in the Change of Control (if earlier than such fifteenth (15th) anniversary) (other than equity interest in any subsidiary that is treated as an association taxable as a corporation for U.S. federal income Tax purposes);

(v) if, at the Early Termination Date, there are Units of OpCo that have not been Exchanged, then each such unit, shall be deemed Exchanged for the Market Value of such Unit;

(vi) with respect to Taxable Years where the Payment Date has passed, any unpaid Tax Benefit Payments and any applicable interest will be paid on the Early Termination Date at the Default Rate; and

(vii) each Tax Benefit Payment for the relevant Taxable Year will be due and payable and satisfied on the due date (without extensions) under applicable law as of the Early Termination Date for filing of IRS Form 1120 (or any successor form) of the Corporate Taxpayer.

 

- 12 -


ARTICLE II

DETERMINATION OF REALIZED TAX BENEFIT

Section 2.1 754 Election(a) . The Corporate Taxpayer shall cause OpCo and each of its applicable direct or indirect Subsidiaries that is treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income Tax purposes to have in effect an election under Section 754 of the Code (or any similar provisions of applicable state, local or non-U.S. tax law) for each Taxable Year. The Corporate Taxpayer shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause each Person in which OpCo owns a direct or indirect equity interest (other than a Subsidiary) that is so treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income Tax purposes to have in effect such an election for each Taxable Year.

Section 2.2 Basis Schedule. Within ninety (90) calendar days after the due date (including extensions) of IRS Form 1120 (or any successor form) of the Corporate Taxpayer for each relevant Taxable Year, the Corporate Taxpayer shall deliver to the Rights Holder Representative, a schedule (a “Basis Schedule”) that shows, in reasonable detail necessary to perform the calculations required by this Agreement, (a) the Unit Transferred Basis of each Reference Asset, if any, (b) the Blocker Attributes, if any, (c) the Blocker Transferred Basis of each Reference Asset, if any, (d) the IPO Basis of each Reference Asset, if any, (e) the Exchange Transferred Basis of each Reference Asset, if any, (f) the Basis Adjustment with respect to the Reference Assets in respect of each Rights Holder as a result of the Exchanges effected in such Taxable Year or any prior Taxable Year by such Rights Holder, if any, (g) the Non-Stepped Up Tax Basis of the Reference Assets in respect of such Rights Holder as of each applicable Exchange Date, if any, (h) the period (or periods) over which the Reference Assets in respect of such Rights Holder are amortizable and/or depreciable and (i) the period (or periods) over which the Unit Transferred Basis, the Blocker Attributes, the Blocker Transferred Basis, the IPO Basis, the Exchange Transferred Basis and each Basis Adjustment is amortizable and/or depreciable. A Basis Schedule will become final and binding on the parties pursuant to the procedures set forth in Section 2.4(a) and may be amended by the parties pursuant to the procedures set forth in Section 2.4(b) (subject to the procedures set forth in Section 2.4(b)). All costs and expenses incurred in connection with the provision and preparation of the Blocker Attribute Schedule, the Basis Schedules and the Tax Benefit Schedules for each Rights Holder in compliance with this Agreement shall be borne by the Corporate Taxpayer.

Section 2.3 Tax Benefit Schedule.

(a) Tax Benefit Schedule. Within ninety (90) calendar days after the due date (including extensions) of IRS Form 1120 (or any successor form) of the Corporate Taxpayer for any Taxable Year, the Corporate Taxpayer shall provide to the Rights Holder Representative a schedule showing, in reasonable detail, the calculation of the Realized Tax Benefit and Tax Benefit Payment or the Realized Tax Detriment (and lack of a Tax Benefit Payment), as applicable, Attributable to each Rights Holder for such Taxable Year (a “Tax Benefit Schedule”). Each Tax Benefit Schedule will become final as provided in Section 2.4(a) and may be amended as provided in Section 2.4(b) (subject to the procedures set forth in Section 2.4(b)).

(b) Applicable Principles.

(i) General. The Realized Tax Benefit (or the Realized Tax Detriment) for each Taxable Year is intended to measure the decrease (or increase) in the actual liability for Taxes payable or economically borne by the Corporate Taxpayer for such Taxable Year attributable to the Tax Attributes, determined using a “with and without” methodology. Carryovers or carrybacks of any Tax item attributable to any of the Tax Attributes shall be considered to be subject to the rules of the Code and the Treasury Regulations or the appropriate provisions of U.S. Tax law, as applicable, governing the use, limitation and expiration of carryovers or carrybacks of the relevant type, except as otherwise provided by this Agreement. If a carryover or carryback of any Tax item includes a portion that is attributable to any Tax Attribute and another portion that is not, such portions shall be considered to be used in accordance with the “with and without” methodology. The Actual Tax Liability shall be calculated taking into account the Intended Tax Treatment.

 

- 13 -


(ii) Applicable Principles of Section 734(b) Exchanges. Notwithstanding any provisions to the contrary in this Agreement the Intended Tax Treatment shall not be required to apply to payments hereunder to an Exchanging Holder in respect of a Section 734(b) Exchange by such Exchanging Holder. For the avoidance of doubt, payments made under this Agreement relating to a Section 734(b) Exchange shall not be treated as resulting in a Basis Adjustment to the extent such payments are treated as Imputed Interest. The parties intend that (A) an Exchanging Holder that has made a Section 734(b) Exchange shall, with respect to the Basis Adjustment resulting from such Section 734(b) Exchange or any payments hereunder in respect of such Section 734(b) Exchange, be entitled to Tax Benefit Payments attributable to such Basis Adjustments only to the extent such Basis Adjustments are allocable to the Corporate Taxpayer following such Section 734(b) Exchange (without taking into account any concurrent or subsequent Exchanges) and (B) if, as a result of a subsequent Exchange, an increased portion of the Basis Adjustments resulting from such Section 734(b) Exchange or any payments hereunder in respect of such Section 734(b) Exchange becomes allocable to the Corporate Taxpayer, then the Exchanging Holder that makes such subsequent Exchange shall be entitled to a Tax Benefit Payment calculated in respect of such increased portion.

Section 2.4 Procedures, Amendments.

(a) Procedure. Each time the Corporate Taxpayer delivers to the Rights Holder Representative an applicable Schedule under this Agreement, including any Amended Schedule delivered pursuant to Section 2.4(b), any Early Termination Schedule or any amended Early Termination Schedule, the Corporate Taxpayer shall also (i) deliver to the Rights Holder Representative supporting schedules and work papers, as determined by the Corporate Taxpayer or as reasonably requested by the Rights Holder Representative, that provide a reasonable level of detail regarding the data and calculations that were relevant for purposes of preparing the Schedule and (ii) allow the Rights Holder Representative reasonable access at no cost to the appropriate representatives at the Corporate Taxpayer in connection with a review of such Schedule. Without limiting the generality of the preceding sentence, the Corporate Taxpayer shall ensure that any Tax Benefit Schedule or Early Termination Schedule that is delivered to the Rights Holder Representative, along with any supporting schedules, valuation reports and work papers, provides a reasonably detailed presentation of the calculation of the Actual Tax Liability (the “with” calculation) and the Hypothetical Tax Liability (the “without” calculation) and identifies any assumptions or operating procedures or principles that were used for purposes of such calculations. An applicable Schedule or amendment thereto shall become final and binding on all parties unless the Rights Holder Representative, within thirty (30) calendar days after receiving any Schedule or amendment thereto, provides the Corporate Taxpayer with a notice of an objection to such Schedule or amendment thereto (“Objection Notice”) or such earlier date as the Rights Holder Representative provides written notice to the Corporate Taxpayer that it has no objections to the Schedule. If the Corporate Taxpayer and Rights Holder Representative, for any reason, are unable to successfully resolve the issues raised in any Objection Notice within thirty (30) calendar days after the Rights Holder Representative gives the Corporate Taxpayer such Objection Notice, the Corporate Taxpayer and the Rights Holder Representative shall employ the reconciliation procedures described in Section 7.10 (the “Reconciliation Procedures”), in which case such Schedule or Amended Schedule shall become binding in accordance with Section 7.10.

(b) Amended Schedule. The applicable Schedule for any Taxable Year may be amended from time to time by the Corporate Taxpayer (i) in connection with a Determination affecting such Schedule, (ii) to correct material inaccuracies in the Schedule, including those identified as a result of the receipt of additional factual information relating to a Taxable Year after the date the Schedule was provided to the Rights Holder Representative, (iii) to comply with an Expert’s determination under the Reconciliation Procedures, (iv) to reflect a material change in the Realized Tax Benefit or the Realized Tax Detriment for such Taxable Year attributable to a carryback or carryforward of a loss or other tax item to such Taxable Year or (v) to reflect a material change in the Realized Tax

 

- 14 -


Benefit or Realized Tax Detriment for such Taxable Year attributable to an amended Tax Return filed for such Taxable Year (any such Schedule, an “Amended Schedule”); provided, however, that an amendment under clause (i) attributable to an audit of a Tax Return by the Corporate Taxpayer, OpCo or Subsidiary thereof shall not be made on an Amended Schedule unless and until there has been a Determination with respect to such change. The Corporate Taxpayer shall provide an Amended Schedule to the Rights Holder Representative within thirty (30) calendar days of the occurrence of an event referred to in clauses (i) through (v) of the preceding sentence, and any such Amended Schedule shall be subject to the approval procedures described in Section 2.4(a).

ARTICLE III

TAX BENEFIT PAYMENTS

Section 3.1 Payments; Timing of Payments. Within five (5) Business Days of a Tax Benefit Schedule becoming final in accordance with Section 2.4(a) and Section 7.10, if applicable, the Corporate Taxpayer shall pay to each Rights Holder for such Taxable Year the Tax Benefit Payment determined pursuant to Section 3.1(a) that is Attributable to such Rights Holder. Each such Tax Benefit Payment shall be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the bank account previously designated by the applicable Rights Holder to the Corporate Taxpayer, or as otherwise agreed by the Corporate Taxpayer and such Rights Holder. For the avoidance of doubt, (a) no Tax Benefit Payment shall be made in respect of estimated tax payments and (b) the payments provided for pursuant to the above sentence shall be computed separately for each Rights Holder. No Rights Holder shall be required under any circumstances to make a payment or return a payment to the Corporate Taxpayer in respect of any portion of any Tax Benefit Payment previously paid by the Corporate Taxpayer to such Rights Holder (including any portion of any Early Termination Payment).

(a) For purposes of this Agreement:

(i) A “Tax Benefit Payment” in respect of a Rights Holder for a Taxable Year means an amount, not less than zero, equal to the sum of (A) the Net Tax Benefit that is Attributable to such Rights Holder and (B) the Accrued Amount with respect thereto. For the avoidance of doubt, for Tax purposes, the Accrued Amount shall not be treated as interest, but instead, shall be treated as additional consideration in the applicable transaction, unless otherwise required by law.

(ii) Subject to Section 3.4, the “Net Tax Benefit” for a Taxable Year shall be an amount equal to the excess, if any, of 85% of the Cumulative Net Realized Tax Benefit as of the end of such Taxable Year, over the total amount of payments previously made under the first sentence of Section 3.1(a) (excluding payments attributable to Accrued Amounts); provided, that if there is no such excess (or if a deficit exists), no Rights Holder shall be required to make a payment (or return a payment) to the Corporate Taxpayer in respect of any portion of any Tax Benefit Payment previously made by the Corporate Taxpayer to such Rights Holder.

(iii) The “Accrued Amount” with respect to any Net Tax Benefit shall equal an amount determined in the same manner as interest on the Net Tax Benefit calculated at the Agreed Rate from the due date (without extensions) for filing IRS Form 1120 (or any successor form) of the Corporate Taxpayer with respect to Taxes for such Taxable Year until the payment date under Section 3.1(a).

(b) PubCo, OpCo and the Rights Holders hereby acknowledge and agree that, as of the date of the Agreement and as of the date of any future Exchange that may be subject to this Agreement, the aggregate value of the Tax Benefit Payments cannot be reasonably ascertained for U.S. federal income and other applicable tax purposes. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, unless otherwise specified by a Rights Holder in a written notice to PubCo, the aggregate Tax Benefit Payments herein (other than amounts accounted for as interest under the Code) with respect to any Exchange by a Rights Holder, shall not exceed 100% of the fair market value

 

- 15 -


of the consideration received (whether as a cash payment, as Class A shares or as other consideration, but excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, the fair market value of the Tax Benefit Payments hereunder) in such Exchange or other applicable transaction (the “Exchange Consideration”) such that the stated maximum selling price (within the meaning of Treasury Regulation 15A.453-1(c)(2) is equal to 200% of the Exchange Consideration.

Section 3.2 No Duplicative Payments. It is intended that the provisions of this Agreement will not result in duplicative payment of any amount (including interest) required under this Agreement. It is also intended that the provisions of this Agreement will result in 85% of the Cumulative Net Realized Tax Benefits of the Corporate Taxpayer, and the Accrued Amounts thereon, being paid to the Rights Holders pursuant to this Agreement. The provisions of this Agreement shall be construed in the appropriate manner so that these fundamental results are achieved.

Section 3.3 Payments in United States Dollars. All payments to be made under this Agreement shall be made in United States dollars.

Section 3.4 Pro Rata Payments. Notwithstanding anything in Section 3.1 to the contrary, to the extent that the aggregate potential Realized Tax Benefit of the Corporate Taxpayer with respect to the Tax Attributes is limited in a particular Taxable Year because the Corporate Taxpayer does not have sufficient taxable income, the Net Tax Benefit for that Taxable Year shall be allocated among all parties then-eligible to receive Tax Benefit Payments under this Agreement in proportion to the amounts of Net Tax Benefit for that Taxable Year, respectively, that would have been Attributable to each Rights Holder if the Corporate Taxpayer had sufficient taxable income so that there were no such limitation.

Section 3.5 Payment Ordering. If for any reason the Corporate Taxpayer does not fully satisfy its payment obligations to make all Tax Benefit Payments due under this Agreement in respect of a particular Taxable Year, then the Corporate Taxpayer and the Rights Holders agree that (a) Tax Benefit Payments for such Taxable Year shall be allocated to all parties eligible to receive Tax Benefit Payments under this Agreement in such Taxable Year in proportion to the amounts of Tax Benefit Payments, respectively, that would have been made to each Rights Holder if the Corporate Taxpayer had sufficient cash available to make such Tax Benefit Payments and (b) no Tax Benefit Payments shall be made in respect of any Taxable Year until all Tax Benefit Payments to all Rights Holders in respect of all prior Taxable Years have been made in full.

Section 3.6 IPO Basis Exchange. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, any and all Tax Benefit Payments that would otherwise be made pursuant to this Agreement to the Exchanging Holder with respect to any IPO Basis shall be held in cash by the Corporate Taxpayer for the benefit of the Exchanging Holder (without any interest thereon) (such withheld amount, the “Accrued Payment”). Promptly following the time the Exchanging Holder has exchanged Units, such Accrued Payment Attributable to Exchanging Holder with respect to the exchanged Units shall be paid by the Corporate Taxpayer to the Exchanging Holder.

Section 3.7 Intended Tax Treatment.

(a) The parties hereto agree that it is their intention, for U.S. federal (and applicable state and local) income tax purposes, that:

(i) A Tax Benefit Payment paid to a Rights Holder that is an Exchanging Holder in respect of a Unit that is subject to the Exchange Agreement shall be treated as in part additional purchase price for such Unit and in part Imputed Interest;

(ii) A Tax Benefit Payment (other than Imputed Interest thereon) paid to a Rights Holder that is a Unit Transferred Basis Rights Holder is in respect of a Unit that was subject to the Unit Contribution shall be treated as nonqualifying property or money received pursuant to Section 351 and/or Section 356 of the Code;

 

- 16 -


(iii) A Tax Benefit Payment (other than Imputed Interest thereon) paid to the Blocker Shareholder in respect of a Unit that was acquired by PubCo pursuant to the Blocker Merger shall be treated as nonqualifying property or money for purposes of Section 351 and/or Section 356 of the Code received in the Blocker Merger;

(iv) each Exchange shall give rise to Basis Adjustments;

(v) all Tax Benefit Payments (other than Imputed Interest thereon) attributable to the Exchange Transferred Basis, Basis Adjustments or IPO Basis (with respect to an IPO Basis Payment received as a result of an Exchange) shall be treated as subsequent upward purchase price adjustments with respect to the Units exchanged in the applicable Exchange that have the effect of creating additional Basis Adjustments to Reference Assets in the year of payment;

(vi) all Tax Benefit Payments (other than Imputed Interest thereon) attributable to the Unit Transferred Basis, the Blocker Transferred Basis or Blocker Attributes, or IPO Basis (with respect to an IPO Basis Payment received in respect of the Unit Contribution or the Blocker Merger) shall be treated as having the effect of creating additional Basis Adjustments to the Reference Assets in the year of payment; and

(vii) the portion of the Tax Benefit Payment that must be accounted for as Imputed Interest shall be deductible by the Corporate Taxpayer (collectively, the “Intended Tax Treatment”).

ARTICLE IV

TERMINATION

Section 4.1 Termination of Agreement; Elective Early Termination; Automatic Early Termination.

(a) In General. This Agreement shall terminate at the time that all Tax Benefit Payments have been made to the Rights Holders under this Agreement.

(b) Elective Early Termination. Notwithstanding Section 4.1(a), with the written approval of a majority of the Independent Directors, the Corporate Taxpayer may terminate this Agreement by paying to the Rights Holders the Early Termination Payment together with the other amounts required by this paragraph. If the Corporate Taxpayer chooses to exercise its right of early termination pursuant to this Section 4.1(b), the Corporate Taxpayer shall deliver to the Rights Holder Representative irrevocable written notice of such decision to exercise such right (“Early Termination Notice”) and a schedule (the “Early Termination Schedule”) showing in reasonable detail the calculation of the Early Termination Payment. The Early Termination Schedule shall become final and binding on all parties in accordance with the procedures set forth Section 2.4(a). Upon finalization of the Early Termination Schedule, the Corporate Taxpayer shall pay to each Rights Holders at the time set forth in Section 4.2, such Rights Holder’s Attributable portion of (1) the Early Termination Payment, (2) the Tax Benefit Payment due and payable but unpaid as of the date of the Early Termination Notice and (3) the Tax Benefit Payment due for a Taxable Year ending prior to, with or including the date of the Early Termination Notice (except to the extent that such amount is included in the Early Termination Payment).

(c) Acceleration Upon Material Breach of this Agreement. Subject to Section 5.2, in the event that the Corporate Taxpayer breaches any of its material obligations under this Agreement, whether as a result of a failure to make a payment when due, failure to honor any other material obligations required hereunder or by operation of law as a result of the rejection of this Agreement in a case commenced under bankruptcy laws or otherwise, then all obligations hereunder shall be accelerated, the Corporate Taxpayer shall be deemed to have

 

- 17 -


delivered an Early Termination Notice on the first date of such breach and the Corporate Taxpayer shall pay to the Rights Holders at the time specified in Section 4.2, such Rights Holder’s Attributable portion of (1) the Early Termination Payment, (2) any Tax Benefit Payment that is due and payable but unpaid as of such date and (3) any Tax Benefit Payment due for the Taxable Year ending prior to, with or including such date (except to the extent that such amount is included in the Early Termination Payment). The parties agree that the failure to make any payment due pursuant to this Agreement within three (3) months of the date such payment is due shall be deemed to be a breach of a material obligation under this Agreement for all purposes of this Agreement.

(d) Acceleration Upon Change of Control. In the event of a Change of Control, all obligations hereunder to be accelerated. In such event, the Corporate Taxpayer shall be deemed to have delivered an Early Termination Notice on the date of such Change of Control and the Corporate Taxpayer shall pay to the Rights Holders at the time specified in Section 4.2 (1) the Early Termination Payment, (2) any Tax Benefit Payment that is due and payable but unpaid as such date and (3) any Tax Benefit Payment due for the Taxable Year ending prior to, with or including such date (except to the extent that such amount is included in the Early Termination Payment). The Corporate Taxpayer shall use its reasonable best efforts to provide to the Rights Holder Representative an Early Termination Schedule showing in reasonable detail the calculation of the Early Termination Payment with respect to an expected Change of Control as far in advance as is reasonably practicable of such Change of Control (but no more than thirty (30) Business Days in advance) so as to enable the calculation of the Early Termination Payment to be finalized pursuant to Section 2.4(a) prior to the date of the effective date of the Change of Control. Notwithstanding the foregoing, where the parties anticipate a Change of Control but are not certain of the date on which such Change of Control will occur, the Corporate Taxpayer and the Rights Holder Representative may agree to base the calculations contemplated by this Section 4.1(d) on a date other than the closing date of the Change of Control.

(e) For the avoidance of doubt, this Section 4.1 shall not prevent the Corporate Taxpayer and the Rights Holder Representative from negotiating a termination of the Rights Holders’ rights under this Agreement in exchange for a payment that is different than the Early Termination Payment and which is binding on all Rights Holders.

Section 4.2 Payment upon Early Termination Event.

(a) Any amount required to be paid pursuant to Section 4.1(b) or Section 4.1(c) shall be paid within five (5) Business Days after the corresponding Early Termination Schedule is finalized pursuant to Section 2.4. Any amount required to be paid pursuant to Section 4.1(d) shall be paid on the date of the closing of the Change of Control. All such payments shall be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to a bank account designated by the Rights Holders, or as otherwise agreed by the Corporate Taxpayer and the Rights Holder Representative.

(b) The “Early Termination Payment” with respect to an Early Termination Event shall equal the present value as of the corresponding Early Termination Date, discounted at the Early Termination Rate as of such date, of all Tax Benefit Payments that would be required to be paid by the Corporate Taxpayer to the Rights Holders beginning from the Early Termination Date, calculated by applying the Valuation Assumptions.

ARTICLE V

PAYMENT MECHANICS AND COMPLIANCE WITH INDEBTEDNESS

Section 5.1 Late Payments. The amount of all or any portion of any Tax Benefit Payment or Early Termination Payment (or other payment pursuant to Section 4.1 or Section 4.2) not made by the Corporate Taxpayer to the Rights Holders when due under the terms of this Agreement (other than pursuant to Section 5.2) shall accrue interest at the Default Rate commencing from the date on which such payment was due and payable.

 

- 18 -


Section 5.2 Compliance with Indebtedness. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, if, at the time any amounts become due and payable hereunder, the Corporate Taxpayer is not permitted, pursuant to the terms of the Corporate Taxpayer’s debt financing arrangements, to pay such amounts, or the Corporate Taxpayer’s Subsidiaries are not permitted, pursuant to the terms of the Corporate Taxpayer’s (or the applicable Subsidiary’s) debt financing arrangements, to make dividends, loans or other transfers to the Corporate Taxpayer to allow the Corporate Taxpayer to pay such amounts, then the Corporate Taxpayer shall by notice to the Rights Holder Representative be permitted to defer the payment of such amounts to the minimum extent necessary until each condition rendering the payment of such amounts impermissible as described in this Section 5.2 is no longer applicable. At the time such condition is no longer applicable and no other such condition exists, such amounts (together with accrued and unpaid interest thereon as described in this Section 5.2) shall become due and payable immediately. If the Corporate Taxpayer defers the payment of any such amounts pursuant to the first sentence in this Section 5.2, such amounts shall accrue interest at the Agreed Rate from the date that such amounts originally became due and owing pursuant to the terms hereof to the date that such amounts are paid. For the avoidance of doubt, any payment not made due to the preceding sentence shall not be deemed a breach under Section 4.1(c) of this Agreement unless and until such payment remains unpaid thirty (30) calendar days after the date on which such condition described in this Section 5.2 is no longer applicable. The Corporate Taxpayer agrees to use commercially reasonable efforts to cure any condition rendering the payment of such amounts impermissible as described in this Section 5.2 and to cause the Corporate Taxpayer and its Subsidiaries to pay dividends or make loans (including, to the extent commercially reasonable, granting access to any revolving credit facility or other source of liquidity to facilitate the payment of such dividends or loans), to the extent consistent with the terms of their outstanding indebtedness and any applicable law, to the extent necessary to make payments hereunder.

Section 5.3 Conflicting Agreements. Unless the Rights Holder Representative otherwise agrees in writing, the Corporate Taxpayer shall use commercially reasonable efforts not to, and shall cause the Corporate Taxpayer’s Subsidiaries to use commercially reasonable efforts not to, enter into any agreement or indenture or any amendment or other modification to any agreement or indenture (including, in each case, in connection with any refinancing) or incur, create or assume any obligations in respect of indebtedness for borrowed money (excluding any trade payables, intercompany debt or similar obligations) (“Senior Obligations”), in each case, after the date hereof, that would reasonably be expected to, directly or indirectly, impede (or further impede) its ability to make payments under this Agreement (other than any Early Termination Payment) in accordance with its terms, including any agreement that would, directly or indirectly, impede (or further impede) the ability of the Corporate Taxpayer to pay amounts payable under this Agreement (other than any Early Termination Payment) or the ability of the Corporate Taxpayer’s Subsidiaries to upstream cash (by dividend, loan or other transfer) to the Corporate Taxpayer to fund amounts payable by the Corporate Taxpayer under this Agreement (other than any Early Termination Payment); provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, any interest incurred, accrued or otherwise payable in accordance with a Senior Obligation shall not be deemed to, directly or indirectly, impede (or further impede) the Corporate Taxpayer’s ability to make payments under this Agreement or the ability of the Corporate Taxpayer’s Subsidiaries to upstream cash to the Corporate Taxpayer. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, to the extent that the Corporate Taxpayer enters into future Tax receivable or other similar agreements (“Future TRAs”), the Corporate Taxpayer shall ensure that the terms of any such Future TRA shall provide that the Tax Attributes subject to this TRA Agreement shall be senior in priority in all respects to any Tax attributes subject to any such Future TRA for purposes of calculating the amount and timing of payments under any such Future TRA and that there is no duplication of Tax Attributes (and payments with respect thereto) that are subject to this Agreement and Tax attributes (and payment obligations with respect thereto) that are subject to any Future TRAs. For the avoidance of doubt, any payment required to be made by the Corporate Taxpayer to the Rights Holders under this Agreement shall be pari passu in right of payment with all current or future unsecured obligations of the Corporate Taxpayer and its Subsidiaries that are not Senior Obligations.

 

- 19 -


ARTICLE VI

NO DISPUTES; CONSISTENCY; COOPERATION

Section 6.1 Participation in the Corporate Taxpayer’s and OpCo’s Tax Matters.

(a) Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, the Corporate Taxpayer and OpCo shall have full responsibility for, and sole discretion over, all tax matters concerning the Corporate Taxpayer and OpCo, respectively, including the preparation, filing or amending of any Tax Return and defending, contesting or settling any issue pertaining to taxes, subject to a requirement that the Corporate Taxpayer and OpCo, as applicable act in good faith in connection with their direct or indirect control of any matter which is reasonably expected to affect the Rights Holders’ rights and obligations under this Agreement.

(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Corporate Taxpayer or OpCo, as applicable, shall notify the Rights Holder Representative in writing of the commencement of, and keep the Rights Holder Representative reasonably informed with respect to, any tax audit or tax administrative or judicial proceeding of the Corporate Taxpayer (or its Subsidiaries) or OpCo by a Taxing Authority the outcome of which could reasonably be expected to adversely affect the timing of, or the amount of, any Tax Benefit Payment (any “Tax Claim”), and shall give the Rights Holder Representative reasonable opportunity to provide information and participate in the applicable portion of such Tax Claim, including attending any meetings with any Taxing Authority, employing counsel separate from the counsel employed by the Corporate Taxpayer or OpCo, as applicable, and having the opportunity to reasonably comment on and approve all material submissions made by the Corporate Taxpayer or OpCo, as applicable, to any Taxing Authority. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, without the consent of the Rights Holder Representative, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, the Corporate Taxpayer or OpCo, as applicable, shall not, and shall cause each respective Subsidiary not to, (i) change any accounting method, or amend or take any position inconsistent with a previously-filed Tax Return of any such entity, in each case, if such action could materially and adversely affect the Tax Benefit Payments or (ii) settle or otherwise resolve any Tax Claim, if such settlement could have a materially adverse effect on a Rights Holder’s rights (including the right to receive payments) under this Agreement.

Section 6.2 Cooperation. Each of the Corporate Taxpayer, OpCo and the Rights Holder Representative shall (a) furnish to the other party in a timely manner such information, documents and other materials as the other party may reasonably request for purposes of making or approving any determination or computation necessary or appropriate under this Agreement, preparing any Tax Return or contesting, participating in, or defending any audit, examination or controversy with any Taxing Authority including pursuant to Section 6.1, (b) make itself available to the other party and its representatives to provide explanations of documents and materials and such other information as the requesting party or its representatives may reasonably request in connection with any of the matters described in clause (a) above, and (c) reasonably cooperate in connection with any such matter,. Upon the request of any Rights Holder the Corporate Taxpayer shall cooperate in taking any action reasonably requested by such Rights Holder in connection with (i) its Tax or financial reporting or (ii) the consummation of any assignment or transfer of any of its rights and/or obligations under this Agreement, including without limitation, providing any information (including projections of taxable income and Tax Benefit Payments) or executing any documentation. In addition, the Corporate Taxpayer shall not, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries not to, take any action or omit to take any action, in each case, that has the primary purpose of circumventing the attainment of or otherwise reducing any Tax Benefit Payment or Early Termination Payment under this Agreement or triggering an Early Termination Event under this Agreement.

Section 6.3 Consistency. The Corporate Taxpayer and the Rights Holders agree to report and cause to be reported for all purposes, including U.S. federal, state and local Tax purposes and financial reporting purposes, all Tax-related items (including, without limitation, the Basis Adjustments and each Tax Benefit Payment) in a manner consistent with that contemplated by this Agreement or specified by the Corporate Taxpayer in any Schedule required to be provided by or on behalf of the Corporate Taxpayer under this Agreement unless otherwise required by law. The Corporate Taxpayer shall (and shall cause OpCo and its other Subsidiaries to) use commercially reasonable efforts (for the avoidance of doubt, taking into account the interests and entitlements of all Rights Holders under this Agreement) to defend the Tax treatment contemplated by this Agreement, including the Intended Tax Treatment, and any Schedule in any audit, contest or similar proceeding with any Taxing Authority.

 

- 20 -


ARTICLE VII

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 7.1 Notices. All notices, requests, claims, demands and other communications to be given or delivered under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been given (a) when personally delivered (or, if delivery is refused, upon presentment) or sent by email (unless the party delivering such notice receives notice of transmission failure), (b) one (1) Business Day following delivery by reputable overnight express courier (charges prepaid) or (c) three (3) calendar days following mailing by certified or registered mail, postage prepaid and return receipt requested. Unless another address is specified in writing pursuant to the provisions of this Section 7.1, notices, demands and other communications shall be sent to the addresses indicated below:

If to PubCo, to:

AEVEX Corp.

440 Stevens Ave., Suite 150

Solana Beach, CA 92075

Attn:  Roger Wells

Email:   [***]

with a copy, in any case, to:

Kirkland & Ellis LL

P 333 West Wolf Point Plaza

Chicago, IL 60654

Attn:  Robert M. Hayward, P.C.

    Michael P. Keeley, P.C.

    Kevin M. Frank

Email:     [***]

    [***]

    [***]

If to the OpCo, to:

AEVEX Corp.

440 Stevens Ave., Suite 150

Solana Beach, CA 92075

Attn: Roger Wells

Email: [***]

with a copy, in any case, to:

Kirkland & Ellis LLP

333 West Wolf Point Plaza

Chicago, IL 60654

Attn:  Robert M. Hayward, P.C.

    Michael P. Keeley, P.C.

    Kevin M. Frank

Email:     [***]

    [***]

    [***]

 

- 21 -


If to any Rights Holder, to:

ATS Investment Holdings, LLC

c/o Madison Dearborn Partners, LLC

70 W. Madison St., Suite 4600

Chicago, IL 60602

Attn:  Matthew W. Norton

    Brandon Levitan

    Legal Department

Email:     [***]

    [***]

    [***]

with a copy to:

Kirkland & Ellis LLP

333 West Wolf Point Plaza

Chicago, IL 60654

Attn:  Robert M. Hayward, P.C.

    Michael P. Keeley, P.C.

    Kevin M. Frank

Email:     [***]

    [***]

    [***]

Section 7.2 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, all of which shall be considered one and the same agreement and shall become effective when one or more counterparts have been signed by each of the parties and delivered to the other parties, it being understood that all parties need not sign the same counterpart. Delivery of an executed signature page to this Agreement by facsimile or email transmission shall be as effective as delivery of a manually signed counterpart of this Agreement.

Section 7.3 Entire Agreement; No Third Party Beneficiaries. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement and understanding among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, whether written or oral, relating to such subject matter in any way. Nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended to or shall confer upon any other Person any right, benefit or remedy of any nature whatsoever under or by reason of this Agreement.

Section 7.4 Governing Law. The law of the State of Delaware shall govern (a) all claims or matters related to or arising from this Agreement (including any tort or non-contractual claims) and (b) any questions concerning the construction, interpretation, validity and enforceability of this Agreement, and the performance of the obligations imposed by this Agreement, in each case without giving effect to any choice-of-law or conflict-of-law rules or provisions (whether of the State of Delaware or any other jurisdiction) that would cause the application of the law of any jurisdiction other than the State of Delaware.

Section 7.5 Severability. If any provision of this Agreement is determined to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable by any governmental entity, all other provisions of this Agreement shall nevertheless remain in full force and effect. Upon such determination that any provision is invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the parties hereto shall negotiate in good faith to modify this Agreement so as to effect the original intent of the parties as closely as possible in an acceptable manner in order that the transactions contemplated hereby are consummated as originally contemplated to the greatest extent possible.

 

- 22 -


Section 7.6 Successors; Assignment; Amendments; Waivers.

(a) No Rights Holder may assign its rights under this Agreement without the prior written consent of the Rights Holder Representative; provided that, unless otherwise determined by the Corporate Taxpayer in its sole discretion, any approved assignee shall execute and deliver a joinder to this Agreement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A. Any assignment of any such assignee’s rights meeting the requirements of Section 7.6(a) shall be referred to herein as a “Permitted Assignment” and Schedule A hereto shall be amended to reflect such Permitted Assignment.

(b) No provision of this Agreement may be amended unless such amendment is approved in writing by the Corporate Taxpayer and the Rights Holder Representative. No provision of this Agreement may be waived unless such waiver is in writing and signed by the party against whom the waiver is to be effective; provided that, the Rights Holder Representative may waive any provision on behalf of any Rights Holder.

(c) All of the terms and provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon, shall inure to the benefit and burden of and shall be enforceable by the parties hereto and their respective successors, assigns, heirs, executors, administrators and legal representatives, including any permitted assignee pursuant to a Permitted Assignment. The Corporate Taxpayer shall require and cause any direct or indirect successor (whether by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Corporate Taxpayer, by written agreement, expressly to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Corporate Taxpayer would be required to perform if no such succession had taken place.

Section 7.7 Headings, Titles, and Subtitles. The headings, titles, and subtitles of the sections and subsections of this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and are not to be considered in construing this Agreement.

Section 7.8 Waiver of Jury Trial. TO THE MAXIMMUM EXTENT PERMITED BY LAW, EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LITIGATION, ACTION, PROCEEDING, CROSS-CLAIM, OR COUNTERCLAIM IN ANY COURT (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT, OR OTHERWISE) ARISING OUT OF, RELATING TO OR IN CONNECTION WITH (A) THIS AGREEMENT OR THE VALIDITY, PERFORMANCE, INTERPRETATION, COLLECTION OR ENFORCEMENT HEREOF OR (B) THE ACTIONS OF THE PARTIES IN THE NEGOTIATION, AUTHORIZATION, EXECUTION, DELIVERY, ADMINISTRATION, PERFORMANCE OR ENFORCEMENT HEREOF.

Section 7.9 Resolution of Disputes.

(a) Other than with respect to any disputes under Section 2.4, Section 4.1, or Section 4.2 (which are to be resolved pursuant to Section 7.10) or claims for specific performance or other equitable relief, any and all disputes hereunder which cannot be settled amicably between or among the Corporate Taxpayer, any Rights Holder and/or the Rights Holder Representative, including any ancillary claims of any party, arising out of, relating to or in connection with the validity, negotiation, execution, interpretation, performance or non-performance of this Agreement (including the validity, scope and enforceability of this arbitration provision) shall be finally settled by arbitration conducted by a single arbitrator in accordance with the then existing Rules of Arbitration of the International Chamber of Commerce. The place of arbitration shall be New York, New York. The parties to such arbitration shall jointly select a single arbitrator who shall have the authority to hold hearings and to render a decision in accordance with the then existing Rules of Arbitration of the International Chamber of Commerce. If the parties to such arbitration fail to agree on the selection of an arbitrator within thirty (30) calendar days of the receipt of the request for arbitration, the arbitrator shall be selected by the International Chamber of Commerce. The arbitrator shall be a lawyer. The arbitration shall be governed by the Federal Arbitration Act, 9 U.S.C. Section 1, et seq., and judgment on the award may be entered by any court having jurisdiction thereof. Performance under this Agreement shall continue if reasonably possible during any arbitration proceedings.

 

- 23 -


(b) Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 7.9(a), either the Corporate Taxpayer or the Rights Holders or Rights Holder Representative may bring an action or special proceeding in any court of competent jurisdiction for the purpose of compelling a party to arbitrate in accordance with Section 7.9(a), seeking temporary or preliminary relief in aid of an arbitration hereunder, and/or enforcing an arbitration award and, for the purposes of this Section 7.9(b), the Rights Holders or Rights Holder Representative (i) expressly consents to the application of Section 7.9(c) to any such action or proceeding, and (ii) irrevocably appoints the Corporate Taxpayer as its agent for service of process in connection with any such action or proceeding and agrees that service of process upon such agent, who shall promptly advise the Rights Holders or Rights Holder Representative of any such service of process, shall be deemed in every respect effective service of process upon the Rights Holders or Rights Holder Representative in any such action or proceeding.

(c) THE CORPORATE TAXPAYER AND THE RIGHTS HOLDERS AND RIGHTS HOLDER REPRESENTATIVE EACH HEREBY IRREVOCABLY SUBMITS TO THE JURISDICTION OF COURTS LOCATED IN THE STATE OF DELAWARE AND AGREES THAT ANY JUDICIAL PROCEEDING BROUGHT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE PROVISIONS OF SECTION 7.9(B) OR SECTION 7.17 SHALL BE BROUGHT AND DETERMINED EXCLUSIVELY IN ANY STATE COURT LOCATED IN THE STATE OF DELAWARE AND ANY STATE APPELLATE COURT THEREFROM WITHIN THE STATE OF DELAWARE (OR, IF SUCH STATE COURTS REFUSE TO ACCEPT JURISDICTION OVER A PARTICULAR MATTER, ANY FEDERAL COURT WITHIN THE STATE OF DELAWARE).

(d) The parties acknowledge that the forum designated by Section 7.9(c) has a reasonable relation to this Agreement and to the parties’ relationship with one another.

Section 7.10 Reconciliation. In the event that the Corporate Taxpayer and the Rights Holder Representative are unable to resolve a disagreement with respect to the matters governed by Section 2.4, Section 4.1, and Section 4.2 within the relevant period designated in this Agreement (including the finalization of any Schedule or the amount of any Tax Benefit Payment or Early Termination Payment (or other payment pursuant to the Section 4.1) required to be made by the Corporate Taxpayer to the Rights Holders under this Agreement) (a “Reconciliation Dispute”), the Reconciliation Dispute shall be submitted for determination to a nationally recognized expert in the particular area of disagreement (the “Expert”) mutually acceptable to both parties. The Expert shall be a nationally recognized accounting, consulting or valuation firm (other than a so-called “Big Four” accounting firm) mutually selected by the Corporate Taxpayer and the Rights Holder Representative. The Corporate Taxpayer and the Rights Holder Representative shall instruct the Expert to, and the Expert shall, make a final determination of such Reconciliation Dispute in accordance with the guidelines and procedures set forth in this Agreement. The Corporate Taxpayer and the Rights Holder Representative will reasonably cooperate with the Expert during the term of its engagement. The Corporate Taxpayer and the Rights Holder Representative shall instruct the Expert not to, and the Expert shall not, assign a value to any item in dispute greater than the greatest value for such item assigned by the Corporate Taxpayer, on the one hand, or the Rights Holder Representative, on the other hand, or less than the smallest value for such item assigned by the Corporate Taxpayer, on the one hand, or the Rights Holder Representative, on the other hand. The Corporate Taxpayer and the Rights Holder Representative shall also instruct the Expert to, and the Expert shall, make its determination based solely on presentations by the Corporate Taxpayer and the Rights Holder Representative that are in accordance with the guidelines and procedures set forth in this Agreement and not on the basis of an independent review. If the Reconciliation Dispute is not resolved before any payment that is the subject of the Reconciliation Dispute is due or any Tax Return reflecting the subject of the Reconciliation Dispute is due, such payment shall be made on the date prescribed by this Agreement and such Tax Return may be filed as prepared by the Corporate Taxpayer, subject to adjustment or amendment upon resolution. The costs and expenses relating to the engagement of such Expert or the amendment of any Tax Return shall be borne by the Corporate Taxpayer, except that the Rights Holder Representative shall pay a portion of the fees and expenses of the Expert equal to the percentage by which the portion of the disputed amounts not awarded to Rights Holders (if any) bears to the aggregate amount actually disputed. Any dispute as to whether a dispute is a Reconciliation Dispute, within the meaning of this Section 7.10 shall be decided by the Expert. The Expert shall finally determine any Reconciliation Dispute and the determinations of the Expert pursuant to this Section 7.10 shall be binding on the Corporate Taxpayer and the Rights Holder Representative and may be entered and enforced in any court having jurisdiction.

 

 

- 24 -


Section 7.11 Withholding. The Corporate Taxpayer shall be entitled to deduct and withhold from any payment payable pursuant to this Agreement such amounts as the Corporate Taxpayer is required to deduct and withhold with respect to the entering into this Agreement or the making of such payment under the Code, or any applicable provision of state, local or non-U.S. tax law, provided further, that the Corporate Taxpayer (i) gives ten (10) days advance written notice of its intention to make such withholding to the Rights Holder Representative, (ii) identifies the legal basis requiring such withholding and (iii) gives the Rights Holder Representative a reasonable opportunity to establish that such withholding is not legally required or may be reduced. To the extent that amounts are so withheld and paid over to the appropriate Taxing Authority by the Corporate Taxpayer, such withheld amounts shall be treated for all purposes of this Agreement as having been paid to the applicable Rights Holder. The Corporate Taxpayer shall provide evidence of such payments to the Rights Holders to the extent that such evidence is available. Each Rights Holder shall deliver to the Corporate Taxpayer at (i) the time such Rights Holder becomes a Rights Holder and (ii) the reasonable request of the Corporate Taxpayer, such properly completed and executed documentation reasonably requested by the Corporate Taxpayer as will permit such payments to be made without withholding or at a reduced rate of withholding (including IRS Form W-9 or the appropriate IRS Form W-8, as applicable).

Section 7.12 Admission of the Corporate Taxpayer into a Consolidated Group; Transfers of Corporate Assets.

(a) If the Corporate Taxpayer or any of its Subsidiaries is or becomes a member of an affiliated, consolidated, combined or unitary group of corporations that files a consolidated, combined or unitary income Tax Return pursuant to Sections 1501 et seq. of the Code or any corresponding provisions of state, local or foreign Tax law, then: (i) the provisions of this TRA Agreement shall be applied with respect to the group as a whole; and (ii) Tax Benefit Payments, Early Termination Payments and other applicable items hereunder shall be computed with reference to the consolidated, combined or unitary taxable income of the group as a whole.

(b) If any Person the income of which is included in the income of the Corporate Taxpayer or its Subsidiaries or the Corporate Taxpayer’s or its Subsidiaries’ affiliated or consolidated group transfers one or more Reference Assets to a corporation (or a Person classified as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes) with which such entity does not file a consolidated Tax Return pursuant to Section 1501 of the Code or any corresponding provisions of state, local or non-U.S. Tax law, such entity, for purposes of calculating the amount of any Tax Benefit Payment or Early Termination Payment due hereunder, shall be treated as having disposed of such Reference Asset in a fully taxable transaction on the date of such contribution. The consideration deemed to be received in a transaction contemplated in the prior sentence shall be equal to the fair market value of the deemed transferred Reference Asset, plus (i) the amount of debt to which such Reference Asset is subject, in the case of a transfer of an encumbered asset or (ii) the amount of debt allocated to such Reference Asset, in the case of a transfer of a partnership interest. The transactions described in this Section 7.12(b) shall be taken into account in determining the Realized Tax Benefit or Realized Tax Detriment, as applicable, for such Taxable Year based on the income, gain or loss deemed allocated to the Corporate Taxpayer and its Subsidiaries using the Non-Blocker Transferred Basis, Non-Exchange Transferred Basis, Non-IPO Basis, Non-Stepped Up Tax Basis and Non-Unit Transferred Basis of the Reference Assets in calculating its Hypothetical Tax Liability for such Taxable Year and using the actual Tax basis of the Reference Assets in calculating its Actual Tax Liability, determined using the “with and without” methodology. Thus, for example, in determining the Hypothetical Tax Liability of the Corporate Taxpayer or its Subsidiaries the taxable income of the Corporate Taxpayer or its Subsidiaries shall be determined by treating OpCo as having sold the applicable Reference Asset for its fair market value, recovering any basis applicable to such Reference Asset (using the Non-Blocker Transferred Basis, Non-Exchange Transferred Basis, Non-IPO Basis, Non-Stepped Up Tax Basis and Non-Unit Transferred Basis), while the Actual Tax Liability of the Corporate Taxpayer or its Subsidiaries would be determined by recovering the actual Tax basis of the Reference Asset that reflects any Blocker Transferred Basis, Exchange Transferred Basis, IPO Basis, Basis Adjustments and Unit Transferred Basis. For purposes of this Section 7.12, a transfer of a partnership interest shall be treated as a transfer of the transferring partner’s share of each of the assets and liabilities of that partnership.

 

- 25 -


Section 7.13 Confidentiality.

(a) The Rights Holders and the Rights Holder Representative acknowledge and agree that the information of the Corporate Taxpayer is confidential and, except in the course of performing any duties as necessary for the Corporate Taxpayer, as required by law or legal process or to enforce the terms of this Agreement, shall keep and retain in confidence and not disclose to any Person any confidential matters of the Corporate Taxpayer acquired pursuant to this Agreement.

(b) This Section 7.13 shall not restrict (i) the disclosure of any information that has been made publicly available by the Corporate Taxpayer, becomes public knowledge (except as a result of an act of any Rights Holder, the Rights Holder Representative or any of their Affiliates in violation of this Agreement) or is generally known to the business community, (ii) the disclosure of information to its personnel and representatives who are subject to confidentiality obligations or otherwise to the extent reasonably necessary for any Rights Holder or its Affiliates to prepare and file its Tax Returns, to respond to any inquiries regarding the same from any Taxing Authority or to prosecute or defend any action, proceeding or audit by any Taxing Authority with respect to such Tax Returns or (iii) the disclosure of information to any direct or indirect current, former or prospective limited partners of any Rights Holder so long as such Persons are apprised of the confidential nature thereof. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, each Rights Holder (and each employee, representative or other agent of such Rights Holder, as applicable) may disclose the tax treatment and tax structure of (A) the Corporate Taxpayer, (B) the transactions, if any, entered into in connection with this Agreement, (C) this Agreement, and (D) any of the transactions of the Corporate Taxpayer, and all materials of any kind (including opinions or other tax analyses) that are provided to the Rights Holders relating to such tax treatment and tax structure.

Section 7.14 Rules of Construction. Unless otherwise specified herein:

(a) For purposes of interpretation of this Agreement:

(i) the words “herein,” “hereto,” “hereof” and “hereunder” and words of similar import when used in this Agreement shall refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision thereof;

(ii) any accounting term used and not otherwise defined in this Agreement has the meaning assigned to such term in accordance with GAAP;

(iii) unless specified otherwise, references to an Article, Section or clause refer to the appropriate Article, Section or clause in this Agreement;

(iv) the terms “include” or “including” are by way of example and not limitation and shall be deemed followed by the words “without limitation”;

(v) the word “if” and other words of similar import when used herein shall be deemed in each case to be followed by the phrase “and only if”; and

(vi) the term “documents” includes any and all instruments, documents, agreements, certificates, notices, reports, financial statements and other writings, however evidenced, whether in physical or electronic form.

 

- 26 -


(b) In the computation of periods of time from a specified date to a later specified date, the word “from” means “from and including”, the words “to” and “until” each mean “to but excluding” and the word “through” means “to and including.”

(c) Section headings herein are included for convenience of reference only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement.

(d) Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, references to any law (including the Code) include all statutory and regulatory provisions consolidating, amending, replacing, supplementing or interpreting such law.

(e) Where a word is defined herein, references to the singular shall include references to the plural and vice versa.

(f) With regard to all dates, deadlines and time periods set forth or referred to in this Agreement, time is of the essence. If the date specified for giving any notice or taking any action is not a Business Day (or if the period during which any notice is required to be given or any action taken expires on a date which is not a Business Day), then the date for giving such notice or taking such action (and the expiration date of such period during which notice is required to be given or action taken) shall be automatically extended to the next date which is a Business Day.

Section 7.15 Rights Holder Representative. By executing this Agreement, each of the Rights Holders shall be deemed to have irrevocably constituted the Rights Holder Representative as his, her or its agent, proxy and attorney in fact with full power of substitution to act from and after the date hereof and to do any and all things and execute any and all documents on behalf of such Rights Holders which may be necessary, convenient or appropriate to facilitate any matters under this Agreement, including: (i) execution of the documents and certificates required pursuant to this Agreement; (ii) except to the extent specifically provided in this Agreement, receipt and forwarding of notices and communications pursuant to this Agreement; (iii) administration of the provisions of this Agreement; (iv) any and all consents, waivers, amendments or modifications deemed by the Rights Holder Representative, in its sole and absolute discretion, to be necessary or appropriate under this Agreement (including a termination of the Corporate Taxpayer’s obligations) and the execution or delivery of any documents that may be necessary or appropriate in connection therewith; (v) amending this Agreement or any of the instruments to be delivered to the Corporate Taxpayer pursuant to this Agreement; (vi) taking actions the Rights Holder Representative is expressly authorized to take pursuant to the other provisions of this Agreement; (vii) negotiating and compromising, on behalf of such Rights Holders, any dispute that may arise under, and exercising or refraining from exercising any remedies available under, this Agreement or any other agreement contemplated hereby and executing, on behalf of such Rights Holders, any settlement agreement, release or other document with respect to such dispute or remedy; and (viii) engaging attorneys, accountants, agents or consultants on behalf of such Rights Holders in connection with this Agreement or any other agreement contemplated hereby and paying any fees related thereto. The Rights Holder Representative may resign upon thirty (30) calendar days’ written notice to the Corporate Taxpayer. All reasonable and documented out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred by the Rights Holder Representative in its capacity as such shall be promptly reimbursed by the Corporate Taxpayer upon presentation of an invoice and reasonable support therefor by the Rights Holder Representative. To the fullest extent permitted by law, none of the Rights Holder Representative, any of its Affiliates, or any of the Rights Holder Representative’s or Affiliate’s directors, officers, employees or other agents (each a “Covered Person”) shall be liable, responsible or accountable in damages or otherwise to any Rights Holder, OpCo or the Corporate Taxpayer for damages arising from any action taken or omitted to be taken by the Rights Holder Representative or any other Person with respect to OpCo or the Corporate Taxpayer, except in the case of any action or omission which constitutes, with respect to such Person, willful misconduct or fraud, and each Rights Holder shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Rights Holder Representative for any losses, liabilities or damages arising out of the Rights Holder Representative’s performance of its duties hereunder. Each of the Covered Persons may consult with legal counsel, accountants and other experts selected by it, and any act or omission suffered or taken by it on behalf of the Rights Holders or in furtherance of

 

- 27 -


the interest of the Rights Holders in good faith in reliance upon and in accordance with the advice of such counsel, accountants or other experts shall create a rebuttable presumption of the good faith and due care of such Covered Person with respect to such act or omission; provided that such counsel, accountants or other experts were selected with reasonable care. Each of the Covered Person may rely in good faith upon, and shall have no liability to OpCo, the Corporate Taxpayer or the Rights Holders for acting or refraining from acting upon, any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, consent, order, bond, debenture or other paper or document reasonably believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties. Each Rights Holders irrevocably agrees that such agency is coupled with an interest and is therefore irrevocable without the written consent of the Rights Holder Representative and will survive the death, incapacity, dissolution, liquidation or bankruptcy of such Rights Holder.

Section 7.16 Partnership Agreement. To the extent this Agreement imposes obligations on OpCo or a member of OpCo, this Agreement shall be treated as part of the OpCo Agreement as described in Section 761(c) of the Code and Sections 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(h) and 1.761-1(c) of the Treasury Regulations.

Section 7.17 Specific Performance. The parties hereto agree that irreparable damage, for which monetary relief, even if available, would not be an adequate remedy, would occur in the event that any provision of this Agreement is not performed in accordance with its specific terms or is otherwise breached, including if the parties hereto fail to take any action required of them hereunder to consummate any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. It is accordingly agreed that (i) the parties hereto shall be entitled to an injunction or injunctions, specific performance or other equitable relief to prevent breaches of this Agreement and to enforce specifically the terms and provisions hereof without proof of damages or otherwise, this being in addition to any other remedy to which they are entitled under this Agreement and to thereafter cause the transactions contemplated by this Agreement to be consummated, and (ii) the right of specific performance and other equitable relief is an integral part of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and without that right, no party hereto would have entered into this Agreement. The parties hereto agree not to assert that a remedy of specific performance or other equitable relief is unenforceable, invalid, contrary to law or inequitable for any reason, and not to assert that a remedy of monetary damages would provide an adequate remedy or that the parties otherwise have an adequate remedy at law. The parties hereto acknowledge and agree that any party seeking an injunction or injunctions to prevent breaches of this Agreement and to enforce specifically the terms and provisions of this Agreement in accordance with this Section 7.17 shall not be required to provide any bond or other security in connection with any such order or injunction.

Section 7.18 Certain Acknowledgments. Without limiting the generality of Section 2.4, any Person who or which accepts the rights and obligations of a Rights Holder under this Agreement shall be treated as a Rights Holder hereunder pursuant to the terms hereof, and such Person shall be deemed to have adhered to and agreed to be bound by the terms of this Agreement as a Rights Holder without further action or the execution of any additional documents or instruments, including any counterpart signature page to this Agreement or joinder to this Agreement. Further, each such Person shall be deemed to have agreed not to assert any claim that it is not bound by the terms of this Agreement and acknowledges that in no circumstance can such Person be a Rights Holder, or be entitled to the rights of a Rights Holder hereunder, if it is not bound by all of the terms and conditions of this Agreement, including, without limitation, the obligations to which a Rights Holder is subject hereunder.

[Signature Pages Follow]

 

- 28 -


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Tax Receivable Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

COMPANY:
AEVEX CORP.
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  
OPCO:
ATHENA TECHNOLOGY SOLUTIONS HOLDINGS, LLC
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

 

[Signature Page to Tax Receivable Agreement]


RIGHTS HOLDERS:
ATS INVESTMENT HOLDINGS, LLC
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  
ATS MANAGEMENT HOLDINGS, LLC
By: Athena Technology Solutions Holdings, LLC
Its: Manager
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  
ATS PUBCO HOLDINGS, L.P.
By: ATS PubCo Holdings GP, LLC
Its: General Partner
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  
MADISON DEARBORN CAPITAL PARTNERS VII-C, L.P.
By: Madison Dearborn Partners VII-A&C, L.P.
Its: General Partner
By: Madison Dearborn Partners, LLC
Its: General Partner
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

 

- 30 -


Exhibit A

Form of Joinder to Tax Receivable Agreement

This JOINDER (this “Joinder”) to the Tax Receivable Agreement dated [•], 202[•] (the “Tax Receivable Agreement”) by and among AEVEX Corp. or its successors for U.S. federal income tax purposes (the “Corporate Taxpayer”), ATS Investment Holdings, LLC (the “Rights Holder Representative”) and the persons listed on Schedule A attached thereto from time to time, is made and entered into as of the date on the signature page hereto (the “Effective Date”) by and among the Corporate Taxpayer, the Rights Holder Representative, the “Transferor” set forth on the signature page hereto (“Transferor”) and the “Permitted Transferee” set forth on the signature page hereto (“Permitted Transferee”).

WHEREAS, on the Effective Date, Permitted Transferee desires to acquire [all // [•]%] of the Transferor’s right to receive payments that may become due and payable under the Tax Receivable Agreement (the “Acquired Interests”) from Transferor (the “Acquisition”); and

WHEREAS, Transferor, in connection with the Acquisition, has required Permitted Transferee to execute and deliver this Joinder pursuant to Section 7.6 of the Tax Receivable Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the respective covenants and agreements set forth herein, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the parties hereto agree as follows:

Section 1.1 Definitions. To the extent capitalized words used in this Joinder are not defined in this Joinder, such words shall have the respective meanings set forth in the Tax Receivable Agreement.

Section 1.2 Acquisition. For good and valuable consideration, the sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged by the Transferor and the Permitted Transferee, the Transferor hereby transfers, conveys, assigns and delivers to the Permitted Transferee, and the Permitted Transferee hereby receives and accepts, all of the Acquired Interests.

Section 1.3 Joinder. Permitted Transferee hereby acknowledges and agrees (i) that it has received and read the Tax Receivable Agreement, (ii) that the Permitted Transferee is acquiring the Acquired Interests in accordance with and subject to the terms and conditions of the Tax Receivable Agreement and (iii) to become a Rights Holder for all purposes of the Tax Receivable Agreement upon execution of this Joinder and to assume all of the liabilities and obligations of the Transferor with respect to the Acquired Interests under the Tax Receivable Agreement.

Section 1.4 Notice. Any notice, request, consent, claim, demand, approval, waiver or other communication hereunder to Permitted Transferee shall be delivered or sent to Permitted Transferee at the address set forth on the signature page hereto in accordance with Section 7.1 of the Tax Receivable Agreement.

Section 1.5 Miscellaneous. This Joinder shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the law of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to any choice of law or conflict of law provision or rule (whether of the State of Delaware or any other jurisdiction) that would cause the application of the laws of any jurisdiction other than the State of Delaware. This Joinder may be executed in separate counterparts each of which shall be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement. Facsimile and scanned and emailed counterpart signatures to this Joinder shall be acceptable and binding.

[Signature Pages Follow]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Joinder has been duly executed and delivered by parties hereto as of [•], 202[•].

 

CORPORATE TAXPAYER:

AEVEX CORP.

By:

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

RIGHTS HOLDER REPRESENTATIVE:

ATS INVESTMENT HOLDINGS, LLC

By:

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

TRANSFEROR:

[TRANSFEROR]

By:

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

PERMITTED TRANSFEREE:

[PERMITTED TRANSFEREE]

By:

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

Address for notices:

Exhibit 10.17

FORM OF EXCHANGE AGREEMENT

This EXCHANGE AGREEMENT (as it may be amended from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof, this “Agreement”), dated as of     , 2026 and effective as of immediately prior to the consummation of the IPO (the “Effective Time”), is made by and among AEVEX Corp., a Delaware corporation (“Pubco”), Athena Technology Solutions Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Company”), and ATS Investment Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Member”).

WHEREAS, in connection with the initial public offering of shares of Class A Common Stock (the “IPO”), Pubco intends to consummate the transactions described in the Registration Statement on Form S-1, as amended (Registration No. 333-294524);

WHEREAS, immediately following the IPO, the Member owns the number of Series B Units and shares of Class B Common Stock set forth on Exhibit A hereto; and

WHEREAS, the parties to this Agreement desire to provide for the exchange of Exchangeable Units together with shares of Class B Common Stock for shares of Class A Common Stock, on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and undertakings contained herein and for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

Section 1.1 Definitions.

As used in this Agreement, the following terms have the following meanings set forth in this Section 1.1. All other capitalized terms that are used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the LLC Agreement.

“Agreement” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

“Cash Payment” means, an amount in cash equal to the product of (x) the Exchanged Unit Amount, (y) the then-applicable Exchange Rate, and (z) (i) solely in connection with a Change of Control Exchange, the Class A Common Stock Value, and (ii) with respect to any Exchange that is not a Change of Control Exchange, the net price (after underwriting discounts) of Class A Common Stock received by Pubco in the substantially concurrent public offering or private sale, as applicable.

“Change of Control” has the meaning set forth in the Tax Receivable Agreement.

“Change of Control Exchange” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(b)(i).

“Change of Control Exchange Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(b)(iii).


“Class A Common Stock Value” means, with respect to any Change of Control Exchange, the greater of (x) the arithmetic average of the volume weighted average prices for a share of Class A Common Stock on the principal U.S. securities exchange or automated or electronic quotation system on which the Class A Common Stock trades, as reported by Bloomberg, L.P., or its successor, for each of the three (3) consecutive full Trading Days ending on and including the last full Trading Day immediately prior to the related Exchange Date, subject to appropriate and equitable adjustment for any stock splits, reverse splits, stock dividends or similar events affecting the Class A Common Stock and (y) the price per share of Class A Common Stock offered by the Person or group that is the acquirer in the applicable Change of Control transaction. If the Class A Common Stock no longer trades on a securities exchange or automated or electronic quotation system, then the Class A Common Stock Value shall be determined in good faith by a majority of the directors of Pubco that do not have an interest in the Exchangeable Units and shares of Class B Common Stock being Exchanged.

“Contribution Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(a)(iv).

“Effective Time” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

“Exchange” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(a)(i).

“Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

“Exchange Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(a)(iv).

“Exchange Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(a)(iv).

“Exchange Rate” means the number of shares of Class A Common Stock for which one Series B Unit is entitled to be Exchanged. The Exchange Rate will also be used to determine the number of shares of Class B Common Stock that the Member must surrender upon an Exchange. On the date of this Agreement, the Exchange Rate shall be 1.00, subject to adjustment pursuant to Section 2.2.

“Exchangeable Unit” means a Series B Unit held by the Member.

“Exchanged Unit Amount” means, with respect to an Exchange, the number of Exchangeable Units set forth in the applicable Exchange Notice.

“First Exchange Time” means the expiration or earlier waiver of any lockup agreement relating to the IPO.

“IPO” has the meaning set forth in the recitals.

“Liens” means any and all liens, charges, security interests, options, claims, mortgages, pledges, proxies, voting trusts or agreements, obligations, understandings or arrangements or other restrictions on title or transfer of any nature whatsoever, in each case, excluding transfer restrictions under applicable securities laws.

“LLC Agreement” means the Third Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of the Company, dated as of the date hereof, as the same may be amended, amended and restated or replaced from time to time.

“Member” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

“Pubco” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

“Retraction Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(a)(vii).

 

2


“SEC” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

“Takeover Laws” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1.

“Trading Day” means a day on which the principal U.S. securities exchange on which the Class A Common Stock is listed or admitted to trading is open for the transaction of business (unless such trading shall have been suspended for the entire day).

ARTICLE II

Section 2.1 Exchange of Units.

(a) Elective Exchanges.

(i) From and after the First Exchange Time, the Member shall be entitled, upon the terms and subject to the conditions hereof and the LLC Agreement, to surrender Exchangeable Units to Pubco or the Company (as applicable) and a corresponding number of shares of Class B Common Stock after taking into account the Exchange Rate (in each case, free and clear of all Liens) to Pubco in exchange for the delivery to the Member (or its designee) of either, at the option of Pubco, (x) a number of shares of Class A Common Stock that is equal to the product of the applicable Exchanged Unit Amount multiplied by the Exchange Rate or (y) solely in connection with an Exchange (including a Change of Control Exchange) that coincides with a substantially concurrent public offering or private sale of Class A Common Stock, the applicable Cash Payment. Any exchange of Exchangeable Units and Class B Common Stock for Class A Common Stock or the Cash Payment, as applicable, is defined herein as an “Exchange.” Subject to Section 2.1(a)(ii), from and after the First Exchange Time, the Member may Exchange any Exchangeable Units at any time and from time to time. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, neither Pubco nor the Company shall effectuate a Cash Payment pursuant to this Section 2.1(a) or Section 2.1(b) unless (A) Pubco determines to consummate a private sale or public offering of Class A Common Stock on, or not later than five (5) Business Days after, the relevant Exchange Date and (B) Pubco contributes sufficient proceeds from such private sale or public offering to the Company for payment by the Company of the applicable Cash Payment or Pubco directly pays the applicable Cash Payment. For the avoidance of doubt, the Company shall have no obligation to make a Cash Payment that exceeds the cash contributed to the Company by Pubco from Pubco’s offering or sales of Class A Common Stock referenced earlier in this Section 2.1(a)(i).

(ii) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the Member shall not be entitled to effectuate an Exchange of Exchangeable Units (and a corresponding number of shares of Class B Common Stock after taking into account the Exchange Rate) as set forth in this Section 2.1(a), and Pubco and Company shall have the right to refuse to honor any request for such an Exchange, if at any time Pubco or the Company determines based on the advice of counsel that such Exchange (1) would be prohibited by law or regulation (including the unavailability of a registration of such Exchange under the Securities Act or an exemption from the registration requirements thereof) or (2) would not be permitted under any agreement with Pubco, the Company or any of their Subsidiaries to which the Member is party (including the LLC Agreement). Upon such determination, Pubco or the Company (as applicable) shall notify the Member, which such notice shall include an explanation in reasonable detail as to the reason that the Exchange has not been honored.

 

3


(iii) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, if the Manager of the Company, after consultation with its outside legal counsel and tax advisor, shall determine in good faith that interests in the Company do not meet the requirements of Treasury Regulation Section 1.7704-1(h) (or other provisions of those Regulations as determined by the Manager in its sole discretion), the Company may impose such restrictions on Exchanges as the Company may reasonably determine to be necessary or advisable so that the Company is not treated as a “publicly traded partnership” under Section 7704 of the Code.

(iv) The Member shall exercise its right to effectuate an Exchange of Exchangeable Units, and a corresponding number of shares of Class B Common Stock after taking into account the Exchange Rate, as set forth in this Section 2.1(a), by delivering to the Company, with a contemporaneous copy delivered to Pubco, during normal business hours, (A) a written election of exchange in respect of the Exchangeable Units to be exchanged substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto (an “Exchange Notice”), duly executed by the Member, (B) any certificates in the Member’s possession representing such Exchangeable Units, (C) any stock certificates in the Member’s possession representing such shares of Class B Common Stock and (D) if Pubco or the Company requires the delivery of the certification contemplated by Section 2.4(b), such certification or written notice from the Member that it is unable to provide such certification. Unless the Member timely has delivered a Retraction Notice pursuant to Section 2.1(a)(vii), an Exchange pursuant to this Section 2.1(a) shall be effected on the fifth (5th) Business Day following the Business Day on which Pubco and the Company have received all of the items specified in clauses (A)-(D) of the first sentence of this Section 2.1(a)(iv) or such later date that is a Business Day specified in the Exchange Notice (such Business Day, the “Exchange Date”); provided, that the Company may establish alternate exchange procedures as necessary in order to facilitate the establishment by the Member of a trading plan meeting the requirements of Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act. On the Exchange Date, all rights of the Member as a holder of the Exchangeable Units and shares of Class B Common Stock that are subject to the Exchange shall cease, and unless Pubco has elected Cash Payment, the Member (or its designee) shall be treated for all purposes as having become the record holder of the shares of Class A Common Stock to be received by the Member in respect of such Exchange.

(v) Within two (2) Business Days following the Business Day on which Pubco and the Company have received the Exchange Notice, Pubco shall give written notice (the “Contribution Notice”) to the Company (with a copy to the Member) of its intended settlement method; provided that, if Pubco does not timely deliver a Contribution Notice, Pubco shall be deemed to have not elected the Cash Payment method.

(vi) The Member may specify, in an applicable Exchange Notice, that the Exchange is to be contingent (including as to timing) upon the occurrence of any transaction or event, including the consummation of a purchase by another Person (whether in a tender or exchange offer, an underwritten offering, Change of Control transaction or otherwise) of shares of Class A Common Stock or any merger, consolidation or other business combination.

(vii) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Member may withdraw or amend its Exchange Notice, in whole or in part, at any time prior to 5:00 p.m. San Diego, California time, on the Business Day immediately prior to the Exchange Date by giving written notice (a “Retraction Notice”) to the Company (with a copy to Pubco) specifying (A) the number of withdrawn Exchangeable Units (and corresponding number of shares of Class B Common Stock after taking into account the Exchange Rate), (B) the number of Exchangeable Units (and corresponding number of shares of Class B Common Stock after taking into account the Exchange Rate) as to which the Exchange Notice remains in effect, if any, and (C) if the Member so determines, a new Exchange Date or any other new or revised information permitted in the Exchange Notice.

 

4


(b) Change of Control. In connection with a Change of Control, and subject to any approval of the Change of Control by the holders of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock that may be required:

(i) Pubco shall have the right to require the Member to effectuate an Exchange of some or all of the Member’s Exchangeable Units, and a corresponding number of shares of Class B Common Stock after taking into account the Exchange Rate (in each case, free and clear of all Liens), with Pubco or, at the option of Pubco, with any Subsidiary of Pubco, in each case, in exchange for the delivery to the Member (or its designee) of a number of shares of Class A Common Stock that is equal to the product of the applicable Exchanged Unit Amount and the Exchange Rate (such Exchange, a “Change of Control Exchange”); provided that, if Pubco requires the Member to Exchange less than all of its outstanding Exchangeable Units (and corresponding number of shares of Class B Common Stock after taking into account the Exchange Rate), the Member’s participation in the required Exchange shall be reduced pro rata based on ownership of Exchangeable Units. For the avoidance of doubt, any Exchangeable Units and a corresponding number of shares of Class B Common Stock held by the Member that are not Exchanged pursuant to a Change of Control Exchange may be Exchanged by the Member after the Change of Control transaction pursuant to Section 2.1(a) subject to and in accordance with the terms thereof.

(ii) The election of Pubco pursuant to this Section 2.1(b) shall be at the sole discretion of Pubco upon the approval thereof by a majority of the Board of Directors of Pubco.

(iii) Any Exchange pursuant to this Section 2.1(b) shall be effective immediately prior to the consummation of the Change of Control (and, for the avoidance of doubt, shall not be effective if such Change of Control is not consummated) (the “Change of Control Exchange Date”). From and after the Change of Control Exchange Date, (A) the Exchangeable Units and shares of Class B Common Stock Exchanged pursuant to this Section 2.1(b) shall be deemed to be transferred to the Company and Pubco, as applicable, on the Change of Control Exchange Date and (B) the Member shall cease to have any rights with respect to the Exchangeable Units and shares of Class B Common Stock that is Exchanged pursuant to this Section 2.1(b) (other than the right to receive shares of Class A Common Stock pursuant to Section 2.1(b)(i) upon compliance with its obligations under Section 2.1(c)).

(iv) Pubco shall provide written notice of an expected Change of Control to the Member within the earlier of (A) five (5) Business Days following the execution of the agreement with respect to such Change of Control and (B) ten (10) Business Days before the proposed date upon which the contemplated Change of Control is to be effected, indicating in such notice such information as may reasonably describe the Change of Control transaction, subject to applicable law, including the date of execution of such agreement or such proposed effective date, as applicable, the amount and types of consideration to be paid for Exchangeable Units and shares of Class B Common Stock or shares of Class A Common Stock, as applicable, in the Change of Control (which consideration shall be equivalent whether paid for Exchangeable Units and shares of Class B Common Stock or shares of Class A Common Stock), any election with respect to types of consideration that a holder of Exchangeable Units and shares of Class B Common Stock or shares of Class A Common Stock, as applicable, shall be entitled to make in connection with the Change of Control, the percentage of total Exchangeable Units and shares of Class B Common Stock or shares of Class A Common Stock, as applicable, to be transferred to the acquirer by all shareholders in the Change of Control, and the number of Exchangeable Units and shares of Class B Common Stock held by the Member that Pubco intends to require to be Exchanged for shares of Class A Common Stock in connection with the Change of Control. Pubco shall update such notice from time to time to reflect any material changes to such notice. Pubco may satisfy any such notice and update requirements described in the preceding two sentences by providing such information on a Form 8-K, Schedule TO, Schedule 14D-9, Preliminary Merger Proxy on Schedule 14A, Definitive Merger Proxy on Schedule 14A or similar form filed with the SEC.

 

5


(c) Exchange Procedure on Change of Control Exchange. On or prior to the Change of Control Exchange Date, the Member shall deliver to Pubco or the Company, as applicable, with a contemporaneous copy delivered to the Company, in each case during normal business hours at the principal executive offices of the Company and Pubco, respectively: (A) an Exchange Notice, duly executed by the Member; (B) any certificates in the Member’s possession representing all Exchangeable Units being surrendered by the Member; (C) any stock certificates in the Member’s possession representing all shares of Class B Common Stock being surrendered by the Member; and (D) if Pubco or the Company requires the delivery of the certification contemplated by Section 2.4(b), such certification or written notice from the Member that it is unable to provide such certification.

(d) Exchange Consideration. As promptly as practicable on or after the Exchange Date or Change of Control Exchange Date, as applicable, provided the Member has satisfied its obligations under Section 2.1(a)(iv) or Section 2.1(c), as applicable, the Company or Pubco shall deliver or cause to be delivered to the Member (or its designee), either certificates or evidence of book-entry shares representing the number of shares of Class A Common Stock deliverable upon the applicable Exchange, registered in the name of the Member (or its designee) or, if Pubco has so elected, the Cash Payment. Notwithstanding anything set forth in this Section 2.1(d) to the contrary, to the extent the Class A Common Stock issued in the exchange will be settled through the facilities of The Depository Trust Company, the Company or Pubco will, upon the written instruction of the Member, deliver the shares of Class A Common Stock deliverable to the Member through the facilities of The Depository Trust Company to the account of the participant of The Depository Trust Company designated by the Member in the Exchange Notice. Upon the Member exercising its right to Exchange in accordance with Section 2.1(a)(i) or the occurrence of a Change of Control Exchange, the Company or Pubco shall take such actions as (A) may be required to ensure that the Member receives the shares of Class A Common Stock or the Cash Payment that the Member is entitled to receive in connection with such Exchange pursuant to this Section 2.1, and (B) may be reasonably within its control that would cause such Exchange to be treated for purposes of the Tax Receivable Agreement as an “Exchange” under the Tax Receivable Agreement.

(e) Legends.

(i) The shares of Class A Common Stock issued upon an Exchange, other than any such shares issued in an Exchange subject to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, shall bear a legend in substantially the following form:

THE TRANSFER OF THESE SECURITIES HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY OTHER JURISDICTION, AND MAY NOT BE SOLD OR TRANSFERRED OTHER THAN IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (OR OTHER APPLICABLE LAW), OR AN EXEMPTION THEREFROM.

 

6


(ii) If (A) any shares of Class A Common Stock have been sold pursuant to a registration statement that has been declared effective by the SEC, (B) all of the applicable conditions of Rule 144 are met or (C) the legend (or a portion thereof) otherwise ceases to be applicable, Pubco, upon the written request of the holder thereof, shall promptly provide such holder or its respective transferees with new certificates (or evidence of book-entry share) for securities of like tenor not bearing the provisions of the legend with respect to which the restriction has terminated. In connection therewith, such holder shall provide Pubco with such information in its possession as Pubco may reasonably request (which may include an opinion of counsel reasonably acceptable to Pubco) in connection with the removal of any such legend.

(f) Cancellation of Class B Common Stock. Any shares of Class B Common Stock surrendered in an Exchange shall automatically be deemed cancelled without any action on the part of any Person, including Pubco. Any such cancelled shares of Class B Common Stock shall no longer be outstanding, and all rights with respect to such shares shall automatically cease and terminate.

(g) Expenses. Subject to any other arrangement or agreement among the Company and the Member, each party hereto shall bear their own expenses in connection with the consummation of any Exchange, whether or not any such Exchange is ultimately consummated, except that Pubco shall bear any transfer taxes, stamp taxes or duties, or other similar taxes in connection with, or arising by reason of, any Exchange; provided, however, that if any shares of Class A Common Stock are to be delivered in a name other than that of the Member (or The Depository Trust Company or its nominee for the account of a participant of The Depository Trust Company that will hold the shares for the account of the Member) or a direct or indirect equityholder of the Member or the Cash Payment is to be paid to a Person other than the Member or a direct or indirect equityholder of the Member, then the Member or the Person in whose name such shares are to be delivered or to whom the Cash Payment is to be paid shall pay to Pubco the amount of any transfer taxes, stamp taxes or duties, or other similar taxes in connection with, or arising by reason of, such Exchange or shall establish to the reasonable satisfaction of Pubco that such tax has been paid or is not payable.

Section 2.2 Adjustment.

The Exchange Rate shall be adjusted accordingly if there is: (a) any subdivision (by any stock or unit split, stock or unit dividend or distribution, reclassification, reorganization, recapitalization or otherwise) or combination (by reverse stock or unit split, reclassification, reorganization, recapitalization or otherwise) of the shares of Class B Common Stock or Series B Units that is not accompanied by a substantively identical subdivision or combination of the Class A Common Stock; or (b) any subdivision (by any stock or unit split, stock or unit dividend or distribution, reclassification, reorganization, recapitalization or otherwise) or combination (by reverse stock or unit split, reclassification, reorganization, recapitalization or otherwise) of the shares of Class A Common Stock that is not accompanied by a substantively identical subdivision or combination of the shares of Class B Common Stock or Series B Units. To the extent not reflected in an adjustment to the Exchange Rate, if there is any reclassification, reorganization, recapitalization or other similar transaction in which the Class A Common Stock is converted or changed or exchanged into or for another security, securities or other property, then upon any subsequent Exchange, the Member shall be entitled to receive the amount of such security, securities or other property that the Member would have received if such Exchange had occurred immediately prior to the effective date of such reclassification, reorganization, recapitalization or other similar transaction, taking into account any adjustment as a result of any subdivision (by any split, distribution or dividend,

 

7


reclassification, reorganization, recapitalization or otherwise) or combination (by reverse split, reclassification, recapitalization or otherwise) of such security, securities or other property that occurs after the effective time of such reclassification, reorganization, recapitalization or other similar transaction. For the avoidance of doubt, if there is any reclassification, reorganization, recapitalization or other similar transaction in which the Class A Common Stock is converted or changed or exchanged into or for another security, securities or other property, this Section 2.2 shall continue to be applicable, mutatis mutandis, with respect to such security or other property.

Section 2.3 Class A Common Stock to be Issued.

(a) Pubco shall at all times reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued Class A Common Stock, solely for the purpose of issuance upon an Exchange, such number of shares of Class A Common Stock as shall be sufficient to effect the conversion of all outstanding Exchangeable Units; provided, however, that nothing contained herein shall be construed to preclude Pubco from satisfying its obligations in respect of any such Exchange by delivery of unencumbered purchased shares of Class A Common Stock (which may or may not be held in the treasury of Pubco or any subsidiary thereof).

(b) Pubco has taken and will take all such steps as may be required to cause to qualify for exemption under Rule 16b-3(d) or (e), as applicable, under the Exchange Act, and be exempt for purposes of Section 16(b) under the Exchange Act, any acquisitions or dispositions of equity securities of Pubco (including derivative securities with respect thereto) and any securities that may be deemed to be equity securities or derivative securities of Pubco for such purposes that result from the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, by each director or officer of Pubco (including directors-by-deputization) who may reasonably be expected to be subject to the reporting requirements of Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act with respect to Pubco upon the registration of any class of equity security of Pubco pursuant to Section 12 of the Exchange Act (with the authorizing resolutions specifying the name of each such officer or director whose acquisition or disposition of securities is to be exempted and the number of securities that may be acquired and disposed of by each such Person pursuant to this Agreement).

(c) If any Takeover Law or other similar law or regulation becomes or is deemed to become applicable to this Agreement or any of the transactions contemplated hereby, Pubco shall use its reasonable best efforts to render such law or regulation inapplicable to all of the foregoing.

(d) Pubco covenants that all shares of Class A Common Stock issued upon an Exchange will, upon issuance, be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable and not subject to any preemptive right of stockholders of Pubco or to any right of first refusal or other right in favor of any Person.

Section 2.4 Withholding; Certification of Non-Foreign Status.

(a) If Pubco or the Company shall be required to withhold any amounts by reason of any federal, state, local or foreign tax rules or regulations in respect of any Exchange, Pubco or the Company, as the case may be, shall be entitled to take such action as it deems appropriate in order to ensure compliance with such withholding requirements, including, at its option, withholding shares of Class A Common Stock with a fair market value equal to the minimum amount of any taxes that Pubco or the Company, as the case may be, may be required to withhold with respect to such Exchange. To the extent that amounts are (or property is) so withheld and paid over to the appropriate taxing authority, such withheld amounts (or property) shall be treated for all purposes of this Agreement as having been paid (or delivered) to the Member.

 

8


(b) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, each of Pubco and the Company may, in its discretion, require that the Member deliver to Pubco or the Company, as the case may be, a duly completed and executed IRS Form W-9 prior to an Exchange. In the event Pubco or the Company has required delivery of such form but the Member does not provide such form, Pubco or the Company, as the case may be, shall nevertheless deliver or cause to be delivered to the Member the Class A Common Stock or the Cash Payment in accordance with Section 2.1, but subject to withholding as provided in Section 2.4(a).

Section 2.5 Tax Treatment.

(a) Unless otherwise required by applicable law, the parties hereto acknowledge and agree that any Exchange with the Company or Pubco shall be treated as a direct exchange between Pubco and the Member for U.S. federal and applicable state and local income tax purposes. The parties hereto intend to treat any Exchange consummated hereunder as a taxable sale of the Exchangeable Units and Class B Common Stock (if any) by the Member to Pubco for U.S. federal and applicable state and local income tax purposes except as otherwise mutually agreed to in writing by the Member and Pubco and no party hereto shall take a position inconsistent with such intended tax treatment on any tax return, amendment thereof or any other communication with a taxing authority, in each case, unless otherwise required by a “determination” within the meaning of Section 1313 of the Code.

(b) To the extent this Agreement imposes obligations upon the Company, this Agreement shall be treated as part of the LLC Agreement as described in Section 761 of the Code and Treasury Regulations Sections 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(h) and 1.761-1(c).

Section 2.6 Contribution of Pubco.

In connection with any Exchange between the Member and the Company, Pubco shall contribute to the Company the shares of Class A Common Stock or Cash Payment that the Member is entitled to receive in such Exchange. Unless the Member has timely delivered a Retraction Notice as provided in Section 2.1(a)(vii), on the Exchange Date (to be effective immediately prior to the close of business on the Exchange Date) (i) Pubco shall make a capital contribution to the Company (in the form of the shares of Class A Common Stock or the Cash Payment that the Member is entitled to receive in such Exchange) required under this Section 2.6, (ii) the Company shall transfer such shares of Class A Common Stock or Cash Payment to the Member in redemption of such Member’s Series B Units in the Company, and (iii) in the case of an Exchange for Class A Common Stock and/or the Cash Payment (as applicable), the Company shall issue to Pubco a number of Series A Units equal to the Exchanged Unit Amount surrendered by the Member.

Section 2.7 Distributions.

No Exchange will impair the right of the Member to receive any distribution for periods ending on or prior to the Exchange Date for such Exchange (but for which payment had not yet been made with respect to the Exchangeable Units in question at the time the Exchange is consummated); provided that, for purposes of this Section 2.7, the Member’s right to receive its pro rata portion of any distribution by the Company in respect of such periods shall not be deemed impaired to the extent that the Company has not paid Pubco its pro rata portion of such distribution prior to the consummation of the applicable Exchange.

 

9


Section 2.8 Structure of Exchange Transactions.

The parties hereto acknowledge that (a) certain direct and indirect equityholders of the Member may from time to time desire to participate in an Exchange and (b) this Agreement is intended to permit and facilitate such participation in an Exchange as if such direct and indirect equityholders of the Member were a party hereto as the Member hereunder. Therefore, the parties agree (x) to enter into any transaction or series of transactions, including related transaction documents, requested by the Member in any manner necessary or desirable to facilitate such direct or indirect participation in an Exchange or otherwise achieve the purposes of this Agreement and (y) that the rights of the Member set forth in this Agreement may be assigned to any subsequent holder of Series B Units as if such holder were the Member hereunder as and to the extent elected by the Member.

ARTICLE III

Section 3.1 Representations and Warranties of Pubco.

Pubco represents and warrants that (i) it is a corporation duly incorporated and is existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware, (ii) it has all requisite corporate power and authority to enter into and perform this Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and to deliver the Class A Common Stock and/or Cash Payment in accordance with the terms hereof, (iii) the execution and delivery of this Agreement by Pubco and the consummation by it of the transactions contemplated hereby have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of Pubco, including all actions necessary to ensure that the acquisition of shares of Class A Common Stock pursuant to the transactions contemplated hereby, to the fullest extent of each of Pubco’s Board of Directors’ power and authority and to the extent permitted by law, shall not be subject to any “moratorium,” “control share acquisition,” “business combination,” “fair price” or other form of anti-takeover laws and regulations of any jurisdiction that may purport to be applicable to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby (collectively, “Takeover Laws”), (iv) this Agreement constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of Pubco enforceable against Pubco in accordance with its terms, except as enforcement may be limited by equitable principles or by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, or similar laws relating to or limiting creditors’ rights generally, and (v) the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by Pubco and the consummation by Pubco of the transactions contemplated hereby will not (A) result in a violation of the certificate of incorporation of Pubco or the bylaws of Pubco, (B) conflict with, or constitute a default (or an event that with notice or lapse of time or both would become a default) under, or give to others any rights of termination, amendment, acceleration or cancellation of, any agreement, indenture or instrument to which Pubco is a party or (C) based on the representations to be made by the Member pursuant to the written election in the form of Exhibit B attached hereto in connection with Exchanges made pursuant to the terms of the Agreement, result in a violation of any law, rule, regulation, order, judgment or decree applicable to Pubco or by which any property or asset of Pubco is bound or affected, except with respect to clause (B) or (C) for any conflicts, defaults, accelerations, terminations, cancellations or violations that would not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Pubco or its business, financial condition or results of operations.

Section 3.2 Representations and Warranties of the Company.

The Company represents and warrants that (i) it is a limited liability company duly formed and is existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware, (ii) it has all requisite power and authority to enter into and perform this Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby, (iii) the execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Company and the consummation by it of the transactions contemplated hereby have been duly authorized by all necessary action on the part of the Company, (iv) this Agreement constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Company enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms, except as enforcement may be limited by equitable principles or by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, or similar laws relating to or limiting

 

10


creditors’ rights generally, (v) it is an entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes and is not classified as a “publicly traded partnership” as defined under Section 7704 of the Code and (vi) the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by the Company and the consummation by the Company of the transactions contemplated hereby will not (A) result in a violation of the certificate of formation of the Company or the LLC Agreement, (B) conflict with, or constitute a default (or an event that with notice or lapse of time or both would become a default) under, or give to others any rights of termination, amendment, acceleration or cancellation of, any agreement, indenture or instrument to which the Company is a party or (C) result in a violation of any law, rule, regulation, order, judgment or decree applicable to the Company or by which any property or asset of the Company is bound or affected, except with respect to clause (B) or (C) for any conflicts, defaults, accelerations, terminations, cancellations or violations that would not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the Company or its business, financial condition or results of operations.

Section 3.3 Representations and Warranties of the Member.

The Member represents and warrants that (i) it is a limited liability company duly formed and is existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware, (ii) it has all requisite power and authority to enter into and perform this Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby, (iii) the execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Member and the consummation by it of the transactions contemplated hereby have been duly authorized by all necessary action on the part of the Member, (iv) this Agreement constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Member enforceable against the Member in accordance with its terms, except as enforcement may be limited by equitable principles or by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, or similar laws relating to or limiting creditors’ rights generally and (v) the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by the Member and the consummation by the Member of the transactions contemplated hereby will not (A) result in a violation of the certificate of formation or the limited liability company agreement of the Member, (B) conflict with, or constitute a default (or an event that with notice or lapse of time or both would become a default) under, or give to others any rights of termination, amendment, acceleration or cancellation of, any agreement, indenture or instrument to which the Member is a party or (C) result in a violation of any law, rule, regulation, order, judgment or decree applicable to the Member or by which any property or asset of the Member is bound or affected, except with respect to clause (B) or (C) for any conflicts, defaults, accelerations, terminations, cancellations or violations that would not in any material respect result in the unenforceability against the Member of this Agreement.

ARTICLE IV

Section 4.1 Notices.

All notices, demands or other communications to be given or delivered under or by reason of the provisions of this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been given or made when (a) delivered personally to the recipient, (b) delivered by means of electronic mail if emailed on a Business Day, and otherwise on the next Business Day, or (c) one (1) Business Day after being sent to the recipient by reputable overnight courier service (charges prepaid). Such notices, demands and other communications shall be sent to the address for such recipient set forth in the Company’s books and records (or below, with respect to Pubco), or to such other address or to the attention of such other person as the recipient party has specified by prior written notice to the sending party.

 

11


If to the Company, the Member or Pubco:

c/o AEVEX Corp.

440 Stevens Ave., Suite 150

Solana Beach, CA 92075

Attention: Chief Executive Officer

E-mail: [***]

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice to the Company, the Member or Pubco) to:

Kirkland & Ellis LLP

333 West Wolf Point Plaza

Chicago, IL 60654

Attention: Robert M. Hayward, P.C.; Michael P. Keeley, P.C.; Kevin Frank

E-mail: [***]; [***]; [***]

Section 4.2 Permitted Transferees.

To the extent that the Member (or an applicable Permitted Transferee of the Member) validly transfers after the date hereof any or all of its Series B Units and corresponding shares of Class B Common Stock after taking into account the Exchange Rate, to a Permitted Transferee of such Person or to any other Person in a transaction not in contravention of, and in accordance with, the LLC Agreement, then the transferee thereof shall have the right to execute and deliver a joinder to this Agreement, in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C. Upon execution of any such joinder, such transferee shall, with respect to such transferred Series B Units and shares of Class B Common Stock, be entitled to all of the rights and bound by each of the obligations applicable to the relevant transferor hereunder; provided that the transferor shall remain entitled to all of the rights and bound by each of the obligations with respect to Series B Units and shares of Class B Common Stock that were not so transferred.

Section 4.3 Severability.

The provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed severable and the invalidity or unenforceability of any provision shall not affect the validity or enforceability of the other provisions hereof. If any provision of this Agreement, or the application thereof to any Person or entity or any circumstance, is found to be invalid or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, (a) a suitable and equitable provision shall be substituted therefor in order to carry out, so far as may be valid and enforceable, the intent and purpose of such invalid or unenforceable provision and (b) the remainder of this Agreement and the application of such provision to other Persons or circumstances shall not be affected by such invalidity or unenforceability, nor shall such invalidity or unenforceability affect the validity or enforceability of such provision, or the application thereof, in any other jurisdiction.

Section 4.4 Counterparts.

This Agreement and any amendments may be executed simultaneously in two or more counterparts and delivered via facsimile or .pdf, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which, when taken together, shall constitute one and the same document. The signature of any party to any counterpart shall be deemed a signature to, and may be appended to, any other counterpart.

Section 4.5 Entire Agreement.

This Agreement, together with the LLC Agreement and the Tax Receivable Agreement and the other agreements and instruments referenced herein and therein, (a) constitutes the entire agreement and supersedes all other prior agreements, both written and oral, among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and (b) is not intended to confer upon any Person, other than the parties hereto and their Permitted Transferees, any rights or remedies hereunder.

 

12


Section 4.6 Further Assurances.

Each party hereto shall execute, deliver, acknowledge and file such other documents and take such further actions as may be reasonably requested from time to time by any other party hereto to give effect to and carry out the transactions contemplated herein.

Section 4.7 Governing Law.

This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to any choice of law or conflict of law rules or provisions (whether of the State of Delaware or any other jurisdiction) that would cause the application of the laws of any jurisdiction other than the State of Delaware.

Section 4.8 Consent to Jurisdiction.

Each party hereto irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the United States District Court for the State of Delaware and the state courts of the State of Delaware for the purposes of any suit, action or other proceeding arising out of this Agreement or any transaction contemplated hereby. Each party hereto further agrees that service of any process, summons, notice or document by United States certified or registered mail (in each such case, prepaid return receipt requested) to such party’s respective address set forth in Section 4.1 or such other address or to the attention of such other person as the recipient party has specified by prior written notice to the sending party shall be effective service of process in any action, suit or proceeding in Delaware with respect to any matters to which it has submitted to jurisdiction as set forth above in the immediately preceding sentence. Each party hereto irrevocably and unconditionally waives any objection to the laying of venue of any action, suit or proceeding arising out of this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby in the United States District Court for the State of Delaware or the state courts of the State of Delaware and hereby irrevocably and unconditionally waives and agrees not to plead or claim in any such court that any such action, suit or proceeding brought in such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum.

Section 4.9 Waiver of Jury Trial.

BECAUSE DISPUTES ARISING IN CONNECTION WITH COMPLEX TRANSACTIONS ARE MOST QUICKLY AND ECONOMICALLY RESOLVED BY AN EXPERIENCED AND EXPERT PERSON AND THE PARTIES WISH APPLICABLE STATE AND FEDERAL LAWS TO APPLY (RATHER THAN ARBITRATION RULES), THE PARTIES DESIRE THAT THEIR DISPUTES BE RESOLVED BY A JUDGE APPLYING SUCH APPLICABLE LAWS. THEREFORE, TO ACHIEVE THE BEST COMBINATION OF THE BENEFITS OF THE JUDICIAL SYSTEM AND OF ARBITRATION, EACH PARTY TO THIS AGREEMENT (INCLUDING THE COMPANY) HEREBY WAIVES ALL RIGHTS TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION, SUIT, OR PROCEEDING BROUGHT TO RESOLVE ANY DISPUTE BETWEEN OR AMONG ANY OF THE PARTIES HERETO, WHETHER ARISING IN CONTRACT, TORT, OR OTHERWISE, ARISING OUT OF, CONNECTED WITH, RELATED OR INCIDENTAL TO THIS AGREEMENT, THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY AND/OR THE RELATIONSHIPS ESTABLISHED AMONG THE PARTIES HEREUNDER.

 

13


Section 4.10 Amendments.

The provisions of this Agreement may be amended only by the affirmative vote or written consent of each of the parties hereto. No failure or delay by any party in exercising any right, power or privilege hereunder shall operate as waiver thereof nor shall any single or partial exercise thereof preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege. The rights and remedies herein provided shall be cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies provided by law.

Section 4.11 Assignment.

Neither this Agreement nor any of the rights or obligations hereunder shall be assigned by any of the parties hereto without the prior written consent of the other parties; provided, that nothing herein shall restrict the Member from assigning any of its rights or obligations hereunder to any direct or indirect equityholder of the Member. Subject to the preceding sentence, this Agreement will be binding upon, inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the parties and their respective successors, assigns and Permitted Transferees.

Section 4.12 Specific Enforcement.

The parties hereto acknowledge that the remedies at law of the other parties for a breach or threatened breach of this Agreement would be inadequate and, in recognition of this fact, any party to this Agreement, without posting any bond, and in addition to all other remedies that may be available, shall be entitled to equitable relief in the form of specific performance, a temporary restraining order, a temporary or permanent injunction or any other equitable remedy that may then be available.

[Signature Pages to Follow]

 

14


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed by their respective authorized representatives as of the day and year first above written.

 

COMPANY
ATHENA TECHNOLOGY SOLUTIONS HOLDINGS, LLC
By:    
Name:  
Title:  

 

PUBCO

AEVEX CORP.

By:    
Name:  
Title:  

 

MEMBER

ATS INVESTMENT HOLDINGS, LLC

By:    
Name:  
Title:  

 

Signature Page to Exchange Agreement


Exhibit A

 

    

Immediately Following IPO

Name of Member   

Number of
Series B Units Owned

  

Number

of Shares of Class B

Common Stock Owned

ATS Investment Holdings, LLC

     

 

A-1


Exhibit B

Form of Exchange Notice

AEVEX Corp.

440 Stevens Ave., Suite 150

Solana Beach, CA 92075

Attention: Roger Wells

Email: [***]

Reference is hereby made to the Exchange Agreement, dated as of [ _____ ], 2026 (as amended from time to time, the “Exchange Agreement”), by and among AEVEX Corp., a Delaware corporation (“Pubco”), Athena Technology Solutions Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Company”), and ATS Investment Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Member”). Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Exchange Agreement.

The Member hereby transfers to Pubco (or the Company, if applicable) effective as of the Exchange Date, the number of Exchangeable Units in Exchange for either shares of Class A Common Stock to be issued in its name or, at the option of Pubco, the Cash Payment payable to the account set forth below, in accordance with the terms of the Exchange Agreement.

Number of Exchangeable Units to be Exchanged: [•]

Number of shares of Class B Common Stock to be Exchanged: [•]

If Pubco elects a Cash Payment:

Account Number: [•]

Legal Name of Account Holder: [•]

The Member hereby represents and warrants that: (i) it is a limited liability company duly formed and is existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware; (ii) it has all requisite power and authority to enter into this Exchange Notice and to perform the Member’s obligations hereunder; (iii) the execution and delivery of this Exchange Notice by the Member and the consummation by it of the transactions contemplated hereby have been duly authorized by all necessary action on the part of the Member; (iv) this Exchange Notice constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Member enforceable against the Member in accordance with its terms, except as enforcement may be limited by equitable principles or by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, or similar laws relating to or limiting creditors’ rights generally; (v) the Exchangeable Units and shares of Class B Common Stock subject to this Exchange Notice are being transferred to Pubco (or the Company, if applicable) free and clear of any Liens; (vi) no consent, approval, authorization, order, registration or qualification of any third party or with any court or governmental agency or body having jurisdiction over the Member, the Exchanged Units or shares of Class B Common Stock subject to this Exchange Notice is required to be obtained by the Member for the transfer of such Exchanged Units or shares of Class B Common Stock to Pubco; and (vii) the Member is either not currently in possession of material non-public information concerning Pubco or will not be in possession of such material non-public information at the time the shares of Class A Common Stock are sold by the undersigned in any public sale.

 

B-1


The Member hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints any officer of Pubco, Pubco or the Company as the attorney of the undersigned, with full power of substitution and resubstitution in the premises, to do any and all things and to take any and all actions that may be necessary to transfer to Pubco (or the Company, if applicable) the Exchanged Units and shares of Class B Common Stock subject to this Exchange Notice and to deliver to the Member the shares of Class A Common Stock or Cash Payment to be delivered in exchange therefor.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Member, by authority duly given, has caused this Exchange Notice to be executed and delivered by the undersigned.

 

ATS INVESTMENT HOLDINGS, LLC

By:

   

Name:

   

Title:

   

Dated:

   

 

B-2


Exhibit C

Form of Joinder

This Joinder (“Joinder”) is a joinder agreement to the Exchange Agreement, dated as of [ _____ ], 2026 (as amended from time to time, the “Exchange Agreement”), by and among AEVEX Corp., a Delaware corporation (“Pubco”), Athena Technology Solutions Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Company”), and ATS Investment Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Member”). Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Exchange Agreement.

The Company, Pubco and the undersigned agree that all questions concerning the construction, validity and interpretation of this Joinder shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the law of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to any choice or conflict of law provision or rule, notwithstanding that public policy in Delaware or any other forum jurisdiction might indicate that the laws of that or any other jurisdiction should otherwise apply based on contacts with such state or otherwise. In the event of any conflict between this Joinder and the Exchange Agreement, the terms of this Joinder shall control.

The undersigned, having acquired Series B Units and shares of Class B Common Stock, hereby joins and enters into the Exchange Agreement. By signing and returning this Joinder to the Company and Pubco, the undersigned (i) accepts and agrees to be bound by and subject to all of the terms and conditions of and agreements of the Member contained in the Exchange Agreement, with all attendant rights, duties and obligations of the Member thereunder and (ii) makes each of the representations and warranties of the Member set forth in Section 3.3 of the Exchange Agreement as fully as if such representations and warranties were set forth herein. The parties to the Exchange Agreement shall treat the execution and delivery hereof by the undersigned as the execution and delivery of the Exchange Agreement by the undersigned and, upon receipt of this Joinder by the Company and Pubco, the signature of the undersigned set forth below shall constitute a counterpart signature to the signature page of the Agreement.

 

[•]
Name:    
Title:    
Dated:    
Address for Notice: [•]

 

C-1

Exhibit 10.18

 

 
 

FORM OF ATHENA TECHNOLOGY SOLUTIONS HOLDINGS, LLC

THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED

LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT

 

 

Dated as of [ _____ ], 2026

THE UNITS ISSUED PURSUANT TO THIS THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR UNDER ANY OTHER APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS. SUCH UNITS MAY NOT BE SOLD, TRANSFERRED, ASSIGNED, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF AT ANY TIME WITHOUT EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION UNDER SUCH ACT AND LAWS OR AN EXEMPTION THEREFROM, AND COMPLIANCE WITH THE OTHER RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFERABILITY SET FORTH HEREIN.

CERTAIN UNITS MAY ALSO BE SUBJECT TO ADDITIONAL RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER SET FORTH HEREIN AND/OR IN A SEPARATE AGREEMENT WITH THE INITIAL HOLDER OF SUCH UNITS. A COPY OF SUCH AGREEMENT MAY BE OBTAINED BY THE HOLDER OF SUCH UNITS UPON WRITTEN REQUEST TO THE COMPANY AND WITHOUT CHARGE.

 

 
 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         Page  
ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS      1  
ARTICLE II ORGANIZATIONAL MATTERS      8  

Section 2.1

  Formation of LLC      8  

Section 2.2

  Limited Liability Company Agreement      8  

Section 2.3

  Name      8  

Section 2.4

  Purpose      8  

Section 2.5

  Principal Office; Registered Office      8  

Section 2.6

  Term      9  

Section 2.7

  No State-Law Partnership      9  
ARTICLE III UNITS, CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS AND ACCOUNTS      9  

Section 3.1

  Units; Capitalization      9  

Section 3.2

  Authorization and Issuance of Additional Units      10  

Section 3.3

  Repurchase or Redemptions      12  

Section 3.4

  Equity Subdivisions and Combinations      13  

Section 3.5

  General Authority      13  

Section 3.6

  Capital Accounts      13  

Section 3.7

  Negative Capital Accounts; No Interest Regarding Positive Capital Accounts      14  

Section 3.8

  No Withdrawal      14  

Section 3.9

  Loans From Unitholders      14  

Section 3.10

  Adjustments to Capital Accounts for Distributions In-Kind      14  

Section 3.11

  Transfer of Capital Accounts      15  

Section 3.12

  Adjustments to Book Value      15  

Section 3.13

  Compliance With Section 1.704-1(b)      15  
ARTICLE IV DISTRIBUTIONS AND ALLOCATIONS      16  

Section 4.1

  Distributions      16  

Section 4.2

  Allocations      17  

Section 4.3

  Special Allocations      17  

Section 4.4

  Offsetting Allocations      18  

Section 4.5

  Tax Allocations      18  

Section 4.6

  Indemnification and Reimbursement for Payments on Behalf of a Member      20  
ARTICLE V MANAGEMENT AND CONTROL OF BUSINESS      20  

Section 5.1

  Management      20  

Section 5.2

  Investment Company Act      21  

Section 5.3

  Officers      21  

Section 5.4

  Fiduciary Duties      22  

 

i


ARTICLE VI EXCULPATION AND INDEMNIFICATION      23  

Section 6.1

  Exculpation      23  

Section 6.2

  Indemnification      23  

Section 6.3

  Expenses      24  

Section 6.4

  Non-Exclusivity; Savings Clause      24  

Section 6.5

  Insurance      24  
ARTICLE VII ACCOUNTING AND RECORDS; TAX MATTERS      24  

Section 7.1

  Accounting and Records      24  

Section 7.2

  Preparation of Tax Returns      25  

Section 7.3

  Tax Elections      25  

Section 7.4

  Tax Controversies      25  

Section 7.5

  Code § 83 Safe Harbor Election      26  
ARTICLE VIII TRANSFER OF UNITS; ADMISSION OF NEW MEMBERS      27  

Section 8.1

  Transfer of Units      27  

Section 8.2

  Recognition of Transfer; Substituted and Additional Members      27  

Section 8.3

  Expense of Transfer; Indemnification      28  

Section 8.4

  Exchange Agreement      29  

Section 8.5

  Change of Control Transactions      29  
ARTICLE IX WITHDRAWAL AND RESIGNATION OF UNITHOLDERS      29  

Section 9.1

  Withdrawal and Resignation of Unitholders      29  
ARTICLE X DISSOLUTION AND LIQUIDATION      29  

Section 10.1

  Dissolution      29  

Section 10.2

  Liquidation and Termination      30  

Section 10.3

  Securityholders Agreement      30  

Section 10.4

  Cancellation of Certificate      30  

Section 10.5

  Reasonable Time for Winding Up      31  

Section 10.6

  Return of Capital      31  

Section 10.7

  Hart-Scott-Rodino      31  
ARTICLE XI GENERAL PROVISIONS      31  

Section 11.1

  Power of Attorney      31  

Section 11.2

  Amendments      31  

Section 11.3

  Title to the Company Assets      32  

Section 11.4

  Remedies      32  

Section 11.5

  Successors and Assigns      32  

Section 11.6

  Severability      32  

Section 11.7

  Counterparts; Binding Agreement      32  

Section 11.8

  Descriptive Headings; Interpretation      32  

Section 11.9

  Applicable Law      33  

Section 11.10

  Addresses and Notices      33  

Section 11.11

  Creditors      33  

Section 11.12

  No Waiver      33  

Section 11.13

  Further Action      33  

Section 11.14

  Entire Agreement      33  

Section 11.15

  Delivery by Electronic Means      33  

 

ii


Section 11.16

  Certain Acknowledgments      34  

Section 11.17

  Consent to Jurisdiction; WAIVER OF TRIAL BY JURY      34  

Section 11.18

  Representations and Warranties      35  

Section 11.19

  Tax Receivable Agreement      35  

 

 

iii


ATHENA TECHNOLOGY SOLUTIONS HOLDINGS, LLC

THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED

LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT

THIS THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT of Athena Technology Solutions Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Company”), is entered into as of     , 2026, by and among the Company, AEVEX Corp., a Delaware corporation (“Pubco”), and ATS Investment Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Holdings”). Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in Article I.

WHEREAS, the Certificate was filed with the Office of the Secretary of State of Delaware on February 13, 2020;

WHEREAS, the Second Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of the Company was entered into on December 4, 2025 (the “Prior Agreement”);

WHEREAS, in connection with and prior to the initial public offering of Class A Common Stock of Pubco (the “IPO”), Pubco acquired certain Company membership interests;

WHEREAS, in connection with the IPO: (i) the Company and the Members desire to recapitalize the Company’s membership interests pursuant to this Agreement such that (A) all of the membership interests held by Holdings as of the date hereof are automatically converted into a number of Series B Units that have an equivalent aggregate value as of the date hereof and (B) all of the membership interests held by Pubco as of the date hereof are automatically converted into a number of Series A Units that have an equivalent aggregate value as of the date hereof; (ii) Pubco will purchase Series A Units using a portion of the net proceeds of the IPO; and (iii) Pubco, the Company and Holdings will enter into an Exchange Agreement, pursuant to which Holdings will be permitted to exchange Series B Units (together with the corresponding number of shares of Class B Common Stock) for Class A Common Stock or the Cash Payment (as defined therein) (clauses (i) through (iii), collectively, the “IPO Transactions”); and

WHEREAS, the parties hereto desire to enter into this Agreement to amend and restate, replace and supersede in its entirety the Prior Agreement as set forth herein to give effect to the IPO Transactions and reflect the admission of Pubco as the sole manager of the Company.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Members, intending to be legally bound, hereby agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the following meaning:

“704(c) Event” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.5(b).

“Additional Member” means a Person admitted to the Company as a Member pursuant to Section 8.2.

 

1


“Adjusted Capital Account Deficit” means, with respect to any Capital Account as of the end of any Taxable Year, the amount by which the balance in such Capital Account is less than zero. For this purpose, such Person’s Capital Account balance shall be (i) reduced for any items described in Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d)(4), (5) and (6) and (ii) increased for any amount such Person is obligated to contribute or is treated as being obligated to contribute to the Company pursuant to Treasury Regulation Sections 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(c) (relating to partner liabilities to a partnership) or 1.704-2(g)(1) and 1.704-2(i) (relating to Minimum Gain).

“Affiliate” of any Person means any other Person controlled by, controlling or under common control with such Person, and in the case of any Unitholder that is a partnership, limited liability company, corporation or similar entity, any partner, member or stockholder of such Unitholder; provided, that the Company and its Subsidiaries shall not be deemed to be Affiliates of any Unitholder. As used in this definition, “control” (including, with its correlative meanings, “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with”) shall mean possession, directly or indirectly, of power to direct or cause the direction of management or policies (whether through ownership of securities, by contract or otherwise).

“Agreement” means this Third Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement, as it may be amended, modified and/or waived from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof.

“Assumed Tax Liability” means, with respect to any Unitholder for any Fiscal Quarter, an amount, which in the good faith estimation of the Manager, equals the product of (a) the amount of taxable income of the Company allocable to such Unitholder in respect of such Fiscal Quarter (which shall include gross or net income allocations of items of Profit or Loss), determined (w) by assuming such Unitholder earned solely the items of income, gain, deduction, loss and/or credit allocated to such Unitholder by the Company for such taxable period, (x) by including adjustments under Section 732(d), 734(b) and 743(b) of the Code, (y) by including adjustments to taxable income in respect of Section 704(c) of the Code and (z) reducing such taxable income by net taxable losses of the Company allocated to such Unitholder for prior taxable periods beginning after the date hereof to the extent that such losses are of a character (ordinary or capital) that would permit the losses to be deducted by such Unitholder against the current taxable income of the Company allocable to the Unitholder for such Fiscal Quarter and have not previously been taken into account in determining such Unitholder’s Assumed Tax Liability, multiplied by (b) the Assumed Tax Rate; provided that in the case of PubCo, the Assumed Tax Liability shall in no event be less than an amount that will enable PubCo to meet its obligations pursuant to the Tax Receivable Agreement for the relevant Taxable Year.

“Assumed Tax Rate” means the combined maximum U.S. federal, state and local income tax rate applicable to a taxable individual or corporation in any jurisdiction in the United States (whichever is higher), including pursuant to Section 1411 of the Code, in each case, taking into account all jurisdictions in which the Company is required to file income tax returns and the relevant apportionment information, in effect for the applicable Fiscal Quarter (making an appropriate adjustment for any rate changes that take place during such period and taking into account the character of the income).

“Base Rate” means, as of any date, a variable rate per annum equal to the rate of interest most recently published by The Wall Street Journal as the “prime rate” at large U.S. money center banks.

“Board” means the board of directors of Pubco.

“Book Value” means, with respect to any of the Company property, the Company’s adjusted basis for federal income Tax purposes, adjusted from time to time to reflect the adjustments required or permitted (in the case of permitted adjustments, to the extent the Company makes such permitted adjustments) by Treasury Regulation Sections 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(d)-(g).

 

2


“Business Day” means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which the banks in New York, New York, Chicago, Illinois or San Diego, California are authorized by law to be closed.

“Capital Account” means the capital account maintained for a Member pursuant to Section 3.6 and the other applicable provisions of this Agreement.

“Capital Contributions” means any cash, cash equivalents, promissory obligations or the Fair Market Value of other property which a Unitholder contributes or is deemed by the Manager to have contributed to the Company with respect to any Unit pursuant to Section 3.1 or Section 3.11.

“Cash Payment” has the meaning set forth in the Exchange Agreement.

“Certificate” means the Company’s Certificate of Formation as filed with the Secretary of State of Delaware, as the same may be amended from time to time.

“Change of Control Exchange” has the meaning set forth in the Exchange Agreement.

“Class A Common Stock” means shares of class A common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of Pubco.

“Class A Common Stock Value” has the meaning set forth in the Exchange Agreement.

“Class B Common Stock” means shares of class B common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of Pubco.

“Code” means the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. Such term, if elected by the Manager in its sole discretion, shall be deemed to include any future amendments to the Code and any corresponding provisions of succeeding Code provisions (whether or not such amendments and corresponding provisions are mandatory or discretionary).

“Common Units” means the Series A Units and the Series B Units.

“Company” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

“Delaware Act” means the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act, 6 Del. L. § 18-101, et seq., as it may be amended from time to time, and any successor thereto.

“Distribution” means each distribution made by the Company to a Unitholder, with respect to such Person’s Units, whether in cash, property or securities and whether by liquidating distribution, redemption, repurchase or otherwise; provided that notwithstanding anything in the foregoing to the contrary, none of the following shall be deemed to be a Distribution hereunder: (i) any recapitalization, exchange or conversion of securities of the Company; (ii) any subdivision (by unit split or otherwise) or any combination (by reverse unit split or otherwise) of any outstanding Units; (iii) any Tax Distribution and (iv) any repurchase of Units pursuant to any right of first refusal or similar repurchase right in favor of the Company.

“Equity Agreement” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.2(a).

“Equity Securities” means (i) any Units, capital stock, partnership, membership or limited liability company interests or other equity interests (including other classes, groups or series thereof having such relative rights, powers and/or obligations as may from time to time be established by the Manager, including rights, powers and/or duties different from, senior to or more favorable than existing classes, groups and

 

3


series of Units, capital stock, partnership, membership or limited liability company interests or other equity interests, and including any profits interests), (ii) obligations, evidences of indebtedness or other securities or interests convertible or exchangeable into Units, capital stock, partnership interests, membership or limited liability company interests or other equity interests and (iii) warrants, options or other rights to purchase or otherwise acquire Units, capital stock, partnership interests, membership or limited liability company interests or other equity interests. Unless the context otherwise indicates, the term “Equity Securities” refers to Equity Securities of the Company.

“Event of Withdrawal” means the death, retirement, resignation, expulsion, bankruptcy or dissolution of a Member or the occurrence of any other event that terminates the continued membership of a Member in the Company.

“Exchange” has the meaning set forth in the Exchange Agreement.

“Exchange Agreement” means the Exchange Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, by and among Pubco, the Company and Holdings, as the same may be amended, amended and restated or replaced from time to time.

“Exchange Rate” has the meaning set forth in the Exchange Agreement.

“Exchangeable Unit” has the meaning set forth in the Exchange Agreement.

“Exchanged Unit Amount” has the meaning set forth in the Exchange Agreement.

“Fair Market Value” means, as of any date of determination, (i) with respect to a Unit, such Unit’s Pro Rata Share as of such date, (ii) with respect to a share of Class A Common Stock, the Class A Common Stock Value as of such date, and (iii) with respect to any other non-cash assets, the fair market value for such property as between a willing buyer under no compulsion to buy and a willing seller under no compulsion to sell in an arm’s-length transaction occurring on such date, taking into account all relevant factors determinative of value (including in the case of securities, any restrictions on transfer applicable thereto or, if such securities are traded on a securities exchange or automated or electronic quotation system, the quoted price for such securities as of the date of determination), as reasonably determined in good faith by the Manager.

“Fiscal Quarter” means each calendar quarter ending March 31, June 30, September 30 and December 31, or such other quarterly accounting period as may be established by the Manager.

“Fiscal Year” means the 12-month period ending on December 31, or such other annual accounting period as may be established by the Manager.

“Forfeiture Allocations” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.3.

“Governmental Entity” means the United States of America or any other nation, any state or other political subdivision thereof or any entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory or administrative functions of government.

“Holdings” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble, together with its successors and assigns; provided that, in the event that Holdings has not appointed a successor prior to the date on which it dissolves, liquidates, winds up, terminates or otherwise ceases to exist, MDP shall be deemed to be a successor to Holdings for all applicable purposes of this Agreement, including Section 7.4.

 

4


“HSR Act” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.7.

“Indemnitee” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.2.

“Investment Company Act” means the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended from time to time.

“IPO” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

“IPO Transactions” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

“IPO 704(c) Event” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.12.

“IRS Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.5.

“Liquidation Assets” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.2(b).

“Liquidation FMV” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.2(b).

“Liquidation Statement” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.2(b).

“Losses” means items of the Company loss and deduction determined according to Section 3.6.

“Manager” means (i) Pubco so long as Pubco has not withdrawn as the Manager pursuant to Section 5.1(c) and (ii) any successor thereof appointed as Manager in accordance with Section 5.1(c). Unless the context otherwise requires, references herein to the Manager shall refer to the Manager acting in its capacity as such.

“MDP” means Madison Dearborn Partners VII-B, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, or its designee.

“Member” means each Person listed on the Unit Ownership Ledger and any Person admitted to the Company as a Substituted Member or Additional Member in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement, in each case, in such Person’s capacity as a member of the Company; but in each case only for so long as such Person is shown on the Company’s books and records as the owner of one or more Units.

“Minimum Gain” means the partnership minimum gain determined pursuant to Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(d).

“Notice Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.5(b).

“Obligations” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.2.

“Partnership Representative” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.4(a).

“Partnership Tax Audit Rules” means Code Sections 6221 through 6241, together with any guidance issued thereunder or successor provisions and any similar provision of state or local Tax laws.

“Permitted Transferee” means, with respect to any Person, (i) any of such Person’s Affiliates and (ii) any direct or indirect partner, member, stockholder or other equityholder of such Person.

 

5


“Person” means an individual, a partnership, a corporation, a limited liability company, an association, a joint stock company, a trust, a joint venture, an unincorporated organization, association or other entity or a Governmental Entity.

“Pro Rata Share” means with respect to each Unit, the proportionate amount such Unit would receive if an amount equal to the Total Equity Value were distributed to all Units in accordance with Section 4.1(b), as determined in good faith by the Manager.

“Profits” means items of the Company income and gain determined according to Section 3.6.

“Prior Agreement” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

“Pubco” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

“Registration Rights Agreement” means that certain Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, by and among Pubco and certain other parties thereto, as the same may be amended, amended and restated or replaced from time to time.

“Regulatory Allocations” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.3(e).

“Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and applicable rules and regulations thereunder, and any successor to such statute, rules or regulations. Any reference herein to a specific section, rule or regulation of the Securities Act shall be deemed to include any corresponding provisions of future law.

“Securities Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and applicable rules and regulations thereunder, and any successor to such statute, rules or regulations. Any reference herein to a specific section, rule or regulation of the Securities Exchange Act shall be deemed to include any corresponding provisions of future law.

“Series A Unit” means a Unit having the rights and obligations specified with respect to a Series A Unit in this Agreement.

“Series B Unit” means a Unit having the rights and obligations specified with respect to a Series B Unit in this Agreement; provided, that a Series B Unit shall not have any voting rights under this Agreement or the Delaware Act.

“Specified Audit” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.4(c).

“Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person, any corporation, limited liability company, partnership, association or business entity of which (i) if a corporation, a majority of the total voting power of shares of stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by that Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof, or (ii) if a limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity (other than a corporation), a majority of partnership or other similar ownership interests thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by any Person or one or more Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof. For purposes hereof and without limitation, a Person or Persons shall be deemed to have a majority ownership interest in a limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity (other than a corporation) if such Person or Persons shall be allocated a majority of limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity gains or losses or shall be or control the manager, managing member, managing director (or a board comprised of any of the foregoing) or general partner of such limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity. For purposes hereof, references to a “Subsidiary” of any Person shall be given effect only at such times that such Person has one or more Subsidiaries, and, unless otherwise indicated, the term “Subsidiary” refers to a Subsidiary of the Company.

 

6


“Substituted Member” means a Person that is admitted as a Member to the Company pursuant to Section 8.2.

“Tax” or “Taxes” means any federal, state, local or foreign income, gross receipts, franchise, estimated, alternative minimum, add-on minimum, sales, use, transfer, registration, value added, excise, natural resources, severance, stamp, occupation, premium, windfall profit, environmental, customs, duties, real property, personal property, capital stock, social security, unemployment, disability, payroll, license, employee or other withholding or other tax of any kind whatsoever, including any transferee liability and any interest, penalties or additions to tax or additional amounts in respect of the foregoing.

“Tax Advances” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.6.

“Tax Distribution” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.1(a)(i).

“Tax Distribution Conditions” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.1(a)(i).

“Tax Distribution Date” means April 10, June 10, September 10 and December 10 of each calendar year, which shall be adjusted by the Manager as reasonably necessary to take into account changes in estimated tax payment due dates for U.S. federal income Taxes under applicable law.

“Tax Receivable Agreement” means the Tax Receivable Agreement dated as of the date hereof, by and among Pubco, the Company and the other parties thereto, as the same may be amended, amended and restated or replaced from time to time.

“Taxable Year” means the Company’s accounting period for federal income Tax purposes determined pursuant to Section 7.3.

“Total Equity Value” means, as of any date of determination, the aggregate proceeds which would be received by the Unitholders if: (i) the assets of the Company were sold at their fair market value to an independent third-party on arm’s-length terms, with neither the seller nor the buyer being under compulsion to buy or sell such assets; (ii) the Company satisfied and paid in full all of its obligations and liabilities (including all Taxes, costs and expenses incurred in connection with such transaction and any amounts reserved by the Manager with respect to any contingent or other liabilities); and (iii) such net sale proceeds were then distributed in accordance with Section 4.1, all as determined by the Manager in good faith based upon the Class A Common Stock Value as of such date.

“Traditional Method with Curative Allocations” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.5(b).

“Transaction Documents” means, collectively, this Agreement, the Exchange Agreement, the Registration Rights Agreement and the Tax Receivable Agreement.

“Transfer” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.1.

“Treasury Regulations” means the income Tax regulations promulgated under the Code and effective as of the date of this Agreement. Such term, if elected by the Manager in its sole discretion, shall be deemed to include any future amendments to such regulations and any corresponding provisions of succeeding regulations (whether or not such amendments and corresponding provisions are mandatory or discretionary).

 

7


“Unit” means a limited liability company interest in the Company of a Member or representing a fractional part of the interests in Profits, Losses and Distributions of the Company held by all Members and shall include Common Units.

“Unit Ownership Ledger” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1(b).

“Unitholder” means any owner of one or more Units as reflected on the Company’s books and records.

ARTICLE II

ORGANIZATIONAL MATTERS

Section 2.1 Formation of LLC. The Company was formed in the State of Delaware on February 13, 2020 pursuant to the provisions of the Delaware Act.

Section 2.2 Limited Liability Company Agreement. The Members hereby execute this Agreement for the purpose of amending and restating the Prior Agreement and establishing the affairs of the Company and the conduct of its business in accordance with the provisions of the Delaware Act. The Members hereby agree that during the term of the Company set forth in Section 2.6 the rights, powers and obligations of the Unitholders with respect to the Company will be determined in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement and, except where the Delaware Act provides that such rights, powers and obligations specified in the Delaware Act shall apply “unless otherwise provided in a limited liability company agreement” or words of similar effect and such rights, powers and obligations are set forth in this Agreement, the Delaware Act; provided that, notwithstanding the foregoing and anything else to the contrary, Section 18-305(a) of the Delaware Act (entitled “Access to and Confidentiality of Information; Records”) shall not apply to or be incorporated into this Agreement and each Unitholder hereby expressly waives any and all rights under such Section of the Delaware Act.

Section 2.3 Name. The name of the Company shall be “Athena Technology Solutions Holdings, LLC”. The Manager may change the name of the Company at any time and from time to time. Notification of any such name change shall be given to all Unitholders. The Company’s business may be conducted under its name and/or any other name or names deemed advisable by the Manager.

Section 2.4 Purpose. The purpose and business of the Company shall be to manage and direct the business operations and affairs of the Company and its Subsidiaries and to engage in any other lawful acts or activities for which limited liability companies may be organized under the Delaware Act.

Section 2.5 Principal Office; Registered Office. The principal office of the Company shall be located at 440 Stevens Avenue Suite 150, Solana Beach, CA 92075, or at such other place inside or outside the state of Delaware as the Manager may from time to time designate, and all business and activities of the Company shall be deemed to have occurred at its principal office. The Company may maintain offices at such other place or places as the Manager deems advisable. The address of the registered office of the Company in the State of Delaware shall be the office of the initial registered agent named in the Certificate or such other office (which need not be a place of business of the Company) as the Manager may designate from time to time in the manner provided by applicable law, and the registered agent for service of process on the Company in the State of Delaware at such registered office shall be the registered agent named in the Certificate or such Person or Persons as the Manager may designate from time to time in the manner provided by applicable law.

 

8


Section 2.6 Term. The term of the Company commenced upon the filing of the Certificate with the office of the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware in accordance with the Delaware Act and shall continue in existence until the cancellation of the Certificate in accordance with the Delaware Act.

Section 2.7 No State-Law Partnership. The Unitholders intend that the Company not be a partnership (including a limited partnership) or joint venture, and that no Unitholder be a partner or joint venturer of any other Unitholder by virtue of this Agreement, for any purposes other than as set forth in the last sentence of this Section 2.7, and neither this Agreement nor any other document entered into by the Company or any Unitholder relating to the subject matter hereof shall be construed to suggest otherwise. The Unitholders intend that the Company shall be treated as a partnership for federal and, if applicable, state or local income Tax purposes, and that each Unitholder and the Company shall file all Tax returns and shall otherwise take all Tax and financial reporting positions in a manner consistent with such treatment.

ARTICLE III

UNITS, CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS AND ACCOUNTS

Section 3.1 Units; Capitalization.

(a) Units; Capitalization. The Company shall have the authority to issue an unlimited number of Series A Units and Series B Units. The ownership by a Member of Common Units shall entitle such Member to allocations of Profits and Losses and other items and Distributions of cash and other property as set forth in Article IV hereof.

(b) Unit Ownership Ledger; Capital Contributions. The Manager shall create and maintain a ledger (the “Unit Ownership Ledger”) setting forth the name and address of each Unitholder, the number of each class of Units held of record by each such Unitholder and the amount of the Capital Contribution made with respect to each class of Units and the date of such Capital Contribution. Upon any change in the number or ownership of outstanding Units (whether upon an issuance of Units, a Transfer of Units, a cancellation of Units or otherwise), the Manager shall amend and update the Unit Ownership Ledger. Absent manifest error, the ownership interests recorded on the Unit Ownership Ledger shall be conclusive record of the Units that have been issued and are outstanding. Each Unitholder named in the Unit Ownership Ledger has made (or shall be deemed to have made) Capital Contributions to the Company as set forth in the Unit Ownership Ledger in exchange for the Units specified in the Unit Ownership Ledger. Any reference in this Agreement to the Unit Ownership Ledger shall be deemed a reference to the Unit Ownership Ledger as amended and in effect from time to time.

(c) Certificates; Legends. Units shall be issued in uncertificated form; provided that, at the request of any Member, the Manager may cause the Company to issue one or more certificates to any such Member holding Units representing in the aggregate the Units held by such Member. If any certificate representing Units is issued, then such certificate shall bear a legend substantially in the following form:

THIS CERTIFICATE EVIDENCES UNITS REPRESENTING A MEMBERSHIP INTEREST IN ATHENA TECHNOLOGY SOLUTIONS HOLDINGS, LLC. THE MEMBERSHIP INTEREST IN ATHENA TECHNOLOGY SOLUTIONS HOLDINGS, LLC REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR ANY NON-U.S. OR STATE SECURITIES LAWS AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT IN COMPLIANCE THEREWITH. THE MEMBERSHIP INTEREST IN ATHENA TECHNOLOGY SOLUTIONS HOLDINGS, LLC REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE IS SUBJECT TO

 

9


RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER SET FORTH IN THE THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT OF ATHENA TECHNOLOGY SOLUTIONS HOLDINGS, LLC, DATED AS OF     , 2026, AS THE SAME MAY BE AMENDED FROM TIME TO TIME, A COPY OF WHICH SHALL BE FURNISHED BY THE COMPANY TO THE RECORD HOLDER HEREOF UPON WRITTEN REQUEST AND WITHOUT CHARGE.

(d) Conversion of Prior Membership Interests. Contemporaneous with the execution and effectiveness of this Agreement, all of the membership interests in the Company that were issued and outstanding and held by the Members immediately prior to the effectiveness of this Agreement are hereby converted into the Series A Units and Series B Units, respectively, as set forth on the Unit Ownership Ledger.

Section 3.2 Authorization and Issuance of Additional Units.

(a) The Manager shall have the right to cause the Company to issue and/or create and issue at any time after the date hereof, and for such amount and form of consideration as the Manager may determine, additional Units or other Equity Securities of the Company (including creating classes or series thereof having such powers, designations, preferences and rights as may be determined by the Manager). The Manager shall have the power to make such amendments to this Agreement in order to provide for such powers, designations, preferences and rights as the Manager in its discretion deems necessary or appropriate to give effect to such additional authorization or issuance in accordance with the provisions of this Section 3.2(a). In connection with any issuance of Units (whether on or after the date of this Agreement), the Person who acquires such Units shall execute a counterpart to this Agreement accepting and agreeing to be bound by all terms and conditions hereof, and shall enter into such other documents, instruments and agreements to effect such purchase as are required by the Manager (including such documents, instruments and agreements entered into on or prior to the date of this Agreement by the Members, each, an “Equity Agreement”). The Company may not issue any additional Series A Units or other Equity Securities to Pubco or any of its Subsidiaries except as set forth in Section 3.2(b), Section 3.2(c) or Section 3.2(d).

(b) At any time Pubco issues one or more shares of Class A Common Stock or any other Equity Securities of Pubco (other than an issuance of the type covered by Section 3.2(d) or an issuance to a holder of Exchangeable Units pursuant to the Exchange Agreement, as described in Section 3.2(c)), Pubco shall contribute to the Company all of the net proceeds (if any) received by Pubco with respect to such share or shares of Class A Common Stock or other Equity Securities of Pubco. Upon the contribution by Pubco to the Company of all of such net proceeds so received by Pubco, the Manager shall cause the Company to issue a number of Series A Units (if Pubco issues shares of Class A Common Stock), determined based upon the Exchange Rate then in effect, or an equal number of such Equity Securities of the Company corresponding to the Equity Securities issued by Pubco (if Pubco issues Equity Securities other than shares of Class A Common Stock) registered in the name of Pubco so that the aggregate number of Series A Units and other Equity Securities of the Company held by Pubco at all times equals the number of shares of Class A Common Stock and other Equity Securities issued by Pubco issued and outstanding; provided, however, that if Pubco issues one or more shares of Class A Common Stock or other Equity Securities of Pubco, some or all of the net proceeds of which are to be used to fund expenses or other obligations of Pubco for which Pubco would be permitted a Distribution pursuant to Article IV, then Pubco shall not be required to transfer such net proceeds to the Company which are used or will be used to fund such expenses or obligations; provided further, that if Pubco issues any shares of Class A Common Stock in order to purchase or fund the purchase of Common Units from a Member (other than a Subsidiary of Pubco), then the Company shall not issue any new Common Units registered in the name of Pubco in accordance with

 

10


Section 3.2(c) and Pubco shall not be required to transfer such net proceeds to the Company (it being understood that such net proceeds shall instead be transferred by Pubco to such other Member as consideration for such purchase). Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Section 3.2(b) shall not apply to the issuance and distribution to holders of shares of Class A Common Stock of rights to purchase Equity Securities of Pubco under a “poison pill” or similar shareholder’s rights plan (it being understood that (i) upon exchange of Exchangeable Units for Class A Common Stock pursuant to the Exchange Agreement, such Class A Common Stock would be issued together with any such corresponding right, and (ii) in the event such rights to purchase Equity Securities of Pubco are triggered, Pubco will ensure that the holders of Common Units that have not been exchanged prior to such time will be treated equitably vis-à -vis the holders of Class A Common Stock under such plan).

(c) At any time a holder of Exchangeable Units exchanges such Exchangeable Units for shares of Class A Common Stock, the Company shall cancel such Exchangeable Units. Upon the cancellation by the Company of the Exchangeable Units exchanged for shares of Class A Common Stock, the Manager shall cause the Company to issue a number of Series A Units equal to the Exchanged Unit Amount, registered in the name of Pubco in accordance with Section 2.6 of the Exchange Agreement. At any time a holder of Exchangeable Units exchanges such Exchangeable Units for a Cash Payment, the Company shall cancel such Exchangeable Units and the Manager shall cause the Company to issue a number of Series A Units equal to the Exchanged Unit Amount, registered in the name of Pubco in accordance with Section 2.6 of the Exchange Agreement.

(d) At any time Pubco issues one or more shares of Class A Common Stock or other Equity Securities of Pubco in connection with an equity incentive program, whether such share or shares are issued upon exercise (including cashless exercise) of an option, settlement of a restricted stock unit, as restricted stock or otherwise, the Manager shall cause the Company to issue a corresponding number of Series A Units or Equity Securities of the Company corresponding to the Equity Securities issued by Pubco (if Pubco issues Equity Securities other than shares of Class A Common Stock), and with substantially the same rights to dividends and distributions (including distributions upon liquidation) and other economic rights as those of such Equity Securities of Pubco so issued, registered in the name of Pubco (determined based upon the Exchange Rate then in effect) so that the aggregate number of Series A Units and other Equity Securities held by Pubco at all times equals the number of shares of Class A Common Stock and other Equity Securities issued and outstanding; provided that Pubco shall be required to contribute to the Company all (but not less than all) of the net proceeds (if any) received by Pubco from or otherwise in connection with such issuance of one or more shares of Class A Common Stock or other Equity Securities of Pubco, including the exercise price of any option exercised. If any such shares of Class A Common Stock or other Equity Securities so issued by Pubco in connection with an equity incentive program are subject to vesting or forfeiture provisions, then the Series A Units or other Equity Securities of the Company corresponding to the Equity Securities issued by Pubco (if Pubco issues Equity Securities other than shares of Class A Common Stock) that are issued by the Company to Pubco in connection therewith in accordance with the preceding provisions of this Section 3.2(d) shall be subject to vesting or forfeiture on the same basis; if any of such shares of Class A Common Stock or other Equity Securities of Pubco vest or are forfeited, then a corresponding number of the Series A Units (determined based upon the Exchange Rate then in effect) or other Equity Securities issued by the Company corresponding to the Equity Securities issued by Pubco (if Pubco issues equity Securities other than shares of Class A Common Stock) in accordance with the preceding provisions of this Section 3.2(d) shall automatically vest or be forfeited. Any cash or property held by Pubco or the Company or on any of such Person’s behalf in respect of dividends paid on restricted shares of Class A Common Stock or other Equity Securities of Pubco that fail to vest shall be returned to the Company upon the forfeiture of such restricted shares of Class A Common Stock or other Equity Securities of Pubco.

 

11


(e) Pubco shall at all times reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued Class A Common Stock, solely for the purpose of issuance upon an Exchange, the maximum number of shares of Class A Common Stock as shall be issuable upon Exchange of all outstanding Series B Units and shares of Class B Common Stock to satisfy its obligations under the Exchange Agreement; provided that nothing contained herein shall be construed to preclude Pubco from satisfying its obligations in respect of any such Exchange by delivery of purchased shares of Class A Common Stock (which may or may not be held in the treasury of Pubco). If any shares of Class A Common Stock require registration with or approval of any Governmental Entity under any federal or state law before such shares may be issued upon an Exchange, Pubco shall use reasonable best efforts to cause the exchange of such shares of Class A Common Stock to be duly registered or approved, as the case may be. Pubco shall list and use its reasonable best efforts to maintain the listing of the Class A Common Stock required to be delivered upon any such Exchange prior to such delivery upon the national securities exchange upon which the outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock are listed at the time of such Exchange (it being understood that any such shares may be subject to transfer restrictions under applicable securities laws). Pubco covenants that all shares of Class A Common Stock issued upon an Exchange will, upon issuance, be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable.

(f) For purposes of this Section 3.2, “net proceeds” means gross proceeds to Pubco from the issuance of Class A Common Stock or other securities less all reasonable bona fide out-of-pocket fees and expenses of Pubco, the Company and their respective Subsidiaries actually incurred in connection with such issuance.

Section 3.3 Repurchase or Redemptions.

(a) Neither Pubco nor any of its Subsidiaries (other than the Company and its Subsidiaries) may redeem, repurchase or otherwise acquire (i) shares of Class A Common Stock unless substantially simultaneously therewith the Company redeems, repurchases or otherwise acquires from Pubco or such Subsidiary an equal number of Series A Units for the same price per security, if any, or (ii) any other Equity Securities of Pubco or any of its Subsidiaries (other than the Company and its Subsidiaries) unless substantially simultaneously therewith the Company redeems, repurchases or otherwise acquires from Pubco or such Subsidiary an equal number of the corresponding class or series of Equity Securities of the Company with the same rights to dividends and distributions (including distributions upon liquidation) and other economic rights as those of such Equity Securities of Pubco or such Subsidiary for the same price per security, if any.

(b) The Company may not redeem, repurchase or otherwise acquire (i) any Series A Units from Pubco or any of its Subsidiaries (other than the Company and its Subsidiaries) unless substantially simultaneously Pubco or such Subsidiary redeems, repurchases or otherwise acquires an equal number of shares of Class A Common Stock for the same price per security from holders thereof or (ii) any other Equity Securities of the Company from Pubco or any of its Subsidiaries (other than the Company and its Subsidiaries) unless substantially simultaneously Pubco or such Subsidiary redeems, repurchases or otherwise acquires for the same price per security an equal number of Equity Securities of Pubco or such Subsidiary of a corresponding class or series with substantially the same rights to dividends and distributions (including distributions on liquidation) and other economic rights as those of such Units of the Company.

 

12


Section 3.4 Equity Subdivisions and Combinations. Except in accordance with the Exchange Agreement or any other adjustments required by this Agreement:

(a) Any subdivision (by equity split, equity distribution, reclassification, recapitalization or otherwise) or combination (by reverse equity split, reclassification, recapitalization or otherwise) of Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock or other related class or series of Equity Security of Pubco (including any Equity Security held in treasury) shall be accompanied by an identical subdivision or combination, as applicable, of the Common Units or other related class or series of Equity Security of the Company, as applicable, with corresponding changes made with respect to any other exchangeable or convertible Equity Security of the Company and Pubco.

(b) Any subdivision (by equity split, equity distribution, reclassification, recapitalization or otherwise) or combination (by reverse equity split, reclassification, recapitalization or otherwise) of the Units shall be accompanied by an identical subdivision or combination, as applicable, of the Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock or other related class or series of Equity Security of Pubco (including any Equity Security held in treasury), as applicable, with corresponding changes made with respect to any other exchangeable or convertible Equity Security of the Company and Pubco.

Section 3.5 General Authority. For the avoidance of doubt, but subject to Section 3.1, Section 3.2, Section 3.3 and Section 3.4, the Company, Pubco and the Manager shall be permitted to undertake all actions, including an issuance, redemption, reclassification, distribution, division or recapitalization, with respect to the Series A Units as is necessary to maintain at all times a one-to-one ratio between (i) the number of Series A Units owned by Pubco, directly or indirectly, and the number of outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock and (ii) the number of outstanding shares of Class B Common Stock held by any Person (other than Pubco) and the number of Series B Units held by such Person.

Section 3.6 Capital Accounts.

(a) Maintenance of Capital Accounts. The Company shall maintain a separate Capital Account for each Unitholder according to the rules of Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv). Without limiting the foregoing, each Unitholder’s Capital Account shall be adjusted:

(i) by adding any additional Capital Contributions made by such Unitholder in consideration for the issuance of Units;

(ii) by deducting any amounts paid to such Unitholder in connection with the redemption or other repurchase by the Company of Units;

(iii) by adding any Profits allocated in favor of such Unitholder and subtracting any Losses allocated in favor of such Unitholder; and

(iv) by deducting any distributions paid in cash or other assets to such Unitholder by the Company.

(b) Computation of Income, Gain, Loss and Deduction Items. For purposes of computing the amount of any item of the Company income, gain, loss or deduction to be allocated pursuant to Article IV and to be reflected in the Capital Accounts, the determination, recognition and classification of any such item shall be the same as its determination, recognition and classification for federal income Tax purposes (including any method of depreciation, cost recovery or amortization used for this purpose); provided that:

(i) the computation of all items of income, gain, loss and deduction shall include those items described in Code Section 705(a)(1)(B), Code Section 705(a)(2)(B) and Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(i), without regard to the fact that such items are not includable in gross income or are not deductible for federal income Tax purposes;

 

13


(ii) if the Book Value of any Company property is adjusted pursuant to Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(e) or (f), the amount of such adjustment shall be taken into account as gain or loss from the disposition of such property;

(iii) items of income, gain, loss or deduction attributable to the disposition of the Company property having a Book Value that differs from its adjusted basis for Tax purposes shall be computed by reference to the Book Value of such property;

(iv) items of depreciation, amortization and other cost recovery deductions with respect to the Company property having a Book Value that differs from its adjusted basis for Tax purposes shall be computed by reference to the property’s Book Value in accordance with Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(g);

(v) to the extent an adjustment to the adjusted Tax basis of any of the Company’s asset pursuant to Code Sections 732(d), 734(b) or 743(b) is required pursuant to Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(m) to be taken into account in determining Capital Accounts, the amount of such adjustment to the Capital Accounts shall be treated as an item of gain (if the adjustment increases the basis of the asset) or loss (if the adjustment decreases such basis); and if, as a result of an exercise of a noncompensatory option (as defined in Treasury Regulations Section 1.721-2(f)) to acquire Units, a Capital Account reallocation is required under Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(s)(3), the Company shall make corrective allocations pursuant to Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(4)(x).

Section 3.7 Negative Capital Accounts; No Interest Regarding Positive Capital Accounts. No Unitholder shall be required to pay to any other Unitholder or the Company any deficit or negative balance which may exist from time to time in such Unitholder’s Capital Account (including upon and after dissolution of the Company). Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, no Unitholder shall be entitled to receive interest from the Company in respect of any positive balance in its Capital Account and no Unitholder shall be liable to pay interest to the Company or any Unitholder in respect of any negative balance in its Capital Account.

Section 3.8 No Withdrawal. No Person shall be entitled to withdraw any part of such Person’s Capital Contributions or Capital Account or to receive any Distribution from the Company, except as expressly provided herein.

Section 3.9 Loans From Unitholders. Loans by Unitholders to the Company shall not be considered Capital Contributions. If any Unitholder shall loan funds to the Company in excess of the amounts required hereunder to be contributed by such Unitholder to the capital of the Company, the making of such loans shall not result in any increase in the amount of the Capital Account of such Unitholder. The amount of any such loans shall be a debt of the Company to such Unitholder and shall be payable or collectible in accordance with the terms and conditions upon which such loans are made.

Section 3.10 Adjustments to Capital Accounts for Distributions In-Kind. To the extent that the Company distributes property in-kind to the Members, the Company shall be treated as making a distribution equal to the Fair Market Value of such property (as of the date of such distribution) for purposes of Section 4.1 and such property shall be treated as if it were sold for an amount equal to its Fair Market Value and any resulting gain or loss shall be allocated to the Members’ Capital Accounts in accordance with Section 4.2 through Section 4.4. If the Company distributes property in kind to any Unitholder, the Company shall (a) first, to the extent possible, distribute (and be deemed to distribute) to such Unitholder any such property that the Unitholder contributed to the Company (or any such property received by the Company in a tax-deferred exchange for property contributed to the Company by such Unitholder) and (b)

 

14


second, to the extent no further distribution can be made in accordance with subclause (a), or if such Unitholder did not contribute property to the Company, then the Company shall, to the extent possible, distribute (and be deemed to distribute) to the Unitholder property other than such property that was contributed to the Company by another Unitholder (or any such property received by the Company in a tax-deferred exchange for property contributed to the Company by a Unitholder), to the extent that such Unitholder is entitled to receive a Distribution at such time under the economic priorities set out in Article IV.

Section 3.11 Transfer of Capital Accounts. The original Capital Account established for each Substituted Member shall be in the same amount as the Capital Account of the Member (or portion thereof) to which such Substituted Member succeeds at the time such Substituted Member is admitted to as a Member of the Company. The Capital Account of any Member whose interest in the Company shall be increased or decreased by means of (a) the Transfer to it of all or part of the Units of another Member or (b) the repurchase or forfeiture of Units pursuant to any Equity Agreement shall be appropriately adjusted to reflect such Transfer or repurchase. Any reference in this Agreement to a Capital Contribution of or Distribution to a Member that has succeeded any other Member shall include any Capital Contributions or Distributions previously made by or to the former Member on account of the Units of such former Member Transferred to such Member.

Section 3.12 Adjustments to Book Value. The Company shall adjust the Book Value of its assets to Fair Market Value in accordance with Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(f) as of the following times: (a) at the Manager’s discretion in connection with the issuance of Units in the Company or a more than de minimis Capital Contribution to the Company; (b) at the Manager’s discretion in connection with the Distribution by the Company to a Member of more than a de minimis amount of the Company’s assets, including money; and (c) the liquidation of the Company within the meaning of Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(g). Any such increase or decrease in Book Value of an asset shall be allocated as a Profit or Loss to the Capital Accounts of the Members under Section 4.2 (determined immediately prior to the event giving rise to the revaluation). The Company shall adjust the Book Value of its property under Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(f) in connection with and immediately after the IPO Transactions (the “IPO 704(c) Event”).

Section 3.13 Compliance With Section 1.704-1(b). The provisions of this Agreement relating to the maintenance of Capital Accounts are intended to comply with Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b) and shall be interpreted and applied in a manner consistent with such Treasury Regulations. In the event the Manager shall determine that it is prudent to modify the manner in which the Capital Accounts are computed in order to comply with such Treasury Regulations, the Manager may make such modification, notwithstanding anything in Section 11.2 to the contrary. The Manager also shall (a) make any adjustments that are necessary or appropriate to maintain equality between the Capital Accounts of the Members and the amount of the Company capital reflected on the Company’s balance sheet, as computed for book purposes, in accordance with Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(iv)(g), and (b) make any appropriate modifications in the event unanticipated events might otherwise cause this Agreement not to comply with Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b).

 

15


ARTICLE IV

DISTRIBUTIONS AND ALLOCATIONS

Section 4.1 Distributions.

(a) Tax Distributions.

(i) Tax Distributions. To the extent funds of the Company are legally available for distribution by the Company and such distribution would not be prohibited under any credit facility to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a party (the “Tax Distribution Conditions”), with respect to each Fiscal Quarter, on or prior to the relevant Tax Distribution Date, the Company shall distribute to each Unitholder an amount of cash (each a “Tax Distribution”) equal to such Unitholder’s Assumed Tax Liability for such Fiscal Quarter. To the extent a holder of Common Units would receive for any Fiscal Quarter less than its Pro Rata Share of the aggregate Tax Distributions to be paid pursuant to the preceding sentence, the Tax Distributions to such Unitholder shall be increased to ensure that all Tax Distributions to holders of Common Units are made in accordance with their Pro Rata Share. The Manager shall be entitled to adjust subsequent Tax Distributions up or down to reflect any variation between its prior estimation of quarterly Tax Distributions and the Tax Distributions that would have been computed under this Section 4.1(a)(i) based on subsequent information. In the event that due to the Tax Distribution Conditions the funds available for any Tax Distribution to be made hereunder are insufficient to pay the full amount of the Tax Distribution that would otherwise be required under this Section 4.1(a)(i), the Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to distribute to the Unitholders the amount of funds that are available after application of the Tax Distribution Conditions on a pro rata basis (according to the amounts that would have been distributed to each Unitholder pursuant to this Section 4.1(a)(i) if available funds (after application of the Tax Distribution Conditions) existed in a sufficient amount to make such Distribution in full). At any time thereafter when additional funds of the Company are available for Distribution after application of the Tax Distribution Conditions, the Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to immediately distribute such funds to the Unitholders on a pro rata basis (according to the amounts that would have been distributed to each Unitholder pursuant to this Section 4.1(a)(i) if available funds (after application of the Tax Distribution Conditions) would have existed in a sufficient amount to make such Tax Distribution in full). Notwithstanding the foregoing, Distributions pursuant to Section 4.1(b) with respect any taxable period shall first be treated as Tax Distributions pursuant to this Section 4.1(a)(i) to the extent of any entitlement thereto.

(ii) Additional Tax Distributions. In the event (A) of any audit by, or similar event with, a taxing authority that affects the calculation of any Unitholder’s Assumed Tax Liability for any Taxable Year (other than an audit conducted pursuant to the Partnership Tax Audit Rules for which no election is made pursuant to Code Section 6226 (or any similar provision of state or local law)) or (B) the Company files an amended tax return, each Unitholder’s Assumed Tax Liability with respect to such year shall be recalculated by giving effect to such event (for the avoidance of doubt, taking into account interest and penalties). Any shortfall in the amount of Tax Distributions the Unitholders and former Unitholders received for the relevant Taxable Years based on such recalculated Assumed Tax Liability promptly shall be distributed to such Unitholders and the successors of such former Unitholders in accordance with their Pro Rata Share of such additional Tax Distributions, except, for the avoidance of doubt, to the extent Distributions were made to such Unitholders and former Unitholders pursuant to Section 4.1 in the relevant Taxable Years sufficient to cover such shortfall.

(b) Other Distributions. Except as otherwise set forth in Section 4.1(a), the Manager may (but shall not be obligated to) make Distributions at such time, in such amounts and in such form (including in-kind property) as determined by the Manager in its sole discretion, in each case to the holders of Common Units immediately prior to such Distribution on a pro rata basis.

 

16


Section 4.2 Allocations. Profits or Losses for any Fiscal Year shall be allocated among the Unitholders in such a manner as to reduce or eliminate, to the extent possible, any difference, as of the end of such Fiscal Year, between (a) the sum of (i) the Capital Account of each Unitholder, (ii) such Unitholder’s share of Minimum Gain (as determined according to Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(g)) and (iii) such Unitholder’s partner nonrecourse debt minimum gain (as defined in Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(i)(2)) and (b) the respective net amounts, positive or negative, which would be distributed to them or for which they would be liable to the Company under this Agreement and the Delaware Act, determined as if the Company were to (i) liquidate the assets of the Company for an amount equal to their Book Value and (ii) distribute the proceeds of such liquidation pursuant to Section 10.2.

Section 4.3 Special Allocations.

(a) Minimum Gain Chargeback. Losses attributable to partner nonrecourse debt (as defined in Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(b)(4)) shall be allocated in the manner required by Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(i). If there is a net decrease during a Taxable Year in partner nonrecourse debt minimum gain (as defined in Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(i)(2)), Profits for such Taxable Year (and, if necessary, for subsequent Taxable Years) shall be allocated to the Unitholders in the amounts and of such character as determined according to Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(i)(4).

(b) Unitholder Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Chargeback. Nonrecourse deductions (as determined according to Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(b)(1)) for any Taxable Year shall be allocated to each holder of Common Units ratably among such Unitholders based upon their ownership of Common Units. Except as otherwise provided in Section 4.3(a), if there is a net decrease in the Minimum Gain during any Taxable Year, each Unitholder shall be allocated Profits for such Taxable Year (and, if necessary, for subsequent Taxable Years) in the amounts and of such character as determined according to Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(f). This Section 4.3(b) is intended to be a Minimum Gain chargeback provision that complies with the requirements of Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(f), and shall be interpreted in a manner consistent therewith.

(c) Qualified Income Offset. If any Unitholder that unexpectedly receives an adjustment, allocation or distribution described in Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d)(4), (5) and (6) has an Adjusted Capital Account Deficit as of the end of any Taxable Year, computed after the application of Section 4.3(a) and Section 4.3(b), but before the application of any other provision of this Article IV, then Profits for such Taxable Year shall be allocated to such Unitholder in proportion to, and to the extent of, such Adjusted Capital Account Deficit. This Section 4.3(c) is intended to be a qualified income offset provision as described in Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d) and shall be interpreted in a manner consistent therewith.

(d) Allocation of Certain Profits and Losses. Profits and Losses described in Section 3.6(b)(v) shall be allocated in a manner consistent with the manner that the adjustments to the Capital Accounts are required to be made pursuant to Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(j), (k) and (m).

(e) Regulatory Allocations. The allocations set forth in Sections 4.3(a)-(d) (the “Regulatory Allocations”) are intended to comply with certain requirements of Sections 1.704-1(b) and 1.704-2 of the Treasury Regulations. The Regulatory Allocations may not be consistent with the manner in which the Unitholders intend to allocate Profit and Loss of the Company or make the Company distributions. Accordingly, notwithstanding the other provisions of this Article IV, but subject to the Regulatory Allocations, income, gain, deduction and loss shall be reallocated among the Unitholders so as to eliminate the effect of the Regulatory Allocations and thereby cause the respective Capital Accounts of the Unitholders to be in the amounts (or as close thereto as possible) they would have been if Profit and Loss (and such other items of income, gain, deduction and loss) had been allocated without reference to the Regulatory Allocations. In general, the Unitholders anticipate that this will be accomplished by specially allocating other Profit and Loss (and such other items of income, gain, deduction and loss) among the Unitholders so that the net amount of the Regulatory Allocations and such special allocations to each such

 

17


Unitholder is zero. In addition, if in any Fiscal Year there is a decrease in partnership Minimum Gain, or in partner nonrecourse debt Minimum Gain, and application of the Minimum Gain chargeback requirements set forth in Section 4.3(a) or Section 4.3(b) would cause a distortion in the economic arrangement among the Unitholders, the Unitholders may, if they do not expect that the Company will have sufficient other income to correct such distortion, request the Internal Revenue Service to waive either or both of such Minimum Gain chargeback requirements. If such request is granted, this Agreement shall be applied in such instance as if it did not contain such Minimum Gain chargeback requirement.

(f) The Unitholders acknowledge that allocations like those described in Proposed Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(4)(xii)(c) (“Forfeiture Allocations”) may result from the allocations of Profits and Losses provided for in this Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, the Company is entitled to make Forfeiture Allocations and, once required by applicable final or temporary guidance, allocations of Profits and Losses will be made in accordance with Proposed Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(4)(xii)(c) or any successor provision or guidance.

(g) Any excess nonrecourse liabilities of the Company, within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.752-3(a)(3), shall be allocated to the Members in any manner that is permissible under the Treasury Regulations.

(h) Any item of deduction with respect to a Tax that is offset at the Manager’s election pursuant to the second sentence of Section 4.6 against a Distribution to which a Unitholder is otherwise entitled shall be allocated to such Unitholder. For the avoidance of doubt, all tax deductions described in this Section 4.3(h) shall be taken into account in determining the amount of any Tax Distribution made under the provisions of Section 4.1(a)(i).

Section 4.4 Offsetting Allocations. If, and to the extent that, any Member is deemed to recognize any item of income, gain, deduction or loss as a result of any transaction between such Member and the Company pursuant to Sections 83, 482 or 7872 of the Code or any similar provision now or hereafter in effect, the Manager shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to allocate any corresponding Profit or Loss to the Member who recognizes such item in order to reflect the Members’ economic interest in the Company.

Section 4.5 Tax Allocations.

(a) Allocations Generally. Except as provided in Section 4.5(b), for federal, state and local income Tax purposes, each item of income, gain, loss or deduction shall be allocated among the Unitholders in the same manner and in the same proportion that the corresponding book items have been allocated among the Unitholders’ respective Capital Accounts; provided that, if any such allocation is not permitted by the Code or other applicable law, then each subsequent item of income, gains, losses, deductions and credits will be allocated among the Unitholders so as to reflect as nearly as possible the allocation set forth herein in computing their Capital Accounts.

(b) Code Section 704(c) Allocations.

(i) As a result of the IPO 704(c) Event, items of Company taxable income, gain, loss and deduction shall be allocated to take into account any variation between the adjusted basis of such property for federal income tax purposes and its Book Value, in each case, in accordance with the “traditional method,” except that the Company shall make curative allocations of the resulting tax gain from the sale or disposition of each such property in a manner that is intended to offset the effect of the cumulative amount of any “ceiling rule limitations” with respect to allocations of depreciation or amortization deductions in respect of any such differences between

 

18


the Book Value of an such item of property and its adjusted Tax basis that are created in connection with any such contribution or adjustment of Book Value for each such property, as the case may be, as outlined in Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-3(c)(3)(iii)(B) (the “Traditional Method with Curative Allocations”).

(ii) If (A) any property is contributed (or deemed contributed for Tax purposes) to the Company, or (B) if the Book Value of any Company property is adjusted pursuant to Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(e) or (f) (any such contribution or adjustment of Book Value described in clauses (A) or (B), a “704(c) Event”), items of Company taxable income, gain, loss, and deduction shall be allocated using the Traditional Method with Curative Allocations; provided, that with respect to any 704(c) Event, Holdings may withhold consent to the use of the Traditional Method with Curative Allocations with respect to such 704(c) Event (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any 704(c) Event in connection with the IPO Transactions) to the extent Holdings delivers written notice to the Company prior to February 21st of the Taxable Year following the Taxable Year including the 704(c) Event (the “Notice Date”) that consent is withheld to the use of the Traditional Method with Curative Allocations with respect to such 704(c) Event, and solely to the extent such written notice is timely delivered and such consent is not unreasonably withheld or conditioned, Holdings shall cooperate in good faith to timely agree on an alternative methodology permissible under Section 704(c) of the Code with respect to the 704(c) Event, and such mutually agreed alternative methodology (unless the Traditional Method with Curative Allocations is mutually agreed) shall be used by the Company with respect to such 704(c) Event. The Company shall reasonably cooperate to provide its analysis and any modeling with respect to the choice of allocation methodology for any Taxable Year, as well as any other information reasonably requested by Holdings which is reasonably necessary to determine whether to consent or object to such methodology, at least 10 days in advance of the Notice Date for such Taxable Year.

(c) Section 754 Election. The Company will make an election under Section 754 of the Code for its Taxable Year that includes or begins on the date of this Agreement, and shall have such election in effect for each subsequent Taxable Year, to adjust the basis of the Company property as permitted and provided in Sections 734 and 743 of the Code, and the Manager shall take commercially reasonable efforts to cause each Person in which the Company owns a direct or indirect equity interest (other than a Subsidiary) that is so treated as a partnership to have in effect any such election for such Taxable Years. Such election shall be effective solely for federal (and, if applicable, state and local) income Tax purposes and shall not result in any adjustment to the Book Value of any Company asset or to the Member’s Capital Accounts (except as provided in Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(m)).

(d) Allocation of Tax Credits, Tax Credit Recapture, Etc. Allocations of Tax credits, Tax credit recapture and any items related thereto shall be allocated to the Unitholders according to their interests in such items as determined by the Manager taking into account the principles of Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(4)(ii) and (viii).

(e) Corrective Allocations. If necessary, the Company will make corrective allocations as set forth in Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(4)(x).

(f) Effect of Allocations. Allocations pursuant to this Section 4.5 are solely for purposes of federal, state and local Taxes and shall not affect, or in any way be taken into account in computing, any Unitholder’s Capital Account or share of Profits, Losses, Distributions (other than Tax Distributions) or other items pursuant to any provision of this Agreement.

 

19


Section 4.6 Indemnification and Reimbursement for Payments on Behalf of a Member. Except as otherwise provided in Article VI, if the Company (or any other entity in which the Company owns a direct or indirect interest) is required by law to make any payment to a Governmental Entity that is specifically attributable to a Member or a Member’s status as such (including federal withholding Taxes, state personal property Taxes and state unincorporated business Taxes, Taxes arising under the Partnership Tax Audit Rules, the amount of any Taxes imposed under Code Section 1446(f), and any interest, penalties, additions to Tax and expenses related to any such amounts) (“Tax Advances”), then such Member shall indemnify and contribute to the Company in full for the entire amount of Tax Advances paid. The Manager may offset Distributions to which a Person is otherwise entitled under this Agreement against such Person’s obligation to indemnify the Company for Tax Advances under this Section 4.6 or with respect to any other amounts owed by the Member to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries. A Member’s obligation to indemnify and make contributions to the Company under this Section 4.6 shall survive the transfer or termination of any Member’s interest in any Units of the Company, the termination of this Agreement, and the termination, dissolution, liquidation and winding up of the Company (and for purposes of this Section 4.6 to the extent not prohibited by applicable law, the Company shall be treated as continuing in existence). The Company may pursue and enforce all rights and remedies it may have against each Member under this Section 4.6, including instituting a lawsuit to collect such indemnification and contribution, with interest calculated at a rate equal to the Base Rate plus three percentage points per annum (but not in excess of the highest rate per annum permitted by law), compounded on the last day of each Fiscal Quarter. For the avoidance of doubt, any Taxes, penalties and interest payable under the Partnership Tax Audit Rules by the Company or any fiscally transparent entity in which the Company owns an interest shall be treated as Tax Advances specifically allocable to the Members and the Partnership Representative shall use commercially reasonable efforts to allocate the burden of (or any diminution in distributable proceeds resulting from) any such Taxes, penalties or interest to the Members to whom such amounts are specifically attributable (whether as a result of their status, actions, inactions or otherwise) as determined by the Partnership Representative.

ARTICLE V

MANAGEMENT AND CONTROL OF BUSINESS

Section 5.1 Management.

(a) Except as otherwise specifically provided in this Agreement or the Delaware Act, the business, property and affairs of the Company shall be managed, operated and controlled at the sole, absolute and exclusive direction of the Manager in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. No Members shall have management authority or voting or other rights over, or any other ability to take part in the conduct or control of the business of, the Company. The Manager is hereby designated as a “manager” within the meaning of Section 18-101(12) of the Delaware Act. The Manager is, to the extent of its rights and powers set forth in this Agreement, an agent of the Company for the purpose of the Company’s business, and the actions of the Manager taken in accordance with such rights and powers shall bind the Company (and no Member shall have such right). The Manager shall have all necessary powers to carry out the purposes, business and objectives of the Company. The Manager may delegate in its discretion the authority to sign agreements and other documents and take other actions on behalf of the Company to any Person (including any Member, officer or employee of the Company) to enter into and perform any document on behalf of the Company.

(b) Without limiting Section 5.1(a), the Manager shall have the sole power and authority to effect any of the following by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries in one or a series of related transaction, in each case without the vote, consent or approval of any Unitholder: (i) any sale, lease, transfer, exchange or other disposition of any, all or substantially all of the assets of the Company (including the exercise or grant of any conversion, option, privilege or subscription right or any other right available in connection

 

20


with any assets at any time held by the Company); (ii) any merger, consolidation, reorganization or other combination of the Company with or into another entity, (iii) any acquisition; (iv) any issuance of debt or equity securities; (v) any incurrence of indebtedness; or (vi) any dissolution. Except for any vote, consent or approval of any Unitholder expressly required by this Agreement, if a vote, consent or approval of the Unitholders is required by the Delaware Act or other applicable law with respect to any action to be taken by the Company or matter considered by the Manager, each Unitholder will be deemed to have consented to or approved such action or voted on such matter in accordance with the consent or approval of the Manager on such action or matter.

(c) Pubco may withdraw as the Manager and appoint as its successor at any time upon written notice to the Company (a) any wholly-owned Subsidiary of Pubco, (b) any Person of which Pubco is a wholly-owned Subsidiary, (c) any Person into which Pubco is merged or consolidated or (d) any transferee of all or substantially all of the assets of Pubco, which withdrawal and replacement shall be effective upon the delivery of such notice. No appointment of a Person other than Pubco (or its successor, as the case may be) as Manager shall be effective unless Pubco (or its successor, as the case may be) and the new Manager provide all Members with contractual rights, directly enforceable by such Members against the new Manager, to cause the new Manager to comply with all of the Manager’s obligations under this Agreement.

Section 5.2 Investment Company Act. The Manager shall use reasonable best efforts to ensure that the Company shall not be subject to registration as an investment company pursuant to the Investment Company Act.

Section 5.3 Officers.

(a) Officers. Unless determined otherwise by the Manager, the officers of the Company shall be a Chief Executive Officer, a President, a Chief Financial Officer, a Treasurer and a Secretary and each other officer of Pubco shall also be an officer of the Company, with the same title. All officers shall be appointed by the Manager (or by the Chief Executive Officer to the extent the Manager delegates such authority to the Chief Executive Officer) and shall hold office until their successors are appointed by the Manager (or by the Chief Executive Officer to the extent the Manager delegates such authority to the Chief Executive Officer). Two or more offices may be held by the same individual. The officers of the Company may be removed by the Manager (or by the Chief Executive Officer to the extent the Manager delegates such authority to the Chief Executive Officer) at any time for any reason or no reason.

(b) Other Officers and Agents. The Manager may appoint such other officers and agents as it may deem necessary or advisable, who shall hold their offices for such terms and shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as shall be determined from time to time by the Manager.

(c) Chief Executive Officer. The Chief Executive Officer shall be the chief executive officer of the Company and shall have the general powers and duties of supervision and management usually vested in the office of a chief executive officer of a company. He or she shall preside at all meetings of Members if present thereat.

(d) President. The President shall be the chief executive officer of the Company in the absence of the Chief Executive Officer. In general, the President shall perform all duties incident to the office of President and such other duties as may be prescribed from time to time by the Manager.

(e) Chief Financial Officer. The Chief Financial Officer shall be the chief financial officer of the Company and shall keep and maintain or cause to be kept and maintained adequate and correct books and records of accounts of the properties and business transactions of the Company. The books of account shall at all times be open to inspection by the Manager. The Chief Financial Officer shall deposit all monies and other valuables in the name of, and to the credit of, the Company with such depositaries as may be designated by the Manager.

 

21


(f) Treasurer. The Treasurer shall have the custody of Company funds and securities and shall keep full and accurate account of receipts and disbursements. He or she shall deposit all moneys and other valuables in the name and to the credit of the Company in such depositaries as may be designated by the Manager or the Chief Executive Officer. The Treasurer shall disburse the funds of the Company as may be ordered by the Manager, the Chief Executive Officer or the Chief Financial Officer, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements. He or she shall render to the Manager and the Chief Executive Officer whenever either of them may request it, an account of all his or her transactions as Treasurer and of the financial condition of the Company. If required by the Manager, the Treasurer shall give the Company a bond for the faithful discharge of his or her duties in such amount and with such surety as the Manager shall prescribe.

(g) Secretary. The Secretary shall give, or cause to be given, notice of all meetings of Members and all other notices required by applicable law or by this Agreement, and in case of his or her absence or refusal or neglect so to do, any such notice may be given by any person thereunto directed by the Chief Executive Officer, or by the Manager. He or she shall record all the proceedings of the meetings of the Company and shall perform such other duties as may be assigned to him or her by the Manager or by the Chief Executive Officer.

(h) Other Officers. Other officers, if any, shall have such powers and shall perform such duties as shall be assigned to them, respectively, by the Manager or by the Chief Executive Officer.

Section 5.4 Fiduciary Duties.

(a) Members and Unitholders. To the fullest extent permitted by law and notwithstanding any duty otherwise existing at law or in equity, no Member or Unitholder, solely in its capacity as such, shall owe any fiduciary duty to the Company, the Manager, any Member, any Unitholder or any other Person bound by this Agreement, provided that the foregoing shall not eliminate the implied contractual covenant of good faith and fair dealing. Nothing in this Section 5.4(a) shall limit the liabilities, duties or obligations of any Member or Unitholder acting in his or her capacity as an officer or manager pursuant to any other provision of this Agreement.

(b) Manager and Officers. Notwithstanding any other provision to the contrary in this Agreement, except as set forth in Section 5.4(c), (i) the Manager shall, in its capacity as Manager, and not in any other capacity, have the same fiduciary duties to the Company and the Unitholders and Members as a member of the board of directors of a Delaware corporation; and (ii) each officer of the Company shall, in his or her capacity as such, and not in any other capacity, have the same fiduciary duties to the Company and the Unitholders and Members as an officer of a Delaware corporation. For the avoidance of doubt, the fiduciary duties described in the immediately preceding clause (i) shall not be limited by the fact that the Manager shall be permitted to take certain actions in its sole or reasonable discretion pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or any agreement entered into in connection herewith.

(c) Manager Conflicts. The parties hereto acknowledge that the members of the Board will owe fiduciary duties to Pubco and its stockholders. The Manager will use commercially reasonable and appropriate efforts and means, as determined in good faith by the Manager, to minimize any conflict of interest between the Members, on the one hand, and the stockholders of Pubco, on the other hand, and to effectuate any transaction that involves or affects any of the Company, the Manager, the Members and/or the stockholders of Pubco in a manner that does not (i) disadvantage the Members of their interests relative to the stockholders of Pubco, (ii) advantage the stockholders of Pubco relative to the Members or (iii) treat the Members and the stockholders of Pubco differently; provided that in the event of a conflict between the interests of the stockholders of Pubco and the interests of the Members, such Members agree that the Manager shall discharge its fiduciary duties to such Members by acting in the best interests of Pubco’s stockholders.

 

22


(d) Waiver. Any duties and liabilities set forth in this Agreement shall replace those existing at law or in equity and each of the Company, each Member and Unitholder and any other Person bound by this Agreement hereby, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, including Section 18-1101(e) of the Delaware Act, waives the right to make any claim, bring any action or seek any recovery based on any duties or liabilities existing at law or in equity other than any such duties and liabilities set forth in this Agreement.

(e) Survival. The provisions of this Section 5.4 shall survive any amendment, repeal or termination of this Agreement.

ARTICLE VI

EXCULPATION AND INDEMNIFICATION

Section 6.1 Exculpation.

(a) Actions in Capacity as a Member or Unitholder. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, and except as otherwise expressly provided herein, no Member, Unitholder (other than the Manager, acting in its capacity as such) or its respective Indemnitees shall be liable to the Company, any Member, any Unitholder or any other Person bound by this Agreement as a result of or arising out any action of or omission by such Member or Unitholder solely in its capacity as a Member or Unitholder, except to the extent such Obligations arise out of such Member’s (i) material breach of this Agreement or any other Transaction Document or (ii) bad faith violation of the implied contractual covenant of good faith and fair dealing, in each case as determined by a final judgment, order or decree of an arbitrator or a court of competent jurisdiction (which is not appealable or with respect to which the time for appeal therefrom has expired and no appeal has been perfected).

(b) Other Actions. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, and except as otherwise expressly provided herein, including Section 6.5, no Indemnitee shall be liable to the Company, any Member, any Unitholder or any other Person bound by this Agreement as a result of or arising out of the activities of the Indemnitee on behalf of the Company to the extent within the scope of the authority reasonably believed by such Indemnitee to be conferred on such Indemnitee, except to the extent such Indemnitee would not be entitled to exculpation or indemnification pursuant to the articles of incorporation and bylaws of Pubco (as the same may be amended from time to time).

Section 6.2 Indemnification. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, each of (a) the Manager, (b) the Unitholders and the Members and their respective Affiliates, (c) the stockholders, members, managers, directors, officers, partners, employees and agents of the Unitholders, the Members and their respective Affiliates and (d) the officers and directors of the Manager, the Company and each of their Subsidiaries (each, an “Indemnitee”) shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Company from and against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities, expenses (including legal fees and expenses), judgments, fines, settlements and other amounts arising from any and all claims, demands, actions, suits or proceedings, civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (collectively, “Obligations”), which at any time may be imposed on, incurred by or asserted against such Indemnitee as a result of or arising out of this Agreement, Pubco, the Company, their respective assets, businesses or affairs or the activities of the Indemnitee on behalf of Pubco, the Company or any of their Subsidiaries to the extent within the scope of the authority reasonably believed to be conferred on such Indemnitee; provided, however, that, to the extent

 

23


such Indemnitee is not entitled to exculpation with respect to such Obligations pursuant to Section 6.5, the Indemnitee shall not be entitled to indemnification for any such Obligations to the extent such Indemnitee would not be entitled to exculpation or indemnification pursuant to the articles of incorporation and bylaws of Pubco (as the same may be amended from time to time); provided further, that, to the extent such Indemnitee is entitled to exculpation with respect to such Obligations pursuant to Section 6.5, the Indemnitee shall not be entitled to indemnification for any such Obligations to the extent they arise out of such Indemnitee’s (i) material breach of this Agreement or any other Transaction Document or (ii) bad faith violation of the implied contractual covenant of good faith and fair dealing. The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere, or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the Indemnitee was not entitled to indemnification hereunder. Any indemnification pursuant to this Section 6.2 shall be made only out of the assets of the Company and no Member shall have any personal liability on account thereof.

Section 6.3 Expenses. Expenses (including reasonable legal fees and expenses) incurred by an Indemnitee in defending any claim, demand, action, suit or proceeding described in Section 6.2 shall, from time to time, be advanced by the Company prior to the final disposition of such claim, demand, action, suit or proceeding, upon receipt by the Company of an undertaking by or on behalf of the Indemnitee to repay such amount if it shall be determined that the Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified as provided in Section 6.2; provided that such undertaking shall be unsecured and interest free and shall be accepted without regard to an Indemnitee’s ability to repay amounts advanced and without regard to an Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification.

Section 6.4 Non-Exclusivity; Savings Clause. The indemnification and advancement of expenses set forth in Section 6.2 and Section 6.3 shall not be exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under any other agreement, policy of insurance or otherwise. The indemnification and advancement of expenses set forth in Section 6.2 and Section 6.3 shall continue as to an Indemnitee who has ceased to be a named Indemnitee and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors, administrators, successors and permitted assigns of such a Person. If Article VI, Section 6.2 or Section 6.3 or any portion hereof shall be invalidated on any ground by any court of competent jurisdiction, then the Company shall nevertheless exculpate, indemnify and advance expenses each Indemnitee to the fullest extent permitted by any applicable portion of such sections not so invalidated and to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law. The exculpation, indemnification and advancement of expenses provisions set forth in Article VI, Section 6.2 and Section 6.3 shall be deemed to be a contract between the Company and each of the persons constituting Indemnitees at any time while such provisions remain in effect, whether or not such Person continues to serve in such capacity and whether or not such Person is a party hereto. In addition, neither Article VI, Section 6.2 nor Section 6.3 may be retroactively amended to adversely affect the rights of any Indemnitee arising in connection with any acts, omissions, facts or circumstances occurring prior to such amendment.

Section 6.5 Insurance. The Company may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of the Indemnitees against any liability asserted against them and incurred by them in such capacity, or arising out of their status as Indemnitees, whether or not the Company would have the power to indemnify them against such liability under this Section 6.5.

ARTICLE VII

ACCOUNTING AND RECORDS; TAX MATTERS

Section 7.1 Accounting and Records. The books and records of the Company shall be made and maintained, and the financial position and the results of its operations recorded, at the expense of the Company, in accordance with such method of accounting as is determined by the Manager. The books and records of the Company shall reflect all Company transactions and shall be made and maintained in a manner that is appropriate and adequate for the Company’s business.

 

24


Section 7.2 Preparation of Tax Returns. The Company shall arrange for the preparation and timely filing of all Tax returns required to be filed by the Company, including making the elections described in Section 7.3 and shall use reasonable best efforts to furnish, within seventy-five (75 days of the close of each Taxable Year, the tax information reasonably required by the Unitholders (including a final Schedule K-1) for federal and state income Tax and any other Tax reporting purposes. Each Unitholder shall furnish to the Company all pertinent information in its possession relating to the Company’s operations that is necessary to enable the Company’s income Tax returns to be prepared and filed.

Section 7.3 Tax Elections. The Taxable Year shall be the Fiscal Year unless otherwise determined by the Manager and permitted or required by Section 706 of the Code. The Manager shall determine whether to make or revoke any available election pursuant to the Code, except as otherwise set forth in this Agreement. Each Unitholder will upon request supply any information necessary to give proper effect to such election.

Section 7.4 Tax Controversies.

(a) The Manager shall be the “partnership representative” (the “Partnership Representative”) of the Company for purposes of the Partnership Tax Audit Rules, and, as such, shall be authorized to designate any other Person selected by the Manager as the Partnership Representative or to designate any Person as the “designated individual” within the meaning of Treasury Regulations Section 301.6223-1(b)(3).

(b) Subject to this Section 7.4, the Partnership Representative shall have the sole authority to act on behalf of the Company in connection with, make all relevant decisions regarding the application of and to exercise the rights and powers provided for in, the Partnership Tax Audit Rules, including making any elections under the Partnership Tax Audit Rules or any decisions to settle, compromise, challenge, litigate or otherwise alter the defense of any action, claim, proceeding, audit or examination before the IRS or any other tax authority (each, an “Audit”), and to expend Company funds for professional services and other expenses reasonably incurred in connection therewith.

(c) Without limiting the foregoing, the Partnership Representative shall give prompt written notice to Holdings of the commencement of any Audit of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (a “Specified Audit”). The Partnership Representative shall (i) keep Holdings reasonably informed of the material developments of any such Specified Audit, (ii) permit Holdings (or its designee) to participate (including using separate counsel), in each case at Holdings’ sole cost and expense, in any such Specified Audit and (iii) promptly notify Holdings of receipt of a notice of a final partnership adjustment (or equivalent under applicable laws) or a final decision of a court or IRS appeals panel (or equivalent body under applicable laws) with respect to such Specified Audit. The Partnership Representative or the Company shall promptly provide Holdings with copies of all material correspondence between the Partnership Representative or the Company (as applicable) and any Governmental Entity in connection with such Specified Audit and shall give Holdings a reasonably opportunity to review and comment on any material correspondence, submission (including settlement or compromise offers) or filing in connection with any such Specified Audit. Additionally, the Partnership Representative shall not (and the Company shall not (and shall not authorize the Partnership Representative to)) settle, compromise or abandon any Specified Audit in a manner that would reasonably be expected to have a disproportionate (as compared to Pubco) and material adverse effect on Holdings (or its direct or indirect equityholders) without Holdings’ prior written consent (not to be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned). The Partnership Representative shall obtain the prior written consent of Holdings (not to be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned) before (i) making an election under Section 6226(a) of the Code (or any analogous provision of state or local Law) or (ii) taking any material action under the Partnership Tax Audit Rules that would reasonably be expected to have a disproportionate (compared to Pubco) and material adverse effect on Holdings, in the case of each of clauses (i) and (ii).

 

25


(d) This Section 7.4 shall be interpreted to apply to Members and former Members and shall survive the transfer of a Member’s Company Units and the termination, dissolution, liquidation and winding up of the Company and, for this purpose to the extent not prohibited by applicable law, the Company shall be treated as continuing in existence.

Section 7.5 Code § 83 Safe Harbor Election.

(a) By executing this Agreement, each Unitholder authorizes and directs the Company to elect to have the “Safe Harbor” described in the proposed Revenue Procedure set forth in the Internal Revenue Service Notice 2005-43 (the “IRS Notice”) or in any successor, guidance or provision apply to any interest in the Company transferred to a service provider by the Company on or after the effective date of such Revenue Procedure in connection with services provided to the Company. For purposes of making such Safe Harbor election, the Partnership Representative is hereby designated as the “partner who has responsibility for federal income Tax reporting” by the Company and, accordingly, that execution of such Safe Harbor election by the Partnership Representative constitutes execution of a “Safe Harbor Election” in accordance with Section 3.03(1) of the IRS Notice. Each Unitholder hereby agrees to comply with all requirements of the Safe Harbor described in the IRS Notice, including, the requirement that each Unitholder shall prepare and file all federal income Tax returns reporting the income Tax effects of each Unit issued by the Company that qualifies for the Safe Harbor in a manner consistent with the requirements of the IRS Notice.

(b) Any Unitholder or former Unitholder that fails to comply with requirements set forth in Section 7.5(a) shall indemnify and hold harmless the Company and each adversely affected Unitholder and former Unitholder from and against any and all losses, liabilities, Taxes, damages, judgments, fines, costs, penalties, amounts paid in settlement and reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred in connection therewith (including, costs and expenses of suits and proceedings and reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel), in each case resulting from such Unitholder’s or former Unitholder’s failure to comply with such requirements. The Manager may offset Distributions to which a Person is otherwise entitled under this Agreement against such Person’s obligation to indemnify the Company and any other Person under this Section 7.5(b) (and any amount so offset with respect to such Person’s obligation to indemnify a Person other than the Company shall be paid over to such other Person by the Company). A Unitholder’s obligations to comply with the requirements of Section 7.5(a) and to indemnify the Company and any Unitholder or former Unitholder under this Section 7.5(b) shall survive such Unitholder’s ceasing to be a Unitholder of the Company and/or the termination, dissolution, liquidation and winding up of the Company, and, for purposes of this Section 7.5, the Company shall be treated as continuing in existence. The Company and any Unitholder or former Unitholder may pursue and enforce all rights and remedies it may have against each Unitholder or former Unitholder under this Section 7.5(b), including (i) instituting a lawsuit to collect such indemnification and contribution, with interest calculated at a rate equal to the Base Rate plus three percentage points per annum (but not in excess of the highest rate per annum permitted by law), compounded on the last day of each Fiscal Quarter, and (ii) specific performance and/or immediate injunctive or other equitable relief from any court of competent jurisdiction (without the necessity of showing actual money damages, or posting any bond or other security) in order to enforce or prevent any violation of the provisions of Section 7.5(a).

 

26


(c) Each Unitholder authorizes the Manager to amend paragraphs (a) and (b) of this Section 7.5 to the extent necessary to achieve substantially the same Tax treatment with respect to any interest Units Transferred to a service provider by the Company in connection with services provided to the Company as set forth in Section 4 of the IRS Notice (e.g., to reflect changes from the rules set forth in the IRS Notice in subsequent Internal Revenue Service guidance); provided, that such amendment is not materially adverse to any Unitholder (as compared with the after-Tax consequences that would result if the provisions of the IRS Notice applied to all Units Transferred to a service provider by the Company in connection with services provided to the Company).

ARTICLE VIII

TRANSFER OF UNITS; ADMISSION OF NEW MEMBERS

Section 8.1 Transfer of Units. Other than as provided for in this Section 8.1, no Member may sell, assign, transfer, grant a participation in, pledge, hypothecate, encumber or otherwise dispose of (such transaction being herein collectively called a “Transfer”) all or any portion of its Units except with the approval of the Manager, which may be granted or withheld in its sole discretion. Without the approval of the Manager (but otherwise in compliance with Section 8.1), a Member may, at any time, (a) Transfer any portion of such Member’s Units pursuant to the Exchange Agreement and (b) Transfer any portion of such Member’s Units to a Permitted Transferee of such Member. Any purported Transfer of all or a portion of a Member’s Units not complying with this Section 8.1 shall be void ab initio and shall not create any obligation on the part of the Company or the other Members to recognize that purported Transfer or to recognize the Person to which the Transfer purportedly was made as a Member. A Person acquiring a Member’s Units pursuant to this Section 8.1 shall not be admitted as a substituted or Additional Member except in accordance with the requirements of Section 8.2, but such Person shall, to the extent of the Units transferred to it, be entitled to such Member’s (i) share of Distributions, (ii) share of Profits and Losses and (iii) Capital Account in accordance with Section 3.6. Notwithstanding anything in this Section 8.1 or elsewhere in this Agreement to the contrary, if a Member Transfers all or any portion of its Units after the designation of a record date and declaration of a Distribution pursuant to Section 4.1 and before the payment date of such distribution, the transferring Member (and not the Person acquiring all or any portion of its Units) shall be entitled to receive such Distribution in respect of such transferred Units.

Section 8.2 Recognition of Transfer; Substituted and Additional Members.

(a) No direct or indirect Transfer of all or any portion of a Member’s Units may be made, and no purchaser, assignee, transferee or other recipient of all or any part of such Units shall be admitted to the Company as a substituted or Additional Member hereunder, unless:

(i) the provisions of Section 8.1 shall have been complied with;

(ii) in the case of a proposed substituted or Additional Member that is (A) a competitor or potential competitor of Pubco or the Company or their respective Subsidiaries, (B) a Person with whom Pubco or the Company or their respective Subsidiaries has had or is expected to have a material commercial or financial relationship or (C) likely to subject Pubco or the Company or their respective Subsidiaries to any material legal or regulatory requirement or obligation, or materially increase the burden thereof, in each case as determined by the Manager in its sole discretion, the admission of the purchaser, assignee, transferee or other recipient as a substituted or Additional Member shall have been approved by the Manager;

(iii) the Manager shall have been furnished with the documents effecting such Transfer, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Manager, executed and acknowledged by both the seller, assignor or transferor and the purchaser, assignee, transferee or other recipient, and the Manager shall have executed (and the Manager hereby agrees to execute) any other documents on behalf of itself and the Members required to effect the Transfer;

 

27


(iv) the provisions of Section 8.2(b) shall have been complied with;

(v) the Manager shall be reasonably satisfied that such Transfer will not (A) result in a violation of the Securities Act or any other applicable law or (B) cause an assignment under the Investment Company Act;

(vi) such Transfer would not: (A) cause (or create a substantial risk of causing) the Company to be treated as a “publicly traded partnership” within the meaning of Section 7704 of the Code or any other association taxable as a corporation for federal income tax purposes and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, such Transfer shall not be effected on or through an “established securities market” or a “secondary market or the substantial equivalent thereof,” as such terms are used in Treas. Reg. § 1.7704-1; or (B) result in the Company having more than 100 partners within the meaning of Treasury Regulations Section 1.7704-1(h) (determined taking into account the rules of Treasury Regulations Section 1.7704-1(h)(3); except as the Manager might reasonably determine that the Company can rely on one or more of the secondary market safe harbors set forth in Treasury Regulations Section 1.7704-1(c)(3);

(vii) the Manager shall have received the opinion of counsel, if any, required by Section 8.2(c) in connection with such Transfer; and

(viii) all necessary instruments reflecting such Transfer and/or admission shall have been filed in each jurisdiction in which such filing is necessary in order to qualify the Company to conduct business or to preserve the limited liability of the Members.

(b) Each Substituted Member and Additional Member shall be bound by all of the provisions of this Agreement. Each Substituted Member and Additional Member, as a condition to its admission as a Member, shall execute and acknowledge such instruments (including a counterpart of this Agreement and the Exchange Agreement or a joinder agreement in customary form), in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Manager, as the Manager reasonably deems necessary or desirable to effectuate such admission and to confirm the agreement of such substituted or Additional Member to be bound by all the terms and provisions of this Agreement with respect to the Units acquired by such substituted or Additional Member. The admission of a substituted or Additional Member shall not require the consent of any Member (but shall require the consent of the Manager, if and to the extent such consent of the Manager is expressly required by this Article VIII). As promptly as practicable after the admission of a substituted or Additional Member, the Unit Ownership Ledger and other books and records of the Company and Exhibit A shall be changed to reflect such admission.

(c) As a further condition to any Transfer of all or any part of a Member’s Units, the Manager may, in its discretion, require a written opinion of counsel to the transferring Member reasonably satisfactory to the Manager, obtained at the sole expense of the transferring Member, reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Manager, as to such matters as are customary and appropriate in transactions of this type, including (or, in the case of any Transfer made to a Permitted Transferee, limited to an opinion) to the effect that such Transfer will not result in a violation of the registration or other requirements of the Securities Act or any other federal or state securities laws. No such opinion, however, shall be required in connection with a Transfer made pursuant to the Exchange Agreement.

Section 8.3 Expense of Transfer; Indemnification. All reasonable costs and expenses incurred by the Manager and the Company in connection with any Transfer of a Member’s Units, including any filing and recording costs and the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company, shall be paid by the transferring Member. In addition, the transferring Member hereby indemnifies the Manager and the Company against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities to which the Manager, the Company or any of their Affiliates may become subject arising out of or based upon any false representation or warranty made by, or breach or failure to comply with any covenant or agreement of, such transferring Member or such transferee in connection with such Transfer.

 

28


Section 8.4 Exchange Agreement. In connection with any Transfer of any portion of a Member’s Units pursuant to the Exchange Agreement, the Manager shall cause the Company to take any action as may be required under the Exchange Agreement or requested by any party thereto to effect such Transfer promptly.

Section 8.5 Change of Control Transactions. In the event (i) Pubco enters into an agreement to consummate a Change of Control (as defined in the Tax Receivable Agreement) transaction or (ii) any Person commences a tender offer or exchange offer for any of the outstanding shares of Pubco’s stock, Pubco will take all reasonable actions in order to effect any Change of Control Exchange.

ARTICLE IX

WITHDRAWAL AND RESIGNATION OF UNITHOLDERS

Section 9.1 Withdrawal and Resignation of Unitholders. No Unitholder shall have the power or right to withdraw or otherwise resign from the Company prior to the dissolution and winding up of the Company pursuant to Article X, without the prior written consent of the Manager (which consent may be withheld by the Manager in its sole discretion), except as otherwise expressly permitted by this Agreement. Upon a Transfer of all of a Unitholder’s Units in a Transfer permitted by this Agreement, and (if applicable) the Equity Agreements, such Unitholder shall cease to be a Unitholder. Notwithstanding that payment on account of a withdrawal may be made after the effective time of such withdrawal, any completely withdrawing Unitholder will not be considered a Unitholder for any purpose after the effective time of such complete withdrawal, and, in the case of a partial withdrawal, such Unitholder’s Capital Account (and corresponding voting and other rights) shall be reduced for all other purposes hereunder upon the effective time of such partial withdrawal.

ARTICLE X

DISSOLUTION AND LIQUIDATION

Section 10.1 Dissolution. The Company shall not be dissolved by the admission of Additional Members or Substituted Members. The Company shall dissolve, and its affairs shall be wound up upon the first of the following to occur:

(a) at the election of the Manager;

(b) at any time there are not members of the Company unless the Company is continued without dissolution in accordance with the Delaware Act; and

(c) the entry of a decree of judicial dissolution of the Company under Section 18-802 of the Delaware Act.

Except as otherwise set forth in this Article X, the Company is intended to have perpetual existence. An Event of Withdrawal shall not cause a dissolution of the Company and the Company shall continue in existence subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

 

29


Section 10.2 Liquidation and Termination. On the dissolution of the Company, the Manager shall act as liquidator or may appoint one or more representatives, Members or other Persons as liquidator(s). The liquidators shall proceed diligently to wind up the affairs of the Company and make final distributions as provided herein and in the Delaware Act. The costs of liquidation shall be borne as the Company’s expense. Until final distribution, the liquidators shall continue to operate the Company properties with all of the power and authority of the Manager. The steps to be accomplished by the liquidators are as follows:

(a) The liquidators shall pay, satisfy or discharge from the Company’s funds all of the debts, liabilities and obligations of the Company (including all expenses incurred in liquidation) or otherwise make reasonable provision for payment thereof (including the establishment of a cash fund for contingent liabilities in such amount and for such term as the liquidators may reasonably determine).

(b) As promptly as practicable after dissolution, the liquidators shall (i) determine the Fair Market Value (the “Liquidation FMV”) of the Company’s remaining assets (the “Liquidation Assets”) in accordance with Article X, (ii) determine the amounts to be distributed to each Unitholder in accordance with Section 4.1 and (iii) deliver to each Unitholder a statement (the “Liquidation Statement”) setting forth the Liquidation FMV and the amounts and recipients of such Distributions, which Liquidation Statement shall be final and binding on all Unitholders.

(c) As soon as the Liquidation FMV and the proper amounts of Distributions have been determined in accordance with Section 10.2(b), the liquidators shall promptly distribute the Company’s Liquidation Assets to the holders of Units in accordance with Section 4.1(b). In making such distributions, the liquidators shall allocate each type of Liquidation Assets (i.e., cash or cash equivalents, preferred or common equity securities, etc.) among the Unitholders ratably based upon the aggregate amounts to be distributed with respect to the Units held by each such holder; provided that the liquidators may allocate each type of Liquidation Assets so as to give effect to and take into account the relative priorities of the different Units; provided, further that, in the event that any securities are part of the Liquidation Assets, each Unitholder that is not an “accredited investor” as such term is defined under the Securities Act may, in the sole discretion of the Manager, receive, and hereby agrees to accept, in lieu of such securities, cash consideration with an equivalent value to such securities as determined by the Manager. Any non-cash Liquidation Assets will first be written up or down to their Fair Market Value, thus creating Profit or Loss (if any), which shall be allocated in accordance with Section 4.2 and Section 4.3. If any Unitholder’s Capital Account is not equal to the amount to be distributed to such Unitholder pursuant to Section 10.2(b), Profits and Losses for the Fiscal Year in which the Company is dissolved shall be allocated among the Unitholders in such a manner as to cause, to the extent possible, each Unitholder’s Capital Account to be equal to the amount to be distributed to such Unitholder pursuant to Section 10.2(b). The distribution of cash and/or property to a Unitholder in accordance with the provisions of this Section 10.2(b) constitutes a complete return to the Unitholder of its Capital Contributions and a complete distribution to the Unitholder of its interest in the Company and all the Company property and constitutes a compromise to which all Unitholders have consented within the meaning of the Delaware Act. To the extent that a Unitholder returns funds to the Company, it has no claim against any other Unitholder for those funds.

Section 10.3 Securityholders Agreement. To the extent that units or other equity securities of any Subsidiary are distributed to any Unitholders and unless otherwise agreed to by the Manager, such Unitholders hereby agree to enter into a securityholders agreement with such Subsidiary and each other Unitholder which contains rights and restrictions in form and substance similar to the provisions and restrictions set forth herein (including in Article VIII).

Section 10.4 Cancellation of Certificate. On completion of the winding up of the Company, including the distribution of the Company’s assets as provided herein, the Company shall be terminated (and the Company shall not be terminated prior to such time) upon the Manager (or such other Person or Persons as the Delaware Act may require or permit) causing the filing of a certificate of cancellation of the Certificate with the Secretary of State of Delaware, and the Manager or such other authorized Person or Persons shall in connection with the winding up of the Company cancel any other filings made pursuant to this Agreement that are or should be canceled and take such other actions as may be necessary to terminate the Company. The Company shall be deemed to continue in existence for all purposes of this Agreement until it is terminated pursuant to this Section 10.4.

 

30


Section 10.5 Reasonable Time for Winding Up. A reasonable time shall be allowed for the orderly winding up of the business and affairs of the Company and the liquidation of its assets pursuant to Section 10.2 in order to minimize any losses otherwise attendant upon such winding up.

Section 10.6 Return of Capital. The liquidators shall not be personally liable for the return of Capital Contributions or any portion thereof to the Unitholders (it being understood that any such return shall be made solely from the Company assets).

Section 10.7 Hart-Scott-Rodino. In the event the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976 (the “HSR Act”) is applicable to any Unitholder, the dissolution of the Company shall not be consummated until such time as the applicable waiting period (and extensions thereof) under the HSR Act have expired or otherwise been terminated with respect to each such Unitholder.

ARTICLE XI

GENERAL PROVISIONS

Section 11.1 Power of Attorney. Each Unitholder hereby constitutes and appoints the Manager and the liquidators, if any and as applicable, and their respective designees, with full power of substitution, as his, her or its true and lawful agent and attorney-in-fact, with full power and authority in his, her or its name, place and stead, to execute, swear to, acknowledge, deliver, file and record in the appropriate public offices (to the same extent such Person could take such action): (a) this Agreement, all certificates and other instruments and all amendments hereof or thereof in accordance with the terms hereof which the Manager deems appropriate or necessary to form, qualify or continue the qualification of, the Company as a limited liability company in the State of Delaware and in all other jurisdictions in which the Company may conduct business or own property or as otherwise permitted herein; (b) all instruments, agreements, amendments or other documents which the Manager deems appropriate or necessary to reflect any amendment, change, modification or restatement of this Agreement in accordance with its terms; (c) all conveyances and other instruments or documents which the Manager and/or the liquidators deems appropriate or necessary to reflect the dissolution and liquidation of the Company pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, including a certificate of cancellation; and (d) all instruments relating to the admission, withdrawal or substitution of any Unitholder pursuant to Article VIII or Article IX. The foregoing power of attorney is irrevocable and coupled with an interest, and shall survive the death, disability, incapacity, dissolution, bankruptcy, insolvency or termination of any Unitholder and the Transfer of all or any portion of his, her or its Units and shall extend to such Unitholder’s heirs, successors, permitted assigns and personal representatives.

Section 11.2 Amendments. This Agreement may be amended (including, for purposes of this Section 11.2, any amendment effected directly or indirectly by way of a merger or consolidation of the Company) or waived, in whole or in part, by the Manager; provided, however, that to the extent any amendment or waiver, including any amendment or waiver of the Exhibits attached hereto, would disproportionately and adversely affect the rights of any Member of a class compared with the rights of any other Member of such class, such amendment or waiver may only be made by the Manager upon the prior written consent of such disproportionately and adversely affected Member.

 

31


Section 11.3 Title to the Company Assets. The Company’s assets shall be deemed to be owned by the Company as an entity, and no Unitholder, individually or collectively, shall have any ownership interest in such assets or any portion thereof. Legal title to any or all of such assets may be held in the name of the Company or one or more nominees, as the Manager may determine. The Manager hereby declares and warrants that any Company assets for which legal title is held in the name of any nominee shall be held in trust by such nominee for the use and benefit of the Company in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement. All Company assets shall be recorded as the property of the Company on its books and records, irrespective of the name in which legal title to such assets is held.

Section 11.4 Remedies. Each Unitholder and the Company shall have all rights and remedies set forth in this Agreement and all rights and remedies which such Person has been granted at any time under any other agreement or contract and all of the rights which such Person has under any law. Any Person having any rights under any provision of this Agreement or any other agreements contemplated hereby shall be entitled to enforce such rights specifically (without posting a bond or other security), to recover damages by reason of any breach of any provision of this Agreement and to exercise all other rights granted by law.

Section 11.5 Successors and Assigns. All covenants and agreements contained in this Agreement shall bind and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective heirs, executors, administrators, successors, legal representatives and permitted assigns, whether so expressed or not. MDP is an express third party beneficiary of its rights under this Agreement.

Section 11.6 Severability. Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement will be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Agreement is held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect under any applicable law or rule in any jurisdiction, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability will not affect any other provision or the effectiveness or validity of any provision in any other jurisdiction, and this Agreement will be reformed, construed and enforced in such jurisdiction as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision had never been contained herein or if such term or provision could be drawn more narrowly so as not to be illegal, invalid, prohibited or unenforceable in such jurisdiction, it shall be so narrowly drawn, as to such jurisdiction, without invalidating the remaining terms and provisions of this Agreement or affecting the legality, validity or enforceability of such term or provision in any other jurisdiction.

Section 11.7 Counterparts; Binding Agreement. This Agreement may be executed simultaneously in two or more separate counterparts, any one of which need not contain the signatures of more than one party, but each of which will be an original and all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement binding on all the parties hereto. This Agreement and all of the provisions hereof shall be binding upon and effective as to each Person who (a) executes this Agreement in the appropriate space provided in the signature pages hereto notwithstanding the fact that other Persons who have not executed this Agreement may be listed on the signature pages hereto and (b) may from time to time become a party to this Agreement by executing a counterpart of or joinder to this Agreement.

Section 11.8 Descriptive Headings; Interpretation. The descriptive headings of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and do not constitute a substantive part of this Agreement. Whenever required by the context, any pronoun used in this Agreement shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine or neuter forms, and the singular form of nouns, pronouns and verbs shall include the plural and vice versa. The use of the word “including” in this Agreement shall be by way of example rather than by limitation. Reference to any agreement, document or instrument means such agreement, document or instrument as amended or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof, and if applicable hereof. Whenever required by the context, references to a Fiscal Year shall refer to a portion thereof. The use of the words “or,” “either” and “any” shall not be exclusive. The parties hereto have participated jointly in the negotiation and drafting of this Agreement. In the event an ambiguity or question of intent or interpretation arises, this Agreement shall be construed as if drafted jointly by the parties hereto, and no presumption or burden of proof shall arise favoring or disfavoring any party by virtue of the authorship of any of the provisions of this Agreement. Wherever a conflict exists between this Agreement and any other agreement, this Agreement shall control but solely to the extent of such conflict.

 

32


Section 11.9 Applicable Law. This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to any choice of law or conflict of law rules or provisions (whether of the State of Delaware or any other jurisdiction) that would cause the application of the laws of any jurisdiction other than the State of Delaware.

Section 11.10 Addresses and Notices. All notices, demands or other communications to be given or delivered under or by reason of the provisions of this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been given or made when (a) delivered personally to the recipient, (b) telecopied to the recipient, or delivered by means of electronic mail if telecopied/emailed on a Business Day, and otherwise on the next Business Day or (c) one (1) Business Day after being sent to the recipient by reputable overnight courier service (charges prepaid). Such notices, demands and other communications shall be sent to the address for such recipient set forth in the Company’s books and records, or to such other address or to the attention of such other person as the recipient party has specified by prior written notice to the sending party.

Section 11.11 Creditors. None of the provisions of this Agreement shall be for the benefit of or enforceable by any creditors of the Company or any of its Affiliates, and no creditor who makes a loan to the Company or any of its Affiliates may have or acquire (except pursuant to the terms of a separate agreement executed by the Company in favor of such creditor) at any time as a result of making the loan any direct or indirect interest in the Company’s Profits, Losses, Distributions, capital or property other than as a secured creditor. Notwithstanding the foregoing, each of the Indemnitees are intended third party beneficiaries of Section 6.2 and shall be entitled to enforce such provision (as it may be in effect from time to time) directly as if a party hereto.

Section 11.12 No Waiver. No failure by any party hereto to insist upon the strict performance of any covenant, duty, agreement or condition of this Agreement or to exercise any right or remedy consequent upon a breach thereof shall constitute a waiver of any such breach or any other covenant, duty, agreement or condition.

Section 11.13 Further Action. The parties hereto agree to execute and deliver all documents, provide all information and take or refrain from taking such actions as may be necessary or appropriate to achieve the purposes of this Agreement, in each case, as and when requested by the Manager.

Section 11.14 Entire Agreement. This Agreement and the other Transaction Documents embody the complete agreement and understanding among the parties with respect to the subject matter herein and supersede and preempt any prior understandings, agreements or representations by or among the parties, written or oral, which may have related to the subject matter hereof in any way.

Section 11.15 Delivery by Electronic Means. This Agreement, the agreements referred to herein, and each other agreement or instrument entered into in connection herewith or therewith or contemplated hereby or thereby, and any amendments hereto or thereto, to the extent signed and delivered by means of a facsimile machine or electronic transmission in portable document format (pdf) or comparable electronic transmission, shall be treated in all manner and respects as an original agreement or instrument and shall be considered to have the same binding legal effect as if it were the original signed version thereof delivered in person. At the request of any party hereto or to any such agreement or instrument, each other party hereto or thereto shall re-execute original forms thereof and deliver them to all other parties. No party hereto or to any such agreement or instrument shall raise the use of a facsimile machine or pdf electronic transmission or comparable electronic transmission to deliver a signature or the fact that any signature or agreement or instrument was transmitted or communicated through the use of a facsimile machine or pdf electronic transmission as a defense to the formation or enforceability of a contract and each such party forever waives any such defense.

 

33


Section 11.16 Certain Acknowledgments. This Agreement shall be considered for all purposes as having been prepared through the joint efforts of the parties hereto. To the fullest extent permitted by law, no presumption shall apply in favor of any party hereto in the interpretation of this Agreement or in the resolution of any ambiguity of any provision hereof based on the preparation, substitution, submission or other event of negotiation, drafting or execution hereof. Each Member and Unitholder acknowledges that such Member or Unitholder is entitled to and has been afforded the opportunity to consult legal counsel of its choice regarding the terms, conditions and legal effects of this Agreement, as well as the advisability and propriety thereof. Each Member and Unitholder further acknowledges that having so consulted with legal counsel of its choosing, such Member or Unitholder hereby waives any right to raise or rely upon the lack of representation or effective representation in any future proceedings or in connection with any future claim resulting from this Agreement or the formation of the Company.

Section 11.17 Consent to Jurisdiction; WAIVER OF TRIAL BY JURY.

(a) Consent to Jurisdiction. Each party hereto irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the United States District Court for the State of Delaware and the state courts of the State of Delaware for the purposes of any suit, action or other proceeding arising out of this Agreement or any transaction contemplated hereby. Each party hereto further agrees that service of any process, summons, notice or document by United States certified or registered mail (in each such case, prepaid return receipt requested) to such party hereto’s respective address set forth in the Company’s books and records or such other address or to the attention of such other person as the recipient party has specified by prior written notice to the sending party shall be effective service of process in any action, suit or proceeding in Delaware with respect to any matters to which it has submitted to jurisdiction as set forth above in the immediately preceding sentence. Each party hereto irrevocably and unconditionally waives any objection to the laying of venue of any action, suit or proceeding arising out of this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby in the United States District Court for the State of Delaware or the state courts of the State of Delaware and hereby irrevocably and unconditionally waives and agrees not to plead or claim in any such court that any such action, suit or proceeding brought in such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum.

(b) WAIVER OF TRIAL BY JURY. BECAUSE DISPUTES ARISING IN CONNECTION WITH COMPLEX TRANSACTIONS ARE MOST QUICKLY AND ECONOMICALLY RESOLVED BY AN EXPERIENCED AND EXPERT PERSON AND THE PARTIES HERETO WISH APPLICABLE STATE AND FEDERAL LAWS TO APPLY (RATHER THAN ARBITRATION RULES), THE PARTIES HERETO DESIRE THAT THEIR DISPUTES BE RESOLVED BY A JUDGE APPLYING SUCH APPLICABLE LAWS. THEREFORE, TO ACHIEVE THE BEST COMBINATION OF THE BENEFITS OF THE JUDICIAL SYSTEM AND OF ARBITRATION, EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY WAIVES ALL RIGHTS TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION, SUIT OR PROCEEDING BROUGHT TO RESOLVE ANY DISPUTE BETWEEN OR AMONG ANY OF THE PARTIES HERETO, WHETHER ARISING IN CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING OUT OF, CONNECTED WITH, RELATED OR INCIDENTAL TO THIS AGREEMENT, THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY AND/OR THE RELATIONSHIPS ESTABLISHED AMONG THE PARTIES HEREUNDER.

 

34


Section 11.18 Representations and Warranties. By execution of this Agreement, each Member severally represents and warrants as follows:

(a) Such Member has full legal right, power and authority to deliver this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents and to perform such Member’s obligations hereunder and thereunder;

(b) This Agreement and the other Transaction Documents constitute the legal, valid and binding obligation of such Member enforceable in accordance with its respective terms, except as the enforcement thereof may be limited by bankruptcy and other laws of general application relating to creditors’ rights or general principles of equity;

(c) Neither this Agreement nor the other Transaction Documents violate, conflict with, result in a breach of the terms, conditions or provisions of or constitute a default or an event of default under any other agreement of which such Member is a party; and

(d) Such Member’s investment in Units in the Company is made for such Member’s own account for investment purposes only and not with a view to the resale or distribution of such Units in violation of applicable securities laws.

Section 11.19 Tax Receivable Agreement. The Tax Receivable Agreement and the Exchange Agreement shall each be treated as part of this Agreement as described in Section 761(c) of the Code, and Treas. Reg. § 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(h) and § 1.761-1(c) with respect to payments to a Member with respect to an Exchange (as defined in the Tax Receivable Agreement) by such Member.

* * * * *

 

35


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed or caused to be executed on their behalf this Third Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

MEMBERS

AEVEX CORP.

By:

   

Name:

 

Title:

 

 

ATS INVESTMENT HOLDINGS, LLC

By:

   

Name:

 

Title:

 

 

MANAGER

AEVEX CORP.

By:

   

Name:

 

Title:

 

 

Signature Page to

Athena Technology Solutions Holdings, LLC Third Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement


UNIT OWNERSHIP LEDGER

As of     , 2026

On file with the Company.

Exhibit 23.2

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We hereby consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form S-1 of AEVEX Corp. of our report dated March 23, 2026 relating to the financial statement of AEVEX Corp., which appears in this Registration Statement. We also consent to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in such Registration Statement.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

San Diego, California

April 9, 2026

Exhibit 23.3

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We hereby consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form S-1 of AEVEX Corp. of our report dated March 23, 2026 relating to the financial statements of Athena Technology Solutions Holdings, LLC, which appears in this Registration Statement. We also consent to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in such Registration Statement.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

San Diego, California

April 9, 2026